abasbeten
tazletie

° . ° WARS, . ‘ iA 4 raiLeteletese,

Tae

ae
year
netics

Bite ete So paced

NS

eel fi Pt hy “a;
ee ee oe ee he

Wits 1D, \'e SE

NING,

AN

J. RUSSELL M

LLUSkRATED

Eek” DOCTOR

=D

LIVE-s LOCK ENCYCLOPAIDIA,

?= INCLUDING:

HORSES, CATTLE, SHEEP, SWINE AND POULTRY,

——: WITH ALL THE:——

FACTS CONCERNING THE VARIOUS BREEDS AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS,
BREAKING, TRAINING, SHELTERING, BUYING, SELLING,
PROFITABLE USE, AND GENERAL CARE}

+ EMBRACING:

ALL THE DISEASES TO WHICH THEY ARE SUBJECT—-THE CAUSES, HOW TO
KNOW, AND WHAT TO DO; GIVEN IN PLAIN, SIMPLE LANGUAGE,
FREE FROM TECHNICALITIES, BUT SCIENTIFICALLY CORRECT
AND WITH DIRECTIONS THAT ARE EASILY UNDER-

STOOD, EASILY APPLIED, AND REMEDIES
4 THAT ARE WITHIN THE REACH

OF THE PEOPLE ;

: GIVING:

THE MOST RECENT, APPROVED AND HUMANE METHODS FOR THE PRESERVA-
TION AND CARE OF STOCK, THE PREVENTION OF DISEASE,
AND RESTORATION OF HEALTH;

DESIGNED FOR THE FARMER AND STOCK-OWNER.

>
iv
| of

WITH 400 ILLUSTRATIONS. L494 5 /

ST. LOUIS, MO. :
N. D. THOMPSON & CO., PUBLISHERS,
520, 522 and 524 Pine Street.
1880.

T

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1880, by
N. D. THOMPSON & CO.,
In the office of the Librarian of ‘Congress, at Washington.

PUBLISHER’S PREFACE.

It is with especial pleasure and pride that the publishers present to the
public this volume. They believe that in design, extent, variety of
matter and illustration, especial adaptability to the wants of the farmer
and stock owner, and in its explicit and practical teachings, it has not been
equalled in the history of American agricultural publications. No author
has to the same extent carried into effect in this department of literature
the modern and popular idea of ‘‘ object teaching.’’ And in no depart-
ment of literature is such teaching so useful and practical in character.
With our author it has not been enough to describe ; but he illustrates —
teaehing through the eye as well as by word, and with a definiteness in
both respects that will enable any one, by proper study, however unfa-
miliar with the subjects of which it treats, to become well versed in all
the essentials of a practical knowledge of the use, care, diseases and
treatment of domestic animals. Though the book is large, the system of
the arrangement is so perfect that any fact in its contents can be readily
found, and this constitutes it a most convenient work for ready reference
as well as for general study. The illustrations, covering the subjects of
breeds, characteristics, points, character, and the various stages of dis-
eases, etc., are exhaustive, while the elaborate charts, so minutely
illustrating the ages of the horse and cow, are decided features and most
useful as well as novel.

The author’s careful education in the profession of Veterinary Medicine,
his large practice, and his experience in the general care and management
of live stock, have eminently qualified him for the task he has undertaken,
and we place the result of his labor before the public, believing that he
has done his work well—that he has produced a book that will be of most
practical and pecuniary value to every stock-owner. Believing this, the
book is launched upon the sea of agricultural literature with the confident
belief that it is demanded and that it will accomplish its mission of
usefulness.

AUTHOR’S PREFACE

The author’s object in writing the following book was to impart
such practical information to the American farmer and stock-owner,
as will lead to a much needed and beneficial reform in the breeding,
sare and general treatment of domestic animals; to offer such informa-
tion in practical shape as will enable him to realize a greater benefit
from live stock in health, and familiarize him with the causes that
produce diseases, that he may avoid them ; and also to give such facts that
he may know the nature of a disorder when it exists, as well as the proper
remedies to apply.

In the suggestions offered we have kept steadily in view the necessity of
simplicity in describing disease, and of prescribing those remedies that the
ordinary farmer can without difficulty procure and easily administer. In
a practice of twenty-five years in country districts, among the agricultu-
ral classes, we believe we have learned to know their wants in this respect,
and this volume is an earnest effort to meet them. It has always been a
matter of surprise that such a work for farmers and small stock-owners—
simple in style and diction, yet scientifically exact, covering the - entire
subject of domestic animals—has never been prepared; yet we believe
we speak within the facts in saying that our agricultural literature has to
the present time been without a volume fulfilling these requisites.

The effort has been to produce a systematic work, accessible to the
farmer, giving the known facts and principles of the art of handling,
improving, breeding, care and management of domestic animals in health,
the causes which produce disease, and how to avoid them; how to know
disease, and what to do. In short, to produce such a work as will serve
as a valuable hand-book, both for study and for constant reference for
the farmer, and which will enable him to turn the industry of stock-
breeding, raising, buying and selling to greater profit.

AUTHOR’S PREFACE. Vii

In what we have said concerning the characteristics, excellences and
defects of the various breeds of live stock (and in this we have tried to
be full, explicit and exact), we have not been biased by partiality for any,
and have studiously avoided expressing any preference, when the facts,
obtained by long familiarity with the subjects, and much reading and ob-
servation, did not clearly sustain the position taken.

The book is not in any sense in the interest of any breed or breeds,
and even less is it in the interest of any class of breeders or importers.
In these things the interests of ¢ruth and the reader have been the influ-
ences that controlled. There is no advertisement in its pages.

If in the directions given throughout the work we have subjected our-
selves to the charge of making a hobby of careful and tender treatment
of animals, we reply that a long experience, and the observations of a
life-time, have very strongly impressed us that not only humanity but
economy is best served by kindness, and if the influence of this book shall
lead to a more general study of the comfort of domestic animals, we will
feel that we have served the financial interest of the breeder in an equal
proportion to the welfare of the animals.

One of the facts that has always forcibly impressed us is, that among
horse owners, and even those long familiar with horses, there are so few
good judges of a horse. The different developments of the horse for the
different purposes for which horses are used, seem to be little under-
stood, yet it is susceptible of very accurate knowledge, and in the ap-
propriate places in these pages, we have, by careful analysis of the points
of the horse, and very copious illustrations, given facts that will enable
any one to readily determine a horse’s appropriate uses and his value.
In this is included the very extensive chart for telling the age, and also
the easy directions for ascertaining vices and unsoundness.

With the other domestic animals like information is given and with
equal plainness. With these facts before him, so explicitly stated and so
exhaustively illustrated, any one can soon learn to buy to advantage. We
have endeavored to guard the unsuspecting against the arts of the jockey,
and to point out so plainly the difference between an elegant and common
horse, a good and bad one, a sound and unsound one, an old and a young
one, 4 vicious, dangerous horse, and a kind, tractable one, that any person
may easily learn to protect himself against imposition. The same plan
has been sustained with the other subjects.

Hard names and technical terms have been avoided as much as possible,
but when terms of anatomical and medical science have been necessarily
employed they are explained and applied with a degree of plainness and
precision that brings them within the ready comprehension of every
reader.

Vili AUTHOR’S PREFACE.

To aid the non-professional owner in deciding the nature of disease, en-
gravings are given which show the positions in the different stages of
various diseases, and which cannot fail to be of great value in determining
the character of the disorder.

This preface ought not to be concluded without acknowledging the able
assistance rendered in the preparation of this book by Hon. Jonathan
Periam, of Chicago, whose great experience with stock, and as an agri-
cultural writer, extending through a quarter of a century, has been of
such adyantage in its preparation. To his extensive information, prac-
tical suggestions, and ready pen, every department of the work is in-
debted, and acknowledgments are hereby made.

To Prof. Ed. Porter Thompson of Bentonville, Arkansas, a graceful
and prolific writer, and a scholar of classical attainments, obligation is
also expressed.

J.R.M

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PART wk

THE RURSEH, HIS HISTORY, BREEDS, CHARACTERISTICS AND
MANAGEMENT.

CHAPTER I.

HIS HISTORY AS A COMPANION AND SERVANT OF MAN. P
AGE.

Connected wit\s Man froma Very Early Age.—His Importance as a Helper in the Work of the
World.—His Superiority Over the Other Animals.—The Horse and His Rider become in Some
“Measure one Creature. —His Nativity: Doubt Concerning it. —His Existence upon Earth
Probably Contemporaneous with that of Man.—The Most Ancient Authors Allude to Him.—
He Passes into Different Parts of the Globe.—Wild Herds in the Eastern Continent.—Origin

of the Wild Herds in America.— Found as a Domestic among Nearly all People.— Greater
Liability to Disease ina Domestic thanina Wild State. —Subject to Deterioration under Ig-
norant Management.—The Wisdom of the Arabs as Breeders and Keepers.—Diflerence of
Opinion among Men as to Systems of Breeding; Attention Called to its Treatment in this Work.

—Knowledge and Skill necessary to Ilis Proper Care.............+6+ CAOnEEIOL Bn anooouesoansceonng 17

CHAPTER II.

ILLUSTRATED DESCRIPTION.

Necessity for a Comprehensive Idea of the Construction of the Horse, and the Relations of His
Parts.—Scientific Terms Used, but Explained.—Subsequent Portions of the Work More Readily
Understood by Reference to this Chapter.—Knowledge of Structure Indispensable to Surgery .—
Skeleton; Sectional View of Thorax, Abdomen, and Pelvis; Vertical Section of Head; Section
of Foot; Front and Back View of Foot; and External Parts.............00..ceee+ teeeeeeeeeeen eens

ro
w

CHAPTER III.

HOW TO TELL A HORSE’S AGE.

A Knowledge of Changes in the Teeth the Only Means.—This Chapter to be Studied in Connection
with the Chart which Follows.—Buyers Likely, without this Knowledge, to be Deceived.—In-
cisors Chiefly to be Relied on.—Condition of a Foal’s Mouth.—The Changes that Follow.—How
Foal Teeth are to be Distinguished from Horse Teeth.—Wearing away of the Grinder or Enam-
eled Portion —Number of Teeth in a Full Grown Animal.—Difference between Horses and
Mares as to Number —Incisors, Hooks, and ‘‘Wolf’s Teeth.»? How to Determine Age till Foal is
Two Years Old.—How from Two to Old Age.—The Horse of Medium Size to be Taken as a Stand-

x TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PAGE.
ard.—Shooting up and Grinding off.—Irreguiar Teeth; [low to Judge.—Peculiar Ulardness of

Bones and Slowness of Change in Certain Jreeds.—The Mule; Age Hard to Find Out with Ex-
actness.—Deceptions; How to Detect.—Crib Biters: How to Examine.—Terms defined......... 31

CHAPTER IV.

DIFFERENT BREEDS AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS.

1. The Inferior Varietics: Many found in Both Hemispheres. Some Good, but Little Known ot
Them.—Il. Some considered as to Work rather than Breed; the Farm Horse; the Hunter; the
Hackney; Horses for Heavy Draft.—III. The Arabian.—IV. The Barb.—V. The English Thor-
oughbred.—VI. The Persian.—VII. The Turk.—VIII. The Turkoman.—IX. The Egyptian.—X.
The Dongola.—XI. The Norman Percheron.—XII. The Thoroughbred in Amcrica.—XIII. The
Morgan.—XIV. The Narragansett Pacer.—XV. The Canadian.—XVI. The Connestoga.—X VII.
Pande << cccs dae sucantss's caw antchasiccen canaceemann nanan AgettNcicnrns qyeche Der EeN: Epo argc arse: eerie

CHAPTER V.

BREEDING AND RAISING.

1. Importance of the Subject.—II. The Best Stock the Cheapest.—III. Hereditary Tendencies and
Immaturity to be Guarded Against.—IV. Principles of Transmission.—V. The two Methods,
‘‘in-and-in’’ and ‘‘cross’’ Breeding Considered.—VI. Treatment of the Mare after being Served,
During Pregnancy, ete.—VII. How to Know whether a Mare is in Foal.—VIII. How to Know
Time of Fealing.—IX. Abortion, or Slinking the Foal.—X. How to Raise Colts.—XI. Mules... 70

CHAPTER VI.

HOW TO BREAK AND TRAIN A HORSE.

J. American ys. English Foals.—II. At Weaning Time.—III. The First Lesson.—IV. Training.—V.
Training to Work.—VI. Training to Back.—VII. Training to Saddle and Harness.—VIII. To
Handle a Horse —IX. How to Handle a Vicious Colt.—X. Saddling and Harnessing.—XI. How
to Subduea Vicious Horse —XII. How to Train to the Saddle.—XIII. Training to Trot jin Har-
ness.—XIV. How to Train to trot in Light Harness.—XV. How to Train for the Plow.—XVI.
Training to the Wagon.—X VII. How to Train a Racer —XVILI. Training a Stallion............. 87

CHAPTER VII.
HOW TO SHELTER.

I. Comfortable Shelter Economical.—II. Consideration in Constructing Stables.—III. Mangers and
Racks -—IV. How to Insure a Good Temperature.—V. Cleaning the Stables.—VI. The Loft.—
VII. The Harness Room —VIII. The Out-shed.—IX. Water... .......- 2... ee ccee eee e eee cece eeeee 106

CHAPTER VIII.

HOW TO FEED, WATER AND GROOM.

I. Laymg the Foundation.—II. What to Feed.—IIT. When to Feed.—IV. Watering.—V. Kinds and
Quantities of Food to be Given.—VI. How to Prepare the Food,—VII. How to Make Mashes,
Gruels and Hay-tea.—VIII The Value of Hay and Straw.—IX. Feeding Grain.—X. Stable Care
and Grooming.—XI. The Time to Clean.—XII. Care of the Feet.—XIL. Blanketing, when Nec-
essary-—XIV. Proper Tools for the Stable....... 2... 0. cece ee eeeeeeeeeee wevevens cecceeceenencannsess 11}

TABLE OF CONTENTS. Xl
PAGE.
CHAPTER IX.

BENEFITS OF KIND AND CAREFUL TREATMENT.

I. Abusing a Faithful Servant.—IJ. What are Barbarities —IJI. A Picture from Life.—IV. The
Other Side.—V. A Good Farmer’s Surroundings.—VI. Farmer Unthrift’s Farm.— VII. His

Home.—VIII. The Careful Man’s Theory.—IX. Using the Means We Have.—X. An Infallible
LTE) ses Sopescasapniieotoon Sawcoecamar ee else ibe eas iteial ais antes clea eia pea eete ela sie mieis rintelaiepisinins seein. 121

CHAPTER X.

HOW TO BUY.

I. How to Get Correct Information.—II. The Buyer Must Know What He Wants.—III. Propor-
tions of the Horse.—IV. The Cleveland Bay for Profit.--V. How to Buy a Trotting Horse.—
Vi. One Must know what He Buys for.—VII. The Light Harness Horse.—VIUI. Saddle Horses
of all Gaits.—IX. The High-Bred Hunting Horse.—X. Racing Horses.—XI. What the Racer
Should be.—XII. To Avoid Vices and Defects; How to Detect.—XIII. Other Faults and imper-
LEN QTE 5s sncocneaoseasaciac on Ane ASr ace ASS 95 7 SSSSee doco casScaANOHesuaI oopogsese 4 131

CHAPYER XI.

HOW .TO BUY, CONTINUED.

I. Buying Cheap Horsés.—II. Color, in Relation to Value.—III. Action.—IV. Fast-walking
Horses —V. What a Horse Should Be.—VI. What Constitutes Unsoundness.—VII. Illustration
of Form and Symmetry.—VIII. The Body and Limbs.—IX. The Body as Standing Facing You.
X. Front View of Fore-quarters.—Showing Different Bad Conformations.—XI. The Hind-quar-
ters.—XII. The View from Behind.—XIII. What Not to Buy —XIV. Buying for Blood.—XV.
js hfe ON Sane inccc meson ag OOnenn 58 SERRE ae eit, drink PDA aS ASU ABE Sari ei aa 153

PAE TL iW.

DISEASES OF THE HORSE. THEIR CAUSES; HOW TO KNOW
THEM, AND HOW ‘TO CURE THEM.

CHAPTER I.

I. Introduction.—I. External Manifestation of Disease..................2ceccee ce cceeeeeeencncseeeenes 183

CHAPTER II.
DISEASES OF THE SKIN AND SUB-CULANEOUS TISSUES.

1. Seratches.—IT. Grease.—III. Thrush —IV. Swelled Ankles.—V. Swelled Legs.—VI Surfeit.
Vil. Mange.—VIII. Ring-worm.—1X. Hide-bount, —X. Saddle Galls, or Sitfasts.—XI. Fun-
gous Collar Tumor —XII. Warts.—~*4!. Vermin.--XIV. Larva in the Skin.—XV. Tetter —
XVI. Rat-tails.—XVIT. Malle’ dexT’and Sallenders.--X VIII. Poll-evil.—XIX. Fistula.......... 187

CHAPTER ITI.
DISEASES OF THE GLANDS AND NASAL MEMBRANES.

t. Glanders.—II. Farey '—III. Distemper.—IV. Nasal Gleet.—V. Nasal Polypus.................... 223

Xl TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PAGE.

CHAPTER IV.

DROPSICAL AFFECTIONS.

I. Dropsy of the Heart.—II. Dropsy of the Brain.—III, Dropsy of the Chest.—IV. Dropsy of the
Skin of the Chest.—V. Dropsy of the Scrotum.—VI. Dropsy of the Abdomen.................... 241

CHAPTER V.
DISEASES OF THE THROAT, CHEST, AND LUNGS.

I. Chest Founder.—II. Bronchitis.—lII1. Pneumonia, or Inflammation of the Lungs.—IV. Con-
sumption.—V. Pleurisy.— VI. Colds.—VII. Enlarged Glands.— VIII. Swelled ‘Throat. —IX.
Chronic Cough.—X. Malignant Epidemic.—XI. Difficulty of Breathing.—XII. Broken Wind,
Bellows, Heaves.—XIII. Influenza,—XIV. Spasmodic Action of the Glottis and Epiglottis.—
XV. Croup.—XVI. Bleeding from the Nose.— XVII. Strangles.............cecseceeeeeesree-s

CHAPTER VI. ,

DISEASES OF THE STOMACH AND BOWELS.

I. Sour Stomach.—II. Colic.—III. The Bot.—IV. Inflammation and Rupture of the Colon. —V. In-
flammation and Bleeding of the Rectum.—VI. Spontaneous Salivation.—VII. Inflammation of
the Stomach.—VIII. Soreness and Itching of the Anus.—IX. Chronic Gastritis.—X. Spasm of
the Diaphragm.—XI. Rupture of the Stomach —XII. Gorged Stomach.—XIII. Inflammation of
the Peritoneum.—XIV. Strangulation of the Intestines.—XV. Functional Diseases of the Liver.
—XVI. Parasites which Affect the Intestines.—X VII. Diarrhoa.................ccccecuuccescecces 272

CHAPTER VII.

DISEASES OF THE LIVER, URINARY ORGANS, &c.

I. Jaundice.—II. Enlargement of the Spleen.—III. Inflammation of the Kidneys.—IV. Profuse
Staling, or Diabetes.—V. Bloody Urine, or Hematuria.—VI. Thick and Albuminous Urine.—
V1I. White or Lime Urine.—VIII. Gravel, or Stone in the Bladder.—IX. Suppression of the
Urine.—X. Inflammation of the Bladder. —XI. Foul Sheath.—XII. Rupture of the Bladder.—
XIII. Spasm of the Urethra.—XIV. Inflammation of the Organs of Generation....,,............ 293

CHAPTER VIII.

DISEASES OF THE TEETH AND MOUTH.

I. Teething, or Dentition.—II. Shedding Teeth.—III Blind Teeth.—IV. Decay oi the Teeth.—V.
Seurvy. —VI. Stump-sucking, or Crib-biting.— VII. Lampas.— VIII. Inflammation in and
Around the Teeth.—IX. Slayering.—X. Inflammation of the Tongue.—XI. Sharp and Project-
ing Teeth.—XII. Scald Mouth.—XIII. Aptha.—XIV. Inflammation of the Parotid Gland.—XV.
Histulator the Parowa MOUCh cer wrcisenei cies ricer clavicle ieee Dopod anSvassbausnortoasorons sone 306

CHAPTER bse
DISEASES OF THE HEART, BLOOD, &c.

I, Thumps.—II. Scrofula.—IlI. Fever, or General Inflammation._IV. Enlargement of the Heart.
—V. Fatty Degeneration of the’ Heart.—VI. Enlargeni»t of the Arteries.—VI1. Inflammation
of the Jugular Vein.—VIII. Inflammation of the Absorbent Ix. Scarlatings cy av cectecse=cieeee 316
*
F .
CHAPTER X.
DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVOUS SYSTEM.

I. Apoplexy, or Sleepy Staggers —II. Hydrophobia, or Rabies.—IiIl. Mad Staggers, or Phrenitis.
IV. Blind Staggers, Megrims, or Vertigo.—V. Abscess within the Brain...................-00.005 327

TABLE OF CONTENTS. xlil

CHAPTER XI.
DISEASES OF THE MUSCLES AND TENDONS.

I. Blood Spayin.—II. Bog Spavin.—III. Curb.—IV. Thorough-pin.—V. Tetanus, or Lockjaw.--VI.
Cramps.--VII. Rheumatism.--VIII. String-halt.............. BOR SES CHOC TOD TOS CDRA CHSAA ORO cso0 B44

CHAPTER XII.
DISEASES OF THE EYE.

I. Natural Weak Eyes.—II. Sore Eyelids.—III. Moon-eyes.—IV. Cataract.—V. Hooks, or Inflam-
mation of the Haw.—VI. Dimness of Vision.—VII. Worms in the Eve.—VIII. Purulent Oph-
thalmia —IX. Fungoid Tumors in the Substance of the Eye.—X. Impediment in the Lachrymal
RNAS Gam A LEGS SS OLEDNA y cfataiajnjc sins sac ciate crate aiaie eee abe le cio oes ciecaseiats hare eta neta wieja siete atulain'eia’nisielvla. siela.a’a aie B5t

CHAPTER XIII.
DISEASES OF THE BONES.

I, Big Head and Big Jaw.—II. Sweeny of the Shoulder.—III. Sweeny of the Hip.—IV. Bone Spav-
in.—V. Enlarged Hock.—V1.--Ring-bone.—VII. Stifle.—VIII. Splint.—IX. Sore shins, Inflam-
mation of the Metacarpal Bones.--X. Rotten Bones.—XI. Inflammation of the Knee Bone.
PO CATICA DEANE LGW ENy IM Wc ss aesisin'sn ca ss ae «ecient spon mem aeemeceniies S eiaveyaais pieteiattelels stele /asereetars 363

CHAPTER XIV.

DISEASES} OF THE FEET.

A

I. Ulceration of the Foot (navicular disease) .—Il. Cracked Hoof.—III. Hoof Rot.—IV. Corns.—V.
Contraction of the Hoof (narrow heel).—VI. Injuries of the Frog.—VII. Founder.—VIII, Nail
Pricking.—IX. Canker.—X. Sand Crack.—XI. False Quarter —XII. Quittor. —XIII. Toe
Crack —XIV. Pumice Foot.—XV. Seedy Toe.—XVI. Ossified Cartilages.—XVII. Side Bones.
VEL nCNEd WOUNds GL THE: SOlG c.cccn ve centascsecsesteucn aveliedscasaesees aeauewetanavcuckue dvs 379

CHAPTER XV.

WOUNDS AND INJURIES AND THEIR RESULTS.

I. Strains and Sprains.—II. Overreach.—III. Brushing, or Speedy Cut.—IV. Broken Knees.—V.
Capped Elbow.—VI. Frost-bite.—VII. Burns and Scalds.—VIII. Rupture.—IX. Choking. —X.
Wounds Penetrating Cavity.—XI. Contused Wounds.—XII. Lacerated Wounds.—XIII. Punc-
tured Wounds.— XIV. Broken Hock.—XV. Dislocations.—XVI. Various Fractures. — XVII.
WELLONS DIBtOrtions:;—-woV EN. DISEASES Of ME MAI a cin visisiaiuiclejeie cine c)eleve cisle/sieiais.er[a)sie cislew cies cleisie(cins cle 396

CHAPTER XVI.

POISONS.

Xe internal Poison).—l. ‘Poisoned SKIn vice. cccscsweecesccsneanccas es Poke ciaiseree elapse Aielateeitielcnlsiei« aleiaye'e sieis 410

CHAPTER XVII.

VETERINARY SURGERY.
I. Castrating.—II. Bleeding.—III. Tracheotomy —IV. Periosteotomy.—V. Neurotomy.—VI. Di-

VIB LOMND CMON LETC IIE ema ONO sync aetats aie aleteraiuictalala ofs(pieteteteralalctclalatsiaiateie etavaln/atete «ieraieieietslelacie\e state <vaisafa)s bimiain/s

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

CHAPTER XVIII.

MISCELLANEOUS MINOR DISEASES.

I. Melanosis, or Black Pigment Tumors.—II. Epithelial Cancer.—III, Dropsy of the Lungs.—IV.
Stings and Bites.—V. Falling off of the Hair.—VI. Acute Irritation of the Skin.—VI. Harden-
ing of the Skin.—VII1. Exotosis of the Lower Jaw.—IX. Swelling, by Pressure of the Bridle.—
X. Sore Nose.—XI. Roaring, or High Blowing.—XII. Wind Galls.—XIII. Rupture of the Ham-

BREUD ooa ce we cing ann ventbinuels cfewfaialtiew vsieiele s e/bsinicie piwiviein's’b tv,ninia'e'vis eninialaie wnle € pin 0in\s'dia'a(s's'oj=)e'nieihcrelslel aia steta cami 4s
CHAPTER XIX.
Medicines: What to Keep; How to Obtain; How to Prepare; and How to Give Them.... ........... 423
CHAPTER XX.
Implements: What to Keep; How to Use... .......00csce sss nee ence eee ete e tte e eee tere eee e tees ee eee eee ees 443
PART, Tir
Cattle.
THEIR HISTORY, ORIGIN, BREEDS AND CHARACTERISTICS,
MANAGEMENT AND CARE.
CHAPTER I.
NATURAL HISTORY OF CATTLE.
Their Origin.—Early Domestication —The Different Kinds and Their Peculiarities.—Improved
Breeds.—I. Deyons.—II. Sussex.—III. Short-Horns.—IV. Alderneys.—V. Holsteins.—VI. Poll-
ed Cattle.—VIL. Kerry Cows.—VII. The Cherokee or Texas Cattle, Etc., Etc................... 447
CHAPTER II.
BREEDING AND FEEDING.
«cance ewe heed acwal wacawcle Cx Gbeden acacia cecarmee be ntemes Cele a rictciotes tsk aipltete teen ete an anne Gall
CHAPTER III.
TRAINING AND WORKING.
Training vs. Breaking.—Training the Calf.—Haltering.—Training to Milk.—Feeding at Milking”
Time.—Viciousness in Ceows.—Hooking Cows.—Training Oxen.—Train Stock Young.—Summing
up.—Managing a Kicking Cow...........ccce cece eee e eet e teen ence nen ee ne ceereeeeeseecnesseesenmes 571

CHAPTER IV.
HOW TO SHELTER.

Necessity of Shelter.—Artificial Protection.—A Framed Stable.—A Cheap Stable.—About Barns.—
A Common Sense Barn.—A Square Cross Barn.—Basements for Cattle.—Arranging the Base-
ment.—Adapting Means to the End.—What to Plant

TABLE OF CONTENTS. XV

CHAPTER V.

HOW TO PASTURE, FEED AND WATER.

About Pasturage.—Clovers that do Well —Undesirable Clovers.—Alfalfa.—The True Grasses.—
Timothy, or Cat’s Tail Grass.—Blue Grass.—Red Top.—Orchard Grass.—Fowl Meadow Grass.
—Time for Pasturing.—Watering.—Feeding Stock Cattle.—How to Feed.—Feeding Milch Cows.. 601

CHAPTER VI.

BENEFITS OF KIND AND CAREFUL TREATMENT.

Feeding for Profit.—As between well and ill Kept Stock.—Heavy Weights.—Profit in Early Matu-
rity.—Make Beef Young.—Baby Beef.—Feeding; Cost in England.—_Summer Feeding.—Animal
Waste.—Animal Heat.—Advantages of Summer and Winter Feeding.......................... -. 60S

CHAPTER VII.
HOW TO BUY AND HOW TO SELL.

The Value of Good Care.—Estimating Weight.—Estimating by Measurement.—Buying to Feed —
How to Buy Breeders.—Where Good Beef Lies.—Buying Feeding Stock.—Analyzing the Carcass,
—Proper Shape of Well-Bred Fattening Stock.—How to Buy.—Buying Milch Cows.—Buying
Dairy Milkers.—Milk Mirrors.—The True Value of Milk Mirrors.—Value of Escutcheon Marks .—
Milkers in all Breeds.—Heredity.—Digestion.—Respiration.—Symmetry. ...............0000seeees 621

CHAPTER VIII.
THE DAIRY.

a

Rushing into New Industries.—The Importance of Dairying.—Estimated Production of Butter and
Cheese.—Conditions Necessary to Dairying.—How to Build.—Sub-earth Ventilation.—Care cf
Milk.—Temperature.—Various Methods of Raising Cream.—Making Dairy Butter.—Salting
Butter.—Washing or Working Butter.—Packing Butter.—Preparing Packages.—Kind of Salt to
Use.—Cheese Making.—Cheddar Cheese.—Cheshire Cheese.—How to Sell Butter.—Utilizing
Wa HE CRUE han, dine PODS GO OOUES JOO CnORE = ADCS Anne 5 Aan SAS 4hs SARCOMA ADAIR Sr mOCIBSHSaCn PDE Son Eon 639

PART IN-

Diseases of Cattle.
THEIR CAUSES; HOW TO KNOW THEM; WHAT TO DO.

CHAPTER I.

DISEASES IN GENERAL—RECOGNIZING AND DISTINGUISHING THEM.

Farmers Should Understand Symptoms.—Of Diseases in General.—Use Common Sense.—Gradua-
tion of Doses.—Frequency of Administering.—Forms of Doses.—How to Give Medicine.—
Injections.—Vapors, Spraying and Fumigation.—Anesthetics.—To Deprive of Sensation —
Blistering.—Firing.—Setons.—Rowels.—Sewing up Wounds.—Fomentations.—Operation of
Bleeding.—Recognizing and Distinguishing liseases.—The Pulse.—The Breathing.—The Animal
Heat.—The Skin and Hair.—The Posture.—Indications of Pain.—Special Signs in Cattle......... 661

XVI TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Pace.

CHAPTER II.

GESTATION, DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS THEREOF.

Plural and Multiple Géstation.—Treatment During Gestation.—Birth.—Prolonged Labor.—Large
Presentation.—Unnatural Positions of the Calf.—Flooding.—Presentation of After-birth.—In-
version of the Womb.—Languid Labor.—Irritability and Straining.—Temporary Paralysis .—

A hortion: Isolation. veces ssc tiew orks irs ciebtee ny cel Stee y canes vincis.eisunlelcte sicisik'c'a'e/y/ataletntta eis n ais aeteats 676

CHAPTER III.

INFECTIOUS, CONTAGIOUS AND EPIDEMIC DISEASES.

Pneumonia.—History.—Its Malignant Contagiousness .—Definition.—How the Infection enters the
System.—How Long is a Diseased Animal Infectious.—How to Know it.—What to do.—Texas
Fever.—How to Know it.—Bloody Murrain.—Its Malignant Character .—Preventives.—What to
do.—Foot and Mouth Diseases. —Malignant Catarrh,. .............:.ceec eee e econ cence ee eee eee eeeeene 635

CHAPTER IV.

MEDICINES AND INSTRUMENTS: WHAT TO KEEP.

I. Dissection —II. Action of Medicines.—lI1. Medicines to be Kept, ana Doses.—IV. Simple and
Valuable Recipes.—V. Forms of Clysters.—VI. Infusions. —VII. Anti-Spasmodies.—VIII. Mu-
cilages.—IX. Washes.—X. Poultices.—X1I. Fumigations.—XL. Tincture for Wounds.......... 697

PARP VV,

Sheep.

THEIR HISTORY, BREEDS, CHARACTERISTICS, BREEDING AND
MANAGEMENT.

CHAPTER I.

ORIGIN, PRINCIPAL BREEDS AND CHARACTERISTICS.

Cosmopolitan Nature of Sheep.—Long-Wooled Sheep.—I. Leicester.—II. Border Leicester.—III.
Cotswold .—Good Qualities of Cotswolds.—Cotswolds in the West.—I1V. Lincoln Sheep —V. New
Oxfordshire Sheep.—VI, Middle-Wooled Sheep.—VII. Cheviot Sheep.— VIII. White-Faced
Highland Sheep.—IX. Dorset Sheep.—X. Southdowns.—XI. Hampshire Downs.—XIIL. Shrop-
shire Downs.—XII1. Oxford Downs.—Fine-Wooled Sheep.—XIV, American Merinos.—The
Fleece.—The Head.—The Body.—The Most Profitable Sheep—Divisions of Wool....-..........55 vet)

CHAPTER II.
BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT OF SHEEP.

Watchtulness Necessary .—How to Breed.—Time for Breeding.—Coupling.—Keeping the Record.—
The Management of Rams.—Training Rams.—Pasturing Sheep —Shade in Pastures.—Water.—
Dosing Sheep.—Fall Pasturage and Feeding.—Sheep Barns.—Special Winter Food .—Manage-
ment of Lambs.—Docking Lambs.—Castration.— WV eaning.—The Nursery. ..... 6... ....0c 0000055 73S

TABLE OF CONTENTS. XVii

Pace.

PART VI.

Diseases of Sheep.
HOW TO KNOW AND HOW TO CURE.

CHAPTER I.
ANATOMY AND DISEASES OF SHEEP.

The Head.—The Trunk.—The Fore-Leg.—The Hind-Leg.—Importance of the Head to Breeders.—
Diseases of the Head and Brain.—The Teeth.—Swelled Head.—Vegetable Poisoning.—Inflamma-
tion of the Eye.—Sheep Distemper.—How to Know it.—What to do.—Grubs in the Head.—How
to Save the Sheep.—Apoplexy.—Prevention.—Inflammation of the Brain.—Tetanus, or Lock-
Jaw.—Palsy.—Rabies.—Hydatids onthe Brain.—Parasites of the Body and Skin.—The Scab.—
How to Know it.—Diseases of the Generative and Urinary.Organs.—Diseases of the Limbs and
Hoofs.—Foot Rot.—How to Cure it.—Fouls, and Travel-Sore Feet.—Gravel.—The Biflex Canal.
Maggoty Sheep.—Lung Worms.—Intestinal Worms.—Rotten Liyer.—Colic .............. Rieadens 47

PART, VII.

” Swine.
HISTORY, BREEDS, CHARACTERISTICS AND MANAGEMENT.

CHAPTER I.

HISTORY AND BREEDS.

Origin of the Hog.—Teeth of the Hog.—Importance of Swine to Man.—I. Improved Breeds of
Swine.—English Breeds.—II. The Berkshires.—Establishing the Improved Berkshire —Stand-
ard Characteristics of Berkshires.—III. Neapolitan Hogs.—1V. Essex Breed.—V. Yorkshire
Hog —V{. Suffolks.— VII. Lancashire Hogs.—VIII. Lancashire Middle-Breed.—IX. Large
Lancashire. — American Breeds.—X. Poland China.—XI. Chester Whites.—XII. Jersey Reds.
—Chesnires.—XIII. Characteristics.—Recapitulation of Breeds,........ 2.2.0... 002 ccc eceeeeeeeeee 165

CHAPTER II.
BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT.

Importance of Swine.—A Back-Woods Hog.—Fixing and Holding the Characteristics.—Selection
Always Important.—Breeding Age of Swine.—Care of Breeding Sows.—Weaning.—Mnnagement
of Swine —Absolute Cleanliness Necessary.—Summary..............0.00eee0e a eis coerbiasatd eereteleitere ein 784

CHAPTER III.
FEEDING AND SHELTER.

Good vs. Bad Food.—Summer Feeding.—Other Summer Foods.—Roots.—The Grains.—Feeding
South.—Mast.—Feeding in Confinement.—Hog Barns —A Cross Barn.—A Simple Pen.—Sum-
mary.—Light vs. Heavy Hogs....... ROCUTD SG Capac ia INSACT COCD SOeaIp ode mn olctetaiare a(a)n atalsta atstat te 'a/a1=< 792

2

XViil TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PAGE.

RPART Vail,

Diseases of Swine.
HOW TO KNOW AND HOW TO CURE THEM.

CHAPTER I.
DISEASES OF SWINE.

Explanution of Cut.—Difliculty of Administering Medicine.—Good Nursing the Essential.—Malig
nant and Contagious Diseases.—Malignant Epizootic Caturrh —How to Know it.—What to do.—-
Intestinal ‘* Hog Cholera,’? — How to Know It. — Causes, — Treatment, — Prevention. —
Contagious Pneumo-enteritis. — ts Origin. — The Erysipelatous Form. — The Form with
Malignant Throat. — What to Do. — Malignant Anthrax, Splenic Fever. — True Charbon.
—Inflammatory Diseases.—Quinsy, or Strangles.—Rising of the Lights.—Pneumonia.—Catarrh
in the Head.—Diseases of the Skin.—Measles —How to Know it.—The Lard Worm.—What to do.
—Trichina Spiralis.—How to Cure —Lice.—Diarrhea,—Summary................... eieele 0 einai + 803.

PART. “Ids.

Poultry.

HISTORY ; BREEDS, THEIR CHARACTERISTICS; BREEDING AND
GENERAL MANAGEMENT.

CHAPTER I. _
Bliptory ware! Wildl Ky Nes 1s eccicie cisco cies sie’ aiaia cinatolelota ntsyacc/s]elerratetel tain etelaie’aloniajsie\aleiaieime(ainicieis ants iaraietaic ote stein teeta 819"

CHAPTER II.

VARIETIES OF BARN-YARD FOWLS.

I. Dorking Fowls.—Il. Stlver Grey Dorkings.—III. Black Dorkings.—IV. Fawn+Colored Dork-
ings.—V. Bolton Greys.—VI, Dominique Fowls.—VIL. Plymouth Rocks.—VIII. The Ostrich
Fowls.—IX. Hamburg Fowls —X. Black Hamburgs.—XI. Leghorns.—XII White Leghorns.
—NXIII. Spanish Fowls.—XIV, French Fowls.—XV. The Houdans.—XVI, La Fleche Fowls.—
XXII. The Creve Cours.—XVIII. Large Asiatic Breeds,—XIX. The Chittagongs.—XX. Buf
Cochins.—XXI, Partridge Cochins.—XXII. White Cochins.—XXIII. Brahma Fowls.—XXIV.
Light Brahmas.—XXV. Frizzled Fowls.—XXVI. Silkies.—XXVII. Breda or Guelder Fowls.—
XXVIII. Game Fowls.—l. Brown-breasted Reds.—2, Earl Derby Game.—3. Duck-winged
Game.—4. White Georgian Game.—5. Game Bantams —6. Other Bantams —7. Seabright Ban-
PAINS} ——8. <TApane|ses BANCAIMNBY ec soi cies cies. flele's’s ule nin'uyu iu'vigla ole Rialetdepiaislah sists le Wlsfe(eis stucbiais pisiy aisle aes 927

CHAXTER III
BREEDING.

The Plumage.—Ideal Shape.—Breeding to Type,—Disparity of Sexes.—Mating.—Breeding Grades. 858

CHAPER IV.
MANAGEMENT OF FOWLS.
Going into Business.—Village Yards.—The Poultry House —Proner Fo d for Fowls —Best Breeds
For Market —Egg Producers.—How to Fatten.—How to kill uml dress Fowls.—Packing for

Market.

TABLE OF CONTENTS. xix

CHAPTER V.
THE HOME OF THE 1URKEY.

Varieties of the Domestic Turkcy.—I. The Common Turkey.—II. English Turkey.—I11.—The Hon-
duras Turkey.—IV. Bronzed-Black Turkey.—V. Guinea Fowl --VI. The Peacock............... 871

CHAPTER VI.

DUCKS.
I. Rouen Ducks.—II. Aylesbury Ducks.—III. Call Ducks.—IV. Cayuga Blaek Ducks.—V. Grey
Ducks.—VI, Black East India Ducks.—Summary ..................5 Veiieonsnccnaccoses aeceasacehacesi Sze

CHAPTER VII.

GEESE.
I. Embden or Bremen Geese.—II. Toulouse Geese.—III. Hong Kong Geese.—IV. White Chinese
Geese.—V. African Geese.—VI. Canada Wild Geese.—Management of Geese....4...........0000. 886
Glossary of Terms Used by Fanciers and Breeders. ..............ecsecceeceeccucccecccceecess selain vlalcja'h a's 893.

DISEASES OF POULTRY AND THEIR REMEDIES.

CHAPTER I.
DISEASES AND REMEDIES.

Anatomy of the Hen.—Apoplexy.—Its Cause.—Roup —To Cure.—Egg Bound —Inflammation of
the Egg passage.—Cholera.—Gapes.—Cause.—How to Cure.—Crop Bound.—Diphtheria, or

CPOUP —LiCEx nip vceces cu cate Muvientele‘aunreisisMnreieieie sisiscofelals vlceivivet Sisisisioanin asa siaaacidassasticesocek reece Gk

‘= TERY Sek
ipa eater ant
dan Mee 1) Cad = ah Cif ae ae® oa ;

a ‘ ity Bu sd

obi
a ee Pol tind Wilh Meals! ue et
= ' ae
i”
7 .
, lle
; ; Gtedli@ _Ati4*
wy ee Te a air
| ; au
Tig
bs 4
oa
. : ; :
; . rey ee Bs
TM RACE UE bette 0 Ae? CRP A Rater:
‘ opie "
re Z ;
i'l i Use are jo
ty bod Ae ee
; oF se be 2} fame t
ieee oe am Ti 7
a! ¥
* v,
i’ 4
i a @ L
'
, .
—— 7 :
@ od i z “e

IgA ie
te OSE.

——' HIS:——
PiohOny, SRee bs, CHARACTERISTICS
AND MANAGEMENT.

ay . | 2] Ta ke .

= ’ | eat | f a

(a
ae Aa ARG Won ye f tal 2) re ASG as, YRC <
ea 7 y A a fy, a
a ‘Ti 3 Wi OS Ae er

‘

sed bed aa SWS Me a

CHAPTER I.

HIS HISTORY AS A COMPANION AND SERVANT OF MAN.

“CONNECTED WITH MAN FROM A VERY EARLY AGE.——HIS IMPORTANCE AS A HELPER IN THE
WORK OF THE WORLD.——HIS SUPERIORITY OVER THE OTHER ANIMALS.—THE HORSE
AND HIS RIDER BECOME IN SOME MEASURE ONE CREATURE.——HIS NATIVITY: DOUBT
CONCERNING IT.——HIS EXISTENCE UPON EARTH PROBABLY CONTEMPORANEOUS WITH
THAT OF MAN. -——THE MOST ANCIENT AUTHORS ALLUDE TO HIM.——HE PASSES INTO DIRF-
FERENT PARTS OF THE GLOBE.——WILD HERDS IN THE EASTERN CONTINENT.—— ORIGIN
OF THE WILD HERDS IN AMERICA.——FOUND AS A DOMESTIC AMONG NEARLY ALL PEO-
PLE.——GREATER LIABILITY TO DISEASE IN A DOMESTIC THAN IN A WILD STATE,——
SUBJECT TO DETERIORATION UNDER IGNORANT MANAGEMENT.——THE WISDOM OF THE
ARABS AS BREEDERS AND KEEPERS.——DIFFERENCE OF OPINION AMONG MEN AS TO SYS-
TEMS OF BREEDING: ATTENTION CALLED TO.ITS TREATMENT IN THIS WORK.——KNOWL-
EDGE AND SKILL NECESSARY TO HIS PROPER CARE.

‘s And God made the beast of the earth after his kind, and cattle after
their kind, and everything that creepeth upon the earth after his kind:
and God saw that it was good. And God said, Let us make man in
our image, after our likeness ; and let them have dominion over the fish of |
the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle, and over all
the earth. ”’

Although the precise period at which the horse was subjected to the
use of man is unknown, it is not unreasonable to conjecture that it was
at a time long anterior to his mention in history; and it is probable that
since the day when man was made master of all other created things,
no animal has been more constantly his companion and friend; and that
no other has contributed so much assistance in subduing wild nature and
making everything subservient to his will and promotive of his happiness.
Other animals, particularly sheep and cattle, have shared with the horse
this usefulness to mankind, it is true: and in our present civilized state,
when mechanical ingenuity is making such rapid strides in dispensing with

18 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

animal labor, it may be, as is sometimes claimed, that the wool-bearing
and milk-giving animals—especially considering that these same animals
furnish also a large proportion of our flesh food—are to be held as taking
the precedence ; but as to adaptability, becoming, as it were, a creature of
all work ; as to comeliness and quickness of motion ; as to a certain sym-
pathy with his master that makes him at times so to partake of his spirit
and motions as to seem one with him; as to a readiness of submission to
drudgery as well as to proud employments, he is without a rival in the
world.

It is affirmed by many that the horse is a native of Asia, but of this we
really know nothing. Others affirm with equal, or almost equal, plausi-
bility, that he is a native of central Africa. Where all is conjecture, it
is needless in a practical work of this character to speculate. Wherever
his primal home may have been, it is at least within the bounds of proba-
bility that his existence in Asia, in his present state of development, is
contemporary with that of man upon earth. Some among the very earli-
est records of the human race contain allusions to him as a well known
animal, in the service of man. The description in the Book of Job, a
production admitted to be of the very highest antiquity, is a case in point.
He is mentioned here, in glowing terms, as a martial adjunct to his mas-
ter—and not as a newly-discovered or recently-subdued creature, but as
one with which the world was familiar. Sculptured images of horses as
beautiful of form almost as the noble Arabian of to-day have been found
among the ruins of the cities of the desert. He is mentioned by Moses
in connection with the Egyptians ; and records older than the writings of
Moses point to his having been known and used by that singular people
from the dawn of their wonderful civilization.

We tind him thus in both Asia and Africa; and during all the historic
period he has been present with man as though native to the soil of many
districts of both Continents. Whether borne thither by natural result of
migratory wandering, in a wild state, or whether by the ever-spreading
human family, there .is little to guide us in determining. In the more
thinly populated districts of Asia, notably in Southern Siberia, great wild
herds have been long known to exist.

Though, as we have previously intimated, there must have been a
noble breed of horses in Arabia in the days of their most ancient cities,
the introduction of the present breed into that country is thought to have
been of a comparatively modern date. It seems clear that long subse-
quent to the beginning of the Christian era there were few horses in
Arabia, and those few of no striking excellence, and that the now cele-
brated Arabians have either sprung from good horses introduced into the

THE HORSE, HIS ORIGIN, ETC. 19

country within the last thousand years, or are the result of judicious
breeding and kindly care bestowed upon a native stock.

He was brought as a domestic animal to the New World, by the early
adventurers ;—and no trace of him, (if we except a kind of cloven-footed
species ), having been found upon the Continent, we can account for the
herds of wild horses, known to have long existed in different parts of
North and South America, upon no other supposition than that they are
the descendants of certain Andalusian mares and steeds brought over by
the Spaniards, and abandoned by them when they could no longer render
them service, or left free to escape tothe forests on the death of their
masters in battle. There is a story current—of doubtful authenticity,
however—that all these immense herds, in both North and South America,
are sprung from one stallion and two mares that escaped from the expe-
dition of De Soto through Florida, Georgia, and elsewhere. Be this as
it may, there are now many great herds—a single one, especially in South
America, sometimes numbering many thousands.

As a domestic animal, the horse is found among almost every people
on the globe; and his uses vary with the degree of civilization enjoyed
by his owners. It may be remarked also that this degree of usefulness
is intimately associated with the degree of his deterioration and with the
digeases to which he is subject. In a wild state, he is almost free from
disorders of every kind,—so much so that unless killed by accident or by
deprivation of necessary food and drink, as is sometimes the case, he
lives to a great age—dying in the course of nature, it is believed, at from
thirty to sixty years. Among the Arabs, where his condition approaches
more nearly to a natural state than among any other people, except the
Indians, and where his laborious service to his master is limited almost
exclusively to carrying 2 single rider, he displays his greatest perfections
as a domestic animal, and enjoys the greatest immunity from disease.
Among the leading nations of Europe and their colonies, where he is for
the most part made literally ‘*a beast of burden’’ in the different capaci-
ties of animal for the saddle and for every species of draught, and where
man practices almost unrestrained not only his active cruelties but many
unwitting enormities, he is said by good authority to be constantly deter-
iorating and becoming more and more subject to diseases and to prema-
ture death.

Among the Arabs, too, the best breeds are preserved in their purity ;
whereas, among more civilized nations all efforts of man to improve the
stock, or even to preserve any desired quality, result at last in rendering
the subjects of his experiments more liable to fall into various disorders,
and, except in rare instances, in ultimate failure as to change for the
better.

20 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

It may not be irrelevant to state in this connection that the great excel-
lence of the Arabian of the present day, whatever, may have been his
origin, is due in part to the extraordinary affection felt for him by his
master, which manifests itself in the extreme care that is lavished upon
him, and to which he is almost as sensitive as a human creature ; in part
to his freedom from that severe labor by which the horses of other na-
tions are prematurely broken, stiffened, and deprived of spirit; and
partly, no doubt, by the steps which are taken, not.so much to dmprove,
but to preserve, a choice breed. While other nations, notably the Eng-
lish, French and American, are engaged in ceaseless endeavors to im-
prove, and, according to some authorities, constantly making lamentable
failures—defeating their own ends by the systems of breeding, training,
and use, which they adopt—the wild sons of the desert maintain for their
horses from age to age the superiority which they were first found to
possess.

Men differ in opinion as to the cause of all this, and the mooted ques-
tions of crossing and in-and-in breeding find their respective champions,
and the discussion is from time to time renewed; but the fact remains
that the horses of Arabia excel all others; while another important fact
seems to be most generally overlooked, that the Arabs neither cross nor
actually breed in-and-in, but, having by some means obtained a noble race
they guard equally against admitting admixture of blood and against too
close consanguinity.

The subject of breeding, however, will be found to have been more
fully discussed under its proper head; and in conclusion it will perhaps
be sufficient to urge upon the attention of the intelligent owner and
breeder some few facts which have been touched upon in the course of
this brief sketch, namely: That among horses in a wild state disease
is rarely known, though admixture of blood most probably does take
place, and, for aught we know to the contrary, as close in-and-in
breeding as the most pronounced advocate of that system could wish.
Thus, we find exemption from destructive disorders, but ordinarily no
strongly marked characteristics of race constantly prevailing, and but
rarely among them what may be termed really fine animals.

Again, that among the horses of the Arabs and the American Indians,
disease is almost as rare as among the wild herds. And again, among
those nations where the horse is in the highest degree useful, becoming
more the slave than the companion of man, he is the subject of a multi-
tude of infirmities scarcely equalled in number by those to which man is
himself heir. Tt has been said that in becoming the companion and the ser-
vant of man, he has partaken, in some measure, of both man’s spirit and
his physical frailties. In battle, he adds to the terrors of the conflict

THE HORSE, HIS ORIGIN, ETC. 21

by his fierceness as well as by his strength and swiftness ; in the stables
of careless opulence, he becomes the pampered victim of abundance, and

falls a prey to diseases that come by irregular exercise and surfeiting ;
with hard and driving task-masters, in the marts of trade, and subject to
the exactions of business, he is soon stiffened, spavined, and generally
broken as to both conformation and locomotion ; while among the poorer
class of tillers of the soil and other toilers, he seems to become spiritless
and dull, and subject to diseases that come rather from want of care
than from either over-work or actual deprivation of food and drink.

In his best estate; he is the noblest of the lower animals; in his worst,
he is still a property of man, and a helper in his work. A knowledge
of his ailments, and the possession of that skill necessary to his relief, is
therefore essential to eyery one who owns even the commonest of the
species.

CHAPTER II.

ILLUSTRATED DESCRIPTION.

NECESSITY FOR A COMPREHENSIVE IDEA OF THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE HORSE, AND THE RE-
LATIONS OF HIS PARTS.——SCIENTIFIC TERMS USED, BUT EXPLAINED.——SUBSEQUENT
PORTIONS OF THE WORK MORE READILY UNDERSTOOD BY REFERENCE TO THIS CHAPTER.
——KNOWLEDGE OF STRUCTURE INDISPENSABLE TO SURGERY.——SKELETON} SECTION-
AL VIEW OF THORAX, ABDOMEN, AND PELVIS; VERTICAL SECTION OF HEAD; SECTION
OF FOOT; FRONT AND BACK VIEW OF FOOT; AND EXTERNAL PARTS.

In order that the reader may obtain a clear and comprehensive knowl-
edge of the construction of the horse in all his parts and of the proper
relations of those parts, it is thought best to introduce here, in one con-
nected view, a description of the frame-work or skeletgn, as seen in Fig.
1; of the internal organs and their positions, as seen in Fig. 2; of the
head and its contents, Fig. 3; of the peculiar formation of the foot, Figs.
4, 5, and 6, and of the external parts of the animal, Fig. 7.

It will be observed that while we have used the ordinary scientific terms
in naming these various parts, we have annexed, wherever necessary,
such explanations as will enable the plain reader to get the full meaning
intended to be conveyed.

Some attention devoted to the subject here will of course supersede the
necessity of constantly recurring and tedious explanations throughout
the subsequent part of the work. The clearness and fulness of the illus-
trations provided leave nothing more, we think, to be desired on that
head; and if the reader chance to find, in our directions as to the treat-
ment of any disease, allusions to the structure of certain parts which he
has not well in mind, or terms used with which he is not entirely familiar,
his difficulties can be speedily removed by reference to this chapter.

Any attempt to perform those surgical operations, however simple,
which sometimes become necessary in the treatment of domestic animals,
must of course be directed by that knowledge of form, structure, and
related functions which we endeavor here to impart.

ILLUSTRATED DESCRIPTION. 23

p8
LEED

Fic. 1. SKELETON.

Explanations. —A—Cervical vertebre, or seven bones or joints of the
neck.

B, B—Dorsal vertebrie, or the eighteen larger joints of the back-bone.

¢—Lumbar vertebrie :—the six joints of the back-bone lying between
the upper ends of the false ribs, and the upper edge of the haunch bones.

D—Sacrum, or bone which forms the back part of the pelvis.

E—Coccygeal bones, or tail bones.

F, F—Ribs.

G—Costal cartilages, or the cartilages by which the ends of the ribs

are joined.

H—The scapula, or shoulder blade.

I—The humerus, or large round bone between the point of the shoul-
der and the elbow, or upper part of the fore-leg.

K,K—The radiuses, the outer bones of the fore-legs, extending from
humerus to knee.

24 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

L—The ulna, the larger of the two bones of the upper part of fore-
leg, lying behind the radius and extending from the knee to the lower
part of chest.

M—The carpus, or knee, composed of: 1, the seaphoid, or bone hay-
ing a boat-like form; 2, the semi-lunar, or bone resembling a half-moon ;
3, the cuneiform, or wedge-shaped bone; 4, the trapezium, or bone re-
sembling the mathematical figure of that name; 5, the trapezoid, or bone
resembling a trapezoid; 6, the os magnum, or great bone of the knee ;
7, the unciform, or hook-shaped bone; 8, the pisiform, or pea-shaped
bone.

N, N—The large metacarpal or cannon, the big bone of the fore-leg
reaching from the knee to the ankle.

O0—Small metacarpal or “splint bones,’’ the two smaller bones of the
lower part of the fore-legs.

P, P—The sessamoid bones—two small bones found in the substance
of the tendons at the joining of the fore-leg to the ankle.

0, Q—Phalanges, embracing: 1, the upper pastern bone ; 2, the os co-
rona, or lower pastern bone; 3, the os pedis, or first bone in the leg,
inside the hoof—the coffin-bone; and naviculare, a small ship-shaped
bone, at the back of the lower pastern, not marked in the figure.

R—The pelvis, or basin, composed of : 1, the ilium, or flank bone; 2,
the pubis, or fore-part of one of the bones of the pelvis; 3. the ischium,
or hinder and lower part of the hip-bone.

S—The femur, or thigh bone.

T—The patella, or small bone covering the stifle joint—the joint of
the hind leg near the flank.

U—The tibia, or large, long bone between the hock and the stifle joint.

V—The fibula, the small, long bone behind and attached to the tibia.

W—The hock, or that joimt of the hind leg between the stifle-joint and
the fetlock, embracing the following small bones: 1, the os caleis, or
back point of the hock; 2, the astragalus, or upper bone of the hock
that supports the tibia; 3, the cuneiform magnum, or largest wedge-
shaped bone; 4, the cuneiform medium, or middle-sized wedge-shaped
bone; 5, the cuneiform parvum, or smallest wedge-shaped bone ; 6, that
small bone of the hock haying a somewhat cubical form.

X—Laree metatarsal, the front bone of the hind leg, between the hock
and the pastern joint, below which are 1, 2, 3, the phalanges of the hind
lee.

Y. The small metatarsal, or small bone of the hind leg in rear of large
metatarsal.

Z—The head, embracing: 1, the inferior maxilla, or lower jaw; 2,
the superior maxilla, or upper jaw: 3, anterior maxilla, or outer part of

ILLUSTRATED DESCRIPTION. 25

the jaw; 4, the nasal bone, or bone in front of the nostrils ; 5, the ma-
lar, or prominent cheek-bone ; 6, the frontal or forehead bone ; 7, parie-
tal, the sides and upper part of the skull bones—( wall bones) ; 8, occi-
pital, the bone of the hinder part of the head; 9, the lachrymal, or bone
inclosing the lachrymal gland and duct ; 10, the squamous, or scaly por-
tion of the temporal bones; 11, the petrous, or hard part of the tem-
poral bones inclosing the organs of hearing.

To summarize, the spine is divided into cervical, dorsal, and lumbar
vertebrae, or joints, in all, thirty-one; the tail contains about seventeen
joints ; the dorsal vertebrie, with eighteen ribs attached on each side, and
the breast-bone (which is not shown in the figure), form the thorax, or
cavity inclosing the heart, lungs, &c.,—thirty-seven bones ; the fore part
is made up of forty bones, taking both sides together; the pelvis, or
basin, of three bones ; the remainder of the hinder part, of thirty-eight
bones; the cranium of ten; the face and lower jaw of eighteen; of
teeth there are forty (in the male); the small bones of the internal
ear, taking both, are eight; and the hyoid, or tongue bone, consists of
five parts. :

It is not the province of this work to enter into minute anatomical de-
scriptions ; and for all really practical purposes the foregoing will be
found ample.

Tt must however be borne in mind that a thorough study of the anatomy
and frame work of the animal is absolutely necessary to a perfect under-
standing of how to breed, rear, care for, break and train an animal. At
the same time, neither the horse breeder, trainer, or driver, needs to un-
derstand them so critically as must the veterinarian. The one repuires
simply a general knowledge of the several parts, the other must under-
stand intimately and critically each and every part, not only in itself but
with reference to its bearing and influence on, and relation to other parts
of the body. Thus what we give in illustration, while not going into mi-
nutia such as would be necessary to make the veterinary expert, will be
fully sufficient for the instruction and every day use of the practical man,
whether he be breeder, trainer, or simply the gentleman who drives for
pleasure.

ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

26

CAGE SEAT aay camnteniet mnie ark Ore GrAaH A ‘moat y ‘XVIOH.L 10 NOILOAS TVNIGALIONOT ‘OWL

: CCC Chm (Reyes

\\\ EIT Ta

ILLUSTRATED DESCRIPTION. 27

Explanations. —!—The occiput, or that part of the skull which forms
the hind part of the head. 2—The cerebellum, or hinder and smaller di-
vision of the brain. 8—The cerebrum, or front and larger division of
the brain. 4—The nasal membrane, or cartilage between the nostrils.
5—The tongue. 6, 6—Joints of the neck bone, 7, 7, 7, 7—The spinal
cord, or marrow. 8—The pharynx, or cavity bounded by the membrane-
ous and muscular walls beneath the base of the skull, into which the
nose and mouth both open, and which is continuous below the zsophagus.
9,9, 9—The wsophagus, or passage through which food and drink go
into the stomach. 10—The orifice of the stomach passing through the
diaphragm. 11—The pylorus, or the orifice of the stomach through which
the food passes into the intestines. 12, 12—The hinder surface of the
diaphragm, or membrane which separates the stomach and bowels from
the heart and lungs. 15, 13—The trachea, or windpipe. 14—The lungs.
15—The heart. a—Thestonrach. b—The spleen, or milt. c—The left
kidney. d—The broad ligament of the uterus or womb, with the left por-
tion, and the ovary or that part which contains the seed displayed. _e—The
rectum, or terminal portion of the large intestines. f—The anus. g, h,
i, j, k, L-—-Internal muscles of the thigh.

Fic. 3. VERTICAL SECTION OF T1ORSE’S HEAD.

This cut illustrates still more fully the structure of the head and its
contents. a---The frontal bone, showing sinus or channel beneath. —b---
The parietal or wall bone, covering the brain. e---The nose bone. d---
The occipital or back head bone. e, e---The Atlas, or first bone of the
neck, showing the spinal marrow in its center. f--The ethmoid or sieve--
like bone, through which the olfactory or nerve of smelling passes. g@---
The sphenoid or wedge-like bone, which, with the ethmoid, supports the
base of the brain. h---Part of the lower maxillary or jaw bones, with
the lower incisor teeth. 1---The cerebrum, or large brain. 2.---The cere-
bellum, or small brain. 3---The medulla oblongata, or upper portion of

3

28 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

the spinal marrow. 4—The spinal marrow. A—The turbinated bones,
or thin, bony plates, in the form of a scroll or horn, found in the nos-
trils, and serving to give wider distribution to the lining membrane of the
nose. B—The septum nasi, or cartilaginous division between the two nos-
trils. C, C—The lips. D. Thetongue. E
the larynx. F—The trachea, or windpipe. G—The esophagus or gullet.

It will be observed that the great object in the formation of the cran-
ium, that of furnishing a firm cover and a sure protector of the brain
against all ordinary accidents, is secured by the employment of nine
bones, arranged in this manner: The two frontal bones (a), make up the
anterior or forward part; the parietals (b), comprise the upper and’ cen-
tral parts, and cover the outer lobes of the cerebrum; the occipital bone
(d), a single bone of great solidity, is at the back of the head; a little
lower, and back of the occipital bone, is the aperture through which
the spinal cord, together with some nerves and an artery, make their exit
from the brain. Here the bone is smooth and rounded for the purpose
of jointing with the atlas, the first bone of the neck. The sphenoid bone
(g), forms the inferior and central part of the cranium. The ethmoid
(f), through which the olfactory nerve passes, together with the sphenoid,
as noted above, assists in upholding the base of the brain. In proximity
to the facial bones are found sinuses bearing names derived from their

The epiglottis, or valve of

nearness to particular bones.

The temporal bones forming the sides of the cranium are composed of
two parts, the squamous, or scaly, and the petrous, or stone-like. The
petrous portion of the temporal bone contains the organs of hearing,
having upon its inside surface the openings for the passage of the auditory
nerve; and upon its outside, large passages for the conveyance of sound.

to} .

i abav7

auoq

udoqsP'

Fic. 4. FRONT AND BACK VIEW OF Fig. 5. SECTIONAL VIEW OF THE
THE BONES OF TH) FOOT. BONES OF THE FOOT.

ILLUSTRATED DESCRIPTION. 29

Figs. 4 and 5, taken in connec-
tion, will serve to give the reader still
more definite knowledge than that
conveyed by the skeleton of the rela-
tive situation of the different parts of
the horse’s foot, and the terms applied
to each. The bones exhibited in the
front and back view, Fig. 4, are: c¢,¢
—The coffin bone, or first bone of the
leg. d—The sessamoid bone. b, b
—The small pastern. a, a—The large
pastern.

The parts exhibited by Fig. 6 are:
a—The large metacarpal or cannon
bone. b—The os suffraginis, or large
pastern bone. c—One of the ses-
samoid bones. d—The os corone,or . ,

i Fig. 6. VERTICAL SECTION OF THE Foor
small pastern bone. e—The navic- AND LOWER LxG.

ular bone. f—The os pedis, or cof-

fin bone. @, g, g—The flexor perfor-

ans, or penetrating tendon. h, h—The flexor perforatus, or penetrated
tendon. i—The extensor tendon. j—The suspensory ligament. k, k—
The capsular ligament, or membraneous elastic bag surrounding the joint.
1—The fetlock joint. m—The pastern joint. n—The coffin joint. o—
The horny crust. p, p—The horny sole. q—The frog. _r.—The sensible
lamin. ~ t—The sensible frog. u—The cushion. v—The navicular
joint.

It will be observed that the parts exhibited by Fig. 5 are plainly named
on the engraving.

The next cut furnishes a beautiful and comprehensive view of the terms
applied to the various parts of the animal, and it can but prove of great
use to those who would not only ‘‘talk horse’’ themselves, but understand
the talk of others—especially of veterinary writers when treating of dis-
orders, their location, and the proper means for their relief.

30 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Fig. 7. KxresNaL Pars OF rHK HORSE.

Explanation—1. The muzzle. 2—The face. 3—The forehead. 4—
The poll. 5—The crest. 6—The jowl. 7%—The gullet. 8—The wind-
pipe. 9—Point of the shoulder. 10—The breast. 11.—The arm. 12.
—The elbow. 13—The girth. 14—The flank. 15—The sheath. 16—
The stifle. 17—The withers. 18—The back. 19—The loins. 20—
The hip. 21—Thecroup. 22—The dock. 23—The quarter. 24—The
thigh or gaskin. 25—The hamstring. 26—The point of hock. .27—The
hock, (hough) 28—The cannon bone of hind leg. 29—The fetlock. 30
—The large pastern. 31—The small pastern. 32—The coronet. 83—
The hoof. 84—The knee. 55—The cannon of fore leg. 386—The fet-
lock. 37—The heel. 38—The large pastern. 39—The small pastern.
40—The hoof.

CHAPTER III.

HOW TO TELL A HORSE’S AGE.

A KNOWLEDGE OF CHANGES IN THE TEETH THE ONLY MEANS.——THIS CHAPTER TO BE
STUDIED IN CONNECTION WITH THE CHART WHICH FOLLOWS. ——BUYERS LIKELY, WITH-
OUT THIS KNOWLEDGE, TO BE DECEIVED. INCISORS CHIEFLY TO BE RELIED ON,-——
CONDITION OF A FUAL’S MOUTH.——THE CHANGES THAT FOLLOW.——HOW FOAL TEETH
ARE TO BE DISTINGUISHED FROM HORSE TEETH.—— WEARING AWAY OF THE GRINDER OR
ENAMELLED PORTION. ——NUMBER OF TEETH. IN A FULL-GROWN ANIMAL.——DIFFERENCE
BETWEEN HORSES AND MARES AS TO NUMBER.— INCISORS, HOOKS, AND ‘*WOLF’S TEETH.”
——HOW TO DETERMINE AGE TILL FOAL IS TWO YEARS OLD.——HOW FROM TWO TO OLD
AGE.——THE HORSE OF MEDIUM SIZE TO BE TAKEN AS A STANDARD.——SHOOTING UP AND
GRINDING OFF,.——IRREGULAR TEETH 5 HOW TO JUDGE. —— PECULIAR HARDNESS OF BONES
AND SLOWNESS OF CHANGE IN CERTAIN BREEDS.——THE MULE; AGE HARD TO FIND OUT
WITH EXACTNESS.— DECEPTIONS 5 HOW TO DETECT.——CRIB BITERS; HOW TO EXAMINE.
— TERMS DEFINED.

The age of a horse is to be accurately determined only by an examina-
tion of the teeth, with a knowledge of the changes which, from time to
time, take place in them. The following directions, studied in connec-
tion with the drawings exhibited on the accompanying chart, and the ex-
planations written under them, will enable any one of ordinary acuteness
and powers of observation, to judge for himself, and thus to avoid that
most common of all the jockey’s impositions, a liability to be deceived
in the age of horses held for sale.

The incisors furnish the chief indications ; and to them the attention
must be mostly directed ; but the back and hook teeth should be observed
to some extent, as their condition may occasionally serve to correct and
more frequently to corroborate the indications of the incisors.

When first foaled, the colt has no incisors. Twelve back teeth have in
most cases forced their points by this time through the gums; but it is
not until from two to three months afterward that the four nippers ap-
pear; in six weeks the nippers are seen; and in about eight months the
four corner teeth. There are now, at eight or nine months old, twenty-

32 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

four teeth, (upper and lower), called foal-teeth. These are all changed
by the fifth or sixth year, and those that follow are called horse-teeth.

The back teeth appear as follows: the three front double pair are seen
at birth, and are afterward changed ; the fourth double pair appear from
the eighth to the ninth month; (this fourth double pair are the first that
remain stationary, and they are found in every year-old colt); the fifth
double pair, or fifth four, appear in the second or third year; the sixth,
usually in the fourth or early in the fifth year. These three double pairs
‘of back teeth (last named), remain unchanged, as do also the four hook
teeth.

The hook teeth are uncertain as to time of appearance, coming some-
times at the end of the third year, sometimes in the middle or at the end
of the fourth, sometimes in the middle or at the end of the fifth, some-
times at the beginning of the sixth.

Observe particularly that the incisors of the foal differ from those of
the horse: (1) By their regular, conical formation; (2) by a narrow
contraction called the neck, visible almost in the center of the body of
rach tooth, while nothing of the kind is seen in horse-teeth; (3) by their
smaller size, even when full grown. The milk teeth, (or those teeth
which are cast or shed), taken from the jaws of dead foals and compared
with horse-teeth similarly obtained, are found to be only about half as
long as the latter. ‘The breadth is not to be depended on, since the milk
teeth of large foals appear almost as broad as those of small horses.
When the nippers become horse-teeth, they form a great contrast to the
middle and corner teeth. The size of these last will at once show them
to be milk teeth. (4) By the fact that the outer surface of the foal-teeth
is smooth and striped with brown, while on horse-teeth the same surface
is divided by a dirty yellow mdentation inclining toward the center,
which is sometimes double upon the upper teeth.

One should study the form of the incisors by carefully examming
those taken from dead horses of different ages. Each incisor will be
found to consist of a hard, enamelled part, called the grinder, which has
protruded above the gum; of a bony substance, which has been for the
most part hidden in the gum; and of a root, which has occupied the
cavity of the jaw-bone.

These teeth, (of the foal as well as of the horse), are slowly but con-
tinually worn away by biting and chewing, so that the length is constantly
decreasing,—sometimes evenly and regularly,—so that in old age the
tooth that was once two and a half or three inches long is found to be not
exceeding half an inch in length. The breadth generally decreases in
about the same proportion; but with this difference in foal and horse-
teeth, that the thickness and breadth of foal-teeth are constantly decreas-

THE HORSE, HIS AGE, HOW TO TELL IT. 33

ing from the grinder or hard enamelled part to the end of the root, while
horse-teeth decrease from the root upward. The grinder, or hard, grat-
ing portion of the tooth, which has not yet been used, has somewhat the
form of an egg; it is three times as broad as thick, and hollowed out in
the shape of a funnel, which hollow has two sharp edges inclosing it.
This socket or hollow is called the mark. In the center of this mark, a
sort of kernel may be seen—a tube commencing at the end of the root—
that contains the nerves of the tooth ; but this inner hole must always be
distinguished from the mark, which is the outer depression, lying next
to the sharp edges. The inner cavity is a funnel-shaped socket, of hard,
enamel shell, around which, and inside the outward shell, is a thick fluid,
which remains during the life of the tooth, becoming, by degrees, gray
matter. This fluid averages about four lines in depth in the lower incis-
ors and about eight in the upper ones.

‘The outer edge of each incisor always rises a line or two above the
inner edge ; therefore, when the upper and lower are first grated together,
only the outer edges touch for some time; and the inner edges do not
touch until the outer ones are worn down to an equal height with them.
Horse-teeth generally do this in about one year. At the age of two and
a half, the teeth begin to change, and those which then appear are called
Horse-teeth. (See chart, Fig. 7, A).

A full grown stallion or gelding has 40, and a mare 36 teeth—the male
having four hook teeth which are lacking in the female, except that some-
times she has imperfect teeth in the corresponding part of the mouth.
Those teeth found in some young horses, next to the first double teeth, and
called ‘‘wolf’s teeth,’’ are not included in this number, as they are not
real teeth,—frequently not breaking through the gums at all, and usually,
in any case, disappearing in eight or nine years. Twenty-four of the
true teeth, in both horses and mares, are situated in the upper part of the
mouth, (that is, in both jaws, above the lips). They are divided into six
double pairs, counting upwards from below, so that those situated next to
the incisors in all the four rows are first; those next to them, second ;
and so on to the last pair, which are called back teeth.

Twelve others are in the lower part of the mouth, surrounded by the
lips, six in the upper and six in the lower jaw, standing, each lot, in the
form of an arch, and occupying the entrance to the hollow of the mouth.
These twelve are called incisors. The four innermost, two in each jaw—
those forming the key of each arch—are called nippers ; the other two in
each arch are called corner teeth ; and those between the nippers and the
corner teeth are called middle teeth. Each of these teeth in the lower
jaw rubs against the corresponding one in the upper jaw. The teeth of
the upper jaw are broader and thicker than those of the lower. The four

3b4 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

hooks are seated alone, over each corner tooth, but nearer to the corner
teeth of the upper than those of the lower, so that they, (the hooks),
never come in contact with each other.

The horse has always attained the age of four and a half or five years
before he has a full number of perfect teeth. Before this time, the
younger the animal the fewer the teeth, and even these are not all perma-
nent,

The more a permanent incisor loses in length, by friction, the more it
also loses in width, so that the nearer the friction surface approaches to
the root, the narrower and thicker it must appear.

Every new hook tooth is cylindrical and somewhat hooked, with a cone-
shaped projecting grinder, and this is surrounded by a spoon-shaped edge,
turned toward the hollow of the mouth, so that the cone cannot be seen
from the outside; and the whole grinder, or hard, enamelled part, has
the appearance of the back part of the bowl of a spoon—the edge, like a
screen, surrounding the short cone, but so that two deep furrows remain
between. Except this grinder, the rest of the body is uniformly round,
and the surface almost even. As previously said, however, these by
themselves afford no reliable indication as to age.

Figures 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 show how the age of a colt may be determined
till he is two years old. The following further explanations, taken in
connection with the chart from Fig. 7 to Fig. 46, inclusive, will teach
how the age, from two to thirty, can be ascertained.

Large horses have, of course, larger teeth than small ones ; but taking
a horse of medium size as a standard, one can make allowances for either
larger or smaller, and easily arrive at just conclusions.

The incisors being our main reliance, our remarks must be understood
to refer chiefly to them. The length of the tooth of a horse of medium
size is three inches, or thirty-six lines. After the changed tooth has
arrived at its proper length, 7¢ shoots up a line regularly every year, and
if the teeth stand right, he grinder ts worn off a line every year. It is
also, as has been said, worn off in both width and breadth, so that the
grinder becomes, from year to year, shorter and smaller, as shown by the
chart.

If, however, the teeth stand too far forward, (irregular teeth, see
chart, Fig. 41), they do not wear down in the same proportion as they
shoot upward, and they become very long. The age in this case can be
ascertained with ease and exactness by observing directions given under
Fig. 41, and noticing with care the following points: At the age of five
years, the corner teeth of the lower jaw have grown up five lines above
the guin; each middle tooth, seven lines; and each nipper, nine. At
eight years, and older, each corner tooth of the same horse projects only

Ou

THE HORSE, HIS AGE, HOW TO TELL IT. 3

four, the middle teeth, six, and the nippers, eight lines above the gums.
This is absolutely necessary to be taken into account, because it is the
only means by which one can decide with certainty as to the age of a horse
whose teeth have become longer than they would have been if set right
and wearing regularly. y

The foregoing remarks and directions are based upon the assumption
that there is no peculiarity about the individual animal or the breed to
which he belongs that would materially interfere with the principles laid
down. It remains, however, to notice that to those breeds of horses
which develop very slowly, of which the Spanish horse may be cited as
an example, the rules are a little more difficult of application. The
bones of these, and perhaps of some few other kinds, seem to be harder,
and the teeth change somewhat later and appear to wear down more
slowly ; so that it sometimes happens that such horses, after their fifth
year, appear a year or two younger than they really are; but the same
animals are apt to be more than ordinarily strong, hardy, and long-lived,
and to be taken at a diminished age really detracts nothing from their
worth.

The age of a mule is somewhat difficult to determine with exactness,
owing to the cause just stated.

Deveptions may be practiced with very thrifty young horses, when it is
desirable to make them appear of suitable age for work or for breeding,
by knocking out the incisors a year sooner than they would naturally
change themselves. If a purchaser suspects deception, he can determine
the matter by closely examining the remaining teeth. If the nippers
have changed, and the inner edges of the corner teeth have not yet come
into contact, the foal is but one year old —and so on.

The opposite cheat —that of trying to make a horse appear younger
than he really is by burning artificial marks in upon the teeth — can be
detected by closely examining the enamel and the effect of the mark
upon it. When a horse has reached an advanced age, say twelve to
twenty, the enamelled surface has become so minute that burning in as
large a mark as is found in horses considerably younger would disturb
the whole enamel and so leave a means of detecting the fraud.

In the case of crib-biters, that wear out their teeth prematurely, and
so appear really older than they are, examination must be directed to the
corner teeth, which are seldom injured: or, if the corner teeth prove to
be injured, deduct from the apparent age as many lines as are wanting to
make the teeth of the natural length. To feed constantly, from weaning
time, upon hard, unshelled corn, sometimes produces the same effect as
crib-biting, and the same directions must be followed in forming an
estimate.

36 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

We close the chapter with a short vocabulary, by reference to which
the reader may more readily apprehend the meaning of the terms
employed in the ensuing chart.

Incisor.—A cutter; a fore-tooth which cuts or bites. In the horse,
those twelve teeth, six in the upper jaw, six in the lower, which are
surrounded by the lips, are called incisors.

Grixper.—As used in the present chapter, it denotes the hard, grating,
upper portion of the front teeth.

Linz.—One-twelfth of an inch.

Marx.—As used with reference to horse teeth, it denotes that depres-
sion in the grinder lying inside the sharp edges and adjacent to them.

Nippers.—Those two teeth in each jaw that occupy the middle of the
semi-circular row.

Corner TretH.—The two outer of the six front teeth in each jaw.

Mippoie TretH.—The teeth between the nippers and the corner teeth.

Hooxs.—Four teeth, two in each jaw, situated over corner teeth, or
beyond the incisors, reckoning from the front of the lips, and having a
cylindrical and somewhat hooked shape.

Mixx Trern.---The front teeth of a foal which appear at about three
months of age and are cast within two or three years.

iy f

; ? wl
28aat aian-s-ax%a-auol [1 ord

nd-6-bas—ss0% 38 wei towol of} to 9
donot osteoid ots Aood bas diss ‘ton109 od T |
ols slidy. ;ogb9 194N0.943 uo ylno wIOW 1% ddoos |
Pog SS e0nbe diod ge wvob wow

oSTRSgg A

|
}
:

G

-410 aaaat

I ort

oe

ovit te wet towol oft to woiv shiz bas ebietnO

Ws odt 03 svitelor “orhieoy sid |

fhMvot-o00 to fis trae45
Mibeod odd otoltw bout
| 92b9999D OF entaed -©)]
lh é
| on

OPT tobanet s Faroe YVA

svlows
| ADsord of?

a dtettoitioiyety onde

BID wie
> a
edt srott .wet 19wol od} af 210269)

oft to vob teqqur bas thio aul
9109 Yedt story bie diloig ot 9

| obia tvs odT Yobie dtl odd to:

-iged at 3.8 Altoot Stbbinn owl 8
” | ;

ofT .botwjaing euimicmMoT of ap
ot 970s Baitosfo

awode ai me
oti A eh .ajlood

(noid of tuods

ivydon od ot s1998 STB NE 50, FY)
€ ai Ye = ee
de > ~ -SOnBI_
tae eS Po 8
“Yt & to sopmtgeqq A oe
ounte Jagtettibh i tq
Wo. wnAgetd APewodel ~—%
_ send To 98 5i1t te deotte. |
wie ‘ q o> ?

hosttsnt hi bsord 231 ABI
1d aaondoidd ati .€ V1 vd -
-ortt odt ewode\\ 3 B a
. « . ,

ATROC(S St 26 s9RtIOe HOE
ot x14 ts ook! Site Gy =O

eon oily hip

291s to ntot okt esses

to sostisk W98it
eblo AIRS
9d won otk 2eou Aoi} by

nen titen—!

ee lll

CEIART &t Accurately Determinim

Horse Teeth. Irregular.

Fie. 83. 22 Years Oxp.

Appearance of the upper jaw at this age.
haye become somewhat triangular.

Fig. 41, 20 Years Orv.

Teeth shoot up iiline every year; but when they stand for-
wward too far in the mouth they cannot wear down in the same
degree. In order to ascertain the age of such a horse, examine
the mark narrowly, and add the number of lines extra to what
the mark indicates. ‘Thus, if the mark shows eight years, while
the teeth are four lines too long for that age, the true age is 12
years. Tn Fig. 41, the mark shows sight years, but is twelve
jines too long. Add these to the eight, and you haye the horse’s

Fig. 9. ‘Two-anp-a-Haur YEARS:

€ right side of fe milk incisors
Th ht side of th is 0:

here shown
e » of A
Gators, natural size and fy

A P
pearance of the lower ju at two-and-a-half yars old, in
FI, 26, 15 YEARS OLD.

Which two ni
Le alpaaael are breaking through ane, as lise teeth,
e foal teeth appear as a smooth friction suri. Fic. 15.

the lower j Wy is
f th a |
Thy developed. A, B,
teeth towards the 0)
d.
the hol.

6 Years OLD. Fic. 20. 10 Years Oxp.
‘Aypittnce of the upper jaw at this age, when the mark of Appearance of the upper jaw at fifteen. ‘The nippers
= are rounded.

the mite teeth is worn down.

4

The nippers #re
iddle teeth haye
ius worn

lower jaw at this ge.

+ OF age, is in-
middle teeth; the m

+d BE a CFsand |

Appearance of the
worn down even with the

ds are q ' lower one, d
> ers; >f ef. The di
st teeth ; and the difte, 4, the middle tooth « saufferont ae r tect!
OW inside surface of Parts shown "i CSUN DS ome | still a cavity; the inner edge of the corner TSS"
Me body the body of the Eee ap a hol- | Ten FIG. 7. A, down eyen with the outer one- i
T 5 3 4, the con- rance | | Ea fe, twenty years.
ane ‘he surface is aie he narrow ite ROe ON outey aithiog af the hérse incisors in pla i 4 oe: ee
. Presented us arched 3 ms the | ag foll arched toward the ino ‘se ice, with their
" lows = 3 y inde of the socket,
Fie. 34. 23 Years Op.

pate a, a, the two nippors =

Pare the corner the. ,
Y mn the outer purtitiogy
dist furrows which aj)
and the roots of the ho

teeth; o, «, By: the i
ae ® tio middle |
th; &, k, the hooks, as "
the mark is indicated by e, |
inguish the horse teeth by o, o;
Pks by m, m. iss

Appearance of the upper jw at twenty-three, Th
teeth haye become trinmgular.

Fro. 10. Taree-anp-a-nacy Yeans.

A
neon et the lower jaw at three-and-a-half years old,
mddle teeth are just breaking through; the outer
gh;

| edge of the nip;
pers alres 7Or1 =
| blunted. ady worn down; und the corner teeth

Wi
WN i\
4

AN

Appearance of the upptr jaw at sixteen. The middle

teeth are rounded. -
Fic. 42, 20 Yeaus Oup.

{20 years. The

3).

= = Tins sido view ver jaw, (teeth irregul
Tien bb ol Yella 2 Taside view of lower jan (tooth irre
: fricvion surface shows eight years. (See

Lower jaw of a a ;
colt a half s A j hig
and mmner edge of the nippers Fic. 16, 7 Years Oxp.

mace worn; of the mi
as sre middle
aa edge; the corner teeth ure not worn

Appearance of the lower juw at thisage. The nipparsiave

Appearance of the lower jaw. The middle teeth have he-
become twice as thick as broad.

come even; both edges of the corner teeth rub, but they have
still a small cavity; the hooks have lost more of their edger
and their pointed ends are more rounded. The hooks, however,
as has been said, can be depended on only when their indications
‘gree with those of the other teeth.

i

B.

Fi. 7-

e of the incisors in the lower jaw, from the

Appearance
in their position relative to the jaw

inside of the mouth,
FIG, 98, IT YEARS OLD.

ty YEARS.

| bone. The wearing of the outer and upper edge of the ey ikl UO

| nippers, 4, 4, 15 yisible on the right side, where they come

| in contact with the edge of theleft side. The right side] Appearance of the lower j ~-and-achalf jears old.

Fic. 3. of the onter cde of the two middle teeth, 0, b, is begin- | Phe corner teeth and hooks 8 ¢ through; tle middle Fre. 22) 12) Yeans Oxo. Appearance of the upper jaw at this age. The corner | Appearance of the lower jaw at twenty-five. mildle
outer odes: putas te aire Apmamiee of the lower jaw at this age. ‘The nippers have teeth are rounded: teeth have become twice as thick as broad,
Appeartice of the lower jaw at this age he nippers ha x »
Bia, 4 Yrans OLD.
lines,

Harr Yean,
42, but with superfluous Jength, twelve

; the middle teeth
cnty, yeuws i Seon On Upper see-

nside remaining uninjured. ‘The ) teeth ure worn only on the

‘ojecting above the gum, is shown | worn down at both edges.
Same as Fig

removed. ‘The friction of tw
tion of illustration.

hecome round—as thick as they are br
ture approaching this state ; and the corne!
thickness.

This represe: ning to be worn; the i
mts 2 ar Bi =

Peel. Th the outer side of t crown of each tooth, pr

Riemippers:: J he different: teeth are#jaw of halt | by the dotted lines» The hooks, J, Zé are about to break

Bias 72)" Eolandde}tocth ai m, ™m, m, are seen to be not yet

1 ones increase in

§ follows: @, 4 | through. ‘The roots,
, the corner teeth. | led ont with hony substance.

Appearance of a ni)
per at different stages.
Tshows it breaking out
afresh at the age of three
years, 1 breadth marked
by 1, s thickness by
3, 4. IT shows the fx
tion surface as it appears
at the age of
crown cut off one-fourth
te vi ous e ae Outside and side view of the lower
and the thickness
takes the form of an e,
TIT shows x rounder f
tion surface of twelve
old. The breadth

ve now be-
Tava

Fic. 17. 8 Years Oup.

Fic. $7. 26 Yeans Ov.

Appearance of lower jaw at this age. The incisors haye all
become equally worn; in the corner teeth a mere trace of the
mark is visible; and the edges of the hooks are worn down al-
most half their height. Notice always that the m n the
| upper tecth xe twice as deep as those in the lower ones, and so
Wear tice as long.

corner

YEARS OLD, y i
Fro, 29, 3 YEsns OF? eek Appearance of the lower jaw at twenty-six. ‘D
javat thisage. ‘The nippers | feoth are twice as thick us broad,

Appearance of the lower
are triangular.

Tic. 44. 20 Years Onp.
teoth in lower jaw

Roal length and outside appearance of the
at twenty.

Fig. 12. 5 Years Oxp.
jaw at five yeats old.

Fic. 4. Harr Year.

Fic. 23. 12 Years Orv.

is a side view of the jaw of a half year old colt.

This is a side view of the upper jaw at this age. The in-”
creased depression in the corner teeth is seen at d-

ra, dd, 27 Yeaus Orn,
eee!

sraportionate.

Nic. 30, 19 YEARS ony A aft
Oe ppearance of upper jaw at twenty-seven are | re
Appearance of ‘Mower jay atninetcen. ‘The middle | twice as thick us broad. : Hott en

of vighteen years old,
ular.

V shows a friction sur-
in which,
meis-

| teeth are tria

Fi, 18 5 Years Ox.

much of the lower jaw at five years a

Outside front view

Fig.8 A, D.
Fro. 45.

Fro. 18. 9 Years Oxp.
1 the teeth are ten lines

Fic. 5. Oxe Year Onn,
of wlowor jaw in which

Appearane

This is the appearance of the lower jaw nt one | full zrown horse, splitflengthwise, of whieh d,¢
qld, ‘The edges of all the incivora are partly worn Dy | outer raised edge; a, ¢ the funnel shaped ca
friction, while the corner teeth remain uninjuyed. | tooth; /, the hollow Wody; 7s the still unfilled root of

too long:

the tooth.

Appearancs 7
| tho vipnors hve aiasect ia at this age. Tho marks of
aati aH : \ aa Bet disappeared; the middle teeth still
3 the corner teeth have a deeper mark than Fic. 24, 13 Years Orv.

the middle ones; the inner edg ‘ |
| Be of the teeth is also worn down. Apparance of the lower jaw at this age. ‘The nippers and

middletecth haye become perfectly rounded ; the corner teeth |
are of

= SS

yio.st 20 Yeans Onn, Fra. 89, 28 Years Orp,

jereased thickness; and the books have become blunt. |

the loer jaw at this age. The corner

Appearance of A i
| i ppearance of upper jaw at this age i th are
teoth ave triangulit- vice aa thick as brond, Seen eomagie| ie

Fic. 6. Two Yeans Orv.

Fig, 14. 5 Years Ox.

ows Six Ye
is sixtee
teeth tl

at two years old. The
iniddle teeth, and their

lower jaw:
ww of ' Jong, and the

ave larg

Appearance of the lower jiu 1
Phe mark she

edges of the nippers and of the

AoA Appearance of surfaces of teeth in lower jaw at five yest
Fig, 8 By, O old, Both edges of the nippers are worn down, so that the

Tnside vie

ines t00

snark, are worn down, so that the inner edge of the cor
ner is brought into yoquisition. D ; 2
The tocth begin to change at two-and-a-half years, and Appearance of Hoyse incisors, (viewed from the side,) | mark is almost gone; the middle teoth are worn only on the Srnihy OTOH,
or v . | in which tho mootg@. », are twice as thick as the upper | outer edge; the corner ones haye attained the obt a8 e =p oe SRS ‘
oe a 0, by ND, THON end. Alo, of be aa b, 0) raised out of tho | tho others and haye also come into wear; and the ea are’ aide mow of tho upper jawat thiayoge” The) depression oof the lower jaw at fourteen. ‘Dh “ae Pe UG tho teath are ving acura) orgie EC
cl 5 1870, by ND, Tito, t oo aed ~ ve s c en. hi : CT Ne ral Mn cath
ers ages i rand ok Coates SO Uningion, DG. Socket and view wn tho side. full grown, but not worn at all. jsually found in the corner teeth may be seen at d. are ecamumtmih| _Zpreentenee ‘he i ‘2 A COE Te eat ty nas et
r 1 su f : v@ becom? . c a ae ;
g z - a — | nippers have becom | teeth are twice as thick as broad, Beh ae
THOMPSON & CO., Pupjgners St- Louis, Mo. —— = oe eas brow.

See Chapter UL for explanation of tarms) ‘and further facts concerning the wy Horse.

SADLY. ~- ’

eg voto. addi alo isoy, ils { palo & to wet towol

afbbinv odd to ;atoye om eroqqiae git to, egbo. font bas) yh
\ (eto FOr O18 ikteot tonto od) ; oghe | ‘odo galt LO. te
|

| ae 6 detcaaas
ti ‘dione ait to obiart
lo Satisow adT .saed |
eee Brey ey .21oqqin |
ney aldiw joutaoo ai
O,9nb9, soto ot to
ie a : (row od oF entice
F “joo! owe, to nwo |
T <‘épail boitob alt vd | Hed & to ws.) Yo bie
r od'h trod ». 9 tawollot ons dijeat a
pyar! iLiiw turo-bot ‘diest tomtoyoh, " sdjsaie

Wi etnosotgot aid
oiL thes blo 109%
a peroqqin odd

‘

&
*
a

\
\ iT
¥ Re ;
‘orn
pq]?
Lint Pine

manl vaall hb ort |

too. blo tey sid s to wag odt to warty obia a caidh

Z

eae eTee ) SIMALNNA AMRIT ALIS UE Gk Se Sy

CHAPTER IV.

DIFFERENT BREEDS AND THEIR CHARACTERISTICS.

I. THE INFERIOR VARIETIES: MANY FOUND IN BOTH HEMISPHERES. SOME GOOD, BUT
LITTLE KNOWN OF THEM.——II. SOME CONSIDERED AS TO WORK RATHER THAN BREED;
THE FARM HORSE; THE HUNTER; THE HACKNEY; HORSES FOR HEAVY DRAFT.——III.
THE ARABIAN.——IV. THE BARB.——Y. THE ENGLISH THOROUGHBRED.——VI. THE
PERSIAN. Vil. THE TURK.— VII. THE TURKOMAN.——IX. THE EGYPTIAN.—x.
THE DONGOLA.——XI. THE NORMAN PERCHERON.——XII. THE THOROUGHBRED IN AMER-
IcA.——XIII. THE MORGAN.——XIV. THE NARRAGANSETT PACER.——xXY. THE CANA-
DIAN.——XVI. THE CONNESTOGA.——XVII. PONIES.

A I. The Inferior and Little Known.

Among the great variety of horses there are many that are either of
inferior importance or so little known that it is deemed unnecessary to
notice them in detail. India, China, Japan, Siam, several of the Euro-
pean States, and North and South America, have horses that are in some
instances widely different from each other, as well as from the approved
breeds ; but they are not known to possess any remarkable excellence, or
any distinctive points that are constantly reproduced in their offspring,—
so that a mere casual reference to them, with very general statements as
to qualities and characteristics, is considered to be sufficient.

In India alone there are various stocks, known to have been so long in
the various regions of that great country as to seem native to the soil ;
but with the exception of the Turko, recognized to be a cross between
the Turkoman or South Tartary breed and the Persian, they are regarded
as cold blooded and inferior. The Turko is said to carry himself in a
grand and stately way, and to be both beautiful and tractable.

The Tartar and Calmuck horses, with the exception of the Turkoman,
which is described elsewhere in this chapter, are for the most part small
and ill-made. They are hardy, however, being able to perform great
journeys, with burdens disproportioned to their size, and to live on the
poorest fare.

38 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

The horses of China are small, and have no points of excellence as to
either shape or spirit.

The horses of Turkestan have been described by some as having heavy
heads and ewe-necks, with long legs and a scanty body; while others
speak of high crests and long, bony bodies, and assert these horses
crossed with those of Persia, produce magnificent animals—elegant,
active, strong, and larger than the best Arabians. In Bokhara is a breed
of small and shaggy but stout horses, called Kussaks, which has attracted
some attention. Their manes and tails are iong as compared with their
general make up.

Belgium, Holland, and the German states have breeds of horses noted
only, or chietly at least, for being large, strong, and well-formed, and
admirably adapted to purposes of heavy draft.

In the forests of Sweden, Finland, and Norway is found a race of
horses in a half wild state, from which the inhabitants, without taking
upon themselves the trouble of breeding and rearing, supply themselves
when the creatures are wanted for use. They are small, but well-formed,
active, and spirited.

The Hungarian horse, though evidently of the same origin as those of
Germany, is somewhat lighter than they, and possesses more spirit and
action. He shows some signs of oriental blood, to which he probably
owes his superiority to his neighbors.

The horses of Iceland run at large and pick up their own scanty fare,
wherever they can find it, until they are needed by the inhabitants, when
they are caught and subjected to use. The origin of these animals is in
doubt. Some assert that their progenitors were carried into that island
from the forests of Sweden; others, that they were of the stock of
ponies found in the Scottish isles. They are small, but active, and gen-
erally well disposed.

The horses of Italy were formerly much better than now. Few of
them may at present be regarded as possessing any striking excellence.
There are said to be some, among the people of Naples, that are large,
of tine appearance, and excellent as carriage horses.

The French people have many breeds, adapted to the saddle, the light
carriage, cavalry, and light artillery, besides those that are required for
the plow and the cart. The most famous among them is the Norman,
or Norman Percheron, which is described elsewhere in this chapter.

The fact is well established that the horses of Spain, previous to the
Moorish conquest, were possessed of many noble qualities; but they
were much improved by a mixture of Barb blood, consequent upon the
invasion and the introduction of horses from the Barbary States. They

THE HORSE, DIFFERENT BREEDS, ETC. 39

still show both their original and derived excellences ; and a pure-blood
Spanish Barb is a fine and beautiful creature.

In the plains of South America, Mexico, Texas, and the Western
Territories of the United States are found great herds of wild horses, of
which there are different varieties, though they must have had a common
origin, as we have stated in chapter I, Chance mixture with horses
imported into the country subsequently to those brought from Spain,
together with the influences of different climates and food to which they
have long been subject, may perhaps account for this. The most marked
types of thee wild Americans are the Mustang and the Indian ponies,
which are noticed on succeeding pages. As a general thing they retain
the striking characteristics of their old Spanish or Andalusian progenitors ;
in size, shape, and spirit they show whence they are derived. Their
heads are pretty and their limbs clean. They are capable of great
endurance ; and though not especially rapid in action, it is related of
them that they are sometimes ridden at the rate of ten or twelve miles
an hour for a stretch of eighty miles, without anything more than a
temporary halt and such little food as could be hastily eaten. Seldom is
any gait known among them except a walk and a lope ; but an occasional
pacer is discovered. Many of them do well for the saddle; but care is
required in handling them. In the hands of the eruel or inconsiderate,
their wild nature returns to them, and they become intractable and even
dangerous.

II. Some Considered as to Work, rather than Breed.

In treating of the different stocks and specifying distinguishing points,
it is perhaps not amiss to consider some characteristics that should mark
animals chosen or set aside for special purposes.

The good farm horse cannot, of course, be confined to any particular
breed. If he combines within himself certain desirable qualities, it is
not pertinent to inquire particularly what blood he carries. Some points
that should distinguish him may be thus enumerated: He should be
close-built and strong, but not gross and clumsy, since he is to serve as a
sort of horse of all work—doing duty, by turns, under the saddle, and
before the plow, the farm-wagon and the carriage.

ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

40

“ASUOH AVG AUAAG YO WAV dooy W

THE HORSE, DIFFERENT BREEDS, ETC. 41

Fifteen to sixteen hands mark the proper stature ; and his limbs should
be sinewy without absolute heaviness, while his feet should be of medium
size. He should be reasonably springy under the saddle, and active,
without dash, in light harness. To these he should add a certain thriftiness,
that will enable him to appear well even under good, close work, if well
treated ; and in temper he should be mild. His breaking in and training
should have been such as to render him readily adaptable to any work
that he may be called upon to perform about the country home.

The hunter, or horse for the chase, speaking with reference to a
pastime which is still common in England, but to which little or no
importance is attached in this country, is usually the better esteemed for
having some blood, but more for the absolute feats of speed and leaping
which he may be able to perform, and for his ability to stand a hard
day’s run.

The best hunters are said to be a combination of the thorough-bred
with some coarser animal—producing more strength, substance, and
hardihood, with less length of body. He is at the present time what
may be called three-quarters bred ; and he is lighter and more fleet than
formerly.

The accompanying engraving, entitled ‘*A light hunting horse,’’
conveys an excellent idea of what he is now most commonly found to be.

That is to say, a horse of good style and form, capable of long con-
tinued exertion under the weight of an ordinary sized man, and also
capable of showing as high a rate of speed as possible, combined with an
aptitude to leap successfully such obstacles as may ordinarily interpose.
In all this class of horses, whether they be light or heavy weight animals,
blood—that is, the possessor of a fair amount of thorough blood as trans-
mitted by thorough-bred sires—is absolutely necessary. It gives style,
form, hard and fine bones, muscular tissue, lung power, and all this
means endurance to perform feats -under which the cold blooded horse
would soon succumb. Such a horse as the engraving shows will not only
make a capital saddle horse, but also a most valuable horse for general
utility, if properly broken, good for the light carriage and buggy and
good also at a load if properly trained and handled; but let it always be
remembered that in as much as you put a saddle horse, and especially a
hunting horse, to labor, you detract from his value in the field.

42 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

During the last century, however, and the first of this, it was deemed
essential that he should be a heavier horse —an animal capable of making

A&A Licgut HunTING HORSE.

prodigious leaps while carrying a heavy weight. This type is well repre-

sented by the subjoined cut of ‘* A heavier hunting horse.

THE HORSE, DIFFERENT BREEDS, ETC. 43

The Hackney, as the horse of all saddle and light harness purposes, the
common roadster, or general knock-about, is termed in England, may be
considered in pretty much the same light as the good farm-horse pre-

ZN

=

‘aASUOH DNILNAY AAIAVAG V

viously noticed. Among the English people it seems to be essential that
an animal must at least be supposed to possess some blood before he can
be considered a good hackney. When known, or believed, to have a

44 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

streak of the thorough-bred in him, and to possess the following charac-
teristics, nothing more is desirable :

He must be about fifteen hands high; both his fore and hind parts
must be strong and well muscled; he should be short in the back and
well coupled ; his chest should be wide and deep, allowing full play for

i sil
iit ) Hi

AN ENGLISH ROADSTER.

the lungs; his head should be light and his neck carried well up; _ his
limbs should be clean and bony, and with somewhat oblique pasterns ; he
should be quick and springy ; and in temper he should be kind and easily
controlled.

THE HORSE, DIFFERENT BREEDS, ETC. 45

Of Heavy Drartr Horsss there are several breeds in both England and
the United States ; or rather, several kinds that have some of the blood and
some of the characteristics of the old heavy draft animals. When it
became the fashion in England to seek admixture with the heavy mares
and stallions of Belgium or Flanders, the English draft stock was really
much improved, though several English breeds soon lost thereby, for the
most part, their identity.

Ml iii
HNN

i i

>
‘aSUOH HOVOD HSITONY NV

| Il i

LaIvuqd AAVAH

The Cleveland Bay, a powerful horse, though not of extraordinary
size, was found chiefly in the four Counties of Yorkshire, Durham, Lin-
colnshire, and Northumberland. He was capable of carrying a great
weight, and of maintaining under it a rapid rate of speed. A lighter horse,
and one better adapted to the carriage, was produced by crossing the

46 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Cleveland mare with a good-sized thorough-bred stallion. The best
hunters and hackneys, having an arched crest and proud action, were pro-
duced by crossing the Cleveland mare with a horse lighter than the true
thorough-breds, yet possessing real spirit and quick movement. The
Cleveland, as a distinct breed, is nearly extinct.

The Suffolk Punch is considered to be an excellent heavy draft horse.
He is believed to be the offspring of the Suffolk cart-mare and the Nor-
man stallion. When further crossed with the Yorkshire half-bred, (the
product of the Cleveland Bay and the thorough-bred), he is active, spir-
ited, and indomitable at a pull.

The Suffolk, now hardly known as a distinct breed, was a horse of
good size, being ordinarily from fifteen to sixteen hands high, and very
stout in proportion. His distinguishing color was sorrel; he had a large
head ; his shoulders were thick on top and low; his chest was round and
deep ; he had round legs and short pasterns ; his back was long ; his croup
high; his flanks full; his quarters heavy and strong; and he was every
way a spirited and determined animal, active and enduring.

The Clydesdale horse, found principally on the Clyde in Scotland, was
the product of certain Scottish mares with Flanders stallions. He is a
larger horse than the Suffolk, but less clumsy in appearance, as his head
is better and his barrel lighter. He has a long neck and deep legs ; and
is strong, hardy, patient, and a faithful puller. Some of the horses in
the United States said to be of this stock preserve most of these charac-
teristics, but their bodies are rounder and their necks are not particularly
noted for length.

Between Lincolnshire and Staffordshire, in the midland counties of
England, is found what is called the Heavy Black Horse, a large, well-
built animal, of splendid appearance, and much in demand in London and
elsewhere as a wagon-horse; but no horses of this particular kind are
known to have been brought to America for breeding purposes.

Of American heavy draft stock, the Vermont cart-horse is deserving of
special mention. He is said by one who is considered good authority to
exist in Vermont and adjacent States as a distinct breed, and to be the
very model of what a good cart-horse should be—quick and full of power,
yet easily managed. As a general thing, he has a well-set head, a lofty
crest, thin withers, mane and tail medium, and clean fetlocks. He has
sufficient action to insure a good rate of speed, and makes, upon the
whole, a fine show.

His origin seems doubtful. There is a pony appearance about him,
though often more than sixteen hands high—his peculiar shortness of
back, roundness of body, and general compactness contributing to make

THE HORSE, DIFFERENT BREEDS, ETC. 47

him seem much less in bulk than he is found to be by actual measure-
ment.
Ill. The Arabian,

We come now to notice some of the most distinct, strongly marked,
and valuable breeds, among which the Arabian, or that species of the
Arabian best known to us, is justly celebrated.

Whether the present pure blood Arab is native to Arabia or imported ;
whether of recent origin or of a lineage as ancient as the sculptured ruins
of Nineveh and Babylon, it is needless to inquire ; but the people of that
country claim that they have authentic pedigrees reaching back for more
than two thousand years ; while on the other hand, it is asserted by some
who have tried to discover the real origin of this famous stock that prior
to the thirteenth century the horses of Arabia were a poor race and lightly
esteemed. Be that as it may, the horse of the present day, so
renowned throughout the world, undoubtedly began to attract notice some
five or six hundred years ago, since which time he has grown into his
great repute; and now the best horses of most civilized lands are
thought to derive their highest claims to noble descent from the Arabic
Kochlani, and those of his congeners that have shared his excellences.

In a subsequent chapter the subject of breeding will be appropriately
treated : but we may advert here to a singular fact in connection with the
sons of the desert and the horse that shares their name and their affec-
tions. So thoroughly are the principles of breeding understood among
them, or such is their extraordinary care, (and perhaps climatic influence
may have something to do with it), that their horses long since reached
a degree of perfection unrivalled in any country, and this perfection is
steadily maintained.

Travelers differ as to the number and names of the distinct breeds of
horses which are found in Arabia ; but a comparatively recent Mohamme-
dan writer, who seems to have had more than ordinary opportunities for
knowing the facts in the case, has stated that there are six distinct breeds,
which he names and characterizes thus :

(1) The Dgelfe, found chiefly in Arabia Felix, seldom seen at Damas-
eus, but common in the neighborhood of Anaze. Horses of this breed
are of lofty stature, have narrow chests, but are deep in the girth, and
their ears are long. They are remarkable for spirit and fleetness, but are
exceedingly tractable, and their ability to endure hunger and thirst is a
remarkable feature. A two-year-old colt, he says, will cost in his own
country two thousand Turkish piasters.

(2) The Secaloni, a breed from the eastern part of the desert, some-
what inferior to the Dgelfe, though resembling him m most points.

48 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

(3) The Mefki, he informs us, is a handsome horse; but he is not so
fleet as either the Dgelfe or the Secaloni. In figure, he bears a resem-
blance to the Spanish or Andalusian stock.

(4) A fourth breed is called the Sabi, which is similar to the Mefki,
but seems to possess no specially useful or striking qualities.

(5) The Fridi. This breed is very common ; but they are often vicious
and untrustworthy, and lack some of the excellent qualities possessed by
the best of the others.

(6) The Nejdi, found chiefly in the region of Bussorah. These are
said to be at least the equals of the Dgelfe and the Secaloni. Some
judges assert that there is no horse to be compared with them, and they
stand very high in the market.

This writer considers the Dgelfe and the Nejdi to be the most valuable.
They are known to be the favorites of the horse-fanciers of India, many
fine animals of these stocks having been carried thither by the sportsmen
of that country.

Other writers make mention of but three distinct breeds, to which they
attribute names different from those above given; and it is difficult to
reconcile the statements of the two, and to determine whether they have
really agreed in any way in pointing out the same animal, though by
diverse names, as possessing the striking excellences which have made a
certain breed famous and well known to us. Writers of the latter class
speak of an inferior race, little esteemed, at home or abroad, which they
eall the Attechi. These are sometimes found in a wild state. Then come
the Kadischi, a sort of half-breed stock, possessing some points of resem-
blance to the true blood, and being sometimes imposed upon dealers for ~
the genuine. Finally, they describe a superb race, the pure descendants
of some extraordinary ancestors, and these they call the Kochlani or
Kailhan. The best of them are found among the Shammar and Aneyza
tribes. The Arabs themselves pretend to trace the Kochlani back to the
days and the stables of Solomon. While this cannot be credited, it is
known that some of them have written pedigrees for at least four hundred
years, kept with the most extreme care, and always on the side of the
mare. These animals are sometimes sold to foreigners; but they bear
almost fabulous prices, and it is believed to be a very rare thing for a
true Kochlani to fall into the hands of a stranger.

The striking points of the pure Arab may be thus stated: In size,
he is considerably smaller than the modern thorough-bred, scarcely ever
exceeding in height fourteen anda half hands. His head is extraordinary
for its beauty, —the forehead being broad and square, the muzzle short
and fine, so that some of them seem as though they could really ‘stick
their noses into a tumbler.’’ The face, upon which the veins appear

THE HORSE, DIFFERENT BREEDS, ETC. 49

beautifully coursed, is bony; the nostrils are wide; the well-set ears
are small, while the eyes are large, prominent and brilliant. The neck,
rising beautifully from the shoulders, and well arched, is very fine ; the
withers are high and moderately thin; the shoulder, inclining backward,
is perfect in form and position—muscular as well as finely shaped. The
body is light and narrow before; but behind the arms the chest is
expanded and affords sufficient capacity for the lungs; the hips, though
somewhat narrow, are well united to the back, and the quarters are
strong, muscular, and well set. The legs are small, flat, sinewy; the
pasterns are oblique in their position ; the croup is high, while the tail is
set on with considerable arch. The muscles of the arm, like those of
the ham, are full and strong. ‘The bones of the leg are large in propor-
tion to the size, there being no superfluous fatty matter, but full, free,
strong, and clean tendons and suspensory ligaments. The hocks are
large, but free from both curbs and spavins ; while the feet are small and
sound. The elbow joint is prominent but fine, and generally plays clear
of the body.

Especially does the Arab differ from other breeds in the superior
fineness of his muzzle; the somewhat hollowed but graceful face; the
fully developed jaws that yet give no impression of heaviness ; the beau-
tifully pricked and exquisite shape of the ear; the conspicuous neatness
of the leg below the knee ; and the beautiful make of the hind quarters.
The fleetest among them are also noted for a straight-dropped hind leg,
which is always regarded as,a good point. A true Arabian has been
described as ‘‘looking the gentleman all over, with a bearing as stately
as that of an autocrat.”

In spirit he is as noble as in his physical formation. Though kind and
docile when with his native master, he is sensitive and full of spirit, and
when excited is so indomitable that he would run or pull to the death
rather than yield. With a cruel master he is apt to become in a measure
ungovernable ; but his intelligence is such that proper treatment will soon
win his confidence and remove a vicious habit.

His sagacity is as remarkable as his susceptibility to kind treatment.
Instances are not wanting in which his master, overcome by the heat of
the desert, and lost in a lethargic sleep, has been watched over by his
faithful animal, and guarded from the approach of man and beast.

The colors mostly prevalent among them are bay, gray, and chestnut.
Occasionally a black is found.

He is not so swift as the best English, French, and American coursers ;
nor is it here that his great excellence must be sought. That arises from
a combination of qualities, to some of which the best of other breeds are
wholly strangers.

50 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

He is peculiarly adapted to that waste and barren country, and to the
uses for which he is prized by the wandering tribes. The food and drink
upon which he can live and perform great journeys would be wholly inad-
equate to the keeping of one of ours which we are pleased to call thrifty.

As has been said, this remarkable stock has long maintained its essen-
tial purity ; nor does it show, in recent times, any tendency to degenerate.
Those good Arabians that are offered for sale to British residents and
other horse dealers in the markets of Bengal and Bombay command prices
ranging from seven hundred and fifty to one thousand dollars ; and it is
said by travelers that their best mares are seldom if ever sold.

IV. The English Thorough-bred.

We have already referred to different varieties of English horses, some
of which have had more or less influence upon those of our own country ;
but the most excellent and famous of all is the thorough-bred, or race-
horse, descended chiefly from imported Arabians, Barbs, and Turks.
The animal known to-day as the real English thorough-bred is perhaps of
almost purely eastern origin. His excellences are derived, it is thought,
from an admixture of yarious pure breeds, native to those regions to
which the noblest of the race are indigenous, so far as either history or
tradition determines. Arabia, Syria, Persia, Turkestan, Nubia, Abys-
sinia, and the Barbary States, all have breeds closely connected with each
other, and yet possessing different characteristics ; but the English race-
horse is a superior animal to any of them; and his blood cannot now be
improved by crossing with any known stock.

There seems to be in him a larger mixture of the Barb than of any
other breed ; but the earliest and most celebrated importations into Eng-
land were Arabians. Much attention has long been paid there to the
improvement of racing stock. The minds of Englishmen were most
probably turned to this by the accession of the Norman Conquerors ; at
any rate, soon after the Normans were established in the island, the first
Arabian of which any record has been preserved was imported. This
was in 1121, during the reign of Henry I. Then, an authenticated case
of importation from Arabia took place in the reign of James I. This
horse was condemned, not having met the popular expectation ; but the
true value of eastern blood began now to be appreciated, and the White
Turk was soon brought over ; thena horse known as the Helmesley Turk ;
soon afterward, Fairfax’s Moroeco Barb. The interest in the improve-
ment of racing stock then so actively manifested has never suffered more
than a temporary abatement, and in no other country than in England
has such success been attained. During the troublous times consequent
upon the overthrow of Charles I. and the accession of the Puritans to

THE HORSE, DIFFERENT BREEDs, ETC. 51

power, there seems to have been a decline; but a love of racing, and a
corresponding desire to produce the best horses for this purpose, was

PO Te | | My
Wh | ~
i ) 4 i

| |

A)

‘asuOH HOVY HSITONGY AH,

«USAT 5,

revived upon the restoration of Charles II. to the throne. This prince
himself sent to the east to purchase brood mares and stallions, but he

52 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

affected chiefly Barbs and Turks. Many of his wealthier subjects engaged
in like enterprise on their own private account.

But the most marked improvement of English stock followed the
introduction into that country of the Darley Arabian, a fine and vigorous
stallion imported during the latter part of Queen Anne’s reign by one
Mr. Darley. Several horses. of great repute descended from him, of
which the most noted were Almanzer, Flying Childers, and Bartlett's
Childers ; and from the Childers, besides numerous others, of more or
less celebrity, Childers, Blaze, Samson, Snap, and Eclipse deserve special
mention. Of the last named, it is recorded that though he was thick-
winded or what is termed a ‘*roarer,’’ he never lost a race and never
paid a forfeit ; and that three hundred and thirty-four of his descendants
proved to be winning horses.

During the reign of Louis XIV., of France, and when the Arabian
stock, the descendants of the Darley, were already in high repute, a horse
valled the Godolphin Arabian, but which was really a beautiful Barb, of
excellent spirit and action, was rescued by one Mr. Coke from the igno-
ble employment of drawing a cart in the streets of Paris, (where his
striking characteristics seem to have been wholly overlooked ), and carried
to England. He is said to have been about fifteen hands high, of a brown
color, and to have been distinguished by the height of his crest and for
round and drooping quarters. From him is descended much of the finest
racing blood in England.

We have spoken of the thorough-bred as a pure-blooded horse ;
and though this ought doubtless to be understood with some limitations,
as even in the best of the stock there is probably some tinge of old Eng-
lish and Spanish blood ; yet, such has been the great care bestowed upon
him that he is regarded as ‘* the eastern horse brought to the very highest
state of perfection.’’ It is certain that, as previously remarked, he is in
some respects superior to the best of the original breeds. This has been
brought about by long continued careful attention to breeding, to feed-
ing, to all those points, in fact, necessary to the elimination of vicious
strains and the preservation and improvement of those qualities that tend
to the one great end in view—fleetness, with a corresponding power of
endurance. The climate of England is said to be peculiarly favorable to
the horse; and this influence has perhaps contributed something to the
making of the English racer a pre-eminently fine and much admired
animal. The following may be regarded as his distinguishing points :

His chest is his one and only mark of superior strength ; this is wide
and deep. His body is round, his flanks and belly light. His ears are
fine; his eyes prominent; his nostrils are wide; his lips are small and
thin, while he is remarkably wide between the jaws. He has a long and

THE HORSE, DIFFERENT BREEDS, ETC. 53

fine neck, to which a thin mane lies close. His withers are uncommonly
thin and high ; his back is low at the withers, then straight to the haunches.
Measured from the haunches to the turn of the rump, he is long; from
the turn of the rump to the tip of the hock he is long and thin. He has
great power of springing, to force himself forward, by reason of his legs
standing rather under the body than erect. His buttocks rarely touch
each other; his legs below the knee and hock are small, and the cords
stand out conspicuously. His tail is slight and thin-haired, sometimes
slightly waved ; the hair of his legs is very fine ; he has no fetlock tufts,
and his hoof is small and cupped. His color is generally bay, brown, or
chestnut ; his height varies from fifteen to seventeen hands. His coat is
thinner and the hair more silky than in common breeds.

The soundness of feet and legs, and the powers of endurance, which
characterize the Arab, have been transmitted to the thorough-bred ; and
while the latter is not himself well suited to heavy harness work, or indeed
to any of the generai purposes of the farmer, animals are often obtained
by judicious crosses with him which are admirably adapted to various
uses. He is valued solely for the turf, and for light single draft,
except, as we have before remarked, for the improvement of the general
stock of horses by admixture ; and for this latter purpose we are largely
deperident upon him in America as well as in Great Britain.

V. The Barb.

The horse of the Barbary States has long been known for his excellent
qualities ; and he is especially remarkable for fine and graceful action.
His powers of transmission are great, so that his marked traits are found
in his descendants at remote periods and after commixture of various and
inferior breeds.

He has impressed himself particularly upon the Spanish horse and the
English racing stock. It is thought that the horses of Spain owe all
their excellences to Barb blood, which was brought into that country by
the Moors, at the time of the conquest.

The Barb is found chiefly in Morocco, Fez, and Tripoli, and with the
exception of an excellent species found in the kingdom of Bournon, he
is the only African horse deserving of special mention. The horse of
Bournon is represented by some as being superior to both the Arabian
and the Barb.

In addition to what has been said in those sections in which we have
treated of the Arabian and the thorough-bred, the following description
of the Barb will be sufficient to convey to the mind of the reader what
a true horse of this breed really is:

o4 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

In height, he is from fourteen to fifteen hands ; his chest is round ; his
shoulders are broad, but light, and somewhat obliquely sloping; his
withers are thin and rather high; his loins are straight and short ; his
flanks and ribs are round and well developed; his haunches are strong ;
his croup is somewhat too long for nice correspondence with the rest of
the body; his quarters are muscular and full; his legs are clean, and
the tendons are clearly marked; his pasterns, like his croup, are some-
what too long and slanting, but not so much so as to amount to real
defect; and his feet are sound and of good shape. But his head is
especially beautiful. It is small and lean, while the ears are of medium
size and admirably placed. The mane is rather meager; but the neck
rises boldly from the withers, and gives an impression of ease and grace
in carriage.

In spirit and fleetness he is not regarded as the equal of the Arab,
much less of the real thorough-bred ; but ina certain native vigor and in
form he is superior.

VI. The Persian.

No traveler to whose writings we have access in this country has
sufficiently described the horses of Persia to enable us to point out with
exactness the difference between the inferior and the better breeds that
are known to exist in that country. The term the Persian horse is
ordinarily applied to the most excellent of all, which has been celebrated
for hundreds of years longer than the Arabian. At the present day, he
has a large proportion of Arab blood in his veins. As a general thing,
he is somewhat taller than the Arabians ; and in beauty and speed he is
their equal; but his powers of endurance are not so great.

VII. The Turkish.

This horse is believed to be descended from the best stock of Arabs,—
crossed, however, with some breed that has given him greater proportions
than his ancestors; at any rate, the Turkish horse of to-day is full
sixteen hands high, often more ; and he is more muscular than the Arab,
though still of elegant appearance, clean limbed and active. It is asserted
by some that he is descended from Arabs and Persians ; and it is known
that he possesses many of the best qualities of these stocks. Though
strong and of sufficient spirit, he is docile, and well adapted to domestic
uses.

An arched neck, with a high crest, is a striking characteristic of the
breed.

Vill. The Turkoman.

As we have said elsewhere, none of the Tartar breeds except the Turko-

THE HORSE, DIFFERENT BREEDS, ETC. oD

man or South Tartary horse are worthy to be rated among the better class
of animals. He is famous for purity of blood, for good speed, and for
wonderful powers of endurance. It is related that one of them has been
known to travel nine hundred miles, bearing a rider, in eleven successive
days. He is not really a graceful animal, however, as his head is rather
large, and his legs are long in proportion to his height, which is from
fifteen to sixteen hands.
Other domesticated ho
same breed as the wild horses which are found in various parts of the

rses among the Tartars are evidently of the

country and in immense numbers, as the characteristics of the wild are
exhibited in a marked manner in the domesticated. Indeed, it is known
that these wild herds are often drawn upon for recruits when necessity
drives the inhabitants to add to their stock of serviceable animals.

All these inferior creatures are small and narrow ; they have long necks,
apparently weak legs, large heads, and light barrels. The prevailing
color is a reddish sorrel, with a black stripe along the back. Their
manes and tails are black, except at the roots, where the hairs preserve
this reddish cast. Their general appearance is rough and inelegant ; but
they are of the most hardy nature; and, contrary to appearance, they
are rapid travelers. They live and even perform long and arduous
journeys upon the sparsest and poorest food.

IX. The Egyptian.

It is represented by some who have devoted more than ordinary care
to the study of the origin of breeds, and to the horse in his relations to
various peoples and countries, that the horse of the ancient Egyptians
was identical with an inferior race that afterward existed among the
Assyrians. Some sculptures, found among the ruins of Nineveh, care-
fully executed and well preserved, portray a horse wholly different from
that nobler animal carved in other bas-reliefs found in the same ruins.
He is said to have been the Egyptian horse ; and as thus conveyed to us,
he was a large and heavy animal, having a coarse and ill-proportioned
head, but a high crest.

The modern Egyptian is also of unpleasing aspect. From wheresoever
derived, he is rough and ugly. Frequently his legs, knees and neck
become positive defects; but a good head is occasionally found. He
would scarcely be deserving of mention were it not that he is spirited
and impetuous ; and this, together with his weight, renders him valuable
for heavy cavalry, in which capacity he has won some celebrity. His
powers of endurance are not great.

X. The Dongola.

This horse is also entitled to consideration chiefly upon the ground of

56 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

his being greatly prized as a war horse. Unlike the Egyptian, however,
he has not only speed but powers of endurance ; and some have described
him as both beautiful and tractable. Yet, even those who have had
opportunities for personal observation do not agree in their descriptions
and their estimates. One speaks of him as being deficient in substance
and wanting in stoutnesss; while another thinks him to possess the
highest type of symmetry, size, and strength. From another we get
this more particular description: In height, he is full sixteen hands ;
his body is short ; his neck is long and slim; he has a fine crest ; and his
withers are high and sharp; but his breast is narrow, his quarters and
flanks are flat, and he has a rather ugly back.
He is found in the kingdom of Dongola and in adjacent regions.

Wild Horse of America.

That the horse existed in America at some far distant epoch is undeni-
able since the fossil remains found prove this conclusively, and progress-
ing naturally from age to age into more and more perfectly developed
types. Yet at the discovery of America at the several points by the
early navigators, no mention is made of native horses, as would surely
have been done if such had been known to the Indians.

America is undoubtedly indebted for her wild or feral horses which
have roamed the great valleys of the Pacifie slope, the immense plains of
the West and South-west, and the grassy portions of Mexico, to the early
Spanish adventurers on the Pacific slope, as were the wild horses of the
great plains and of Texas to the horses abandoned by De Soto when he
turned his face eastward towards the Mississippi, after having abandoned
his search for the fountain of youth and the new Eldorado. So Mexico
and the Isthmus were stocked with horses in like manner, for it is futile
to suppose that the increase of horses escaping from the Spanish conquer-
ors of South America would have made their way northward through
interminable and tangled forests, and mountain fastnesses, but that rather
they would have betaken them to the pampas, which in reality they did.
Thus in a comparatively short time they covered most areas of country
with immense droves, in reality as wild and as free as though they had
always existed there.

That the facts are as we have stated, is patent from the fact that the
produce resembles in many close characteristics the Spanish and Andalu-
sian horses of the early Spanish adventurers, as did those found wild in
New Foundland resemble the French horse of that period; as does the
Canadian pony of the present day, although diminished in size from insuf-
ficient food and the inclemencies of the climate through the long
generations which have passed since their introduction into Acadia in
1604, and into Canada four years later.

"NOITIVLS NOUDHOW

Iq NYWUON

THE HORSE, DIFFERENT BREEDS, ETC Live
XI. The Norman Percheron.

Among the striking and useful breeds, no horse has attracted more
attention during the last half-century than the Norman Percheron, other-

i

wise known simply as the Percheron,—a stock peculiar to La Perche, a

58 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

district in France. Volumes have been written respecting this horse, and
various theories as to his origin and development haye been advanced.

One writer insists that he is descended from what some call the primi-
tive or natural horse, the pure blood Arabian, crossed with a stock of
heavy draft horses existing in that section, but without historic mention,
prior to the Crusades. He thinks that after the defeat of the Saracen
chief, Abderame, by Charles Martel, in Vouille, in which battle a host of
Saracens perished, the cavalry of the enemy, Oriental horses of marked
character, true Arabs, fell into the hands of the French,—thence many of
these horses were brought by their victorious masters to the districts of
Normandy and La Perche. Here commixture of blood with a heavier
horse of excellent quality followed, and the cross resulted in producing
the now celebrated Percheron.

The native race referred to is thought by some to have been the old
war horse of the Normans—heavy, bony and slow—good for cavalry use
during the days of chivalry, when the carrying of a knight and his armor
required an animal of great strength and powers of endurance.

Others think that it was a stock of horses then peculiar to Brittany and
used for draft rather than for war.

One author asserts that the Percheron is descended from a remote. cross
between the Andalusians (after their commixture with the Morocco Barbs)
and the Normans; and this somewhat fanciful reason is given for the
active agency of man in bringing it about : that the Norman, though pow-
erful, was too slow for a fully caparisoned knight—the Andalusian or
Spanish Barb was too light—and a cross was effected for the purpose
of securing a horse that combined speed with power.

But it is not within the scope of the present work to enter into minute
particulars of this kind, nor to indulge in the discussion of mooted points
that have a merely curious interest.

Whatever may have been the origin of the Percheron, it is evidently a
pure race, one capable of producing and reproducing itself unchanged
through a long succession of years, and without deterioration of qualities
when like sires are bred to like dams. Even when the Percheron stallion
is put to the service of inferior mares, he impresses himself in a remark-
able manner upon his offspring, transmitting to them his own striking
characteristics. Percheron mares bred to inferior stallions affect in like
manner, and in almost equal intensity, their progeny—though the rule is
that the stallion exerts the greater influence in determining the character
of the foal.

TC.

BREEDS,

HORSE, DIFFERENT

THE

NORMAN PERCHERON MARE,

The old Norman stock is said to have transmitted to this race their ex-

traordinary bone and muscle, while the Arab or Andalusian or whatever

The Norman has

r

may have been the cross, give the spirit and action.

5

60 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

been described as being capable of carrying great burdens at a reasonable
rate of speed; to have been large, compact, muscular, and possessing the
greatest endurance.

The points of the Percheron may be stated as follows :

The head is short; the brow is broad, and has that hollow of profile
between the eyes and nostrils sometimes known as the dish-face—(in
this greatly resembling the Arab) ; but the head in general is not heavier
than seems in keeping with the general massiveness of the frame; the
neck is long, well-arched and heavy, but, like the head, not dispropor-
tioned to the general bulk. The back is short; they are well ribbed up
and round barrelled ; their legs are particularly short from the knees and
hocks downward; they are heavily haired, but have not such shage
fetlocks and feet as this would seem to indicate ; their sinews are iron-
like; and their feet are hard, sound, apparently insensible to disease. In
height, they are from fourteen and a half to fifteen and a half hands, the
latter being rather more than the average. Gray is the characteristic,
almost the only, color.

For hard work on ordinary fare the Percheron is unequalled ; and his
energy-and endurance are wonderful. He will keep his condition where
another horse would die of hard labor and neglect. Though full of
spirit, unflinching under even painful effort, he is yet docile.

In mere speed he is by no means the equal of the thorough-bred ; but
for quickness of smovement at heavy draft he has no rival. Hitched to a.
light carriage or wagon he is capable of maintaining a good rate of speed
for a long time together, or of making comparatively short journeys with
a rapidity that is astonishing. One, carrying a light vehicle and the
driver, is known to have made 55 3-5 miles over a hilly and difficult road,
in four hours and twenty-four minutes; and another, harnessed in like
manner, is said to have traveled 58 miles and back in two consecutive
days, without being touched with the whip, occupying four hours and less
than two minutes going, and four hours, one and a half minutes returning.

The Percheron of to-day makes an excellent cross with either the Arab
or the English thorough-bred. For the improvement of our draft stock
in the United States, no other horse is to be compared to him. Bred to
good mares, this half-breed would partake more of the qualities of the
sire than of the dam, and the progeny would be almost the equals of the
pure French horses. | Another step, bringing a pure imported stallion to
the service of these half-breeds, would give us a race of horses for all
work that would so far excel the ordinary race of scrubs as to seem
almost like a different species of animal.

THE HORSE, DIFFERENT BREEDS, ETC. 61
XII. The Thorough-bred in America.

The Flemish and Danish horses, large, strong, heavy draft breeds, have
had more or less influence upon the horses of the United States, particu-
larly in Pennsylvania, Ohio, and the northwestern States ; but no other
blood is so widely disseminated among our various stocks as that of the
English thorough-bred. We have been dependent chiefly upon this
animal for the improvement of the horses among us; and from a time
long prior to the Revolution, it has been the custom of our most ambitious
breeders to import from England both stallions and mares, but more
especially the former, for this purpose.

Leonard Calvert, Lord Baltimore, sometime between 1740 and 1750,
presented to a Mr. Ogle an English thorough-bred stallion, by which the
colonial horse of that portion of the country was much improved ; and
this same gentleman, Ogle, imported Queen Mab, shortly after he came
in possession of ‘*Spark,’’ the Baltimore horse. Selima, a mare sired by
the Godolphin Arabian, was brought over by one Col. Trasker; Miss
Colville, or Wilkes’ Old Hautboy Mare, was imported by Col. Colville ;
Jennie Cameron, Crab, and others, by different persons, at various times.

It was not until within about fifty years ago that any reliable stud book
or turf register began to be kept in the United States ; so that it is often
difficult to establish a claim to good pedigree extending beyond that time ;
but many valuable importations are known to have taken place previous
to 1829; and the register since kept shows that there is a very large ad-
mixture of English blood in many parts of the country.

The work stock of the southern States before the war, as now, was, of
course, drawn mostly from States farther north and east, and was of in-
different character; but much attention was paid in that part of the
country to raising stock ; and all horses raised there have more or less of
the thorough-bred in them. Many really fine animals were found there,
—the race-horse preserved in his purity,—but the true thorough-bred has
rarely been found at any time in the northern States. In New England,
the good driving horse, the horse of all work, medium sized and stoutly-
built, is mostly found; in New York, they have animals representing
almost every variety of breed known in the United States, and among
them the descendants of many famous racers. ;

In Pennsylvania, Ohio, and the Northwest generally, they have a great
variety of heavy draft horses—some of them of great size—not much
attention having been paid, as yet, to saddle, light carriage, and race
horses. In the West however, considerable improvement has been made
by the introduction of fine stallions from Kentucky and Tennessee, of
both the thorough-bred and the Morgan strain. In Kentucky and Ten-
nessee, the breeds are various, but there is a very large admixture of the

62 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

thorough-bred. Their saddle, light carriage, trotting and racing stock
are justly renowned. Scarcely any country in the world is better adapted
to the production of fine horses than the blue-grass region of Kentucky ;
and it constitutes a sort of Arabia of the West, to whose breeders and
trainers the buyers of the United States, sometimes even foreign gentle-
men, come to purchase mares, stallions, and trained coursers.

The American thorough-bred retains many of the striking character-
istics of the Arabian and his best old world representative, the English
racer ; and in speed he compares well with the best horses of England.
He is more stoutly built, however, and capable of more endurance than
the English horse.

XIII. The Morgan Horse.

A story is current to the effect that during the war of the Revolution,
one of the British officers, Gen. DeLancy, rode a very beautiful stallion,
of great value—said to have been a true thorough-bred. This horse was
stolen by one Smith, an American, and retained within the American
lines. He was the sire of a colt from a Wild Air mare; and the colt,
being foaled or having become by purchase the property of one Justin
Morgan, of Randolph, Vermont, received the name of his master, and
his descendants haye ever since been known as the Morgan horse.

The stolen stallion, called **The True Briton”’ or ‘* Beautiful Bay,”’
has been described as not only beautiful, but as having possessed great:
action, and being capable of leaping fences, hedges, and ditches, bearing
a rider, from which it has been argued that he was not a thorough-bred,
since that stock cannot jump; but he was in any event a remarkable
horse, and his valuable qualities have been transmitted to his descendants.
Of so pure blood and marked character was he that his powers of repro-
ducing himself equalled those of the most unmistakable Arabian; and
the Morgan blood is perceptible after various crosses, and that too, with
many inferior breeds.

So marked are the characteristics of these horses, and so different are
they, in some particulars, from other races, that they seem fully entitled
to be considered a distinct breed. They are in great repute, also, in
many portions of the country; and some efforts have been made with
much success, to bring the stock back to its former and better condition,
by breeding from the best and most strongly marked stallions and mares.

They are stout and hardy, while at the same time of good form—
‘apable of performing the greatest amount of labor, and that, too, with
quickness of movement. They are always in demand, and command the
highest market prices.

The following may be considered the distinguishing points of a true

Morgan :

THE HORSE, DIFFERENT BREEDS, ETC. 63

In height he is from fourteen to sixteen hands ; in weight sufficiently
heavy for this height, with no appearance whatever of coarse bulkiness,
He is compactly built, and of great strength; his action is fine, his
endurance unsurpassed, and in spirit he is indomitable—never failing at
a pull, if rightly handled—yet patient and trustworthy. As roadsters
and horses of all work they are excellent—having no equals, perhaps, in
this country. He walks fast, and many horses of this breed haye been
extraordinary trotters. In harness he is quiet, but nimble, and of eager
movement. Bay, chestnut, and black are the prevailing colors. The
mane and tail are rather heavy and coarse, and in general wavy.

The head is not extremely small, but there is no superfluous muscle or
fatty matter about it; the face is straight, the forehead broad, the ears
are small, fine, and set far apart, the nostrils are wide, the lips are close
and firm, the muzzle is small, the eyes are not large, but very dark,
prominent, set wide apart, and full of animation. The back is short.; the
shoulder-blades and hip-bones are large and oblique, the loins broad and
muscular ; the body is long, round, deep, and closely ribbed up ; the chest-
bone is prominent, the chest wide and deep, the legs seem rather short
for the height, but they are close-jointed, and though thin, they are very
wide, hard, clean, and yet with powerful muscles; the feet are small and
round ; the hair is short and flossy at almost all seasons ; the fetlocks are
moderately long, and there is some long hair up the backs of the legs.

In some parts of the country the Morgans are the premium horses, and
their peculiar adaptability to all the ordinary purposes of the farmer is
such that they enjoy a high degree of fayor.

As a breed, they are unusually long-lived, and this constitutes one of
their great points of excellence.

XIV. The Narragansett Pacer.

This breed, now almost unknown as a distinct one, was remarkable
chiefly as being natural pacers, and of such peculiar action as to render
them peculiarly easy under the saddle. Though small, they were hardy
and full of power, and their docility was such as to render them very
pleasant to handle. The stock are said to have been imported into New
England, from Andalusia, by one Goy. Robinson, and to have been bred
chiefly in Rhode Island, where they were long held in great repute.
Good saddle horses were in much demand in Cuba, and prior to the time
when the Narragansett Pacer began to attract attention, the Cubans had
been dependent for their horses upon the mother country. But the voyage
was long, the risk considerable, and the cost great, and when it was
once ascertained that a superior saddle animal, (according to the taste of

64 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

the times), could be had in Rhode Island, much nearer home, a trade was
at once opened, which continued, with much profit to the Rhode Island
breeders, till the roadways of the West Indies became so much improved
as to render the introduction of light carriages a natural consequence. A
somewhat different horse was then required, and the trade in American
stock began to decline. As the Cuban market became less and less prof-
itable, the interest of the stock-owners experienced a corresponding de-
crease, till at last the effort to preserve the pacer as a distinct breed
ceased altogether.

At the present day, though the influence of the Narragansett Pacer
upon New England horses is in many instances perceptible, he is no
longer known in his former purity.

The Vermont Draft Horse.

Vermont has given the United States one of the two celebrated families
of draft horses, than which few of the breeds have combined greater ex-
cellence. Animals with lofty crests, thin withers, short backed, round
barrelled, close ribbed, clean and sinewy limbed, that would at first be
taken for ponies. Standing next to them they would be found to be six-
teen hands high and over, and on the scales they would tilt the lever at
from 1150 to 1250 pounds. Of their origin but little is known, but it is
more than probable that the old Suffolk cart horse, imported into Massa~
chusetts in 1821, the Cleveland bay, brought there in 1825, and the thor-
ough-bred horses introduced in 1828, bred upon the best common mares
of the country, have produced a class of horses, the lighter ones of which
were driven to the stage coaches of thirty to fifty years ago, as they have
seldom been driven in any other hill country. The heavier specimens of
which furnished the best heavy team horses in the country, not excepting
the Conestoga, a horse fully a hand higher, and admirable in every respect
for heavy draft, as we used to see them, in the great six and seven horse
teams coming from the mountains of Pensylvania through to New York.
It is to be regretted that the furor over the Morgans since that time has
caused the Vermont draft horse to become quite rare so that now it is
rather difficult to find a good specimen of the breed as it once existed.

THE HORSE, DIFFERENT BREEDS, ETC. 65
XV. The Canadian.

This horse, when pure, is entitled to be considered distinct. He can
lay no claim, of course, to being regarded as the natural horse, no more
than the Norman, Percheron or the English thorough-bred ; but his char-
acteristics are so marked as to render him worthy of being classed sepa-
rately and noticed with some minuteness.

He is supposed to be descended from the Norman-French horse,
brought over by the pioneers of Canada; but how crossed, (though he is
evidently the result of a cross), it is impossible to say. In some partic-
ulars, he so much resembles the old horse of Normandy as to seem the
unmistakable descendant of that stock ; whereas in others he is so unlike
him as to indicate that the cross must have been with a very strongly
marked animal, of great powers of transmission.

The distinguishing characteristics may be stated as follows: The
average height is about fourteen hands ; the body is solid, compactly put
together, but somewhat inclined to flatness of side; the head is rather
large for a horse of the height stated, but it is well formed and lean, so
that it does not appear out of proportion and cumbersome ; the forehead
is broad; the ears are wide apart, and carried wellup; the eye is small
and clear, and has a bold expression; the chest is broad and full; the
shoulder is strong, but inclining to be straight and rather low and heavy
at the withers ; the loins are fine ; the croup round and fleshy ; the thighs
muscular ; the legs comparatively heavy and joints pretty large, but the
bones are flat, and no race of horses has sounder and more powerful
limbs ; and none can equal the Canadian as to feet—these being tough,
hard, iron-like, and free from disease, even under the most unfavorable
circumstances. This seems to be one of his most valuable characteristics
of body. Bad handling, awkward shoeing, hard travel—nothing in the
bounds of reason seems to affect his feet. Diseases of this part are
almost absolutely unknown.

The mane and tail are peculiar, being very heavy, and in almost all
vases, wavy. The back sinews are shaggy-coated, nearly to the knee,
and the fetlocks are long.

The prevailing color is black ; but browns and chestnuts are frequently
found ; sometimes sorrels and duns, haying manes and tails lighter than
the body. Occasionally there may be found a dark iron-gray, with
black legs.

Canadians are long-lived, easily-kept, and capable of the greatest
endurance. They are heavy enough for the purposes of thé farmer ; and
as roadsters, while they are not to be regarded as rapid travelers, they
maintain a reasonable rate of speed, say six miles an hour, for long jour-

66 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

neys and continuously, and this while carrying a heavy weight. It is
nothing uncommon for them to do fifty miles a day for many days in
succession; and some have been known to do seventy, eighty, even
ninety miles, at a single stretch of one day.

The breed is widely spread, but chiefly in a mixed state, (inferior to
the true Canadian in almost every instance ), in the Northern and Eastern
States. Few horses are entitled to more consideration at the hands of
those who would obtain the best medium-sized and easily-kept animals
for the farm, and for medium heavy and moderately rapid draft.

XVI. The Connestoga.

A somewhat peculiar horse of all-work, said to have originated as a
distinct stock in the valley of Connestoga. They are believed to be
descended from Flemish and Danish cart-horses brought over by the
sarly German settlers of this part of the country, with a probable admix-
ture of the ordinary draft horse in common use in the German States at
that day. There is, however, no record of the origin of the breed, and
all speculation may be at fault. They resemble for the most part the
Flemish horse, especially in color, all the prevailing Flemish colors except
black being found among them in like proportion.

The Connestoga is a tall horse, often seventeen hands high; but his
limbs are hght for his height, and he is not inclined to be full of flesh,
having a muscular rather than a fatty heaviness, so that he is very power?
ful in proportion to his weight. He is used chiefly for wagons, canal
boats, and heavy carriages, for which purposes he is both strong and
quick enough.

He is less distinct than formerly, and no pains are taken to preserve
the breed as such.

XVII. Ponies.

The small, or pony breeds, are numerous ; but the only ones deserving
special mention are the Shetlands, the Indian, and the Mexican Mustang.
The former is the most distinct and best type of the ponies of the Old
World, while the Indian and the Mustang are the chief, if not the only
native kinds, known among us.

There are ponies somewhat similar to the Shetlands in the northern
parts of Sweden and of Iceland, in Wales, and on. the southwestern
coast of England. All these little animals seem to have originated in
latitudes to which the horse is not native, and to be dwarfed descendants
of large and powerful progenitors.

Noticing first the Shetlands, those of most perfect form, though of

THE HORSE, DIFFERENT BREEDS, ETC. 67

small size, are found in the extreme northern isles of Yell and Unst.
; and many

In height, they do not average more than nine or ten hands
Wy
Ih

(t)

i | |
i

1)

|

ih

|
=

yeh,
il ui | ll Hil
{|

>
“SHINO T ANVILGHS

\ Nh N
WH

y
ih

i
= - I
= —= = \ ————-"
= => = SSS
———WS=>= ~

are found that do no exceed seven and a half. It is held that no true
Shetland can be-so tall as eleven hands. In form they are round and

63 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

closely ribbed up ; the head is well shaped —lean and bony, wide in the
brow, sometimes shghtly basin-faced, like the Arab; the ears are very
small, well placed, are carried erect ; the eyes are large and bright, with
a fine look of intelligence ; the neck is short and thick, and covered with
a reat mass of coarse mane; the shoulder is sloping, thick, and having
little elevation at the withers ; the loins are broad but finely formed; the
quarters are well made, but not large in proportion to other parts; the
back is gently curving, with never any tendency towards what is called
sway-back ; the legs and feet are of excellent shape, and of the most
powerful texture, so that the Shetlander is a stranger to all those diseases
of the feet and legs to which many horses are subject, and a lame
Shetland is almost unknown ; the tail, like the mane, is of great volume.

When roaming wild they live on the poorest fare, and are exposed to
all the inclemencies of the seasons. When they cannot pick up their
scanty subsistence upon the uplands, by reason of the snows of winter,
they betake themselves to the sea shore and live upon kelp and sea weed.
When taken by the peasants of those localities which they most inhabit,
and reduced to subjection, they still require but little food and little
care.

Their endurance is very great ; and though they are of course incapable
of great speed, they will carry weights largely disproportioned to their
size, and keep up a uniform pace of from four to five miles an hour
throughout the day, accomplishing forty, even fifty miles between
morning and evening with apparent ease.

They are gentle, affectionate, easily trained, and as children’s horses,
and for all other purposes for which a pony can be ut all serviceable, they
are the best of all found in either hemisphere.

The prevailing colors are black, brown, and a dark sorrel.

The Mexican Mustang, one of the most widely known and distinct of
American ponies, is found chiefly on the prairies of Texas and Mexico.
His origin is doubtful; though it is affirmed that notwithstanding his
diminutive size, and some striking points of degeneracy, there is clear
indication of Spanish origin. It is difficult, however, to account for the
difference between him and other wild horses, that discover in size as
well as in general formation that they are the descendants of animals
left or lost upon the American continent by the early Spanish discoverers
and conquerors.

These pomes are undersized ; of very slight limbs; often ugly and dis-
proportionately made; with long neck, long back, and long, slender and
weak posteriors. Their hoofs are often badly formed, tending to flatness
and irregularity. Their heads, however, though long, are lean, well
shaped, and wellset; and their nostrils are wide. Their manes and

THE HORSE, DIFFERENT BREEDS, ETC. 69

tails are fine. They have some activity and spirit, and are sometimes
vicious, but not difficult to subdue. In a wild state, they are easily out-
winded by well-trained horses of the larger breeds; but domestication
seems to have the effect of improving their powers of endurance, as they
do good service for the Comanche Indians as a cavalry horse—earrying
those warriors, and enabling them successfully to evade the pursuit of
well-traimed United States cavalry.

Almost every color is found among them.

The Indian Pony, another American, is thought to be a degenerated
Norman—having sprung from horses of that stock brought to Canada by
the first French emigrants, and allowed by some means to escape into
the forests, as was the case with certain Andalusians farther south.
Wandering, from generation to generation, in those cold regions, and
under circumstances altogether unfavorable to the production of generous
growth, they have become dwarfed and in other particulars modified as
to form. They seem in their present state to be a perfectly distinct
animal; and they possess many points of excellence. They are found
in the upper Mississippi country, on the borders of Canada, and west of
the great lakes, and are used chiefly by the different tribes of northern
Indians. Great herds of them are found in a wild state on the north-
western prairies.

They are a larger animal than the Mustang, and in most respects far
superior to him. Though he is to be considered a true pony, he is often
thirteen, sometimes even fourteen, hands high. The body is very
strongly built, being round-ribbed, short-barreled, and with powerful
limbs. The neck is thick and short; the legs are covered with thick
hair, and seem somewhat heavy and clumsy, but they are as firm, mus-
cular, 1ron-like and sound, as those of the Shetlands. The mane is very
heavy, often falling on both sides of the neck, while the forelocks cover
the eyes, and give a sort of shaggy appearance about the upper portion
of the head; the tail is also heavy and generally inclined to be wavy.
They have a high crest, and quite a proud carriage of the head. They
are docile, intelligent, sure-footed, capable of enduring all the rigors of
a northern Winter, and able to perform long-continued journeys, at a
moderate pace, while carrying or drawing disproportionate burdens.

Their courage is so high that they do not readily succumb to any hard-
ship, however trying its nature, and though coupled with poorness and
scantiness of fare.

CHAPTER V.

BREEDING AND RAISING

I. IMPORTANCE OF THE SUBJECT. ——II. THE BEST STOCK THE CHEAPEST. ——III. HE-
REDITARY TENDENCIES AND IMMATURITY TO BE GUARDED AGAINST. ——IV. PRINCI-
PLES OF TRANSMISSION.——V. THE TWO METHODS, ‘‘ IN-AND-IN”’ AND ‘* CROSS”? BREED=
ING CONSIDERED.——VI. TREATMENT OF THE MARE AFTER BEING SERVED, DURING
PREGNANCY, ETC. VII. HOW TO KNOW WHETHER A MARE IS IN FOAL.—VIII. HOW
TO KNOW TIME OF FOALING. —— IX. ABORTION, OR SLINKING THE FOAL.——xX. HOW
TO RAISE COLTS.—KXI. MULES.

I. Importance of the Subject.

No subject connected with the rearing and use of stock can be of more
importance to the farmer and stock-grower, the intelligent, practical bus-
iness man, than that of breeding. ‘That it is every way more profitable
to any one who rears and trains a single colt to have that colt of the very
best rather than of any indifferent quality is almost too palpable to need
a moment’s consideration. That it is possible for every man of obserya-
tion and good judgment to improve his stock is equally obvious. There
is no line of work which horses are called upen to perform that has not
its peculiar requirements, that can be better met by some specific kind of
animal than by one chosen at haphazard. It is a matter, then, of the
plaimest common sense that every one who means to rear a horse for his
own use should consider beforehand to what purposes he will most prob-
ably devote it. If it is designed for market, he needs no less to consult
his interests by determining what markets are accessable to him, and what
description of animal will be apt to find most ready sale therein, at most
remunerative prices.

For the farmer who wants to breed and rear horses of all work, it
would be manifestly foolish to seek a high-priced pure-blooded race, for his

THE HORSE, BREEDING AND RAISING. 71

mares, unless the mares themselves were of such type as to render it
necessary to breed to high and elegant stallions in order to obtain those
medium-sized, but compact, and moderately quick-paced animals that are
so well adapted to all the wants of the farmer.

On the other hand, one wanting a light and fleet animal would set his
inconsiderateness in a striking manner who should so disregard all the dic-
tates of sound sense as to hope to succeed by any chance selection of
either mares or stallions.

II. The Best Stock the Cheapest.

It may be laid down as the first rule—a foundation principle—that the
very best and purest stock that is really adapted to the end in view should
be sought after.

It costs even less to feed a horse of good blood and lineage than it does
to maintain a scrub ; it costs no more to shelter him ; it costs less to groom
him and keep him in condition than it does to keep the scrub from looking
like a seare-crow; his movement is almost invariably smoother and
steadier for the same rates of speed; his temper is generally better ; his
pluck and energy not less so ; and if it is found necessary to put him upon
the market, he brings a.better price. The service of a stallion known. to
be of good, generous blood, and possessing adequate powers of transmis-
sion, must of course cost more; there must be a dam adapted to the
obtaining of a foal of the best type possible from such a sire; but the
penny-wise, pound-foolish policy of refusing to avail one’s self of these
advantages, when in the bounds of possibility, is too apparent.

Taking it for granted, then, that the best, in this case, is always the
cheapest—that the finer and purer the horse can be, other things being
equal, the more useful, more easily maintained, and more marketable he is
bound to be, it remains to consider some points that must always be re-
garded by the intelligent breeder, who seeks wisely to adapt means to
ends rather than to trust to chance.

III. Hereditary Tendencies and Immaturity to be Guarded Against.

A caution most needful to be insisted upon at the outset is that
relating to the transmission of tendencies to disease and of actual disease
itself. It seems that no man in his right senses, knowing the results to
the human family when this consideration is disregarded, would think for
a moment of utterly ignoring the possibilities of evil consequences ; but
ordinary observation leads to the disclosure of the fact that among
horses diseases and impaired constitutional powers are often transmitted
in this way. Mares at an advanced age, too stiff, too weak, too slow to

te ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

be of any further active use, are turned to account for breeding purposes
—and the result is, a weak foal, lacking thrift and lacking spirit.
Mares hacked about until they are ring-boned, spavined, and splinted, or
perhaps dropsical or with a glanderous tendency,—no longer useful on
the farm or on the road, are relieved from the work which they can no
longer do with any chance of profit, and sent tothe stallion. Result: a
foal with a rickety or knotty osseous system, or with a tendency to some
form of dropsy, or ready, in the presence of any exciting cause, to
develop a case of glanders. And so of other disorders, more especially
of roaring, thick-wind, blindness, contracted feet, grease, and affections
of the brain and nervous system. Some mares have a peculiar predispo-
sition to surfeit, some to swelled legs, some to vertigo, some toa sort of
unaccountable viciousness. No wise breeder can afford to disregard these
things. If he wishes to rear a horse for service, he wants a sound foal ;
for he knows he .can get from such a one more work for less cost
than from one unsound in bone, muscle, secretions or integument.
If he designs to breed for market he is aware that neither a puny nor a
diseased creature can be palmed off there either to his profit or his credit.

To insure healthy, active, thrifty progeny, then, the dam must be
sound and vigorous; and this is no less true of the sire. We dwell less
upon the latter because it is of far less frequent occurrence for a broken
down and diseased stallion to be kept for the service of mares than for
mares of this description to be put to breeding because they are known
to be fit for nothing else, but are erroneously deemed useful for this.
The condition of the stallion, however, must not be overlooked. Every
breeder must have a care to choose a vigorous stallion, and one free from
blemishes, mal-formation and hereditary taints.

Nor should mares be put to breeding too young. They should be full
grown and vigorous, and when their powers begin to fail they should no
longer be subjected to this service. It is the practice of some to begin
to breed at two years of age. This is injurious to the mare, and
otherwise unprofitable to the owner. The growth of the mare is
hindered ; her form is modified both by the weight of the stallion and by
carrying the foal. And the foal itself is apt to lack fullness and power.
Yet, it takes from the young mother that sustenance which she needs for
her own development, so that she is dwarfed, while it grows up a more
or less puny creature —of insufficient value to compensate for the injury
done to the dam. No mare should be so used till she is at least three
years old—four would be the better and more profitable age. It is said
that mares which are allowed to mature, and are well treated afterwards,
will not lose enough of their natural vigor to disqualify them for bringing
forth good foals till after they are twenty years old; but it is idle to

THE HORSE, BREEDING AND RAISING. 73

expect good, strong, well-formed, thrifty, and spirited offspring from a
mare that is either too young or too old; or that is subjected, even in
maturity, to hard work, poor and insufficient food, and cruel handling.

IV. Principles of Transmission.

Let us next notice this principle, that when the dam and the sire both
possess a due amount of vigor, the foal will combine in itself the mosi
marked characteristics of both; while any quality that is peculiar to either
of them is apt to be prominent in the offspring. This applies to both dis-
position and physical conformation.

It will be seen from this statement that no matter what the general line
of policy to be pursued by the breeder, that of in-and-in, or that of
crossing, he must select his stallions and mares with the view to having
one supplement the other. If the mare is deficient in any point, the
horse should be full or predominant there, and vice versa ; and if any pe-
culiar trait is desired, that should be very strongly developed in either
sire or dam, while merely nominal in the other.

Another special point to be considered is this: that for the production
of a full-formed, symmetrical, vigorous, and thrifty foal, the mare should
be proportionately larger than the horse. An overgrown stallion, of great
power, serving a mare of diminutive size, or of size somewhat less in pro-
portion than his own, will beget her a strong embryo that will require
more room and more nourishment than the mare can afford ; and the result
must be weakness, and, probably, deformity—almost inevitably diminutive
size. Men’s minds were particularly called to this fact in Great Britain
when, during a course of years, the farmers of Yorkshire thought that by
breeding their mares to the very largest stallions they could find, and
without regard to the size of the mare, they could meet the demand in
London for great overgrown horses, which it was then the fashion to drive
in coaches and other heavy carriages. The result was a race of almost
worthless creatures.

In other points than mere size, more depends upon the selection of the
mare than that of the horse. The great majority are mares bred after
their own stock unless the stallion is so powerful as to neutralize or over-
come this physiological peculiarity ; so that it is necessary for her to be of
good lineage if the best results are wanted. If she has come from dis-
eased, vicious, or in any way evil ancestry, though she may be free from
perceptible taint, the bad points of her stock will very probably appear
in her offspring. This principle makes it necessary to have a regard for
her color and for the color that is known to have been prevalent in her
line, since any dirty, vari-tinted, and otherwise disagreeable colors may
appear in a foal of hers if her progenitors have had such a hue.

74 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
V. The two Methods, “In-and-in” and “Cross” Breeding Considered. -

As for the two leading methods of breeding, circumstances generally
determine which the farmer or other breeder on a moderate scale is to
adopt. He is now almost always under the absolute necessity of cross-
ing; and the main point with him is, /ow to cross, in order to secure the
best results. The main directions are already laid down, with sufficient
minuteness to enable anyone of ordinary intelligence to judge as to the
best means. One point must not be overlooked, that really to improve
the stock of horses as to blood—to obtain a strain that has the power of
transmitting itself, and of so continuing in a steady line of improvement,
recourse must be had to pure blooded horses. The English racer or
thoroughbred is almost our sole reliance in this respect; although an
Arab may occasionally be found. The true Norman Percheron is
endowed with this characteristic of pure-blooded horses—he has great
powers of impressing himself upon his offspring, and perpetuating the
strain; but he is too heavy for the ordinary run of mares in this country ;
and if heavy draft stock rather than the lighter horse of all work is
wanted, the Percheron mare should also be used—or some other of equal
length and weight. Good mares of the common mixed breeds in the
United States, bred to the light Arab, Barb, or thorough-bred stallions,
will almost invariably produce foals partaking of thei own size and
strength, and of the finer forms, activity, and wind of the stallion. It 1s
difficult to lay down any specific rule for crossing. The whole matter
must be left to the good sense of the breeder, after the general state-
ment of principles previously set forth. If the breeder has in view a
mere racer, and is unable to obtain both thorough-bred mare and stallion,
let him seek the racing stallion, at least, and one that will, as previously
directed, supplement his mare—supply the points in which she is want-
ing for that specific purpose. If he wishes a trotter, the same care must
be observed. As trotting horses are of late days in great demand in the
United States, we insert here a cut of one of the most celebrated of the
Old World trotters, the ‘* Marshland Shales,’’ a horse foaled m 1802,
and which was known to old age as the very best in the British Isles.
A careful study of his conformation will be of advantage to those who
seek to learn the peculiar points of a horse of known excellence. He
was a half-bred; and the impression long prevailed among the sporting
men of England, (if it is even yet extinct), that no pure thorough-bred
nor Arabian could excel as a trotter.

Now, let the reader compare him with ‘* Dervish,’* and note the points
of difference. ‘*Dervish’’ was a little bay Arab, exceedingly fine, and
remarkable for a darting or straight trot—throwing out his fore-leg and

THE HORSE, BREEDING AND RAISING. io

straightening the knee before the foot touched the ground. He was
sound, hardy, and a powerful foal-getter ; and a cross with such a horse,
upon any well-formed, large and reasonably long-bodied mare, would be

«SITVHS,

apt to produce the beau ideal of a trotter—moderately large, long, yet

compact, and with light and clean yet powerful limbs.
Notice particularly the cut representing ‘*Gold Dust,’’ a Kentucky

horse, foaled near Lexington, the property of L. L. Dorsey, a few years

prior to the civil war. He was mixed blooded, having been sired by
; 4

76 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Vermont Morgan, a great trotter, while his dam had in her both Arabian

and thorough-bred blood. i
It is worthy of consideration on the part of the breeder that the colts

of **Gold Dust’? showed stronger marks of their Arabian and English
= ‘

N Ti) T INIT mn
|}
HTH) |
|

WAHL
NAT

HAA tt
WWW
|

HH) il HT
HN HH

““DERVISH.”

Hill | | WI\1| \HK\\ \ |)! 1]
BUN

ancestry, which came by his dam’s side, and remotely, than of the
Morgan, his sire, so superior is the pure blooded horse as a transmitter
of his own qualities, and an improver of breed. ‘* Gold Dust’’ is worthy

«IS0q daT0¥),,

THE HORSE, BREEDING AND RAISING. 77

of study. He was not only beautiful, but a horse of the finest action —
a fast walker and famous as a trotter. When native American stallions
such as he can be found, the owner of good mares need not repine if he
finds it impossible to come at the much-to-be-desired pure blooded .

foreigner. He may rest assured of getting improved colts, and of such
character as will, if judiciously handled, perpetuate, to some extent at
least, their own good qualities.

If it is heavy draft stock that is to be sought, the Norman Percheron

73 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

stallion, as we have previously intimated, ought to be had, provided the
breeder has mares of such size as to render it judicious to put them to so
large a horse; otherwise, the Norman Percheron mare may be most
advantageously bred to some native stallion, say a Morgan, a good
Canadian, or some other compactly built and quick-paced horse.

But it is unnecessary to extend these suggestions. If the breeder will
consider with care what he really wants, and observe the points upon
which we have touched, he will be at no loss to judge intelligently what
course to pursue when cross-breeding is his only resource. He may
often, of course, find it difficult to obtain just the stallion which his
judgment tells him he should have for his class of mares; but this is a
pointed argument in favor of that care which our farmers should long
ago have exercised in this matter. Intelligent attention to the improve-
ment of our stock throughout the Union will soon make it possible for
them to select their stallions, rather than to be forced to take up with
every hack that comes along with a flourish of red surcingles and a
wonderful pedigree, manufactured to order.

As to in-and-in breeding, but little need be said. All the long-winded,
voluminous, and learned discussions of the subject have resulted in
adding but little more to our stock of knowledge than this: that too
close in-and-in breeding is likely to bring about weakness, malformation,
and general deterioration ; but that to fix and preserve and intensify a
certain strain, the Jew, (to speak in a figure), must not intermarry with
the heathens round about him. In other words, to have true Morgans,
both sire and dam must be of that stock, though of different families :
to keep up the real Norman Percheron horse, we must have Norman
Percherons, both male and female, to breed from; and so on.

The objection to close in-and-in breeding seems to be here: that
nearness of kin is apt to be associated with likeness of qualities, both
physical and mental, (if we may so speak of the horse) ; and thus the great
requirement that one parent must supplement the other is not complied
with. If there is a weak point in both, the weakness is perpetuated and
made worse, whereas a weak point in one should be counteracted by a
correspondingly strong point in the other. If it could be known with
absolute certainty that two animals, close of kin, had strongly marked
opposite traits of character, constitution and conformation, they might
be bred to each other, and with the best of results. Such is sometimes
the case ; but it is not likely to be, and the rule should be as we have
said—let the strain be the same, but the kinship as far removed as
possible. This is believed by the most candid observers to be the secret of
Arab success. The individual breeder knows not alone his own animals,
but those of his tribe, and of other tribes as well. Moreover, the Arabs

THE HORSE, BREEDING AND RAISING. 79

are close observers and astute judges of horse flesh, and an intelligent
son of the Desert could by no reasonable means be mduced to breed his
mare to a stallion im which his eye had marked some weakness or evil
tendency which he knew the mare likewise to possess, however slight the
indications might be in either.

Then, to recapitulate briefly: if the breeder has it in his power to keep
up a certain stock, let him guard against the slightest admixture of heathen
blood ; and to be as sure as possible of no evil results, let him look to se-
curing sires and dams as widely removed from kinship as possible ; but he
sted upon,
as a principle to be observed in crossing, that if either parent has a fault,
the other must be correspondingly strong there.

ey. . . .
can never afford to disregard the point previously so much ins

VI. Treatment of the Mare After Being Served, During Pregnancy, etc.

It is proper next to notice some little matters of detail in connection
with the management of brood mares.

Forty-four weeks is regarded as the time which a mare goes with foal ;
but this must be taken as mean time, since one occasionally brings forth
a perfect colt four or five weeks sooner, and others will go equally as long
beyond this period. When once the time of a mare is known, the breeder
can generally regulate her going to the horse so as to have the colt appear
at whatever season he consideres most desirable, but without this knowl-
edge he cannot.

After having been served by a horse, the mare should be allowed to
stand idle awhile, as conception will be far more apt to take place if she
is left to herself. If put to brisk motion, or to any strain immediately
after copulation, she is apt to fail of conception. She should also be kept
away from string-proud or badly castrated geldings, not only at this
period, but during her entire pregnancy, as they are apt to worry her to
the casting of the conception, or, at a later period, to slinking the foal.

After she has been allowed a reasonable season of quiet, moderate work
will be rather beneficial than injurious ; and this may be kept up until
about the time of foaling. Special care should always be exercised to
guard her against being kicked, heavily thrown, or inordinately strained
in any way.

It sometimes occurs that at the time of foaling, a false presentation is
made, producing difficulty of delivery ; but no reliable instructions can be
here given as to what course to pursue in these cases ; and it is best to
seek the aid of some skillful veterinary surgeon.

The mare which has had a colt will be found in season sometime within
the next thirty days, and she ought to go to the horse at this time if she
is to be bred at all. The ninth day after foaling will generally be found

80 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

to be the right time. Whenever indications of heat are discovered, the
matter should not be delayed, as the season may pass off and not return.
After putting, the days of trial are the ninth, then, if she refuses, the
seventh after this, and upon a second refusal, the fifth after this, which
is sufficient to prove her.

VII. How to Know Whether a Mare is in Foal.

It is often important for both breeders and traders to know whether a
mare is really in foal; and one writer has published the following direc-
tions for determining this point, which he says may be implicitly relied on:

‘‘After the first service of the horse, and before the next trial, on ex-
amining the vagina, or bearing, if conception has noé taken place it will
be of a fresh, bright, or florid and moist appearance, with a clear drop
appearing at the lower part, and which, if touched, will incline to extend ;
but if conception is present, a different appearance of the surface of the
vagina will be presented. It will be found dry, and of a dirty brown or
rust color; and a dark, brown looking drop will replace the former clear
drop. When these latter appearances are present, pregnancy may be re-
garded as certain.”

VIII. How to Know Time of Foaling.

Two days, (in some mares only one), before foaling, a sort of sticky
substance will be found protruding from each teat, somewhat resembling
drops of milk. Care should now be taken to provide a suitable place for
her, as this is a certain indication of near delivery. She should be
removed from other animals, and a careful person should see to her often
enough to guard against accidents.

Before the signs referred to, as shown by the teats, however, there 1s
on each side of the spinal column, from the tail to the haunch, a furrow-
like fold; and the bag will generally be found considerably increased in
size. These signs show that delivery is not very remote, but cannot be
relied on to denote the day.

IX. Abortion, or Slinking the Foal.

When about half the time of pregnancy is passed, more than ordinary
pains should be taken with the mare, as it is at this time, if at all, that
she is apt to slink. She ought now to have better feeding, and even
gentler handling than she had previously ; though at all times the owner
but consults his own interests when he carefully guards her against ill
usage. She has more need of food, and is less able, at this time, to
endure hunger, as the rapid growth of the foetus makes a constant and

THE HORSE, BREEDING AND RAISING. 81

severe draft upon her system. Want of care may cause abortion; and
if a mare once casts her foal, she is apt to do so at a corresponding period
of pregnancy afterwards,—more especially if like provocation occurs.

Various other causes of abortion, some of which may be briefly adverted
to, for the purpose of pointing out certain preventive measures and sug-
gesting others. Blows, strains, and any violent excitement may have
this effect ; and it is said that to allow a mare to see and smell food to
which she has been accustomed, and of which she is fond, without suffer-
ing her to eat of it, will cause slinking. Feeding hogs or other stock
upon corn, in sight of a mare that is not also thus fed, is, for this reason
dangerous. Sympathy is a known cause: a pregnant mare, seeing an-
other cast her foal, is apt to be affected in like manner. Nervous spasms,
or a sort of animal hysteria, resulting from sympathy of the womb with
a diseased stomach or other organ, occasionally results in causing the
foal to be cast. Some affirm that a smell of blood, or of freshly slaugh-
tered meat, will do it.

If a mare slinks because of a hurt, a strain, or some acute attack of
disease, she is not apt to fall into the habit of abortion, provided proper
are is taken to guard against exciting causes at a corresponding period
of her next pregnancy.

When once this tendency is established, however, it is difficult to coun-
teract it, as the slinking is more than likely to take place at times when
the mare is not under observation. If symptoms of casting chance to be

discovered in time, it may be prevented by promptly burning pigeon
feathers, (or those of other birds, if these cannot be obtained), on a hot
pan, or a pan of coals, and holding them so that she will be obliged to
inhale the smoke.

X. How to Raise Colts.

If the colt is healthy and thriving, he should be weaned at from five to
six months old. If allowed to run with the dam after this period, he is
an unnecessary burden to her, since he has already learned to pick up
and devote to his own use other sustenance, and he may most judiciously
be taken away. If at this time the dam is still inclined to furnish milk
so copiously as to render the udder painful to her, she should be looked
after for a few days, to see that the over fullness does not result in inflam-
mation and swelling. If necessary, draw away the milk by hand once
a day for three days. It is a good plan to keep her at this time on dryer
food than usual, and at more than ordinarily steady work. This course
will tend to prevent the secretion of the.usual quantity of milk, and the

udder will soon be dry.

$2 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

No matter how well born a colt may be he can never amount to
anything if raised a starveling. If the dam is what ‘she should be, he
will have been furnished with abundant sustenance from the time of
conception to that of delivery, which is one of the secrets of full-formed,
finely-proportioned, vigorous foals. From foal-time to weaning he will
have been kept vigorcus and growing by the quantity and character of
the milk furnished him, together with such little food as he has early
learned to partake of at the manger and in the pasture of the dam. And
now, upon being weaned, it is of the utmost importance that he have
liberal food and sufficient protection from the inclemencies of the
weather. This must be carefully attended to during the whole period of
growth if he is expected to make any adequate return to the owner.
Bruised oats and bran have been recommended as the very best food to
be given for a considerable time after weaning. In any event let his
food be supplied with regularity ; and it must be nutritious, yet of such
kind and so disposed as to be easily partaken.

He should not be stabled too much, nor in any otner way too closely
confined — being allowed all that range and exposure to out-door weather
common to older stock in the more clement seasons ; but he should never
be left out in cool rains nor in the storms and biting cold of Winter. If
a place is proyided in which he may always shelter himself when the
condition of the weather inclines him to seek cover, it will save trouble
and yet insure a natural growth and that hardihood which comes of
sufficient contact with cold and heat. For this purpose a straw rick is
sometimes recommended—so constructed as to furnish shelter on the
leeward side. This will give at the same time both bedding and a light
species of food.

Provision must of course be made for his obtaining readily, and at
such times as the wants of nature may dictate, plenty of pure water—
the purer the better.

Thus much as to food, drink, and shelter. Another point of impor-
tance must not be omitted in his raising, that is, familiarizing him with
his master or with whomsoever has charge of him. He should be
handled sufficiently and in such a way as thoroughly to overcome all
shyness, and to lead him to feel that man is his friend. This confidence
once established, his trainmg— when the proper time comes for that — will
be easily and successfully accomplished ; his subsequent relations with his
master will be always pleasant, and his value thereby much enhanced.

THE HORSE, BREEDING AND RAISING. 83
XI. Mules.

The breeding and rearing of mules, so common in many portions of
the United States, requires more than a passing consideration. To obtain
the best results in crossing with the ass demands as much intelligent care
as in the case of the horse: and the mule-breeder will find it much to his
advantage thoroughly to inform himself as to how these results are to
be obtained.

Many mistaken impressions prevail as to the relative usefulness of the
mule, as compared with the cost of breeding and maintenance.

It is thought by the inexperienced that he is almost equally adapted to
every kind of draft work to which the horse may be put; that his power
as a pack-animal is much greater than that of the horse; that his endur-
ance is greater; that he can subsist on less food; and that he demands
every way less care. All these things are set down to his advantage ; but
in most instances the impressions are wholly erroneous. As a general
thing, he is not well adapted to road or to city purposes at all. Especially
are hard roads and pavements destructive to him if he is large of body
and disproportionately small of leg. He is not so stout as a horse of
proportionate size; he is utterly incapable of carrying so great burdens
as some have represented, even if loaded and attended by experienced
packers,—particularly if the journey is to be continuous and the roads
are at all heavy; his powers of endurance are not greater than those of
the hardier kinds of horses; he will consume as much food as a horse of
proportionate size, if required to do like work and to maintain a like con-
dition ; and as to care, he can do without it—so can a horse—but both
fail thereby of that eminent thriftiness, sprightliness and longevity which
is to be expected of animals towhich it is extended.

On the other hand, and to his-discredit, it is commonly thought that
he is naturally vicious, and wholly incapable of appreciating kindly treat-
ment—that the only way to control him is by violence. Hence, those
who handle him generally feel as though they are justifiable in whipping,
beating, kicking and whatsoever other cruelties they may choose to inflict.
This is a grievous, foolish and wicked mistake. The mule has one means
of defense, and his heels are dangerous to those who wantonly provoke
or startle him and place themselves in his way. His long ears are sensi-
tive, and by roughly handling them his combativeness is easily aroused,
and distrust is awakened to that degree that renders him almost unman-
ageable. Yet, the mule may be so raised and trained as to make him
gentle, obedient, even affectionate and ready to follow his master like a
dog—so trusty that only the one always necessary precaution need be
observed in dealing with him—to keep out of the way of his heels, which

84 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

he throws out as instinctively when. startled, irritated or approached by a
stranger, as a cat thrusts out her claws. It has been remarked that
‘‘when a mule gets perfectly gentle, he is unfit for service ;’’ and that,
taken in connection with the prevailing method of training him, is doubt-
less true; but there is a better way, and, if followed, it would result as
we have stated above.

Now, while the mule is not adapted to everything, and endowed with
powers that are adequate to endure starvation and brutal treatment while
in the performance of hard and faithful service, he is admirably calecu-
lated to meet many of the wants of individuals and corporations ; and his
breeding, rearing and training are matters for intelligent consideration.
For supplying the army he cannot be replaced ; for towing canal boats
he answers admirably ; for hauling cars inside of coal mines, he is indis-
pensable ; for the general knock-about work of a farm he is good in all
temperate climates ; and in a cotton and sugar country, where it is warm
and sandy, he is most especially valuable. Though he cannot endure
everything and still meet every requirement of a heartless task-master, he
is yet gifted with a hardihood that is admirable, and recuperative powers
that are astonishing. Seemingly half dead, utterly broken down and
worthless, he will, with a little rest and care, soon be again ready for
service.

In breeding for mules no less attention should be paid to the selection
of suitable mares and a suitable jack than in the case of horses. It is
folly to use old, worn-out, diseased, ill-formed, ill-conditioned mares, and
yet hope to obtain a good foal. As a general thing a great, overgrown,
long-legged mule is next to worthless. He is expensive to keep and
lacking wind, strength and nimbleness. The
medium-sized, clean, compact mule is by all odds the best, unless a team

unreliable as a worker

can be found to combine more than the ordinary height with round bodies,
not disposed to fleshiness, and larger, stronger legs than usual, with feet
above the common size—which is seldom the case. The Spanish or
Mexican mule—the offspring of stout, close-built, active Mustang or
Mexican mares is superior in endurance to any known in the United
States. He requires less food,. takes it quicker, and is always in better
fix for travel. If it is more profitable to raise good animals than poor
ones, (and no man of ordinary intelligence can doubt this proposition),
select mares for mule bearing that are sound, compactly built, and yet
without any contractedness of body—active, strong, every way service-
able. Then, the choice of a suitable jack is important—doubly so from
the fact that the great majority of mares breed after the jack in the
matter of legs and feet, and, if it is a good and powerful jack, the foal
will generally bear his marks, which is a matter of some importance,,

THE HORSE, BREEDING AND RAISING. 85

since mules so marked are always regarded by experienced stock men as
being most hardy and valuable. The jack should be large—the larger
the better, other things being equal, since it is impossible to find one so

WE ffi,
ele

Mien sileaaeii dled

We

ite, }
White

:

le

1]
AN
AND

*ssVv NOLIOd

ma et ep )
eee i)
i i Hy I

jn a

D

WY Wi qe

\} 4 WL ve , i; hy t VA) YY UY) UY

much surpassing in size the mares we have described as to render him
objectionable on account of disproportion, as may easily be the case with

86 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

a horse. Most especially must the breeder have an eye to his legs and
feet; for here, if at all, the mule is apt to be a failure — having a horse’s
body, ready to take on flesh beyond his requirements, mounted on legs
that are too slight of bone and too small of muscle, with feet below the
standard size for highest usefulness.

The cut on preceding page is a portrait of a large and powerful Poitou
ass, an animal much valued in that district of France for breeding heavy
draft mules from cart mares. The one here represented has been de-
scribed as being fourteen and one-fourth hands high; greatest girth,
seventy-seven inches ; girth behind the shoulders, sixty-six inches ; length
of ear, fifteen inches; ears, tip to tip across, thirty-two inches; with
hoofs much larger than those of the common ass. Compare him with
the small, light ass, now in too common use among us. The differ-
ence seems to be almost one of kind; and with these representations in
his mind, no observant stock-grower can be persuaded to put up with a
poor pretense of a jack for the service of his mares.

As for the treatment of mares that are to be thus bred, no farther
directions need be laid down, since it must be substantially the same as
that prescribed for the breeding of horse foals. The like instructions
relative to weaning, feeding, and sheltering the colt must also be carried
out ; and too much importance cannot be attached to beginning early the
work of familiarizing him with man. He should be taught to regard his
keepers without fear, to allow himself to be haltered, and readily to
submit to direction and guidance. If this is done, he will be easily
trained, when the proper time shall have arrived ; and if properly handled
and judiciously taught then, he will be not only a useful, but a trusty
and agreeable animal.

CHAPTER VI.

HOW TO BREAK AND TRAIN A HORSE.

I, AMERICAN VS. ENGLISH FOALS.—II, AT WEANING TIME.——III. THE FIRST LESSON.——
IV. TRAINING.——V. TRAINING TO WORK. VI. TRAINING TO BACK. —— VII. TRAINING
TO-SADDLE AND HARNESS. ——VIII. TO HANDLE A HORSE.——IX. HOW TO HANDLE A
VICIOUS COLT. —— X. SADDLING AND HARNESSING. —— XI. HOW TO SUBDUE A VICIOUS
HORSE. —— XII. HOW TO TRAIN TO THE SADDLE, ——KXIII. TRAINING TO TROT IN HAR-
NESS.——XIV. HOW TO TRAIN TO TROT IN LIGHT HARNESS.——XYV. HOW TO TRAIN FOR
THE PLOW.——XVI. TRAINING TO THE WAGON.—— XVII. HOW TO TRAIN A RACER,——
XVUI. TRAINING A STALLION

I. American vs. English Foals.

It is a common remark among Englishmen visiting America that our
horses are more easily controlled and managed in the breaking in and
training than English horses, and hence they have been led into the error
of supposing that they were deficient in courage and spirit. Nothing
could be farther from the fact. The true reason is, the growing foals in
the United States are more the companions of the children of the farmer
than in England. They are not as a rule, beaten and abused, and thus
do not find their real powers of resistance as they do in England under
the handling of hirelings of little intelligence, and almost no education.
In the United States the fondling of the colts and fillies commences
almost with birth. They are special pets of the boys of the family. On
the farm, and even on the road, the mares are often regularly worked
with the colts ranning at the feet, a very bad plan for the colts, and

8S ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

especially so for the mares, but which, nevertheless, early accustoms the
young animals to strange sights, while it renders them tame and confiding.

II. At Weaning Time.

The true education of the colt or filly should begin early; at weaning
time. They should then be haltered and taught to lead, to stand quietly
in the stall when tied. After this is thoroughly understood the colts may
then have their liberty, for there is nothing more healthful, or better
‘alculated to develop those powers necessary to the exhibition of speed,
endurance, or great muscular exertion, than constant, every-day exercise,
which all young animals naturally take in their play, and this often of
the most violent character.

Ill. The First Lesson.

The first lesson the young foal should be taught is to come readily at
eall. This is easily accomplished by providing one’s self with delicacies,
such as sugar and salt, of which horses are especially fond. If there are
a number of them they will all take the lessons together, and easier, for
the most intelligent will assist the others. At the same time they must
be taught to be quiet by a light tap of the whip to unruly ones.

In haltering, the colt or filly should be approached from the near side,
the halter in both hands. Let the colt smell it until it no longer fears it,
when, holding it properly in the left hand the right hand may be passed
over the colt’s neck and taking the strap of the halter it may be drawn
on and buckled almost before the colt knows it. In case the colt should
be wild, shy, or vicious, it must be confined in some place where the
halter may be put on, but no haste must be manifested, until at the
moment when it is to be buckled. Then do it quietly and quickly. If
very strong, two ends of rope, each ten feet long, should be attached to
the ring of the halter, and a free passage out of the stable allowed, one
man holding each rope. In the ease of a colt three or more years old,
and strong, these ends should be twenty feet long, and the halter should
have a cayesson so the muzzle will be pinched during violent struggles.
The men holding the ropes—there may be one or more, according to the
struggles of the animal—are not to seek to throw the colt or horse, but
simply to restrain him in his struggles to escape. The yard should be
soft so that if the colt falls it will not be injured. But if the animal
does fall, when down it should be firmly held so for five minutes, or until
resistance entirely ceases. As a rule, before the expiration of fifteen
minutes, the colt will take a lick of salt from the hand and thereafter
follow quietly. As soon as the colt givesup he should be led to the stable,

THE HORSE, HOW TO BREAK AND TRAIN, 89

tied, given a little water and fed, and then be left to himself, being
certain he can neither break the halter or injure himself. As before
stated, the foal once haltered, taught to stand quietly, and to lead kindly
it may then be given its liberty until of the proper age for training. The
animal three years old and over once in hand should be thoroughly
broken and made waywise without delay.

IV. Training.

The regular training of a colt or filly should begin at the age of two
years past. There are many urgent reasons for this ; first, the animal has
neither the full strength, nor the disposition to resist, that it will have at
a more mature age; second, it is more tractable, and will acquire its les-
sons more easily; third, it will not have contracted habits of self-will
difficult to be broken off ; and fourth, lessons in flexions of the body may
be taught that will naturally increase its usefulness in whatever direction
it may be wanted.

In the whole manner of breaking and training the trainer must not only
understand himself, but the young horse as well and also as of special
importance, the particular use for which the animal is intended. If the
colt is of cold blood, that is of no particular breeding, it will not pay to
spend much time on its education. It is simply to be taught to lead qui-
etly, to stand still to be harnessed and unharnessed, to be accustomed to
the ordinary sights and objects he will encounter, to work quietly at the
plow, or other farm implements, and to the wagon on the road, and to
stand quietly when tied on the public streets. If to be trained as a road
horse, or as a saddle horse, or both, or as a hunting horse, a trotting
horse, or a racer, all these will require special, and sometimes, long con-
tinued lessons according as the animal is intelligent and tractable or
otherwise. It should always be remembered, however, that there is
nothing gained by cruelty and abuse. A contrary animal may be punished,
but it should always be done calmly and with judgment.

V. Training to Work.

The first lesson for any use is implicit and perfect obedience to the will
of the master. This thoroughly accomplished the rest of the task is com-
paratively easy, it is only a question of time. It is supposed the animal
is entirely free from acquired vice, that it has been halter broken, and
taught to stand quietly at the end of the halter, to follow quietly, to lead
by the side of the master, and to stand quietly in the stable.

The next step is to procure a bitting bridle, a strong bridle with a heavy
smooth snafile bit with a tongue piece and keys depending from the center

90 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

of the bit, it must also have a check rein that may be lengthened or
shortened, and two side straps one on each side. The harness is simply
a very wide strong surcingle, with padded back piece, having at the top a
strap and buckle to form a loop for the check rein and also a buckle on
each side of the surcingle in which to buckle to side straps. To the rear
of the pad of the circingle is attached a back strap and round crupper
strap, the latter to buckle and unbuckle.

Take the harness, and approaching the colt in the stall, let him smell
it until satisfied, then put it on without undue haste or fuss. If the colt
is nervous or skittish, talk to him and take time. The harness on, put
on the bridle, giving plenty of length to the check rein and side straps,
so the colt will not be unduly hampered, and let it out in a smooth, tight
yard, followi ing it about with the whip under thearm. Sometimes a strong
colt will struggle and sweat violently, but if he has been properly handled
heretofore, he will take the subjection pretty much as a matter of course.
Let him exercise an hour a day for a few days, tightening the check rein
and side straps gradually, until his head is brought into proper position,
but not a constrained position. When he ceases to fret at the harness,
pass the snap of a leading rope through the near ring of the bit and snap
it into the off one. This rope should be about fifteen feet long. Taking
the end in the hand, exercise the colt in a circle, allowing him to walk if
he will. When somewhat tired let him stop and standing in front of
him, say come, tapping him lightly on the fore-legs with the whip. If he
pulls, hold him firmly, but without undue violence while he resists, tap-
ping him on the fore-legs at intervals, using the word come. He will
soon find the way to escape the whip to be to get near to you. Then
fondle him and give him a trifle of sugar or salt and let him follow to the
stable. So proceed from day to day, exercising him in a circle both to
the right and left, (lunging it is called), gradually increasing his pace to
a fair trot, until he will work as you want him, turning at the word to the
right or left circle, or to stand and come to his master at the word of
command.

VI. Learning to Back.

This is one of the most difficult things to teach a colt properly, and
one most commonly slurred over. No horse is properly trained for the
most simple use, until he will back as readily and as perfectly as he will
go forward. It should be taught him while in the bitting harness, so
that at the command to back he will do so to the extent of one or more
steps. This is done first by standing in fxont of the colt and taking a
rein in each hand; or take hold of the rings of the bits themselves. At

THE HORSE, HOW TO BREAK AND TRAIN. 91

the word back, use pressure enough to curb the neck somewhat, but not
enough to force the body in such a position as to cause the center of
gravity of the animal to be strongly displaced. In backing, a hind leg
should be lifted first, then a fore leg, and so on in rotation, the reverse as
in walking. When the animal will back promptly and in line for ten or
fifteen steps consecutively, the further lessons may be safely left until
the time when the rider is in the saddle or in the vehicle behind the
horses. Sometimes the motion may be made by standing at the side of
the animal. However it is accomplished, if strong resistance is made
the lesson must begin again and again until it is entirely comprehended
and well executed. When so, a slice of sweet apple, carrot, a little
sugar, or something the animal likes may be given it.

VII. Training to Saddle and Harness.

We have stated that the colt should be broken at two years old. At
this age, however, it should never be put to hard labor. The work at
two years old should be more in the nature of exercise than anything
else, and this exercise should be to insure proper flexions of the body and
limbs‘than for the amount of work the animal will accomplish, bearing
in mind always, as before stated, what the animal is designed for. If as
a saddle horse solely, or in connection with light driving, it is absolutely
essential that the flexions should be thorough. The word flexion is but
another name for rendering the head, neck, body and limbs perfectly
supple. The animal must first have been rendered so quiet and obedient
that he will not strongly resist the will and action of the trainer.

Put a bridle with a curb-bit on the colt, being careful to know that it
fits and that there is space between thee chain and jaw, so the finger can
be easily slipped between. Standing in front of the horse, seize the right
eurb-rein with the right hand, about six inches from the branch of the
bit, and the left rein with the left hand at about half the distance from
the branch. Draw the right hand towards the body, pushing at the
same time with the left, so as to turn the bit in the horse’s mouth. If
the horse backs, continue the operation until he yields. When the horse
flexes his jaw and lowers his head, let the left hand slip along the rein to
the same distance as the right, then drawing the two reins equally bring
the head near the breast, and hold it there oblique and perpendicular,
until it is sustained of itself. The horse will give notice by champing
the bits.

The jaw is flexed to the left by a contrary move as given above. So
the horse may be made to hold his head up, and perpendicular, to lower
it, so the trainer can make the horse flex his neck to the right and left-

r

(

92 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Standing at his shoulder, the trainer may make him move the hind-legs
to one side or the other, the fore-legs remaining stationary, or to move
the fore parts in a circle the hind-legs remaining intact, and this by means
that will naturally suggest ieiskelvcst

But in all this there must be no ill temper displayed by the trainer no
matter how bad the horse may act. Even if it be necessary to punish
him the operator must be perfectly cool, never speaking in a loud voice
or doing anything to cause undue resistance in the animal. The object
is to teach the animal subjection to the will of man, and this can never
be done by intemperate violence. Our practice has always been to break
at two years old so the animal may become way-wise, flexible to the bit,
to draw light loads, and under the saddle to walk, trot, or gallop, at com-
mand. Then at the age of three to four years, we let it again have its
liberty. The reason of this is, at this age the colt is shedding some prin-
cipal teeth, and therefore not fit for work. If the lessons have been
carefully given they will never be forgotten. If however he be properly
fed, in the stable, he may continue to do light work through his third and
fourth year. In no case, however, should he be put to heavy draft until
he is five years past. As a carriage horse, the animal should not have
hard work until he is the same age. Then he will get better and better
until eight years old, and often do good service at the age of fifteen to
eighteen and sometimes when past twenty years of age. There are more
horses ruined between the ages of four and five years than at any other
age.

VIII. To Handlo a Horse.

As we have stated, the foal should be handled as early as possible, and
by different persons, to early accustom it to different sights and sounds,
but always gently. It should be carefully brushed so as not to irritate
it; its feet should be lifted and lightly tapped with a hammer; a head
stall should be put on the foal having a ring but no strap, but so the
strap may be attached at any time to lead and exercise it. Thus, the
trainer beside it, the colt may be taught to walk, to trot, or stand still,
allowing it to do pretty much as it likes, within bounds. Never beat it
under any circumstances at this age. Reward it with a trifle of sugar,
or a little bread, or a slice of carrot, and fondle it when it has done well.
Remember the future horse is to be the servant of man for ten or fifteen
years of his life, and that it will pay to take pains with the education of
so noble an animal, if well bred. In this day and generation it is money
thrown away to breed or handle any other, whatever the breed may be.

When the foal is six months old strap a pad to its back and attach stirrup

THE HORSE, HOW TO BREAK AND TRAIN. 93

leathers so they may flap about. In the Spring following its birth put a
colt’s bit in his mouth, with keys attached. Rein him comfortably to the
surcingle, to which a crupper must be attached. In this, however,
everything must be easy to the animal. Don’t try to get his head up. He
may be flexed from time to time, that is taught to open his jaw to the
left and right ; to turn his head to the right and left shoulder; to raise
and lower his head; to turn with his hind or his fore-feet in a circle,
those not used being the pivot; to come to his trainer at the word; to
back, to guide right or left by the rein; in fact at the age of two years
he may be made pretty well waywise, so that when actually ridden, or
hitched beside a steady horse, there will be little fear or resistance to
combat. To get him used to the rattling of a wagon, tie him by a lead-
ing strap to the trace buckle of the back band to the off and also to the
near horse in the team. This will instruct him and get him used to the
word, and to walking and trotting quietly. All this may seem like
taking a great deal of trouble, but remember that much of it may be
done while doing the ordinary labor of the farm.

IX. How to Handle a Vicious Colt.

”

Suppose you come into possession of a wild colt at three or four years
old, or one that has never been handled. Put him in a close place like a
narrow stall, where he cannot turn round or by any means escape. Put
on a cavesson halter (a cavesson is a nose-band) and it may end under
the jaw in a running noose, so as to press with force when drawn tight.
Have lunging straps attached to the halter ring and securely fastened.
Allow the young horse free access out of the stable, being careful not to
throw him down before he gets out. Let the yard be rather small, but
quite tight, and with none near except his trainer and assistant, who holds
the ropes. Thus with a strong man to each rope acting in concert the
wildest colt may be handled without danger. Let him struggle and rear
and plunge, the ropes being well spread to each side. If he rear, ease
on the ropes so as not to throw him, checking him as he comes down
again.

Only one person should speak, the trainer, using only the necessary
words and those spoken in a firm but rather low tone of voice.

Have a good and reliable whip, a long, straight, flexible one, but not
for use except in cases of an emergency; as in case the horse should
get his liberty by slipping the halter and turn to fight. Then it must
be used determinedly, but without exhibition of temper. If he rushes
on you, a sharp, strong cut across the muzzle, avoiding the eyes, to be
followed by others, as necessary. This will subdue him. If he kicks, a
determined sharp cut over the hind legs next the body, will tame him.

94 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

A self-possessed man, understanding the use of the whip, is in but little
danger from a young horse. But there is no need that the animal es-
cape. The straps and leading ropes must be secure.

When the colt gives up, let the assistant hold the rope, while the
trainer, with the whip under his arm, the butt forward, gently and grad-
ually shortens his rope, advancing to the horse. Take plenty of time,
speaking firmly but soothingly to the horse, watching for any indications
of vice. If the ears are held naturally or thrown forward, all is right.
When mischief is intended they will be thrown back. When the horse
allows you to approach him and will smell the whip or your hand, give
him a trifle of salt or sugar, rub his nose gently, and induce him to fol-
low you. Then lead him into the stable and tie him in the stall securely.
From this time on he should have a daily lesson until broken.

One thing must be remembered ; in first tying up in the stable, the
halter must be so strong that the animal cannot by any possible means
break it, and so perfectly fitting and secure that he cannot slip or rub it
off. Thus you will never again have to break him of pulling at the halter.

X. Saddling and Harnessing.

The trainmg of the horse fairly commenced, it should proceed day by
day. Get him used to the harness and saddle by putting them on every
day. Do not throw them on. Buckle every strap as carefully as though.
the animal was to be taken to work. The saddle being allowed to be put
on without restiveness, and kindly taken, gradually draw the girth tighter
from day to day until sufficiently tight so it will not turn. Begin by
bearing some weight upon it, first with the hand and then by pulling on
the stirrup. If the colt cringes af first and leans over to the side pulled
upon, it will soon get over it, and will at length allow the full weight of
the man sitting upright upon the saddle in the stall.

Then accustom the colt to being touched in different parts of the body
with the legs, to be squeezed somewhat with the thighs and knees, mount-
ing and dismounting repeatedly. This being permitted, lead him out of
the stable, and while an assistant holds him by the bridle above the bits
—not by the reins—the trainer mounts, the assistant lets go, and in nine
cases out of ten the horse will move off at the word of command. If he
does not, use no haste; give him time. If he rears and plunges, the
rider must have full command and confidence in himself, or else quietly
dismount. and use the previous course until the animal understands what
is wanted. If the rider is master of the saddle. and the horse plunges or
throws himself about, get him into motion in a field of not less than ten
acres, and if rather soft, so much the better; circle him about the field

aE

THE HORSE, HOW TO BREAK AND TRAIN. 95

until he wishes to stop, and then force him forward until he is thoroughly
tired and subdued. Ride him to the stable, gentle him, wash his mouth,
let him take two or three swallows of water, add a taste of some food
that he likes, and the real work of breaking is done. ‘Thereafter it is
simply a question of training.

When the horse is to be put to the wagon, know that the harness is
strong, and that it fits perfectly and easily. If the colt has been tied be-
side another horse on the road, until he is not afraid of the wagon, so
much the better. Hitch him beside an old, thoroughly broken horse,
tying the doubletree back so the steady horse may pull all the load if
necessary. Get quickly into the wagon while an assistant is attracting
the attention of the colt by talking to him and stroking his nose ; pick up
the reins and bid them go. Keep the broken horse in a walk or slow
trot, as the case may be, and the colt will generally take kindly to the
work in less than five minutes. Drive for about half an hour, at a walk-
ing pace if possible, letting the colt have his own way if not too awkward
and ugly, turning from right to left in rather long curves. When the
colt shows signs of fatigue, and certainly before he is tired, but not until
he has ceased resistance, drive to the stable and unharness carefully ind
quietly as before described.

XI. How to Subdue a Vicious Horse.

If he be a colt that has never been handled, the directions we have
given for bitting and training will succeed. If he has been made tricky
by a previous owner, who was timid, go into the stable when he is tied,
watch him closely, but keep cool and show no signs of fear. Take him
by the head, and speak to him in a firm voice, put on a strong bridle and
eurb, and order him to back. If he does not comply, give him a sharp
cut on the fore-legs with the whip, and hold him firmly with the left hand,
standing facing partly towards his rear, but with the head turned so you
can see every movement of his eyes and ears. If the stall is not roomy
and high do not attempt it. The struggle is better in a small close yard.
If he rear cut him sharply again over the fore-legs while up, and if he
kick cut him on the hind-legs near the body, but never more than one
stroke at a time. When he ceases to resist, gentle him, and so proceed
until the animal is entirely submissive to your will. If a horse has ac-
quired vicious habits from having beaten a timid, or worse, brutal master,
the case is more serious. Have nothing to do with him unless fully
assured of your powers to subdue him.

To succeed he must be made to lie down; to do this confine him in a
stall so close that he cannot turn round in it, and with the near side so

96 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

arranged that you can approach him sufficiently near to operate in any
direction. If the horse will submit to fondling so much the better.
Under no circumstances use a whip. The work must be done by showing
the horse that his struggles are always against himself.

Have the side of the stall so arranged that it may be taken down and
allow free egress to a yard thirty feet square, with a high board fence,
or, better still, a large square barn floor covered a foot deep with straw
tramped solid. Procure the following articles: a simple single-rein bri-
dle, strong, and having a gag bit with large rings and long guards, the
reins to be only sufficiently long so they will lie on the withers ; have also
a strong, padded surcingle, made with a two inch ring at the belly; also,
one strap an inch and a quarter wide, and three feet or more in length,
with a strong loop to form a slip noose, and a strong buckle on the end ;
and another strap five feet long with the end turned into a loop and firmly
sewed ; also two strong knee pads, to protect the knees in falling.

Put on the bridle, buckle on the knee pads, loop the short strap around
the near fetlock of the fore-foot, raise the foot and buckle the end tightly
around the arm of the fore-leg next the body, thus you have one foot
firmly held up. Put the loop of the second or long strap about the fet-
lock of the off fore-leg, and pass the end of the strap through the ring of
the surcingle under the horse. Do not be in a hurry, and in no case lose
your temper. If it takes two hours, well and good, you have the horse
then perfectly under command however vicious he may be.

See that there is entirely free egress out of the stable and let him go.
Approach him slowly, but without hesitation, steadying him by the voice.
If he show fight do not hesitate, he is on three legs and nearly powerless,
except to bite, or to strike you in the act of rearing. Seize him by the
near bridle rein about twelve inches from the bit, and placing yourself
immediately at his near quarter, or just behind his shoulder, gather the
long strap in the right hand and when the horse rears draw up the other
leg.

If the horse struggles let him doso. It will not be necessary to exert
much strength, simply tact and coolness in steering him. When he
comes down it must necessarily be on his knees. If he continue to
struggle let him exhaust himself. It will rarely take over five minutes,
and never ten by the watch. Having him on his knees always seek to
draw the head from you by pulling on the rein that comes over the neck.
Once you have the head turned keep pulling on him until he gives up
completely and lies down. Use no violence on the rein. It is only to be
used to steer or guide the horse. It is the strap that does the work.
However many attempts he may make to regain his liberty it will only
end in the more complete discomfiture of the horse. Once down unless

THE HORSE, HOW TO BREAK AND TRAIN. 97

he lies still hold his head still by sitting on it. When completely sub-
dued, stroke his head, rub him on various parts of the body, soothe and
caress him, and especially handle him wherever he is disposed to be
touchy, being careful always to be on your guard, that if he resist he
may be immediately checked.

Show him a buffalo robe, an umbrella, or anything he would be likely
to frighten at, and always let him smell it until satisfied. Sit on his side,
handle his feet, tap them, and at last remove the straps from his feet,
and continue to fondle him. If he attempt to rise hold down his head
firmly, and bend up one fore-leg. If he get the advantage do not struggle
with him but let him rise to his feet again. Lay him down until he
gives completely up. He will soon come to lie down quietly at the
word, simply by tying up one foot, and at last will do so at your
bidding without tying. When down and quiet pass your hand repeatedly
over his body, breathe in his nostrils, gently open his mouth, give
him soothing words, and when on his feet give him a taste of. some-
thing he likes.

This is substantially Rarey’s plan, and it may be practiced successfully
on very vicious horses, as we have done. As a rule, however, the direc-
tions previously given will be found to be fully effectual in breaking
colt

XII. How to Train to the Saddle.

No person should attempt to break a horse to the saddle unless he be a
thorough horseman himself. It is not sufficient that he be able to stick
on a horse’s back with or without a saddle. He must be able to do so,
and without aid from the bridle, when the horse is undergoing any of the
movements likely to occur when on his feet. The bridle is used simply
to steady a horse under certain circumstances, and as a signal to guide
him. If the trainer be not able to ride thus, and with ease to himself and
the horse, he has no business as a trainer.

Warkine.—A fast walk is the most valuable of all the gaits of the
horse. To walk rapidly is the first and most persistent of the lessons to
be given. To teach a horse to walk fast the head must be kept moder-
ately well up, and yet but little real weight should be borne on the bridle
—only just enough to assist the swaying motion and nodding head always
exhibited in fast walking. During the acquirement of this gait, no other
should be al:owed, and when the horse shows signs of fatigue, the lesson
should end. In this, the seat of the rider is important, it should be easy
and with sufficient grip of the limbs to steady the rider, and with play of
the lower part of the legs to keep the horse well up to his work, and assist

98 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

in increasing the gait. Thus by care and practice almost any horse can
be gotten up to four miles an hour and a really active cne to five.

In breaking to walk fast to the wagon, there should be just sufficient
bearing on the reins to steady the horse. The check-rein should be quite
loose, for no horse can walk fast and easily with his head gagged back in
an unnatural position. The horse, however, should be first trained to
walk fast under the saddle, and by the means we have indicated. Then,
when harnessed, he will not forget the lessons given, and may even be
improved in his walk, if not already brought up to his maximum speed.

A naturally slow walking horse may be made to walk much faster; a
fast walking horse may be greatly improved in his gait, but a lazy, slow
dolt will never pay for any education beyond that of honestly pulling
such a load as he may be able to comfortably move. For the saddle he
is a nuisance, and no attempts whatever, should be made to bring him
out as ariding horse. If a good one, however, bring out his walking
powers. Like the trotter, he will improve until he is eight or ten
years old.

How ro Trai to Tror.—Every farmer’s boy thinks he knows how to
drive a trotting horse to a wagon. Very few really do. Still fewer un-
derstand how to trot a horse under the saddle. If properly performed it
is the least exhausting to the horse within the limit of his natural speed,
and need not be unpleasant to the rider. That it is among the best and
most pleasant exercise the horseman can take is without doubt.

Certain drivers have denied that the trot and the pace were natural to
the horse. Every person who has been among the wild horses of the
plains knows the contrary. It is a fact, however, that the trot is but a
modification of the walk. There are two styles of motion for the rider ;
one the rising motion, by which the rider eases himself in the stirrups—
not ungraceful when properly performed—the other where the rider
keeps a close seat, supporting himself by the knees and stirrups. The
elbows should be kept rather close to the side, and with only just enough
bearing on the curb and snaffle to keep the horse’s head correct and the
animal under perfect command. In fact, under no circumstances is the
rein and bit for any other use but to guide and steady the horse. The
rider maintains his equilibrium, keeps his seat, and renders himself en-
tirely at home in the saddle, through the science of equitation and the
proper pressure of the limbs against the saddle. Until this is thoroughly
accomplished, no person has any business trying to train a horse to sad-
dle gaits. The rider must train himself first.

In the trot, when the rider rises in the stirrups, the snaffle-rein only
should be used, a rein in each hand, and once grasped and properly ar-
ranged, the arms must be held rather close to the body, but without

THE HORSE, HOW TO BREAK AND TRAIN. 99

clinging thereto. The feet should rest in the stirrup so the heel is well
down, the leg from the knee down fully straight, and moving but little.

The rise and fall of the body must be as slight as possible, only suf-
ficient to escape thumping, and to ease the horse. The head of the
horse should be kept pretty well up, the limbs of the horse well under
control. The rider will appear to support the horse with the bit. In
fact, he does not. He simply holds the horse to his pace.

There is this difference between road riding and race riding: in riding
for pleasure, the animal is never severely pushed, whatever the gait may
be. In riding a trotting or running race, the animal must put forth all
his powers, the only object being that he extend himself as much as pos-
sible, and without reference especially to the style of going. As a rule,
race riders are disqualified for riding or trotting a horse gracefully on
the road.

In trotting, always train the horse to slacken his pace and stop if de-
sired, by slacking the rein, and at the word. In square trotting, the
hoofs move in exact time, 1, 2, 3,4. Some horses acquire a pace denoted
by the time 1, 2. With this motion it is difficult to rise easily in the sad-
dle, and it should not be allowed. To ease the horse’s wind let him walk
or canter slowly ; or better, give him a jog trot. The jog trot, however,
is under no circumstances to be allowed when traveling on the road in
company. Aftera hard ride at any gait, it eases the tired horse immensely.

XIII. Training to Trot in Harness.

In trotting in harness the horse is more firmly held than when under
the saddle, and for obvious reasons. Yet here a dead strong pull is to
be avoided. The horse is simply to be supported and steadied by the
bit. The driver must learn by his own study, and by observing others,
how to do this. The bit must be adapted to the horse. A boring, hard
mouthed brute could not be driven with comfort in a bit that would suit
a sensitive mouth. Very many trotting drivers spoil their horses’ mouths
and make them pullers. ‘he pull of a trotting horse should never be
such as to tire the well trained muscles of the driver, even though it be a
lady. Indeed, one of the best drivers we ever knew was a lady, and she
was superior by the delicacy and yet firmness with which she handled
the reins.

In training to trot in harness, the object should be to keep the horse
squarely to his work, and at the top of his speed, without forcing him
beyond it. In fact, no horse comes to his best trotting speed until he is
at least eight years old.

Do not force him beyond his power, and above all do not rein him so

100 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

hard as to make hima borer. One of the best pair of road trotters we
ever broke, were trained with curb bits, and when under smooth motion
were apparently driven with a loose rein: such, however, was only ap-
parent ; they had been given such delicate mouths by careful driving
that the least indication kept them in proper form. Below we give two
illustrations ; one showing a horse unduly checked and gagged back, the
other with the head in an easy-going position. The use of the bearing

rein is simply to keep the horse from getting his head too low, not to
draw it back in an unnatural position. Under the saddle this is precisely
the use of the curb.

HORSE’S HEAD WITH BEARING-REIN. HORSE’S HEAD WITHOUT BEARING-REIN.

Tue Pacing Garr.—This is a gait natural to many horses, and exceed-
ingly difficult to teach a horse that it is not natural to. On the other
hand it is not difficult to make a trotter of a pacer. In pacing, a horse
lifts both feet on a side simultaneously, and on perfectly smooth ground
it may be made an exceedingly fast gait. It is easy to the rider but
ungraceful in the extreme, from the fact that, as in sculling a boat, the
body is swayed from side to side. If the horse has the pace naturally
he should be trained to increase the pace by precisely the same general
rules for increasing the trotting pace ; by keeping him well in hand and
inducing him by every possible means to increase his stride.

The rack, amble, and single foot, as it is sometimes called, are all but
modifications of the pacing stride and the gallop, just as the jog-trot and
the walk are modifications of the trot.

The amble is a slow, smooth gallop, or rather canter, and must be
taught to the horse under the curb.

The rack is a modification of the pace, the feet instead of being lifted
up simultaneously side by side, represented by the figures 1-2, may be
represented bythe figures 1-2, 3-4, that is, the feet are not lifted regularly
as in the walk.

Single foot is a trained rack. It requires patience and time to teach,
except in a horse having a natural adaptation thereto. Once the animal

THE HORSE, HOW TO BREAK AND TRAIN. 101

catches the idea be sure to let him know that you appreciate it, and wish
him to preserve it.

It is difficult to give written instrucitons, for rules which would accom-
plish the matter with one horse and rider, with another would totally
fail. There is only this fixed rule: The horse must be in complete
subjection to the will of the rider before anything but the natural gait
is attempted. All these gaits, and the canter as well, are taught by using
patience, keeping the feet of the animal well under him, and keeping him
sufficiently well curbed so he cannot extend his stride until he fully
understands what you want of him.

Cuaneine tur Lrapinc Foor.—In developing any gait the horse
should be made to start with either foot as desired. It should be one of
the first lessons taught. To do this turn the horse’s head somewhat by
pulling the rein and pressing the heel slightly on the side opposite to the
leg which it is desired to move. This will turn his head and croup
slightly out of the proper line of progression, something that the horse
naturally does when he starts. To change the leading leg, if, for instance,
he is leading with the off fore-leg, rouse the horse, turn his head to the
right, while the left heel reminds him to throw his croup out of line,
upon, which, by a peculiar motion the change is effected.

GaALLopinG.—The gallop is often stated to be the fastest gait of the
horse. This is however not strictly true. When a horse is going at the
top of his speed under whip and spur, the whole animal is extended to
the utmost, the head and tail straight out, and the animal going close to
the ground. The slower he goes the more upright he holds himself, un-
til when in the fashionable canter—the most distressing gait for the
horse —he is almost on his haunches. All that is necessary to get the
horse into the gait is to rouse him, give him a check for the leading foot,
and restrain the gallop to the requirements of the case.

The hand gallop is an easy going pace, both for the horse and the
rider, and may be said to be half speed. The gallop proper is such a
gait as will exhaust the horse in going ten or twelve miles. Running is
that gait which cannot be continued longer than from one to three miles
without seriously distressing the horse. Being one of the natural gaits
of the horse it is only necessary to rouse the lazy horse to the proper
speed, or to check the ambitious one to the pace desired.

XIV. How to Train to Trot in Light Harness.

Trotting in light harness is generally considered to mean, being hitched
to a light vehicle, either single or double and being driven for pleasure.
Used in this manner horses may be driven either with the curb, the

102 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

snafile, or other trotting bit according to the delicacy of the hand of the
driver, or mouth of the horse. We prefer, after they are way wise and
used to the curb, to drive them thus, until they have acquired the proper
carriage, and this entirely without the bearing rein. The object accom-
plished in this is, the horse becomes entirely subservient to the driver but
at the same time learns to rely on himself so far as sure-footedness is
concerned. When he will go in proper form he may be driven with a
trotting bit, until he has learned to extend himself fully, when he may
again be placed in the curb, and if delicately handled will give satisfaction
any where on the road. Thus trained under the curb, when used with a
trotting bit, they may be made to exhibit all the style they are capable of
at an ordinary gait, and may be shaken up instantly for a brush and ex-
tend themselves to the utmost.

In trotting at any speed the horse must be trained to take hold of the
bit, so he may be steadied by the rein. He must never be allowed to
suppose that this hold of the bit is for the purpose of pulling on. It is
to be used simply to steady himself, and as a means of quick comprehen-
sion of the driver’s wishes.

XV. How to Train for tae Plow.

In training a team for plowing, they must be made to walk at such a
pace as will lay the best furrow, to walk evenly and straight ahead, with-
out pulling apart or crowding each other, to obey the slightest check of
the driver in laying out lands, and at the end of the furrow to come im-
mediately and quickly about. To this end the reins should be carefully
adjusted, the whiffle trees should be as light as will suffice to do the
work, and the team must never be over driven. In stony or grubby land
they must be kept so completely under control, as never to spring for-
ward when the plow strikes an obstruction.

In turning quartering about at the end, on square lands, in plowing
right handed furrows, the near horse should back slightly, that the off
horse may not step on his feet, and the traces should be kept slack
enough so the plowman may easily enter the point of the plow in the
next furrow.

In back furrowing, the section of the circle described must be that
which will bring the plow, with the aid of the plowman, most easily to
the next furrow, the off horse in this case, keeping slightly behind.

In plowing there is nothing gained by hurrying a team, and then
stopping to rest. Plowing is hard work because it is a constant strain on
particular sets of muscles. The team, however, may be very much eased

THE HORSE, HOW TO BREAK AND TRAIN. 103

by the tact of the plowman in holding his team up in plowing through
hard or tough places, by knowing that the harness fits perfectly, and by
always having his plow clean and in a condition to scour.

In laying out land the team should be rather wider apart than when
plowing furrow after furrow, or so the plowman may see the line stakes
between the horses. In laying out lands always have the reins of such
length that they may be carried over the left hand plow handle. Thus
by taking the right hand rein a little beyond the center the hand may
easily grasp the handle. A pull directly back will carry the horses gee
and carrying the hand forward will tighten the near rein and carry the
horses haw, while a steady bearing will keep the team in a direct line
ahead.

The only position for the reins if carried otherwise than on the handle ,
is to carry them just above the hips, and of such a length that when the
team is going at ease they will be loose, and yet may be easily tightened
by the plowman walking a little farther in the rear than usual. With a
hard-mouthed team ‘‘ feeling their oats’’ this will do. By the means we
have indicated, if the lines are nicely adjusted, the team may be made to
pull on the plow, and once used to this way of driving we have never
known of its being abandoned, except for a time as a change. The
practice of carrying 4 rein in each hand adopted by some good plowmen
is not to be commended, except with a kind team. In this case to carry
them over the left handle is easier, whether the team be wild or gentle.
In any case the reins should never be carried over the neck. It is
awkward, and the team is never under control. Carried over one shoul-
der and under one arm is an improvement upon this awkward plan.

XVI. Training to the Wagon.

But little need be said on this score if attention has been paid to what
has been said previously. Upon good roads and with an ordinary load
the team should be kept up to their maximum gait in walking. When
the road is good in some places and bad in others, as country roads
usually are, the load must be such as the team can move by hard pulling
in the worst places. After a heavy pull always give the team a breathing
spell, and in the middle of a pull if the team can start the load once
stopped. This any honest team will do unless the bottom is miry, that
is, unless from standing the team and wheels sink deeper and deeper.
In this case, the only way is to keep going until firm ground is reached.
The average driver is sure to hurry his team in the mud. They should
be taught to pull steadily and slowly, and when started again, after rest-

104 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

ing, to take hold of the load steadily and with a growing impulse until
it moves.

XVII. How to Train a Racer.

The training of racing stock, whether for running or trotting, is a fine
art, and one which it would take a volume to properly describe in print.
There are certain essentials, however, which are easily understood, and
which every one who breeds stock for speed should know. The colt
having been taught to gallop easily and naturally, should be put upon
good sound oats and the cleanest hay. He should be carefully blanketed
and groomed and his legs hand rubbed until fine. The exercise should
be daily, upon a good course, and ridden under the direction of a horse-
man who is thoroughly up in his business. When this cannot be, the
work must be done’ under the instruction of the master.

In race riding, the jockey throws about all his weight in the stirrups,
steadying himself with the knees and thighs. The seat of the body is
sarried well back, the loin slightly arched, so the weight will not be
brought too far forward, as the breech would be if the rider should stand
straight in the stirrups. <A jockey of ordinary weight will be found to
arry his leg, from the knee, slightly thrown back ; thus by stiffening his
knee he can change his center of gravity without ceasing to stand in the
stirrups.

Very light jockeys ride with longer stirrups, throwing their weight
principally on their thighs, and with their breech raised entirely from the
saddle, thus giving them a strong hold on the horse. Standing in the
stirrup, however, cannot be long endured, and is only used for fast racing
or galloping over bad ground, rough or deep, or in the case of a hill that
must be passed quickly over. ;

Training to racing speed on the farm may be summed up as follows:
a smooth track, regular feeding four times a day with the soundest of
oats and hay, with a bran mash often enough to keep the bowels in regu-
lar condition ; the most careful grooming, with plenty of hand rubbing of
the legs ; sweating exercise every day, and thorough cleaning afterwards ;
a trial gallop to extend the limbs, with an occasional spurt to note the in-
crease of speed, and occasionally a fair trial at the distance which the
horse is trained, to test his speed, powers of endurance, improvement,

and capabilities.
XVII. Training a Stallion.

The training of a stallion should commence from the time that it is in-
tended to keep him as such, and certainly from the age of one year,

THE HORSE, HOW TO BREAK AND TRAIN. 105

when colts are usually gelded. He should be exercised in a close yard,
first at the end of the halter, and at length without bridle or halter rein,
and made to advance, to back, to circle, to describe a figure eight, to rear
and come down at the word of command, to kneel, to sit on his haunches,
to lie down, and especially to come instantly to his keeper at the word
of command.

All this takes time, but 1s labor well spent, for henceforth his usefulness
as a sire, and escapes from accidents by being kicked, may depend upon
his thorough training. Any observing person will have noted that in
fully half the cases a stallion will be found dragging his keeper about
like a puppet. All this may be avoided by proper care and training, so
the horse will retain his full exhuberance of spirit, and yet be entirely
under control.

His care and keeping should be of the best possible, and his daily exer-
cise enough to keep his muscles firm, certainly not less than eight miles
a day during the season of service. However well trained the stallion,
when it comes to actual service, there is always a time when he may
refuse to obey. - Then he must be made to do so at whatever cost, and to
accomplish the object, the whip must be used to any extent sufficient to
conquer him. Cut sharp and strong, but with temperate judgment. Do
not rain a succession of blows. This will only make him fight. A few
well-directed blows will generally suffice, if they are sharp and cutting.
Do not be afraid of drawing blood. If it can be done at the first stroke,
so much the better. Give him time to think before you strike the second
time. Give him the order you wish him to execute. If there is the
least hesitation, strike again, and so on until he is conquered. If he has
been properly trained previously, he will handle nearly as easy as a geld-
ing. If not, he may become a brute, dangerous for any man to handle.
Above all, a stallion once trained, never intrust him to an incompetent
keeper, and never allow a valuable one to be ridden during the season of
hard service. If he travels from one station to another, or is otherwise
exercised, it should be with a leading rein, the rider being on another
horse.

CHAPTER VIL.

HOW TO SHELTER.

I. COMFORTABLE SHELTER ECONOMICAL.——II. CONSIDERATION IN CONSTRUCTING STABLES.
Ill. MANGERS AND RACKS.——IV. HOW TO INSURE A GOOD TEMPERATURE.——YV. CLEAN-
ING THE STABLES. VI. THE LOFT. —— VII, THE HARNESS ROOM. —— VII. THE OUT
SHED.——IX. WATER. 5

I. Comfortable Shelter Economical.

Although the horse is found wherever civilized man has made his home,
and has been subjected by barbarian tribes wherever subsistence may be
found Summer and Winter, yet in a wild state he is only found where the
Winter and the Summer climate is mild enough to furnish herbage the
year round. While it is true that the horse will stand weather as inclem-
ent as cattle, yet the owner who subjects either horses or cattle to the
storms of Winter, not only makes no money from them, but deserves to
lose them entirely. Thus the humane man always consults his best
interests when he keeps his horse stock not only well fed but comfortably
housed.

II. Considerations in Constructing Stables.

The first consideration in the construction of a stable is the number of
horses to be kept. After this comes in economy of space in connection
with convenience, ventilation in connection with the health of the horses,

THE HORSE, HOW TO SHELTER. 107

and lastly the cost. In the construction of stables the question of
warmth, convenience and ventilation are the prime integers, and whatever
the character of the structure it must combine these three essentials, else
it is a failure.

In the construction of stables the horse and carriage floor, including
harness and tool room, and the loft, in which should be situated the bins
for oats, shelled corn, corn in the ear, meal and bran, with suitable
spouts and slides for delivering the feed on the lower floor, are all that is
necessary. Every stable, however, should be supplied with a ventilating
pipe placed about midway over one of the centre stalls. If there are
more than four horses kept there should be two, and one in addition for
each other four, but all connecting with the principal air shaft at the peak
of the roof.

Where the horses are near the ground, and especially if the first story,
or the walls of the whole building be of brick, there should be at least
two courses above the ground laid in water-lime, to prevent the dampness
from the ground ascending up the walls by capillary attraction. How-
ever the foundation be laid there must be perfect drainage, either natural
or artifical, under the stable. Many valuable horses have been lost
through inattention to this simple matter.

The size of the stable must of course correspond to the number of
horses to be kept, and the number of vehicles to be sheltered. The
width of the stalls should not be less than five feet each —six is better —
and there should be at least one loose box in every stable, however small.
If there are a number of breeding mares there should be one loose box
to each four horses. These boxes should not be less than ten by twelve
feet. Fourteen feet in depth for the stall is little enough. The travis
or partition between stalls should not be less than six feet six inches long.
If the stable is fourteen feet deep seven feet is better. It should be
seven feet high at the head and five feet at the rear part.

III. Mangers and Racks.

The mangers and racks should be of the most substantial character,
and, if expense is no object, of enameled iron, as to the mangers, and of
iron as to the racks. If made of wood, oak or elm is a good material.
However made there should be no rough edges to annoy the horses, nor
splinters to wound. The top of the cap should not be less than three
feet three inches from the floor, nor more than three feet six inches.
The manger to be about thirteen inches wide at the top, nine inches at
the bottom and eleven inches deep. The caps may be four inches deep
and three inches wide, securely placed. The sides and bottom of the

8

108 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

manger may be of inch oak, or other hard wood. If made of pine they
should be of inch and a half thickness.

IV. How to Insure a Good Temperature.

If the stable be of brick or stone, it may or may not be lined with wood
with an air space between. If of wood, there should always be a lining,
and the sheathing upon which the weather boarding is nailed should be
covered with tarred paper. Ventilation must be attended to ; this is best
secured by orifices at proper distances next the ceiling, that may be
opened or closed at pleasure, and provided with lattice work to throw the
air up when opened. ‘This with the doors and windows in Summer will
give plenty of ventilation and in Winter the ventilators alone will suffice.
It is one of the most essential points in building a stable in our American
climate, with torrid Summers and Arctic Winters, that no expense be
spared to make the buildings comfortable. We are decidedly in favor of
a vestibule, large enough to hold a harnessed team, or if preferred, if the
carriage room be large enough and separated by a close partition from the
stable, as it should be, this may be made to do. From this the entrance
to the stable may be a sliding door, through which to lead the horses ; the
object being to prevent the rush of cold air into the stable chilling every
horse in it.

Where more than five horses are kept in a stable we advise a close par-
tition between each four stalls and their accompanying loose box. The
reason is, that in each compartment an equal temperature is retained. It
is not so much the degree of cold that affects horses, as sudden changes
of temperature. Thus each may have its separate ventilation and air
shaft, and conduce very much to the comfort of the animals kept therein.

V. Cleaning the Stable.

Cleanliness in the stable is of the utmost importance. There should be
sufficient bedding under the horses at all times to insure cleanliness ; all
damp portions together with the droppings should be removed twice a
day. We have never found a better nor more economical way than to
use a wheel barrow, with sides sufficiently wide and flaring to hold the
load a man may handle, in which the manure and damp bedding could be
thrown and wheeled on planks immediately to the pile. Where it is
thrown out of windows it often heats so as to be offensive in Summer,
and in Winter these windows, besides often allowing the wind and storm
to beat in, are objectionable in many ways.

THE HORSE, HOW TO SHELTER. 109

VI. The Loft.

We have already advised that the granary be in the loft, the shoots,
however, should not enter the stable; first, because they create more or
less dust, and second, they are liable to contract more or less effluvia
from the stable. They should communicate with a room by itself, suf-
ficiently large for sifting oats and mixing feed. The granary must also
be made rat proof, which is best done by covering the bottom and two
feet of the sides, and the top with sheet iron. The floor of the whole
loft should also be covered with a tight floor of planks, plowed and
grooved, so that by no possibility dust or trash can drop through ; the
loft should also be high enough to hold straw for bedding, and hay
enough for at least two months’ feed. In fact, if it be a farm barn, it
were better to hold enough, if possible, for the Winter. This might de-
tract somewhat from the architectural appearance of the building, unless
the storage and stable room be large below. In any event we should not
build any stable, however small, less than eight feet high, with a loft
above of the same height, and in the case of a large building we should
extend the loft to ten, twelve or fourteen feet as the size of the ground
floor might allow,

VII. The Harness Room.

The harness room should be as complete as possible with suitable pegs
for harness and seats or frames for saddles. It should also be provided
with a saddler’s horse for sewing straps, awls, needles, wax, thread, ete. ;
also a table for oiling harness, and if it have a boiler set in a stove for
heating water, it will often be called in requisition in Winter, not only
for its hot water facilities, but for drying harness and saddles as wel)

VIII. The Out Shed.

If the stable is provided with an out-shed for cleaning horses when the
weather is not inclement, it will be found to save much dust and dirt in-
side. If this shed be a vestibule to the stable, with sliding windows, so
much the better. It may even be used, in case of need, for temporary
stables or for baiting a double team when it is not considered necessary
to unharness. In fact there are many uses to which it may be put aside
from the protection it would give the stable, in opening the doors in cold
and inclement weather.

The Surroundings.

Every stable should have a smooth, close yard, with a tight high fence

110 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

surrounding it, and if one side can be covered with a shed roof, fourteen
feet wide, so much the better. This yard should be about 30 or 40 feet
wide, and if it contains a place in the center of strong posts for a man to
take shelter in from a vicious brute, it is not amiss. We once saw a life
saved in this way, from an ugly bull, which broke from his fastenings
and would have killed his keeper but for this safeguard. There should
also be a grass lot near for cutting forage in Summer for soiling, and for
turning in a sick horse occasionally.

IX. Water.

The water supply is important. If taken from a well and pump it is
absolutely essential that there be no contamination from the drainage of
the stables and yards. If a tank can be so arranged that it will not
freeze, build one by all means, and connect by pipes, pumping the water
by means of a windmill. Or the tank may be situated where it will sup-
ply the house, and a pipe laid to the stable underground, ending in a
penstock. In this case, the windmill and tank may be entirely isolated
from the barn or house, and the water carried for any distance, provided
the head is higher than the outilow.

CHAPTER VII.

HOW TO FEED, WATER AND GROOM.

I. LAYING THE FOUNDATION. ——II. WHAT TO FEED. ——II. WHEN TO FEED. —-- IV. WA-
TERING. —— VY. KINDS AND QUANTITIES OF FOOD TO BE GIVEN. —— VI. HOW TO PRE-
PARE THE FOOD. —— VII. HOW TO MAKE MASHES, GRUELS AND HAY-TEA. —— VIII. THE
VALUE OF HAY AND STRAW.—— IX. FEEDING GRAIN. —— X. STABLE CARE AND GROOM-
ING. —— XI. THE TIME TO CLEAN. —~— XII. CARE OF THE FEET. —— XIII. BLANKETING
WHEN NECESSARY.——PROPER TOOLS FOR THE STABLE.

I. Laying the Foundation.

The feeding of horses must be either simple or complex according to
the circumstances under which they are placed and the nature of the
work required of them. It would, for instance, be as foolish with the
farm or ordinary work horse to pamper with fire-warmed stables, highly
stimulating food, and exquisite grooming, together with all the parapher-
nalia of blankets, hoods, bandages for the legs, and necessities of the
trotting or racing stable, as it would be to allow this latter class to re-
ceive only the same care and attention usually bestowed upon the team kept
solely for the plow and other drudgery of the farm. At the same time
the extremes to which horses are subject, either on the farm or in racing
stables, might well be modified in very many cases to the health and well

112 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

being either of the farm horse or the pampered and high-bred racer.
That is to say, racers are often ‘‘drawn down’ too fine, and the ordinary
work horse too often suffers from neglect. Thus in the first class we see
a number of diseases seldom shown in the stables of horses with suf-
ficient care, while the stables of horses carefully kept seldom suffer with
the class of diseases found when horses are allowed to go dirty from day
to day, and often from week to week.

To commence at the beginning, the breeder who would succeed with
any class of horses, should see that the mare, while carrying the foal,
has sufficient food and shelter, and that the foal itself is sufficiently nour-
ished during the period of growth. Nothing is gained by insufficient
shelter and food, whatever the use for which the animal is intended, and
this brings us to the question of the food itself.

II. What to Feed.

In the West the feed of all horses of whatever class is oats, Indian
corn, bran and hay. Whatever the work to be done, bran should always
be kept, since a horse being off his feed, or slightly ailing from any
cause not indicative of violent disease, bran mashes with good nursing
will bring him out all right in nine cases out of ten. So, in the Winter
when horses are confined to hard food, a bran-mash once a week should
be given, and this generally on Sunday morning. On the farm there is
nothing better than an occasional feed of roots—carrots, Swedish turnips,
or mangel wurtzel—being valuable in the order named. If a peck of
these could be given daily as an evening or noonday meal, the good
effects of this feeding would be quickly shown. For the mares before
foaling time, for the farm or draft horse, for the carriage horses of the
citizen, and even for the fast driven roadster, or racer, when not being
driven to exhaustive work, these will be found valuable.

The foal itself should be learned to eat roots as quickly as possible,
and if the mare takes kindly to them it will not be a difficult matter for
the foal to learn to eat them. As to the other food of the young colt or
filly, oats alone with grass or hay, according to the season, should be
allowed. In the Winter, half oats and half corn may be given with ben-
efit, unless the young things are intended for racing or trotting, and are
kept in warm stables ; then Indian corn would not be desirable, as being
too heating under the circumstances.

For the ordinary farm team, or other horses of slow work, Indian corn
may be the main dependence in Winter, in connection with good hay ;
especially so if a few roots can be allowed as a portion of the daily
provender. For fast working horses, sound oats and hay will be the

THE HORSE, HOW TO FEED, WATER AND GROOM. 1a bs

principal dependence, but in the Winter we have always given one-third
of the weight of the daily grain ration in Indian corn, and we have always
thought, with decided benetit.

III. When to Feed.

The importance of strict regularity in feeding is underestimated by
nine-tenths of the ordinary feeders, and by fully one-half of the stable-
men having the care of well bred horses. The horse, for whatever pur-
pose he is used, if actively employed, should not get less than three feeds
a day, besides the hay he eats during the night. All fast working horses
should have four feeds a day. The hours of feeding are of prime im-
portance. These should be, as closely as possible, at six in the morning,
at noon, and at six at night, except at those pressing seasons of extra
labor, when the morning feed may be an hour earlier and the evening
feed an hour later. In this case, however, nose-bags should be carried
to the field, or they should be turned to the wagon at 10 A. M. and at 4
P. M. to take one-third their usual allowance, as given morning and
evening, which meals, as a rule, should be rather more than the noonday
feed. When corn is the main dependence as feed these lunches should
be of oats, and if bruised so much the better.

Fast working horses should receive their food four times a day, at six
in the morning, at ten, at two, and at nine at night. Carriage horses
should be fed the same number of times, the first feed being at six, and
the last after their real work for the day is done, say at nine at night,
since simply going to some place of amusement at eleven o’clock or
later can hardly be called work. The mid-morning and afternoon meals
will depend upon the hours at which they are generally used, nine A. M.
and 1 P. M. being the usual times for feeding.

IV. Watering.

Watering and the water used is of fully as much importance as the
feeding. A horse is particular as to the water he drinks, but yet may be
accustomed to any water without detriment if it be fit for human use.
The water of large lakes, rivers and running brooks is best and in the
order named. That of ponds without outlet or inlet the worst; in fact
pond water should never be used ; well water is altogether better and may
be given without fear, when used constantly, but as with man, the horse
accustomed to lake or river water, which is always partially soft, should
be given well water, when necessity requires, with care and only in sinall
quantities, the change being gradually made. Water should always be

114 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

offered before feeding, and never given in large drafts immediately after
feeding ; two to four quarts may be given with benefit immediately after
dry feed, to properly moisten the stomach, and it may be freely given in
two or three hours after feeding. When driving, water should be offered,
especially in hot weather, at every stop, but only a few quarts should be
taken at a time, for a heated horse, like a heated man, will take more
than is good for him. Upon stopping, wash the horse’s mouth with a
sponge soaked in water, and let him swallow each time two or three light
sips, just enough to moisten the throat, and upon starting give him four
to six quarts each as the occasion seems to demand. Under no circum-
stances allow a heated horse to drink heartily. Farm teams and slow
draft horses, at ordinary labor, may be allowed what they will naturally
drink, but when heated the same rule must be observed as with hard
driven horses. With these simple rules kept in view any intelligent owner
or driver may keep his team fresh and without danger.

V. Kinds and Quantities of Food to be Given.

We have already spoken of the proper food to be given under ordinary
circumstances ; they are sound, whole grain, and bright, clean hay. Cer-
tain classes of horses, as omnibus horses, stage horses, car horses, and
the draft horses of large mercantile firms in cities, are generally fed
ground feed and cut hay. When the hours of feeding and rest may be
estimated with accuracy, this is on the whole as conducive to the health
of the animal as may be, when the economy of such feeding is considered,
especially when we remember that in large cities a regular veterinary sur-
geon is employed, who visits the stables regularly to look after the well-
being of the horses, and also where the superintendents and foremen are
supposed to be experts.

On the farm, and in the stables of road-driving horsemen, and where
carriage horses are kept, cut feed may very properly and economically
form from one-third to one-half of the daily food given. When only one
feed is given it should be in the morning; when two are given, they
should be the morning and evening feeds.

As to the quantity to be given, no definite rule can be laid down. The
horse must have a quantity fully sufficient to keep him well up to his
work. Hard working horses may, if regularly fed, have what grain and
hay they will eat clean, and in this case there is no better judge than the
animal itself, except in the case of ravenous gluttons, sometimes found
among horses as in the human family. Elaborate rules have been laid
down by theorists, including a per cent. of grain according to the weight
of the animal. In practice they will not work, since the labor, condition

THE HORSE, HOW TO FEED, WATER AND GROOM. 115
of the animal, temperature of the season, and of stables must be consid-
ered. In the large omnibus stables where all the work is to be got out
of horses that they can endure, from ten to fourteen pounds of cut hay
per day are given, with from eighteen to twenty pounds of corn meal.
Mix into provender, and on it they will go from eighteen to twenty miles
each day. With this about three pounds of salt may be allowed each
month. Some stable men do not feed more than one pound, arguing that
a large quantity produces profuse staling; others feed up to four. In
times of extra severe labor the cornmeal is increased by about three
pounds. It would be better if the three pounds of meal where omitted
and one extra feed of six quarts of whole oats be substituted, and given
daily. The average livery horse may be kept in good condition on twelve
pounds of hay and eight pounds of cornmeal daily, to be given at two
feeds with the addition of six quarts of oats at noon, eight pounds of hay
to be fed cut, with the meal, and four pounds from the manger. This
same feed would do for ordinary farm horses at usual work, or if the
grain is fed whole, five quarts of shelled corn, or its equivalent in ears,
and six quarts of oats, with what hay will be eaten should keep the ani-
mal in working condition.

VI. How to Prepare the Food.

In preparing chopped feed, half the hay to be used, or clean, bright,
long straw cut into about three-quarters to one inch lengths, should be
put into the mixing trough half an hour before it is to be mixed, and
thoroughly moistened. On this throw the meal, mill-feed, or whatever
article is to be used, and moisten it. Then cover with sufficient hay to
make the mess for the desired number of horses, weighing both hay and
meal. Let it stand until feeding time, when the whole should be worked
over and over until thoroughly mixed. . If salt is given with the mess,
put in the required quantity for each horse, from one-quarter to half an
ounce per horse each feed. Many stablemen mix the mess half a day in
advance, but this we do not like. Horses, like men, like their food
fresh. An iron box is best for mixing, and it should be thoroughly
cleaned after each meal.

VII. How to Make Mashes, Gruel and Hay-tea.

The ordinary sweet mash, as usually made, is to take four quarts of
good bran, moisten it gradually with hot water, and then mix with what
boiling water will bring it up to the proper consistency for eating, cover-
ing it with a cloth and feeding either warm if the animal will eat it so,

116 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

or else cold. What salt will lie on a quarter dollar may or may not be
mixed with it.

A better mash, especially for dry fed horses, is to boil two quarts of
oats and a pint of linseed, for each horse, for about three hours, and then
mix with it sufficient bran to bring it to a proper consistency. Cover with
a cloth and feed cold. Such a mash given once a week, if the horses are
on average feed, will keep their bowels in condition. If off their feed,
add a little salt and a half pint of molasses.

GRUEL is one of the best possible things for a beaten out horse. Stir
gradually in a gallon of water, a pint or a quart of oat-meal, or half flour
and half corn-meal, according as the horse likes it thick or thin, and fill
up the pail with cold water. If the horse hesitates about drinking it,
give him first a mouthful of water. If he be very tired a quart of sound
ale will do him good, but under no circumstances, when exhausted, should
he be given a feed either of grain or hay. If the horse will take nothing
else, turn down a bottle of sound ale, rub him until dry and refreshed,
and then feed.

Hay rea is also a good stimulant. To make it—fill a bucket three-
quarters full of bright, clean hay, pour over it enough boiling water to
fill the pail, and cover tight, to keep in the steam. Press the hay down
occasionally, let it stand fifteen minutes, turn off, and add water enough
to make a bucket three-quarters full. Give to the horse when the liquid
is cool enough to drink.

VIII. The Value of Hay and Straw.

In the feeding of horses the principal use of hay is to distend the
stomach. For this reason lean horses, and those just off the pasture on
coarse feed, require more than those which are regularly stabled and
groomed. The change to grain must not be too sudden, else indigestion
is apt to set in. Once a horse is used to full rations of grain, if oats are
used, or corn meal and bran, he may get along daily with from six to
eight pounds of hay a day. The hay, however, must be of the very
best, bright, clean and free from dust. There is no economy in feeding
bad hay. It is the cause of heaves, broken wind and other diseases
produced by indigestion. Good clean straw is altogether better than
poor hay. Straw is altogether the best material for bedding, and should
always be used when it can be had. In the West it is plenty, and yet
not one farmer in ten uses it for bedding in sufficient quantity or renews
it often enough.

THE HORSE, HOW TO SHELTER. 117

IX. Feeding Grain.

The most economical way of feeding grain on the farm is in its whole
state. Oats and corn should be shaken in a sieve with a mesh so small
that it will not go through, all dust and light matter blown away, and all
stones, bits of iron or wire, carefully picked out. It will pay the farm-
er to do this as well as any other stable man. In feeding corn allow
one-half the measure of shelled corn that would be deemed sufficient of
oats, since corn weighs about double that of oats. If corn in the ear
is fed, one-third more by measure heaped should be allowed than when
shelled grain is used. In other words the stable must use seventy pounds
of ear corn when fifty-six of shelled corn would be given, or 112 pounds
of oats.

Some horses eat their grain better for being moistened. If so, moisten
it, but as a rule we like to feed whole grain dry, since the horse is obliged
to grind it better to get it in condition for swallowing. Horses with bad
teeth always bolt their food whole. All such horses, and also aged ones,
should be fed cut hay and ground feed.

a

X. Stable Care and Training.

The importance of steadiness and care in the management of the stable
and in the cleaning of horses cannot be over-estimated. A brutal stable-
man, or one which a horse fears, should be immediately discharged.
There is indeed now and then a horse that requires to be kept in terror.
These of course are exceptions. The competent stable-man should use
neither fear nor brutality. Not half the so-called strappers (cleaners )
are fit to be about a horse.

Many stable-men imagine the curry comb is an instrument for cleaning
the legs and body of the horse. It is an instrument for cleaning the
brush and for loosening the scurf on the fleshy—not bony-—parts of
the body. In using the curry comb, do so lightly, carrying it in circles
rather than in straight lines. Use a wisp of hay for rubbing the dust
from the legs, and a corn cob for the fetlocks, finishing with the brush.
In brushing, do so thoroughly, with firm, long strokes, where possible,
being careful in working about the head and bony parts. Clean the
brush often by passing it over the teeth of the curry comb. When the
scurf and dust are thoroughly cleaned out, go over the horse with a damp
wisp of hay, and finish with dry cloths, being particular to get any
particles of dirt out of the fetlocks, the ears, about the head, next the
tail, below the thighs, under the jaws, and between the fore-legs. A horse

118 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

thus cleaned, whether he belongs to the farm or the city stable will not
occasion shame on the part of the owner.

It is a question among horsemen, whether when a team comes in wet
and muddy at night, it is proper to wash them. We have never found
advantage in so doing. Clothe them warmly, bandage the legs loosely,
and when dry, clean them, at least so far as removing the dirt, and getting
up a glow at the surface is concerned. Thus handled, horses will seldom
be found liable to surfeit, scratches, grease, and other diseases induced
by checking the natural perspiration.

XI. The Time to Clean.

Clean when the horse is dirty. Always once a day when the horse is
kept in the stable. Horses that run in the fields in Summer, or in the
shed yard in Winter require no cleaning. Nature provides a natural
scurf that defends them from the changes of the weather. Before work
horses are littered down for the night they should be again thoroughly
cleaned if necessary. As, for instance, if the animal has been on the
road or in the field ; it is important and will lighten the morning cleaning,
apart from real necessity of the case.

Whenever the horse comes into the stable from the plow or wagon, for
the day, he should be thoroughly cleaned when dry enough, and if sweat-
ing or otherwise wet should be thoroughly scraped at once. The scraper
is a thin, flexible piece of wood; a section of barrel hoop makes a good
one. In any event a horse once in the stable, clean him thoroughly, un-
less he be taken out again after being ‘*baited.’’ If he remain in the stable
long enough for the operation, clean him especially as to the limbs, and
if there is time, as to the body. It may seem like a good deal of* work,
but it will pay.

XII. Care of the Feet.

The feet are half the horse, in fact a horse with bad feet, is as near a
worthless animal as possible. Attention to the feet is therefore of the
first importance. In this connection shoeing is to be attended to. Know
that the blacksmith understands his business. There are as many igno-
rant botch-workmen in cities as in the country. The horse’s foot should
be a study, and every horseman should understand the anatomy of the
foot ; this will be given in its proper place. How to care for the feet is
in place here. When the horse is brought in from work, each foot should
be lifted, cleaned, and examined with the picker to see that no gravel or
other hard substance has found lodgment between the shoe and hoof, or

THE HORSE, HOW TO SHELTER. 119

about the frog. Examine the frog to see that no substance is wedged
therein, and that no nail or other sharp object has pierced the sole. If
the hoofs are inclined to be hard and dry, fill them with a mixture of
cow-dung and clay, or with oakum saturated with tar and petroleum.
Watch them for contraction of the hoof, caused by allowing the shoe to
remain on too long, or from bad shoeing. If the frog gets torn and rag-
ged, cut the ragged edges but leave the frog intact. If the hoof be found
pierced with a nail, and you are not perfectly sure you have pulled out
every bit, cut it out at whatever labor it may be to you, or pain to the
animal. Then dress the wound with a pledget of tow saturated with tar.
If the hoofs are inclined to be hard and brittle, oil them occasionally, or
let the horse stand, say for an hour or two, or for a half day on Sunday,
in a box of soft clay and cow-manure, coming prettywell up the hoofs.
Thus by the exercise of care and judgment you may keep the feet, what
they ought to be, the better part of the horse.

XIII. Blanketing—When Necessary.

A blanket is always necessary when the horse is standing in the stable
in Winter. A light sheet is about as necessary in Summer, during fly
time. A blanket should always be thrown over the horse in cold weather,
or even in the cool weather of Spring and Autumn, when standing after
being driven. A horse should always be blanketed when standing in a
draft, or in the rain, using a cloth or rubber blanket as the case may be.

In blanketing a horse, see that the blanket is sufficiently large to cover
the animal from the neck to the tail, see also that the breast flaps are
sufficient to protect this sensitive part, and that the blanket is large
enough to cover the sides and flank fully. If not, do not buy it at any
price. Buy a blanket for each horse, and having them use them when
necessary, buckling them on so they will stay. Very many stable-men
have a number of blankets for each horse ; this is well enough if they can
afford it, but one blanket to each horse, with enough in reserve so a dry
blanket may be had as occasion requires, and with a good surcingle to
each blanket, is all that is really necessary.

XIV. Proper Tools for the Stable.

The tools necessary for cleaning a horse properly may be very few or
many. As arule any horse may be properly cleaned with a scraper, a
curry comb, a brush, a sponge, a comb, a wisp of straw, and a rubbing
cloth. Horse pails both for washing the horse and for watering are in-
dispensable to any stable but never use one for the other. These should

120 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

be of oak, half an inch thick, and with strong iron bails, and to hold
fourteen quarts. The set of cleaning tools should be provided for every
two horses. Every stable should have two manure forks, one of steel and
one of wood, splint broom, a scoop shovel, and a wheel-barrow. With
these any stable may be kept clean, and if the eye of the master is kept
on the help, the horses will not suffer for want of care. And these essen-
tials to a stable, and the treatment suggested, are urged on the score of
economy. They pay. We also urge them from humane considerations,
and those of neatness and system. In all respects kindness and attention
to a horse are both satisfactorv and remunerative.

CHAPTER IX.

BENEFITS OF KIND AND CAREFUL TREATMENT.

I. ABUSING A FAITHFUL SERVANT.——II. WHAT ARE BARBARITIES. lll. A PICTURE FROM
LIFE.—IV. THE OTHER SIDE.—yV. A GOOD FARMER’S SURROUNDINGS.—VI. FARMER
UNTHRIFT’S BARN. —— VII. HIS HOME. —— VIII. THE CAREFUL MAN’S THEORY. —— Ix.
USING THE MEANS WE HAVE.——X, AN INFALLIBLE RULE.

I. Abusing a Faithful Servant.

The horse 1s the most useful servant of man, as he is one of the most
noble of animals. He is fortunate if he falls into the hands of a kind
and considerate master. Fully one-half of the horses used in civilized
countries are driven by persons brutal in their temper and instincts, who,
coming into possession cf a horse suffering from disability, inflicted by
some former owner, or perhaps reduced in value by age, are sold for a
song, and thereafter the poor tortured brutes wear out a most miserable
existence, until at length they drop in their tracks, literally driven to
death. This picture is not overdrawn. Go into any of our cities, and
on to many of the farms of the land, and see animals in every stage of
incurable disorders. On farms horses disabled for city use in the posses-
sion of some renter, whose only aim seems to be to see how soon and on
how little food he can wear out the miserable animal. Contrast these
with the horses that are carefully fed and cared for, and by actual count
the result will be surprising even to a veterinarian.

As arule, the horses of the better class of farmers fare the best. They
are not pampered, it is true, neither are they overdriven or overworked.
If they remain on the farm, they are capable of full work until they are

122 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

twenty years old. How many arrive at this age? Not one infifty. The

most of them die under seven years of age.
II. What Are Barbarities.

Their name is legion. It is barbarous to overload or overdrive an-

imals; to give them insufficient food and water; to allow them to stand

MATT

mn

THR LEAM OF THE CRUEL AND IMPROVIDENT MASTER, AND THE USUAL SURROUNDINGS.

day after day uncleaned and in filth, denying them even the poor boon of
cleaning themselves ; to work them during the progress of spavin or ring-
bone, navicular disease, with corns, gravel, or other painful ailments of

THE HORSE, KIND TREATMENT. 123

the foot; to let them stand shivering in the cold, or in apologies for sta-
bles, in inclement weather without blankets; to drive them in the mud
and mire and neglect to clean them; to ride them under torturing sad-
galling collars and harness ; to use badly fitting

dles, or to drive them in

:

THE TEAM OF THE KIND AND CAREFUL MASTER, AND THE NATURAL SURROUNDINGS.

or torturing bits, and then jerk their tender mouths because their agony
will not allow them to carry their heads directly in line or go straight
ahead ; to ride or drive through deep mud at a pace which quickly ex-
hausts the animal, and then beat with a loaded whip, because they flag,

or spur them until their sides are a gore of blood; to keep the poor
9

124 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

creatures in terror, from fear of the whip, and then beat with renewed
vigor because the innocent brute does not comprehend what the master
really does not know himself; to give the faithful servant over to the
tender mercies of some man who calls himself a blacksmith, who either
pricks him with a nail, pares down the hoof and the frog to the quick,
and then because the poor animal cringes, holds back or perhaps stum-
bles, beats him for it. Such are a few of the more common of the
cruelties inflicted, and which may be seen day by day by any who will
notice. A man cannot pass along the streets in any large city, on any
day, without seeing some of these things.

The observing man need not travel far in the country to see some such
picture as we present of the farmer who believes in letting his stock shift
for themselves when not at work, and is careful not to over-feed when
they struggle with the plow or wagon.

Ill. A Picture from Life.

But, say some readers, the picture on page 122 is a fancy sketch. Not at
all. It is drawn from life. The superannuated, rat-tailed horse, with
one ear gone, blind, spavined, ill kept and ill fed; the mule, still more
rat-tailed than the horse, intact only as to his ears, the broken-down
fence, the edge of the marshy pond, serving as a wallowing place for
hogs, and as a watering place for the family and stock; the dilapidated
stable ; the log cabin—all are true to life. There is but one redeeming
feature in the whole scene: the wife begging that a little land may be
left in front of the house unplowed. Will it be granted? Not so.
The ragged edged plow will cut as close to the corner of the cabin as
possible, and then bear off in a circle in the near distance beyond. Land
is too valuable to spare any next the house, but the weeds and dilapidated
fence tell a tale of plenty of land beyond. If the traveler chose he
might learn the cause of all this. A history made in the corner grocery
of the village, over the broken bridge.

Contrast this with the companion picture we give on page 123, and
which tells a very different tale.

Iv. The Other Side.

It is of the farmer who is well-to-do by his own tact and energy. His:
team is trained to almost human intelligence. Strong, able horses, whose
dams were kindly worked and carefully fed, When foals they were early
taught to take their oats. In Winter they were carefully housed, their
training commencing within a few days of their birth; broken in at two.

THE HORSE, KIND TREATMENT. 125

years old, worked gently, and at three past given full liberty again until
four. They are now six years old, trained to go without lines, a gray
and a bay; well bred; weighing 1250 each; capable of going a mile in
four minutes to the farm wagon. How much think you they are worth?
Let us whisper it ; $800 has been refused. <A foolish farmer is he not,
to keep so much money in a farm team? Perhaps not. He asks $1200,
and he will get it. He has fulfilled the conditions we have given as to
breeding, feeding, watering, care, shelter, breaking and training. They
have lacked for nothing he could give them, and in turn refuse nothing
they may be able to do for him.

V. A Good Farmer’s Surroundings.

The surroundings of a man in any condition in life, whether he be rich
or poor, are an index to his character. The animus of all men is to make
money, but some possess in connection, a love of the beautiful. Without
method in labor no man can be successful. The farmer who has method,
and an eye for the beautiful, and only comfortably well off, perhaps, will
show his barn yards and surroundings something like the following illus-
tration :

THE BARN OF THE PROVIDENT MASTER.

His barns are tight and ample, and filled to the ridge-pole with fodder.
His yards are protected with shelter-belts and wind-breaks, his pastures
and meadows ample and luxuriant, and his crops well tilled and heavy.
Inside his barns will be found a place for everything and everything in
its place.

VI. Farmer Unthrift’s Barn.
On the other hand we give a view of the barn of the improvident master.

His well, simply a hole in the ground where the drainage of the yard may
enter, the roof of the hovel rent and torn, the delapidated doors propped

126 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

up with rails, the weather-boards fallen or falling off, and the whole thing
shaky, like the master’s mind. Fine stock, fat, and well groomed, have
come out of hovels of barns; they
were made warm and comfortable. It
is not the most expensive structures
that always contain the best stock,
but in the end the better barn will be
built. We have never seen good
stock issue from such a barn as we
have shown, and it only needs to show
the house the farmer lives in, with
its brush heap, its line of ragged
clothes, the ragged, dirty childnen!
and penceue dilapidated appearance, to complete the pictorial story of
general unthrift.

FARMER UNIURIFT’S BARN.

VII. Farmer Unthrift’s Home.

FARMER UNTHRiFT’s HOME.

Such a man will raise his colts from spavined and broken down mares ;
they will shift for themselves upon scanty pasture in Summer, and in the
brush in Winter. He believes in hardening his stock, and he does it;
hardens them into ‘‘runts,’? not worth a month’s keeping. They are
literally broken to work, broken in body and temper with cruel blows ;
they are halter-broken too, the halter is a rope knotted about the neck,
like the poor old horse shown on next page, tied outside the barn for the
benefit of the fresh air it may get; a starved out skeleton horse, contem-
plating the skeleton of abarn. Even in such a barn there are capabilities
that may be utilized for comfort. It may be reshingled, and new clap-
boarded, and the doors hung on their hinges. It may even be patched
up so as not to leak, and be banked up to keep out the cold. But will it

THE HORSE, HOW TO SHELTER. LH

be? Hardly! The picture of the old house, the wreck of a horse, the
old rope around the neck, the rotten barn, all tell of more money spent
at the dram-shop than for the maintenance and comfort of the family or
the well-being of the stock.

ii

THE BARN OF THE CRUEL MASTER. A MODEL HALTER ON A MODEL COLT,

A VIII. The Careful Man’s Theory.

As an accompaniment to this we give an illustration of a well-kept
colt in a model halter for unbroken horses. By slipping both ends of
the chin strap through the ring of the tying rope, it 1s a halter for a well
broken horse. The man who possesses such stock and fixtures may not
be rich ; probably is not, but he is a careful, thinking, reading, method-
ical man, who believes in doing everything well. He uses no cruel
bridles, gives his colts no excuse for getting cast in their halters. His
harness seldom galls the team, and when it does, it is remedied at the
first indication. However dirty his team goes into the stable, it always
comes out clean and blooming; not only this, such a master never finally
leaves his team for the night, after a hard day’s labor, until it is dry, well
groomed, well littered down, and in every way comfortable for the night.
In the morning his team are always ready for the field or road; and
however eager or spirited they may be, will travel along together, either
ahead of or behind the master, and looking like the picture that we here
give on following page—a lordly team, that only could belong to a kind
and considerate master.

They are not too many. The cruel, or shiftless, or drunken masters
are plenty enough. The farm stock of many get barely enough to eat,
and. that in an irregular and improvident kind of way. They never pull
very heavy loads, the master has not many to haul, and he believes in

128 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

skim plowing. When he comes home, he ‘‘runs them into the barn,”’
such as it is; or they take the yard for it, and in the morning very closely

resemble the picture on the left :

TEAM OF THE KIND MASTER. TEAM OF THE CRUEL MASTER.

A **humped up,”’ hungry, thirsty pair of servants to a cruel, because
improvident master.

Such a man may not be cruel in the sense of beating. He may be
really a kind-hearted man, a good neighbor, ‘thoroughly honest, as the
world goes,’’ he may even be a good Christian man, or think so at
least. He is cruel nevertheless. More cruel perhaps than the brute who
belabors his beasts and then repents. Cruel in his improvidence, in his
neglect of his farm and his stock.

HIS DOOR-YARD GATE, HIS FIELD-GATE

Is it any wonder that in the morning the team should be found in the
yard, waiting for their breakfast. The wonder is that there should be
anything, either in the house or out for either man or beast to breakfast on.

If to neglect we add a cruel or brutal disposition, the animals of the
farm are to be pitied, and the household likewise pitied, and prayed for.

This chapter is pictorial, and not particularly given to practical infor-
mation en the care of horses. It is a chapter of contrasts, and given
deliberately, as indicating far more eloquently than mere words can, the
difference between careful and kind treatment of stock, and cruel or

ee

THE HORSE, KIND TREATMENT. 129

neglectful treatment. It is, in fact, the story of thrift and unthrift.
We expect few whom it might benefit will see it. The unthrifty man
whom we have depicted, seldom sees books, and we might almost say,
never, buys one. Those however who do, may perform good missionary
work among the class we have represented, by showing them how quickly
thrift will follow good intentions, religiously kept, backed up by honest
industry, guided by careful judgment, and accompanied by a will to
perform. It will repair houses and barns, build gates and fences, culti-
vate smiling fields, rear and train good stock, lift the mortgage off the
farm, educate the growing family, and bring comfort and happiness to a
once cheerless and suffering family.

IX. Using the Means We Have.

In the foregoing, it is not to be understood that expensive appearances
are necessary for training a horse, neither is it to be understood that
costly buildings are necessary. We have stated more than once that any
farm animal may be kept in the most comfortable manner, in a structure
made of poles and hay, and we will add, kept in as good health as in ex-
pensive stables. The reason is that the master who uses care in making
a simple structure warm and comfortable has humanity to start with, and
generally gives his own personal care and supervision, while in costly
stables the animals are usually left to the care of men hired for the pur-
pose. The owner, often, from the pressure of other business pursuits,
being unable to do more than to drive a favorite animal or team. In
perhaps a majority of cases he knows little or nothing of how a horse
should be cared for, and of course nothing as to the fitness of those
whom he pays for doing the work.

The object of this work is to present in a condensed form the best prac-
tices, founded upon common sense, and the experience of superior
stockmen in the care of animals. A study of these pages will enable any
person to acquire a good idea of the simplest and best means for arriving
at a correct knowledge of how animals should be bred, raised, fed, trained,
and cared for. He may thus understand how to do the work himself, or,
in case he be a man of business, or wealth and leisure, he may quickly
know whether the help he relies on are doing their duty, not only in feed-
ing and cleaning, in exercising and the general care of the animals under
them, but also know at a glance, whether the animals are treated with
the kindness and consideration that dumb brutes, but faithful servants,
deserve from man.

130 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

X. An Infallible Rule.

We have known a brutal stable-man to flog a horse in the most terrible
manner, simply to get rid of his own ugliness, as he expressed it, while
at ordinary times he petted and made much of the animal. Such an ani_
mal will be frantic at the sight of a whip held in a threatening manner.
Animals that are in the habit of being struck with the pitchfork, or being
kicked and cuffed, will watch carefully the stable-man, and show by their
nervousness in the stable what they are expecting, while of the master
they will show no sign of fear. Stable-men are often cunning creatures ;
they will have soothing words to quiet the animal in the presence of the
master. We have always held that the horse should be spoken to firmly
but quietly, and always have an inherent suspicion that a team exhibiting
signs of fear at times, where we always hear the keeper speaking to them
in soothing tones, are abused in secret.

No sane man would practice such treatment to his own stock, and no
man who is obliged to leave valuable animals in the care of servants
should fail to know that they are doing their duty. It is not enough that
the stable-men feed the regular rations, that they clean and exercise prop-
erly. It should be made important that in all their intercourse with the
animals under their care, they be not unduly punished, nor in any other
respect abused. ,

CHAPTER X.

HOW TO BUY.

I. HOW TO GET CORRECT INFORMATION.—HII. THE BUYER MUST KNOW WHAT HE WANTS.
——IlII. PROPORTIONS OF THE HORSE.——IV. THE CLEVELAND BAY FOR PROFIT. —--V,
HOW TO BUY A TROTTING HORSE.——VI. ONE MUST KNOW WHAT HE BUYS FOR.——VII,
THE LIGHT HARNESS HORSE. ——VIII. SADDLE HORSES OF ALL GAITS.——IX. THE HIGH~

BRED HUNTING HORSE. —— X. RACING HORSES. —-— XI. WHAT THE RACER SHOULD BE,
——XII. TO AVOID VICES AND DEFECTS—HOW TO DETECT. ——XIII. OTHER FAULTS AND
IMPERFECTIONS.

I. How to Get Correct Information.

Every horse owner sooner or later becomes a judge of what he is buy-
ing. If he depends entirely upon the lessuns learned through cheats that
are practiced upon him by sharp jockeys, life is too short for him ever to
become an adept in distinguishing vice, unsoundness, ‘‘dosed up’’ and
used up horses as among the various tricks and swindles practiced upon
the ignorant and unwary. Generally after being cheated, or absolutely
swindled a few times, the breeder goes to the only correct source of
information, concisely written and carefully illustrated books. He is
thus enabled not only to study, but subsequently to carry in his mind
what he has read and seen; he comes to compare critically the living
animal with the illustrations and descriptions, and thus becomes an expert
himself, and in a hundredth part of the time by which he could acquire
correct information in any other way. This is precisely the means used
by any professional man in the acquisition of true knowledge in the
pursuit of his profession, whether it be in a learned profession or in the
education to practical art. Thereafter practice makes perfect.

II. The Buver Must Know What he Wants.

Suppose he is looking for stock from which to breed trotting horses.
He must then consider the type of horse he wishes to breed ; whether for

132 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

speed alone, or for style and speed. That is, first class road horses, or
large, strong, able horses, combining in as great a degree as may be large
size, strength, endurance and such style as may be conformable with this
class of horses.

AIGH-BRED ROADSTER.

As showing what may be done in colts got by breeding up out of
roomy mares of fair style, bred to high class trotting stallions, we give
three cuts of stallions, certainly good enough for sires, and as models of
what such horses should be. The first showing eminent breeding, with

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 133

style enough: rather straight on his fetlocks, according to the idea of
many good horsemen, but with length enough, from our standpoint, to
give flexibility. A horse compact and smooth, with excellent flat and

ih

A

Ten TOTTI
{ot4 Vi i{{.i 11 | ait
i |

‘HHLSadVOU GaUd-A TANIA

| 7 |
‘|

i

sinewy limbs, good feet, ample chest, good lungs, fine eye, broad fore-
head, and strong jaws. The head not the ideal of modern ‘blood
horsemen,’’ but nevertheless showing docility and intelligence in a high

. . . : . 3 =
degree. Showing also high breeding in every part.

134 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

The cut on page 133 is of a horse of great style and endurance, fine all
over. A horse that will go with his head well up; limbs exceedingly

tine, mane rather light, but with plenty of tail, as a horse should have ;
evidently showing Morgan blood, dashed with Bell Founder and other
thorough blood.

A GOOD FAMILY HORSE.

Between the two, for real and intrinsic merit, the first should be taken.
There is plenty of style about him, and strength. There is also a body
of fine character on limbs of great power. Such will be found accept-
able and sought after always by gentlemen wanting a single horse, or a
pair for driving on the road, or for driving in the city park-ways in the

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 135

afternoon. LEither of the two will make capital and stylish saddle horses,
if well trained, such as no gentleman of ordinary weight or any lady
need be ashamed of when taking the afternoon trot or canter on the
fashionable boulevards or park-drives of our large cities, or on the streets
or roadings of cities having no parks. ‘The first the best horse, the sec-
ond the most stylish.

The third cut we give is that of a horse of large size and strong build,
adapted for drawing as a single horse for the coupe, or one of a team to
the family carriage ; as one of a pair for a coach or barouche ; one that
will give satisfaction almost anywhere, if not driven over eight miles an
hour, and capable as well of hauling loads on good roads, at a fast
walking pace.

A horse of this stamp, sixteen to sixteen anda half hands high, not
particularly heavy set, rather long-limbed, with rangy neck and good
head, with plenty of spirit, and weighing about 1200 pounds, may be
called a general utility horse. Such will command ready sale at any
time, if well broken and trained, say at from $200 to $300 each, and if
particularly nice and well matched, often at $800 or $900 the pair, as
carriage horses when five or six years old.

an

III. Proportions of the Horse.

PROPORTIONS OF THE VARIOUS PARTS.

To arrive at a clear understanding of the proportions of the horse, we
give an outline that will be a good study, not only for the beginner, but

136 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

will be valuable for reference for any horseman, however expert he may
be. This illustration combines the average measurements of six horses,
accepted for perfect symmetry, and taken, says Mr. J. H. Walsh (Stone-
henge )—one of the most graphic and lucid of English writers on the
two of them from celebrated stallions, two from thorough-bred
hunters, and two from chargers of great value. This, therefore, will not
apply to draft horses, but it will be found that the nearer the general
utility horse comes to these measurements, the better he will be.

horse

INCHES

Height........ aorennne onteawen wabaetne accaecnctd Relinoessate cua spenteateceenes conoooeece seanesensonnecetam 63
Length from shoulder-point to Quarter........c....cscccessecsescenstsoressssecsscssassessenes 66
From the lowest part of the chest to the ground...... Reecscaanerahaccacsssescnsteseeatm 36
From the elbow-point to the Qround..........cccccssecseseceeeeeneeeeees srcapae cco upcaneete ee 3D
From the withers to the pole, just behind the ears, in a straight Line......100...006 30
The same measured along the Crest.............00 eudiGet eae casatetenunus cneneetentkns ses eeaim 32
Length of head.............08 tabedusecesneaseesevenuce ses dadauscecceaddugensessssoubadn causes sx fechee 22
Width across the forehead........ Rpathe stn esgeewtcssteses EMO RoR LOS EEGs Ceca cre easceerse OLED
From the withers tothe Di pisccc....c<vcsceveu-cqn--ceoneatecevaussreretnecrasteestesenscnnaenal -- 22
From the stifle to the point of the hock, in the attitude shown in the plan...... 29
From the root of tke tail to the stifle-joint....... pesbeherectehaseet aceceeseeheeee eacpeeaee 26
From the point of the hock to the ground....... Renteunamenennct- Sounccaseiaccpeseey sucedeca DateD
Length of arm from the elbow to the pisiform bone (the rear bone of those

forming the upper articulation of the knee )..............cseeseeseeeeseeeeeeeee 19 1-2
From the pisiform bone to the Sround...............c...:seneeseecssessenscenrccoesecceceseeves 191-2
Girth varies from........2.5 <cesesccsscsnsees Rpuske seenenceassacteetecs occacvenades ase aeeebene 78 to 79
Circumference of fore-cannon bone (large metacarpel or shank bone, extend-

ing from the knee to the fetlock )............sseeeseeeeeees 7 1-2, 8, 8,8, 8 1-2 and 9
Circumference of arm just below the elbDOW.,......... ...eeseeeecceneeeeeeeeeereeeees 16 1-2 to 18

The foregoing is not to be taken as a fixed rule in comparing ordinary
horses, nor even those well-bred. Eclipse, for instance, may be given as
a most wonderful horse, differing in many material respects from these
measurements. He was three inches taller at the withers, and yet higher
in the croup than at the withers. His head was of the same length as
the average given, but it is said to have been twelve inches across at the
forehead. He was a big horse in every respect; tall, lengthy, capacious
in body, higher behind than before, his neck and back long, the loin
roached, his imbs would by some be called long, but they were strong
with large joints, but fine; his quarters straight, square and extended ;
thighs long and muscular; shoulders only moderately oblique, and of
fair depth ; his knees and hocks broad and well formed ; head small, and
as will be observed from its great breadth of forehead, Arab-like, On
the whole it would probably be difficult to improve the proportions of
Eclipse, simply as a weight-carrying racer. For the hunting field, the
fine saddle horse, or any of the uses to which practical men put their
horses, aside from flat racing, select as many of the superior points of

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 137

Kelipse as you can find, but leave out the low withers and high croup.

The horse that will come to the standard that we have given in the dia-
tw]

gram, is as a rule the horse to buy.

IV. The Cleveland Bay for Profit.

Of late years this admirable and stylish horse as improved from the

138 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

old farm horse of fifty years ago, has attracted attention in the United
States, and especially in the West, where many fair specimens have been
imported. As showing the characteristics when standing extended and at
rest, we give a portrait of a pure bay, in color, with a star in the fore-
head, and one white hind fetlock. These dashes of white not detracting
from the style of any horse, and showing breeding. It is a horse show-
ing blood and breeding, with lofty crest, magnificent withers, round bar-
relled, and clean limbed, a coat like satin, and a head of excellent pro-
portions. Colts from such a horse out of large, roomy mares of good
style, will always sell for high prices. When you find such a stallion do
not be afraid to buy, he will pay, and his foals will pay for their feed and
training. :

The old fashioned horse of this race, the Cleveland bay, is extinct and
gone. The present form is the result of crosses with staunch thorough-
breds, giving better form throughout, greater speed and eminent style.
We consider them as among the very best from which to breed stylish
animals from proper mares. Horses that may do the ordinary farm work
until six years past, and then be sold at good prices for stylish omnibus,
express, light draft, and carriage horses in our cities. Farmers who have
‘large, well built mares, wishing to breed colts that shall have size enough
for any farm or road work ; that will breed to uniform color, so that they
may be easily matched ; that will have style—not that of the blood horse,
or light driving, or trotting horse—will do well to investigate the char-
acteristics of the Cleveland bays. Canada has acquired a high reputation
for stylish, well matched coach horses. It is founded in a great measure
upon crosses produced by breeding the modern-Cleveland bays upon large,
handsome mares of more or less breeding.

Such horses if properly cared for will do eight or nine miles an hour,
in harness, and under the saddle may be pushed up to twelve miles an
hour: are active in all their gaits, tractable, easily managed, intelligent,
fast walkers, always ready for their feed, and as eager at labor, as they
are kind and intelligent every where. The late Henry William Herbert,
(Frank Forester), a thorough horseman, an accurate judge of horse flesh,
and a finished writer, in his voluminous work, ‘‘The Horse of America,’’
thus describes the original Cleveland bay, and also the improved horse of
his time: ‘*The Cleveland bay, in its natural and unmixed form, is a tall,
powerfully built, bony animal, averaging, I should say, fifteen hands
three inches in height, rarely falling short of fifteen and a half or ex-
ceeding sixteen and a half hands. ;

The crest and withers are almost invariably good, the head bony, lean,
and well set on. Ewe-necks are, probably, rarer in this family than in
any other, unless it be the dray-horse, in which it is never seen.

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 139

The faults of shape to which the Cleveland Bay is most liable are
narrowness of body, and flatness of the cannon and shank bones. Their
color is universally bay, rather on the yellow bay than on the blood bay
color, with black mane, tail, and legs.

They are sound, hardy, active, powerful horses, with excellent capabili-
ties for draft, and good endurance, so long as they are not pushed beyond
their speed, which may be estimated at from six to eight miles an hour,
on a trot, or from ten to twelye—the latter quite the maximum—on a
gallop, under almost any weight.”’

The large and more showy of these animals, of the tallest and heaviest
type, were the favorite coach horses of their day ; the more springy and
lightly built, of equal height, were the hunters, in the days when the fox
was hunted by his drag, unkennelled, and run half a dozen hours or
more, before he was ithe: earthed or worn out and worried to death.
Then the shorter, lower, and more closely ribbed up were the road
hackneys, a style of horse unhappily now almost extinct, and having
unequally substituted in its place a wretched, weedy, half-bred or three-
quarters-bred beast, fit neither to go the pace with a weight on its back,
nor to last the time.

From these Cleveland Bays, however, though if their pure state nearly
extinct, a very superior animal has descended, which, after several steps
and gradations, has settled down into a family common throughout all
Yorkshire and more or less all the mid-land counties, as the farm horse,
and riding or driving horse of the farmers, having about two aoe
more or less, of blood on the original Cleveland aiaces

The first gradation, when pace became a desideratum with hounds, was
the stinting of the best Cleveland Bay mares to good thorough-bred
horses, with a view to the progeny turning out hunters, troop horses, or,
in the last resort, stage-coach horses, or, as they were termed, machines.
The most promising of these well bred colts were kept as stallions; and
mares of the same type, with their dams, stinted to them produced the
improved carriage horse of fifty years ago.

The next step was putting the half-bred fillies, by thorough-breds out
of Cleveland Bay mares, a second time to thorough-bred stallions ; their
progeny to become the hunters, while themselves and their brothers were
lowered into the carriage horses; and the half-bred stallions which had
been the getters of carriage horses were degraded into the sires of the
new, improved cart horse.

V. How to Buy a Trotting Horse.

In no class of horses should the purchaser be more particular than in
trotting horses, whether they be for the road or the turf. In this case
10

e
140 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

the judgment must be most critical. The mere looks of the horse is not
the most important point. In the first place the animal must be entirely
free from any blemish that could by any possibility be construed into

GOLDSMIiH MAID,

ill
mG

A

unsoundness, in its incipient stage. ‘The animal may not be handsome,
to the uneducated eye, none ever are, when fined down for work. To
illustrate this we give a portrait of Goldsmith Maid, a phenomenon such

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 141

as seldom appears on the turf. In her trained form she is goose rumped
and inclined to be ewe-necked. An ordinary observer seeing her hitched
to a wagon in the field, might pass her unobserved. Not so the critica.
horseman. The mighty framework, great chest, magnificent limbs, the
wonderful length from the stifle to the hock, the museular form, all tell
of wonderful force, put together for business, and without waste.

Let us see what her record is, for this tells the whole story. Fast and
continued exertion at trotting means display of great muscular power.
It is as valuable in a horse in any other direction as in the exhibition
of speed.

Her Grear Trrars.—The fastest time, meaning up to the date given,
all in harness, is as follows:

In Harness, —Fastest one mile, Goldsmith Maid, Mystic Park, Boston, Sept. 2, 1874,
time 2:14.

Fastest 2d heat, Goldsmith Maid, Mystic Park, Boston, Sept. 2, 1874, time 2:14.

Fastest 3d heat, Lula, Buffalo, N. Y., Aug. 10, 1875, and Goldsmith Maid, Buffalo, Aug. 3,
1876, time 2:15.

Fastest 6th heat, Goldsmith Maid, Hartford, Sept. 1, 1876, time 2:19 3-4.

Fastest two consecutive heats, Goldsmith Maid (2d and 3d), Buffalo, Aug. 3, 1876, time
2:16—2:15 1-4—2:15.

Fastest four-heat race, Rochester, Aug. 14, 1875, Goldsmith Maid winning the first heat,
and Lula the next three, time 2:15 1-2—2:16 1-2—2:15 1-2—2:17.

Fastest five-heat race, Cleveland, July 27, 1876, Goldsmith Maid winning the first two,
and Smuggler the succeeding three heats, time 2:15 1-2—2:17 1-4—2:16 1-4—2:19 3-4—2:17 1-2.

Fastest six-heat race, Hartford, Sept. 1, 1876. Smuggler winning the first two, making a
dea:l| heat with Goldsmith Maid for the third, and the Maid winning the next three, time
2:15 1-4—2:17—2:16 3-4—2:17 1-4—2:18—2:19 3-4.

If we compare this with other records of fastest time in various ways
of going, and at all ages, it will be seen that the American trotting horse,
owing as the best of them do, their superior qualities to the thorough
blood in them, are not at all inferior to their racing congeners of the turf.

That many turf-men are ill-bred and tricky is unfortunate. It does not
detract from the real merits of a useful servant to man, and one of the
noblest animals on the face of the earth.

The fastest time of other celebrated horses will be interesting in this
connection, and hence we give the record as follows :

Fastest two miles, Flora Temple, Eclipse Course, L. I., Aug. 16, 1859, time 4:50 1-2.
Fastest three miles, Huntress, Prospect Park, L. I., Sept. 23, 1872, time 7:21 1-2.
Fastest four miles, Trustee, Union Course, L. [., June 13, 1849, time 11:06.

Fastest five miles, Lady Mack, San Francisco, Cal., April 2, 1874, time 13:00.
Fastest ten miles, Steel Grey, Birmingham, Eng., April 13, 1876, time 27:56 1-2.
Fastest twelve miles, ‘Topgallant, Philadelphia, 1830, time, 38:00.

Fastest fifteen miles, Girda, San Francisco, Cal., Aug. 6, 1874, time 47:20.

Fastest twenty miles, Capt. McGowan, Boston, 1856, time 58:25.

Fastest fifty miles, Ariel, Albany, N. Y., 1846, time 3:58-40 1-2.

142 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Fastest one hundred miles, Conqueror, Long Island, Nov. 12, 1853, time-8:55:53.
Fastest Ist heat, Smuggler, Hurttord, Conn., Sept., 1, 1876, time 2:15 14.
Fastest 4th heat. Lula, Rochester, N. Y.. Aug. 14, 1875, time 2:17.

Fastest 5th heat, Smuggler, Cleveland, July 27, 1876, time 2:17 1-2.

MOVEMENT IN TROTTING,

|
Th

Wi)
WM

i i

| WA
}

| Hl | | hil i H,
\\\ ii ill
Mil NAN

) t i
{I pad) eH HH ;
net , ‘
f " pnt \

HAI
ee 8 : |

il

Fastest four consecutive heats, Smuggler (3d, 4th, 5th, 6th), Hartford, Sep. 1, 1876, time
2:16 3-4—2:17 1-4—2:18—2:19 3-4. (At Rochester, Aug. 14, 1874, Gloster trotted a four-heat
race in 2:18—2:17 3-4—2:17—2:19, the first being a dead heat with Red Cloud; the aggregate
time of the four heats being the same in both races; but the former is unquestionably the
better performance.)

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 143

Cont Racers 1In Harness.—Fastest mile by a yearling—Memento—Lexington, Ky., Oct,
10, 1877 (not a record), time 2:56 3-4.

Fastest mile by a two-year-old—So-So—Lexington, Oct. 12, 1877, time 2:31.

Fastest mile by a three-year-old—Elaine—Hartford, Sept. 19, 1877, time 2:28.

Fastest mile by a four-year-old—Keen Jim——Lexington, Oct. 12, 1877, time 2:24 1-2. (Gov-
ernor Sprague trotted a mile, as a four-year-old, at Buffalo, Aug. 10, 1875, between the heats
of arace, in 2:21 1-4, as timed by the official judges of the course; but, as it was not ina
race, the time does not constitute a technical record.)

Fastest mile by a five-year-old—Goy.Sprague—Poughkeepsie, Aug. 22, 1876, time 2:20 1-2.

TroTtTinG TO WaGon.—Fastest one mile, Judge Fullerton, San Francisco, Nov. 1874, time
2:20 1-2.

Fastest two miles, Gen. Butler and Dexter, each a heat, Long Island, 1863, time 4:56 1-4.

Fastest three miles, Kemble Jackson, June, 1853, time 8:03

Fastest four miles, Longfellow, Dec. 31,1869, time 10:34 1-2.

Fastest five miles, Little Muck, Long Island, Oct. 29, 1863, time 13:43 1-2
Fastest twenty miles, John Stewart, Long Island, Sept. 22, 1868, time 59:23.

MiscEeLLANgeous.—Fastest one mile, under saddle, Great Eastern, Fleetwood, N. Y., Sept.
24, 1877, time 2:15 3-4,

Fastest one mile, double team, Smail-Hopes and Lady Mack, Fleetwood, N, Y., Sept. 11,
1877, time 2:23.

Fastest one mile, with running mate, Ethan Allen, Long Island, June 21. 1867, time 2:15.

VI. One Must Know What he Buys For

,

In buying a trotting horse, one must first make up his mind just what
the horse or team is wanted for. If simply for speed, all that is neces-
sary is simply to examine the record made. No fast trotter is ever
bought, except by its record. In the case of an untried colt, there are
other considerations. ‘The colt may grow up very fast, or only of mod-
erate speed. The inquiry then to be made, if the young thing has
brothers or sisters of a trotting age, is to examine their record. If not,
examine the record of the sire and dam of the mother of the colt, and the
record of the produce of the colt’s sire. If they are good, the chances
are in the colt’s favor. If had, the chances are against him,

Again, if the colts are to be used for driving on the road,)style and
handsome action, may or may not be the prime integers. If mere speed
here is the requisite, buy a trotter of the fastest gait your purse will
allow. For road driving the style is regarded—and very properly so—
as of as much or more consequence than mere speed. In this the buyer

should study the different ‘illustrations we give of form, style and
make-up.

} VII. The Light Harness Horse

In many cases, where the roads are superior, and the animal is used in
a vehicle of, the lightest: construction, to carry only one person, size is

144 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

not always necessary. Very many horses of fourteen and a half hands,
are exquisitely handsome and capable of very fast work. One of the
best we ever knew was a St. Lawrence mare fourteen hands high, that

i My
‘is i il

'

Il

"

hi

| \ 4 i

A FINE TROTTER IN LIGHT HaAkN4SS,

very few large horses could get by on a smooth road—the ‘Baby,’’ as
she was called—when driven on a track, always going as a pacer.

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 145

The illustration on opposite page is of an English light harness, two-
wheeled turn-out, a vehicle now occasionally patronized by fast living
young gentlemen. For style of going, the horse is as perfect as he is
handsome in his make-up, but not showing the high knee action consid-
ered stylish with all two-wheeled turn-outs.

‘ASUOH ATaAdvVs wou RAGA GOOD ¥

VIII. Saddle Horses of all Gaits.

Tt has always seemed a pity that farmers’ sons have not taken more
kindly to the saddle than American youths do. It is well enough for

146 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

men of mature age to favor the buggy or light wagon, but every young
man and woman raised in the country should be taught to sit » horse per-
fectly, and to manage him at all gaits. In the South this is the case, but

NUNN

in the North the perfect saddle-seated rider is rarely found. Lately,
thoroughly trained saddle horses are much sought after in our cities, and
certainly there is no place where they may be so perfectly trained as in

A HORSE OF GOOD ACTION.

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 147

the West. Every respectable farmer should have at least one well
trained saddle horse to sell when called for. Twelve months training
will put them in form. For good wear-and-tear, compact, able as a
good leaper, of fine form, and undoubted bottom for any distance, the
illustration, page 145, will give an idea of what such a saddle horse
should be.

IX. The High-bred Hunting Horse.

When a long stride, great leaping powers, and ability to go long
distances at high speed is required, the horse should be not less than
one-half to three-quarters bred. A greater proportion even is favored in
the South, where the passion for hunting is only second to that in
England. ‘The illustration of a horse of extra good action as given on
page 146, will be seen to combine size, indicating capacity for carrying
great weight ; high breeding, as shown in the crest and head ; wonderful
lungs; great length of hip and limbs, and being near perfection as possi-
ble; a high caste horse that will not fail his rider in time of need.

X. Racing Horses.

”

There is one more class of saddle horses worthy of special notice: the
thorough-bred racing horse, the foundation upon which has been built all
that is valuable in every horse where speed, bottom, elegance, and great
bone, sinew and muscle in every respect are required. It is the fact that
on the race course there have been schemes and tricks practiced, probably
there always will be those scandalous in the extreme, but frowned upon
by all breeders of respectability. Among'the more respectable associa-
tions rules of the most stringent character have been drawn, and fairly
lived up to. If dishonest jockeying can be still further eliminated the true
animus of the turf may have a bright future before it in still farther
improving the breed of staunch thorough-breds, capable of carrying
weight, and with bottom to get the rider two, three and four miles at
high speed. These are what are really wanted, and not those that at the
end of a quarter or a half mile are entirely blown and jaded, or as an
Englishman would express it, quite ‘‘ pumped out.”

XI. What the Racer Should Be:
The model racing horse should be from fifteen and a half to sixteen

hands high, full and muscular in his build, with clean, sound limbs, short
backed, round in the barrel, with long hips, deep and oblique shoulders,

148 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

a rangy and not too muscular neck; a head fine, bony and with rather
large muzzle and prominent nostrils, broad in the forehead, with a full,
bright, but mild eye, denoting a high nervous temperament, uniting

A MODEL FORM FOk SPEED IN RUNNING.

ereat courage with docility. The accompanying illustration will give a
correct idea of 2 horse of great speed, high courage and lasting powers

of endurance.

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 149
XII. To Avoid Vices and Defects—How to Detect.

They are legion, and he who at present buys any horse, whether for
speed or work, must be on his guard against them. Among the prin-
cipal disabilities to be guarded against are:

1.— BonE SPAVIN, CURB, RING-BONE AND SPLINTS. —To detect these
look at the horse from before and behind, for spavin and curb at the
hocks; for ring-bone, at the fetlocks ; and for splints, below the knee.
Feel the bones at all these parts for tenderness or enlargement. If they
appear, reject the horse instantly. He will be worthless as a sire, or for
riding or driving.

2.—SruMBLING.—Examine the knees to find if they are scarred, or
show the marks of previous injuries, or that have been operated upon for
eallosities. Then walk him over somewhat rough ground, and at a slow
pace, with an entirely loose rein, to see if he trips or goes weaker on one
leg than on the other. If he is a stumbler, he is the most dangerous
animal a man can own, unless it be a kicker; in fact, more so than
the latter, since kicking may be guarded against, when knowing the vice.

3.—Kickine.—If this is suspected, the animal will lay back his ears
if approached in an apparently careless manner, though horses do this
sometimes from mere playfulness. If they are vicious, they will lay
their ears more completely back, and the eyes will also denote their in-
tention. Examine the stall where it is known they have stood for
marks of their hoofs, and above all, give the animal a chance to show his
propensity when the groom is not near.

4.—PULLING AT THE HALTER OR BRIDLE WHEN TIED.—Tie him up in a
close yard, with a halter he can easily break, leaving him quite alone for
about half an hour, to exhibit his propensity if he will.

5.—Cris-biTtiIng.—If the horse is a confirmed crib-biter, his teeth—
the central incisors—will show wear where he has grasped objects to en-
able him to get leverage to perform the operation. Tie him out to a
stump, or at a post about three feet high, and watch him, no person
being in his sight.

6.—BALKING AND BACKING.—Horses seldom balk under the saddle ;
when they do, they are dangerous in the extreme, often stopping sud-
denly when under motion, or backing into dangerous places. It is dif-
ficult to detect, for they will sometimes go days, weeks and even
months all right, and then suddenly show the vice. As a rule, it is
exhibited by bad tempered, badly trained horses. A warrant from a
respectable owner is the best guarantee. It may sometimes be detected,
if a person strange to the horse mounts and attempts to start him sud-

150 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

denly. In harness it may often be detected by the manner in which the
animal starts and travels.

7.—Tur Rocgur.—The rogue is the horse of vices ; he may take the bit
in his mouth and run away, he will rear, back, kick, strike, bite, and do
twenty other unpleasant tricks, not always from pure vice, but often from
exhuberance of spirits, or from being crossed in some way. They gen-
erally perform well enough after they have found out that their rider is
their master. They are difficult to detect in their viees, except by the
thorough horseman, well versed in every expression and act of the horse.

8.—Bisnorep TrErrH.—So named from the scoundrel who invented
filing an old horse’s teeth to make him look young, even to burning and
blackening the cups formed. A careful study of the chart of the horse’s
teeth, given in this book, will enable any person to detect this, since it is
impossible to cover the shrinking of the gums, by which the teeth show
narrow, and are peculiar in shape.

9.—Werak Eyes.—Whatever the occasion, have nothing to do with a
horse with bad eyes. Bring the animal from a rather dark stable just in-
side the door where the full light may strike the eyes. Examine the lids
and pupils carefully, to see if there is any considerable shrinking ; the
eye should be able to bear the full light. Horses are sometimes near-

sighted, and also far sighted. Nearly all shying horses become so either
Srom defect in vision or from cowardice.
10.—Moon Eyes.

This is a specific ophthalmy, from which one or
both eyes periodically change color, and during the paroxysm it may be-
come entirely blind. During the interval the eyes look natural. It is
better, if the buyer suspects this, to take a warranty against it.

11.—Biriypyess.—This is sometimes difficult to detect by the ordinary
observer by looking at the eyes. In rare cases the eyes may seem natural.
A blind horse, however, may be detected by his mode of progression.
As an example we give an illustration showing the mode of progression
of a totally blind horse.

XIII. Other Faults and Imperfections.

The disabilities noticed in the previous sections are those of positive
unsoundness, or else of determined vice. Some others that should not
be overlooked, are easily discovered by careful examination and test.
These are:

1.—Guass Evz.—This, if not complicated with specific disease, does
not interfere with sight in any respect. It is a serious defect, simply so
far as looks are concerned. Usually only one eye has this peculiar white

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 151

glassy appearance, the pupil perfect, and the iris quite natural. It should
affect the price of the animal, only as detracting from elegance.

WMT
WAU
.

THE MODE IN WHICH A HORSE PROGRESSES WHEN BLIND.

2. Whuitrr Sror.—Sometimes a small white spot will appear on the
eye of a young horse, generally after three years of age, and usually
near the outer corner. It has a peculiar cloudy appearance, sometimes
increasing to the size of a hemp seed, and occasionally larger. The du-
ration is variable, sometimes lasting for years, and again disappearing in
a short time. It really impairs the vision but little, if any. Unless its
history is known a veterinary surgeon should decide whether it is incipient
cataract or not. Some veterinarians have termed it spurious cataract, but
this is entirely a misnomer. The name white spot describes it perfectly.

3. Roartne.—This is the result of obstruction in some part of the
larynx or trachea, impeding the breath, and causing a peculiar roaring
sound when the animal is in motion. It is rarely found in the United
States, being chiefly confined to draft horses. It is often the result of
chronic cough. In England it is quite common, and when present in a
horse of fast work, will render him worthless for the road. It may be
discovered by urging the horse to a fast gait.

4, OpsxiiquE Tar, or Wry Tart.—This is caused by contraction of
the muscles of the tail on one side. It may sometimes be improved by
a surgical operation, and should be considered a serious defect in any
horse, and especially so in a driving horse.

152 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

5. Turnine tHe Tor or tHe Hoor out or in Unpuny, SAND Cracks,
Quarter Cracks, Dish Hoors, Over-REACHING, INTERFERING, etc., are
all to be looked for before finally buying a horse. They are all disabili-
ties that should not be present where the purchaser pays full price for
the animal. They are, however, all so apparent that the purchaser is to
blame if he fails to see them. ;

6. Wor Trern.—These rudimentary teeth, which are found in some’

horses but not in mares, and which have been supposed by ignorant
persons to produce blindness, and other diseases, are entirely harmless,
except for the abrasion they sometimes occasion to the tongue and cheeks.
If they do so they are easily taken out by any sensible blacksmith. In
fact it is quite well to extract them, not that they will produce serious
disease, but simply because they are not of any value, are useless to the
animal, and may occasion slight inconvenience.

7. Snyine.—This is one of the most dangerous habits a horse can
have, whether it be occasioned by cowardice —seldom the case ; injudi-
cious punishment—more common ; or from defective eyesight, or from
all these combined. If you are so unfortunate as to have a shying horse
endeavor to break him of the vice by allowing him to examine objects of

which he is afraid, by speaking soothingly to him, but never by whipping
or spurring him. When he shows a disposition to shy turn his head to
rather than from the object. Stop him; let him approach the object and
touch it with his nose, for soon he will approach it himself. If simply
caused by nervousness, he may thus be cured. If caused by being short
sighted there is no means of relief. Before you buy a horse be certain
that he has not this infirmity, as dangerous a one as it is disagreeable.
Such an animal is only fit to be driven by the side of another horse who
will keep him to his work, and upon which he at length will come to
depend, or of being driven as a wheeler in a team of four horses.

EEE

CHAPTER XI.

HOW TO BUY, CONTINUED.

I. BUYING CHEAP HORSES.——II. COLOR, IN RELATION TO VALUE, —— III. ACTION. —— IV.
FAST-WALKING HORSES. —— V. WHAT A HORSE SHOULD BE, —— VI, WHAT CONSTITUTES
UNSOUNDNESS.—— VII. ILLUSTRATION OF FORM AND SYMMETRY.——VIII. THE BODY AND
LIMBS.——IX. THE BODY AS STANDING FACING YOU.——X. FRONT VIEW OF FORE-QUAR-
TERS, SHOWING DIFFERENT BAD CONFORMATIONS, —— XI. THE HIND-QUARTERS.——XIL,
THE VIEW FROM BEHIND.——XII. WHAT NOT TO BUY.——XIV. BUYING FOR BLOOD, -—
XV. SUMMING UP.

a

I. Buying Cheap Horses.

In the preceding chapter on this important subject we have endeavored
to show some of the principal points to be considered in buying a horse,
especially those relating to the use for which they are intended. There
is one rule that will always apply in buying any horse. Never buy him
because he is offered at a price evidently far below his worth, that is,
except it be from a friend that you can trust, who does not want the
horse himself, and wishes to do you a favor. These cases will be found
very rare. In every other case rest assured the horse has some danger-
ous vice, or is permanently unsound. In this country never buy a horse
at any price which has any appearance of broken knees by falling.
Hunting horses are too rare here for one to have gotten the hurt in the
field, and, accidentally, by being put at a barrier beyond his power.

Reject a horse with any weakness in his eyesight, unless you have use
for a blind horse, then buy him at a blind horse’s price. A one-eyed
horse may do useful, but not elegant work. Never buy a lame horse at
any price, until you are assured that the disability is not permanent.

Foot lameness, except it may be from a slight corn, and consequently

154 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

curable, should be an insuperable bar to purchase. You can never patch
up a bad foot. Therefore be sure you always try the intended purchase
on a hard road. Many game horses, dead lame on hard roads, will get
along without much flinching on soft roads, or the turf. If you are
certain as to the cause of the lameness and know you can cure it, the
purchase, as a speculation, may do; but never rely on the assurance of
the horse dealer. It is his business to sell.

Never buy a narrow chested horse for hard service. It shows weak
lungs and those liable to inflammation. If for saddle, avoid a very broad
chested horse, though as trotters they are sometimes fast. The best and
most perfect chest is a medium between the narrow and broad chest.

A tucked up washy looking horse should be avoided. They may indeed
do for light work or short drives, but are totally unfit for real work.

In buying avoid all defects in the wind; be sure the disability has not
been temporarily covered up, by special means known to horse dealers.
A whistler or roarer may show no indication of his infirmity at a slow
pace, or up to a certain speed. Beyond that it is apparent. Broken
wind is an incurable infirmity and probably as distressing to the horse as
the asthma is to man. A horse may make more or less noise and yet not
have broken wind. Any indication of this, however, is to be looked on
with suspicion.

In buying a horse his points of excellence and infirmity are better
shown if only in fair working condition than when very fat. A horse
very fat is pretty nearly a useless creature until his condition has been
brought down to that of bone, sinew and muscle, with just sufficient fat
to lubricate, so to speak, the working parts. Yet a horse for slow draft
may be serviceable and carry far more flesh and fat than one used for
fast work. Many superior horses have been ruined by hard driving when
fat, or soft.

II. Color in Relation to Value.

It is a saying as trite as it is old that any color is good in a good horse.
Yet a horse, however good otherwise, should be invariably rejected if his
color is bad. For instance, it would essentially mark both an ignorant
and vulgar person who would select a piebald, spotted, or otherwise
extraordinary color for a carriage horse. It would savor of the cireus
or show ring.

As saddle horses for gentlemen, self-colors are the best, and those dis-
tinct. A star in the forehead and two white feet behind give character.
A snip in the face, if large, is objectionable. Four white stockings more
so. Bay, brown and dark chestnut are the preferable colors. If the

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 155

horse is exceptionably stylish, black and dapple gray are good colors.
Gray horses are often bad tempered, and black horses are not as a rule,
docile. For ladies’ use a dark cream color with white mane and tail, or
that rare combination, a dark chestnut with darker tail and mane are ele-
gant if of good form. So a strawberry roan, if unexceptionable in style
and form, is elegant.

For single or double light driving, all distinet colors are good. Uneven
or curiously marked horses are allowable in a fancy team—as a mismatch
in distinet colors—as it is called. The colors should be distinet and in
strong contrast, or else harmonious. A chestnut and a dark bay would
be harmonious, and yet distinct colors. So would be a chestnut and a
brown: a cream with white mane and tail, and a chestnut with dark mane
and tail would show a marked contrast, and yet be elegant ; so would be
cream-colored horses so marked. A pure white and a jet black would be
the most marked contrast possible, and not for a moment admissible,
except both were faultless in form and style of going. Here in fact. is
where the fine art lies in teams of two distinct colors: Whatever the
mismatch in color, the team should be as near alike in form and car-
riage as possible.

a

II. Action.

There are really but two styles of action: low, smooth, safe action, and
high-stepping, showy action. The latter of little account except for
parade and showing off on the road in connection with fine style. A
high-stepping dolt is as unsafe as he is ungainly. The action that is
slow and safe, and fast and safe, if combined in an animal is invaluable.

A horse with really good action moves all his limbs evenly, and brings
his hind legs well under him at every movement. Some horses with
round action in front—paddlers they are called—are often staunch and
sure-footed, but this is in spite of this action, not in consequence of it.
Horses that straddle behind are often exceedingly fast trotters. Yet
neither of these movements are what would be sought, either in a fine
saddle horse or in a good harness horse.

IV. Fast-walking Horses.

We have before stated that a perfect and fast walking gait was not
only indispensable to every horse, but the most valuable gait a horse
could have for every day use. Yet we seldom see a horse that will walk
four and a half or five miles an hour, even when urged and in regular 1—
2-3-4 time, nodding his head harmoniously in cadence. If a purchaser
gets such a horse, or one that will do four miles under the saddle with-

1]

156 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

out stumbling, shuflling, dropping the step or breaking, be sure you haye
a good one at speed, if he has speed, for many great walkers are so
broad chested that they cannot trot fast, and in galloping they will roll.

uo)

|

i

MOVEMENT IN WALKING,

Yet occasionally a horse will be found good at all gaits. When so, it is
the result of exceptionably good form and careful training. He who can
so train a horse may, if he finds the proper purchaser, get a long price
for his trouble and skill.

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 157
V. What a Horse Should Be.

We have been very minute in stating the points of perfection in a
horse, and have been particular in urging that the lungs, limbs and feet
should be super-excellent. In addition, and as from one of the best
authorities, we quote from the late H. W. Herbert, upon the physical
structure of the horse, before illustrating physical perfection and perfect
conformation. Mr. Herbert says:

“The points of the physical structure of a horse on which the most,
indeed the whole of his utility depends, are his legs. Without his loco-
motors all the rest, however beautiful it may be, is nothing worth.
Therefore, to these we look first. The fore-shoulder should be long,
obliquely set, with a considerable slope, high in the withers and thin
above. The upper arm should be very long and muscular, the knee
broad, flat and bony, the shank, or cannon bone, as short as may be, flat,
not round, with clean, firm sinews; the pastern joints moderately long
and oblique, but not too much so, as the excess produces springiness and
weakness ; the hoofs firm, erect or deep, as opposed to flat, and the feet
generally large and round. In the hind-legs the quarters should be
large, powerful, broad when looked at in profile, and square and solid
from behind. The hams should be sickle-shaped, not straight, and well
let down, so as to bring the hocks well toward the ground. The hocks
should be large and bony, straight, not angular and convexly curved in
their posterior outlines ; the shanks, corresponding to the cannon bones,
short and flat, and the hind feet similar in form to the front. The back
should be short above, from the point of the withers and shoulder-blade,
which ought to run well back to the croup. The barrel should be round,
and for a horse in which strength and quickness are looked to more than
great speed and stride, closely ribbed up. A horse can scarcely be too
deep from the tip of his shoulder to the intersection of his fore-leg—
which is called the heart-place—or too wide in the chest, as room in
these parts gives free play to the most important vitals. The form of the
neck and setting on of the head are essential not only to the beauty of
the animal, but to the facility and pleasure of riding or driving him;
hence, with an ill-shaped, short, stubborn neck, or ill set on head, the
animal cannot by any possibility be a pleasant-mouthed horse, or an easy
one to manage. The neck should be moderately long, convexly arched
above from the shoulders to the crest, thin where it joins the head, and
so set on that when yielding to the bit it forms a semi-circle, like a bended
bow, and brings the chin downward and inward until it nearly touches
the chest. Horses so made are always manageable to the hand. The
converse of this neck, which is concave above and stuck out at the

158 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

windpipe like a cock’s wattle, is the worst possible form; and horses so
made almost invariably throw up their heads at a pull, and tiie most excep-
tionable of brutes, regular star-gazers. The head should be rather small,
bony, not beefy, in the jowl; broad between the eyes, and rather concave,
or what is called basin-faced, than Roman-nosed, between the eyes and
nostrils. The ears should be fine, small and pointed; the eyes large,
clear and prominent, and the nostrils wide and well opened. A horse so
framed cannot fail, if free from physical defects, constitutional disease
and vice, to be a good one for any purpose—degree of strength, light-
ness and speed being weighed in accordance with the purpose for which
he is desired.”’

VI. What Constitutes Unsoundness.

1.—Spavin, whether it be bog spavin, blood spavin or bone spavin,
when sufficiently developed to be known.

2.—Ossification of any of the structures adjacent to any of the joints
and also without doubt ossification of the lateral cartilages.

3.—Corns are considered as constituting unsoundness, but they must
be discovered within a short time, say a few days of the purchase.

4.—Curbs constitute unsoundness, but they must be shown to exist
at the time of the sale.

5.—Founder or Laminitis, is unsoundness whether it produces lame-
ness or not, for if it has existed the lamin will have been injured and
the horse will be lame when worked.

6.—Pumiced Foot is unsoundness as evidence of laminitis.

7.—Quittor may render the horse permanently unsound.

8.—Ring-bones and side-bones constitute unsoundness.

9.—A Nerved Horse is unsound as showing the existence of disease
for which the operation was performed, and also from the division of

the nerves. :

10.—String-Halt is unsoundness.

11.—Thrush is so when severe.

12.—Breaking down, even though the horse has recovered so as not
to go lame.

13.— Thickening of the Back Sinews, or suspensory ligament, if known
to exist, is unsoundness.

14.—Broken Wind, Thick Wind, Whistling and Roaring are all con-
sidered as constituting unsoundness, as forming impediments in breath-
ing, injuring the animal for drawing or other active service.

15.—Farcy and Glanders.

16.—Grease and Mange.

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 159

17.—Cough, if it lasts. A horse with a chronic cough is clearly
unsound.

18.— Megriems, if it can be shown that the horse has had an attack
before the sale.

19.—Ophthalmia, if it occurs soon after the purchase. The evidence
of a veterinary surgeon may be necessary to show the previous presence
of the disease.

20.—Cataract, however slight, constitutes a horse unsouna.

21.—Broken knees, when the joint is injured.

There are also vices for which « horse may be returned. These are:

1.— Biting, when clearly vicious.

2.—Bolting, or running away.

3.—Crib-biting.

4.—Wicking, when shown to be vicious.

5.—Balking.

6.—Rearing.

7.—Shying, when habitual.

8.— Weaving in the stable; that is, the horse throwing his head and
body from side to side with a peculiar motion.

a

Definition of Unsoundness and Vice.

Unsoundness may be considered to be the existence of disease or alter-
ation of structure sufficient to impair the natural usefulness of the horse.
Vice may be defined as the preyalence of a habit which interferes with
the natural usefulness of the horse. In unsoundness or vice, however,
either must be marked, as for instance the following diseases or accidents
would not constitute unsoundness :

I—Slight bog spavin; 2—broken knee, when the joint is not injured ;
3—capped hocks, or elbows; 4—contractions of the foot, unless the re-
sult of disease, laming the horse ; 5—curby hocks; 6—splints; 7—thor-
ough pin, and S—thrush, are not unsoundness in their incipient stage, or
ina mild way. But the buyer should refuse all such except, perhaps, in
the case of thrush. 9—Cutting is not unsoundness, except the horse
be lame at the time of sale, neither 70—soreness of the joints from labor,
or 11, windgalls.

They are found often upon colts, but if the animal be lame reject him.
When a horse is bought on warrantee, it must be written and concisely
so. Do not allow verbiage to cause litigation. The following form will
cover the whole ground :

Received........ (insert place and date) of Mr......... (insert name)......... DOUBTS; csses-ssee

160 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

for......(describe horse or mare, and pedigree of same, if any).........warranted.........years
old.........(state age)...... ...sound, free from vice, and quiet to ride or drive.

When filled out this might read us follows :

Received, St. Louis, Mo., March 1st, 1880, of Mr. John Doe, five hundred dollars for a
bay mare by Lancer, dam Lady, warranted five years old and under six years, sound, free
From vice, and quiet to ride or drive. RICHARD Rokr,

This with such careful examination as ye have advised ought to insure
any buyer against danger in case the seller is solvent.

VII. Illustrations of Form and Symmetry.

The head of the horse is the seat of intelligence, and to the conforma-
tion of the head we must look not only for intelligence but docility and
courage, or the opposite character, as we must look to the teeth for indi-
vations of his age, to the nostrils as indicating his capacity for breathing,
to the muzzle and jaw for indications of capacity and feeding, and to the
eye and ear as showing fire, courage, and good temper.

Speed and bottom, which means the bone and muscle of good breeding
whatever the family of the horse may he, is the sine gua non desired in a
horse. His mission is labor, work of some kind, whether it be carrying
aman on his back, or trotting to a wagon, or hauling a load through the
mud. The head of the horse is, therefore, one of the first things to be
looked at. The extract we have given a few pages back, from one of
the most eminent writers of this country on the horse, will convey an idea
of what a riding or driving horse should be. The nearer the horse for
general utility, comes to the illustrations we give, the better he will be.
The horse for heavy draft while being coarser, more stocky and heavier
in his frame should conform to the general characteristics except that he
should be more upright as to his shoulders, and not so flexible as to his
limbs ; then the better will he be. In fact one of the best draft horses
we ever owned was a three parts bred Monmouth Eclipse, seventeen hands
high, weighing 1250 Ibs., pretty well up on legs, and those of exceeding
flexibility. But when he got down to work he appeared to go close to
the ground. This getting down to work—this getting close to the ground
with the body, so every bone and sinew may exert the greatest possible
leverage, is one of the fine arts of training. It really brings the oblique
shoulder of the blood horse straight in the collar a possibility few horses
have the knack of attaining naturally.

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 161

Explanation — The illustrations we give on page 162 show a side
and front view of heads of blooded horses, that may be taken as a type of
what should constitute as near perfection as may be. Those on page 163,
side and front views of heads are bad. By comparing them with the text
the reader may form a good idea of characteristics. Observe inthe side
view, page 162, a fine head, tapering to muzzle, the chin, the prominent
and yet bright, clear and soft eye, with a rather prominent brow ; the
shape and setting on of the ears; the strength of jaw, and at the same
time its fineness; how the head is set on to the neck, and the fine, clean,
muscular neck as well. In the front view observe especially the width
between the eyes, the eyes being in fact apparently at the side of the
head, and yet looking straight forward. Observe the cheek bones,
widening and strengthening the lower part of the head; the temporal
bones at the side of the eye; and the occipital bone at the top of the
head between the ears. Especially observe the nostrils and lips as to
flexibility and size. Turn back the folds at the end of the nostril, and it
will be found you can look clear into the passage, showing « moist and
healthy surface, or the reverse.

Let us now examine the side and front views of head on page 163,
The side view at the top shows a head somewhat heavy in character, the
nose and lower jaw thick to excess. Observe the peculiar formation of
the nose. It is not the dish face of the first illustration, giving temper,
accompanied with intelligent obedience. The eyebrows are prominent,
the head broad, but the expression indicates not only fire but malice.
The muzzle is that of a cruel horse, the intelligence that of self-will.
The ears, although of good shape and breeding, are thrown back, and
the head is set on at too great an angle with the neck.

The figure to the left shows the front view of a badly formed head. It
will be noticed that it is of nearly the same width throughout. The eyes
are placed very different from those of the front view of good head on
page 162; too close together, and tco much in front. The expression
of the eye shows a stubborn disposition; the ears are good enough, but
not held in that position of intelligent action as shown in the lower figure
on page 162. They are pointed too close together.

The figure of the front part of a head to the right, on page 163,
shows a head not badly formed, but the general expression of the face
shows doltishness, and the drooping ears, and the expression of the eyes
show not only a cruel but a stupid disposition.

The lower side view of head and neck on same page shows a head indi-
cating a horse that will not only be wild sometimes, but sulky; a self
willed, obstinate brute, deficient in intelligence. The profile is curved,
giving a Roman nose; the eyebrows are raised, giving the eye a wild

162 *LLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

ra

a
La

S
— Zs —
=
Sa

SIDE AND FRONT VIEW OF HEADS—GOOD (See Explanation).

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 163

SIDE AND FRONT VIEW OF HEADS—BAD. (See Explanation).

L64 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

expression, and with the firm jaw, a stubborn character. Following the
subject still farther, we may find all the gradations of character, including
the exhibition of neryous timidity, fear, idiocy, and even insanity ; for
that there are horses subject to aberration, from mere hallucination to
actual insanity, there is no doubt. The latter the most dangerous trait
in a horse, since neither caresses nor punishment can cure.

SIDE VIEW OF FORE-QUARTERS, SHOWING A GOOD SHOULDER. (See Explanation.)
VIII. The Body and Limbs.

Explanation — Following up the subject on pages 161, 162, and
163, we present side views, showing good and bad fore-quarters. The

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 165

first illustration shows as near perfection as may be in the shoulder for
staunch qualities, good action and a fast walk. The neck muscular, but
without superfluous flesh, but with plenty of substance where it joins the
shoulder ; the shoulder oblique and deep; the shoulder-blade high, help-
ing to give stability to the withers; the breast prominent, but tapering
down to where the legs come out of the body; the arm long, muscular,
and yet tapering; the joints large, but yet firm and compact; the fet-
locks of fair length and yet flexible ; and the hoofs of good size, round,
of good depth, tough and sound. An animal possessing the conformation
as shown, will indicate a horse good for any purpose where speed and
long continued powers of endurance are required. While the illus-
trations we give are perfect of their kind, and more valuable than any
written description alone can be, yet the living animal must be studied,
not only at rest, but in motion. The harness horse, however, need not
have so oblique a shoulder as we have shown. In fact, few horses, even
of the best class, do.

So the trotting gait, combining speed with high action and grand style
might be considered vile in a saddle horse. In fact, the saddle horse
should have a springy yet smooth motion, and except for show on the
road, this will be found to be best for fast and easy work in harness. In
practice much of this is often sacrificed, in pleasure horses, for the sake
of mere style. The breeding of such horses is a fine art, often a costly
one; yet those which fail in the style and action necessary to command
the highest price as road and saddle horses, will be found to amply repay
the breeding for the general purposes of the farm and for the road.

Explanation—On page 166 are illustrations showing, the upper one,
to the left, a straight shoulder, a heavy chest, and legs placed too far
under. The arm seems longer than it is because it lacks muscularity ;
the shanks, while not positively weak, do not show due strength near the
knee and pasterns, and are not as strong as they should be.

The upper figure, to the right, shows a shoulder as bad as the prece-
ding one, and also weak legs and pasterns, the length from hoof to joint
above being too great.

The left hand figure nt bottom of same page, shows a shoulder fairly
well placed, but with the legs set too much under, and the pasterns too
straight. Such a conformation will give the horse the appearance of
standing on the toes.

The lower figure to the right, shows what old age, hard work, abuse,
or all combined, may bring any animal to, that originally may have been
not only well bred, but of fair quality throughout. Watch for such
limbs in buying, and avoid them.

ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

SIDE VIEW OF FORE-QUARTERS, SHOWING

BAD CONFORMATION, (See Explanation).

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY.

i)

ahi

es UN

FRONT VIEW, SHOWING BREAST AND LIMBS—GOOD.

(See Explanation),

16

ry

168 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

IX. The Body as Standing Facing You.

The body of the horse viewed in front should present an oval shape,
squared off from the arm or elbow joint in front to the point of the
shoulder as on page 167. The perfect contour of breast, and especially the
magnificent muscularity of the arm is near perfection. The neck rising
grandly from the chest shows the perfect proportion of the parts each to
the other; the knee and fetlock joints are strong and compact, gradually
rounded to meet the shank or leg and bones of the pastern joint. The
hoofs are staunch, tough, strong, with nothing about them to denote a
flat foot, yet they will be found rather open behind, showing a perfect
hoof.

Let us now examine the blood horse of the present day as quoted
from Herbert, and also that of the ancient Greeks as written upon by
Xenophon. It will show that in those days the breeding of horses was a
fine art, as was also equestrianism as exhibited in the exquisite sculptures
that have come down tous. Yet the quotation we iuake will show that the
horse of the Greeks, useful and admirable as he was, was what the English
would call a cab or Galloway, with a dash of thorough blood, and what
we would eall pony built with a dash of thorough blood—something in
fact like a chunky Morgan horse. The quotation nevertheless will make
a good study for the young horseman, and is as follows :

‘©We will write how one may be the least deceived in the purchase
of horses. It is evident then that of the unbroken colt one must judge
by the construction, since, if he have never been backed he will afford no
very clear evidences of his spirit. Of his body then, we say it is
necessary first to examine the feet, for as in a house it matters not how
fine may be the superstructure if there be not sufficient foundations, so
in a war horse there is no utility, no, not if he have all other points perfect
but be badly footed. But in examining the feet, it is befitting first to
look to the horny portion of the hoofs, for those horses which have the
horn thick are far superior in their feet to those which have it thin. Nor
will it be well if one fail next to observe whether the hoofs be upright,
both before and behind, or low and flat to the ground; for high hoofs
keep the frog at a distance from the earth, while the flat tread with equal
pressure on the soft and hard parts of the foot, as is the case with bandy-
legged men. And Simon justly observes that well footed horses can be
known by their tramp, for the hollow hoof rings like a cymbal when it
strikes the solid earth. But having begun from below, let us ascend to
the other parts of the body. It is needful, then, that the parts above
the hoofs and below the fetlocks (pasterns ) be not too erect, like those of
the goat; for legs of this kind being stiff and inflexible, are apt to jar
the rider, and are more liable to inflammation. The bones must not,

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 169

however, be too low and springy, for in that case the fetlocks are liable
to be abraded and wounded if the horse be galloped over clods or stones.
The bones of the shank (cannon bones) should be thick, for these are
the columns which support the body ; but they should not have the veins
and flesh thick likewise. For if they have when the horse shall be
galloped over difficult ground they will necessarily be filled with blood,
and will become varicose, so that the shanks will be thickened, and the
skin be distended and relaxed from the bone; and, when this is the case
it often follows that the back simew gives way and renders the horse
lame. But if the horse when in action bends his knees flexibly at a walk
you may judge that he will have his legs flexible when in full career ; for
all horses as they increase in years increase in the flexibility of the knee.
And flexible goers are esteemed highly, and with justice, for such horses
are much less liable to blunder or stumble than those which have rigid,
unbending joints. But if the arms, below the shoulder-blades, be thick
and muscular they appear stronger and handsomer, as is the case also
with a man. The breast also should be broad, as well for beauty as
strength, and because it causes a handsomer action of the fore-legs,
which do not then interfere but are carried well apart.

“Aoain, the neck ought not to be set on like that of a boar, horizontally
from the chest ; but, like that of a game cock, should be upright toward
the chest, and slack toward the flexure ; and the head being long should
have a small and narrow jaw bone, so that the neck shall be in front of
the rider, and that the eye shall look down at what is before the feet. A
horse thus made will be the least likely to run violently away, even if he
be very high spirited, for horses do not attempt to run away by bringing
in but by throwing out their heads and necks. It is also very necessary
to observe whether the mouth be fine and hard on both sides, or on one
or the other. For horses which have not both jaws equally sensitive, are
likely to be too hard mouthed on one side or the other. And it is better
that a horse should have prominent than hollow eyes, for such an one
will see to a greater distance. And widely opened nostrils are far better
for respiration than narrow, and they give the horse a fiercer aspect ; for
when one stallion is enraged against another, or if he become angry while
being ridden, he expands his nostrils to their full width. And the loftier
the crest, and the smaller the ears the more horse-like and handsome is
the head rendered ; while lofty withers give the rider a surer seat, and
produce a firmer adhesion between the body and shoulders.

‘A double loin is also softer to sit upon and pleasanter to look upon
than if it be single; and a deep side, rounded toward the belly, renders
the horse easier to sit, and stronger and more easy to keep in condition ;
and the shorter and broader the loin, the more easily will the horse raise

L170 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

his fore-quarters and collect his hind-quarters under him in going. These
points, moreover, cause the belly to appear the smaller; which if it be
large at once injures the appearance of the animal and renders him
weaker and less manageable. The quarters should be broad and fleshy in
order to correspond with the sides and chest, and, should they be entirely
firm and solid they would be the lighter in the gallop, and the horse would
be the speedier. But if he should have his buttocks separated under the
tail by a broad line, with a wider space between them, and so doing he
will have a prouder and stronger gait and action, and will in all respects
be the better on them. A proof of which is to be had in men, who,
when they desire to raise any thing from the ground attempt it by
straddling their legs not by bringing them close together.’’

X. Front View of Fore-quarters, Showing Different Bad Conformations.

Explanation.—On page 171 the upper left hand figure shows the legs
fair to the knee, but from thence down, bad, and with toes turned very
much out.

The next figure on the left, is very bad, the knees turned out and the
toes turned in; a dangerous horse, and unfit for driving or riding.

The lower figure to the left is as unsightly as possible ; the legs spready,
weak, straddling, and with the toes turned out. Such a horse may be
tolerably sure-footed, if carefully managed, and not hard-driven, but one
never to be depended upon.

The next figure at right of bottom, is bad all over, weak-limbed, knock-
kneed and splay-footed. A horse never to be depended upon and un-
serviceable in the extreme.

Between these there are many gradations, which those who study these
pages may profit by examining and comparing with the front view of a
perfect shape given on page 167, and which earried fully in mind will
go a great way in enabling one to form a pretty accurate opinion in buy-
ing a horse.

XI. The Hind-quarters.

It has been said that the fore-quarters of a horse are simply to hold him
up, while the hind-quarters propel the machine. This in a sense is true,
but a horse, however good his hind-quarters be, must not only have the
fore limbs good enough to hold him up, but to keep him out of the way
of the hind feet, and at the same time assist in propelling the body. In
fact, the whole animal should be composed of parts working harmoni-
ously together, each assisting the other while doing its own work;

HE HORSE, HOW TO BUY.

~~ = ew

- a

FRONT VIEW OF FORE-QUARTERS,
12

SHOWING DIFFERENT BAD CONFORMATIONS,

172 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

nevertheless the hind-quarters are the propelling power, especially when

under the gallop. For then the motion is communicated by a succession

of leaps, acting more in the nature of a balance than in walking or in

Lis,
GL.

Y,

ZZ

iH) ! 1)
\\,
y

SS
SEE

SWS

GOOD HIND-QUARTERS. (See Explanation.)

trotting. In order that the hind-quarters may do their work effectively,

there must be a strong loin, ample and muscular quarters, great length

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 173

of hip, strong, dense bones, sinews like whip-cord, strong joints and flat
and wide legs.

In order to determine this the purchaser should observe first, looking
at him from the side, whether he stands resting perpendicularly on every
leg alike. The legs should not be st addled outside of their true position,
neither should they be gathered together, or in horse-men’s phrase, as
though he were trying to stand ina half bushel. He should stand straight,
square, and distinctly on every leg. If he stands with the hind legs be-
hind their true position, induce him to move his fore legs forward, to
find if such a position gives him ease. Examine him as before stated for
splints, damaged back sinews, ring-bones or side-bones in the fore limbs ;
and in the hinder ones for bone blood or bog spavins, curbs or thorough
pin, as previously deseribed. If he stands as in the figure given on page
172, and if he is free from blemish, one may goa long way to find
a better.

Examine especially whether the pasterns, outline of the hock joints,
are nearly perpendicular or angular, or whether they present a convex
curvilinear protuberance just above the union of the shank bone. If not
there will be little danger of curb, or a tendency to throw them out. If
the hécks are drawn in the horse will appear cow -hocked, a malformation
as serious as it is ungainly, for thus the animal will be weak. If the
hind-legs are wide apart and the horse straddles in going forward, while
it may not weaken his stride it is not elegant. However true it be that
some fast and strong trotters straddle—as going wide is termed—this
should be avoided. The illustration on page 172 will show accurately
good hind-quarters, as those on page 174 will show bad ones.

On page 174 the figure at the upper left side would be called fine and
in every way good to the inexperienced buyer. The buttocks are round
but lack character, and the legs are too straight and far behind.

The figure to the right is bad in every respeet—goose-rumped, cat-
hammed, with the legs thrown far back to equalize the strain; the ankles
also weak.

The figure to the lower left on same page shows a fair quarter, but the
legs are thrown too far forward, and the animal stands too straight on the
pasterns.

The figure to the right is really not badly formed as to the quarter, but
the position is cramped and bent, and the limbs badly placed.

XII. The View from Behind.

The view of the horse as seen from behind should show good square
quarters, full and perfectly shaped gracilis, as those muscles are called

ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

SIDE VIEW OF HIND QUARTERS—BAD.

(See Explanation) .

ee

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 175

which give the peculiar swelling shape to the inside of thigh. These should
be egg-shaped, or rather should swell from nearly a point below and then
gradually decrease in size till lost to view near the rump bone.

BACK VIEW OF HIND QUARTERS—GOOD. (See Explanation).

The outside muscle of the tibia, or great bone of the leg above the
knee, cannot well be too large. The tendons connecting with the hocks

176

ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

BACK VIEW OF HIND-QUARTERS—BAD. (See Explanation).

OOOO Le

ae

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 177

should be strong and well presented to view. The hocks large, firm,
strong and well knit, but smooth and free from blemish, as should be the
fetlock joints. If the horse is flat-footed he has a weak hoof, which
should never go with a strong muscular horse.

When the animal moves forward, observe that the feet are lifted
squarely, carried straight forward, without turning or straddling. If so,
and the conformation is as presented in the rear view of the horse on page
175, then if you have attended minutely to the other directions, and the
movement is satisfactory, you need not fear to buy the horse. He will
not fail you in time of need.

As showing defects, in various gradations and malformation in the
hind-quarters, we refer the reader to the figures on page 176, a study of
which will enable the observer to steer clear of splay-footed, pigeon-toed,
bow-legged or cow-hocked brutes.

XIII. What Not to Buy.

Never buy a horse unbroken or half broken, unless you are thoroughly
competent to train him, or else have some one to do so on whom you
can depend. Never buy a horse overloaded with fat, expecting him to
remain so under work. ‘The first thing to be done with such a horse is
to get him rid of the superfluous fat and water. This takes time and
takes money. Besides you never can know the real defects of a horse
| ‘very fat.’’ An ox or a hog perfectly fattened, is pleasing to the eye.
They are intended for succulent joints and steaks, or for hams, bacon,
or pickled pork. A fat horse, except before the close coach of some
wealthy and aged spinster or widow, is woefully out of place.

Never buy a horse because he is big, unless you want him for slow and
heavy draft. Light horses are for light driving. A horse weighing
eleven hundred is heavy enough for ordinary driving, and generally bet-
ter than a heavier one. A pair of horses weighing twenty-four hundred
pounds is good enough for any ordinary work that comes, and heavy
enough for any city teaming, except when wanted as show horses before
some brewer’s wagon, or as horses of slow draft on heavy trucks.

Don’t buy a cheap horse, expecting perfection. The two never yet
went together. Perfect horses are not so plenty. Indeed they are so
scarce as to be entirely beyond the means of any except the very wealthy.
They are seldom seen even among this class. In fact perfection lies only
in degree. A horse may be measurably perfect for our purpose, and yet
quite defective for others. Therefore buy a horse for what you want,
and expect to pay the honest price for what you get. Again, unless you

178 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

are a judge, buy of some dealer who has a reputation to lose, and the
means to back up any guarantee he may make.

XIV. Buying for Blood.

In buying for fast work, buy blood every time, whether the work de-
sired is to be trotting to the wagon or carrying the owner under the
saddle.

In buying blood, as a breeder, whether stallion or mare, never fool
away any money on a half or three-quarters bred sire, expecting to get
high caste horses. With a staunch thorough-bred of trotting action, you
may successfully breed good trotters and workers on mares of cold blood,
if they be of good size and form and are roomy. But for racing do not
expect a cold-blooded mare to bring a very fast one, however good the
size, except it may be by chance, and a rare chance at that.

In breeding for any purpose select the best of the class. Staunch
thorough-breds for fast work ; handsome thorough-breds for show horses.

For draft select from families that have been bred for generations for
this work. Above all do not buy horses and mares that happen to strike
your fancy, expecting to start a new breed. Life would be all too short.
It would be far more sensible to begin where the last man left off.

XV. Summing Up.

From the foregoing the reader may arrive at pretty correct ideas as to
what a horse really should be if he carefully study and make himself
familiar with horses by examining the living subjects, and comparing
with what we have written and illustrated. As a rule neither the farmer
nor the breeder is thoroughly grounded in what constitutes excellence
in the horse, and especially are they deficient as to what constitutes
soundness and unsoundness. In the same manner are they ignorant as
to what will naturally give speed and endurance in an animal. It is true
there are exceptions, but they are comparatively rare. Yet, supposing
they know all about it they will often pronounce a horse sound, or
well broken to saddle and harness when he is manifestly neither one
nor the other. Therefore the intending buyer, if he be not himself fully
informed from actual experience, must not suppose that either of these
classes necessarily know the real merits or defects of an animal. It has
raused endless litigations in our courts, and will cause many more until
those who breed take the pains to fully ground themselves in this, among
the most important branches of the professional breeder.

To become a perfect judge of a horse, from what one naturally learns
from his own observation, unless he study carefully, may truly be called

THE HORSE, HOW TO BUY. 179

an impossibility. Asa means of educating, books are written. If the
experience of experts and quotations from the best and latest authorities,
given in this work, shall induce a more careful study by those into whose
hands the book may pass, it will, on the one hand go far to rid the trade
of mere jockeys and horse ‘‘dopers,’? who daily palm off the most
worthless brutes by a glib use of a centrally-hinged tongue. It will do
more. It will disseminate a more perfect: knowledge of what a horse
should be among farmers who seek to breed one, two or three colts a
year, by showing not only the necessity of good blood, whatever the
style of the horse they intend to breed, but it is hoped also that it may
lead to a higher appreciation of that noblest and best of the four-footed
servants of man, a well bred horse.

sa eed

DISEASES OF THE HORSE;

THEIR CAUSES, HOW TO PREVENT, HOW TOKNOW ~—

AND HOW TO CURE,

Diseases of the Horse.

THEIR CAUSES; HOW TO KNOW, AND HOW TO CURE THEM.

CHAPTER I.

I. INTRODUCTION,—— II. EXTERNAL MANIFESTATION OF DISEASE,

an I. Introduction.

The various diseases to which the horse is subject, embrace nearly all
those afilicting the human family, and including among them, as most
common, diseases of the skin and its integuments, those of the muscles,
of the ligaments, and of the bones, quite rare in the human family, and
to which the horse might be completely exempt, were it not for the igno-
rance, and in very many cases the brutality of the master in over-driving,
over-weighting, leaping, beating, neglect in clothing when heated, care-
lessness in grooming, want of proper ventilation in stables, and the
withholding of proper and sufficient food. Take away these causes of
disease and the labors of the veterinary surgeon would be light. We
should see but little of caries of the bones, causing degeneration of the
substance ; of spavin, curb, ringbone, splint; of injuries to the sinews
and tendons, causing breaking down; swellings and other of the most
serious aftlictions ; poll evil and other fistulous diseases ; of fractures ; of
rheumatism ; founder, including grease, inflamed glands and veins, cracks
of the hoofs, quittor, hernia, and all that class of diseases attacking the
faithful servant of man, and henceforth rendering him useless for the
purposes of pleasure or profitable labor. Instead of ending the sufferings
of the tortured animal by mercifully taking its life, many owners for the
sake of the few paltry dollars received, transfer the once favorite steed

184 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

.

to some one else equally inhuman, who thenceforth drives and goads the
sufferer to labor under the most torturing circumstances, until the animal
economy, entirely disorganized, perhaps by years of such unmitigated
torture, drops and dies.

The object of this treatise is to so enlighten the horse owner in the
nature of disease as to enable him to determine whether treatment can
be made effective —if so, what to do; and especially is it the purpose to
so acquaint him with the causes, that occasion for treatment may bs
averted. Bya study of the facts we give it may be easily known whether
cure is possible, and if not it is more merciful to kill and end the misery
of the poor animal.

EXTERNAL MANIFESTATIONS OF SOME DISEASES OF THE HORSE.
II. External Manifestation of Disease.

For all the diseases we have mentioned but little medicine is needed.
Rest and nursing are most needed—often months of rest and care, as in
the case of spavin, commencing in inflammation and ending in the depo-
sition of bony matter, stiffening of the joint, or, as in the case of
exostosis of the heads of the bones, they in time become quite anchylosed,

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 185

when lameness ceases from the suspension of action of the joints caused
by their complete solidification or growing together.

That the reader may form a more correct idea of what we here write,
and have it brought plainly to view, we present an illustration of some of
the principal diseases of the bones and tissues, caused generally by abuse,
with a short description of their origin. The treatment will be given in
the proper place.

A—Caries of the Jaw. Ulceration of the lower jaw, sometimes ends
in mortification. Caused by bruises from barbarous bits and curb chains.

B—Fistula of the Parotid Duct. Fistulas are caused by bruises or
undue compression of the parts producing inflammation and abscess.

C—Bony Pucrescence. (Exostosis of the jaw). A blow upon a bone
will produce inflammation followed by exostosis (bony growth through
increased nutrition )—that of the joints being fearfully painful.

D—Swelling by pressure of the bridle, causing inflammation, and
sometimes tumors.

E—Pol!l Evil. A painful fistulous disease, often difficult to cure.

F—Injflamed Parotid Gland. Caused by a bruise or compression.

G—Inflamed Jugular Vein, caused in various ways, often by careless-
ness after bleeding.

H—Fungus Tumor, from compression of the collar. The result of
galls and subsequent want of care, and inattention.

I—Fistula of the Withers, caused generally by pressure of the saddle.

J—Saddle Gall, caused by a bad fitting saddle ; sometimes ending in
sitfasts.

A—Tumor of the Elbow, caused generally by interference of the shoe
in lying down; sometimes by a blow.

L—Induration of the Knee, caused by blows in falling.

M—Clap of the Back Sinews, caused by severe exertion in running
and leaping, destroying the integrity of the sinews of the leg.

N—Mallenders, scurfy manifestations at flexions of the knee, sometimes
becoming cracked and itchy.

O—Splint, caused by blows, kicks, etc., on the shins. They are to
be dreaded as interfering with the action of the sinews.

P—Ringbone, caused by starting heavy loads, or excessive pulling in
going up hill.

Q—Tread upon the Coronet, the contusion of the shoe of one foot by
treading on the other, causing laceration of the coronet and of the horn
of the hoof.

R—Quittor, confined pus, from prick of the sole, corns, or injury to
coronet.

156 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

S—Quarter Sand Crack. Imperfect secretion caused by dryness of
the hoof ; rupture of the lamine.

T—Contracted Hoof, or ringed hoof of a foundered horse. The
result of Laminatis.

U—Capped Hock. Tnjuring the point of the hock.

V—Sallenders. Scurfy eruptions on the seat of flexion of the hock.
Similar to mallenders.

W—Spavin. Inflammation causing painful bony enlargement, some-
times stiff joint. Caused by blows, slipping and hard work, often from
weak limbs.

X—Ourb. Inflammation and lameness of the posterior part of the
hock, ending in bony formation. Caused by wrenching or straining the
limb.

7—Swelled Sinews, caused by strains or bruises, producing inflamma-
tion, and ending in enlargement.

Z—Thick Leg, caused by various injuries to the joint. Any inflamma-
tion may result in a thickening of the integuments. In all inflammatory
difficulties of this nature, including, spavin, curb, etc., cold water
faithfully applied at the outset will be indicated, but often the trouble is
not known until too late for cold water. The warm water fomentations
will then be indicated. [See treatment ].

J—Grrease, caused by debility, excessive labor and neglect, filthy sur-
roundings, from stoppage of the secretions. Scratches are from the
same cause, as working in the mud without proper cleaning, etc.

2—Toe Sand Crack, caused by the same difficulty as quarter sand
erack.

9
o

Quarter Crack. [See sand crack].

These are occasioned generally by severe labor of animals not strong
in the feet, by which the walls are ruptured, by breaking the hoof with
the calk of another foot. False quarter is occasioned by the absence of
the outside and harder portion of the hoof.

4— Ventral Hernia. Rupture by which the bowel lies next the skin.
When hernia is accompanied with strangulation it becomes dangerous.

5—Rat Tail, loss of the hair of the tail.

Fuller facts as to causes and treatment of these disorders will be found
in the appropriate place in this work,

CHAPTER II.

DISEASES OF THE SKIN AND SUB-CUTANEOUS TISSUES.

I, SCRATCHES. 1I. GREASE. Ill. THRUSH. —— IV. SWELLED ANKLES. ——V.
SWELLED LEGS. -— VI. SURFEIT. VII. MANGE. VIII. RING-WORM.——IX,.
HIDE-BOUND. ——— X. SADDLE GALLS, OR SITFASTS. XI. FUNGOUS COLLAR
TUMOR. XII. WARTS. XIII. VERMIN. XIV. LARVA IN THE SKIN.——
XV. TETTER. XVI. RAT-TAILS. XVII. MALLENDERS AND SALLENDERS.——
XVIII. POLL EVIL. XIX, FISTULA. ;

,

Of skin diseases there are two classes: those resulting from neglect
and general bad treatment, and those due to disorders of the internal
organs with which the skin is in sympathy, or which inflame it by unnat-
ural excretions or irritants in the blood. — It is almost impossible perfectly
to classify them, since even some that are generally considered to arise
from constitutional causes may be produced by external circumstances,
and the reverse.

In the following sections we treat the most important of both classes.
Others of less moment will be found in our chapter entitled ‘* Miscella-
neous Matters and Suggestions, Minor Disorders, etc.’’

I. Scratches.

Causes.—These are various; as, clipping the heels, which is sometimes
done, and thus destroying nature’s covering, so as to allow the parts to
become chilled ; washing off the legs with soap and water without subse-
quently thoroughly drying them, and then suffering them to be exposed
to cold air; standing in snow or snow-slush ; standing in or upon hot and
steaming manure of any kind, while in stable; or being long in mud and
filth while in service and not subsequently carefully cleaned. Anything
that will produce inflammation of the skin of the heel, or in any way
weaken it, may produce scratches.

As is the case with other local disorders, this is most easily and rapidly

13

1838 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

developed when the horse is not in a condition of good general health ;
but foul stables, while furnishing the irritating filth immediately to the
seat of this disease vitiate the air also, and thus tend to bring about a
two-fold trouble.

It is believed to be sometimes due to the existence on the skin of par-
usitic plants and insects.

The sure preventive is to keep the horse, if possible, in good general
condition ; and to confine him, when he must be confined at all, only in a
dry, clean, and well-ventilated stall. When he is forced to be worked
during the day in mud or slush he should be neither stabled nor tuned
to pasture until feet and legs are well washed and thoroughly dried.

How to know it.—Scratches are said to be unknown to European horse-
men; but it is so well known in the United States as to render a descrip-
tion well nigh unnecessary. It appears on the back part of the foot,
generally of the hind foot ; and extends from the heel to the fetlock. It
has been known entirely to encirele the foot, and to extend upward to the
hock and to the knee. The parts are sometimes hot, swollen and sensi-
tive before any cracking or ulceration takes place; then they become
dry and sealy, and crack open by ordinary motion. A horse thus affected
is apt to manifest a disposition to walk stiffly, with his hind legs, (when
the disease is seated in the hind heels), wider apart than ordinary, and to
throw his foot rather violently forward when an effort is made to exam-
ine it.

It is often the case that at first there are little patches of a thick, dry,
scabby covering of the skin ; and these spread and inflame until they form
a solid mass of scab and matted hair. These scabs may be distinguished
from those which sometimes appear in other skin diseases by this, that
they have an unusual itchiness, which leads the horse to rub them as
much as possible; and he often does this until they bleed and become
raw. This disposition of the suffering creature to scratch himself is said
to have originated the name by which the disease is known.

What to do.---In cases where the patient is in good condition, and the
disease is in its incipient stage, a thorough cleansing of the parts with
vastile soap and warm water, and applying an emollient or softening
poultice for a day or two, with rest, will be sufficient. If there seems
to be feverishness of the system, a dose or two of Epsom salts to move
the bowels, given in doses of from one to three ounces at a time, well be
beneficial.

The following is for ordinary cases a most efficacious and easily used
remedy :

THE HORSE, SKIN DISEASES, ETC. 189

No. 1. 44 Oz. powdered gum camphor,
1 Oz. gum myrrh,
1 Fluid oz. sulphuric acid,
1 Fluid oz. spirits of turpentine,
1 Pint of lard.

Mix thoroughly, and rub the ointment well upon the heels once a day.
The legs and feet should be washed with soap suds before every applica-
tion.

When the disease is chronic, and proud flesh has appeared, make a
poultice of ground flax seed and lime-water; sprinkle burnt alum over
the poultice, and apply. Use two or three poultices a day until the
proud flesh has evidently disappeared, then use the ointment No. 1 as
above directed.

Another course of treatment, to be adopted when there is a disordered
condition of general health, and evidences of vitiated blood are man-
ifested, is this:

First bleed; but observe to regulate the quantity of blood drawn by
the condition of the animal as to flesh and strength. If he is poor and
weak, take from the neck vein about three pints, and after nine days a
like quantity. If he is plainly in poor general health, but not reduced
in flesh and still strong, bleed once, taking from the neck vein three
quarts. Then make careful and thorough application of ointment No. 1.

It may well be stated here that in our practice we do not often resort
to bleeding, nor do we recommend it except in rare cases. To the man,
however, who finds it both profitable and agreeable to be his own stock
doctor it is often the quickest, easiest, and safest means of removing
vitrious humors, and bringing about a more natural and healthful cireula-
tion. In some acute diseases of violent character, as pleurisy, mad
staggers, and the like, it is frequently of the first importance, sometimes
almost the only hope; but we would caution the reader against the
indiscriminate blood-letting of the old practitioners. Observe well the
symptoms; consult this department of ‘*The Stock Doctor’? carefully ;
and you will not fall into the mistake of taking away gallons of blood
when a little rest, some good grooming, and plenty of nutritious, life-
giving food, are the things mostly required. The manner of blood-letting
will be found to have been treated’of in our chapter entitled ‘Imple-
ments: what to keep and how to use.”’

The foregoing methods will answer in all ordinary cases; but if the
patient has not been taken in hand till the disease has become chronic
and obstinate, the following is a most excellent preparation and may be
used instead of No. 1. It requires care in the using, as it will discolor
the hands and corrode the nails if it comes in contact with them, and it
should never be entrusted to bungling and inconsiderate grooms ; but in

190 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

the hands of careful horsemen it is a most valuable remedy for all obsti-
nate wounds, bruises, galls, tumors, and sores. We shall refer to it in
subsequent portions of the work as camphorated corrosive sublimate or
No. 2. 1 Pint spirits of turpentine,
| Oz, finely pulverized corrosive sublimate,
1 Oz. gum camphor.

Have the corrosive sublimate very finely ground in a druggist’s mortar,
(the efficacy of the compound depends much upon this); pulverize the
eum camphor; put all together into a good strong bottle, and shake
thoroughly. Then let it stand for at least twenty-four hours—longer
would be better, as it becomes more and more yaluable with age and
repeated shakings—and it will do to use. In applying it, saturate a small
mop, made of soft rags, neatly and firmly tied upon a stick. Wash
before making first application of No. 2, but afterwards, unless the foot
becomes very foul, this need not be done. The liniment should be
applied once a day till cure is effected.

Keep the horse out of the wet during treatment, especially if the cam-_
phorated corrosive sublimate is used. See to it, also, that his stable is
not only dry, but airy. If it is pasture time, he will need no other food
than grass, unless it is found necessary to stable him, to keep him from
rains and dews. In any event, he ought to be fed rather lightly at first,
and with food not calculated to inflame. If the time is Winter give as
much green, soft food as can be conveniently had, such as roots,
chops, etc.

II. Grease, or Cracked Heels.

Causes,—This disease is but a modification of seratches and of thrush
—partaking more of the nature of thrush, however, than of scratches, as
it is confined almost exclusively to the heel, the seat of the thrush, which
is seldom attacked by the scratches.

It is occasionally the result of constitutional weakness or derangement.
When the system abounds in morbid matter, its tendency is towards the
heels, and debility is felt in the distended vessels remote from the vital
organs, ending in inflammation of the skin of the heels, distension of the
sebaceous glands, a stinking deposit on the surface, and a purulent dis-
charge through cracks.

Cutting away the hair of the fetlock, and thus exposing to sudden and
protracted cold the parts which it is designed to protect, often causes this
affection, even in animals of otherwise good condition.

Frequently, however, it may be regarded as most probably a secondary
disease, originating in some other, which has resulted from careless or
inhuman treatment, or from constitutional weakness. E

THE HORSE, SKIN DISEASES, ETC. 191

It is not contagious ; but filth and want of attention will produce it in
nearly al#horses similarly subjected to their influences,

How to know it.—It manifests nearly the very same symptoms as
thrush, as given in the following section ; but there is one striking pecu-
liarity which distinguishes it from thrush, foot-evil, and other disorders
of that kind—the heel cracks open. Ina healthy state, the heel of the
horse is moistened, and so kept from becoming dry and hard, by a con-
stant secretion and discharge of an oily fluid from the cellular tissues
under the skin. When this is obstructed, the skin becomes dry and
feverish, and looks scurfy and hot. It soon thereafter cracks, and the
pent-up oily secretion, now turned to a foul, yellowish water, flows out.
As the flow of matter increases, it becomes more and more thick, stickey,
and stinking; and if not attended to, the heel and sides of the foot
become a mass of ulcerated excrescenses.

It sometimes manifests itself by the oozing
out of -a thin matter through the pores of the
skin from some deep-seated disease of either the
coffin-bone or the navicular joint — most fre-
quently the latter. The more effective treatment
in this case would of course be that directed to
the healing of the primary disorder.

What to do.—The treatment necessary is sim- Ye.

ilar to that for scratches. In the first place, see ers

to it that the causes which have induced it shall. pyrsz sack ow ConrremEp
no longer operate. If the disease is secondary, it Saeaee EXC ATO nT
must be somewhat difficult to manage; and the ani-
mal should be allowed to rest, taking only such ex-
ercise as nature prompts, in an open pasture, ex-

cept in bad weather. When it is necessary to con-
fine him, give him a good stable, dry litter, and
pure air. Remember that rest is one of the first
conditions of success ; while constant driving or any
other labor will most probably defeat the ends of the
physician.

If the disease is discovered in its early stage, and gecoxp stage oF Con-
the general health of the animal has not suffered, 9p Grease Cracks.
cleanse the parts well with tepid water and
castile soap, and make oceasional applications of No. 2, or the camphor-
ated corrosive sublimate, say once a day, till a cure is effected. A few
applications will generally be found sufficient.

If the horse is thin in flesh, and in a low state of health trom the
effects of this disease, mix sulphur and rosin, in the proportion of two

192 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

parts of the former to one of the latter, and give him a quarter of a
pound of this every third day until he has taken three or feur doses.
Meanwhile, thoroughly saturate the parts at least every other day with
No. 2 till the disease is thoroughly conquered.

If the liniment forms a scab upon the heel, so hard and dry that the
remedial effects seem to cease, omit the liniment for several days and
keep the heel well greased. ‘The seab will come off, and then the appli-
cation of the liniment, (No. 2), may be resumed. This course must be
persevered in till a cure is effected.

The liniment should be applied at night ; and the horse should not be
turned into pasture when the grass is wet with dew or rain—at any rate,
not till six hours after the application has been made.

In Summer, pasturage will in general afford sufficient food; but in
Winter it should be more nourishing, yet green and succulent as far as
possible. Roots and good bran mashes ought to be given in reasonable
quantity. Grain, as a regular diet in this case, is objectionable, on
account of its tendency to produce inflammation.

After three doses of the sulphur and rosin have been given, as directed,
the following mixture, given every night until all traces of the active
disease have disappeared, will be found an excellent tonic or strengthen-
ing medicine, and having the effect, too, of giving healthy tone to the
skin :

No. 3. 4, Oz. liquor of arsenicalis,
1 Oz. tincture of muriate of iron,
3g Pint of water.

This constitutes a dose. Mix and give as a drench.

When it is difficult to procure No. 2, the following may be prepared
and substituted therefor :

No. 4. 8 Oz. tar,
1 Oz, beeswax,
1 Oz. rosin,
1 Oz. alum,
L Oz. tallow,
1 Oz. sulphate of iron,
1 Drachm carbolic acid.

Mix, and boil over a slow fire, stirring as long as dirty scum appears,
and then add 2 oz. of the scrapings of sweet elder.

Ill. Thrush,

Causes.—This, like scratches, results for the most part from foul
stables,—the horses being forced to stand in mortar of dung and urine,—
or from working in muddy and fiithy places, without having his feet and
legs well cleansed when he is unharnessed for the night.

THE HORSE, SKIN DISEASES, ETC. 193

It is sometimes caused by injuries to the frog of the foot, as bruising,
snagging, and improper shoeing.

It may arise also from a gross habit of body, producing inflammation
of the sensitive frog, when a spongy substance is deposited instead of
sound horn; and this breaks away and leaves the frog ragged and tender.

Again, it may come from too frequently stopping soft frogs with cow
dung, as is the practice of some grooms, thus encouraging rather than
curing decomposition.

Lastly, it may be secondary, having resulted from other diseases,
superinduced by want of cleanliness and care.

How to Know It.—In some cases, the only means of detecting the
existence of thrush is a peculiar smell, or by very careful examination,
as the hoof may show no change, and the frog may not be tender. In
this case the cleft of the frog will generally be found lengthened and
deepened, the opening extending to the sensitive horn within, and this,
when thus closely observed, shows discharge of matter.

The progress of the disease is often slow, though showing meanwhile
no disposition to heal; till after awhile the frog begins to contract,
becomes tender, grows rough and brittle, and emits a more offensive
discharge. The horny part disappears, and a hardened substance takes
its place ; this easily scales off and leaves the sensitive frog uncovered.

In its advanced state, it is very easily detected, as it is characterized
by a continuous discharge of offensive matter from the cleft of the frog.
If not reasonably attended to, proud flesh sprouts up ; and as this spreads
the whole foot becomes involved in canker.

What to do.—In the first place, if the causes which have produced the
disease are still in operation, remove these. In any case, when the horse
is to be stabled, use dry litter, and see that the stall is kept clear of
moist excrement, and that it is well ventilated.

If the disease is secondary, the treatment must of course be directed
to removing the affection from which it has sprung.

In its simple stages, it may be easily cured in the following manner :

Clean well with soap suds, and allow to dry. Then, wet a piece of
eloth or string of tow with the liniment No. 2, and press it into the cleft
of the frog and the corresponding part of the heel. Remove the tow
next morning. Continue this treatment, (putting in the saturated tow at
evening), for four days; then omit a day; and so on until a cure is
effected.

Or, sprinkle a small quantity of blue.vitriol in the cleft of the frog

and then fill up the cavities with cotton, which so press in as to keep out
all dirt. Repeat until the foot is cured.

194 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

When it has arisen from grossness and inflammation, rather than from
filth or other local cause, give a dose of Epsom salts, from six to eight
ounces, according to degree of inflammation ; use less stimulating food,
and give him regular, but not too severe exercise every day. The local
application must not be of a stimulating character. Put the foot in a
bran poultice, and let it remain for some days, till the inflammation is
reduced. Be careful, however, not to use the poultice too much, as
undue softening is injurious. Then dress the frog with tar ointment, (a
mixture of equal parts of tar and grease). If the frog is found not to
harden by the application of the tar ointment, moisten it occasionally
with a solution of 10 gers. of blue-stone to 1 oz. of water; or, (which is
a somewhat more powerful medicine), 5 grs. of chloride of zine to 1 oz.
of water.

When the disease has become chronic, it is hard to effect a cure, and
the following course ought to be adopted: Clean away all the ragged
portions of horn, so as to reach the sensitive parts. Then smear some

tow with this ointment.

No. 5. 1 Drachm ointment of nitrate of mercury,
1 Oz, zine ointment,
4 Drops creosote,

Mix well ; and having smeared the tow with the preparation, as directed,
press it into the cleft of the foot and retain it there by a bar shoe, slightly
tacked on. Apply this every day, observing its effects. If found not
to do well, try a wash made of six grains of sulphate of zinc, dissolved
in one ounce of water. As the frog grows, it should be kept supple
with tar ointment. The bar shoe should be kept on until the frog is
fully developed. Some degree of pressure must be employed by means
of tow, and this pressure should be increased as the horn increases in
substance. When proud flesh is obstinate it may be burnt away at once
by forcing a stick of nitrate of silver (lunar caustic, ) into it.

In chronic cases, the horse should have, once a day, in his food, an
alterative dose, (a mild improver of health), say a table-spoonful of
sulphur and powdered sassafras, of each an equal quantity.

The following mixture is sometimes found valuable when there is a
tendency to proud flesh. The ingredients are to be well stirred together
and sprinkled into the cleft of the frog, where it must be confined in the
same manner as directed for powdered blue vitriol alone :

No. 6. 1 Oz powdered blue vitriol,
1 Oz. copperas,
2 Oz. burnt alum,
1-2 Oz. white vitriol.

THE HORSE, SKIN DISEASES, ETC, 195
IV. Swelled Ankles.

Causes.—This affection invariably arises from a diseased condition of
the feet. Its origin may sometimes be traced to diseases of the navicular
and lower pastern joints ; but it is known to proceed for the most part
from hoof rot. It seems occasionally, however, to result from a
plethoric condition of the general system, a superabundance of blood,
hard work, severe strains, etc., ete.

How to Know It.—Contfined almost wholly to the ankle joints, it is not
difficult of detection—the only point of importance being to determine
whether the swelling is merely spasmodic and temporary, or whether it
is the result of a primary disorder which requires attention. It is
generally perceptible of a morning, and disappears during the day,
because exercise restores healthful action; but when there is really a
diseased condition of the bottom of the foot, the fever caused thereby
inflames the membrane of the joint, under the skin, while the horse is
inactive, and the swelling again takes place. If the ankles present a
swollen appearance from morning to morning, attention should be
directed to discover the real condition of the foot; and appropriate
treatment must be resorted to before the disease takes the chronic and
more advanced form of swelled legs, cracked heels, or scratches.

What to do.—If the swelling proceeds from plethora, or too great
fulness of the general system, give an occasional dose of Epsom salts, to
reduce the tendency to inflammation; and feed upon green and succu-
lent food.

If it proceeds from soreness of the bottom of the foot, apply No. 2
freely every day for four days; then omit for two days, and apply again.
If there is any appearance of thrush or cracked heels, treat as directed
for the removal of these.

V. Swelled Legs.

Causes.—Swelled legs may be the result either of an undue deposit of
serum or watery particles of the blood, or of inflammation of the cellular
tissue lying between the skin and bones in those parts of the leg most
destitute of muscles.

A poor condition of the blood, or feebleness from great loss of it, may
vause the legs to swell, since the fluids conveyed to the extremities by
the capillaries accumulate there, because, in the absence of muscular
activity, the veins have no power to return them. Diseased kidneys
have a tendency to produce this disorder of the legs.

The inflammatory type may result from blows upon the lower leg ;
from concussion; or, in general, from anything that may arrest the

196 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

action of the cellular tissue referred to, causing it to become dry and at
length acutely inflamed. It may also arise from the shifting of inflam-
mation from other parts, as from the lungs, kidneys, ete.

Horses of coarse fiber and full habit, accustomed to exercise, if allowed
to stand idle several days, will have swelled legs from the accumulation
of watery fluid; and, if unattended to, the parts may soon be attacked
by inflammation, when the tissues become involved, and the disease
assumes its more serious type.

It is occasionally a mere extension of the effects of cracked heels, with
its primary cause resting in whatever may have produced the primary
disorder.

How to know it.—The leg becomes greatly swollen, and looks as
though it was stretched to its utmost tension. Occasionally, the swell-
ing appears almost suddenly, and then as suddenly subsides, in which
vase the cause may be considered as having but just begun to operate ;
and if now treated, it is easily managed. Again, it is sometimes sudden
in its attack, and violent; the skin is hot, dry, and extremely tender,
and the pulse is quick and hard, while a peculiar lameness speedily sets
in The swelling may extend to the sheath and along the belly, as far as
the muscles of the breast.

In the more advanced stage of the disease small cracks appear in the
skin , and from these exudes a watery matter, of whitish-yellow color,
similar to that which is seen in cracked heels. In this case it must be
taken for granted that no treatment, however skilfull, can speedily
remove it; that the improvement must be slow, and consequently much
time required.

What to do.—If the disease seems to be merely undue deposit of
serum, owing to confinement, nothing more may be necessary than to
give the animal a dose or two of niter, daily, to act upon the kidneys ;
and to exercise him regularly, to induce absorption. In the adminis-
tering of a diuretic, however, even so simple as niter, care should be
taken that it is not left to ignorant and irresponsible grooms, since it
may be given in excess, and result in disordering the kidneys, and thus
ultimately inducing the very disease which it is intended to remedy.

When there is a tendency to swelled legs which manifests itself in the
morning, but disappears during the exercise of the day, an excellent pre-
ventive is to stand the horse in cold water to his knees, half an hour,
just before night, and then rub dry before stabling; but care must be
taken to dry the legs thoroughly, or the plan is plainly objectionable. If
it should be found not to yield to this, administer the niter in modera-
tion, as previously directed, and exercise the horse regularly, causing him

THE HORSE, SKIN DISEASES, ETC. 197

to sweat, both of which have a tendency to diminish the accumulated fluid,
and to assist the veins and absorbents in their functions.

In case the horse is in a debilitated condition, and the swelling is mani-
festly owing to the sluggishness of the circulation, he should be well fed,
on nutritious diet, and the leg or legs should be firmly, but not tightly,
bandaged. Then prepare the followiag—a tonic and somewhat stimulat-
ing medicine :

No. 7. % Oz. pulverized assafotida,
1 Oz. creain of tartar,
2 Oz. powdered gentian,

2 Oz, African ginger,
4 Oz. finely pulverized poplar bark.

Rub these ingredients together in a mortar until thoroughly mixed.
Divide this into six doses, and give one, in the food, every night till
exhausted. The bandage should be removed from time to time, and the
limb subjected to a brisk hand-rubbing, or rubbing with a medium
coarse cloth.

If the disease has become chronic, and the animal is much debilitated,
the following more stimulating medicine should be used.

A

No. 8. 1 Oz. powdered golden seal,
1 Oz. gentian,
1 Oz. balmony, (or snakehead),
44 Lb. flax seed.

Mix well; and divide into six doses, of which give one night and
morning in the food. Bandage and rub alternately, as previously
directed. If the disease does not speedily show signs of yielding to this
treatment, apply, every night, omitting the bandage, the following
liniment :

No. 9. 2 Oz. essence of cedar,
1 Oz. tincture of capsicum,
1 pint few rum.

When cracking of the skin has taken place, so that matter exudes, and
there is much fever, the following course has been found eminently suc-
cessful, and must be at once adopted: First, take from the neck vein
three quarts of blood. Mix finely pulverized sulphur and rosin, in the
proportion of two parts of the former to one of the latter; and give
daily, for three or four days, six ounces of this mixture. It should be
put into meal or bran, and the horse should be allowed no other food
until he readily takes this. Meanwhile, apply No. 2 every morning to
the parts most evidently affected, until the swelling has entirely subsided.

In these chronic cases, it is best not to feed on very nutritious, or at

198 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

least, stimulating food, unless the horse is in low general condition.
Ordinarily, pasturing will be best, when the season admits of it. If it
does not, he should have light, moist diet; and his stable should be
clean, dry, roomy, and so supplied with litter as to induce him to lie
down as much as possible.

VI. Surfeit.

Causes.—This disease, sometimes known as prurigo, has for its pre-
disposing cause a thick and impure state of the blood, with deranged
condition of the digestive organs. When the animal is in such case, any
sudden exposure to chill, especially when he has been heated, will pro-
duce surfeit-pimples ; and unless the general condition be attended to,
a confirmed case of skin disease may be the result.

It generally appears in the Spring, at the time of shedding, when the
skin is more exposed than at any other time of year, and the horse is
still exposed to sudden spells of cold and wet weather. The skin, thus
bare, is easily affected; and if the chill is severe or too frequently
repeated, inflammation sets in, and the cuticle or outer skin becomes
hard and dry because the pores are so closed as to retain the oily secre-
tions necessary to moisten the surface.

Some poisonous herbs produce this, or a similar, eruption of the skin,
and musty hay has been known to have a like effect.

Quick surfeit, or that which arises suddenly, even in animals in good
general condition, upon being overheated and suddenly cooled by chill
air or an over-draught of water, may disappear upon his being brought
to a sweat by exervise ; but that which is contracted while the horse is in
general ill condition is apt to become confirmed, and, unless timely atten-
tion is bestowed, may settle on the lungs and cause serious trouble.

How to know it—No symptoms precede an attack of surfeit by which
its approach may be known. The pimples or lumps, in quick surfeit,
suddenly appear, and almost as quickly subside. When a case of con-
firmed surfeit has set in, the skin is hard, dry, and feverish ; and pimples
appear, sometimes confined to the neck, but more frequently spread over
the sides, back, loins, and quarters. Occasionally, these are attended
with great itching, while again they seem to cause no annoyance. When
they have remained a few days, they discharge, in small quantities, a thin,
whitish, oily matter. Small, scabby excrescences, formed by the dis-
charging sores, cover the parts. These come off, taking the hair with
them, and leaving a small scaly spot—sometimes, though rarely, a sore.

Surfeit is sometimes mistaken for button-farcy : but it may be distin-
cuished from this by the shape of the pimples: in surfeit these are

THE HORSE, SKIN DISEASES, ETC. 199

elevated in the center; whereas, in farcy the lumps are rather flat on
top and have thick edges, like a button in the skin. Farey buds generally

A Horsk AFFECTED WITH SURFEIT.

appear on the inside of the thighs and fore legs, while surfeit pimples
are seldom found in these places.

If not promptly and properly attended to, surfeit is likely to degen-
erate into mange, which it is sometimes taken to be, even in its early
stages ; but it may be known from mange by trying the short hairs at
the roots of the mane: if it is mange, they will be loose and come out;
but if surfeit, they will show their natural condition.

What to do.—If the general condition of the horse is good, and the
affection has evidently arisen from sudden exposure or some other
imprudence on the part of the person having him in charge, little
treatment will be necessary. Prevent costiveness and keep down fever
by cooling food, such as bran mashes, roots, and other moist provender.
Give arsenical drink once a day, a pint at a time, to act on the skin, until
cure is effected, being careful, meanwhile, if the weather is cool, to keep
the horse comfortably warm—blanketing him if necessary; and a half
hour’s walking exercise should be given him daily. The arsenical drink
consists of these ingredients in the proportions named :

No. 10. 1 Fluid oz. arsenicalis, or Fowler’s solution,
14s Fluid oz. tincture of muriate of iron,
1 Quart water.

If the disease has sprung from a thick and impure state of the blood,
disordered digestive organs, and general ill condition, take from the

200 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

neck vein from three to five quarts of blood, according to strength,
extent of eruption and degree of fever. Keep him from becoming
costive by cooling and laxative food, as previously directed ; see that he
is comfortably stabled, if the weather is at all inclement, and give, on
several successive nights, the following alterative :

No. ll. 2 Drachms levigated (finely ground) antimony,
8 Drachms niter,
4 Drachms sulphur.

The food should be good—if possible, green and succulent; and it
will be found advantageous to take the chill from water given him, if the
weather is at all cold. If the appetite is bad, place gruel in the manger,
so that he may use it instead of water till stronger food is relished.

If it is Summer, or Spring is sufficiently advanced to be mild, he may
be turned to pasture; but in any event, he should be allowed to rest
during treatment.

In the more confirmed cases a speedy cure is not to be expected ; but
good food, not of a nature to induce costiveness and inflammation, and
proper care as to warmth and cleanliness, together with a proper use of
No. 11, will bring the patient round in time.

In very obstinate cases, occasionally anoint those parts where the
lumps appear with a mixture of sulphur and lard, in equal proportions.

VII. Mange.

Causes.— This is sometimes brought about by the same causes as
surfeit ; or rather, it is indeed but an advanced or chronic stage of that
disease ; though in some cases of the same kind, it is of a much more
serious character in itself, and highly contagious.

When not 2 mere secondary stage of neglected surfeit, its immediate
cause is a parasite—the acarus—bred in the skin of the animal when
subjected to dirt and filth, and debilitated by hard living and ill usage,
or by total neglect and lack of food. The acarus produces mange in the
horse in the same manner as the human parasite produces itch in man ;
but it is of a different species, and frequently so large as to be visible
to the naked eye.

Neglect, starvation, and accumulated filth having induced a depraved
state of the digestive apparatus, with which the skin sympathises, and
the insect once having obtained a lodgement, the horse, unless promptly
taken in hand, soon becomes a loathsome object, and dies.

The disease once contracted in this way, may be communicated to even
sound animals, in good condition: in fact, the great majority of cases
are thus contracted, as comparatively few animals are so utterly neglected

THE HORSE, SKIN DISEASES, ETC. 201

or exposed to filthy influences as to become in themselves the generators
of these mange-breeding insects. It is regarded as one of the most
contagious diseases to which the horse is subject, and may be imparted
not only to other horses, but to cattle, hogs, and dogs, though it is
asserted by good authority that none of these can in turn communicate it
to the horse.

The curry-comb, brush, collar, or blanket which has been used on a
mangy horse will produce the infection in another ; and to lie in the same
stall or to rub where a mangy horse has rubbed himself is almost certain
to communicate it unless the animal so exposed is exceedingly healthful
and in active condition of body.

How to Know It.— The skin is at first scabby, the hair comes off, and
the outer skin becomes broken into little scale-like pieces. These fall
off, or are rubbed off, and leave the parts raw and sore. The general
appearance of the skin where the raw spots are not too numerous is a
dirty brown, and it is loose, flabby and puckered. The horse is impelled
by itching to rub himself frequently and violently, and he thus leayes his
seurf, dandruff, and in the more advanced stage, his parasites, at every
place.

Usually, where the disease is engendered in the animal itself, it appears
first on the side of the neck, just at the edges of the mane, and on the
inside of the quarters near the root of the tail. From these parts the
eruption extends along the back and down the sides, seldom involving the
extremities, except in the very worst cases. Sometimes, though rarely,
the ears and eye-brows are attacked and left bare.

When it is the result of contagion, the horse may at first be in health ;
but the constant irritation makes him feverish, the hair falls off as in the
first case described, leaving the skin in those places almost bare; and
little red pimples appear here and there. Each of these contains a
parasite, and the pimples are connected by furrows along which the
parasites have worked their way. In time they increase in number and
size, and from them exudes a matter which hardens into a scab. Under
these scabs the parasites may be found, upon removing them and care-
fully examining in the sunlight.

In the early stage of the disease, where it may be suspected, but is not
yet fully manifest, it may be detected by placing the fingers among the
roots of the mane and tickling the skin with the nails. The horse is so
sensitive to titillation when in this condition that he will thereupon stretch
out his neck and evince the most unmistakable pleasure as long as the
tickling continues.

What to do.— The most effectual preventive, it will be readily inferred

202 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

from the preceding statement of causes, is cleanliness. In no case
should a healthy animal be allowed to occupy a stable where a mangy
one has been kept until it shall have previously been washed with water
strongly impregnated with sulphur and chloride of lime—say half a
pound of powdered sulphur and one pint of chloride of lime to each
gallon of water. If the stable is thoroughly cleansed of loose litter and
dirt, and all parts that may have been rubbed against by a mangy horse
perfectly saturated with this solution two or three times, on as many
consecutive days, there can be no danger in using it. Clothing, curry-
comb, brush, ete., that may have come in contact with such animal,
should be burned up.

If starvation, weakness, and general ill condition have caused the
mange, a2 patent means for its removal will be found in giving him clean
quarters and good nourishing food; which, however, should not be at
first of a heating nature. Generous pasturage, unless the weather is
damp, will be sufficient ; otherwise, a full supply of oats and chop food
should be given. It cannot be too much insisted upon that especially
while treating 2 horse for disease his stable should be dry, well ventilated
and properly supplied with litter.

In cases of full habit of body, where the disease is the result of
contact, and the presence of high fever is noted, bleed once, taking from
the neck vein from three to five quarts, according to the condition of the
animal and the degree of fever; but if it is the result of poverty and
debility, do not bleed at all.

Next, have him as thoroughly cleansed of scab and dirt as possible, with
a wisp of hay, and by softly and lightly using a curry-comb. Then
prepare a liniment of the following ingredients and in the proportions

here given for greater or less quantities :

No. 12. 1 Quart animal glycerine,
1 Gill creosote.
4s Pint turpentine,
1 Gill oil of juniper,

Mix all together and shake well; and with this saturate the whole skin,
as nearly as possible, rubbing in well, with a soft cloth. Care must be
taken to rub it in thoroughly. A little well rubbed in is better than
much merely smeared on.

Leave him in this condition two days; then wash him well with warm
water and soft soap; stand him in the sunshine if the weather admits,
and rub with a wisp of hay or with suitable cloths until he is dry ; after
which, anoint him pretty well all over with the mixture described, No.
12, and rub it in. This course should be pursued until a cure is effected.

my, t

THE HORSE, SKIN DISEASES, ETC. 2035

Two to four applications will generally be found sufficient, even in
obstinate cases, if care is taken as to food and drink. The following
alterative will be found beneficial :

No. 13. 1 Oz. tartarized antimony,
2 Drs. muriate of quicksilver,
3 Oz. powdered ginger.
3 Oz. powdered anise seeds.

Mix with mucilage so as to form a consistent mass; divide into six
balls, and give one every morning till the eruption disappears.

Care must be taken that the patient is not exposed to rain or heavy
dews while under this course of treatment.

VIII Ringworm.

Causes.—There are two kinds of ringworm; one simple, of sponta-
neous origin, and non-contagious. The other contagious. The first
is usually the result of indigestion or confinement in close and foul
apartments, as in filthy and ill-aired stables, railroad cars or ship holds.
The latter, or contagous kind, is found on horses of good condition, as
well as on diseased and neglected ones, and is produced by vegetable
parasites in the hairs and hair-glands.

How to know it.—It is especially common in Winter and Spring, and
appears on the face, neck, shoulders, sides, and sometimes elsewhere.

When non-contagious, it may usually be known by its appearing as an
eruption of small blisters, about the size of a wheat grain, on inflamed
patches of skin. These assume a circular.form; and if not seasonably
attended to, the circle enlarges and covers fresh portions of skin.

The contagious type appears in round, bald spots, covered with white
scales, and surrounded by a ring of bristly, broken, or split hairs, with
scabs around the roots, and some eruption on the skin. These broken
hairs soon drop out, and a wider ring is formed. The most marked
characteristic of the contagious or parasitical ringworm is the splitting of
the hairs in the ring, and the perfect baldness of the central part.

Occasionally the patches, in either form of the disease, assume an
irregular rather than a really circular form.

Any attack of this sort is usually marked also by the horse’s rubbing
and scratching himself against the sides of his stable, or convenient
objects outside ; but this is not to be depended upon as a marked symp-
tom, since it likewise indicates surfeit and mange.

What to do._Tf a simple, non-contagious case, shave the hairs as
closely as possible from the affected part, and paint with tincture of
iodine ; or, if scratches or little ulcers have appeared on the patch, rub it
with the following stimulating and healing ointment :

14

204 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

No. 14, 10 Grains nitrate of silver,
1 Oz. lard.

If itis a case of the contagious or scaly variety, wash the patches
thoroughly with soft water and soft soap, and then rub every day with
the following ointment :

No. 15. 1% Drachm iodine,
1 Drachm iodide of potash,
1 Oz. cosmoline.

If through neglect and long standing it has ulcerated, use this ointment
twice daily :
No. 16. 6 Oz. pyroligneous acid,

5 Oz. linseed oil,
2 Oz. spirits of camphor.

If it has become obstinate—not yielding to the foregoing treatment—
apply a blister directly over the patch, and then treat as for a common
sore, using some simple ointment.

If there are signs of constipation and fever, care must be taken to keep
the bowels open and regular, and to avoid stimulating grain food. A
seasonable supply of cut grass and sliced potatoes, or of carrots, if they
‘an be obtained, should be allowed. If in Spring and Summer, and the
horse is not in active use, put him to pasture for a few days.

When the horse shows a tendency to weakness, as is sometimes the
case with young animals, and with those suffering from neglect, give
good nutritious food, and tonic medicine in moderation.

To prevent spreading the tontagious form, clean the stable where a
horse so afflicted has stood, and white-wash its interior thoroughly.
Wash the harness, collars, and whatever else may have covered the ring-
worm, with strong soap and water, and rub them over with a solution of
corrosive sublimate, (one drachm to a pint of water.) If the horse has
been blanketed while suffering with the disease, the blanket should be
well boiled.

IX. Hide-bound.

Causes.—Strictly speaking, this is not of itself a disease, though the
skin is in a peculiarly abnormal condition, but the result of a diseased
condition of the general system or of derangement of some specific vital
function. With respect to the causes from which it arises, it is some-
what similar to mange; but, unlike mange, it is neither eruptive nor
contagious.

Poverty and cruel usage—the food being deficient in quantity or

THE HORSE, SKIN DISEASES, ETC. 205

ONE OF THE CAUSES « F HIDE-BOUND IN Horszs.

quality, and the labor onerous—bring on impaired digestion ; the blood
becomes thick, dark, and feverish, because the secretive processes are
sluggishly performed ; the skin sympathizes with these internal disorders,
and 4he lubricating fluid through the pores is suspended; and then,
instead of remaining soft and pliant, it becomes dry and adheres to the
body. A disordered state of the stomach, bowels, and urinary and
respiratory organs may be considered as having produced it when no
specific form of disease can be discovered as existing ; but it is an almost
invariable accompaniment, in a greater or less degree of intensity, of big
head, glanders, grease, farcy, founder, distemper, bad cases of swinney,
big shoulder, lock-jaw, consumption, and chronic dysentery. The fever
in these dries up the watery secretions and shrinks the hide.

Formerly it was supposed to be caused by worms in the stomach and
alimentary canal; but this is erroneous. Worms may of course exist
while the horse is in this state, but they are rather a consequence than a
cause—the result of imperfect digestion and excretion. The skin, as
has been elsewhere stated, sympathizes readily with the vital internal
organs, and in all obscure cases hide-bound should be considered a
symptom of disorder in these, and treated accordingly.

How to know it.—The skin is dry and hard, and the hair is rough and
rusty. Both are evidently: destitute of that oil by which in health they
are kept in soft, pliant, and glossy condition. | Adhering almost immovy-
ably to the ribs, legs, neck—almost every part of the body—the skin
‘annot be caught up in folds with the hand. At times it appears scurfy,
and the exhalants, (having the quality of giving out or evaporating ), pour

206 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

forth unusual quantities of matter, the more solid portions of which
form scales and give the horse a filthy appearance.
The excrement or dung is dry, hard, and black.

What to do.—fspecial pains must be taken to discover, if possible,
what specific disease has given rise to this state of the skin. If the

cause is obscure, direct the treatment to restoring a healthy condition of
the digestive organs. Begin by bettering his treatment in every way.
Instead of hard labor, he should have only gentle exercise, and instead of
being left exposed to the rain, snow, and merciless winds, in barren pas-
ture land or filthy barnyard, he should be well sheltered, and, in Winter,
blanketed—using for this purpose two blankets joined along his back by
tapes so that a space of an inch or two may be left for the escape of
insensible perspiration. Instead of allowing the skin to grow clogged,
torpid, and dead for want of cleanliness and friction, he should have
regular daily currying and brisk rubbing with good brush or coarse cloth,
which will materially aid in restoring healthy action of the skin.

If it is pasture season, give him a run at good grass during the day ;
but stable at night in a clean stable, furnished with dry litter, and give
him a generous feed of bran and oats, or moistened bran and chopped
hay. Mix with the food night and morning, the following alterative :

No. 17 3 Oz, powdered sasafras bark,
3 Oz, sulphur,
3 Oz, salt,
2 Oz. bloodroot,
2 Oz, balmony,
1 Lb, oatmeal.

Mix, and divide into twelve doses.

If he appears in the beginning of the treatment to be filthy, feverish,
and stiff, bleed him—taking from the neck vein three quarts. If the
stiffness continues, bleed again after seven days, taking a like quantity.

If the appetite is bad, mix with No. 17, (the alterative above described),
a spoonful of ground ginger; but in general you should avoid cordials,
tonics, and aromatics, (that is, warm and pungent medicines). They
may arouse fever that would otherwise fail to develop itself, and thus
defeat the object for which the mild laxatives and temperate alteratives
prescribed have been given. Cordials may indeed arouse the vital
functions to sudden action; but even if no lasting fever is created, the
action soon subsides, rendering it necessary to continue the cordial or
forego whatever seeming advantage may have been derived from it. If
excitment is continued by this means, the powers of nature are impaired
and lasting injury done.

A good and sufficient tonic may be furnished, of which the’ horse will

THE HORSE, SKIN DISEASES, ETC. 207

partake as much as the system requires, by placing a poplar pole in the
stable, upon which he can conveniently gnaw.

If the time is Winter, it will generally be found necessary to begin the
course of treatment by giving a purgative, say two ounces of Epsom salts,
which may be repeated within seven hours if it fails to produce the
desired action; and to feed him on laxative food until constipation is
overcome and a healthful action of the bowels restored.

Remember that one of the very first objects is to establish regular
action of the bowels; and then generous diet, (let it be green and succu-
lent if possible, but at any rate nutritious without being inflammatory ),
with cleanliness and regular friction of the hide, will do more than
medicine. Do not expect to effect a speedy cure ; in any event, the very
existence of hide-bound indicates chronic disorder, and all chronic dis-
uses require time.

If it is known to be the result of a well-defined disease, as big-head,
farcy, etc., the treatment must of course be directed to the removal of
that, according to directions elsewhere given in this work ; and the hide-
bound will disappear as its immediate cause is removed.

X. Saddle Galls, or Sit-fasts.

A

Causes. These are swellings, sores, and tumors, caused by ill-fitting
saddle or harness. Different names are applied to them according to
their appearance and character. When a mere heated swelling on the
horse’s back or shoulders is unattended to, while he is kept in constant
use, if sometimes assumes the appearance of a dead patch of skin, and
is then called a warble; when these ulcerate and discharge pus, and a
leather-like piece of skin is firmly fixed upon the top of it, the name
sit-fast is applied; and when, by the use of saddle or harness before a
warble or sitfast is thoroughly healed, a hard, callous lump is formed, it
is called a navel gall—said to be so called because it is generally on that
part of the back opposite the navel.

How to know it.— These swellings, sores, and tumors require no
further description than has already been given.

What to d0.— The first and most essential thing is, that the animal
shall be allowed to rest ; or at any rate be subjected to such labor only
as will not require the same chafing, abrading saddle or harness which
has produced the trouble.

Then, if it is merely a gall or scald—a heated, tender swelling, without
either suppuration or hardness—bathe with cold salt and water two or
three times daily. When the heat and tenderness are sensibly reduced,
anoint occasionally,until the lump has entirely disappeared,with a mixture
of tar and olive oil, equal parts.

208 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

If it has assumed the character of a sitfast, do not use the knife, nor
try to tear the dry skin away, but bathe with warm soft water, and then
apply a poultice. This must be repeated, if necessary, until the callous
skin is easily removed, and then anoint frequently, until the sore is healed,
with the following :

No. 18. 1 Dr. iodide of potash,
6 Drs. simple ointment,
2 Drs. glycerine.

When it has reached the stage of navel gall—hard, grisly, almost
horny —apply daily the camphorated, corrosive sublimate, No. 2. Shake
the bottle well before pouring it out; use a mop with which to put it on;
then, when it is thoroughly saturated with this liniment, use a hot iron
with which to dry it in.

When one finds his horse suffering in this way under saddle or harness,
his own interests, as well as the promptings of humanity, demand that
he shall at once remove the cause, if possible; but it is sometimes the
case that this cannot be done—absence on a journey, military necessity,
press of farm or road work, requiring regular service. Under these
circumstances the saddle or harness should receive immediate attention
and subsequent watchfulness on the part of the rider or driver. The
padding must be taken out of the saddle or collar so as to obviate
pressure on the part affected ; or, as for the saddle, the blanket may be
so arranged as to lift it from the spot. The sore place must be bathed
well with salt and water as soon as possible after it is discovered ;
and then covered with a piece of adhesive plaster, heated, of course,
until it sticks readily. If matter has formed, a hole should be cut in
the middle of the plaster to allow it to escape.

Treated in this way, the horse may be ridden from day to day, and
recoyer while in use.

Greasing collars and other parts of harness will frequently prevent
that chafing which results in sores and callous tumors.

If the horse, through constitutional tenderness, is subject to these
swellings and sores, it is well to put the saddle on half an hour before
using him ; and leave it on, having slightly loosened the girths, for a half
hour or an hour afterward, thus preventing sudden change in the temper-

ature of the skin.
XI. Fungous Collar Tumor.

Causes.—This in its nature is essentially the same as that described in
the preceding section as saddle gall, or sitfast—differing, however, in

location and specific cause. It is an inflammation and swelling beneath

THE HORSE, SKIN DISEASES, ETC. 209

the large flat muscle that covers the front of the shoulder, and is caused
by the chafing of the collar.

How to know it._It is s ‘arcely necessary to undertake farther descrip-
tion of a well-known, visible affection. It is usually found near the
point of the shoulder; and the character of the tumor as to simplicity
or severity can be readily determined by examination. If of considerable
standing, it will be found so hard as to render it almost impossible to
detect any fluctuation that would indicate the presence of matter.
Where there is much swelling, however, there is almost invariably matter,
and no cure can be effected until this is removed. In cases less marked
there will be a small, hard or indurated lump without matter.

Under similar conditions as those mentioned in the preceding section,
it may form a leathery patch in the center and become a real sitfast.

What to do.—The tumor must, if possible, be so treated as to leave no
scar or lump, as this would be easily irritated by the collar upon subse-
quent use, and prove a source of constant trouble. The first thing in
order will be to take the horse from work, if at all practicable. If not,
use a breast-strap, so as to prevent all further chafing. If the swelling
is recent, apply cold water often, or cover the part with a wet rag hung
over the shoulders in such a way as to remain in contact with the swelling.
This must be kept constantly wet.

But if the tumor is large, and of long standing—already hardened
and containing matter deeply hidden, open with a knife—making a
smooth, vertical cut, and of sufficient depth to thoroughly evacuate
the pus. Syringe the opening well every day with the following solution :

No. 19. 80 Grains chloride of zine,
1 Quart water.

If the wound seems inclined to heal and leave a hard lump in doing so,
discontinue the injection, and rub frequently with the following liniment
to promote the absorption of: the callous or gristly formation :

No. 20. 1 Oz. iodine,
12 Oz. soup liniment.

XII. Warts.

Causes.—It is difficult to point out anything that may be implicitly
received as the cause of these excrescences. Generally accompanying a
plethoric condition, they may be considered as owing their origin prima-
rily to high feeding and insufficient exercise. This, however, must not
be taken as conclusive, since they not unfrequently appear upon active

animals, of meagre habit.

210 [ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

The manner of their formation seems to be this: Knots in the true skin
are gradually developed, being surrounded with a covering of the scarf-
skin, something thickened and matted together ; and this outer covering
generally dries and splits into fibers towards the top, while blood, in
greater quantities than usual, is sent to the inner or vascular parts ; and
more nutriment is thus diverted to it than to the surrounding flesh, so
that an upward or outward growth is promoted.

Seed warts usually make their appearance on the eyelids, the nose, the
sheath and adjoining parts of the belly; the encysted or sae warts, on
the pasterns, hock-joints, and knee-joints, and sometimes upon the sheath
and neighboring parts.

Unless warts appear upon the penis they are not injurious to health,
and at first occasion little inconvenience unless upon the shoulder or |
some part where harness or saddle touches constantly ; but they should
be removed, nevertheless — particularly the sac wart and those seed warts
which manifest a tendency to enlargement. If the encysted or blood
wart is allowed to remain it will almost invariably enlarge and spread.

How to know it.

which is fibrous, white, and gristly or cartilaginous, but somewhat

There are two kinds of these formations, one of
’

spongy lump, contained in a sac or cell which has taken its rise from the
outer or scarf-skin ; and the other is a somewhat cartilaginous substance,
not inclosed, but adhering firmly to the skin—a hard excrescence, —the
‘*seed wart,’’— which is too well known to require particular description.
It is sometimes difficult to distinguish the blood wart, as the former is
sometimes called, from the seed wart; but it generally presents a more
rounded, smooth appearance, and sometimes hangs as by a little stem, in
which last case it is readily known.

What to do.—If there is doubt as to the character of the wart, the
matter may be speedily determined by running a sharp-knife through it ;
when, if a blood or sac wart, the contents will come out, accompanied
by more or less copious bleeding; whereas, the seed wart will in this
case be merely divided by the incision, each part retaining its firmness or
consistency.

When the blood wart is thus opened, nothing more will be necessary
than to touch the part with a solution of chloride of zinc, one grain to
the ounce of water, or lunar caustic. When these warts are attached to
the skin by narrow bases, or small stems, they may be clipped off with
knife or scissors, and the part slightly burned over with caustic as pre-—
viously directed.

If the growth is of the fixed kind, or seed wart, remove by means of
scissors or knife when standing singly ; but if the stem or base is large,

THE HORSE, SKIN DISEASES, ETC. 911

or if the warts grow in bunches, too numerous and too close together to
be cut away, pick off or otherwise chafe the rough outer surface so as to
make it bleed; then with a stiff brush rub in yellow orpiment wetted
with a little water, and in a few days they will come away, or may be
rubbed off, and leave a healthy sore, which soon heals. If the entire
wart does not come off by reason of one application, repeat.

When the penis is wholly covered with warts, the best plan is to haye
it amputated, as the warts cannot easily be removed without destroying
as much of it as it would be necessary to remove entirely in order to be
rid of them.

XIII. Vermin.

Causes.—Vermin are both a cause and a consequent of skin disease ;
and being also bred in the hairy covering, perhaps in the yery skin
itself, they are properly treated in this connection.

Every species of animal is more or less troubled with his own peculiar
insect tormentor ; and while no well-defined cause can be assigned as to
their origin, they are almost always found associated with filth and
squalor.

They sometimes, however, trouble animals of fair condition, and accus-
tomed to reasonable care ; but in this case they are caught by contact.

Poor, ill-cared-for, mangy horses, colts in the Spring of the year, with
long, uncurried coats, and old and feeble horses with like rough and
shaggy covering, most probably breed them ; and on these they are most
frequently and plentifully found.

The itching torment to which they subject diseased animals doubtless
intensifies whatever disorder may exist ; and the very earliest opportunity
should be taken to eradicate them from the sufferer.

When horses stand in proximity to a hen-house, they are often
seriously annoyed with hen-lice, which are even more tormenting than
those peculiar to the horse himself.

How to know it—The horse infested with vermin will usually mani-
fest his uneasiness by biting and rubbing himself; but their presence
may be unmistakably detected by a more or less careful examination of
his coat.

What to do.—If the horse is suffering from some skin disease requir-
ing treatment, the means adopted for this will almost invariably suffice of
themselves to remove the vermin; but where no such disease exists, and
it is a simple case of lousiness, anoint him with the following salve :

212 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

No. 21. 1 Dr. carbolic acid crystals,
1 Quart fresh lard.

Rub it upon every part of the body thoroughly ; wash with warm soap
suds next day ; repeat if necessary—at last washing and drying.

Attention to his general health will also be demanded ; and to this end
he should be upon good pasture, or a liberal supply of nourishing but
not heating food should be given.

If it is a case of hen-lice, the first thing to be done is to remove the
horse from the place infested with these, and then to anoint and wash
as before directed.

XIV. Larva in the Skin.

Causes.—The larva, which infests chiefly the back—that part of the
is not only a source of

horse upon which saddle or harness must press
trouble to the animal, but of great inconvenience to the master, as the
acute painfulness of a tumor raised by one of these grubs often pre-
vents use.

The larva is the offspring of a fly which deposits its eggs upon the
back and sides of the horse while he is out at pasture or roaming at large
upon the common. ‘This fly does not frequent the barn-yard and stable,
so that horses which are confined to these when not in use are never
annoyed with the larva.

The eggs are hatched by the warmth of the animal; and the creature
burrows into the skin, where it remains and grows till Spring, raising
meanwhile, by its irritating presence, a small lump, which is eventually
developed into a painful tumor, upon the pus of which the insect pro-
longs a life that it began upon the natural juices of the skin and cellu-
lar tissue.

How to know it.—The most unmistakable sign of the trouble, when it
is not plainly discernible with the eye, is the restlessness manifested by
the horse when subjected to the saddle. When he does this, and no
well-defined occasion for his displeasure and his pranks is readily per-
ceptible, examination will reveal a tumor or abscess if the larva is present ;
for the horse will hardly grow restive at first, when there is a mere lump
in the skin. Upon the top of this abscess a black spot will be found,
which is the point of entrance, and the opening through which the
insect obtains the little air that it needs.

What to do.—The best thing to do, because both quickest and safest,

is to open the top of the tumor slightly with a lancet, and then to
squeeze out the larva. The wound should then be dressed a time or two

———

THE HORSE, SKIN DISEASES, ETC. 213

with a solution of one grain of chloride of zine to one gill of water; and
the trouble will soon be over,

XV. Tetter.

Causes.—This seems to arise from some constitutional cause, which it
is difficult to point out. It appears on horses of different conditions or
habit of body. On some it breaks out periodically, Summer after
Summer.

It is not contagious, unless neglected until it assumes the epizootic form,
which it sometimes does, after which it is communicable to both man
and horse.

There are said by some to be two or three forms of tetter, but in
reality whatever different forms it may assume, when not complicated
with other affections, they are indications of different degrees of severity.

How to know ithe attack is usually sudden, and the animal is
observed to rub himself severely, as suffering from intense itchiness.
The neck, shoulders, back, and thighs are the points ordinarily affected.
Upon examination, the skin will be found red with inflammation, some-
times torn or scratched by rubbing; and the blisters or pimples will
be seen on those parts of the inflamed spot not so torn or scratched.
These blisters break, and a watery fluid is discharged, which keeps the
surface moist.

In its more advanced stage it may be taken for mange; but it may be
distinguished from mange by its manifesting less tendency to spread and
invade all parts of the skin; and by the absence of parasites under the
scabby portions.

What to do.— First, see that the horse’s bowels are put in good condi-
tion. If there is any tendency to plethora, (too great fulness), to
constipation, or general feverishness, give him a purgative dose; and in
any event let his food be of such character as to prevent costiveness.

Give, once a day, an ounce of Fowler’s solution of arsenic. Rub the
affected parts well with sweet oil, and let it remain thereon for a few
hours; then wash with warm soapsuds so as to remove the scabs or
scales. Then cover the diseased surface and some portion of the healthy
skin all round with the following ointment ;

No. 22. 44 Lb. flour of sulphur,
% Lb. carbonate of potash,
1 Oz. carbolie acid,
2 Lbs. lard,
2 Lbs. olive oil.

214 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Mix well with a gentle heat. Allow it to remain on the skin for two
or three days, and then wash off with strong soap and water.

Tar ointment, (equal quantities of tar and lard well mixed with gentle
heat), is an excellent external application, and may be used when No, 22
is difficult to procure,

XVI. Rat Tails.

Causes.— Simple tetter, as also mallenders and sallenders, is sometimes
allowed through neglect to become obstinate; the skin thickens; ugly
eracks are formed, from which flows in abundance a sort of purulent
half-watery fluid; upon the thickened portion of the skin the scabs
increase, growing up into somewhat perpendicular layers, and the hairs
growing from these are glued together by the exuding matter. Such
bunches of matted hair are called, by reason of their appearance, ‘rat
tails.””

The disease seems occasionally to be produced outright, without the

supervention of any other known disorder, by much exposure to wet
ground of a chalky or loamy nature, or to sticky mud.
How to know it—It appears chiefly upon the legs, one or all of
which may be affected at the same time; but the hairs of the tail,
especially near the root of the tail, are often found in the condition
described, and for a like reason. ‘Tetter, ringworm, or some other dis-
order produces itching; the horse rubs the part till it becomes raw ;
matter exudes at length, and the hair is matted in bunches along the
upper portion of the tail bone, as shown in the figure exhibiting external
manifestations of disease.

If resulting from either neglected tetter, no matter what its position,
or from mallenders and sallenders, it is accompanied by itchiness ; but
this is generally less severe than is the case with these disorders in their
simple form. When the disease is fully developed, the appearance of
the bunches of hair upon the parts is a sufficient indication.

What to do.— As in simple tetter, attention must be directed to estab-
lishing a good condition of the bowels ; and to this end a purgative may
be given—especially if there is any indication of constipation and
general feverishness. The food must be regulated by the necessity of
keeping down all inflammatory symptoms. Make a tonic powder as
follows:

No, 23. 12 Oz. sulphur,

1 Dr. arsenic,
1 Oz, bruised coriander seed.

Divide into twelve parts and give one in the food night and morning.

aS

THE HORSE, SKIN DISEASES, ETC. 215

Dress the sores three times a day with the following lotion, applying
with a soft rag:

No. 24. 1 Fluid oz. Jaudanum,
1 Fluid oz. glycerine,
3g Oz. carbonate of soda,
1 Quart water.

XVII. Mallenders and Sallenders.

Causes.— By these terms are denoted oozy, scurfy patches upon the
knee and hock—those which appear back of the knee being called (for
what reason nobody seems to know) mallenders ; and those which appear
in front of the hock, sallenders. They spring from idleness and neglect
—an impure state of the blood having been brought on by heating and
unsuitable diet, and disorders of the bowels, liver, or kidneys.

Though of no serious importance as diseases, they are unsightly, and,
if neglected, they result in troublesome sores.

How to know it.—They first begin as a moist tetter, apt to escape
observation until they appear in a roughened state of hair about the
parts mentioned, under which the skin is scurfy, feverish and somewhat
tendér. Itching of such severity sometimes attends them as to render
the horse restive and hard to keep under restraint. :

What to do.—In the first place attend to the cleanliness of the horse
and put him upon a regular course of moderate exercise. Give him
twice daily, night and morning, a pint of the excellent alterative and
tonic drink :

No. 25. 1 Fluid oz. liquor arsenicalis,

1s Oz. tincture muriate of iron,
1 Qt. water.

Rub the parts affected two or three times a day with an ointment made
as follows:

No. 26. 1 Oz. animal glycerine,
2 Drs. mercurial ointment,
2 Drs. powdered ointment,
1 Oz. spermacetti,

If the scurfy places have developed into suppurating sores, use, instead
of the ointment, the following lotion, saturating them well twice a day :
J
No. 27. 3¢ Pint animal glycerine,
4 Oz. chloride of zine,
6 Quarts water.

Be careful that his food is such as to keep him from constipation and
fever.

216 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

XVIII. Poll-evil.

Causes.— Poll-evil is the name given to a deep abscess having its seat
of primary inflammation between the ligament of the neck and the first
bone which lies beneath without being attached to it; and it is serious
in its nature by reason of this depth and of the difficulty with which the
matter formed finds its way to the surface through the strong fibrous
membrane that envelopes it. If not attended to in its early stages, the
surface of the first bone from the head, or that of the joint between the
first two bones, becomes inflamed, and the joint or joints involved.

The disease may be said to owe its origin almost wholly to violence of
some kind. A blow upon the poll by a brutal driver may very readily
produce it; and much slighter causes, often repeated, result in this
affection ; as, the forcing on of a tight collar day after day; hanging
back and so bruising the poll with bridle or halter ; and excessive rubbing
of that part because of itch produced by dirt accumulated about the ears
and upper point of the neck and not carried away by brush or currycomb.
Striking the head against low ceilings aad the beams of low doorways is
doubtless responsible for very many cases of this dangerous and disa-

greeable disorder.

How to know it-—A certain restlessness, a throwing back of the head
and then returning ; again, a drooping tendency, turning the head from
one side to the other; a dull appearance about the eyes; a sluggishness
of movement—all these are sometimes observed before any symptoms
of the disease may be discovered about the head.

Sometimes no notice is taken of its existence until considerable swelling
and even an unwholesome discharge have set in; but more frequently an
oval tumor is discovered,—hot, tender, situated directly in the region of
the nape of the neck, but generatly inclining to one side. In the milder
form this tumor is evidently superficial ; and the horse moves his head
with comparative ease and freedom ; whereas, in the more advanced stage
he carries it stifly, and every movement of it or the neck causes great pain.
Sometimes: the disorder is so deeply-
seated that the tumor is not developed
sufficiently to make much outward show,
It is much likelier to discover itself plainly
as a well-developed swelling when the
hurt is superficial. In any case, it must
be examined with the fingers to deter-
mine this point. Place the fingers gently
upon it, and give the animal time to re-
cover from the little scare into which this
touching of a sore at first gives him;

POLL-EVIL DURING THE First STAGE.

THE HORSE, SKIN DISEASES, ETC. 217

then gradually press upon the part.
If the hurt is near the surface, he will
flmch quickly; if deeply seated, he
will be correspondingly slow in show-
ing evidences of pain. If suppura- °
tion has already set in, it can readily
be known when near the surface by a
sort of fluctuating feeling; but this

fluctuation can scarcely be felt at all BouRVEn ixviisl Szeowo Sraca
if the matter is deep seated.

What to do.—If discovered when there is nothing more than a swelling,
no matter having yet been found, remove all tendency to general fever-
ishness by giving purgative medicine according to evident fullness of
condition ; allow the horse to rest; and put him on moderately light
diet. Then make the following cooling lotion, and keep the swelling
constantly moistened with it by having a small rag pad laid over it and
saturated with the mixture from time to time:

No. 28. 2 Oz. tincture of arnica,
a 1 Dr. iodide of potassium,
1 Qt. vinegar,
1 Qt. camomile infusion.

If this does not reduce the inflammation and remove the swelling
within a few days, it may be inferred that matter is already forming,
though it may have been impossible at first to detect it; and you must
bring it to a head as soon as practicable by poulticing. Use for this pur-
pose a mixture of ground flax seed, corn meal, oil of turpentine, and
hog’s lard. As soon as matter can be felt, have ready a large and very
sharp knife; cast the animal, and have some one to sit upon his neck to
prevent struggling; then open with a quick, steady, and strong sweep of
the blade through the tumor—being careful to have the wound open at
the lower point of the tumor, so as to provide for more easily draining it
of matter that may hereafter form. Be careful, too, not to cut the
tendinous ligament that runs along the neck under the mane. If the
matter appears to be on both sides, open the places separately, so as to
leave this ligament undivided. It may, if absolutely necessary, be
severed between the second bone and the head, and the support of the
head be not materially weakened, since the main stress is on the second
bone, and the divided ligament, if healthy, will soon heal again ;_ but it
is best to avoid all risks; and if at all convenient, the aid of an exper-
ienced veterinary surgeon should be had when it becomes necessary to
use the knife.

218 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

The wound must now be cleansed by being syringed daily with a stim-
ulating wash, (1-2 dr. chloride of zinc in 1 quart of water), until a
healthy discharge sets in, and evidences of healing begin to manifest
themselves. Nothing further will then be necessary than to keep the
parts clean by daily sponging with warm soapsuds.

It sometimes occurs that before remedial measures are resorted to, not
alone the fleshy, but the tendinous, ligamentary, and bony structures
have become involved, and the disease has assumed a desperate char-
acter. If further neglected, the spinal cord is likely to become diseased,
and the case hopeless. If, upon opening a tumor, the matter is found to
flow in great quantities, resembling melted glue, with something of an
oily consistence, it may be known that the disease is deep-seated and

3

may exist. If any are found, the knife should again be employed, and
another cut made, smooth down, and in the same direction as the first, to
prevent all rough and hacked walls, till the lowest depths are reached.
Then cleanse the wounds with warm soapsuds, using a good gum com-
press syringe ; and dress with a mixture of spirits of turpentine, honey,
and tincture of myrrh. When a thick, light-colored matter begins to
appear, the dressing must be discontinued, and the parts must be kept
clean, as previously directed, by sponging with warm soapsuds.

dangerous ; and the probe should be employed to find whatever cavities

It is sometimes necessary to cut away loose pieces of ligament till a
healthy aspect is presented on the walls and in the depths of the incision.

In the more desperate cases, numerous openings are formed, and these
discharge a matter resembling the white of an egg, which adheres to the
surrounding parts, and gives to the animal a most repulsive appearance.
In this case the knife should be used so as to take in at one sweep the
greatest number: of openings, and then the other openings should be con-
nected by cuts with this main channel ; after which the wound should be
cleansed as previously directed, and dressed with the mixture preseribed
—spirits of turpentine, honey, and tincture of myrrh.

After matter has formed, the knife is the only sure means of saving
the horse; and, in the hands of the skillful man, it is a merciful
means. The operation is brief; and the relief is more speedy than can
otherwise be obtained. Let no one attempt it, however, who cannot
operate as though for the moment divested of feeling, as there must be
no hesitation; no awkwardness as to direction, no notching and hacking.

A horse that has once had the poll-evil should never afterward have a
collar thrust over his head, or be hauled around with a halter or any
other head-gear pressing upon the part. The poll will long remain ten-
der, and a return of the disorder is likely.

If it is necessary to treat during Summer, when the horse is apt to be

THE HORSE, SKIN DISEASES, ETC. 919

annoyed with flies, keep the wound covered with a rag moistened in a
solution of tar.

XIX. Fistula.

Causes.—This is sometimes known as fistulous withers, to distinguish
it from fistula of the parotid duct. It is similar to poll-evil and is gen-
erally caused in like manner, by bruises. In the case of fistula, these
bruises may be caused by-an ill-fitting collar; by a lady’s saddle, partic-
ularly if awkwardly ridden; by the pressing forward of a man’s saddle,
especially in case of high withers; by striking the withers against the
top of a low door-way ; by rolling and striking the withers against some
hard substance ; by the biting of other horses; and by a blow of the
blacksmith’s hammer. The points of the spinal processes, (little pro-
jections of the spine or back bone,) are hurt, inflammation sets in, and
the fistulous tumor is produced. Its site is the spine above the shoulders ;
and it is more troublesome than poll-evil, because it is more exposed to

repeated injuries.

How to know it-—The first indication will be a swelling on one or
both sides of the withers, generally rather broad and flat. Upon exam-
ination with the fingers this will be found hot, tender, and apparently
deep seated. If observed when first formed, it will be of+ uniform
hardness throughout. If unattended to while in this state, the tumor
soon becomes an abscess ; and owing to the difficulty in the way of the
matter’s escaping, (its natural outlet being at the top of the shoulders),
the pus sinks downward ; and the abscess sometimes becomes enormous
before there is any well defined head, and before there is any opening.
When it breaks, or is opened, a large quantity of extremely offensive
matter flows out. Ordinarily, the tumor will come to a head in from one
to two weeks. When the discharge has begun, the tumor does not begin
to grow healthy and heal, but the walls of the opening thicken, and
continue to discharge matter which becomes more and more offensive.
The matter burrows between the shoulder blade and spinal points, and
everything around seems to be rotting away; and it is both difficult and
dangerous to trace the opening. In process of time several holes will
appear along the course of the muscles in contact with the original abscess,
and from each issues a foul discharge, till the ulcerating process seems
to extend itself to nearly all the muscles of the shoulder.

The health of the animal may at first be excellent, and there may be
no lameness ; but as the inflammation extends, there is lameness of the
shoulder, and he suffers generally—often greatly. He is averse to
motion, and will suffer for food and drink rather than undergo ‘the pain

15

220 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

of trying to reach and partake of it. In its worst stages the bones
extending into the sinues decay.

What to do.— Be careful to ascertain, in the
first place, whether the tumor has newly
risen. The matter may form in one, even
while it is quite small; and it is important
to know when the knife may be used to
advantage. :

If matter has already formed, it can be
detected by the somewhat soft and fluctuat-
ing feeling of the abscess.

f If discovered while still a new formation,
Ramo ay varia tee EE **” take the horse from work, if possible ; if

not, take especial pains to protect the in-
jured point or points from pressure.
A bruise at that point of the with-
ers where the collar rests will not
unfit a horse for the saddle, unless
considerable inflammation and ex-
tending soreness has already set in ;
nor will a saddle bruise, farther
back on the withers, necessarily un-
fit him for harness.

A recent swelling should be im-
mediately treated with fomentations of bitter herbs.

Boil wormwood, or mullen stalks, or life-everlasting in soft water, to
make a strong decoction ; and apply it with large woolen cloths, as hot
as can be borne, to hasten the formation of matter. When the tumor
begins to soften and show signs of heading, have a suitable, fine-pointed,
sharp knife. Ascertain the lowest point of the abscess. Then stand
close to his side, near the middle, to avoid both hind and fore feet in
case of kicking or striking, with the back of the knife to the shoulder ;
point upward and outward, stick at the lower edge, and cut open with a
free incision. Next, syringe the abscess till it is as thoroughly cleansed
as possible with a solution of carbolic acid and water, one part acid to
two of water. Then dress with coal oil,;or some convenient salve.
After two or three days, the wound should be thoroughly cleansed by
syringing with warm soap suds; then use the carbolic acid water, and

FistuLous WirtHrrs—Wonrst SraGe.

repeat the oil or salve dressing; and so on till a cure is effected.

The patient must in no case be turned to pasture, since the constant
motion of the neck and jaws necessary to procuring and masticating his
food aggravates every symptom. Stable him comfortably, and feed

poten!

THE HORSE, SKIN DISEASES, ETC. 221

according to his general condition. Let him have water freely ; and give
opportunity each day for some exercise by allowing him the run of a
small inclosure. ;

When the case has become chronic, and holes in considerable number
have appeared, make a cut so as to reach the bones, and to include in its
course as many holes as practicable. If there are other openings, (par-
ticularly below), cut from them into the main incision. Have an assistant
to press back the sides of the greater opening till the matter is cleared
out ; and if the spinous processes or points are found to be carious or
rotten, nip off with a pair of bone forceps till the healthy bone is
reached. If any of this decaying bone is left, the wound will inevitably
matter and break again, though it may for a time appear to have healed,

After thus cleaning out the bulk of the matter and picking away the
dead bone, use the syringe and warm soap-suds still further to clean the
parts; then inject the carbolic solution as previously directed, But
instead of coal oil, use this ointment once a day ;

No. 29. 's Oz. verdigris,
4g Oz. copperas,
1 Oz. oil of turpentine,
4 Gz. yellow rosin.

The copperas and rosin must be finely powdered—then mix all together
thoroughly. When a kind of thick whitish discharge is observed to have
set in, discontinue the ointment ; but still wash or syringe thoroughly, at
intervals, with warm soap-suds. To keep away flies, cover the wound,
after each dressing, with a large cloth saturated with diluted tar.

Should the horse grow feverish from the effects of blood poisoning,
which takes place in a greater or less degree in this chronic stage by
reason of absorption, bleed him once, at least, taking from the neck vein
from three to six quarts, according to general condition and severity of
the inflammation.

When the disease has proceeded to the length of requiring this severe
treatment, the recovery is necessarily slow, and the horse is inevitably
disfigured.

In very desperate cases it is sometimes best, or, indeed, almost indis-
pensable, to use the rowel. The pipes, (or sinuses as they are sometimes
called), the openings whence the matter exudes, take a dangerous direc-
tion, and tend from the withers to the chest. Use an elastic probe, to
ascertain the direction and the depth; and if it is found that cutting will
not answer, use the guarded seton or rowel needle described in the chap-
ter on medicines, ointments, etc. Insert it as far as it will go, then give
it a firm rap on the handle, so as to force out the cutting edge and drive
the point through the flesh. Knot one end of a long, slender tape,

222 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

place the other through the opening near the point. of the needle and
draw it through. Then tie a knot at the other end, and leave it. In
this way, the sinus will have an opening below, and the tape will act as a
drain, while tending also by friction to remove the hard lining of the
pipe. As soon as a healthy looking matter is seen to be issuing from
the lower orifice, remove the seton, but cleanse occasionally with warm
soap and water,

CHAPTER III.

DISEASES OF THE GLANDS AND NASAL MEMBRANES.

I. GLANDERS.——IL. FARCY.——III. DISTEMPER. ——IV. NASAL GLEET.—— V. NASAL
POLYPUS.

I. Glanders.

Causes.—This seems to be primarily a disease of the lymphatic and
nasal glands, and confined to them; but upon this point authorities dis-
agree, and it is contended by some that all the air passages are always
affected—that it is a kind of phthisic, or incipient pulmonary disorder—
and that whether the ulcers appear on the membrane of the nose prior or
subsequent to the formation of tubercles in the lungs does not invalidate
the proposition that the earliest external manifestations are but the
effects of pulmonary derangement. The most tenable conclusion, how-
ever, is plainly this: that inflammation of the membrane of the nose,
and contined to that membrane, at last results in ulceration; that the
matter discharged from these is poisonous, and acts upon the glands by
means of the absorbents with which it comes in contact, and is also
inhaled into the lungs with the air as it passes through the nasal cavities,
till at leneth both the circulatory and the respiratory systems are gen-
erally diseased.

Whence this poison is derived is not at all clearly defined. The disease
is both spontaneous, (bred in the horse), and contagious ; but it is doubt-
less due far more frequently to predisposing cause than to contagion. — It
is found as a prevalent disease where neglect, filth, and foul atmosphere
exist ; and we may reasonably conclude that poisonous inhalations, acting
upon the delicate and easily irritated membrane of the nose, produce
that incipient ulceration from which the subsequent general poisoning
.proceeds. In close stalls, the carbonic acid given off from the lungs,
(which gas is of a deadly poisonous character), passes again and again

224 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

into the lungs, mixed with other impurities of the stall itself ; this, acting
perhaps more readily upon the nasal membrane than upon the other
linings of the air passages, produces inflammation. This inflammation
may long exist, and unsuspected by the ordinary observer, till some
intense action is set up, when ulceration takes place.

Or it may be produced by anything that injures and weakens the vital
energy of this membrane ; as violent catarrh, accompanied by long con-
tinued discharge from the nostrils ; a fracture of the bones of the nose ;
and the too frequent injection of stimulating and acid substances up the
nostrils. Everything that weakens the constitution, may, under peculiar
circumstances, produce glanders. Among the hurtful influences that
may operate to this end we may enumerate: hardships and an exhausted
constitution ; any interference with the due elimination or throwing off
of morbid and waste matter from the system; want of regular exercise ;
sudden and violent exercise when the horse has not been previously pre-
pared for it; placing a weak and worn-out horse upon a course of diet
that is too nutritious and stimulating; and hereditary predisposition to
certain forms of disease.

One point is deserving of special mention: it is sometimes present and
contagious mm animals apparently in fine bodily condition; other horses
may contract the disease from such a one and die of it while it is still
difficult to discover unmistakable traces of it in the first. There may be
inflammation, and minute ulcers so far up the nasal passages as not to be
seen; these little hidden ulcers may discharge so small a quantity of mat-
ter as to escape notice, and yet the matter is so poisonous that when it
comes in contact with any thin and delicate membrane, by which it may
be absorbed, it will produce glanders. Weeks, and even months, may
intervene between the first existence of inflamed membrane and the
development of the disease. In this case there may be counteracting
tendencies, requiring some violent action or sudden change to determine
the issue.

It must be observed that its infectious nature is not general, but par-
ticular— depending upon inoculation with the matter exuded from
glanderous ulcers, or at least from poison. received in some way from the
glandered animal and communicated directly to a wound or to some del-
icate membrane of another horse, an ass, or a human being.

How to know it—As may be inferred from the preceding, it is not
always easy to detect the actual presence of this disease, though it is
often a matter of paramount importance that it should be known. — Its
dangerous character as an infectious disorder makes it essential that it
should be known in its very earliest stages, that the proper precautions

may be taken to prevent the infection from spreading.

.

THE HORSE, DISEASES OF THE NASAL GLANDS, ETC. 225

There are some symptoms that may be observed, even before the
appearance of any discharge whatever; and these may be deseribed,
though they may sometimes prove fallacious, and are found to be but
extraordinary indications of some other disease.

The first signs are those of heaviness, dullness, followed by fever ; the
eyes are red and unhealthy looking, while the light is seemingly painful to
them. The hair is one day dry, the next, perhaps, it resumes its natural
appearance, and so alternating until after awhile it becomes staring and
unnatural. The flesh wastes away rapidly for a time ; then, and particu-
larly if a change of food is introduced, showing some improvement, and
so alternating till at length he begins to show signs of permanently
failing health and of a general debility.

These may be regarded as for the most part premonitory signs, and up
to this time there may be no appearance of tumors and no discharge
from the nostrils ; but the animal should be subjected to the most rigid
scrutiny, to discover whether there is anything to confirm the impression
made by the symptoms enumerated as to the probable existence of glan-
dered condition.

After these manifestations there may be said to be three stages of the
disease, the peculiarities of each of which, in so far as they are distinctly
defined, are generally as follows: In the first stage the discharge so
much resembles that which attends some other nasal affection as some-
times to pass unnoticed, but examination will disclose a curious fact
which has not been accounted for,—it will be found confined to one
nostril, and that, in the vast majority of cases, the left. Occasionally it
is the right, very seldom both. This, however, must not be regarded as
a peculiarity of the first only, as it is common to every stage of the
disease.

The second stage is characterized by an increased flow, and it also
becomes more mucous and sticky, while its color changes from an almost
transparent clearness to a whitish or yellowish tinge. It often begins
now to drip from the nose in stringy clots. Some of the matter in this
stage, now more actively poisonous, being taken up by the absorbents,
affects the neighboring glands. If both nostrils are discharging, the
glands within the under jaw will be enlarged on both sides; if from one
nostril, only the gland on that side. As other diseases will produce
these swelled glands, as catarrh, for instance, it becomes necessary to
look for some peculiarity in order to determine certainly as to the exist-
ence of glanders. At first the enlargement may be spread over so much
surface as not to make any distinctly marked lumps; but this soon
changes, and one or two small swellings remain, and these are not in the
center of the channel, but adhere close to the jaw on the affected side.

PPB ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

This may be regarded as an almost conclusive test. The membrane of
the nose will now be found of either a dark purplish hue or a leaden
color—the latter, unless there is some of the redness of inflammation ;
and ulcers will probably appear upon the membrane, usually approaching
to a circular form, and deep, with abrupt and prominent edges. When
these appear there can be no further doubt, but care must be taken to
know that they are not spots of mucous. To this end, try whether they
may be brushed away. Notice particularly, too, that the orifice of the
duct which connects with the tear glands is just within the nostril, and
on the inner side of it; otherwise, this, if foul, may be mistaken for an
ulcer, ‘This orifice may be readily distinguished from an ulcer by
observing that it is on the continuation of the common skin, while the
glanderous ulcers are on the membrane of the nose.

When these ulcers begin to be visible, the general condition of the
animal soon shows signs of change ; his coat seems dead and staring, the
hair coming off easily ; his appetite is impaired ; he loses flesh ; his belly
contracts ; he grows more and more debilitated; there is more or less
cough; the discharge increases in quantity, and its increased poisonous
character causes it to remove the hair where it flows, while it seems
tinged with blood, and is offensive to the smell.

In the third stage the uleers have become larger and more numerous ;
and upon placing the ear to the horse’s chest, a grating, choking noise
will be heard at every act of breathing. The air passages being obstructed,
every breath is drawn with difficulty. The skin of the forehead will be
found somewhat thickened, swelled, and peculiarly tender ; the membrane
lining the frontal openings of the nose will be not only ulcerated but
evidently inflamed ; the discharges are increased and become more sticky
and of darker color, though still somewhat flecked with blood. The
absorbents become more and more involved; it seems now that general
ulceration has set in: and the additional symptoms are henceforth those
of farey.

To prevent its being mistaken in its earlier stages for strangles, which
is sometimes done, the following directions will suttice :

Strangles is peculiar to young horses, and at the outset resembles cold
with some fever and sore throat, accompanied generally by distressing
cough and some wheezing. The enlargement which sometimes appears
beneath the jaw in strangles is not a single small gland, but a swelling
of the whole substance between the jaws, growing harder toward the
center, and at length, if the disease runs on, breaking. In strangles the
membranes of the nose will be very red, and the discharge from the
nostrils profuse and mattery almost from the first. When the tumor has
burst, the fever will abate and the horse will speedily get well.

.

THE HORSE, DISEASES OF THE NASAL GLANDS, ETC, 227

To distinguish it from catarrh, for which also it is sometimes mistaken,
observe that fever, loss of appetite, coughing, and sore throat all
accompany catarrh, whereas these symptoms are rarely if ever found
together in glanders. In catarrh, the horse quids his food, (drops it
from his mouth partially chewed), and gulps his water. The discharge
from the nose is profuse and sometimes mattery ; the glands under the
jaw, if swollen, are movable, while there is a thickening around them
and they are hot and tender.

What to do.

suggest itself to any one who has taken the pains to inform himself of

The first thing to do, and in the first stage, will naturally

the dreadful nature of the disease. Its contagious character renders. it
dangerous, as has been said, not only to all of the horse kind but to
man; and no time should be lost in removing a glandered animal from
the possibility of communicating the disorder to another. If stabled,
there should be no connection whatever between his stall and those of
other animals, as the discharge from the nostril, (in which lies the
danger), may be communicated through any opening sufficient to allow
horses to bite or nibble at each other. If placed to pasture, it should be
known that no other horse is at all likely either to be turned in with him
or to approach the inclosure. And this removal or separation should
take place whenever it is observed that there is that constant discharge
from one nostril which has been described, even though it may seem but
watery and natural, and the horse be in the very best apparent condition.
Remember that a glandered condition may long exist, and minute ulcers,
in the hidden recesses of the nose, discharge a sort of limpid or clear
fluid, without any of the active and violent symptoms being manifest ;
but that all this time the horse may be able to communicate the disease
to others ; and that these may die of it while he is yet in reasonably fair
condition. ‘ °

It can hardly escape the intelligent horse owner that every known
cause of the disease should, if possible, be promptly removed. Close,
damp, dark stables, reeking with exhalations distilled from mingled dung,
urine, and rain water, ought at any rate to begin to receive a little
attention. after the poor occupant has caught what is more than likely to
prove his death; if he is jaded and exhausted by labor, no hope of cure
can be entertained unless he is promptly released from his toils and put
upon moderate and health-giving exercise only, with such generous diet
as will restore the wasted tissues; if, on the contrary, he is pampered
and stimulated and grown unwholesomely plethoric for want of labor
proportioned to his good keeping, his food should be gradually changed,
and a regular course of moderately increasing exercise be instituted and

228 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

na

persevered in till that point is discovered at which such exercise is
recuperative rather than exhaustive, and then maintained.

_ It may be well, before proceeding farther, to caution the reader against
the advice of quacks, and point out what not to do. This may be
summed up in the one single injunction, do nothing cruel. All such prac-
tices as slitting the nose, scraping the cartilage, searing the glands, firing
the frontal and nasal bones, and injecting mustard, capsicum, vitriol, and
corrosive sublimate up the nostrils, are but the hurtful devices of ignor-
ance combined with brutality.

If the disease is in its first stage when the horse is taken in hand for
the purpose of employing remedial agencies, place him in a good, dry
and wry stable, if in Summer, or in an open pasture where most of his
food may be obtained by himself, observing the precautions already laid
down. If in Winter, he should still have the dry stable, not too close,
and. supplied with clean litter, and care should be taken to guard him
against severe cold and exposure to any sudden change. The matter of
food may be regulated by this: it must be nutritious without being
inflammatory ; and the condition of the animal as to previous treatment
and present condition of flesh must regulate the quantity, as also to some
extent the quality. Then prepare and administer the following medicine :

No. 30. 1 Drachm powdered sulphate of camphor,
4 Fluid drachms Fowler's solution of arsenic.

Mix with linseed meal and syrup to form a ball, and give one of like
quantity each day for three days; then omit a day; then give the balls
for three days again, and so on till a change for the better is perceptible
or its failure is manifest. Meanwhile, swab out the nose every day with
a solution of pyroligenous acid—using warm water, (as warm as the
horse ean well bear), and putting in sufficient of the acid at first to make
the solution of medium strength. It should be a little increased from
day to day ; but care must be taken not to make it too strong, as violent
acid injections or swabbing solutions are calculated to do harm rather
than good. A good mop for this purpose may be made by attaching soft
rags, (old cotton cloth is best), to a light stick, two feet in length—so
arranging the cloth as to have it project beyond the end of the stick to
be inserted, to prevent any roughness that might abrade or seratch the
membrane, and fastening very securely, to prevent its slipping off.

If this treatment is found not to be efficacious, or if the disease has
already developed into the second stage—the discharge more mucous,
sticky, and stringy, with glands swollen and the membrane of the nose
of a dark purple or leaden color—adopt the following treatment, and
carry it out energetically and persistently :

THE HORSE, DISEASES OF THE NASAL GLANDS, ETC. 229

Take from the neck vein from three to six quarts of blood, accord-
ing as the horse may appear feeble or plethoric. Make a gallon of
very strong decoction or tea of tobacco leaves, which keep ready for use.
Put enough of this into warm water, (as warm as the horse can well
bear), and swab out his nostrils with it, as high up as possible, using
mop as just directed. Then put a gill of this same strong tobacco te:
into a pint of warm water, and drench him with the solution. There
must be no uneasiness on account of the dreadful sickness which this
will produce. The tobacco is necessary thoroughly to relax the system
and overcome fixed or chronic tendencies, and to counteract the influence
of the glanderous poison. Swab out the nose every day for eight or ten
days, and drench every third day for from two to four weeks, or until
the discharge has ceased and the ulcers are perceptibly healing.

So for the first two stages. If all these directions, (those as to food
and care as well as for the administering of medicines), are faithfully
varried out, a reasonable hope of success may be entertained. If the
disease has passed into the third stage, however, no treatment can be
confidently recommended. So doubtful is it as to whether any remedial
agencies will avail, that most veterinarians in the United States confi-
dently declare that the best thing to do is to kill the sufferer in the
quickest and most humane way, and bury him deep in the ground, beyond
the possibility of his contaminating the atmosphere with his decaying and
poisonous carcass. ‘This is made a matter of legislative enactment in
England—severe penalties attaching to the keeping of glandered horses
—and it is contended by some that the general safety of both animals
and man require like legal enactments in this country; but, as we have
said, until he has passed into the third state, or where he seems to be
suffering with both glanders and farey, a good horse ought not to be sac-
rificed. It cannot be too strongly urged, however, that no effort ought
to be spared to prevent the spread of the contagion; and the man
who would expose a horse for sale, known to him to be glandered, but
not apparent to a casual observer, ought to be confined in the State
prison.

A horse affected with this disease, in any stage, is dangerous to the
man who handles him; but he is doubly so, perhaps, when he has become
a loathsome object in limbs and body as well as in head; and under
ordinary circumstances it is doubtless best to destroy him as quickly as
possible. In case treatment is determined upon, nothing better than that
prescribed for the second stage can be recommended.

The reader’s attention ought to be called to this fact: that there have
been instances of a spontaneous cure of glanders—that is, of cures
having taken place without the agency of remedial means used by man ;

230 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

but all such cases may have been apparent rather than real—a mere sus-
and they ought to be looked
upon with suspicion. These may be resumed at some future time and

pension of the active powers of the poison

with fatal result.

It remains now but to suggest some precautionary measures to prevent
contagion, in addition to those which have already been given. If a
stable is known to have been used by a glandered horse, no other animal
should be allowed to occupy it until the trough, the rack, and the walls
have been thoroughly scraped and scoured with strong soap and warm
water. Then take one pint of chloride of lime and dissolve it in two gal-
lons of water, with which thoroughly saturate every part that the horse’s
nose may have touched. Next, white-wash the walls inside. Then burn
bridles, halters, buckets out of which he has drunk—whatever may have
been about his head—and if any blanketing has been used have it care-
fully cleansed by washing, or burn it up.

II. Farcy.

Causes.—In treating of glanders and farey there is a great diversity
of opinion as to the relations in which they stand to each other—which
is the antecedent, which the consequent; but the most sensible view of
the matter, and the one taken by the ablest veterinarians, is this: that
the two are but different manifestions of the same disease, and that they
might with propriety be so treated. Regarding them separately it is
difficult to say which is the more acute form, which the more chronic, as
it is now generally conceded that a horse afflicted with what may seem at
first a well-developed case of glanders may be presently laboring under
confirmed farey—the last state apparently worse than the first ; again, a
case of farcy may assume the type to which the name glanders is applied,
and in this case also there seems to be a development of the first into a
more hopeless disorder.

This would be a matter, however, of no special consequence to the
intelligent horse owner were it not that the confused notions of men
concerning the two affections might chance to bring him face to face with
this difficulty: that, unable to eliminate the truth from the tangled
statements of some who, entertaining diverse views, may take it upon
themselves to advise, he may find himself halting between two opinions
when it is of vital consequence that he should be doing something. Let
him be assured that it is wholly unnecessary to trouble himself with nice
questions as to the priority of either disease or the real difference
between them; the one important point for him is to be able to detect in
the incipiency of an attack of either that one of them is present.

THE HORSE, DISEASES OF THE NASAL GLANDS, ETC. 231

Speaking now of the farcy as a distinct disease, it is to be regarded as
a general poisoned condition of the horse—the poison having its imme-
diate origin in an ulcerated condition of the lymphatic glands; and _ its
remote origin in whatever tends to disorder these lymphatics. The
remote causes are often found in constitutional or inherited tendencies,
but more frequently, no doubt, in neglect and abuse—some of the forms
which these take on being overwork and under-feeding; lack of the
eurry-comb and brush; exposure to the foul atmosphere of dark, damp
stables, and their accumulations of filth.

The glands so affected are more numerous along the jaws, neck, and
flanks than elsewhere near the skin. Some species of poison is taken
into the system of the animal, which manifests itself by an enlargement
of some of these glands into the hard, rounded lumps, called farcy-buds,
or buttons, which presently secrete and discharge dangerous infectious
matter. The absorbents whose office it is to remove useless particles
from the body, take up from beneath the skin some of this virus ; they
inflame with it and swell; and by their connection with the veins give the
latter a corded, swollen appearance. The poison, of course, finally
reaches the veins and is mingled with the blood; by the blood it is
conveyed to every part of the system. Acting upon the valves of the
veins—those little membranous sacs which assist in giving the blood a
uniform tendency towards the heart—the poison creates new knots or
buttons, and thus they increase until many portions of the skin are
covered with putrid ulcers

The first existence of an ulcerous condition may not be upon any visible
portion of the body. Minute poisonous ulcerations may arise in the
recesses of the nose, and discharge so slightly as to escape observation
until the general system is thoroughly inoculated with the virus.

It is, however, extremely capricious in its manifestations ; probably
owing more to the peculiarities of different animals than to any difference
as to either immediate or remote causes of the disease itself. It occa-
sionally takes on a lingering form, and will continue for months and
years; again it will run its course and kill the horse in an incredibly
short time.

It is extremely contagious in all its stages, and is communicable not
only to other brutes, but to man.

How to know it.—It is difficult to give in few words such directions
as enable the unprofessional and inexperienced reader readily to detect
this disease in its incipiency, and to distinguish, in its somewhat advanced
state, between it and some other diseases which have, oc sasionally similar
manifestations. It often perplexes by the different forms it assumes ;
but close attention to the following particulars and a wide-awake interest,

932 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

that leads one to observe changes and peculiar conditions will probably
suffice :

In some cases the horse will droop for many days before the appear-
ance of either buds or corded veins ; the appetite is impaired; the coat
is staring, or rough and unpleasant to the sight; his mouth is hot; his
thirst great and difficult to quench; the urine is highly colored ; the hair
comes off easily; and he evinces then the symptoms of a generally
deranged condition.

Sometimes the horse will appear to be perfectly well at night, and next
morning one leg, usually the hind leg, will be fearfully swollen, hot
with fever, and almost without the power of moving.

At other times the head will swell, the muzzle, particularly, will be
enlarged, and an offensive discharge proceed from the nose.

Again, this tendency to the swelling of the leg is accompanied by
cracks at the heels, leading the inexperienced to mistake it for ordinary
‘*swelled legs’’ or for ‘* grease.”’

When taken by inoculation, (the poison having been received from
another animal or from trough, stable, or curry-comb), it is apt to
manifest itself in its earliest stages by shivering, followed by heat of
body, a frequent and hard pulse, dullness, accelerated br sathing, and
‘apid elevation of temperature. These attacks may speedily prove fatal.

In all these cases, the poison has been working, but is not yet
outwardly manifest. Generally the first stage of unmistakable local
manifestation is a swelling of the lymphatics, a development of the
‘*farey-bud.’? A single bud will sometimes appear near the pastern
joint and run up in an uneven knotty form. They usually appear,
however, along the sides of the neck or inside the legs, and are rounded,
with an elevated edge, and a pale surface. These presently burst and
discharge a watery fluid for some time, when a change takes place and
the discharges become more mattery and offensive, and are mixed with
blood. They frequently increase in number until the neck, shoulders,
and legs are almost entirely covered with them—sometimes almost the
whole body becomes a putrid loathsome mass. In this last case there are
no longer any buds or knots, as the veins have become so generally
injured as not to show special prominences at the valvular points.

Occasionally:it will be found that the buds will not ulcerate, but
become hard and difficult to remove. This indicates that the progress of
the disease is suspended; but the poison is in the system, and if steps
are not taken at once to eradicate the seeds of the malady, it will in
time break out and destroy the horse.

When it rises along the spine, as it occasionally does, it is to be
considered malignant and very dangerous, particularly to those horses

THE HORSE, DISEASES OF THE NASAL GLANDS ETC. 233

that are fat and full-blooded—the disease in this case being most
probably the result of infection.

To enable one to distinguish it from those diseases for which it is
sometimes mistaken, the following directions, if closely observed, will be

_ sufficient :

It differs from surfeit in this: that the buds are generally higher than
the surfeit tumors, more knotty, not so broad, and are found principally
on the inside of the limb and not on the outside.

The sudden swellings of the legs, head, or chest are characterized by
heat and tenderness that do not accompany other enlargements ; and the
farcy may be distinguished from grease or swelled legs by this: that in

se there is usually a peculiar tightness, glossiness, and redness of the

ere:
skin, with scurfiness, discharging cracks, and a singular spasmodic catch-
ing up of the leg. In farey the swelling is more sudden—the leg that is
apparently sound at night is found in the morning swollen to an
enormous size. It is owing to a simultaneous inflammation of all the
absorbents of the limb; but instead of the redness and glossiness of sur-
feit there will be burning heat without outward manifestation, and the
leg will be peculiarly tender, while the body wili be generally feverish.

Itanay be known from that local dropsy of the cellular membrane pro-
ducing an enlargement beneath the thorax called water-farey, by simply
observing that in water-farcy there is general weakness unaccompanied
by inflammation.

What to do.—The treatment must of course be directed primarily to
the removal of the blood poison and to the restoring of the assimilative
powers of the digestive and circulating organs. It must be both general
and local; as the vital functions are to be restored to their normal condi-
tion at the same time as the outward manifestations of the poison are
removed. The buds must be dispersed and the ulcers healed by active
external applications, since the powerful internal remedies must be more
or less inoperative while these receptacles of poisonous matter furnish a
constant supply to the absorbents, to be carried by the various organs of
circulation to all parts of the body.

The first and most necessary thing to do is to exercise a wise discrim-
ination as to the stage of the disease. If found to be in its incipieney—
few buds having appeared, and being slow to spread; no foul discharge
from the nose; no sudden swellings and violent heat—the following
treatment may be adopted with every hope of success :

Pay particular attention to feeding, and to keeping the stable, (if nec-
essary to have the animal confined), clean, dry, and comfortable. The
food should be easy of digestion, but nourishing, and especially of such

234 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

a character as to keep the bowels regular. Bran, oats, long forage,
(green if possible), are good ; and an occasional mash of boiled carrots or
turnips mixed with bran or shorts, to which a table-spoonful of salt is
added, will be found beneficial. He should have moderate daily exercise ;
and as much good pure water as he will take should be given him. If
the food given does not have the effect of keeping the bowels open, give
an occasional mild purgative compounded as follows :

No. 31. 3 Draclims finely powdered aloes,
1 Drachm ground ginger.

Stir these ingredients thoroughly together; then use sufficient soft
soap to make a paste that can be rolled into a ball. Wrap this in thin
paper, and give by elevating his head and thrusting it into his throat.

Give the following tonic, to stimulate the digestive and secretive
functions :

No. 32. 6 Oz. powdered sulphate of iron,
6 Oz, rosin,

3 Oz. gentian,
3 Oz. ground ginger.

Mix thoroughly, divide into twelve powders, and give one night and
morning. When these powders are exhausted, make up the same
mixture, with the exception of the rosin, which, by too long continuance
is apt to affect the kidneys unduly, and give as before, night and
morning.

To remove the buttons and ulcers, take a large stick or pencil of lunar
caustic or of caustic potash, and with it burn out the central portion of
each bud, and cauterize each ulcer. When convenient to obtain what is
called a farrier’s ‘*budding iron,’’ the work may be more expeditiously
done by heating the iron to redness, and, after rubbing it on something
to clear off the scales, inserting the point into every bud and uleer—
remembering that it must be done moderately, and not so as to destroy
the tissues. When these burnt places begin to slough out, and look
pale, foul, and spongy, with thin matter, wash them frequently with a
solution of 1 drachm of corrosive sublimate in 1 oz. rectified spirits.
When the wounds begin to look red, and the bottom of them is even and
firm, while they discharge a thick white or yellow matter, use some
simple ointment.

If the disease is plainly in au advanced stage—the buttons and ulcers
numerous and widely spread over the body; the thirst great and hard to
satisfy ; signs of glanderous ulcers on the mucous membrane of the nose ;
the hair, where the sores have not invaded the skin, staring and easy to

THE HORSE, DISEASES OF THE NASAL GLANDS, ETC. 235

come off; the general appearance filthy and loathsome—the following
severe treatment should be adopted and perseveringly carried out :

In the first place, observe all the precautions as to diet.and the state of
the bowels previously recommended, being careful to guard against
extensive purging, for this will tend rather to reduce the disease to a
lower stage, and to retard recovery.

Bleed at once, taking from two to four quarts of blood from the neck
vein, according as the body is more or less inflamed.

Take a gill of very strong solution of tobacco and pour it into a pint
of warm water, and drench with it. Repeat this dose every third day
until a change for the better has evidently taken place. If the feverish
state continues he should be bled again, taking a like quantity as at first,
within a week or ten days. The practice of bleeding, as insisted upon
by some veterinarians, cannot be recommended; but there are cases in
which it may be employed with the greatest advantage. In farcy, it
‘annot be said to remove the poison to any great extent, though it does
in some measure have this effect ; but the vitiated condition of the fluid
seems to render it turgid and slow, and to produce an unnatural disten-
sion of the veins and capillaries, which bleeding partially relieves —
possibly by both diminishing the quantity a little and by a reaction which
follows the shock given to the organs of circulation by the act of blood-
letting.

The tobacco drench is a powerful medicine in counteracting the poison
in the system ; and while the dose recommended will make the horse very
sick, from its well-known nauseating properties, its effects are not to be
feared.

On those days which intervene between the doses of tobacco tea, the
tonic powder, No. 52, may be given as directed for the milder stage of
farcy, omitting the rosin.

When the poison has been long at work without betraying its presence,
till all at once the horse becomes lame, his legs swell, violent general
heat sets in, large and vicivus looking buds appear suddenly and presently
break, while a stinking discharge takes place from the nose — corded veins
and buttons appearing in some instances along the spine—the case may
well be looked upon as hopeless ; and if there are other animals that are
in danger of taking the affection from him, it is doubtless best, as is
generally recommended by English veterinarians, for even much milder
forms, to kill the horse and bury him beyond the reach of all danger to
others. In this stage of the disease he is dangerous to man, and no
one ought to be required to take the risk of handling. him.

Lastly, every precaution should be taken to guard against the spread

of the contagion. When a horse is known to be affected with farcy, no
lb

236 . ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

time should be lost in cleansing the stable where he has been confined —
washing the trough, rack and walls thoroughly,—saturating them after
that with a strong solution of chloride of lime, (one pint of chloride to
two gallons of water), and then white-washing the walls inside. Curry-
comb, blanket—whatever may have the poison adhering to it—had
better be burned.

III, Distemper

Causes.—This is an epidemic disease, occurring in young horses, gen-
erally, and when it once breaks out all the animals in the stable are likely
to be infected with it, unless they have already had it. Colts and young
horses will take it from older ones more easily than older ones from the
young. >

If it is not actually generated by filth and uncleanness in the stables,
the disease is certainly aggravated by causes producing miasma and bad
air in the stables. Therefore cleanliness is essential not only as a means
of preventing the disease, but in rendering it of a mild type when it
breaks out

Horses will contract the disease from others when at a considerable
distance. It is supposed to be communicated both by actual contact and
also from germs proceeding from the breath. Hence when once it breaks
out, at the first symptoms, isolate the sick animal or animals, fumigate
the stable thoroughly and daily.

To do this fill the stable with tobacco smoke, both the stable from
whence the sick horses have been taken, and the place where they are
confined during treatment. Let the smoke be so thick as to become
quite inconvenient. Make all the animals inhale as much as possible.
Wash every part of the stable, and especially the feeding places and hay
racks, with a strong decoction of tobacco stems, using for the purpose
cheap, rank tobacco. Keep powdered tobacco leaves in the mangers of
all the horses. This being early attended to its spread may be generally
arrested.

How to know it.—The disease has three stages. In the early stage of
the disease there is a dry, hacking cough, and there will be noticed a
discharge from the nose, first of a thin, watery fluid succeeded by a
thicker, purulent discharge of a whitish color.

The next stage of the disease shows itself in a swelling of the throat.
The salivary glands, which at first were inflamed, are now closed, and pus
is being formed. At length an abscess is formed.

The third stage is the suppurative stage, in which the abscess breaks ;

~¢-oa

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 237

sometimes there are two. From this time on, the animal is in a fair way
to mend, and every means should be taken to promote the discharge. In
bad cases the suppuration may continue for weeks, and in extreme cases
it may continue for months.

From first to last there is a fever. The pulse is quickened and hard.
The appetite fails, both from the fever and inability to swallow. As the
fever increases the eyes become dull and glassy: the hair is dry, will not
lie close, looks dead ; and the animal stands with its head drooped, and
the whole appearance is stupid. ; ,

What to do.—In some cases, bleeding will be indicated. This, how-
ever, shoulda not be allowed except under the advice of a competent
veterinary surgeon or physician. If the animal is fat, or if there are in-
dications of blood poisoning, from a quart to three pints of blood may be
taken from the neck vein. The animal must be warmly clothed and kept
in a thoroughly well ventilated but comfortable stable. Let the food be
light, but nourishing. Mashes made of oat-meal and bran; also boiled
oats; oat-meal gruel, and hay-tea should be given for drink. Give the
following :

No. 33. 1 table-spoonful pulverized gum myrrh,
1 table-spoonful gun powder,
1 table-spoonful lard,
i table-spoonful soft-soap,
2 table-spoonfuls tar.

Mix, and put a spoonful of this mixture on a long, narrow paddle
down the throat twice a day, so it will lodge about the glands of the
throat.

Let all drink and food have the chill taken off before giving it. If
there is considerable fever and the tongue is coated, give a little cream of
tartar in the drink. If the limbs are cold, bandage them and hand rub
to promote circulation. Give once a day in the food the following:

No. 34, 2 or three ounces flower of sulphur,
1 ounce resin.

To be mixed in the food if it will eat, or in the drink. Give also three
ounces of sulphur per day, if the animal will take it. Wash the neck
two or three times a day with a decoction of tobacco as hot as the animal
will bear it. If these remedies are taken in time and faithfully applied,
they will often prevent any tumor from forming. If the tumor forms,
then every means must be employed to cause it to suppurate. It will
then be dangerous to scatter it. If the bowels are obstructed, remove
the contents of the rectum by the following injection :

238 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

No, 385, 4 Drachms powdered aloes,
1 Drachm common salt,
2 Drachms hot water.
Mix, and inject when blood-warm.

Use every possible means to promote the formation of pus and its dis-
charge. Common distemper and strangles are similar in some of. their
symptcms, and one may run in the other. Stimulate the swelling with
the following :

No, 86, Two parts spirits of turpentine,
One part laudanum,
One part spirits of camphor.

Apply this three times a day with a
brush until soreness is produced. Af-
ter each application keep the parts

warm with folds of flannel, kept in

EIGHT-TAILED BANDAGE. place with an eight-tailed bandage, a

piece of flannel having three’ slits

cut in the ends for tying, and long enough to go round the throat and tie
over the top of the head.

If this does not cause the tumor to form, prepare a poultice as follows:

No. 37. 1 Part powdered slippery elm,
; 1 Part poplar bark,
1 Part ground flax seed.

Moisten with vinegar and water equal parts, quilt between two folds of
cloth and apply to as large a surface as possible. When the tumor has
formed pus and is nearly ripe, which may be known by a soft place where
it is workine its way to the surface, open it with a knife with a round-
pointed blade, and if necessary increase the opening with a button-pointed
bistoury, to allow free exit of matter. It will give almost immediate re-
lief. Then apply to the swollen glands night and morning, the following :

No, 38 4 Ounces spirits of camphor,
3 Ounces pyroligneous acid,
1 Pint neat’s foot oil.
Mix. If the acid is not to be easily obtained use strong cider vinegar.
Prepare the following powders :
No. 39. 2 Ounces powdered gentian,
1 Ounce powdered golden seal,
1 Ounce powdered pleurisy root,
1 Pound powdered liquorice root.
Mix, and divide into six powders, to be given in the food night and

morning.

ain

——

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 239

IV. Nasal Gleet.

Causes.—This affliction sometimes follows distemper and strangles and
is one of the attendants on glanders, sometimes running into it. It is
sometimes caused by a chronic affection of the schneiderian surfaces. It
is caused sometimes by the relaxing and enlarging of the ducts commu-
nicating between the cavities of the mouth and nose by disease, allowing
the semi-liquid food and its juices to pass into the nostrils. This is true
chronic gleet, and the discharge is tinged with what the animal eats. It
is in one of its forms a suppuration of the mucus membrane lining in the
facial sinuses, producing distortion and a terribly offensive discharge,
which may have been produced by a blow on the face. In bad cases the
cheapest way is to end the animal’s misery by killing.

How to know it.—Discharge is not always present, neither is it uniform.
Sometimes during fair weather it will be discontinued. The discharge is
a thick yellow mucus tinged with green, if the food be grass, or with the
color of the food. If it becomes purulent, that is pus, matter, and
tinged with blood, it may end in ulceration of the cartilages of the nose,
and in glanders. If the discharge is confined to the left nostril, is tena-
cious, elastic, accumulates around the edges of the nose, if there is
enlargement of the lymphatic submaxillary gland, under and on the side
of the jaw, it is cheaper to kill the horse, or else call in a surgeon, since
for the proper treatment of the disease the trephine should be used,
by which a circular piece of the bone may be taken out to facilitate
treatment.

How to Cure.—In mild cases look for decayed molar (grinding) teeth ;
if found, remove them. Look for swelling of the frontal bone, produced
by bruises. Put the horse where he may be comfortable, let his diet
be light, but soft; fresh grass in Summer, with good food. Inject the
nasal passages thoroughly with the following :

No. 40. 1 Ounce bayberry bark,
1 Pint boiling water.

When cool strain through a close linen or white flannel cloth, and inject
daily.
Prepare the following :

No. 41. 1 Part Grains of Paradise,
1 Part white mustard seed,
1 Part powdered sulphur,
1 Part powdered charcoal.
Mix, and give one ounce daily in the food.

240 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
Give occasionally in gruel the following:

No. 42. 44 Ounce balsam copaiba,
2 Drachms sweet spirits of niter.

This with warm clothing and nutritious food will suffice for mild cases.
Where the trephine is not to be used, treatment must be persisted in until

the animal is cured.

V. Nasal Polypus.

Polypus may form upon any of the cavities of the body which com-
municate with the air, being peculiar to the mucous membrane. These
grown to such size as seriously to impair breathing, are accompanied some-
times by discharge of mucus which is pure. That is, it is thrown out as
soon as formed, and therefore it is not fetid.

What to do.—If the polypus which is generally pear-shaped and at-
tached to the membrane of the nose, by a small neck, can be made visible
by causing the horse to cough, it may be removed by a ligature or a
pair of polypus scissors by any physician, if no veterinary surgeon is
at hand.

When the polypus is entirely concealed from view, tracheotomy may
have to be employed before an examination can be made, since the poly-
pus may have gone so far as to oppress the breathing. Thus in all cases
of polypus, unless it be so low that a ligature ean be employed to strang-
ulate it at the neck, it is altogether better to call in the aid of a veter-
inary surgeon.

Op ee ei, —

CHAPTER IV.

DROPSICAL AFFECTIONS.

I. DROPSY OF THE HEART. —— II. DROPSY OF THE BRAIN. —— III. DROPSY OF THE CHEST.
—— IV. DROPSY OF THE SKIN OF THE CHEST. Vv. DROPSY OF THE SCROTUM.——VI.
DROPSY OF THE ABDOMEN.

I. Dropsy of the Heart:

Causes.—The pericardium or membranous covering of the heart is
subject to inflammation ; by this inflammation and consequent obstructed
circulation in the minute vessels that supply it an effusion takes place,
and either thickens the walls of the pericardium itself, and thus contracts
or compresses the heart, or it is deposited in the cavity of the pericardium
in quantities varying from a pint to a gallon. his diseased condition is
generally found in connection with dropsy of the chest or abdomen.

How to know it.—In the early stages of the disease there is a quickened
and irregular respiration, with a bounding action of the heart. As the
fluid increases the action of this organ becomes feeble and fluttering.
There is a peculiar expression of anxiety and alarm on the countenance
of the animal. If he does not die of the disease before the pericardium
is filled, violent palpitations and throbbings characterize the advanced
stage. The breathing becomes difficult, and when the head is raised
there is a tendency to faint.

What to do—lIf it is observed while there is yet a painful state of the
pericardium by reason of inflammation—profuse effusion not having
taken place —the first thing is to reduce the inflammation and allay the
pain, and thus forestall the further accumulation of the fluid. For this
purpose relieve constipation, which is usually found as an accompaniment,
by moderate doses of salts, or of oil. Then give the following draught :

242 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

No, 43. 1 Oz. nitrate of potash,
15 Drops tincture of aconite,
1 Pint of water,

The animal must be kept comfortable, according to the season, and
have a plentiful supply of fresh air and cold water.
If there are no indications of relief within four hours, give the following
draught :
No. 44. 4 Oz. solution of acetate of ammonia,

10 Drops tineture of aconite,
12 Oz of water.

Repeat this after eight hours, and then leave off the aconite, but con-
tinue to give, at intervals, the acetate of ammonia in water.

If the disease has reached an advanced stage, and the cavity of the
pericardium is largely filled with water, it is scarcely to be hoped that the

animal may be saved; but even in that case the course here prescribed’

should be adopted, unless there is some more general disorder under such
treatment as will render it unnecessary or objectionable.

II. Dropsy of the Brain.

Causes.—The remote cause of this disease (known also as hydrocepha-
lus), is some constitutional disorder of the brain, or of its membranous
covering—chiefly, as is believed, a scrofulous tendency. The immediate
causes, or the excitants to its development, are various, as castration, foot
puncture, staggers, acute diseases of the stomach, defective nutrition, ete.

How to know it—At first an unnatural sleepiness will appear, with ap-
parent unconsciousness and a tendency to reel when moving on foot.
The pupil of the eye is perceptibly dilated; the animal breathes in a
hard and grunting way; he tosses his head about and throws it upward
or backward, as though in much pain. When down, with neck lying
prone, as is often the case, he will sometimes raise his head, then drop it
spasmodically, beating it upon the ground. If unrelieved, convulsions
finally set in, and death ensues.

What to do.—If the head is hot with fever, denoting an acute attack,
sponge frequently with cold water, and see that the bowels are kept mod-
erately open. If there is decided constipation, as is sometimes the case,
use an injection of soap-suds at intervals, until the bowels are moved.
Then give the following in doses of 2 ounces, morning and evening :

No, 45. 4 Oz. fluid extract of buchu,

2 Oz. iodide of potassium,
6 Oz. water.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 243

Continue this, keeping the horse from labor and as quiet as possible,
until all symptoms of feverishness disappear from about the head, and
the unnatural torpor no longer manifests itself.

III. Dropsy of the Chest.

Causes.—This disease, (called also hydrothorax), is frequently the
sequel of pleurisy, and is the result of the inflamed condition of the large
surfaces of the covering of the heart and lungs. The absorbents are in-
adequate to the taking up of the abundant effusion, so that the chest is
filled, the lungs are pressed upon and death by suffocation follows.

How to know it.—The impaired appetite and chilliness of the ears and
legs which characterize the last stage of pleurisy, change when it is about
to assume a dropsical form, and the horse becomes more lively, his appe-
tite returns, his legs and ears become warm, the eyes look more cheerful,
and his manner is every way more encouraging. A few hours after this
first apparent improvement, however, the breathing becomes labored, the
muscles quiver and twitch, and the nostrils flap. The animal stands
with the legs wide apart, head low, or resting upon something, neck
stretched out, eyes staring, and the motion of the flanks increased, even
brought into forcible heaving action. The pulse is more frequent, but
small, irregular and fluttering ; and the nose, ears and legs become cold
again. His weakness rapidly increases, and if not relieved the animal
dies, sometimes within a week, though he may linger much longer.

The disease may be detected in its early stage, or immediately after the
horse has shown signs of relief from pleurisy, by placing the ear to the
chest, near the breast bone. If the dropsical effusion has set in, the ear
will detect no sound, nor will any be detected until the ear is placed high
up the shoulder or flank, past the iiddle of the ribs. Holding it here,
at the point where the breathing is first audible, and directing a slap to be
made on the other side with the open hand, the examiner will hear a dull,
splashing noise as though of disturbed: water; and there need be no
longer any doubt as to the nature of the case.

What to do.—In the first place adopt the use of diuretics and laxatives,
that the various organs may be assisted in carrying off the accumulated
fluid. For the first day give every six or eight hours, the following :

No. 46. 4 Drachms powdered nitrate of potash,
1 Fluid ounce tincture of cardamoms,
10 Oz. water.

Mix the potash and water, and when a clear solution is formed add the
tincture, and give from the bottle twice or thrice in the twenty-four hours.

244 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
On the second day, two or three times a day give:

No. 47. 2 Fluid ounces solution of acetate of ammonia,
1 Oz, nitrous ether.

Mix with water and administer from the bottle.

If this treatment does not seem to be giving relief at the end of three
to five days, draw off the liquid by tapping the chest. It is a simple and
safe operation and will give relief unless treatment has been too long de-
layed, so that there is an accumulation of substances that will obstruct
the mouth of the canula and prevent the flow of the liquid. The instru-
ment to be used, the trocar, armed with a stylet, must not be large, as
drawing off the water too suddenly would prove fatal. The smallest of
those made for human practice is large enough, but it must be of greater
length. Having the instrument, and that in good condition, select a place
behind and about on a level with the elbow, and take a small portion of
skin, between the eighth and ninth ribs, which must be pulled forward.
Then make a narrow slit with a sharp knife upon the place which the
skin originally covered. Still holding the skin gathered forward, insert
the armed trocar into this opening and press it with such force as suffices
to push it gradually onward until resistance ceases. It is then within the
eavity of the thorax, and the stilet must be withdrawn, whereupon the
water usually begins to flow out. Take all the water you can get if the
horse will suffer so much to be withdrawn ; but if at any time during the
operation he shows signs of faintness, withdraw the trocar and let the
skin fly back. It is necessary always to have the skin drawn forward so
that on returning it may cover the wound lest the air may enter the chest
from the outside, which would prove quickly fatal. In an hour or two
after the first attempt a second may be made but the trocar must be in-
serted in a new place, as the first wound might be irritated by an effort
to re-insert the instrument.

There is sometimes apprehension lest this operation may injure an
artery by approaching too near the posterior border of a rib, but this is
groundless, as the artery is protected by the groove through which it
travels.

If the trocar is properly inserted, and no water flows, the case may be
regarded as well nigh hopeless. A whalebone may be inserted to break
away the pus or whatever substance may line the thorax, but this is not
known to have ever resulted in any good.

If there is fluid on both sides, it should be drawn off on both sides at
the same time, to prevent pressure upon the delicate divisions of the
chest. The fluid is generally confined, however, to one side.

The operator should stay by the animal during the slow abstraction of

THE HORSE, ITS DISFASES. 245

the water, so that upon any sign of faintness he may withdraw the trocar
and prevent death through sudden collapse.

After the water is pretty thoroughly drawn off, be careful to give the
patient as much nourishing and carefully prepared food as he will con-
sume; and the following tonic ball should be administered night and
morning for several times on alternate days :

No. 48. 1 Drachm iodide of iron,
44 Grain strychnia,

44 Drachm sulphate of zinc.
4 Drachms extract of gentian.

IV. Dropsy of the Skin of the Chest.

Causes.—This is an effusion of fluid underneath the skin of the chest ;
and it is a sequel to various diseases—beginning generally to manifest
itself only after the animal is reduced to a debilitated state. It is most
likely to occur in the Spring and in the Fall of the year, at the time of
changing the coat.

How to Know it—A swelling appears on the chest and somewhat
between the forelegs; and its dropsical character may be known by its
yielding to pressure of the fingers with a fluctuating feeling.

What to do.—If it is the accompaniment of any more general disorder
the first thing, of course, is to remove that primary disease. Meanwhile
if the fluid accumulates in any considerable quantity, draw it off with the
trocar; and if there is not too much soreness, subject the part to regular
and moderately vigorous friction occasionally for some days.

Diuretics are always good in these dropsical complaints. No. 45 is
good. It is important that the bowels be kept regular, and that good
nutritious food, as boiled oats or boiled barley, with wheat bran, be given
regularly, and in sufficient quantity to nourish well. Give 4 drs. of
gentian every other day for a week or two.

It must be remembered that these medicines are to be given only in
case there is no treatment in progress for a more general disorder.

V. Dropsy of the Scrotum.

Causes.—This is usually found in connection with dropsy of the abdo-
men, and arises from either local injury and consequent inflammation,
followed by effusion, or by sympathy from that cause which has produced
the general abdominal trouble.

How to Know it.—It is readily known by a chronic distension of the
part, except when mistaken for scrotal hernia or rupture, from which it

246 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

may be distinguished by its not passing back with a sudden movement,
when pressed with the fingers, but with a steady current and gradual

diminution.

What to do.—If it is associated with dropsy of the abdomen treat that

first, and until it is relieved, without which being done it is unnecessary
to attempt the cure of the more local and dependent disorder. In any
event, find out, if possible, and remove the primary cause. Next see to
it that the bowels of the patient are kept moderately active; and as in
the case of dropsy of the abdomen, give sufficient of diuretic No. 45, to
act freely tipon the kidneys.

If the fluid has accumulated in any considerable quantity, so as to
render the scrotum painful by distension, draw it off with a fine armed
trocar, or a hypodermic syringe, and support the parts with an elastic

bandage.
VI. Dropsy of the Abdomen.

Causes.—This is a collection of water in the abdomen which is gener-
ally the result of chronic inflammation of the peritoneum, « tough, white
membrane which lines the abdomen and embraces the bowels in its folds.
When this inflammation has assumed a chronic condition, the peritoneum
secretes a watery fluid, because of long obstructed circulation, which fills
the cavity, and unless attended to will finally cause death.

Frequently it follows injuries of the abdominal walls, when the perito-
neum has been subjected to violence, and is associated with local inflam-
mation of the muscular tissues, from which effusion is directed inward.

Sometimes it arises from obstructed circulation caused by. diseases of °

the liver, lungs or heart, and again from a poor, watery state of the
blood, superinduced by exhaustion or by scanty and innutritious food.
It is more frequently found in old than in young and vigorous animals.

How to know it.—Generally, a low state of health precedes the more
unmistakable manifestations ; there is thirst and loss of appetite; the
pulse is hard and small; the membrane of the nose is pale; the mouth
is dry ; the head droops; there is a condition of weakness and languor ;
and there are some signs of heart and liver diseases ; pressure upon the
abdomen is so painful. as to cause a groan. Sometimes there is local
dropsy of the sheath, legs and breast, as well as of the belly. The
bowels are apt to be constipated, but are sometimes irregular ; and the
coat is loose and staring.

When the water has begun to fill the cavity, the horse manifests a de-
sire to lie down and remain long in one position; there is a gradual
enlargement of the abdomen, and as the fluid increases there is increased

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 247

difficulty in breathing. In the chronic stages of the disease, the progress
is slow; but the belly becomes more and more baggy; and-in some in-
stances the hair of the tail comes away easily or drops out, showing that
the skin and capillary glands of that part of the body are affected.

The presence of water, when it has collected in any considerable quan-
tity, may be detected by placing the ear to the abdomen and haying some
one slap the horse on the opposite side with the open palm.

In mares, this enlargement of the belly is sometimes mistaken for a
pregnant condition ; but it may be readily distinguished by a fluctuating
feeling which follows a pressure upon the parts with the fingers, a sort of
fluid motion, as of water forcibly displaced.

What to do—lIf it is known to proceed from local injuries, or from
diseases of the vital organs, it is scarcely necessary to adopt any course
of treatment, unless, indeed, the primary disease can itself be removed ;
but when it depends upon inflammation of the peritoneum, or when it
results from bad or deficient food and unwholesome surroundings, place
the horse in a good, dry and well-ventilated stall, feed him generously,
and give him the following tonic ball, night and morning :

A No. 49. 1 Oz. powdered digitalis,
3, Oz. sulphate of iron,

Mix with mucilage and a spoonful of linseed meal to form a ball of
sufficient firmness for handling.

It is important that the kidneys should be kept active, and the follow-
ing diuretic must be used for that purpose :

No. 50. 2 Pounds soap,
2 Pounds nitrate of potash,
3 Pounds rosin,
2 Pounds Venice turpentine,
3¢ Pint oil of turpentine,

Melt the soap and rosin slowly together, and stir in the other ingredi-
ents while the former mixture is cooling. Make it into 2-ounce balls
with linseed meal, and give one at atime as often as necessary to keep
up a somewhat copious action of the kidneys.

If at any time the water accumulates in a great quantity, draw it off
by means of a fine trocar, plunged into the most dependent or lowest
part of the distended abdomen.

CHAPTER V.

DISEASES OF THE THROAT, CHEST AND LUNGS.

I. CHEST-FOUNDER. —— II. BRONCHITIS. —— III. PNEUMONIA, OR INFLAMMATION OF THE
LUNGS. IV. CONSUMPTION, ——V, PLEURISY.——VI, COLDS.——VII. ENLARGED GLANDS.
VIII SWELLED THROAT, OR LARYNGITIS. —— IX. CHRONIC COUGH. —— X. MALIGNANT
EPIDEMIC. —— XI. DIFFICULTY OF BREATHING. —— XII. BROKEN WIND, — BELLOWS, —
HEAVES, —— XIII. INFLUENZA. —— XIV. SPASMODIC ACTION OF THE GLOTTIS AND EPI-
GLOTTIS.-—XV. CROUP. -——XVI. BLEEDING FROM THE NOSE.——XYVII. STRANGLES.

I. Chest-Founder.

This when it is not soreness of the muscles from hard work, is rheu-
matism in its acute form. Sometimes it is caused by lesion, or straining
of the muscles or the tendons connected with them.

Causes—It may be brought on by suddenly allowing the horse to
become chilled after heating, giving large drafts of cold water when
warm, or driving him into cold water up to his belly when heated.

How to know it.—The horse is dull; his coat may be staring; he
is stiff, and moves unwillingly. Sometimes the soreness extends to the
limbs ; usually does from sympathy. There is fever in the parts affected
and accelerated pulse, the latter from 70 to 80 beats ina minute. Also,
sometimes profuse sweating and heaving at the flanks, but the legs will
remain warm. The parts affected may be more or less swollen, but
always tender to the touch.

What to do.—Clothe the horse warmly, and put him where he may
be kept so. If the animal is fat, and full of blood; if there is evident
determination of blood, bleed moderately, say a pint from the neck vein.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 249

We never, however, advise bleeding, except by a veterinary surgeon or
physician who knows his business. Wash the throat in warm salt and
water. Relieve the bowels as soon as possible by an injection of soap
suds, if the rectum be impacted. Give as a laxative 4 drachms Barba-
does aloes. Pulverize and mix into a ball with molasses and linseed meal
to form a mass or give the following:

No. 51. 44 Oz. ground ginger,
1 Drachm tartar emetic,
1 Pint salt and water.

Mix und give as warm as the horse can swallow it. As a rule the
horse being thoroughly physicked will get better; if not, apply a mild
blister.

No. 52. 1 Oz. powdered cantharides,
8 Oz. lard oil.

Heat to blood heat and mix thoroughly. Shave the hair from the
breast, wash with warm vinegar and apply the mixture rubbing it well in.
When the blisters rise dress with a plaster of mutton tallow.

HW

A FIT SUBJECT FOR FOUNDER OR BRONCHITIS.

It. Bronchitis.

Causes.—Exposure of a heated and steaming horse to chill, or over
exertion, and leaving the horse in the stable, when the system is quite
relaxed. Riding to town and leaving a horse in the cold and wind while
the owner is making himself comfortable. There is first a cold, enlarged
glands and swelled throat. The inflammation extends down from the

J ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

larynx through the trachea into the bronchial tubes and air passages of
the lungs, and ends sometimes in confirmed and incurable bronchitis.

How to know it.—In the acute stage there is difficulty and rapidity
of breathing, from the filling of the membranes with blood and the con-
sequent diminishing of the size of the tube. After a time mucus is
formed and increases the difficulty of breathing and causes a cough. The
pulse will be 60 or 70 beats per minute ; the cough will become hard and
dry, and the sound in the throat will be rattling, and after the secretion
of mucus a gurgling sound will be given similar to that made in blowing
soap bubbles. In extreme cases the breathing becomes extremely labori-
ous, the cough is constant and distressing, the legs are extended, and at
length the animal dies of suffocation.

¢

——

SS

~~
PU

A HORSE DRESSED FOR BRONCHITIS.

What to do.—The first step is to find the extent of the inflammation.
Never bleed. Clothe the animal warmly and give an injection of warm
water to relieve the bowels. Avoid all strong purgatives. In fact, give
none unless the bowels are decidedly bound up. Let the food be soft and
laxative, green grass in Summer, or mashes and gruelsin Winter. For the
throat, scalded soft hay, fastened by means of the eight tailed bandages,
will be good. Wash the neck and chest with a weak decoction of tobacco
as hot as it ean be borne. When dry, shave the hair from the chest and
apply a blister of better strength than that advised for chest founder.
The following will be good:

No. 53. 1 Ounce powdered cantharides,
1 Ounce powdered resin,
4 Ounces lard oil.

Melt the resin and lard together, with just sufficient heat to melt the

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. : 251

resin. Add the cantharides and stir until it sets together. Apply to the
chest and throat if the case is desperate. If only irritation is desired the
following will be good:

No. 54. 4 Ounces lard oil,
1 Ounce turpentine,
6 Drachms powdered cantharides.

Shave the hair and apply by rubbing in. .

For the body prepare a strong cloth as shown on preceding page. Get
two pieces of flannel three yards long and the full width of the fabric,
also four pieces half a yard long and a foot wide. Saturate one of the
pieces with cold water, fold, and apply near the top of the back, equally
on each side. Two of the smaller pieces are to be saturated with water
and laid along the sides of the chest, fasten the jacket at the back so as
to hold all snug. When the flannels are warm remove them and replace
immediately with others. So continue for two or three hours as the case
may be, and then allow them to remain until the animal is pretty well
recovered.

In very aggravated cases of congestion give every half hour until the
pulse regains its tone, and then at longer intervals, reduced at last to
once a day, the following:

No. 55. 1 Ounce sulphuric ether,
1 Ounce laudanum,
1 Pint water.

At the third dose discontinue if the effect required is not produced and
give the following :

No. 56. 34 Ounce of aconite,
+4 Drachm of extract of belladonna.

Rub down the belladonna with an ounce of water. Mix. Give this
every hour until the pulse is better, then withdraw thé aconite and half
the laudanum, and add half a drachm of belladonna to the drink first ree-
ommended. (No. 55.) Let the food be thick gruel of oatmeal, boiled
potatoes, and oatmeal and bran mashes. Give no dry, and especially no
dirty food. When the animal begins to recover so as to eat whole grain,
grass and hay, let them be especially freed from dust, and let them be
given moistened, until the horse be perfectly recovered.

If the disease is to terminate fatally, the pulse will grow quick and
tremulous. In drawing the breath the body will quiver, showing increas-
ing difficulty and pain. The membrane of the nose hecomes of a bluish
tint with frothy blood and purulent matter about the nostrils. The

aly

252 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

respiration, will become more and more difficult, and the cough most
distressing, and continuing until a quantity of fluid matter is ejected from
the nostrils, only again and again to be resumed. Thus the animal suffers
and dies, or else slowly recovers, remaining through life with the cough
of incurable bronchitis.

A COUGH OF INCURABLE BRONCHITIS.
III. Pneumonia, or Inflammation of the Lungs.

This may follow acute congestion of the lungs, this being really its
first stage, though often not noticed, by the ordinary observer, as such.
But congestion may occur in its sudden and fatal form from overtaxing
a fat horse, or one otherwise out of condition. Suppose from hard
driving or hard riding he hangs heavily on the bit; droops and staggers ;

A CASE OF CONGESTION.

if not pulled up he may fall; or getting to the stable he stands with
dilated nostrils, extended head, quick, convulsive or labored breathing,
eyes staring and bloodshot, his nasal membrane deep red or blue, and

i ee

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 253

pulse rapid and weak; if in putting the ear to the chest there is a loud
respiratory murmur with crepitation (a peculiar slight cracking sound) ;
if the heart, as felt behind the left elbow, is beating tumultuously ; if
the limbs are cold, with perspiration breaking out on different parts of
the body, there is no time to lose. In extreme cases bleed at once from
the neck vein. The blood will be turbid, dark, almost jelly-like in very
bad cases.

Remove everything from the animal that may impede breathing, and
allow him plenty of fresh air. Give an active stimulant, the easiest to
be had; whisky, four or five ounces, or a tumbler full in a half pint of
water. If this cannot be had give an ounce of ground ginger in a pint
of water, or a half ounce of oil of turpentine in half a tumbler of
water. Give also warm water injections to relieve the bowels, and also
active hand rubbing of the legs to promote circulation to the surface,
while the body is enveloped in blankets wrung out of hot water, and
covered with dry ones. If the patient does not soon recover under this
treatment the case will be one of pneumonia.

How to know it.—li the disease does not succeed to the symptoms we
have just described, those of acute congestion, there will be a chill with
shivering, and generally a dry cough, but deep as though from the chest.
There will be a hot skin, indicating fever, quick-labored breathing, a full
but oppressed pulse. The membranes of the eyes, nose and mouth will
be red, and as the disease advances a yellowish or whitish matter will
come from the nostrils. The horse will always stand with the legs wide
apart; so will the ox in bad cases,
and the latter will moan with each ex-
piration of the breath. Generally
the ox will lie down. There will be
crepitation of the lungs about the
seat of the disease, and a more than
normal murmur upon applying the
ear. By percussion, striking the af-
fected parts, there will be flinching
and even groaning, but except at the
seat of the disease the chest will re-
tain its healthy sound, while the dis-
eased parts will sound dull and solid.
Situs (by ubewean, yandsspundine yb 28s SOsirian AskuMED Sr Ane HORSE
the hand, the progress of the solidi-

fication of the lungs may be followed from day to day.

What to do.—Under the advice of a veterinary surgeon or physician,
blood may be drawn. If none such are near, if the animal be young and

254 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

plethoric, blood may be drawn in the earlier stages. Place the animal in
a loose box stall, with plenty of ventilation to the stable. If the bowels
are costive, loosen them by injections of warm water. Bandage the
limbs to keep them warm, and give the body such clothing as the neces-
sities of the case seem to require. Let the food be simple, laxative and
cooling. Bran mashes, boiled carrots, linseed meal, soft sweet hay. Do
not check diarrhoea or profuse staling; it is an effort of nature to relieve
the system. If there is fever, give plenty of water. If there is swift
pulse and oppression of the lungs, give 20 to 380 drops of tincture of
aconite in half a pint of water, or 1 to 2 drachms of tincture of veratrum
in water every two hours. If under this treatment the system becomes
depressed, and it must be watched, discontinue. If the pulse faligeae
there is trembling sweats, and a peculiar anxious expression in the eyes,
discontinue. If there is great exhaustion, give moderate doses of whisky,
but discontinue it unless good effects are seen. If there is much weak-
ness, give two drachms each of camphor and of carbonate of ammonia,
made into a ball with molasses and linseed meal, twice a day. In the
ease of considerable congestion, strong mustard poultices will be indi-
cated, to be applied to the chest ; or in extreme cases, blister.

In the case of cattle, the same general treatment should be followed.
Double the quantity of aconite and ammonia should be given. Asarule,
sattle require more than the horse; and in giving medicine to cattle it
must trickle down the throat, in order that it may not pass into the first
stomach.

In this disease symptoms must be watched. Good nursing is of espe-
cial value, and as the animal begins to recover, give soft and easily
digestible food, and assist the system if necessary with wine, ale or
whisky in very light doses.

IV. Consumption.

This hereditary affection is much more common in the West than is
generally supposed. More common in cattle and even in sheep and
swine than in horses. In horses it is comparatively rare. The disease
may be communicated to healthy animals by inoculation, and by eating
the raw flesh of diseased animals, and it may also be superinduced in an-
imals predisposed to the disease by local inflammation ; so also the germs
may be received in milk, when the disease has invaded the mammary
glands of the cow. Deep milking cattle with narrow horns, thin necks
and narrow chests are especially predisposed to the disease. Tubercles
may be developed in any part of the body, even, in rare cases, the bones
and muscles; the lungs, the spleen, the liver, the pancreas, the ovaries

:

and the kidneys are the usual seats of the disease.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 209

Causes.—Badly constructed and illy ventilated stables ; moving from a
warm to a cold climate ; exposure to cold and wet; or any thing which
tends to lower the health in a predisposed animal will bring on the disease.

How to Know it.—The disease may be acute, carrying off the animal,
sometimes, in a few weeks. It is generally chronic. The attack is insid-
ious, tubercles often being formed before danger is suspected. There is
a general dullness and loss of spirit, tenderness of the withers, back, loins,
and of the walls of the chest. In cattle the nose will often be dry, show-
ing fever ; the ears and horns will be hot ; the skin loses its elasticity and
pliant quality. The heat of the body may go up to 102 degrees; the
pulse is weak but accelerated, and there is a slight, dry, but not frequent
cough ; the lymphatic glands about the throat may be enlarged and there
may be swelling of the joints. If the chest is sounded there may be
heard a murmuring sound hoarser than natural, if it be listened for just
over the lower end of the wind pipe or in the chest. As the disease ad-
vances, the eyes become more and more sunken, the skin becomes more
and more hide bound, the hair is dry and erect. If the bowels are
involved there will be more or less scouring, and if the lungs are prin-
cipally affected there will be swelling and lameness, labored breathing,
exhaustion and profuse perspiration occurring upon the slightest exercise.
There will be temporary windy distention of the stomach after feeding,
and the appetite fails. The cough increases with rattling, the discharge
at first light, increases. There is crepitation (a rattling or snapping
sound) of the lungs, with a whirring or gurgling of the chest, and percus-
sion gives a dull sound, with wincing when the parts covering them are
handled. So if tubercles are formed in the liver, pancreas, or kidneys it
will show the involyement of these parts. Recoveries are rare. Occasion-
ally calcification of the tubercles occurs in animals naturally of a strong
constitution, but the disease usually ends in death.

What to do.—A cure is scarcely ever accomplished. The symptoms
may be mitigated. The animal must have dry, pure air, plenty of sun-
shine, Summer and Winter, and be protected from sudden changes, and
must be kept warm. The food should be light and digestible, good grass
in Summer and ground food with linseed meal and roots in Winter. In
the early stages of the disease four to five drachms of gentian may be
given daily in the food, at two or three doses, alternated with two drachms
of sulphate of iron as a tonic. As an expectorant, and diaphoretic, give
occasionally three to four ounces flowers of sulphur every other day, or
once in three days, or to act on the skin and as a diuretic, the following :

No. 57. 2 Ounces of flowers of sulphur.
2 To 3 three drachms powdered resin.

256 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Mix and give a dose daily until the effect is produced ; and afterwards
as needed. Asan antiseptic (to counteract putresence) the fumes of
burning sulphur would be indicated.

How to Prevent—From what we have written the owner will under-
stand the difficulty attending the treatment of this disease, and also its
dangerous character in the case of cattle. The flesh and milk it is better
not to use at all, although danger can be destroyed by the most thorough
cooking. Using consumptive animals as breeders, or selling the milk of
consumptive animals should not be thought of. Drainage, good pastur-
age, a warm, sunny location for the stables and yards, care against all
chronic and debilitating diseases, good, liberal feeding, especially when
animals are giving milk, the prompt removal of all consumptive animals
from pastures and buildings, and the thorough fumigation of the latter is
recommended.

V. Pleurisy.

This is an inflammation of the membrane lining of the chest and
covering of the lungs. It is common to all domestic animals, in exposed
situations and those liable to rheumatism. The pleura is one of the serous
membranes, those lining close cavities, as the chest, abdomen and joints.
In health they are insensible to us, but under the effects of inflammation
the most sensitive and painful possible. Since every inspiration and
expiration of the breath moves these membranous linings upon each other,
we can at once see the extreme anguish it must occasion. If relief is
not soon obtained the disease quickly ends in death.

How to know Pleurisy—There will be some alternations of shivering
followed by heat of the skin, sometimes extending to the limbs. There
will be localized sweating and congestion of the muscles. If confined to
one side the foot of that side will be extended. The animal will look at
the flank, lie down, rise again, and there will be general uneasiness indi-
cative of pain. The pulse will be quick and hard, seeming to strike the
finger under the compression. There will be inclination to cough, but
which the animal will fear to exercise. The cough is not always present,
but when so, is always suppressed, short and hacking. The breathing
will be hurried, but apparently confined to the abdominal muscles, the
inspiration short and checked, but the expiration slow and prolonged.
In pneumonia and bronchitis there is often intense redness of the
nose, in pleurisy less. ‘There is no nasal discharge and the heat of the
breath is not so great as in pneumonia. After effusion of serum (fluid
matter or water) into the cavity of the chest-ensues, which may be in 24
or 36 hours, the pulse becomes soft, and the animal seems better. If

ee

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 257

the effusion is re-absorbed the animal will recover. If not, the pulse
loses its full tone, and again becomes hard and quick. The breathing is
again difficult and attended with lifting of the flank and loin. The nose
and head is extended, the nostrils are dilated, with signs of suffocation.
The pulse at length becomes weak, thrilling at each beat until at length
the animal wavers, staggers, falls and dies.

An attack of pleurisy is often taken by those unacquainted with the
disease for spasmodic colic. This error, if made, will probably be fatal
to the animal affected. In colic the pulse is natural at the commence-
ment, and the paroxysms of pain are of short duration. In pleurisy the
artery is thin, the pulsations seem to strike the fingers, but the stroke is
short. The pain is continuous, the body hot, but the feet generally cold.

What to do—The same general care as in bronchitis and inflammation
of the lungs is to be observed. If there is a chill, wrap the horse com-
pletely in blankets wrung out of hot water, and cover with dry ones.
When remoyed,do so a little at a time, rubbing dry, and re-clothe warmly.
If taken in its earliest stage, give:

No. 58. » Ounce Jaudanum,
44 Pint linseed oil. @
tal

This will often prove effective ; if not, repeat the dose in a few hours.
For an ox, give double this dose. If the symptoms increase, apply a
strong mustard poultice to the side of the chest, or a blister. No. 53
may be applied to the chest. The bowels should be kept moderately
open. If effusion of water takes place, give 6 drachms of acetate of
potassa once or twice a day ina pail of water. The following will be
found excellent in place of the last named remedy, if there is weakness
and a rapid pulse (70 to 80), and scanty urine:

No. 59. 4¢ Ounce tincture of chloride of iron,
°¢ pail water.
Give as a drink twice daily.

The effusion of water not yielding, the chest may be tapped with a
trochar. Divide the skin with a lancet, between the eighth and ninth
rib and near the lower end. Be careful the air does not enter. Draw
off only a part of the water if it produces a shock. In this, one should
have the advice of a veterinarian. Repeat in 24 to 48 hours. The ani-
mal should be kept up with sulphate of iron, two drachms, twice a day,
in water, with stimulants and easily digestible and nutritious food.

It is absolutely necessary, after effusion of water has taken place, that
the urine should be passed freely to assist absorption. To this end the
following will be indicated :

bo
qo
oo

ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

No. 60. 1 Drachm iodide of potassium,
1 Drachm carbonate of ammonia,
4g Ounce powdered gentian.

Give twice a day as a drench in a quart of water, or as-a ball mixed
with linseed meal and molasses.

VI. Colds.

Colds in horses, as in the human family, are usually the result of im-
proper care or undue exposure. Taking a horse from a hot, illy ventil-
ated stable, and allowing him after driving to become cold, is one prolific
cause of colds. There are so many means of causing this disability that
it would be impossible to enumerate them. If the attack is light, all that
will be necessary will be to clothe the animal warmly and relax the bowels
with a warm mash, and give rest for a few days.

Sometimes, however, the attack is prolonged
and severe. The appetite ceases, the coat rough-
eus, parts of the body are hot and others cold, the
membrane of the nose at first dry and pale,
with the facial sinuses clogged, at length termi-
nates in a discharge more or less great, but with-
out improving the health of the horse.

What to do.—Keep the animal warmly clothed,
in ample box stall, with plenty of bedding. If
the cold does not give way ina few days after
the first attack, and the symptoms are as we have
indicated, or if the membranes of the nose are dry, make a sack of
coarse gunny cloth, large enough so it may fit the nose properly, but en-
larging to the bottom, and two feet or more long, with a slit covered with
a flap in the side, half way down. Put into the bag half a peck or more
of coarse pine sawdust with which half an ounce of spirits of turpentine
has been thoroughly mixed. Place the bag on the nose as shown in

A HORSE’S HEAD WITIL COLD.

the cut on next page.

Turn two gallons of hot water in the slit, and every twenty minutes
repeat, allowing the bag to remain on an hour each time, use this six
times a day until the discharge begins. When water runs freely from
the nose, three times daily will be enough. Let the food be good scalded
oats or other like food, with mashes if the bowels are constipated.

An animal with this kind of a cold should not be put to steady work
until entirely recovered. The result of protracted cold is great weakness,
and work before recovery often leads to disease of the air passages and
lungs. If there is much fever give the following :

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 259

No. 61. 2 Drachms spirits of ammonia,
2 Drachms ether.

Mix and give in a little gruel, (say 1-2 pint,) twiceaday. If the throat
is involved poultice it with linseed meal in which a little mustard has been
mixed. When the symptoms give way and improvement begins, or if
the appetite is not good prepare the following :

No. 62. 2 Ounces powdered gentian,
2 Ounces carbonate of ammonia.

Form this into a mass, with linseed oil and molasses, divided into eight
parts and give one twice each day. If the cold becomes chronic it ends
in catarrh. When there are catarrhal symptoms and sore throat give the
following :

No. 63. 1 Drachm extract of belladonna,
2 Drachms ipecac,
2 Drachms powdered camphor,
4 Drachms nitre.

Mix into a ball with linseed oil, and give one
every three or four hours. In inveterate or chron-
ic cold there is discharge, and swelling of the lym-
phatic gland. We have already shown how glan-
ders may be known.

We give a cut show-
ing the enlargement
of the lymphatic
eland in chronic
cold. In ease the

horse gets cold it is

HEAD WITIL LYMPHATIC GLAND b . « a 2 eY-
OF THE THKOAT SWOLLEN. etter that he be ex

1—The enlarged lymphatic within amined by a compet ent NOSRIBAGY EEE BREA RING
sh S Ps Z - ne MORSE WiTL COLD,
the jaw. veterinary surgeon,

(not by a quack,) in order to be sure the disease is not glanders.
VII. Enlarged Glands—Goitre.

There are various glands in the throat that are subject to enlargement
from disease, and which remain permanent after the disease is passed.
This result is generally more unsightly as a blemish than as a real disa-
bility. Goitre, however, is a disease peculiar to some limestone regions,
producing in animals as in man a swelling of the thyroid gland. In some
portions of the East it is quite prevalent, producing extensive enlarge-

260 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

meuts in lambs. It also attacks cattle and swine. In solid-hoofed ani-
mals, as in the horse, there may be a swelling on either side ; in others it
is in the center just below the roots of the jaws. For all enlargements
of the glands, tincture of iodine will disperse the swelling if it may be
possible. In bronchocele or goitre, rainwater only should be given to
drink ; iodine in doses of ten grains daily may be given on an empty
stomach, and the swelling may be painted with the tincture. This to be
persisted in for months. Another remedy that has been successful, is
the following:

No. 64. 3 Drachm iodide of potassium,
1 Drachm liquor potasse,
3g Pint rainwater.

Mix, and give as a dose night and morning, using the tincture of iodine
on the goitre.

VIII. Swelled Throat, or Laryngitis. ,

Causes.—F oul stables or any cause producing colds, catarrhs, ete. It
is sometimes divided professionally into laryngitis and pharyngitis, but
practically they are one—inflammation of the air and food passages of
the neck, generally accompanied with cough, difficulty in swallowing
and fever.

How to Know it.—The animal is dull. The head is carried in a peculiar
manner, as though the neck were stiff. There is a short, frequent
cough, the breath is hurried, the pulse full and throbbing, and the mem-
branes of the nasal passages are high colored, almost scarlet. There
will be x hoarse sound, approaching to a grunt, at each breath taken, if
the ears are held against the animal’s wind-pipe. Externally there is
more or less enlargement over the region of the larynx, the enlargement
of the windpipe next the throat. Handling the throat seems to produce
extreme pain.

What to do.—Reduce the pulse at once by doses of tincture of
aconite in a wine glass full of water, repeated every half hour. Place
the steaming-bag on the nose, as recommended for colds. Keep it em-
ployed almost constantly, for there may be danger of strangulation. If
the steaming seems to distress the animal, omit it, or use it only occa-
sionally, and soak soft hay in boiling water and apply to the throat as
hot as can be borne. Bandage and fasten with the eight-tailed bandage
previously described. Or, ferment the throat with cloths wrung out of
hot mustard water. If there is difficulty in swallowing, put a tea-
spoonful of the following well back on the tongue several times a day:

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 261

No. 65, 1 Ounce powdered guaiacum,
4 Ounces powdered chlorate of potash,
3g Pint of molasses.

Do not in administering anything, force the jaws wide apart. Act as
gently as possible. If the animal is feverish and the throat hot and dry,
give three times a day, in a pint of cold linseed tea, the following :

No. 66. 1 Drachm powdered ipecac,
is 1 Ounce solution of acetate of ammonia

In case the disease becomes chronic, the following excitant to the
throat will be indicated :

No. 67. 1 Part oil of turpentine,
1 Part solution of ammonia,
1 Part olive oil.

Mix, shake the bottle before using, and rub well in on the throat every

day. If this does not relieve, apply the following blister :

No. 68. 1 Drachm croton oil,
1 Drachm sulphuric ether,
10 Drachms alcohol.

Mix, and apply by rubbing with considerable friction.

A HORSE WITH TUE TILROAT BLISTERED.~ A SETON IN THE THROAT OF A HORSE.

When the symptoms become more favorable, by the membranes of the
nose becoming pale or more natural in color: by the cough becoming
more free, or louder, easier and with less violent breathing, and by the
appearance of a white and thick discharge from the nostrils, put a seton
in the throat, (see cut,) and allow nothing but moist and succulent food.
Move the seton daily until healthy pus (matter) is formed. Then cut
one of the knots and withdraw it, and as the horse recovers allow drier
food—hay and grain—but that entirely free from dust. See that no
stones or grit are in the oats, and soak for five or six hours before feed-
ing. In this, as in diseases where the throat is more or less sore, the
horse may quid his food. This is not a symptom of laryngitis as is some-

262 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

times supposed, but known to all diseases where there is obstruction in
swallowing.

IX. Chronic Cough.

There are many cases of long standing or
chronic cough. Cough is an attendant upon
so many disorders of the air passages, from
the most trivial difficulty in teething to glan-
ders, that a cough should not be overlooked
in the diagnose of diseases. And so many
diseases leave the patient with chronic cough,
that its symptomatic stages should be care-

A HORSE QUIDDING,

fully observed.

Coughing tends generally to a thickening of the membranes. When
the membrane covering the larynx becomes thickened, and consequently
morbidly sensitive, the cough becomes fixed or what is termed chronic.

The sense of smell in the nose is peculiarly acute, and the membranes
of the nose and throat, as a matter of course, are fully as sensitive. We
have said, ‘the limbs and feet are half the horse: the lungs the test of
his endurance.’? Yet nine inten of the stables in which horses are kept
are offensive to man and irritate the air passages when first entered. Yet
the sense of smell in man is not very acute, except in a few directions.
A stable therefore, offensive to man is not a fit place for horses to be
kept, where the lungs constitute one of the principal excellencies of the

animal.

THE ACT OF COUGHING,

The cough which accompanies the several diseases of which this vol-
ume treats, will be described in the treatment of the diseases themselves.
In this article chronic cough will be treated, the cough that is always
present in eating, drinking and inhaling a cold draught of air, or from

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 263

any cause of excitement, requiring long and careful nursing for their
eure. The chronic cough, resulting from colds, is hard and metallic.
For this, the following will be good, to be rubbed on the throat and
around the windpipe, once in ten days:

No. 69. 15 Drops croton oil,
1 Ounce glycerine,

Give twice a day, for a week, the following :

No. 70. 40 Drops diluted prussic acid,
1 Ounce niter,
1 Ounce bicarbonate of soda,
1 Quart water,

If this does not give relief, the following, valuable for irritable chronic
cough, the result of influenza or sore throat, may be used :

No. 71. 1 Ounce Fowler’s solution of arsenic,
1 Ounce chlorate of potash,
1 Drachm belladona.

Give once a day in water or gruel and note results, ceasing after a
week or ten days, if no improvement ensues. For cough and sore throat,
when first discovered, take :

No. 72. 1 Drachm powdered camphor,
1 Drachm extract belladona,
2 Ounces sweet spirits niter,

Give ina pint of cold gruel three times a day. Tar-water is well known
to be valuable in obstinate coughs. Give every morning as a drink, the
following :

No. 73. 1 Drachm powdered squills,
44 Pint tar-water,
44 Pint lime-water.

If the cough is violent, use as a sedative, the following :

No. 74. 1 Drachm dilute prussic acid,
2 Drachms powdered opium,
4 Drachms niter.

Mix in a pint of linseed tea and give from five to six table-spoonfuls
three times a day.

Expectorants, calculated to loosen the cough and restore the secretions
to their natural conditions, do not act so kindly as could be wished on
farm animals. For a long standing cough, try the following :

264 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

A
°

=
ot

1 Drachm aloes,
1 Drachm squills,
2 Drachms gum ammoniacum.

Mix into a ball with meal and give once a day in the morning. If the
cough is irritable and easily excited, and the bowels natural, omit the
aloes and substitute for it one drachm of opium.

For a cold settled in the chest, with cough, give every morning the
following :

No. 76. 1 Drachm ipecac,
1 Drachm liquorice powder,
4g Ounce nitrate of ammonia.

Add tar, the size of a hazel-nut and mix with molasses to form a ball.
All coughs resulting from indigestion or worms, and some of those
resulting from irritation of the passages of the throat, are often cured
by turning the horse out in Summer where he may have free range on the
prairie, where resin weed grows plentifully. A long standing cough,
however, requires time, and the operator must use judgment in adminis-
tering medicine. If he be a veterinary surgeon he will make up his mind
from various symptoms. The farmer should endeavor carefully to do
the same.

X. Malignant Epidemic.

Under this head the older veterinarians were accustomed to term
several diseases that sweeping over a country became unusually prevalent
or fatal. Thus Dr. Layard and Ohmer long ago wrote of malignant
epidemic, probably a severe form of catarrhal fever, or epidemic catarrh,
and also known as influenza distemper, malignant epidemic, murrain,
pest, ete.

Youatt describes a malignant disease occurring in 1714 in England,
imported from the continent and destroying in the course of a few months
70,000 horses and cattle. Professor Bruquon, of Turin, says of this
disease, that it commenced with loss of appetite, staring coat, a wild and
wandering look, and a staggering from the very commencement. The
horse would continually lie down and get up again, as if tormented by
colic ; and he gazed alternately at both flanks. In moments of compar.
ative ease there were universal twitchings of the skin and spasms of the
limbs. The temperature of the ears and feet was variable. If there
happened to be about the animal any old wound or scar from setoning or
firing, it opened afresh and discharged a quantity of thick and black
blood. Very shortly afterward the flanks, which were quiet before, began
to heave, the nostrils were dilated, the head extended for breath. The

THE HORSE, ITS DISFASES. 265

horse had, by this time become so weak that, if he lay, or fell down, he
could rise no more; or, if he was up, he would stand trembling, stagger-
ing, and threatening to fall every moment. The mouth was dry, the
tongue white and the breath fetid ; a discharge of yellow or fetid matter
proceeded from the nose and fetid matter from the anus. The duration
of the disease did not exceed twelve or twenty-four hours; or if the
animal lingered on swellings of the head and throat and sheath and
scrotum followed, and he died exhausted, or in convulsions.

Black spots — extravasation — were found in cellular membrane, in the
tissue of all the membranes, and on the coats of the stomach. The
mesenteric and lymphatic glands were engorged, black and gangrenous.
The membrane of the nose and pharynx were highly injected, the lungs
were filled with black and frothy blood, or with black and livid spots.
The brain and its meninges were unaltered.

BI. Difficulty of Breathing.

From whatever source this may arise, whether from some disorgan-
ization, or change in the lungs, or obstruction inthe air passages; what-
ever the obstruction be, it must first be traced to its cause before good
can bé done. This is sometimes not easy to do; the owner must act
with judgment. Thick wind often follows pneumonia, and is caused by
closing or obliteration (hepatization ) of a portion of the lungs. If it does
not pass away after the disease which preceded it is entirely cured, it may
be mitigated by feeding the animal on sound oats, entirely freed from
dust, giving but little hay, that moistened, and avoiding any food that is
dusty. Mashes and carrots in Winter sufficient to keep the bowels prop-
erly open, and turning on prairie pasture in Summer will be indicated.

Roaring has rendered nearly useless many valuable horses in England ;
in the United States horses are not subject to it. It is said to be pro-
duced by obstruction in some part of the respiratory canal, most often in
the larynx and next in the trachea. Thus chronic cough sometimes ter-
minates in roaring. In this country heaves is the most usual termination.

XII. Broken Wind; Bellows ; Heaves.

Causes.—Broken wind is the result both of disease of the lungs and
violent exertions. Feeding on dusty hay and grain are prolific sources of
the disease. Where no clover hay is used, the disease is rare. It is
mainly confined to-horses that have arrived at maturity. A horse fed for
days and weeks on dusty hay, and then driven hard, will exhibit heaves,
unless his lungs and digestion are extraordinary. This disease is usually
known inthe South under the name of bellows, and in the North as
heaves, either of them expressive of the disease.

266 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

How to know it—Broken wind is nearly allied to asthma in man, but
is more continuous in its action and less liable to occur in paroxysms.
At each breath there will be a two-fold motion of the flank, caused by a
falling in of the abdominal walls, causing the flank to lift, then after a
perceptible interval a rising of the back part of the belly assists in freeing
the lungs of air. There is a short, dry cough, sometimes almost inaudi-
ble, followed by whirring. When the horse is moved suddenly, or driven
hard, when a draught of cold water is given, or the animal is suddenly
brought into the cold air, the spells will oceur. Indigestion is almost
always present, and as a consequence of flatulency of the bowels. The
appetite is ravenous and unnatural ; eating the litter given for bedding, is
one of the many exhibitions of it.

What to do.—There is no permanent cure for this disability. The
symptoms and distress may be alleviated by giving only sound grain and
bright, hard stalked hay, free from dust. Prairie hay with plenty of
resin leaf in it is the best; next, clean cured corn-stalks. But little water
should be allowed at atime, and not more than 6 to 8 pounds of hay,
daily, and this given at night, the provender being confined as much as
possible to grain and grass in Summer, and grain, bran-mashes and car-
rots or potatoes in Winter.

This will enable many broken-winded horses to do a fair amount of
work with comparative comfort. In any event, a horse inclined to be
thick-winded in any degree, should never be tightly checked up, nor
above all, be driven by pulling in the head, causing undue bearing either
of the curb or snaffle on the jaw.

The animal should be allowed to hold its head
in the easiest position, since its work must be nee-
essarily slow. One of the most usual palliative
means of the animal appearing for a time sound,
is to give 10 to 15 grains of arsenic a day for a
week or ten days. A better preparation to give
relief—afterwards, the animal to be turned out
on clean, short grass, is the following :

BIT BEARING UPON JAW.

No. 77. 1 Ounce Fowler’s solution of arsenic,
1 Drachm extract of belladonna,
4, Drachm tincture of ginger.

Give once a day, in the morning, in one pint of water, and continue for
four to eight weeks, as circumstances may dictate.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 267
XIII. Influenza.

This epizootic, which first and last has been prevalent in nearly all
countries where the horse is used, is, as to its origin, but little under-
stood. Its symptoms, however, are well known, but these may be
complicated by inflammatory symptoms of all the air passages; also by
rheumatic swellings, paralysis, delirium and inflammation of the eyes.

How to know it.—The attack may be sudden. There will be stupor
and weakness, the head will be held low, the eyes dull and half closed,
the gait will be weak, with cracking of the joints sometimes. There will
be no appetite, and fever ; the mouth hot and clammy, the bowels costive,
with scanty urine; the pulse quick and weak, but sometimes hard; the
membrane of the nose may be pink, or a deep leaden hue ; the cough will
be deep and harsh; the coat rough and staring; the skin tender and
sometimes trembling, and the ears and limbs alternately hot and cold.
Upon applying the ear to the lungs crepitation will be heard, or some-
times aharsh blowing sound. As the disease progresses, and the nose
discharges a white, yellowish or greenish water, the animal may get bet-
ter; but when the lungs are seriously involved, the symptoms will in-
crease. As arule there is constipation, although purging is sometimes
present.

CONFIRMED INFLUENZA.

What to do.—Place the animal in a well littered stall, free from drafts
of air. Do not depend upon strong physic. The cure must be effected
by watching the symptoms and combating them. If there is costiveness
keep the bowels open by injections of two wine glasses full of linseed
oil. Relief must be had by means of stimulants and tonics. Good
nursing must be constant, with clothing enough to keep the animal warm.
A good tonie and stimulant is:

18

268 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

No, 78 2 Oz of gentian,
2 Oz. carbonate ammonia.

Form in eight doses and give one night and morning. If the cough is
distressing prepare the following :
No. 79. 44 Oz. extract belladonna,
2 Drachms powdered opium,
3 Drachms camphor,

2 Oz. liquorice,
+z Pint molasses.

Mix thoroughly and spread a table-spoonful on the tongue twice a day.
If, with the cough, there is sore throat and catarrh, prepare the following :

No. 80. 20 Grains iodine,
1 Drachm iodide of potassium,
2 Ounces sweet spirits of niter,

“ 1 Pint water gruel.

Give this as a dose twice a day. If the animal should begin to jmprove
it will be about the fifth day.
-Sometimes recovery is complicated by various disabilities. If there is
dropsy or swelling of the legs or sheath, prepare the following :
No. 81. 1 Oz. iodide of potassium,

1 Oz. carbonate of ammonia,
1 Oz. powdered gentian.

Form into eight balls and give one morning and evening.
If a spasmodic cough follows the attack the following will be indicated :
= .

No. 82. 1 Drachm extract of belladonna,
1 Drachm chloroform,
10 Drachms alcohol.

Mix in a pint of gruel and let it trickle slowly down the throat, in
order to produce a full local effect.

As recovery ensues, the food should be nourishing and easily digested.
The animal should be induced to take food during the disease, especially
in the form of nourishing gruel. When the pulse changes, and especially
when it loses its wiry character; when the discharge from the nose
becomes steady and copious, a pint of ale occasionally is a good stimu-
lant. In any event, good, easily digested food should be given, and the
animal must be nursed until entirely recovered.

XIV. Spasmodie Action of the Glottis and Epiglottis.

This may be occasioned rarely by food sticking in the esophagus. It
is sometimes attendant upon cutting the teeth. In the latter case the

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 269

gums should be cut. Spasm of the glottis passes away by a peculiar
crowing inspiration. It is so rare in horses that it will only be necessary
to say that its cause must be looked to in the general health of the
animal,

This disease is generally confined to young animals, and is more rare
in colts than in calves or lambs.

Causes.—Being confined to damp, low lying ground, or in cold, damp,
or much exposed localities.

How to know it—The first symptoms are like those of sore throat.
There will be a dry whirring breathing and a hard metallic cough.
Sometimes it will be heard only when spasm of the larynx comes on.
As the disease progresses the fever increases, the temperature of the
body running to 107 degrees, and the pulse from ninety to over one
hundred. White films or pellicles (albuminous false membranes) form
in the throat, which come away from time to time, or if not, the animal
dies of suffocation.

What to do.—Place the animal where it may have free air but no drafts,
and where the temperature may be kept comfortable. Allow sufficient
clothing. Give as a laxative twelve ounces Glauber salts dissolved in a
quart of warm water.

As an antispasmodic give two or three drachm doses of laudanum
every hour in a decoction of marsh mallow. In the early stage of the
disease warm fomentations persistently applied may scatter the disease.
If later, use the following :

No. 82. 1 Part oil of turpentine,
1 Part lard oil,
1 Part solution of ammonia.

Rub well on the affected parts of the throat. If the membrane in the
throat do not give way, and there is increased difficulty in breathing use
the following :

No. 83. 10 Grains nitrate of silver,
1 Ounce rainwater.

Mix and swab the throat well over the forming membranes, by means
of asmall piece of soft sponge tied over the end of a smooth, flexible
piece of whalebone and saturated with the nitrate of silver. In the case
of foals and calves, only half the doses named must be used, and for
lambs not more than one quarter.

270 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

XV. Bleeding from the Nose.

This often occurs from various injuries to the mucus membrane of the
nostrils, from hard pulling up hill, too tight a collar, and from other
causes, especially if the animal be full of blood. In these cases, the
bleeding is from one nostril and in drops, accompanied by sneezing. If
the bleeding comes from the lungs, it will be bright red and frothy, and
there will be a cough. If from the stomach, it will be black, clotted,
sour and accompanied by retching.

What to do.—In simple cases tie the head up as high as possible, blow
strong alum water from a tube into the nostril at each inspiration, and if
obstinate, plug the nostril with pledgets of tow. Give internally one
seruple of acetate of lead, to be followed in half an hour with another
if necessary. In the case of an ox, two scruples may be given at a dose.

Tf both nostrils are involved, and the flow is continuous, only one nos-
tril must be stopped at atime, unless tracheotomy is performed, since
the horse cannot breathe through the mouth. The ox, however, can do
so. Therefore both nostrils may be plugged if necessary.

In performing this operation (tracheotomy), on the horse, sometimes
necessary in various obstructions of the throat and windpipe, a ring of
the windpipe should not be severed, but only parts of two. That is, a
circular flap should be excised. It should always be performed by a
veterinary surgeon, except ina case where death from strangulation is
imminent. In this case do not hesitate, take the lancet or sharp knife
and, holding the horse’s head high, cut in a foot above the breast-bone
and in the center of the neck, down to and into the windpipe. The open-
ing through the skin should be about two and a half inches long or even
three inches, and through the windpipe from one-half to three-quarters
of aninch. If a surgeon performs the operation he will be provided
with a tracheotomy tube; if not, any smooth metal tube which may be
inserted will do, as the spout of a tea-kettle; this must be held to its
place by proper fastenings, and until the wound is healed the horse must
not be allowed to put his head to the ground.

XVI. Strangles.

This is a disease but littke known in America. Our distemper takes
its place. It is thus described in English works: It usually occurs in
young horses, highly-bred horses being more subject to it than cold
blooded ones. When the animal is ‘*breeding strangles,’’ there is a gen-
eral though slight indisposition. After a few days the neck becomes
stiff, the throat swells, the tumor being hard, hot and tender. A dis-

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 271

charge from the nose takes place, the throat becomes sore, the breathing
oppressed, the hair is staring, the appetite is gone, and the animal stands
with half-closed eyes. At length the tumor becomes ripe enough and is
opened, as is usual in distemper. It is more than probable that the dis-
ease is really the same, and that strangles and distemper are one and the
same thing, only modified by conditions and climate.

OPENING THE ABSCESS OF STRANGLES.

-

The general treatment is the same as we give for distemper. As an
application to the swelling to produce suppuration, the following is
recommended :

No. 84. 1 Part Jaudanum,
1 Part spirits of camphor,
2 Parts spirits of turpentine.

Mix, and apply with a paint brush to the swelling. In treating either
strangles or distemper, no physic should be given. Good nursing, sooth-
ing drinks, as much nourishment in the food or gruel as the animal can
take should be allowed, and the strength must be kept up by every
possible means, and to induce the ripening into pus of the tumor is im-
portant. Until the animal be again entirely recovered and in good health,
it should have no work.

CHAPTER VI.

DISEASES OF THE STOMACH AND BOWELS.

I. SOUR STOMACH. If. COLIC. Ill. THE BOT. IV. INFLAMMATION AND
RUPTURE OF THE COLON. V. INFLAMMATION AND BLEEDING OF THE REC-
TUM.——VI. SPONTANEOUS SALIVATION. VII. INFLAMMATION OF THE STOM-

ACH. VIII, SORENESS AND ITCHING OF THE ANUS.——IX. CHRONIC GASTRITIS.

— X. SPASMS OF THE DIAPHRAGM,

XI. RUPTURE OF THE STOMACH.
XIL. INFLAMMATION OF THE PERITONEUM. XIN. STRANGULATION OF THE
INTESTINES. XIV. FUNCTIONAL DISEASES OF THE LIVER. XV. PARASITES
WHICH AFFECT THE LIVER. XVI. DIARRHEA.

I. Sour Stomach.

Animals living upon vegetable food, where the mastication or the
grinding down of the substances taken into the mouth is imperfectly
accomplished, or where a greedy animal is allowed to overload the
stomach with food, since it thus is imperfectly moistened with saliva,
are subject to acidity of the stomach, fermentation of the food, and
the diseases attendant thereupon. Carbonic acid gas is evolved, and if
not checked in time will sometimes cause violent and extreme distension
and inflammation of the stomach, the result of decomposition, or spas-
modic colic, with paroxysms of extreme agony, and sometimes the most
violent rupture of the stomach ending in death.

We often see violent distension of the stomach in cattle when turned
into a field of flush clover when hungry; the remedy in this case is
thrusting 2 trochar or knife into the stomach to allow the escape of the
gases. When in the horse inflammatory action has been set up it may
lead to many diseases, each of which must be treated according to the
symptoms exhibited.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 273

In the first stage or that of simple acidity of the stomach, if taken in
time, treatment is comparatively easy. It is called sour stomach, acute
gastritis, indigestion, tympany, ete.

Causes.—Suspended digestion and consequent fermentation from over-
loading the stomach with improperly chewed food. This will never occur
in slow feeders that fully grind and saturate the food with saliva, since in
this case the appetite is fully satisfied before overloading ensues. Colic
may occur by giving large draughts of water immediately after feeding,
thus washing forward the food beyond the stomach. Sour stomach may
also ensue from indigestible and easily fermented food, and inflammation
from eating plants that irritate the stomach.

How to know it.—The first symptoms are sour stomach, simple colic,
or fermentation. There is fullness, causing undue distension; then
quickened, deep, but oppressed breathing ; the animal is dull and stupid ;
there is increasing pain, and at length, if relief is not obtained, more
violent symptoms set in.

What to do—Give immediately one or two ounces of magnesia.
Evacuate the bowels by means of injections of warm water. Rub the
belly with considerable friction one way, from the forelegs back. If
there is griping give the following :

No. 85. 15 to 20 Drops oil of peppermint,
1 Ounce of Jaudanum.

If the weather is cold, blanket and walk the horse to assist in giving
relief.

In the case of the ox, give double the dose mentioned; sheep one-
quarter to one-third the dose for the horse, except of laudanum, of
which give the sheep, 2 to 3 drachms.

II. Colic.

This may be of two kinds, spasmodic, or flatulent colic. The first is
the result of cramps or spasmodic contractions, causing severe pain with
tendency to inflammation. The other of distension of the bowels with
tendency to inflammation and rupture of the coats.

How to know Spasmodic Colic.—There will be spasms of pain, with paw-
ing, striking of the belly with the hind foot, looking round at the flanks,
lying down and suddenly getting up, rolling, or lying stretched out for
an instant; then suddenly rising, the horse will shake himself as the
pain intermits. Again the pain returns and the same performances are

gone through. There may be frequent small discharges from the bowels

274 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

and bladder, and during the attacks the pulse and breathing are
accelerated.

THE FIRST STAGE OF SPASMODIC COLIC.

What to do.—Relieve the pain by. means of an opiate, and cause move-
ment of the bowels. To do this in mild cases the following will be good
in connection with injections of warm water :

No. 86. 4% to 1 Ounce of laudanum,
4 to 5 Drachins aloes,
1 Pint hot water.

SECOND STAGE OF SPASMODIC COLIC.

Pulverize the aloes and dissolve in the hot water. Cool as quickly as
possible and add the laudanum, and give as adose. If there is abund-
ant formation of gas, give the following promptly :

No 87. % Ounce powdered aloes,
1 Ounce aromatic ammonia,
° 1 Ounce sulphuric ether,
1 4 Ounce warm water.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 275

Mix and give at once. Another colic drench in good repute is the
following :

No. 88. 4 Drachms aloes,
1 Ounce sulpburie ether,
1 Ounce Jaudanum,

THIRD STAGE OF SPASMODIC COLIC,

Mix, pulverize the aloes in a pint and a half of hot water; cool, add
the other ingredients and give immediately. If relief is not obtained,
give as a second dose the following :

No. 89. 44 Ounce sulphurie ether,
3g Ounce Juidanum,
44 Ounce spirits camphor,
3 Ounce csscuce Ol peppermint.

Mix in a pint of gruel and turn down. The symptoms in cattle are
uneasiness, shuffling of the hind legs when standing. When lying down
they will kick with the outer limbs. There will be moaning and twisting
of the tail. The same treatment is advised as for the horse, except that
one pint of linseed oil should replace the aloes. Give the doses by
allowing the liquid to trickle down the throat very slowly. The doses
should be double that of the horse. Swine should have castor oil one
ounce in place of the linseed oil; and sheep three-quarters of an ounce.
Otherwise the doses should be about one-quarter to one-fifth those
ordered for the horse.

Flatulent Colic.—This disease is dangerous, and is generally the result
of a chronic distension of the bowels, with tendency to inflammation and
rupture of the coats.

It may be the result of some other disease, or appear as a consequence
of the spasmodic form; or, may be produced by the same causes as
those assigned to the acute form.

276 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

How to know it.—The expression of pain is constant but not so acute.
The pulse is rapid and feeble, with difficult breathing ; the feet and ears
-are cold: the abdomen is tense and swollen, and it sounds drum-like
when struck. The animal is weak and sometimes delirious. The intes-
tines are painful (sore) as is shown by the cautious manner of lying
down: if, indeed, the horse lies down at all.

FIRST STAGE OF FLATULENT COLIC.

What to do.—Be careful about giving purgatives. Act by injections
of soapsuds and oil of turpentine ; removing the contents of the impacted
rectum with the well oiled hand. Give the following injection :

No. 90. 34 Pint oil of turpentine.
1 Quart of soapsuds.

iY Sy

HORSE DYING OF FLATULENT COLIC.

Repeat in half an hour if necessary. If there is great distension
puncture the large intestine, or, where the sound when tapping with the

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 277

knuckles is most drum-like, plunge in a trochar and allow the gas to
escape through the canula. Give the following according to circumstances :

No. 91. 4g to 1 Ounce Jaudanum,
2104 Ounces tincture assafeetics
Mix in a pint of gruel.

If the colic is the result of disease and exhaustion, with much swelling
of the belly, try the following:

No. 92. 4g Ounce chlorate of potash,
44 Ounce sulphuric ether,
4¢ Pint water.
To be given in a half pint of gruel.

Later in this disease when it is required to act moderately on the
bowels the following will be found useful :

No. 93. 4g Ounce chiorinated soda,
2 to 3 Ounces aloes,

Powder the aloes and dissolve the whole in a pint of warm water, and
give when cool. During recovery, the health of the animal must be
attended to. Give easily digested food ; avoid large draughts of water,
and over feeding. Give good grooming; blanket if necessary, and keep
the circulation active by hand rubbing of the body and limbs.

Ill. The Bot.

The female hot fly, strus-equi, is too well known to need description.
They lay their eggs on the legs, flanks, and other portions of the horse’s
body easily reached. The animal in licking its body takes the egg into
its mouth and being swallowed they hatch, and the young fasten them-
selves by means of their hooks to the mucous membrane of the stomach.
Here they live and grow and the next season become mature and are
passed from the animal, and undergo their transformation to the perfect
fly in the earth. So long as the animal is in perfect health they do little
if any harm. But in case of disease or insufficient food they hecome
troublesome. Or if they exist in great numbers when nearly or full
grown and they are passing from the animal, they sometimes cause severe
injury by attaching themselves to the sensitive lining of the bowels.
This irritation is not easily distinguished from other forms of indigestion
or colic.

In the Spring when the animal is hungry, and there is indication of in-
testinal difficulty, they may be suspected. If the horse turns up his
upper lip, and if the edges of the tongue are red and fiery looking, it

278 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

will be evidence of their existence. At this time physic will hasten them
away. A usual remedy is to give once a day for three days, 1 drachm
sulphate of copper, to be followed at the end of the time with 4 drachms
of Barbadoes aloes, and repeat at the end of a week if necessary. Or
the following will be found safe and effective :

No. 94. 1 4% Drachms calomel,
1 34 Drachms powdered savin,
2 Drachms powdered assafeetida,
30 Drops oil of male shield fern.

Make into a ball with molasses and linseed meal, to be given at night
and followed next morning with 4 drachms of aloes.

In the South, Azedarach (pride of China) is grown around stables for
its supposed efficacy in destroying bots by being eaten by horses. If so,
it can only be while the bots are quite young. Since, after acquiring
some age and becoming fastened to the stomach, they resist alike, strong
acids, alkalies, irrespirable gases, narcotics and mineral poisons.

Colies, ete., arising from bots, may be treated by anti-spasmodics as
given under that head. As a preventive against bots, keep the long hairs
of the jaws, breast and fore-limbs trimmed close, and apply a little oil
daily ; and brush off any eggs that may be found. Animals kept in sta-
bles and well groomed are seldom troubled with bots.

ns
oe
a

i)

CESTRUS HEMORRHOIDALIS. 2.—Eggs magnified. 3.—The Bot. 4,—The
Crysalis. 5.—The male fly.

Another bot fly (@strus Hemorrhoidalis) resembles the cestris equi
quite closely, and deposits its eggs upon the lips and upon the hairs
under the jaw. Dropping into-the food, they are swallowed and fasten
to the stomach in dense clusters. The larvee are somewhat longer in pro-
portion to their bulk than the species equ.

When ready to pass away they sometimes cause irritation of the
bowels and anus by sticking there. The same means must be used for
this species as for the other.

Intestinal worms.—There are various intestinal worms that inhabit the

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 279

horse, at least three species of tape worms and seven of round worms. The
ox has two tape worms and seven round worms. The sheep one tape
worm and seven round worms. A good vermifuge for tape worm is the
following :

f
No. 95. 4 Ounce powdered aloes,
44 Ounce powdered assafeetida,
1 Ounce oilof turpentine,
1 Ounce sulphuric ether.

Mix the two first in hot water and when cold add the turpentine and
ether, and give in gruel asa drench. If the animal is weak and out of
condition, give an ounce of areca nut, and follow with nourishing food.
For round worms, if suspected, give 4 drachms of aloes, and if worms
are found in the dung, give immediately on an empty stomach the
following :

No. 96. 1 Drachm oil of male fern,
2 Ounces oil of turpentine,
44 Pint linseed oil.

Follow this for three days with a dose of 1-2 drachm sulphate of copper.
For thread-worms in the rectum give an injection every two days for a
week, of the following :

No. 97. 2 Drachms oil of turpentine,
1 Pint linseed oil.

Inject every day for a week, a purgative dose to precede the first injec-
tion. A strong decoction of wormwood is also a good vermifuge used as
an injection.

IV. Inflammation and Rupture of the Colon.

This disability is usually the result of colic. If through constriction of
one part and expansion of another rupture actually occurs, the animal
will die. The colon is the largest division of the intestinal canal. Be-
ginning at the cecum, (the commencment of the large intestine ) it ascends
by the right kidney, passes under the hollow part of the liver to the
spleen, thence descends by the left kidney and passes in the form of an
S to the upper part of the os sacrum. It thence runs straight to the anus
and this part of it is called the rectum. ;

How to know Rupture.—The sides of the flanks will be distended, there
will be fever and heat, and the animal will give evidence of its severe suf-
fering. The pulse will be hard, wiry and quick, the belly tender, the

280 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

vars cold; the pain will be constant, and medicine will increase it. There
will be great and rapidly increased weakness. The symptoms are directly
opposed to those in colic.

What to do.—In the first stages of the disease give the foliowing, in
lime water, every hour or two until three or four doses are given :

No. 98. 20 Drops tincture of aconite,
4g Ounce laudanum,

In very severe cases a hypodermic injection of 40 grains of chloral
hydrate, to be at once followed by one of 3 grains of morphia, to be
repeated in an hour; this, however, must be performed by a competent
surgeon. The following may be given by the mouth:

No. 99. 10 Grains morphia,
1 Ounce chloral hydrate.

Give in sweetened water, and repeat every two hours until three or
four doses are given, or until the symptoms abate.

Extensive fomentations to the bowels will be beneficial. This may be
done by folding a blanket inside a rubber cloth which is fastened over the
back. Keep the blanket soaked with water as warm as can be borne.

If the disease be inflammation of the bowels, or enteritis, whether it
does or does not follow an attack of colic, among the symptoms will be
stretching of the lips upward. This may however be done when there
is abdominal irritation of any kind. If the
inflammation be severe, so shown by increas-
ed heat and fever, an ammoniacal blister may
he applied. Dilute strong liquor of ammonia
with six times its bulk of cold water, saturate
a cloth with it and lay it on several folds of
blanket, to be held to the belly by four men

NSH STRAINED ‘UPWARD. who will not mind the fumes. The manner
of holding it is shown in the cut on next page.

Watch the action of the ammonia. It may blister within ten minutes,
or it may take twice that time. Do not allow it to eat the skin, else a
bad sore will be the result. When the proper effect is produced remove
it at once. It should really be applied only under the direction of a
veterinary surgeon. They are, unfortunately, not always near. In this
case, to save life, something must be risked. The worst inflammatory
symptoms being stayed, give every two hours until three or four doses

are given, or a favorable result is obtained, the following :

No, 100. 30 Grains calomel,
1 Ounce laudanum.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 281

Mix in half a pint of gruel. As the animal begins to take food it
should have bran and oatmeal mashes, mixed with tea of slippery elm bark.
Cooked food should be given, and if carrots are at hand, give a mess of
them boiled every day. Skimmed milk is excellent if the animal will
drink it.

APPLICATION OF AN AMMONIACAL BLISTER.

J V. Inflammation and Bleeding of the Rectum.

a) i} 2 . . . . .
This is a difficulty that often accompanies or follows inflammation of
the bowels.
How to know it—There will be heat and swelling, with or without
protrusion and bleeding of the rectum.

What to do.— Wash the parts with a weak solution of salt and water,
and also use injections of the same as often as may seem necessary. If
this do not give relief adda slight infusion of chlorate of potash and
golden seal.

VI. Spontaneous Salivation.

Causes.—This infirmity is generally the result of or symptom of some
other affliction. It is often produced by something the animal has eaten.
White clover will produce it. Caries and other diseases of the teeth:
dentition, paralysis of the lips, uleers of the mouth, irritating food,
irritation by the bit, and especially from medicaments attached to the bits
of horses by ignorant stable men. It occurs as a free discharge of saliva
in frothy masses or in stringy filaments, with frequent swallowing, thirst,
and generally indigestion.

What to do—Remove the cause. If the cause is from alkalies, wash
the mouth with weak vinegar. If from acids, use lime water. If from

282 : ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

saustic salts, use white of ege, or tea of slippery elm bark. If there is
inflammation with costiveness, open the bowels with injections of warm
water, or soapsuds, and wash the mouth frequently with vinegar and
honey. If this do not effect a cure wash the mouth with alum water.

If there are ulcers touch them with a feather wet with the following :

No. 101. 10 Grains lunar caustic,
1 Ounce distilled water.

If there are tumors with pus, lance them. If there is sloughing wash
with the following :

No. 102. 1 Drachm solution of permanganate of potassa,
1 Pint rainwater.

Give plenty of cool water, so the animal may take it at will, and feed
with soft or boiled food, and if theve is much swelling, keep the head
tied up.

Vil. Inflammation of the Stomach.

Causes.—This disease is not common in horses, and occurs rarely from
eating vegetable poisons, and more generally from poisoning by arsenic
given in the food by ignorant stable-men, to make the horse carry a
shining coat and foam at the bit. It is also produced by the licking of
external corrosive applications, thus producing acute gastritis.

HORSE SUFFERING FROM ACUTE GASTRITIs.

The symptoms are various in unison with the causes producing them.
These are, refusing food, extreme thirst, redness of the nasal and con-
junctival membranes, discharge of ropy saliva, frequent eructations with
fetid smell, colic, rolling on the ground, pawing, striking at the abdomen,
etc.) tucked up flanks, heaving, panting, small, quick pulse, violent

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 283

straining, passing of mucus in large quantities, protrusion and inflamma-
tion of the opening, glances at the abdomen, prostration of strength, con-
vulsions, madness and death.

What to do.—The first thing, 1f possible, is to find out what caused the
trouble. If this cannot be found, give at once:

No. 103. 3 Ounces sulphuric ether,
8 Ounces laudanum,
4 Ounces curbonate of magnesia,
1 Quart cold gruel.

Mix and give asa dose. If the pulse be low, add to the above one
drachm carbonate of ammonia. If the animal is weak, but able to swal-
low, take plenty of time, do not use violent means. If there is paralysis
of the throat, or the horse is in delirium, the dose must be injected
through the nostril, by means of aspump and pipe, or horse catheter.
See article tetanus. As soon as there is evidence of recovery, and in
fact whenever the animal will take it, thin starch or gruel of flour should
be freely given to sheath the mucus surfaces.

A VIII. Soreness and Itching of the Anus.

This is a disease following inflammation and disease of the rectum,
and also produced by other causes. The anus or orifice of the rectum
becomes sore. There is a peculiar dryness with scurf, and to relieve the
itching the horse sometimes rubs the roots of his tail until the hair is en-
tirely worn away.

What to do.—Attend to the general health of the horse, to keep the
bowels in a natural condition. Mix a little fine salt with lard oil, and
keep the parts well oiled, with friction. If the trouble be inside, a little
goldenseal well rubbed down with salt butter and passed carefully within
the anus, will give relief. If the difficulty is occasioned by worms, see
that article.

IX. Chronic Gastritis.

Causes.—Anything which impairs the digestive functions may produce
this disease. It is, however, in its chronic form, extremely rare. The
ordinary food will be refused, and the animal will persist in eating for-
eign substances—old lime mortar, the wood work of the stable, earth,
litter and bedding.

How to know it—There is a dry cough; the membrane of the mouth

and nostrils are dry and pale; the breath is tainted; the evacuations
19

254. ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

smell badly ; the eyes are sunk, the coat dry and ragged; the horse loses
condition and becomes pot bellied ; the anus is lax and prominent.

What to do.—The cure will take time. Prevent the animal from in-
dulging its unnatural appetite. The following made into a ball will be
indicated.

No, 104. 3g Grain strychnia,
1 Drachm bichromate of ammonia,
+g Drachm extract of belladonna,
1 Drachm powdered gentian,
44 Drachm sulphate of zinc.

Give this as a ball once a day. If after continuing several days there
is no improvement, give the following:

No. 105. 3g Ounce liquor arsenicalis,
4g Ounce tincture ipecac,
1 Ounce muriated tincture of iron,
4g Ounce laudanum,
1 Pint of water.

As the animal gets stronger give an ounce of sulphuric ether daily in a
pint of water.

If the animal has simply chronic indigestion, that is, the disease does
not show in the severe form we have depicted, to improve the general

health the following will be indicated :
No. 106. Ounce powdered assafeetida,

Ounce powdered golden seal,

Ounces powdered ginger,

Ounces powdered poplar bark,

Drachms powdered sulphate of iron,

Drachm powdered red pepper,

Pound of oatmeal,

wee

bo

ee

Mix, divide into sixteen messes, and give one every night in the food.
In addition to this the following will make a good appetizer :

No. 107. 1 Quart brandy,
1 Ounce salt.

Mix and give a wine glass full night and morning in gruel, just before
the food. The food given must be of the very best, and that which is
easily digested. Boiled oats, shorts and carrots, with sufficient good hay
to distend the stomach. Keep the animal muzzled during the intervals
of feeding, to prevent foul feeding. That is, eating litter or other inju-
rious substances. If acidity of the stomach be shown, moisten the hay
given, and sprinkle it freely with magnesia.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 285

X. Spasm of the Diaphragm.

Causes.—Hard riding or driving of a horse constitutionally weak.

How to know it—If the horse is being ridden, there will be a sensa-
tion to the rider as though a sudden blow was given inside the horse.
This is from spasmodic action of the diaphragm (the midriff or muscle
separating the chest from the abdomen) in drawing the breath. If the
animal is still driven forward it sometimes suddenly falls and dies of
suffocation.

What to do.—There is no cure. Relief may be given by clothing the
animal. Lead him to the nearest stable or shed and give the following:

No. 108. 3 Drachms aromatic spirits of ammonia.
3 Drachms tineture of ginger
3 Ounces laudanum,
1 Ounces ether,

Mix in a pint of oil or gruel and give as a drench, or give the following :

t=)

- No. 109. 44 Drachm camphor,
1 Drachm powdered ginger,
1 Drachm carbonate of ammonia.

Mix with sufficient linseed meal and hot water to forma ball. Repeat
at an interval of three hours if relief is not afforded by the first dose.

A horse subject to this affection should have only slow work. The
diaphragm may be strengthened by giving for some time a daily dose of
one drachm of powdered sulphate of iron in the food.

XI. Rupture of the Stomach,

Rupture, when it ensues, ends pretty surely in death. Rupture of the
stomach is produced by working or driving a horse until he is very hungry
and then feeding and watering unduly. | The only symptoms which show,
are violent colic, and the tenseness of the tissues. There are many rup-
tures where animals die, and the owner does not know what is the diffi-
culty. If the mischief has proceeded to rupture, the animal may as well
be killed.

One of the positions assumed by a horse suffering from abdominal
injuries, is this: He will persistently sit on his haunches. Animals
will assume this position and yet occasionally recover. Another position
assumed is, for the animal to kneel and support himself upon his hind

286 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

legs. Such unnatural positions show the intense pain which leads to such
attitudes to get relief.

UNNATURAL ATTITUDE INDICATIVE OF ABDOMINAL INJURY.

XII. Gorged Stomach.

When this oceurs from over feeding, the bowels should be immediately
relieved by removing the contents by repeated injections of warm water.
Let the animal be gently walked about, and warmly clothed in cold
weather, The operator must act according to circumstances. If discoy-

POSITION ASSUMED BY HORSE SUFFERING FROM ABDOMINAL INJURY.

ered early, or before colic sets in, give the following to evacuate the
bowels after having relieved them by injections :
No. 110. 6 Drachms powdered aloes,

1 Ounce sirup of buckthorn,
1 Ounce tincture of ginger.

‘THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 287

Dissolve the aloes in a pint of warm water, add the buckthorn and gin-
ger, and give as a drench.

XIII. Inflammation of the Peritoneum.

Inflammation of the lining membrane of the abdomen is likely to occur
in all domestic animals. In ruminants the right side is most affected, and
the animal will stand with its feet well together.

Causes.—Injuries either from rupture of the stomach or intestines, or
from injuries to the abdominal walls, exposure to chill or cold, or giving
an exhausted horse a wet bed to lie on.

How to know it.—There may be colic, or steady pain. This will be
acute when the affected parts are pressed. There may be chill and fever
alternately, and loss of appetite. The pulse will be rapid and hard, and
the breath quick and catching, but when effusion takes place the breath-
ing will be deep and easier; the pulse will soften, the belly will be pend-
ent, and there will be fluctuations when handled, from the water contained.

What to de.—In the early stages, give full.doses of laudanum; 1 to 2
ounces, as may be needed, to allay pain and keep the bowels inactive.
Apply Mustard poultices to the abdomen, or in extreme cases the ammo-
niacal blister as previously described. Frequent injections of thoroughly
cooked gruel may be thrown into the rectum, but until the worst symp-
toms are past the animal should take nothing into the stomach. As the
disease progresses favorably, great care should be exercised in feeding.
Oat or rye meal gruel may first be given. If these agree well, give warm
soft bran-mashes, with a little oat meal added, and at length hay and
sound oats.

In case absorption of the effusion of water in the cavity does not take
place, which may be known by regular and ample staling, give 6 drachms
potassa nitrate, daily, until the kidneys act. If tonics seem to be de-
manded, give daily doses of 1-2 drachm oxide of iron.

XIV. Strangulation of the Intestines.

This is produced by various causes, the result of colic and rupture
being the most frequent. Strangulation may be produced by the forma-
tion of false membranes, by the involvent of the intestines, by the
rupture of the mesentary, or by the rolling on itself of the intestine until
it is entirely strangulated. In this as in other abdominal difficulties, the
animal will often assume unnatural positions, as shown in the article
Rupture of the Stomach. If it be a ruminant, and in good flesh, it is
better to kill the animal at once. Some forms of strangulation in cattle

288 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

of suflicient value, may be remedied by a veterinary surgeon. In this
case, give laudanum in 2-ounce doses to keep the animal quiet until the
doctor arrives. Relief is obtained by cutting into the side and releasing
the intestine. For the horse give opium in one or two drachm doses as
the nature of the case may seem to require to relieve the pain, and trust
to nature to effect a cure by releasing the parts naturally.

XV. Functional Diseases of the Liver.

The liver of the horse is not particularly subject to disease. It was
formerly supposed to be almost entirely exempt, but later researches
show it to be an agent, through obstruction, and the principal local seat
of various disorders, as diabetes, blood poisoning from imperfect oxygen-
ation of the albuminoids, ete.

How to know it.—In active congestions of the liver, which is the dis-
ease most usually prevalent and this principally in the South, there
may be sluggishness, irregular bowels, abundant liquid discharges of
deep yellow or orange colored dung.
There will be extreme and painful
prostration, the eyes will be sunken,
the pulse excited, and the limbs will
tremble. There may be colicky pains.
If the last ribs are struck with some
force, extreme pain will be shown.
If the horse faints and there are pal-
lid mucus membrane, with quick and
weak pulse, it may be conjectured
— that rupture of the liver has taken

TEST OF HEMORREAGE FLOM TUE UIVER. lace. Inithis' case) the ends desune

The illustration we give will show
the test alike for ruptured liver and spleen.

What to do.—In the beginning, that is when the pulse is strong, free
bleeding will often check the disease. When the pulse is weak, blood
must not be drawn; or, if the blood does not flow freely, close the orifice
at once.

Apply mustard poultices to the limbs. Give one pound of sulphate of
soda dissolved in a quart of water, to deplete the portal system and liver.
Apply ice to the last ribs to check effusion. Apply a blister over the
region of the liver. Continue the sulphate of soda in doses of one to
four ounces daily.

During the attack and recovery the animal must have pure air, and

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 289

soft, easily digested food, and as recovery ensues, daily moderate exer-
cise must be given.

Inflammation of the liver is rare. If congestion has proceeded to
inflammation the region of the last rib will be very tender. There will
be quickening of the pulse. The mouth will be hot and clammy ; the
bowels may be at first loose, yellow and bilious, but soon become costive.
The heat of the body is raised; patches may appear on the mucous
membranes ; and the limbs, especially the hind ones, will swell.

What to do.—In this case all bleeding should be avoided. Give as a
purge a pound of sulphate of soda (glauber salts) aided by injections of
warm water. After the bowels are opened, keep them so with small
doses of glauber salts, six ounces, or, cream of tartar four ounces daily.
If the horse eat anything it must be very light mashes, pulped roots or
fresh grass. As the horse improves, give twice a day two ounces of
Peruvian bark or two drachms twice a day of gentian.

XVI. Parasites which Infest the Intestines.

The general symptoms for intestinal worms, in large quantity,. are
generabill health. The animal will lose condition : the skin will be scurfy,
dry and often itching; the animal
will become hide bound and_ pot
bellied ; the appetite will be irregular
but voracious; there will be fetid
breath, diarrhea, passing of mucus
with the dung, colicky pains, swelling,
itching and puffy anus, and especially
the passage of the worms or their
eges will be certain proof. The horse
will raise the upper lip and rub it
against anything near. Colts will pick
and bite the hair from the body and
limbs. The annexed cut will give a
good general idea of an animal suffer-

COLT PICKING HAIR FROM ITS LEG,
GIVING PROO® OF WORMS.

ing from worms.

Besides the bot, already treated of, which inhabits the stomach, there
are those of the intestines proper. These are the tape worm, round
headed and flat headed, and five species of round worms.

What to do.—Vermifuges are without number, some general in their
nature, and others specific for particular classes. When worms are sus-
pected, and the owner of the animal is not sure of the reality, it is safe

290 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

to give a purge and watch the droppings. The following is a good
vermifuge drench :

No. 111. 4 Drachms aloes,
1 Ounce powdered male fern,
20 Drops oil of worm seed.

Give this in a pint of warm gruel an hour before feeding in the morning.

If it be found that there are tape worms, if the horse is weak, give an
ounce of areca nut fasting and follow with 4 drachms of aloes. If the
animal is strong, give an ounce of oil of turpentine in an ounce of water.
In four hours give another dose and follow in an hour with 4 drachms
aloes. In the case of common pin worms, (Sclerostomum Equinum) and
all worms inhabiting the bowels except the tape worm, the following
vermifuge will act kindly :

No. 112. 1 Drachm tartar emetic,
#2 Drachm powdered ginger.

Mix with enough linseed meal to form a ball, then moisten with hot
water and give a dose daily for a week, before feeding. Follow with a
dose of one pint of linseed oil, wait another week, and repeat as before.
Then give good generous diet, with tonics daily, say 2 drachms sulphate
of iron, or 4 drachms gentian in the food.

For worms lodging in the gut near the rectum, give an injection of a
strong decoction of wormwood or tansey. The prevention of worms is to
pay attention to the water the animal drinks, to be careful of dog’s drop-
pings in the pasture, and to give sound grain and hay as food, since lib-
eral feeding and good general care will often extirpate the parasites.
For other vermifuges see article 3 of this chapter.

XVII. Diarrhea.

Diarrhea is a condition of frequent watery discharges from the bowels,
and may be produced by so many causes, as irritating and indigestible
food, worms, severe purgation by medicines, disorders of the liver, cr
constitutional tendency, that no general rule can be given. The owner of
the animal must find the cause before proceeding intelligently to give
relief. The most we can do is to give some general indications.

Sometimes diarrhoea is an effort of nature to rid the body of injurious
matter; then the effort should be aided. Early in the effort give the
horse a pint of linseed oil, or if an active purge be required, a pint of
castor oil. If the diarrhoea does not cease check it with ounce doses of
laudanum and follow with tea of slippery elm bark, or linseed. If the

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 291

difficulty refuse to give way, doses of 2 scruples of tannin may be given,
or, doses of 3 drachms of catechu every hour until checked. The ox
requires double the dose. Follow with tonics, say 4 drachms of gentian
daily, or one ounce of peruvian bark, with sound, easily digested food. If
caused by bad water, throw a handful of charcoal in the water before
giving it to drink. The following will be found beneficial in the several
cases mentioned.

For sour and fetid discharges mix the following ingredients in the food
twice or thrice daily.

No. 113. 1 Ounce powdered chalk,
1 Ounce bisulphate of soda.

For sour discharges with griping, take :

No, 114. 1 Drachm powdered opium,
1 Drachm powdered chalk,
20 Drops carbolie acid.

Form into a ball with linseed meal and molasses.

If the bowels are simply in an irritable, relaxed condition, use the
following :

No. 116. 1 Ounce powdered chalk,
1 Ounce catechu,
1 Ounce ginger,
1 Drachm opium.

Make into a ball with linseed meal and molasses.

When the diarrhea is the result of violent medical purging, try the
following :

No. 116. 2 Ounces laudanum,
2 Ounces powdered chalk.

Mix, and give in a quart of thin starch, or flour gruel. For excessive
and continued purging, give at one dose the following:

No. 117. 1 Ounce laudanum,
1 Ounce sulphuric ether,
20 Grains tannic acid.
Mix in a pint of flax-seed tea.

Astringent injections may be given as follows:
No. 118. 2 Ounces laudanum,

2 Drachms acetate of lead,
1 Quart starch water.

¢ ' ‘

292 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR. 7
, . j :
Inject half of this and follow with the remainder in three hours, if

essary, or give at one injection the following : ited

No. 119. 4 Drachms tannie acid,
1 Pint starch water.

In case of cattle the same quantities may be used, but when give
the mouth it must be made to trickle slowly down the throat.

ia). se am

CHAPTER VII.

DISEASES OF THE LIVER, URINARY ORGANS, ETC.

I, JAUNDICE. —— Il, ENLARGEMENT OF ‘THE SPLEEN. —— III. INFLAMMATION OF THE KipD-
NEYS. —— IV. PROFUSE STALING, OR DIABETES, ——V. BLOODY URINE, OR HASMATURIA.
— VI. THICK AND ALBUMINOUS URINE. VII. WHITE, OR LIME URINE, Vill.
GRAVEL, OR STONE IN THE BLADDER,——IX. SUPPRESSION OF URINE.——X. INFLAMMA-
TION OF THE BLADDER.——XI. FOUL SHEATH. ——XII. RUPTURE OF THE BLADDER,——
XIIJ, SPASM OF THE URETHRA.——XIV. INFLAMMATION OF THE ORGANS OF GENERATION,

a

I. Jaundice. |

The horse is subject to but few diseases of the liver. Jaundice or the
yellows, is a condition in which the visible mucous membranes, the skin
(if it be naturally white) the urine and the tissues are stained yellow,
not by non-secretion of the bile from the blood, but by the re-absorption
of bile already secreted.

Causes.—Obstruction of the bile duct from any cause. Obstruction of
the bowels hindering the proper discharge of the bile. Diminished
fullness of the capillary vessels of the liver from obstruction of the
hepatic artery or aorta. And from undue secretion of the bile in cases
of congestion of the liver.

In solid hoofed animals the blood is easily dissolved. In flesh-eating
animals it is not so. Hence, although there is often a jaundiced appear-
ance of the membranes in horses, it is comparatively harmless.

How to know it.—There will be a general coloration of the tissues.
The mucous membrane will be yellow. The urine will be yellow. In
obstruction of the bile duct the dung will be fetid, and of a clay color
from being devoid of bile.

294 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

What to do.—No general rule can be laid down. The following is a
good remedy for torpidity of the liver, when there is general dullness
and _ biliousness.

120. 1 Pound Epsom salts,
1 Pound Glauber salts,
1 Pound common salt,
1 Ounce essence of ginger,
1 Gallon warm water,

Mix and give a pint from one to three times a day until a gentle but
full purgation is produced. Follow this up with daily doses of one
scruple of podophyllin.

This remedy will also be indicated for cattle, except that they should
have the following formula as a purge instead of No. 120:

No. 121. 244 Pound sulphate of magnesia,
34 Pound common salt,
2 Ounces powdered ginger.

Give this dose in two quarts of water once a day until a free evac-
uation of the bowels is produced, giving also daily one seruple of
podophyllin.

Saline purges do not always act kindly on horses. If so the following
will be indicated if there is considerable congestion :

No. 122. 30 Grains calomel,
1 Drachm aloes,

2 Drachms soap,
4 Drachms powdered rhubarb.

Mix with molasses into a ball and give twice a day until a moderate
operation of the bowels is had.

If the disease occurs in the Spring, turning upon succulent grass,
especially where dandelion is plenty, will generally effect a cure.

II. Enlargement of the Spleen.

The pancreas and the spleen are subject to a variety of diseases, very
difficult to determine. The pancreas is a gland which secretes the pan-
creatic juice, by which emulsion takes place with the fatty aliments by
means of a duct leading into the intestines. The presence of fatty
matter in the dung will imply a suppression of these juices. If there
are sharp, colicky pains without fever, obstruction of the duct by calculi
may be suspected. If there is general fever, with pain and tenderness
behind the last rib on the right side, inflammation may be suspected.

For calculi use fomentations of hot water over the parts affected, and

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 295

give anti-spasmodics, chloral hydrate in half ounce doses daily, or hyos-
cyamus extract two drachm doses, or belladonna two drachm doses, as
the case may be.

If there is inflammation give laxative medicines, one and a half ounces
dandelion ; blister the right side, and confine the animal to light diet.

For suppressed secretion give one ounce doses of sulphuric ether.

So far as affections of the spleen are concerned, it is an inyolvent in
diseases of the liver and other glands. In highly fed animals enlarge-
ment ensues; in badly fed ones degeneration or wasting. Obstructed
circulation through the liver will engorge the spleen almost to rupture
sometimes. In tuberculosis, cancer, glanders and blood poisoning it is
affected. Anthrax and other fevers tend to enlargement of the spleen,
sometimes to rupture. So little is really known of the spleen and its
true functions, that but little can be done except by giving general atten-
tion to the health and by means of tonics and good nursing to build up
the health. .

III. Inflammation of the Kidneys.

SYMPTOMS ATTENDING DISEASES OF THE URINARY OKGANS.

Causes.—Inflammation of the kidneys, Nephritis, is produced by a
variety of causes. Blows on, or sprains in the region of the loins, cal-
culi, the excessive use of diuretics to which some stablemen are prone,
musty fodder, or that which contains irritant plants, ete.

How to know it.—There will be more or less fever, sometimes a high
fever : colicky pains ; looking at the abdomen; the horse will lie down
with extreme caution; frequent passages of urine in small quantity, but

296 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

very high colored, sometimes containing blood and even pus; the legs
swell uniformly from the hoofs up; the pulse is rapid, the bowels costive
and the breathing excited ; the horse straddles in his gait ; this, however,
is a general characteristic of all diseases of the urinary organs, but in
severe inflammation it amounts almost to helplessness.

There is, however, one test that is constant: there is extreme tender-
ness of the bony processes about six inches from the spine in the loins,
pressure over the kidneys will show the terrible pain from the crouching
attitude the horse assumes.

TEST FOR INFLAMMATION OF THE KIDNEYS,

If the urine is examined under a microscope, the fibrinous casts of the
kidney tubes will be found. In chronic cases, stocking of the legs, casts
in the urine, more or less tenderness upon pressure of the loins, and
general ill health, may be all that will be observed.

What to do.—In acute cases, if there is a strong pulse and the animal
is full of blood, bleeding may assist a cure. It is not always safe, except
under the advice of a veterinarian of modern practice. Bleeding should
never be practiced except in the earliest symptoms. Give an active
cathartic.

No. 128. 1 Drachm calomel,

4 Drachms powdered aloes,
Make into a ball with linseed meal and molasses.

Wrap the loins in woolen blankets and foment thoroughly with an in-
fusion of a handful of digitalis leaves in a pail of boiling water, putting
it on as warm as the hand will bear it; or wring a sheep skin out of hot
water and apply the flesh side, changing as often as may be necessary.

——

| =

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 297

To assist the evacuation and ease the pain give injections of linseed tea,
one quart, to which an ounce of laudanum is added. Get up a good sweat
if possible. This will relieve the kidneys. Keep the bowels gently open
with laxatives and relieve the pains with anodynes, and as the animal im-
proves, give bitter tonics, 6 ounces of Peruvian bark daily in three doses ;
or an ounce of gentian in two drachm doses three times a day.

IV. Profuse Staling, or Diabetes.

This disease, called by various names, as diuresis, diabetes insipidus,
poluria, etc., is simply an excessive secretion of urine, causing loss of
flesh, weakness, and at length terminating in exhaustion and a general
breaking down of the system.

Causes.—lhe most common cause is dosing with quack medicines, a
favorite pastime of ignorant stablemen, especially for ‘‘the water.’ It is
also produced by musty hay and grain, new oats, distillery slops, acid
diuretic plants, or any cause irritating the stomach and at the same time
stimulating the kidneys.

How to know it—There is excessive thirst, profuse and frequent
staling, of pale colored urine, thin, and with little odor ; loss of condition
and spirits ; the appetite fails ; the skin is hard and dry; the hair harsh ;
the pulse will be weak, whether fast or slow; depraved appetite for lick-
ing noxious substances.

What to do.—Change the food at once, well seasoned hay and grain,
with linseed tea given freely in the drink. The horse must not suffer
from thirst, but inordinate drinking should not be allowed. Iodine is
one of the chief specifics in this disease. The following will be a good
formula, to be given three times a day in water:

No. 124. 20 Grains iodine,
1 Drachm iodide of potassium,
4 Drachms carbonate of soda.
Mix, and give in water,

Or, give daily the following :

No 126. 2 Drachms phosphate of iron,
2 Drachms iodide of potassium,
4 Drachms Peruvian bark.
Mix, and give once a day in water.

If this does not soon show a disposition to check the disease, add 15 to
20 grains of creosote daily.

Another good formula, to be given once a day, or in bad cases twice
daily, is the following :

298 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

No. 126. 380 Grains iodine,
2 Drachms sulphate of iron,
4g Ounce powdered gentian,

Give as a ball, made with molasses and linseed meal. If. four or five
doses do not show decided effect discontinue. Six or seven days should
effect a cure.

V. Bloody Urine, or Heematuria.

Causes.—Sprains or bruising of the loins, stone in the kidneys, urinary

passages or bladder ; blood poisoning.

HORSE SUFFERING FROM BLOODY URINE.

How to Determine the Condition —If from local irritation, the blood
being in a healthy state, there will be clots of blood passed, and fibricious
casts of the urinary tubes entangling blood globules. These may be
seen with a good lens. If there is gravel more or less gritty matter will
be passed. If from blood poisoning, the tests must be made by a vete-
rinary surgeon, from the urine, who can then preseribe the proper
treatment.

What to do.—The general practice is to give sound food, good shelter,
mucilaginous drinks, as linseed or slippery elm tea, or marsh mallow tea.
Also acid astringents, vinegar, buttermilk, a weak decoction of white oak
bark. If the passages are profuse apply cold water to the lvins. If
there is inflammation foment with warm water (cloths saturated with hot
water) and follow with a mustard plaster. If the bowels are inactive,
give the following:

No. 127. 4 Drachms aloes,
1 Ounce cream tartar,

Mix in one and a half pints of warm water and give when cool, aiding
the operation by an injection of one quart of soap suds and four ounces
oil of turpentine.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 299
VI. Thick and Albuminous Urine.

This disability in horses, characterized by a thick, ropy, albuminous
discharge of urine, is quite common in its milder forms, being an attend-
ant on extensive inflammation of important organs, on rheumatism,
fevers, and some conditions of blood poisoning. It is especially attend-
ant on inflammation of the kidneys, both acute and chronic, attended
with degeneration and shedding of the epithelium (the layers of cells)
lining the kidney tubes.

POSITION ASSUMED BY H RSE HAVING ALBUMINOUS URINE.

How to know it.—There are two special posilions assumed by horses
suffering from severe secretion of albuminous urine. One is the stretched
out position. In the other the back will be roached, as seen in the cut.
In its mild stages the urine is thick, ropy, mucilaginous; when it first
begins to flow, of a reddish-brown color, but changing to a more natural
condition, ending with a whitish, milky fluid; sometimes the reverse ;
commencing white. When the disease is farther advanced the urine is
thicker, more deeply tinged, and sometimes offensive to the sense of
smell. It may degenerate into a number of forms, and finally terminate
in Bright’s disease of the kidneys.

What to do.—Place the animal where it may be comfortable ; clothe

rarmly. If there is inflammation of the kidneys, foment with a sheep
skin wrung out of hot water; or better, with an infusion of a handful of
digitalis (Foxglove) in a pail of scalding water, and use other measures
recommended in this article. If it be thought necessary to liquify the
urine, not always beneficial, prepare the following :
20

300 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

No. 128. 1 Ounce powdered assafeetida,
2 Ounves powdered juniper berries,
8 Ounces powdered poplar bark.

Mix, divide into eight parts, and give one night and morning in the
food.

The real animus should be to remove the cause, which, as we haye
stated, is various. Attend to the general health of the animal, keep the
bowels open by a free use of bran mashes and other food of an opening
nature. Give a laxative if necessary—say, 5 ounces salts, and Peru-
vian bark 1 to 2 ounces daily at two or three doses.

VII. White, or Lime Urine;

The urine is one of the agents used by nature to pass away the excess
of calcareous or other stony matter from the body. So long as the con-
ditions are normal, even when limy secretions are excessive, it may be
nature’s means of removing this excess. When the urine becomes albu-
minous, the calciferous matter unites with the albumen, and the result
is calculi.

How to know it.—A white matter will be passed at the end of each
urination, or the urine may become decidedly limey.

What to do.—Attend to the general health of the horse, give none but
sound oats and Indian corn, and sweet clean hay from upland meadows.

Sand-like Deposit in the Bladder.—Sometimes a sand-like deposit,
or soft magma is made in the bladder, and to such an extent that the
urine flows involuntarily and constantly by drops. The remedy is by
means of a stomach pump and catheter, to fill the bladder with water.
Shake up the contents with the hand introduced through the rectum, and
allow the water to flow through the catheter. So proceed to again pump
full and empty until all the deposit is cleaned.

When an animal is inclined to this disability, 1 drachm of caustic soda
given daily in the water will correct the secretion.

VIII. Gravel, or Stone in the Bladder,

The existence of urinary calculi, whenever found, is due to the de-
posit of mineral matter around some body as a nucleus. This may consist
of mucus, fibrine, blood-clot, or even of a crystal deposited from over-
saturated urine.

Causes.—They are so various that it would be useless to enumerate
them. Impaired breathing, whether from weak or diseased lungs, imper-
fect action of the liver, or impaired functions generally, are among the

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 301

prominent causes. Any cause favoring concentration of urine might
bring about the formation of calculi.

How to know it.—Cistus calculus, or stone in the bladder, occurs in all
domestic animals, producing straining in the effort to pass the urine. It
will escape in driblets, often drop by drop, or not at all. Blood will often
be passed in clots, and crystals of microscopic calculi will be passed.
By introducing the oiled hand into the rectum up to the bladder the stone
may be felt. Sometimes there are a number of them.

What to do.—In the case of a female the stone may be broken with a
lithatrite. In the case of a male the operation is called lithotomy. The
male is operated on standing, or else thrown on the right side. The
operation must in any event be performed by a competent surgeon, since
it involves cutting and the use of instruments that may not be attempted
by the novice.

Preventive Measures.—Lhe seed of Jamestown weed, or thorn apple
(Datura stramonium) has been given with good effect in preventing the
formation of large calculi. Give an ounce of the powdered seed in the

feed every other day until six doses are given. In connection with this
give tlre following :

No. 129. 1 Ounce oil of juniper,
1 Ounce oil of sassafras,
4 Ounces sweet spirits of niter.

Form into four doses and give one morning and night for two days.
Animals predisposed to gravel should be fed on sound hay from old
meadows, sound grain, and watered only with soft water.

IX. Suppression of Urine.

Causes.—Retention or suppression of urine is due to so many causes,
especially in old horses, as paralysis of the bladder, meningitis, lockjaw,
severe colic or other acute disease, or from irritating drugs given by
ignorant stablemen, that the operator must be informed as to the nature
of the case.

What to do—lIf it be caused by paralysis the urine must be drawn off
several times a day with a catheter. The following will be indicated to
be given internally :

No. 130. +4 Drachm extract nux vomica,
1 Pint water,

Give as a drench twice a day.

302 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
Another remedy, if one has a hypodermic syringe, would be:

No. 181. 4 Drops sulphuric acid,
2 Grains strychnine,
+g Ounce alcohol.

Throw one-half of one grain twice daily under the skin.
If the difficulty is due to general weakness of the bladder, give the
following stimulant :

No. 182. 20 Grains powdered cantharides,
1 Drachm powdered digitalis.

Make into a ball with soap. , ba

If there is an accumulation of hard feces in the rectum it must be
removed by full injections of strong soap suds, and if necessary removal
of the partially softened dung with the oiled hand. |

If there is inflammation of the neck of the bladder, as shown by heat,
swelling, tenderness, give injections of one drachm extract of belladonna |

in a quart of warm water, thrown repeatedly into the rectum of horses
and into the vagina of mares. To relieve pain give from one-half to two

drachms of opium as may be needed.
xX. Inflammation of the Bladder.

Causes.—A disease very rare in animals, and when occurring the effect
of violent external injury, or the result of irritating medicines, as croton
oil, cantharides, administered by the ignorant. It is quite rare, and may
be known by the frequent passing of urine, with great pain and difficulty.
As a sure test grasp the horse. by the mane half way between the head
and shoulder with the left hand; place the right hand under the flank
when all nervousness is passed, press more or less strongly on the abdo-
men. If inflammation be present the animal evinces intense pain. If
the muscles be tense and hard there is no inflammation.

What to do.—Give full doses of opium, two drachms, to relieve pain.
Give linseed tea, milk, and white of eggs beaten up with water as drinks.
As a laxative to relieve the bowels give one to two pints of olive oil as
may be needed. Inject into the bladder the following if you have an ~
instrument :

. No. 133. 1 Drachm opium,
1 Drachm gum arabic,
1 Pint blood warm water.

In severe cases the ammoniacal blister may be applied, as given on
the next page, if there is paralysis of the parts, with or without

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 303

fomentations. The acute symptoms having subsided, give small doses of
copaiva, one to two drachms, or buchu, two to three drachms, as may
seem to be needed. Give soft or sloppy diet, with linseed tea, slippery
elm, gum arabic, or other mucilaginous drinks.

APPLICATION OF AN AMMONIACAL BLISTER.

XI. Foul Sheath.

A hofse with a foul sheath is unfortunate in his master, unless the
difficulty occurred before purchase.

What to do.—Clean the sheath of all foul matter with warm soap suds,
removing all lumps. To wash the sheath, take hold of the yard when
protruded, and without undue violence hold it with gentle pulling until
there be no resistance when it may be pulled out its entire length. When
washed, oil thoroughly with lard and salt, three parts of lard to one of
salt. Every other day or every three days wash again and oil until a
cure is effected.

XII. Rupture of the Bladder.

This difficulty occurs only in the female, the result of difficult parturi-
tion. The animal strains violently, and on examination a red, tumid,
rounded mass is shown between the lips of the vulva.

What to do—Wash the parts carefully with tepid water, in which an
ounce of Jaudanum has been mixed with each quart. Then return care-
fully, by pressing the center of the mass inwards to correct the eversion.
The difficulty will be in returning it through the neck of the bladder.
There will be more or less inflammation and softening, therefore care,
judgment and time must be used, not to tear the tissues. If there is
renewed straining, place a truss or compress over the vagina.

304 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

XITI. Stricture of the Urethra.

Stricture of the urethra is the result of local irritation, the results of
gravel, or of strong astringent injections. The symptoms are difficult
urination, with great pain and frequent erections. The cure must be
effected by the use of catheters, gradually increasing them in size until
the normal condition is regained.

XIV. Inflammation of the Organs of Generation.

a.—In stallions, there is occasionally inflammation of the testicles,
caused by external injury and other causes. It may be known by the
swelling of the parts, a straddling gait, with drawing up and again let-
ting down of the testicles.

What to do.—Give a purgative, 4 drachms aloes in 1 1-2 pints water.
Foment the parts twice a day with warm water, Then dry and apply ex-
tract of belladonna or laudanum. If pus (matter) should form, known by
fluctuation of the parts, open at the soft part. If the eland is involved,
and there is threatened destruction of the part, castration had better be
performed.

6.—Inflammation of the Womb.

Causes.—Bruises or other injuries at the time of giving birth, or in
getting rid of the afterbirth ; retained afterbirth, or exposure to wet or
cold after parturition.

How to know it.—T'wo, three or four days after parturition, there will
be an attack of shivering; pains, with looking at the flanks, similar to
those in colic; shifting of the hind feet; the loins and abdomen tender,
with aching of the loins; the vulva red and swollen; there is frequent
straining with fetid discharge. The oiled hand being introduced into the
womb, the neck and body will be found filled with fluid; the belly will
be tense and swollen; the respiration and pulse will be increased, and the
temperature of the body hot. There will be grinding of the teeth, great
thirst and loss of power in the limbs.

What to do.—After having drawn out the contents of the womb with a
catheter, fill it again with tepid water, introduced through the tube, and
wash out thoroughly. Then inject one drachm permanganate of potassa
in a pint of lukewarm water, adding four ounces of glycerine and half an
ounce of laudanum. Give a purgative dose to move the bowels freely,
4 drachms Barbadoes aloes for a mare; (for a cow, 1 pound of glauber
salts). Follow this with 20 drops tincture of aconite four times a day for
the mare; (for a cow, 80 drops). Give also once a day 5 drachms

THE EORSE, ITS DISEASES. 3805

nitrate of potassa, and also once a day 1 to 2 drachms chlorate of potassa.
Apply a blister of mustard to the right flank of the mare, or for a cow,
mustard and oil of turpentine. If there is a weak pulse, prostration and
stupor, use stimulants; quinine in 15 to 20 grain doses, camphor and
whisky ; also antiseptics, chlorate of potassa, 1-drachm doses, or carbolic
acid 1-2 drachm doses in a pint of water.

e.—Leucorrhea, Catarrh of the Womb or Vagina.

The same general treatment is to be observed as in the foregoing. It
may be known by a whitish discharge from the vulva if caused by re-
tained afterbirth. Repeat the injection recommended for inflammation
of the womb, daily, and keep up the system with tonics and good food.
The following will form a good tonic :

No. 184 2 Drachms sulphate of iron,
1 Drachm black pepper,
3¢ Ounce ginger,
4¢ Ounce gentian.
Divide into three doses for each day.

CHAPTER VIII.

DISEASES OF THE TEETH AND MOUTH,

I, TEETHING, OR DENTITION, —— I, SHEDDING TEETH, ——IIIl. BLIND TERTH.——IV. DECAY
Or THE TRETH, V. SCURVY, -——— VI, STUMP SUCKING, OR CRIB BITING. —— VIL, LAM-
PAS,—— VIL. INFLAMMATION IN AND AROUND THK MOUTH, —— IX. SLAVERING, —— X.
INFLAMMATION OF THI TONGUK,———X1. SHARP AND PROJECTING TEETH,——XIL SCALD
MOUTH, XIII, APTHA,——— XIV. INFLAMMATION OF THE PAROTID GLAND, -—— XV. FIS-
TULA OF THE PAROTID DUCT,

I. Teething, or Dentition,

Dentition in the horse has already been written of and illustrated in
the map given in this work. In teething, all animals suffer more or less
from irritation and fever of the parts, probably as much so as the human
family. In puppies and in kittens it often causes convulsions between
the third and sixth month. Cattle are principally troubled between the
second and third year, and horses from the third to the fourth year, since
in the third year they cut four front teeth and eight back ones, and in the
fourth year four front back teeth, eight back teeth and the four tushes.
Hence the reason why it is advised that at this period of their lives they
be not hard worked.

In both cattle and horses the rising teeth are sometimes entangled with
the teeth that are being shed. There will be redness, swelling, tenderness
of the gums, and the inflammation sometimes extends to the throat,
causing coughing and general fever,

What to do.—If there is slavering; if the animal seems to chew hard
food with pain, or bolts soft food with haste, examine the mouth. Ex-
tract the loose teeth; lance the gums to allow easy dentition ; wash the

gums with tincture of myrrh: relieve the bowels if necessary with gentle

OO LL Ee

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 307

laxatives, and give as much rest and soft food as possible. Swine from
the sixth to the twelfth month usually cut thirty-six teeth, and sometimes
require attention.

If. Shedding Teeth.

In the shedding of the teeth the mouth should be examined frequently
for loosened teeth, to find if the new teeth are growing properly. If
they are likely to become crowded, causing twisting, they should be
straightened, and if necessary one of them extracted to allow them to
grow properly. Sometimes there will be disease of the membranes sur-
rounding the roots of the teeth, causing loosening, deviation from the
proper course, suppuration, and even shedding of the teeth with much
pain, even to inflammation and other diseases of the gum. Relief is to
be given by careful examination, keeping the bowels open with soft food,
such manipulation as may be necessary, sponging the gums with tincture
of myrrh, lancing the gums, and extraction of the loose teeth when
necessary.

Itt. Blind Teeth.

A

Supernumerary teeth may occur among the nippers and grinders.
When so they should be extracted. Blind, or wolf teeth, are not super-
numerary, but natural as they are insignificant, and would not be necessary
to notice here were it not from the fact that ignorant pretenders have
given the impression that they are the cause of blindness, big head, and
eyen apoplexy or staggers. These teeth are certainly useless, and occur
in horses (not in mares) immediately in front of the grinders and may
be extracted without difficulty or injury, care being taken that they be
not broken and thus irritate the gums.

IV. Decay of the Teeth.

The teeth of horses under an artificial system of manegement, are quite
subject to decay. Usually this is found in the grinders, although it
sometimes, but rarely, occurs in the nippers.

Causes.—Anything that will destroy the enamel or corrode the teeth,
strong mineral medicines, fermentation in the stomach, breaking of the

teeth by biting hard substances, or natural causes from increasing age.

How to know it.—The horse will suddenly drop the food from the
mouth; slavering and exhibition of pain. ‘This means toothache in its

acute form. The general symptoms are imperfect chewing of the food,

308 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

and consequent finding of whole grain in the dung; indigestion, un-
thrifty state of the hair and skin, irritability, loss of condition, generally
; with swelling of the legs; swelling of the
jaw-bone about the carious tooth, quidding of
the partially chewed hay, accumulation of food
around the tooth, and between it and the cheek.
What to do.— Put a balling iron in the
horse’s mouth, and examine the jaws for bro-
ken or decayed teeth. If suspected, tap it
gently. If there is inflammation, lance the
Anonse wit Tooraacuz. affected parts, and sponge with tincture of
myrrh. If the tooth is ulcerated, it is better
to extract it at once; if not, it may be cleaned and the cavity filled with
gutta-percha. If tender from exposure of the nerve, it must be relieved
or deadened with erystalized carbolic acid and powdered opium, before
filling. Asa rule, in extensive caries, the tooth may be extracted. If
so, the opposing tooth must be occasionally rasped down. The extract-
ing of teeth, however, should only be undertaken by a veterinary surgeon,
except in the case of loose teeth, which may be extracted with a large
pair of forceps.

V. Scurvy of the Teeth.

_ Old horses are subject to deposit of calcareous matter, by which the
teeth become ridged with a white scurf, extending down upon the gums,
inflaming them and keeping them sore. This is generally confined to the
front teeth. Young horses also sometimes suffer from this disability.

Causes.—Imperfect digestion and sour stomach, evolving gases, or any
cause injuring the enamel of the teeth.

What to do.—First, find if his system is in good condition, or put
it so. Put a twitch on the animal’s nose and with proper instruments
remove the incrustations. Files, scrapers and fine emery paper are the
means to be used, the teeth afterwards to be oiled. In ordinary cases, a
stiff brush and a mixture of tartaric acid and salt will do it; rubbing
afterwards with clean, hard wood ashes. Keep hard wood ashes and salt
where the horse may take it at will.

VI. Stump Sucking, or Crib Biting.

Stump sucking is when a horse rests its teeth against any projection,
arches its neck with spasmodic action of the throat, chest and flanks.
Crib-biting is when the horse seizes the crib or other hard substance be-

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 309

tween the teeth and pulls, with or without spasmodic action. Wind
sucking is when the horse suddenly seizes any hard, firm substance with
its teeth, pulls back, sucking in the air, sometimes with so loud a spas-
modic¢ action, noise and groans that it may be heard for a long distance,
with swallowing and eructation.

What to do. —It is probably more generally connected with disease
of the teeth than is generally suspected, and these should be immediately
examined for cause. At length it becomes a confirmed vice. Relieve
any disabilities from the teeth. The remedy is to allow no surface uncoy-
ered with sheet-iron where the horse may reach it. Smearing the front
of the manger with aloes has been recommended. A muzzle with two

iron bars projecting from the lower jaw over the mouth and extending
over and between the nostrils, will prevent the vice. If the disease be
pure wind-sucking, a strap fastened tightly about the upper part of the
neck will prevent the effort, but there is danger of the horse becoming
a roarer.

VII. Lampas.

Lampas is congestion of the palate; a redness and swollen condition
of the bars of the mouth behind the upper front teeth, caused by denti-
tion in young animals, and in old ones from indigestion, causing pain in
chewing from the protrusion of the tender parts.

What to do.—If in young horses, the means advised in dentition, with
slight cutting (scarifying) of the roof of the mouth, with a sharp knife
or lancet will suffice. In old horses, scarification, with a general atten-
tion to the health of the animal will be indicated. In scarifying, cut
only about an inch back of the teeth, and never deep. Just behind the
third bar an artery lies near the surface, difficult to manage if cut through.
Hence the care required in bleeding in
the roof of the mouth. Should, by ac-
cident the artery be severed, put a strong
cord around the upper front teeth close
to the gums, and strain it as tightly as
possible. This will generally close the
orifice and stop the bleeding. As a wash

for the gums, the following will be good: AuaRING ROS AMPS.
No. 135. 1 Oz. chlorate of potash,

2 Ozs. soft water.

Never burn the bars of the mouth for lampas. It is as senseless as it

310 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

is brutal and cruel. Never use caustics. The bars of the mouth are
useful to the horse, as the palate is to man, and may not be tampered

with with impunity.
r

VIII. Inflammation in and Around the Mouth.

Causes.—lIrritation from wounds, bruises, acrid or poisonous plants,
savage bits, injuries from the bit, twitch or rope around the under jaw
and tongue, medical irritants, bites or stings of reptiles or insects, the
use of calomel and other salivating drugs, fungus growths, specific
fevers, ete.

How to know it.—There will be difhculty in feeding and drinking, sla-
vering with or without fetid saliva, swelling and rigidity of the lips,
cheeks or between the bones of the lower jaw, blisters or sores within
the mouth, swelling of the glands, ete.

What to do.—Tind the cause, whether from mechanical injury, irritating
food or irritant drugs. If injured by alkalies wash with vinegar and
water, equal parts; if by acids use lime water or a weak solution of
bicarbonate of soda; if caused by caustic salts use mucilage of slippery
elm, or white of egg; if from venomous bites apply ammonia and give
one-half ounce of liquid ammonia internally to the horse, and one-half
to one ounce to the ox. For bite of venomous snakes, tarantula, ete.,
sauterize the wound in addition and give whisky in full doses. If there
is simple inflammation, open the bowels with a gentle laxative, two ounce
doses of magnesia, and wash with vinegar and honey. Give plenty of
cool water and soft food. If there are ulcers, touch them with a feather
dipped in

No. 136. 10 Grains lunar caustic,
1 Ounce rain water.

If there is much swelling keep the head tied up. If tumors resolving
into matter (pus) appear, open with a lancet or knife. If there is slough-
ing of the parts (separation of dead flesh) wash with the following :

No. 187, 1 Drachm permanganate of potassa,
i Pint of water.

IX. Slavering.

Causes.—The result of mercurial salivation, symptoms of various
affections, as apthous fevers, epilepsy, cutting teeth, ulcers of the mouth,
irritating food, alkalies, acids, bad fodder, ete. White clover will often
cause undue secretion of saliva by the glands.

THE HORSE, ITS DISRASES. 311

It may be known by the free discharge of saliva, great thirst and often
indigestion.

What to do.—F ind the cause and remove it. Give cold water to drink,
and sound grain, grass and hay. Use as washes is
for the mouth, vinegar and water or vinegar
and honey. If the saliva is offensive, use water
slightly tinctured with carbolic acid as a wash,
and attend to the general health of the animal.

EFFECT OF CRUEL USE OF THE BIT.

X. Inflammation of the Tongue.

How to know it.—There will be difficulty in eating and drinking. The
tongue will be swollen and inflamed, sometimes hanging from the mouth.

What to do.—Use the same means recommended for inflammation of
the mouth, first having thoroughly searched for wounds from any sharp
substance having punctured and remained in the tongue. If the tongue
hangs from the mouth put the end in a bag, and support it with tapes
extending from the corners of the mouth and tied behind the ears.

af

XI. Sharp and Projecting Teeth.

The remedy for this disability will be obvious. Secure the animal, put
2 twitch on its nose, if a horse, and a balling iron in the mouth and file
the teeth until smooth and even, using a rasp made for this purpose, flat
and with a slightly crooked handle.

XII. Scald Mouth.

Causes.—The ignorant use of acid drenches or corrosive drugs by
vareless or ignorant stable men. Medicines of unusual strength are
sometimes sent with directions for diluting. If labels were carefully
read, and directions implicitly followed, there would be less of this
distressing malady, often ending in chronic disease of the stomach.

How to know it.—The mouth is red, often raw; the lips are in constant
motion, moving up and down; the saliva flows continually, showing the
pain the animal endures.

What to do.—Give well-made cold gruel, either of corn or oatmeal,
and soft food if the horse can take it. Boiled carrots are excellent if
the animal will eat them. Prepare the following lotion:

312 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

No. 188, 5 Ounces of powdered borax,
2 Pounds of honey,
1 Gallon of boiling water.

Mix, let it become quite cold; hold up the horse’s head moderately and
pour half a pint into the mouth. At the expiration of half a minute
allow the head to gradually drop so the fluid may flow over the inflamed
surfaces. This should be repeated several times a day. Beyond this
nothing can be done except to attend to the general health of the animal,
which should do no work until entirely recovered.

XIII. Aptha, or Thrush.

A disease incident to sucking animals and young horses, generally
occurring in the Spring and Fall.

How to know it.—Red patches will appear on tongue, cheeks and lips,
which assume a whitish color, caused by a fungus growth
(edium albicans). The lips swell; the tongue hangs
out of the mouth; vesicles form containing a clear,
gelatinous fluid. At length these burst; crusts form
and recovery ensues.

What to do.—Give the animal soft food as recom-
mended for other mouth diseases. Wash the mouth
with the lotion prescribed for scald mouth, or prepare
equal parts of honey and powdered bayberry bark into
a paste,with which anoint the affected parts every night.
To purify the blood and promote the general health give the following:

APTHA.

No. 139. ; 1 Ounce flowers of sulphur,
1 Ounce powdered sassafras bark,
2 Ounces powdered golden seal.

Mix, divide into four portions and give one every night in scalded
shorts allowing it to get cold. Or give it in cold gruel asa drink. This
prescription will be found valuable in any case and for all farm stock
when the blood is thick and inclined to humors. Give fully grown swine
half the dose prescribed, and full grown sheep one-third the dose; that
is, divide into eight doses for swine and twelve for sheep.

XIV. Inflammation of the Parotid Gland.

Causes,—This gland, which lies in the hollow that extends from
the root of the ear to the angle of the lower jaw, sympathizes with in-
flammation of the upper part of the throat, and becomes hot, tender and
swollen in almost ever case of cold. It is liable to inflammation also

_
vo

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. :

from mechanical injury, and from obstruction of its duct. In bad cases
of strangles or distemper, it will sometimes swell to great size and will
break, a fistulous sore being the termination.

How to know it.— When the gland has become swollen, it is easily
discernible by sight or feeling. There is a hard and painful lump be-
neath the ear, with a softer feeling about its edges. The horse carries
his head stifily, chews slowly and with difficulty, and has some general
fever.

What to do.—As this state of the gland is almost always preceded by
cold, and is accompanied by it, the treatment must be first directed to
the removal of the exciting cause. Place the animal in comfortable sur-
roundings, attend to the state of his bowels, giving 3 ounces glaubers or
epsom salts, in case of constipation, and a few warm mashes. Mean-
while, cover the affected gland with a good poultice until the inflammation
is subdued.

If inflammation results from mechanical obstruction, that obstruction
must of course be removed before any permanent relief can be obtained ;
and this may require the removal of a calculus or stone from the parotid
duct, which can be safely done only by an experienced surgeon.

If “attention is not directed to the swelling until matter is forming,
allow it to approach the surface and come to a head before attempting to
open, to avoid cutting any of the ducts, which might result in a fistula.
If the tumor becomes hard, use iodine, almost to the extent of blistering.

Any wound inflicted mechanically, as a cut into the gland, or a prick
with a stable-fork, must be treated externally according to its nature—
the main point being to close it so effectually that the salivary fluid which
it is the office of this gland to secrete cannot escape through the wound.

XV. Fistula of the Parotid Duct.

Causes.—The parotid duct, which is formed by a union of the smaller
ducts of the parotid gland, enters the mouth after it leaves the gland, in
front of the large masseter muscle of the cheeks—having passed for
some distance upon the inner side of the jaw, and then turned under the
lower border of the bone. The saliva secreted by the parotid gland,
which lies at the spot where the neck joins the jaw, is poured into the
mouth by this parotid duct, to be mingled with the food during the pro-
cess of mastication. If the mouth of this little tube is closed in any
way, so as to prevent the free egress of the saliva, distension of the duct
takes place, and the confined secretion causes suffering, inflammation,
and finally rupture. This stoppage is sometimes caused by hayseeds or
other particles of food that enter the mouth of the channel while the

314 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

animal is feeding. The presence of food in the mouth and the motion
of the jaw stimulate the action of the gland, and since the saliva thus
secreted cannot escape by its natural opening, there is constantly more
and more pressure until some outlet is found. This, as we have said,
may be by bursting, or it may be by external accident. A wound inflicted
on the jaw with any pointed instrument, as a hay-fork, has been known
to penetrate this channel. The saliva thereupon pours through the open-
ing, and by its constant flow it prevents the healing of the wound, so
that its edges speedily become hard and without that liveliness essential
to the closing of punctured or gashed flesh.

The stopping of this passage into the mouth is said to have been some-
times caused by calculus or stone in the cheeks of the animal. These, of
a size exceedingly large in proportion to the size of the duct in which
they lodge, have been taken from the jaw.

Every wound which penetrates this or any other duct of the salivary
glands soon becomes a fistulous and offensive sore ; the fluid secreted by
the gland finds its way out through the false opening, while none of it
enters the mouth to perform its natural function in preparing the food
for the stomach, so that the horse soon begins to lose flesh, and finally
assumes a wretched and loathsome appearance. ‘

The opening of the parotid duct occasionally occurs, perhaps, from the
opening of abscesses attending strangles or distemper.

How to know it—The digestion necessarily becomes deranged when
the process of mastication is carried on for any considerable length of
time without the foods being moistened by that secretion which the paro-
tid duct in a healthy condition furnishes ; but the orifice in the skin under
the jaw or on the cheek at the large muscle, discharging a liquid some-
what resembling the white of an ege, is the unmistakable indication of
the disorder under consideration. During the act of feeding this fluid is
freely discharged, even sometimes squirting from the wound, and especi-
ally so if the food is dry and hard to chew. It will be noticed that in
chewing the horse uses the opposite side of the mouth from that on
which the opening occurs, and that the process is slow and difficult. The
edges of the wound soon become callous, the running of the stream down
the cheek destroys the hair, and the whole part has a fistulous and filthy
appearance.

What to do.—In the first place, especial care must be taken to keep
the animal, during the period required for effecting a cure, upon food
that requires no chewing. It should be sufficiently plentiful and nutri-
tious to prevent the uneasiness of hunger. Soft mashes and gruels alone
should constitute the diet. Another precaution is necessary when he is

=

-_ ~*F

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. ald

left to himself—that is, to tie him up in such a way as to prevent him
from rubbing the wound. This can be done by having a rein at each side
of the halter, and tying it up, one to each side of the stall, and sufti-
ciently back and high up to keep him from putting his jaw against either
the trough or the wall against which it stands.

If the wound has recently broken, shave the edges so as toremove all
roughness and bring them closely and evenly together. Then cover with
collodion, puttiig on coat after coat until it is strong enough to keep the
wound from bursting.

If the sore is of long standing, and the case evidently obstinate, the
first care must be to determine whether the channel has become closed
between the wound and the mouth, as sometimes happens. If so, make
a new one and keep it open by passing a thread through it. This thread
must have a flat button affixed to each end, one inside the mouth the
other outside the wound, to retain it in place. It should not be so closely
shortened by the buttons as to prevent its being slipped a little, first one
way then the other, until the walls of its passage have become callous or
firm, and not likely to adhere. It must then be withdrawn, and the way
being open for the secretion to escape into the mouth the outside wound
must,be closed. To do this, make an adhesive fluid by saturating gum
mastic with the strongest spirit of wine, or by dissolving India rubber in
sulphuric ether. Pare off the edges of the wound till the healthy skin
and flesh are laid bare, which may be known by bleeding. Now wash the
surrounding parts thoroughly with warm soap suds, so as to remove the
oily secretion from the skin and hair, and render the latter dry, so that
an adhesive preparation may the more readily stick. When the bleeding
has stopped and the hair is dry, lay over the orifice a piece of India
rubber, and over that a cotton cloth. Fix the cotton firmly by means of
the adhesive fluid above mentioned, first attaching one side, then, when
that is dry and firmly fixed, stretching and fastening down the other
edge. Continue to fasten on these strips one after another in this way—
some of them cross-ways—until there is a good body of them; then
thoroughly saturate the whole with the adhesive fluid and tie up the
animal as already directed. When his reins are loosened in order that he
may eat, he must be watched to see that he does not rub and re-open the
wound.

This one covering, as described, is generally sufficient to effect a cure ;
but if it falls off before the orifice is entirely closed, wait a day or two,
still feeding on soft food, and then put on another coat of the India
rubber, cotton, and mastic solution; and so continue until a cure is
effected.

21

CHAPTER IX.

DISEASES OF THE HEART, BLOOD, ETC.

I, THUMPS. ——II, SCROFULA.—— III. FEVER, OR GENERAL INFLAMMATION.——IV. ENLARGE-
MENT OF THE HEART. ——V. FATTY DEGENERATION OF THE HEART. —— VI. ENLARGE-
MENT OF THE ARTERIES. ——VII. INFLAMMATION OF THE JUGULAR VEIN.——VII. INFLAM-
MATION OF THE ABSORBENTS.—IX. SCARLATINA,

I. Thumps.

Paipitation of the heart, or thumps, as it is usually called, may oceur
from fright, in highly fed, irregularly worked animals, but is not as a
rule connected with structural disease of the heart.

Causes.—Indigestion, some blood diseases, sudden excitement or fright
in animals predisposed to nervousness. .

How to know it.—The action of the heart will be violent and conyul-
sive; the beatings can be seen, felt and heard. The disorder comes on
abruptly, generally from excitement, has perfect intermissions with ab-
rupt jarring thumps, and a jerking motion of the abdomen, and unaccom-
panied by redness of the mucus membranes ; excited eyes, rapid breathing
and amore or less sudden diminution of the palpitation. If signs of
temporary excitement are not present; if the attack comes on slowly, is
constant with aggravated intervals; if there is a heavy, prolonged, une-
qual beating, with red mucus membranes and swelling of the limbs, it
may be inferred that the difficulty is connected with structural heart
disease.

What to do.—Avoid sudden excitement and over-exertion, but give
regular but gentle exercise, stimulants and tonics. The following would
be indicated as a stimulant, either whisky, or 1-2 ounce liquid ammonia.
Give 15 to 20 grains digitalis twice a day in the feed, for some weeks.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 317

If there is a full, strong pulse, and increased size of the heart, add to
the digitalis 20 drops tincture of aconite, twice a day, or drop it into the
water given twice a day. If there is general debility, the following will
be indicated, to be given twice a day for several weeks :

No. 140 4g Drachm powdered nux vomica,
1 Drachm extract of belladonna.

Form into a ball with liquorice powder and molasses, and give.
II. Scrofula.

The horse is not subject to scrofula, as is man, and the lower farm
animals. Swine are essentially scrofulous; sheep are often so; cattle
more rarely, and horses least of all. Yet that this noble animal has the
germs of this dread disease in his system, would seem to be indicated by
ulcers on the liver, tumors in the glands, and tubercles of the lungs.
Thus it may be found in connection with other diseases, or show itself in
eruptive skin, or of the organs.

What to do.—Stramonium, known to farmers as Jamestown or Jimson
weed, is a specific. Give every other day half an ounce of the dried
seed, bruised, or 20 to 30 grains of the stramonium of the druggists,
daily. ‘The ox may have from 1-2 to 1 drachm; sheep 5 to 10 grains,
and swine 4 to 6 grains daily, the slate of the bowels being carefully
attended to by giving laxative food if costive, or if necessity occur, med-
icine, Glauber salts in light doses.

III. Fever, or General Inflammation.

When from any cause injury is done to any part of the frame, or in-
flammatory action is set up either in the tissues, membranes, or any of
the organs of the body, heat is produced, and this is fever. This often
becomes general from sympathy, thus in a measure relieving the pressure
on the more closely affected parts. Fever is not the disease itself, but
the result of disorganization, a symptom of disease, or internal disorder.
In fact, a symptom of disease arising from sympathy of the system with
disease of the animal economy. Remove the cause and the fever will
cease. We may do something to alleviate it in connection with the treat-
ment of the disease itself, but we must not lose sight of the latter.

In intermittent fevers there is a cold stage, a hot stage and a sweating
stage. These may vary in succession and degree, but the real difficulty
is in a morbid state of the viscera, but particularly of the liver and
organs employed in the formation of bile, and of the mesentery. In
fevers the tongue is coated. Yet no quack is so ignorant as to suppose

318 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

the fever can be cured by seraping the tongue, and yet this is fully as
sensible as to suppose fever to be the disease itself when it is an effect of
disease.

In the horse fevers often manifest themselves through inflammation of
the mucous or serous membranes, producing catarrh or influenza. When
it affects the mucous surface of the stomach and bowels it produces
extreme languor and debility. In pleurisy there is inflammation of the
serous membranes within the thorax. The fever is the manifestation of
the disease. In typhoid fever there is inflammation of the brain and
viscera and especially of the stomach, intestines and peyers gland. The
fever is the attendant simply upon the cause of the inflammation.

Fever in horses has been described by the author of Hippopathology
to be Ist. Common fever—a general diffuse inflammation. 2d.Idiopathie—
arising without any apparent local injury. 8d. Symptomatic—arising
from some local cause or irritation. The late Dr. Dadd, V.S., very truly
SUS:

‘A rational system of veterinary medicine contemplates, in the treat-
ment of febrile ‘symptoms, nothing more than a kind of expectancy. If
the patient be in the cold stage, administer warm diffusible stimulants
and diaphoreties, aided by warmth and moisture externally ; friction on
the extremities, and, if necessary, stimulating applications to the chest and
the extremities. In the hot stage, and when the superficial heat of the
body is great, cooling drinks are indicated : water acidulated with cream
of tartar, makes a good febrifuge. The patient may be occasionally
sponged with weak saleratus water. The alkali has a beneficial effect on
the cutaneous vessels, while the water lessens the temperature of the
body. No treatment, however, can be of any rational use, unless it
contemplates a restoration of the healthy equilibrium of the whole system.
Let the doctor treat the disease, and a good, attentive groom can manage
the fever.’’

In treating general fever or inflammation, therefore, we must first find
the cause, and treat, giving such agents as have been indicated throughout
this work, for the febrile symptoms as they oceur. As a rule we do not
advocate bleeding, but in the horse in the early stages of acute inflamma-
tion, especially of the brain, and all that class of diseases which involve
the general system, and when the blood is thick and dark, sometimes
almost brown, bleeding may be practiced with success. It is never well

however to bleed blindly. In apoplexy and that class of diseases, bleed.

It isacase of life or death. For fevers in general there can be no
specific. In diseases of the blood, accompanied by fever, alteratives will
be indicated both as a preventive and corrective of the diseased functions,
Sometimes the condition ofthe absorbents are so inactive that alteratives

ete

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 319

cannot act. Here bleeding would seem to be indicated. Yet it is better
unless in the case of life or death, that it be not resorted to, except
under the advice of a competent veterinarian or physician.

Iv. Enlargement of the Heart.

Hypertrophy or enlargement of the heart is an increase of its muscular
substance and may be confined to one side or one ventricle. Sometimes
disease of the valves leads to enlargement much beyond its usual size.
Enlargement of the heart also accompanies broken wind and other im-
pediments to the free action of the lungs and breathing tubes.

Causes.—Long continued hard work; chronie indigestion, or some
obstruction to the circulation.

How to know it.—There is palpitation, the beats forcible and prolonged,
the intervals of silence shortened. The first sound is low, mufiled and
prolonged, the second loud, and if only one ventricle is affected some-
times repeated. The pulse is as a rule regular, except under excitement
of the animal, and, the excitement removed, soon returns to its usual
state. The breathing is often hurried, and exertion increases the general
symptoms in a marked manner.

What to do.—Simple hypertrophy is seldom the cause of imminent
danger. It is not unusual for horses with an enlargement of the heart
to do steady, slow, moderate work, and live to be old. If there is
dilatation, weakness, blowing murmurs with the first heart sound, spells
of oppressed and difficult breathing, if the nasal and other visible mucous
membranes are livid, there is danger of sudden death at any time.

Keep the animal quiet, and at only slow, moderate labor ; never over-
load or put him to speed. Let the diet be of good, easily digested food ;
never allow the stomach to become overloaded. Give twice a day from
20 to 30 drops tincture of aconite root as the case may need. If there is
broken wind or other serious impediment to breathing, 3 to 4 grains of
arsenic in the food has been found useful. If the case, however, be of
long standing, or due to permanent obstruction, treatment must be simply
alleviation. The case will eventually end in death.

V. Fatty Degeneration of the Heart.

This disease is occasioned by a change of the muscular substance of
the heart to a fatty state, by which the organ is weakened, at length lead-
ing to rupture of its tissues. It is not uncommon in high-bred stock,
including cattle and swine.

B20 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

Causes,—Hligh feeding, inactivity, want of exercise, and the result of
such diseases as purpura searlet fever, and diseases the result of pro-
found alteration of the blood,

How to know it.—Debility in the circulation, irregularity and weak-
nose in the pulse, lessening of the heart sounds, swelling of the lees and
sometimes & general dropsical condition, dilatation, a want of correspond-
enee between the heart beats and the stroke of the pulse, appetite irreg-
uhu and capricious, and the membranes of the mouth and nose a rusty

red color,

What to do.—-Iumor the appetite with sound, easily digestible food,
There is no remedy, Attention to the general health, and an ounce of
chlorate of potash twice a day in the food may mitigate symptoms when
more Violent than usual, Tn all heart or arterial diseases give rest, and
in fattening stock, do so as quickly as possible,

VI. BHnlargement of tho Artories.

Dilatation of the arteries (Ancurism), is rarely found, Tt is a thinning
and woukening of the coats of the vessels, sometimes to bursting, causing

a pulsating tumor containing blood,

Causes,—Severe strains in the vicinity of an artery, blows, kicks,
stabs, or weakening from overstretching, as in fatty degeneration, In
the mesenteric arteries of horses, they are common from immature
worms (Selerostomun equinwn) in the circulation,

How to know it—There is a soft, fluctuating, visible tumor if near
the surface, which may be reduced by pressure, but whieh instantly

POP Pours,

What to do.—Treatment is not successful except when near the sur-
face. ‘Then steady pressure by a pad if taken early will sometimes cause
its disappearance, An animal with enlargement of the arteries is un-
sound and should never be bought, ‘Phe same rule applies to all diseases
of the heart,

VII, Inflaméd Jugular Voin,

Causes. This is due, for the most part, to bleeding, and the treatment
to which the horse is subjected, or rather lack of treatment immediately
after bloodsletting. Tt is not to be attributed to any particular manner
of bleeding, or to any awkwardness in its execution and in the closing of
the wound, Some horses have a constitutional predisposition to inflam-
mation upon any oceasion of punctured veins, and the most skillful
phlobotomist cannot avoid throwing ther into this state unless care is taken

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. $21

after the operation to see that there is as little exciting cause as possible.
Inflammation may, indeed, result from bruising the vein in the act of
bleeding, but this must be of so rare occurrence as to be scarcely worthy
of notice, The same may be said of a large and ragged wound made hy
a bungling operator,

The motion of the animal after bleeding, and rubbing so as to displace
the pin and tow by which the wound is usually closed, may be set down
as the great sources of danger. If the horse is turned loose and allowed
to graze about, hanging down his head and keeping it down at will, with
his jaws in almost constant motion, inflammation of the vein is apt to
result. So, if he is allowed aecess to food in a trough or stable. When
allowed his freedom he is apt to rub the wound whenever itching sensi
tions supervene, as they are apt to, aud the trouble is thus easily induced,
If put to the saddle immediately after blood-letting from the neck, the
bridle reins may rub the wound, and especially irritate it by disturbing its
fastenings; and if put to harness the collar may press the blood too
violently and constantly against the orifice, and so bring on inflammation,

How to know it.—The earliest indication is a slight opening of the lips
of the wound, whence exudes in small quantity a thin, watery discharge.
A slight swelling appears, this is followed by a hard, cord-like enlarge-
ment of the vein, which feels hot; and there is some visible swelling at
the angle of the jaw. The swelling takes place above the orifice, and
the inflammation tends almost wholly in that direction,

If neglected, the second stage of the disorder soon sets in, Abscesses
form along the .vein, and these finally burst and discharge a thin but
filthy pus. These tumors are united at their bases by sinuses in the
interior of the vessel,

It may be reckoned as a third stage of the disease when the vein feels
hard under the skin, and the abscesses discharge a dark, impure and
stinking pus, resembling rotten blood. At this stage the horse grows
dull and stupid; then at last the inflammation extends to the brain, and
ai madness similar in violence and fatal effects to the rabies may supervene.

What to do.—In the first place, an ounce of prevention is worth a
pound of cure,” and whenever it is necessary to bleed an animal, let it
be done in as neat, skillful and expeditious manner as possible; then
close the wound with care, leaving no part of the fastening pin to project
over the suture or winding of tow or cord by which the lips are drawn
close ; and at once tie up the horse ina stall. Tf the stall is contracted
in width, it is all the better, as he will be less likely to stir unnecessarily.

Tie the halter above and something back from the manger, so that he
cannot rub his neck against the trough nor anything pertaining to that

g
part of his stall. Give him no food that will necessitate chewing—

322 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

nothing but a sufficiency of thin, cool gruel, having in it no inflammatory
ingredients, to prevent the absolute gnawings of hunger. Water may be
given in as great quantities as he will take.

Allow him to remain im this position twenty-four hours. Even then,
do not turn him into a field, as the traveling to and fro, with the head
often pendent and the jaws in motion as he grazes may yet cause inflam-
mation. He may now, however, be allowed a more roomy stable; but
the food should be for another day only such as will necessitate no con-
siderable chewing. This precaution will in all probability wholly prevent
inflammation, even in those cases where the animal has a strong consti-
tutional tendency to it. ;

These directions, however, are not to be understood as applicable to
every case. When a horse is bled to relieve some sudden or acute local
trouble, there is really but little danger of inflammation of the jugular,
especially if the acute trouble is attended with marked local fever.

When inflammation has actually set in, from whatever cause, the cure
is easy and speedy, if steps be promptly taken to this end. If begun
while in its simplest stage, place the horse at once in a stall, as previously
indicated, and tie his head up during the day—giving him food and drink
by raising a bucket within easy reach for the time. Then sponge the in-
flamed part very frequently with the following lotion, as cool as it can
easily be made :

No. 141. 3 Ounces tincture of arnica,
2 Ounces muriate of ammonia,

4 Ounces methylated spirits of wine,
3 Pints water.

It will be more effectual if some soft padding is confined along the
whole extent of the inflammation, and this kept constantly saturated
with the cold lotion.

After the inflammation has subsided, mix biniodide of mercury and
lard in the proportion of 4 drachms biniodide to 4 ounces lard, and rub
the vein well with this, if it remains enlarged, every night until the new
deposit has been absorbed, which will be known by its having produced
a free watery discharge.

The treatment thus laid down is intended to apply strictly to the first
stage of the disease. When the second stage has set in before treatment
is begun—that is, discharging abscesses along the vein—begin by remoy-
ing the pin and suture, if not already done, and then blister along the
whole extent of the inflamed and tumorous surface by rubbing in effect-
ually the oil of cantharides, or liquid blister. One blister must succeed
another till every sign of the disorder has disappeared. If the case seems
to be violent and to yield slowly, one blister must not wholly cease to

r—

DA ae se aE cul ema

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. aZo

act until another coating of the oil has been applied—though this is not
necessary except in very obstinate cases. If the liquid is to be applied
over an old one, still raw, use a fine brush with which to lay it on, and
then cover over with an application of some unctuous oil to soothe the
severe smart that presently sets in. Be careful always to have the blis-
ter cover every spot where there is indication of inflammation.

If the disease has progressed to that stage in which there is a foul and
black discharge, the abscesses must all be joined by slitting up the inter-
vening sinuses. Cut the whole extent of the hardened vessel except a
little at each end, which must be left to prevent copious bleeding. Em-
ploy a small, suitable probe, carefully and patiently, and cut along the
track indicated, from abscess to abscess. Then apply the liquid blister
as directed, regardless of sores or cuts, and continue to do so until the
part is but one blister sore and not a lot of discharging tumors.

The vein will of course be destroyed. Whenever the corded and
suppurating state sets in this is inevitable, as no human agency can
restore its functions ; but this will not seriously interfere with the circu-
lation, since the smaller vessels that ramify every part of the neck (as,
indeed, of the whole system) soon accommodate themselves to the new
order of things, and the life-current flows regularly on. It requires
much time, however, to bring him to that condition in which he will not
need more than ordinary attention. Throughout the day his head must
be tied up to the rack, while at night he may be loosened so as to permit
him to lie down. The floor should be covered with tan, as he would
chew straw, and thus render cure more difficult by that motion of the
jaws which is to be guarded against. He should be kept this way for
from four to seven weeks, according to progress of recovery. Meanwhile
his food should be hay tea, sloppy mashes, and cooling gruel moderately
thick. No solid food should be allowed—no corn nor oats. Potatoes,
sarrots, turnips, boiled, reduced to pulp, moistened and mixed with bran.

At the close of the time designated begin regular daily exercise—very
little at first, but gradually increasing it, which may be continued for two
or three months, during which time he should not wear a collar, or be in
any way subjected to pressure about the neck. After three months he may
be restored by degrees to the use of solid food; but much care should
be observed during a whole year, after which he may be considered
measurably sound.

Inflammation may follow bleeding from leg veins, and those elsewhere,
but it is most common in the jugular and most troublesome. The treat-
ment prescribed is of course applicable to other veins.

324 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
VIII. Inflammation of the Absorbents.

Inflammation of the absorbents (Lymphangitis), has a variety of
names, among which are Weed, and Shot of Grease, and may be a con-
stitutional case, or a mere local affection. In its constitutional form, it
is found in heayy lymphatic, fleshy-legged horses that, hard worked on
heavy feed, are left in the stable for days together.

In its local form it is the result of wounds, bruises, injuries of various
kinds, putrefying matter in and around the stable. It may occur from
the specific poison of glanders, farcy, ete., and in the constitutional form
may go on to abscess, sloughing and unhealthy sores, and death; or the
horse may be left with the limb permanently thickened. In the local
form there may be abscess, diffuse suppuration, induration of the glands,
and even the vessels and surrounding parts.

How to know Constitutional Lymphangitis—There will be more or less
shivering; in bad cases severe, quickened breathing: rapid, hard pulse ;
a general feverish state, and fever in one or both hind limbs. Enlarge-
ments may be detected high up in the groin, by the side of the sheath in
the horse or udder in the mare, and great tenderness of the inguinal
glands. The shivering fits will be succeeded by fever with burning
sweats, swelled limbs, exudation and filling, sometimes to the body.

What to do.—In mild cases, give moderate and daily exercise, pay at-
tention to diet, ventilation, and cleanliness. If the case is more severe,
give from 4 to 6 drachms of aloes, apply warm fomentations continually
to the limb, with walking exercise The bowels having been thoroughly
moved, give diuretics, an ounce of saltpeter in a gallon of water two or
three times daily ; or 10 grains of iodine. In very bad cases, when the
subject is plethoric, bleed from the jugular vein until the pulse softens,
and proceed as before directed. For **thick leg,’’ a chronic thickening
of the limb, bandage from the foot up when the animal is in the stable,
and apply tincture of iodine for four days, giving daily exercise ; or rub
the limb with iodine ointment, and give the following once a day:

No. 142. 3g Ounce powdered resin,
4s Ounce niter,
10 Drops oil of juniper.

Mix into a ball with liquorice powder and molasses.
If abscesses form, open them with a sharp knife, and dress with the
following :

No. 148. 1 Ounce carbolie acid,
1 Pint distilled water. ~

:

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 325

In the local form there will be slight swelling of the cords, and redness
in white skins. The lymphatic glands will be enlarged along their course,
and become nodular or knotty. There will be pasty swellings of the
parts, and even erysipelas.

What to do.—Give rest, and a purge of aloes as recommended for the
chronic state. Wash the diseased limb with the following :

No. 144. 4¢ Drachm opium,
1 Drachm acetate of lead,
1 Drachm carbolie acid,
1 Quart rainwater.

In case of excessive inflammation, poultice with flax seed or bread and
mulk to hasten suppuration. Open the suppurating parts to let out the
matter, and dress with the carbolic solution as in the other form of the
disease.

IX. Scarlatina.

Causes.—This disease, called also scarlet fever, is_ not considered
contagious in its milder forms, but in a malignant stage 1t would doubt-
less be as much so as the same disease in the human family. It is
sometimes regarded as but a mild form of acute anasarea, and not
entitled to be treated as a distinct affection; but we cannot dwell upon
the niceties of classification, and where the necessities of the case (the
knowledge requisite for treating certain manifestations of disease success-
fully) are met, it is not important that we should.

It generally follows influenza and other affections of the respiratory
organs ; and may be justly said to have its origin in colds, and in some
vases, perhaps, in the breathing of vitiated air in close, dark, ill-ventilated
stables.

How to know it—The patient exhibits great thirst, with a failing
appetite, and evident weakness. He is more or less unsteady in his gait ;
his breath is hot and stinking, and all the limbs are swollen. But the
most unmistakable signs are elevated blotches on the skin about the neck
and fore limbs, and scarlet spots, of variable size, on the membranes
within the nostrils.

What to do. — First, remove the animal from its fellows, for fear the
disease may develop into that putrid form which is found so contagious
among children, and prove infectious. Give an occasional watery bran
mash to keep the bowels open and allay fever. If this is not found
sufficiently laxative, give a dose of Epsom salts, or linseed oil. Guard
against too active and violent purgatives. Mix three ounces liquor acetate

326 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

of ammonia with three ounces of cold’water, and drench with this once
or twice a day, according to the violence of the fever, for three days.
Meanwhile, sponge the elevated spots on the skin with a tincture of
muriate of iron mixed with warm water; or, if found more convenient,
put two ounces of hartshorn (aqua ammonia) into a quart of soft water,
and use that.

There is a tendency in this disease to dropsical effusions, and the limbs
become very much swollen, even during the treatment prescribed ; and
by the third or fourth day a whitish mucus will begin to run slightly
from both nostrils ; the scarlet spots will have spread and become redder.
Give now, night and morning, one-half fluid ounce sweet spirits of niter,
for four or five days. Discontinue to sponge the elevated spots, but rub the
limbs closely and often; and blanket the animal if necessary to keep him
comfortable. The niter acts as a diuretic, and the dose and Iength of time
it is given must be regulated by the effect upon the kidneys. If urine is
voided too often and too freely, lessen the dose, or discontinue it alto-
gether. Follow this up with a daily dose of twenty grains of sulphate
of quinine for from three to six days, and continue to rub the limbs.
When there are signs of returning appetite, give him, in addition to the
bran mashes, a few oats and a daily small allowance of hay; and place
him in a small inclosure, where he may have such moderate exercise as
he may be prompted to take. Do not fail to supply him from the first
with all the pure water that he will drink.

CHAPTER X.

DISEASES OF THE BRAIN AND NERVOUS SYSTEM.

I, HYDROPHOBIA, OR RABIES. —— II. MAD STAGGERS, OR PHRENITIS. —— III. BLIND STAG-
GERS, MEGRIMS, OR VERTIGO. —— IV. APOPLEXY, OR SLEEPY STAGGERS. —— V. ABCESS
WITHIN THE BRAIN.

I. Hydrophobia, or Rabies.

Causes.—This is the name given to a madness which generally arises
from the bite of a dog, though wolves, foxes and cats are also subject to
it by a spontaneous generation, and this bite is as fatal to another animal
and to man as that of the dog. It is believed by some authorities that
in rare cases hydrophobia arises spontaneously in the horse; but of this
there is no proof; and since it may have been communicated by some-
thing of the dog or cat kind, even in those cases where all the outward
signs are lacking, it is safe to say that the horse takes it only by inocula-
tion. He need not be absolutely bitten. The licking of bridle-bit sores
at the corner of his mouth by a mad dog is sufficient to introduce the
poison by absorption; and if the horse by any means chances to take into
his mouth and stomach, with his food, the saliva or spittle of a mad ani-
mal, he will very probably be attacked, and especially if the animal so
dropping the spittle is suffering with the disease in its violent stage.
The poison is known to reside in both the spittle and the blood of its
victim.

When once the virus has been generated in or communicated to any
animal, hot weather, abuse, want of water, want of good food, will pro-
duce that feverish state which is so favorable to its development ; and the
greater or less time in which it manifests itself decidedly in horses after
inoculation, is probably due to these conditions or the absence of such.
The poison remains in the system, without producing the positive symp-

328 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

toms, from three to eight weeks. Some declare that a longer period than
even eight weeks sometimes intervenes between inoculation and positive
madness ; but such cases, if there are such, must be extremely rare.
They form the exception, and contradict the great mass of testimony on
this subject.

The remote cause—that which produces it in animals of the dog and
cat kinds—we need not attempt to discuss, as it can have little if any
practical bearing on the subject in hand. It may be well to observe,
however, that most of the lower animals
contract the disease when bitten by dogs
that are violently mad, whereas among
men it is widely different. Statistics
seem to show that less than fifty per
cent. of the latter take the disease. It
has been offered in explanation, that the
bite is generally through clothing, that
serves in many instances to cleanse the
teeth of the virus before the skin is
COUNTENANCE OF A HORSE WITH RABIES. reached. In the case of horses, the bite

SW

is generally on the lip—a sensitive and
vascular part, where the absorbents are readily reached.

How to know it.—Blood on the lips, or elsewhere, with marks of
violence, are of course to be regarded as symptoms of dog bite, if any
known occasion for such a thing has existed; and for a few days these
will be the only indications. If the horse is high fed and full of blood,
and the weather is hot, the poison may begin to produce outward effects
in from tive to ten days by a swelling of the bitten parts, and by a diffi-
culty manifested in swallowing. In from twelve to fifteen days there is
perceptibly increased pulsation ; inflamed throat, with thickening of the
membrane that lines it; from the fifteenth to the twentieth day the
stomach inflames, and perhaps rejects food,—but nothing certainly can
be stated as to this point, since here the symptoms vary greatly with
different animals: in some cases the appetite is voracious, and so morbid
that the sufferer will devour his own excrement and urine. Sometimes
he will exhibit burning thirst and drink freely, while again water will
extuse spasmodic movements and be avoided with horror. But in general,
the appetite is destroyed, and that dread of water which characterizes
the disease in man is present in the horse.

In a-very short time the indications increase, and usually (as we
have said, with full blooded, feverishly disposed horses, at a time of high
temperature) before the twentieth day, absolute madness sets in. He

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 329

now rubs the bitten part against anything convenient with increased
violence ; sometimes instead of rubbing he will bite and tear the wound ;
the eyes assume a wilder and more unnatural appearance ; some patients
neigh squeakingly, shove out the tongue, or gnash the teeth. The progress
of the disease is now very rapid; generally there is profuse sweating ;
there is suppression of the urine, and inflammation of the parts of
generation ; his countenance changes from a look of anxiety to one of
cunning and a sort of grinning ferocity, and there is an irrepressible
desire to bite man or animal— whatever living thing may be within reach ;
he gazes sometimes at an imaginary object and springs and snaps madly
at vacancy ; his propensity to destroy grows with his pain, and at last he
wreaks his fury upon inanimate objects—the manger, or trough, the
rack, whatever is seizeable in his stall is torn to pieces with his teeth or
smashed with his feet; if not confined he darts ferociously at whatever
object of attack may present itself; plunges about like a demon of
destruction, snorts, foams, sometimes uttering a kind of crying neigh,
and perhaps beats himself to death before the last and comparatively
helpless stage comes on.

a }

DESTRUCTIVE IMPULSE OF HYDROPHOBIA.

If not destroyed before the disease has run its course, paralysis,
usually confined to the loins and the binder extremities, sets in, and
involves with it all those organs which depend for their nervous influence
upon the posterior portion of the spinal cord. Unable to stand upon the
hind legs, the animal will sit on his haunches, and strike and paw with
his fore feet. The suffering is sometimes rendered more terrible by
tenesmus or retching of the bowels, which seem dreadfully oppressed but
have lost the power to act, while the kidneys are fevered and torpid and
the urine cannot be voided.

330 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

It sometimes happens that the disease is developed by exertion and
heat, when no previous indications have been manifest, and shows itself
in a peculiar manner. ‘The horse stops all at once in his work, heaves,
paws nervously, trembles, staggers and falls. In a moment he will be
up, and may, if put to it, proceed for a few moments, when he will stop,
stare about, and lie down again. ‘This stage is sometimes mistaken for
blind staggers, but it may be distinguished by observing that in blind
staggers the horse loses his senses, while in hydrophobia he is always
conscious, often acutely intelligent and observing.

What to do.—This is a disorder of so dreadful and dangerous a charac-
ter that some of the ablest veterinarians do not hesitate to advise the
instant killing of the sufferer; and they refuse to give any directions for
attempting a cure. When the furious stage has come on there seems to
be a sort of demoniae maliciousness and treachery, with a watchful cun-
ning, that makes it hazardous for friend or stranger to trust himself any-
where within reach. It is extremely doubtful, too, whether recovery
ever takes place after the madness is developed.

Yet, it is not improbable that much may be done in the way of preven-
tion after the bite has been inflicted. The first step is to check the flow
of blood from the part, if possible, to prevent the rapid spread of the
poison over the system. If a limb has been bitten, this may be done by
tying a handkerchief around it, above the wound, and twisting with a
stick until a sufficient degree of compression is had. Then cauterize the
wound thoroughly, making sure that the very deepest recesses of every
tooth print or lacerated place is reached. Lunar caustic is best, because
most easily and surely handled; but if impossible to get a stick of this,
any convenient caustic may be applied, as oil of vitriol, nitric acid, caus-
tic potash, butter of antimony, ete.: or, a small iron, not too sharp,
heated to a white heat and cleaned of scales, will answer if the animal
can be kept still enough to apply without danger of injuring him other-
wise. The handkerchief should be left on tight until the cauterization
is effected.

Cauterizing thoroughly, even two or three days after the injury, may
result in saving the animal, as the absorption does not always speedily
take place.

If the wound is upon a part that forbids the use of the handkerchief,
it may be cut open to its depth, and a freer flow encouraged, both by the
larger opening and by squeezing and wringing—soaking, meanwhile, with
warm water. Then use the lunar caustic wherever a sign of tooth mark
“un be seen.

But when unobserved till the virulent stage has come on, it is not even
known to svience that anything can be done to save; and the best, the

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES, 331

most merciful thing to do is to shoot at once. When there are strong
symptoms of madness, but still some doubt, put him by himself in a sta-
ble, bare of everything destructible except food and water, which must
be placed where he can get it, and barricade the door. Leave a window
open for observation, and keep him here until the symptoms disappear
then act accordingly.

or hydrophobia.is unmistakable
II. Mad Staggers.

Causes.—This disease is sometimes known by the more learned term of
phrenitis (the delirium of fever; frenzy, raving) ; but it will be by prac-
tical men most readily recognized when treated of under its old and fa-
miliar name.

It is an inflamed condition of the brain and its covering, with effusion
of the small cavities and the spaces between the membrane and the brain
itself. Sometimes both the brain and its membranous covering are in-
volved in this inflammation, sometimes but one, and that most frequently
the membrane.

It may be caused by concussion of the brain by reason of blows upon
the head. The brutality of a driver, which finds its gratification in using
the butt of his whip upon the head of the horse, may result in a frac-
tured skull, to be followed by slight pressure upon the brain, a speedy
fever and the consequent determination of too much blood to the head,
which, combined with the burning inflammation, brings on this madness,
perhaps death.

Among the causes other than violence we may name the following:
The slugging of the vessels of the brain with clots formed elsewhere in
the system by some abnormal action; the growth of tumors upon the
brain or upon its covering, from some remote and probably hidden cause ;
sudden and great changes of temperature in the body brought about by
instantaneous exposure to extreme heat or cold; over-exertion in pletho-
rie or full-blooded animals, especially in hot weather; congestion from
close collar, short-drawn check, or tight throat-latch ; congestion from
internal compression, as by over-loading stomach and bowels ; feeding on
parasitic grasses or smut, of which rye grass may be noted as the most
hurtful ; infection of the blood by poisonous animal matter or fluids ;
imprudent over-feeding and insufficient exercise.

n

How to know it—The symptoms often differ but little from apoplexy,
comparing the first stage of each, but they may generally be distinguished
by this: that in mad staggers the horse is not so comatose, or sleepy and
insensible, as in apoplexy. Light affects his eye a little, and he is sensi-
tive to the whip, whereas the horse laboring under a genuine attack of

22

332 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

apoplexy seems blind, deaf, and without bodily feeling. In some
instances in mad staggers, it is true, the animal may sleep till he drops,
but on recovering himself he will manifest the sensitiveness above
described,

Occasionally, the brain alone is involved, in which case he is stupid,
dull, and awkward of motion, the nerves of sensation and of motion
being both affected ; and during this stage he will sometimes bore his
head against some object ; at others he will rest his haunches upon his
trough or anything else convenient.

When the membranes covering the brain are inflamed, which is most
generally the case, there is restlessness rather than stupor; the horse
trembles ; his general temperature is elevated, while there is great heat
about the upper part of the head; his pulse is excited, his breathing
quick; his eyes glare; his movements are irregular; he paws, stamps,
champs his teeth; an interval of stupor may oceur, but even when just
aroused from this he is extremely excitable and trembles violently.

HORSE DURING THE MAD STAGE OF STAGGERS.

When the worst symptoms are rapidly developing themselves he begins
suddenly to heave at the flanks ; his eyes brighten and his nostrils expand ;
the pupil of the eye dilates to the utmost, and stares wildly and vaeantly ;
his breathing becomes shorter and quicker; sometimes he will neigh
uneasily ; his ears are erect and bent forward; the membrane of the eye
reddens and contrasts strangely with the clearness of the cornea or ball ;
he becomes more and more excitable, and trembles at every sound, and

=e

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 333

delirium setsin. He now dashes himself about with fury; his motions
are sudden and violent, but without any disposition‘to mischief, as he is
evidently unconscious. He sometimes becomes ferocious, and dangerous
to all who may come within reach ; he then bites and strikes at those who
come near him; he plunges, rears upon his hind legs, whirls round and
round and falls with dreadful force. He will now lie awhile exhausted,
and his pulse and breathing are slower.

At length the mighty anguish returns, and he becomes again a terrify-
ing and dangerous animal. The second paroxysm is worse than the first ;
he darts furiously at everything within reach ; sometimes bites and tears
himself ; and this continues until his former stupor returns, or until he
has worn himself out and death puts an end to his sufferings. Each
succeeding attack increases in intensity, and brings on increased weakness,
so that his periods of stupor become longer and longer till at last he dies.

In those cases where at first only the brain is involved the premonitory
symptoms may continue a day or two, when the membranous coverings
may become suddenly inflamed and delirium speedily set it. Whenever
the membranes are attacked the disease reaches its crisis in a few hours —
there must be speedy relief or death will quickly follow.

This disease may sometimes be mistaken for colic or for hydrophobia ;
but to distinguish from the former, notice that in the colic the horse rises
and falls with less violence, and that though he sometimes plunges, he
more frequently rolls about. He looks frequently at his flanks with an
expression of pain, and he is all the time conscious. To distinguish it
from hydrophobia, observe that while there is violence in the latter, and
generally an inclination to do mischief, there is always consciousness.

What to do.—If the earlier symptoms—stupidity, sleepiness, awkward,
staggery motions—are observed, apply ice cold water to the head, both
by pouring and by means of a sponge or rags secured between the ears
and along the forehead; and bleed severely—not enough, however, to
render the horse faint. Then give an active purge, as the bowels. will
almost invariably be found to be torpid and constipated. Use at first :

No. 145. 7 Drachms aloes,
4 Dracbins castile soap,
6 Drops oil of caraways.

Mix with mucilage or syrup to form a ball, and give this quantity for
one dose. If this is found, after four hours, not to have produced the
desired effect, give one scruple of crofton meal in water, if he will drink
it; if not, he must be drenched. ‘This is a powerful medicine ; but it is
of the utmost consequence that his bowels be free, and no effort must be
spared to effect that object. If the croton cannot be had, resort to the
clyster (of warm soap suds), or to back-raking.

334 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

The bowels having been opened, give two or three times a day, the fol-
lowing compound, the effect of which is to decrease the action of the
heart and prevent the tendency of the blood to the head, as also to pro-
mote the activity of the urinary organs :

No. 146. 1 Drachm digitalis,
14s Drachm tartar emetic,
8 Drachms niter.

Keep him in a cool, airy stall, and feed with the greatest moderation,
giving such green and moist food as has a laxative tendency, and such
quantity only, for a few days, as will prevent gnawing hunger.

But if the paroxysm has already come on when remedial means are to
be adopted, seize the first opportunity, during an interval of stupor, or
of comparative stillness, to bleed him till he falls, or, if down, till he
grows faint and weak. Open the vein on both sides of the neck, if pos-
sible, as the quickness with which the blood is drawn away from the
brain is of almost as much consequence as the quantity. The operator
must observe great caution, as the fury may return suddenly and with
much danger to himself.

If successful in bleeding, the next step to take is to purge in the least
possible time. To affect this, use halfa drachm of croton meal. Some-
times the horse will drink readily and freely, in which case the meal can
be well stirred in water and given in that way; but if necessary, pour it
down him according to directions for drenching. If the meal of croton
cannot be had instantly, give an ounce of aloes dissolved in hot water. If
this does not act within four hours, give a quarter of an ounce more, and
so continue till purging is produced. The next step is to give as a seda-
tive the digitalis or powdered foxglove, ete., as previously directed. It
may be necessary to back-rake and then give a clyster of warm soap-suds.

All this will of course leave the creature in a dreadfully depleted and
weak condition ; but the only hope of saving him lies in the use of power-
ful means, especially when delirium has already set in. It may not be
possible in every case to bring him back to fullness of life and usefulness,
even with the best of care. At all events, he must be treated gently
thereafter, and guarded from excitement, as the attack is otherwise likely
to recur.

Ill. Blind Staggers.

Causes.—This disorder, by some called megrims, by others vertigo,
and still by others dizziness, is not well understood ; and there is a diffi-
culty in determining whether some of. the forms it assumes ought not to
be set down as senarate diseases. The causes, however, that will produce

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 335

certain manifestations in one horse will produce different ones in another,
so that it may be readily inferred that the varying symptoms do not mark
different types of disease but mere difference of degrees; and that the
same general causes act throughout.

The immediate cause is clearly pressure on the brain, resulting from
unusual flow of blood to the head. This is doubtless in some instances
the result of a constitutional tendeney—a predisposition to epilepsy—
that is brought to manifest itself on occasion of excitement, over-exertion,
or general ill condition of the digestive apparatus. In others it is most
probably a watery suffusion of the brain—the blood being subjected to
some sort of decomposition in its passage through the head and leaving
the serum or watery portion to collect there.

The brain requires a proportionately far greater amount of blood than
any other organ; but while ample means are provided for supplying it,
nature guards against doing this with that velocity which would endanger
it by overloading and rupturing. The arteries make their way through
the head in a peculiarly circuitous manner, and they enter through minute
bony holes that will not admit of much distension. When the horse is
overheated, however, or when the return of the blood is impeded, this
fullyess takes place. In great heat the arterial passages are enlarged to
their utmost capacity, and the rapidity with which the now uncommonly
heated and the thinner fluid makes its way into the brain is not counter-
balanced by a similarly rapid return, and the effect is produced to which
the various names referred to have been given. Impeded return of the
blood from the extremities, through the veins, is caused by a tight collar,
pressing, during the act of pulling, upon the large or jugular vein, on
one or both sides of the neck; by a tight throat latch, producing a similar
compression of the jugular; or by a check-rein drawn so short as to
bring down the head, and bend the neck to the extent of crowding its
parts together and interfering with the circulation. By this compression,
though the blood may not be forced to any undue arterial activity, the
large veins will be too long distended by reason of the sluggishness of
return, and the small veins running through the substance of the brain
will be so increased as to press upon the nerves at their points of origin
and produce loss of power and of consciousness.

The immediate cause, or pressure upon the brain, is doubtless some-
times to be found in tumors, arising from blows on the head, as well as
in congestion, or too great fullness.

Other remote causes besides those already named may be found in a
diseased stomach and intestines. Inflammation of all the organs of
digestion and secretion may be brought on by the retention of great
masses of indigestible food, and this clogged state superinduces conges-

336 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

tion by a sort of internal compression, and this tendency is of course
increased by rapid exercise and the consequent heat. That this is one of
the primary causes is evinced by the fact that constipation atvends nearly
every case. Indigestion and foul stomach are the natural results of con-
finement in hot and badly aired stables, unwholesome food, or food in
excess of the quantity required by the amount of daily exercise, of
extreme cold, of extreme heat, and of great fatigue. Hot weather,
when the horse is of full habit, will sometimes derange the digestive
functions, and undue exercise will then quickly develop a case of blind
staggers.

Draft horses, and particularly those that are young and of a plethoric
or full blooded tendency, are most subject to it, though it is not confined
to any age. It is rarely the case that a horse under the saddle is attacked
with it.

The dread of the whip, combined with the consequent fretting and in-
terference with both the digestive and circulatory functions, is thought
to produce it in sensitive horses.

It is ordinarily regarded as an incurable disease. If there is an organic
predisposition to epilepsy, entire recovery is of course out of the ques-
tion; and when a horse has been once attacked, though previously free
from any such tendency, he is subject to a return of the complaint be-
cause the vessels have been weakened by violence, and offer less resist-
ance to the rapid flow of blood in the arteries, or the abnormal gathering
of it in the small veins of the brain.

How to know it.—In its final manifestations it is unmistakable ; but the
careful and intelligent owner ought to be able to detect some symptoms
of an appoaching attack in time to guard against its most hurtful effects.
That condition of body which superinduces congestion by internal com-
pression and derangement is not difficult to detect, and attention to this
may be the means of warding off a violent attack. This is indicated by
an offensive breath; somewhat impeded respiration, or expelling of the
air from the lungs ; chewing food slowly, perhaps letting some of it fall
from his mouth only partly masticated ; a foul tongue ; a dry and clammy
mouth ; disposition to plunge his head into the water above the nostrils
feces (or dung) hard and difficult to pass; and urine
ejected in small quantities.

As previously observed, the attack very seldom comes on while the
horse is ridden, but while he is being rapidly driven, or after he has been
subjected to a long, hot pull under a tight collar, a closely-drawn check

when drinking ;

= 3

rein, or a throat-latch buckled almost chokingly.
Occasionally the attack will be sudden and without the slightest warn-

ing; he will fall almost as though shot, or make an effort to run around

a

a

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. Saul

and then fall; usually he will first exhibit some signs of uneasiness, as
shaking the head and twitching the ears, and the eyes, if observed, will
be found to have a wild, staring and bloodshot appearance. Sometimes
he will stop and stare about—look wild and irresolute
as though nothing were the matter. Again, he will rear up or stagger
like a drunken man, and then fall. He often becomes stubborn, and will
go only his own way—evidently unconscious—and then come convulsions,
followed by insensibility.

When down, it occasionally happens that he
lies in this insensible state at first, but he usu-
ally struggles violently, then becomes quiet ;
gradually recovers himself, and gets up, ready
to proceed on his way—being yet dull, how-
ever, and evidently affected by what has hap-
pened.

and then go on

What to do— When it is discovered in time
that he is suffering with disordered digestion
and is constipated, relieve him from work, if
possible, and lessen the quantity of dry food. ““""Grxecuus

Turn him out at night, at any rate, even
if found imperatively necessary to have his services during the day. If he
can have some continued rest, and the run of a good pasture, or else be
well fed with food suitable to his condition, and well watered, while occu-
pying a roomy, dry and well-ventilated stable, his chances for restoration
to health and escaping violent attacks altogether, will be greatly in-
creased. Of course he should have sufficient exercise, but in moderation.
Tf the animal is young, and of full habit, yet fallen into this disordered
state, restrict his diet, increase his exercise by degrees, or turn him out
to pasture until his normal condition of stomach and bowels has returned.

In the beginning of this treatment as to diet—what may be called the
preventive treatment— give him the following purgutive :

No. 147. 7 Drachms aloes,
4 Drachms castile soap,
6 Drops oil of caraway.

Mix with mucilage or syrup sufficient to form a ball. This amount
constitutes a dose. It may be repeated after twelve or fifteen hours if
the first does not produce proper action.

But if these premonitory symptoms pass unobserved, or if it is a case
of sudden attack owing to violent exercise, great heat, or development of
epileptic tendencies, stop him, if driving, upon his showing any of the
indications described, and go to him; examine collar, check-rein, throat-

888 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

lateh, and see that all is right; pat and soothe him, and allow him to
stand for a few moments in quiet. Where it is found that the collar has
been pressing the neck veins see that it is altered without more ado—
either by cutting or by pressing in against the breast on the lower part of
the collar a cloth of suflicient size to prevent its tightening upon the sides
of the neck. If he recovers sutliciently to be driven, allow him to move
at a very moderate pace; if not, remove him from the vehicle and lead
him home. When there he must have rest and quiet, and care must be
taken, as previously directed, to bring him, by food and laxatives, into a
good state as to stomach and bowels.

When the attack is so violent that he rears, plunges, and falls, bleed
as soon as he becomes composed enough to allow it—taking from the
neck vein from three to six quarts, according to the violence of the fit,
and the weight, fullness, and fleshiness of the patient. During the first
paroxysms of his attack dash cold water over his head, if it can be had;
and a wet sponge made fast between his ears will be found useful.

From these violent attacks, entire recovery is doubtful, even though
he may not die outright; but every chance of even a partial return to
health and usefulness is increased by rest. A horse once affected in this
way should really not be driven again, though apparently recovered, for
the tit is likely to recur, and the driver may himself be thereby seriously
endangered,

The necessary steps as to feeding and care, and the administration of
laxative medicine have already been pointed out.

IV. Apoplexy, or Sleepy Staggers.

Causes.—The different stages of this disease are sometimes treated as
though they were two different types ; and we find even professed veter-
inarians, who ought to be more discriminating, so regarding them.
Apoplexy is the term by which alone it should be known—the state of
sleepiness and staggering being but premonitory symptoms, or rather the
earliest stage.

The ¢mmediate cause of this disorder, as in blind staggers, megrims,
vertigo, giddiness, dizziness, or by what other name the disease previously
treated may be known, is undue pressure upon the brain, and their re-
mote causes are generally identical also—the difference in the diseases
being simply a difference in the modes of their manifestation.

Post mortem examinations of horses that have died of apoplexy, have
sufficiently indicated the cause. The vessels of the brain are found to be
peculirly bloated or distended with black blood. Sometimes there may
be no inflammation of the membranes of the brain, but the stomach is
found loaded with undigested food or the intestines with foul matter. It

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 339

is clear that congestion of the brain, perhaps of the venous system gen-
erally, is the condition that prevails when the disease manifests itself in
its active and violent stage. And this too great fullness of blood is in
most cases owing to disordered digestion, which may be brought about in
two ways: the horse may be overfed and subjected to insufficient exer-
cise, so that the stomach becomes weak, and lacks the power to digest or
expel the food; or he may suddenly gorge himself when chancing to
come upon abundance of food of which he can partake without restraint.
The fulness of the stomach and bowels produces that internal compres-
sion which precludes the regular flow of blood through the veins, and
weakens the venous system, and the brain soon becomes overcharged,
and that, too, with a fluid in a degree poisonous for want of perfect oxy-
genation, or purification by being regularly passed through the lungs and
exposed to the air. Hot weather is peculiarly favorable to the attack,
both because of the more debilitated state of the system from heat, and
because the heat predisposes a more rapid arterial flow of blood, that is
not counterbalanced by an equally rapid return of the blood through the
veins to the heart and lungs.

Luxuriant pasture, warm weather, and the dependent posture of the
animal’s head in his continual cropping, especially if he is in over-condi-
tion and full of blood, may readily produce apoplexy—the immediate and
the remote cause in this case seeming to act simultaneously. Horses in
poor condition may be attacked after having been overworked and re-
duced to a debilitated state through want of care and of nourishing food.
Put upon rich pasture, with a ravenous appetite, they are apt to gorge
and bring on indigestion and its attendant constipation.

There is sometimes a softening of the brain, rather than effusion or
too great fullness, and this may arise from tumors, caused by blows, or
by the plugging of ‘he vessels with clots of fibrous matter.

How to know it.—This differs from blind staggers or megrims in this,
at least, that the prevailing symptoms force themselves upon the atten-
tion of the ordinary observer while the horse is at rest. He exhibits at
first a want of appetite, and is more than usually dull. When he walks
his movements are slow and unsteady. Examination will discover his
pulse to be slow, heavy and dull, yet full. When he is exercised a little
these symptoms go off, but they soon return when he is left to himself,
and more unmistakably. In the open air he balances himself as though
about to fall, and stands with his head depressed. In the stall he bears
upon the trough or the wall, and a good deal of his weight seems to be
supported in this way. Sometimes he gets his head against some rest,
stands for a length of time, and then drops as though shot, but presently
gets upon his feet again, to relapse into the same sleepy listlessness.

540 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

When in this condition it is dangerous to be near him, or to attempt to
move him. When aroused from this apparent sleep he looks vacantly
around, glares unmeaningly, and sometimes the eyes will not close when
an object is moved before them—and the indications are that he neither
sees nor hears. If food is within reach he will sometimes take a mouth-
ful, but lose consciousness while it is yet but half chewed; and if he
attempts to drink, the power of swallowing seems to be partially lost,
and the water will return through his nostrils. As he grows worse he will
twist his legs over each other when trying to go straight forward. In the
last stage he begins to foam at the mouth ; his breathing becomes loud and
laborious ; the pulse is depressed: the jugular veins are distended almost
to bursting: the muzzle is cold, and sometimes he discharges feeces almost
involuntarily ; he grinds his teeth; twitchings steal over his face and
limbs ; and at last he falls into convulsions and beats himself about in a
terrible manner. There is no disposition to do mischief—he is evidently
well nigh unconscious. All the powers of life are wrought upon, and
death speedily results unless some powerful means can be brought to
bear to bring instant partial relief.

It is well to caution the reader against mistaking for an apoplectie sign
a certain sleepy, listless, stupid expression of countenance that is brought
on by repeated attacks of megrims. A little examination will generally
disclose that all the other symptoms of apoplexy are wanting.

What to do—That treatment which will most speedily relieve the
overloaded vessels of the brain is clearly best. If anything is done
before the violent stage of the disease comes on, bleed freely from the
neck vein—so freely, indeed, that the horse falters or begins to blow.
If the case has been neglected until the violent stage is upon him, bleed,
if possible, until he falls. It may sometimes happen that a lull in the
paroxysms ensues, and even at this late hour it is well to make the
attempt to save by drawing blood.

Next, determine, if possible, whether the cause is a present-existing
gorged stomach, and constipated, torpid bowels. If so, use the stomach
pump promptly. Foree warm water into his stomach till the food is so
thinned that it may escape by the pylorus and by the mouth and nostrils.
When this extreme fullness of the stomach is overcome, give a purgative
bolus as follows:

No, 148. 7 Drachms aloes,
4 Drachms castile soap,
6 Drops oil of caraway.

Mix with mucilage or syrup to form a ball, which give as a dose.
If the constipation is obstinate, and does not yield to this purgative,

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 341

stir a handfull of fine salt in one gallon of warm water, and inject it into
his bowels. ‘This failing he must be back-raked.

When the system is once relieved the digestive functions may be stim-
ulated by giving, every four hours, for two days, a wine-glass-full of

No. 149. 4 Ounces fluid extract of black pepper,
6 Ounces fluid extract of ginger,
2 Ounces hyposulphate of soda,
4 Ounces water.

Dissolve the soda in the water ; then add the ginger and pepper.

Attention must now be paid to diet, at first reducing it to a small
quantity, and to such in quality as will have a laxative tendency. He
may be turned upon a pasture, if it is not too rich, but he should have
food administered morning and evening in moderation. He should have
free access to water.

In the beginning of the paroxysm it is sometimes found advantageous
in quieting him somewhat to apply ice to his head, or to pour a stream of
ice cold water steadily between his ears.

Until he is so far recovered as to render it safe for him to go to
pasture, keep him comfortable. If the weather is hot—and it usually
comes on during hot weather—keep him in a cool, well-aired place, or
in an open place well shaded.

Complete recovery is seldom to be hoped for. Generally, the horse
once severely affected, is useless for Summer work, though well able to
go through that of Winter, if properly cared for.

As in the blind staggers, the unnatural distension of the blood vessels
renders a recurrence of an attack very probable; and it may be brought
about by external compression, so that tight collars, tight throat latches,
and short-draw check-reins, should be avoided. A breast-strap should be
substituted for a collar, and overwork should be specially guarded
against.

Apoplexy is not contagious, though it has been so regarded. If more
than one horse on the same farm or in the same stable is affected with it,
be assured that the same causes are present for both, and that when they
are removed the danger of new cases ceases.

V. Abscess Within the Brain.

This not unusual and terrible affection is produced almost invariably
by external injury. From being struck or striking against some hard
substance, as in running away, striking the head in the stable, or other
similar cause. It is possible the owner may know nothing about it. A

342 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

wound, perhaps a trivial looking one, is found on the head, from which
perhaps only a little watery fluid issues. Soon the horse becomes dull,
and from day to day gets worse, refuses his food, and at last falls and
commences knocking his head against the floor or on the ground ; thus
he continues until at length death comes to his relief.

A HORSE DYING FROM ABSCESS WITHIN THE BRAIN,

What to do.—There is nothing to be done once an abscess forms within
the brain. The only means of cure is to allow the matter to escape. The
thick muscles covering the cranium of the horse would prevent the use of

A TIORSE, MAD FROM INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN.

the trephine, and if, indeed, a hole was made through the skull to the
brain, and perchance the abscess cured, who would want the horse?

THE HORSE, ITS DISKASES. 343

There is but one sensible way: kill the suffering animal and end its mis-
ery at once.

Another terrible affliction of the brain, fortunately not common, is in-
flammation of the brain, or phrenitis. It is indeed madness, with the
exhibition of terrible strength, which no human power can cope with to
successfully relieve, in its frenzied state.

If discerned in its earliest stage, before violent frenzy attacks it, resort
may be had to bleeding. Open both neck veins and allow the blood to
flow until the dull, heavy, listless expression brightens or the animal
sinks. Bleed again if necessary. Give 8 drachms of aloes, and repeat
at the end of three hours, if the bowels are not thoroughly relieved, or
the pulse changes for the better. Afterwards give 20 to 30 drops of
tincture of aconite, or half a drachm of the powdered root infused in a
pint of hot water, or a drachm of digitalis, infused in the same way, to
be given cold every half hour until relief is obtained. In ninety-nine
cases out of a hundred, however, relief will come in death.

CHAPTER XI.

DISEASES OF THE MUSCLES AND TENDONS.

I. BLOOD SPAVIN.——II. BOG SPAVIN.——III. CURB.——IV. THOROUGH PIN.——Y. TETANUS,
OR LOCKJAW.——VI. CRAMPS,——VII. RHEUMATISM.——VIII. STRING HALT.

I. Blood Spavin.

This may be defined as a distension, or enlargement (dilatation) of the
veins of the hock joint, and overlying the seat of bone and bog spavin ;
a local venous congestion, caused generally by swelling, impeding the
flow of the blood, and often connected with bog or bone spavin. It is
harmless ; in fact it may be considered as accompanying, or the result of
other disease of the joint.

What to do.—In the early stage cold water perseveringly applied, fol-
lowed by cooling lotions, equal parts of alcohol and rain water, or one
pint of brandy to one-half pint of water, applied as a lotion. If this
does not relieve the difficulty, use a strong infusion of bayberry bark,
using considerable friction by hand rubbing with either of the remedies
named.

II. Bog Spavin.

Common bog spavin is technically (as is windgall) an enlargement of
the Bursa Mucosa, just as a distension of the sub-cutaneous (beneath the
skin) veins in the region of the hock is called blood spavin. These cause
an undue secretion of joint oil and a dropsical effusion into the joint,
producing swelling having all the character of inflammation of the true
hock joint. This inflammation of the upper or principal hock joint is
true bog spavin.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 345

Causes.—Overwork, sprains, injuries either from punctured wounds,
fractures or bruises: also from the effects of rheumatism. All produce
inflammation of the structures of the joint.

How to know it.—In its acute early form there is a tense, puffy, fluctu-
ating swelling of the front and inside portion of the hock at the upper
or principal point just where usually there is a depression. There is also
a swelling behind, where thorough-pin occurs, but it can be pressed
forward, the anterior (front) swelling filling up; but there is no swelling
below and behind the hock as in thorough-pin.

What to do.—Absolute rest and the use of a high-heeled shoe. Con-
tinued pressure on the swollen parts, by means of a truss or compress,
with cold water applications, or brandy and salt.

In case there is much inflammation reduce it by means of fomentations
of water, and if there is pain let the fomentations be an infusion of hops.
In the later stages use tincture of arnica diluted with water. If the case
is a bad one, when the extreme heat and tenderness has subsided a blister
may be applied, since it sometimes goes on to ulceration of the joint, and
even to bony deposit destroying all movement of the joint. See No. 160
and 161 for blisters.

A

III. Curb.

This is a swelling in the middle of and just behind the lowest part of
the hock joint. At first it is soft and doughey, or retaining for atime the
shape of the pressure, producing an enlargement about two inches below
the hock. Curby hocks are also sometimes congenital and hereditary.

Causes.—A blow, but more frequently a sprain of the tendon, or of
the sheath through which the flexor tendon passes. The ligament of the
hock when injured increases the gravity of the disease.

How to know it.——There is heat, inflammation, tenderness, lameness,
and a tendency to knuckle forward at the fetlock.

What to do.— Absolute rest, a high-heeled shoe, and cold water bandages
will generally remove the difficulty if applied in the early stages of the
disease. If, from neglect, the lameness becomes decided, apply the
following:

No. 150. 1 Ounce powdered bloodroot,
1 Ounce turpentine,
4 Ounces acetic acid.

Apply night and morning for a week or ten days and afterward bathe
daily with vinegar

346 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

If coagulable lymph forms, threatening callosity, (a hard swelling)
daily and long-continued friction—hand rubbing downward—and the
application of a more decided stimulant will be indicated, If so, prepare
the following:

No. 161. 1 Ounce oil of cedar,
1 Ounce oil of majoram,
1 Ounce oil of sassafras,
1 Pint soft soap.

Use this daily, rubbing always downwards.
IV. Thorough Pin.

Causes.—This is a sprain of the flexor tendon behind the hock, and
which has a large sheath which extends both above and below the joint—
a dropsical enlargement of the sheath of the tendon, so the fluid con-
tained may be pressed from one side to the other. Hence its name.

How to know it.—Pressure on one side will cause bulging on the other,
and pressure on both sides will cause fluctuation along the tendon below
and behind the hock.

What to do.—Use the same treatment as for curb; cold water band-
ages, or hot fomentations in the early stages of the disease ; also absolute
rest and a high-heeled shoe. When tenderness ceases and lameness is
gone, apply a spring truss, so the pads will clasp and coyer the puff on
both sides, and exert a pretty firm and steady pressure. Success in re-
moving the puff has occasionally been had by puncturing the lower part
of the swelling, into the sack, and injecting a solution of the following
strength :

No. 152. 10 Grains sulphate of zine,
1 Ounce rainwater.

Inject one or two tea-spoonfuls, as the case may require. Then bring
the walls of the sack closely together and hold them so for a week by
means of a firm flannel bandage.

Another plan is to apply with gentle rubbing, the following ointment
every day until the skin is inflamed :

No. 153. 1 Part biniodide of mercury,
7 Parts neats foot oil.

Rub together, cither in a mortar or with a spatula on glass, until inti-

mately incorporated, and use as directed.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 347
V. Tetanus, or Lockjaw.

This terrible affliction, which consists of persistent and often acutely
painful drawing together (cramps) of the voluntary muscles, causing ex-
treme rigidity, drawing together the whole muscular system, and closing
or locking the jaws.

Causes.—Often a wound in the leg or foot, seemingly of the most
trivial character, as the prick of anail. It is also produced by castra-
tion nicking and docking; by hard riding or driving, and leaving the
animal shivering in the night air. When it proceeds from a wound, it is
valled trumatic : when from no apparent cause, it is called idiopathic. It
rarely occurs from wounds until they, are well advanced toward being
healed; though it may display its symptoms immediately upon or a
month after the hurt, but generally from the sixth to the fourteenth day.

How to know it.—In the earliest stages there will be stiffness and rig-
idity of the muscles near the injury, and the limb will be moved with
difficulty. There willbe excitement, the ears will be pointed forward,
the head elevated, the legs stiff and stretched out; the horse will seem
excited and yet obstinate to move; the tail will quiver and the skin and
flesh will feel hard like a board. The lower jaw being taken in the
hand and the head raised, if the haw projects over the eye, you have a
case of lockjaw, See cut.

THE TKET FOR TETANUS.

What to do.—Give the animal a loose or box stall, and in the most
quiet place possible, and where it will see no one except the attendant.
Place slings beneath him so he can stand clear of them or rest in them at
will. Remove all straw, litter or other sources of excitement, and avoid
all noise or unusual movement. Keep the stable darkened and without
other animals present. If the disease is produced by a wound examine
it, and if contracted or containing pus (matter) widen it, and cover with

23

B48 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

a bread and milk poultice containing laudanum or extract of belladonna.
Give a powerful purgative, as the following :

No. 154. 6 to 8 Drops croton oil,
4 to 6 Drachms powdered aloes.

Dissolve in a pint and a half of water and give as a drench. If it
cannot be given by the mouth administer it through the nostrils by means
of astomach pump and the horse catheter, to be hereafter shown, in
feeding ; or prepare the following, if the horse can swallow a ball:

No, 155. 4 Drachms powdered aloes,
4 Drachms extract of gentian,
1 Seruple croton furina,
Mix with linseed meul and molasses into a ball.

Follow this up with three doses daily of anti-spasmodics, as, one to
two drachms belladonna, or one-half ounce chloral hydrate, or one-half
to one ounce dose of tincture of lobelia in a pint of water. Give by the
mouth if the animal can swallow; if not, as an injection. Keep the
bowels open with one drachm podophyllin and two drachms extract of
belladonna, smeared on the back of the tongue.

Mi)! dh Ws N {_

ak

SLINGS FOR TETANUS, OR FOR FRACTURED LIMB,

If the animal can bear it, a thorough sweat with a blanket wrung out
of hot water, and covered with dry blankets will do good. Feed with
nourishing gruels if the animal can swallow; if not, give nourishment as
shown in the engraving.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 349

Attach a horse catheter to a stomach pump, pass the end carefully up
the nostril and into the gullet.as shown. If coughing is produced, with-
draw the catheter and commence anew. If two feet are inserted without

MODE OF FEEDING IfOKSE HAVING CHRONIC TETANUS.
.

alarming symptoms, pump in only a quart of linseed gruel, if the horse
has fasted for some time, and as the stomach can bear it, give more.
This, however, must not be attempted while the disease is in its acute
form (its earlier stage), but after the disease assumes a chronic form it
may be resorted to.

—
SHOWING HOW FAR AN ANIMAL WITIL TETANUS IS CAPAPLE OF MOTION. ‘

The disease is apt to leave the animal in a most deplorable condition,
and it will be a long time before it becomes serviceable, if indeed it ever

350 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

does. Six weeks or even two months may be required before the animal
regains the use of its powers. The cut aynexed will illustrate the condi-
tion of a horse with tetanus.

It will thus be seen that in a decided case it will be policy as well as
humanity to seriously consider whether it may not be better to relieve
the sufferings of the poor animal at once by shooting through the brain.

VI. Cramps.

Some horses are quite subject to cramps of the muscles and tendons.
It may be an irritability or spasm of a particular muscle or set of mus-
cles, which refuse to act, becoming stiff and inflexible. They cramp and
sometimes twitch excessively. This is again sueceeded by another stage
in which the muscles relax and are restored to their normal condition.

Causes.—Strains, bruises, or over-taxation of the powers. In many
cases it is undoubtedly allied to rheumatism, a disorder attacking horses
much oftener than is supposed; rheumatism very often being attributed
to bots, founder and various other causes by the ignorant. Both diseases
are quite painful, and leave the animal very sore, and rheumatism often
for months.

What to do—Clothe the body warmly, find the seat of the difficulty
by feeling of the parts until the sore place is touched. Wash the parts
with salt and water, and rub dry. Then apply the following liniment:

No, 156. 1 Part solution of ammonia,

| Part spirits of camphor,
1 Part olive oil.

Rub it in well, and hold a hot iron or brick to the parts to heat it
thoroughly.

VII. Rheumatism.

This is a peculiar form of inflammation attacking the fibrous structures
of the body, such as the joints, tendons, ligaments and muscles, and is
accompanied by stiffness, exceeding tenderness and pain, shifting from
place to place, often implicating the valves or other structures of the
heart, and when so usually results in death.

Causes.— Exposure to cold, wet or drafts, especially when the system
is overworked. There is usually a constitutional predisposition in the
subjects, and in such it is easily brought on by diseases of the respiratory
or digestive organs, especially in horses of a full, gross habit.

How to know it.—In its acute form there is dullness, followed by ex-

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 351

treme lameness in one or more of the limbs. There is tenderness and
then swelling of the joint, tendon or muscles, at first soft, then hard.
There may be fluctuations from excess of synovia (joint fluid). With the
inflammation there is fever. The pulse is full and hard; the mouth is
dry and clammy ; there is hurried breathing, scanty urine and costiveness.

In the chronic form the symptoms are the same as in the acute, but
not so pronounced, and in this form it is unattended with fever. It may
appear only upon undue exposure, or in damp, lowery weather, and dis-
appear again upon the recurrence of fine weather. Chronic rheumatism
is also less inclined to shift from place to place.

What to do.—F or rheumatism in its early acute stage relieve the bowels
by laxative medicines, say four ounces of aloes. Put the animal in
slings, as for tetanus, and clothe him from the hoofs to the ears in flan-
nel. If practicable the first thing is to fill the box in which the horse is
kept with steam, keeping it up for an hour. If the pain is extreme
lessen it with ounce doses of laudanum.

Give the following three or four times a day as a drench in a pint
of gruel:

yr No. 187. J Ounce bicarbonate of soda,
1 Ounce Salicylic acid.

Tf this cannot be obtained, give the following, at a dose, night and
morning :

No. 158. 44 Ounce powdered saltpeter,
1 Drachm powdered colchicum,
1 Ounce oil of turpentine,
Mix in half a pint of linseed oil.

For rheumatism in its chronic form the following will be found to be
valuable, used internally :

No. 159. 1 Ounce powdered carbonate of potash,
1 Ounce powdered saltpeter,
2 Drachms iodide of potash.

Give in one and a half pints of water.
As a liniment for the joints and other affected parts, to be afterwards
wrapped in flannel, the following is excellent :
No. 160. 1 Pound compound soap liniment,
2 Ounces liquor ammonia,

2 Ounces tincture cantharides,
2 Ounces laudanum,

Rub in with as much friction as the horse can bear, and apply until

352 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

signs of blistering are apparent. If this does not produce the desired ef-
fect, use the following :

No. 161. 4, Ounce laudanum,
1, Ounce camphorated oil,
1 Ounce tincture cantharides,

Apply to the joints with a soft brush, but without friction.
A soothing and stimulating embrocation, when so severe measures as
the foregoing are not considered necessary, may be made as follows:
No. 162. 1 Part spirits of camphor,

‘1 Part solution of ammonia.
1 Part olive oil.

Mix, and apply by rubbing it in.
VIII. String Halt.

String-halt is the sudden jerking up of a hind limb, sometimes both in
succession. Sometimes several efforts will be made before the animal
can progress at all. In other cases the spasmodic action of the hind leg
is shown in starting off, and the animal becoming warm, it will nearly or
quite cease. An exceptionally bad case is shown in the illustration

csiven below.

A
LIVERY STAB)

A HORSE HAVING STRING HALT.

Sometimes the action is so slight as to be almost unnoticed, and again
it may be so strong that the hind leg will strike the belly.

Ore

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. Oe

Causes.—The causes are unknown. It is supposed to be produced by
a variety of injuries, but principally as a reflex nervous action. It in-
creases with age and hard labor, and nervous excitement, and is a positive
urisoundness.

What to do.—There is no cure, Rest, keeping the bowels open with 2
drachm doses of belladona daily, will lessen the spasms for a time; but
fatigue or nervous excitement is sure to bring ona recurrence of the
attack. A careful driver will often prevent the disability being much
shown by being careful not to excite or overwork the horse,

CHAPTER XII.

DISEASES OF THE EYE.

I, NATURALLY WEAK EYES. Il, SORE EYE-LIDs. Ill. MOON EYES. —— IV. CATARACT.
—— V. INFLAMMATION OF THE HAW, OR HOOKS, VI. DIMNESS OF VISION. —— VII.
WORMS IN THE EYE.——VIU. PURULENT OPHTHALMY.——IX. FUNGOID TUMORS IN THE
SUBSTANCE OF THE EYE, ——X. IMPEDIMENT IN THE LACHRYMAL DUCT.——XI. GUTTA
SERENA.

I. Naturally Weak Eyes.

Very many persons, otherwise well informed, when from any cause the
eyes of horses become weak, inflamed, watery, or drop tears, suppose the
‘uuse to be from a natural weakness of the sight. So ‘*blind teeth’’ are
supposed to cause serious trouble, and even blindness in horses. Nothing
could be further from the truth. It is exceedingly rare that horses have
naturally weak eyes ; it can almost always be traced to some local cause.
Thus, watering of the eyes is caused by a stoppage of the lachrymal
ducts leading from the eyes into the nostrils, the natural channels for
carrying off the superabundant moisture of the eye. Inflammation of
the eyes is not uncommon from a turning in of the eye-lashes. The
remedy is to snip them off with the scissors.

‘Blind teeth,’ or ‘‘wolf teeth,’> as the immature supernumerary
tushes are called, do no injury whatever. If it is feared they may, it is
easy to take them out with a pair of forceps, or to knock them out with
a punch and hammer.

Oceasionally a supernumerary tooth may be found growing in the
upper jaw, between the first and second teeth, and lapping over both of
them. This is considered by many persons as producing inflammation of
the eyes. It is true that if pain results, the eyes may be affected by
sympathy. This tooth should always be removed, and may be done with
a strong pair of forceps. It may cause distress from pain in the jaw;
nothing more.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 355

Colts are often subject to inflammation of the eyes in a slight degree,
during teething. Examine the teeth, lance the gums, and the eyes will
recover. It is a case of sympathy.

Il. Sore Eye-lids.

In the outset of more serious disease, soreness of the lids of the eyes
is common. It is also produced by irritation of various kinds. In in-
flammation of the eyes, soreness of the lids is always present. If from
other disease, it is sympathetic, and will pass away with the disease itself.

There is one form, however, that is characterized by a redness, swell-
ing and itching, the edges becoming raw and exuding matter. This must
have specific treatment.

What to do—The horse should have a laxative dose if the bowels are
not in a natural state. The following will be indicated :

No. 163. 1 Drachm flowers of sulphur,
2 Drachms powdered mandrake,
8 Drachms powdered aloes.

Form into a ball with honey, and give as a dose.

To réduce the inflammation, make a curd, by beating three eggs thor-
oughly and then stirring them with a quart of filtered rainwater until
mixed ; let it come to a boil, stirring occasionally. Add half an ounce of
sulphate of zinc, and continue the boiling for a few minutes. Bind the
curd over the eyes, by placing a portion between layers of thin muslin.
The clear water strained through several thicknesses of fine linen is excel-
lent for sore or inflamed eyes of any kind. Wet the lids three or four
times a day.

Tn aggravated cases that will not yield to treatment, and that remain
raw and exude matter, the edges should be carefully touched with mer-
curial ointment, the utmost care being taken that it does not come in con-
tact with the eye.

During the whole treatment the horse must. be tied up by two lines to
the rear posts of the stall, so he cannot rub the eyes, and must be fed
from a nose-bag.

III. Moon Eyes.

This is ophthalmy, recurring at periodic times, or at intervals of three
weeks, a month or more, and not, as is often supposed, at the full moon.
Causes.—Hereditary predisposition ; from malarial causes ; herding in
low, damp situations; rheumatic affections; irritation consequent on

356 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

teething, and, in fact, where predisposition occurs, from any cause tend-
ing to lower the general state of the health.

How to know it.—There will be a sunken look to the eye; the haw of
the eye will protrude ; the white of the eye may be of a pinkish cast;
the eye will be watery; the pupil of the eye will be cloudy, at the edges,
and dull and discolored at the center; there will be haziness, milkiness,
or a whitish spot may appear, which will continue to overcast the eye.
In the intervals between the attacks the transparent coat of the eye will
have a hazy, bluish cast about its border, and the iris will lack its natural
brightness ; the upper lid or eyebrow will be wrinkled or furrowed.

What to do.—Look first of all for carious or defective teeth, and if
found extract them. There is a strong sympathy between any difficulty
with the teeth and the eyes, though unsound or ‘* wolf teeth’? do not, as
was once supposed, cause blindness.

Place the animal in a darkened stable; give four drachms aloes, and
apply the following lotion twice a day:

No. 164. 20 Grains acetate of lead,

20 Drops belladonna,
1 Quart filtered rain water.

Alternate this twice a day with the following :

No. 165 20 Grains sulphate of zine,
20 Drops tincture of Malabar bean,
1 Quart filtered rain water.

The physic having acted, give two or three times a day the following:

No. 166. 1 Drachm sulphate of iron,
3g Ounce powdered Peruvian bark.

Mix in one quart of warm water, or give in the feed if the horse will
eat it. When another attack is expected double this dose.

Sometimes an ounce daily, for several weeks, of Fowler’s solution of
arsenic will be serviceable, intermitting a few days occasionally. If, how-
ever, the attacks recur, and at lessened periods, the trouble may be
expected to end in cataract and blindness.

IV. Cataract.

As a rule, cataract is the result of inflammation of the deep structures
of the eyeball (internal ophthalmy or the periodic form). It also oceurs
oceasionally from diabetes and other constitutional disabilities.

How to know ijt.—Put the horse in a dark place. Take a lighted can-
dle. Three images will be reflected, one from the surface of the eye,

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 3907

one from the front surface of the lens, and one from the rear surface of
the lens. If in moving the light either of the posterior images are
changed into a white haze, there is exudation into that part of the lens;
in other words, a cataract is forming.

What to do.—Unless the cataract is only just forming the horse will
be eventually blind. Give aloes as recommended for moon-blindness,
and also the prescription for lotions in that case. Follow this up with
digitalis in doses of fifteen to twenty grains daily, alternated daily with
six to eight drachms of niter in the water taken. Keep the animal in a
dark room ; apply blisters to the cheeks and behind the ears, using the
following, well rubbed in:

No. 167. 2 Drachms powdered cantharides,
*¢ Ounce lard.

Mix thoroughly and rub well in, treating the blisters when formed with
linen cloths covered with mutton tallow to keep them running.
Apply also to the eye daily for several months the following :

No. 168. 2 Grains phosphorus,

1 Ounce almond oil.
lal

Mix and keep in a dark, cool place, in a bottle with a ground glass
stopper.

V. Inflammation of the Haw, or Hooks.

The haw is a triangular shaped cartilage situated just within the inner
corner of the eye. In health but little of it can be seen. Its use is to
pass over the ball of the eye to remove dust or other offensive substances
from the eye. This is done so quickly that it is difficult to distinguish
the action. Its play may be seen by opening the lid of the eye, or by
attempting to touch the eyeball with the fingers.

Causes.—This is often produced by inflammation or swelling of other
parts of the eye. It may end in producing a hard, bony state, protrud-
ing from its place as a whitish lump. When it presents this appearance
some persons are fond of cutting out the ‘*hooks’’ to keep the horse
from ‘‘ going blind.’’ Our advice is, ‘* Don’t do it.”

What to do.—If there is inflammation and swelling, treat the eye as
for ophthalmy (inflammation). In all cases of inflammation of the eyes
use the bandage as shown in the cut on next page.

If the inflammation is slight, but active, keep a linen cloth over the
eye, or eyes, saturated with the following:

B58 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

No, 169, 4 Ounces sassafras pith,
1 Quart rain water,

Let it stand three or four hours, and apply cold, straining it as used.
P the inflammation is more pronounced, use the following as a lotion:
If tl {I ( | \, the foll g loti

No, 170, 4 Drachms laudanum,
2 Drachmes extract belladonna,
1 Quart rain water,

Also raise the eyelids and swab the inflam~
ed haws occasionally with the ege and sul-
phate of zine lotion recommended for sore
eyes. If the lachrymal duct is closed, that
is, if water runs from the eyes, swab out
the ducts well up the inside of the nostrils
with weak tobacco water, finishing with
clean water, or use the sulphate of zine in

the form of a lotion.

MODE OF BLINDING A HORSE, AND If the blood vessels are overloaded, leech-

APPLYING LOTION TO THE KRYK,

ing the lids of the eyes will be beneficial,

and in extreme cases half a gallon to one gallon of blood may be ta-
con from the neck vein, to be repeated at the expiration of ten days, i
| f tl | in, to be repeated at the expiration of ten days, if
necessary,

The inflammation having subsided, the haws will resume their natural
place and appearance, and again become almost invisible,

VI. Dimness of Vision.

Very many horses have defective vision. Some do not see well at
night; some are near-sighted ; some are far-sighted, as in man, from too
great convexity of the eye, or the reverse. Old horses gradually acquire
dimness of vision.

There is no specific for defective eyesight. Spectacles would relieve
the difficulty, but, spectacles that might be worn by a horse have not yet
been invented, and for the reason that they are not practical.

VII. Worms in the Eye.

This is occasioned by a worm (//aria Ocul’), and may be extracted
by a skillful puncture. It should only be undertaken by a competent
veterinary or other surgeon, the horse being first securely hampered so

he cannot struggle,

rr

-

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. B59
VIII. Purulent Ophthalmy.

Purulent Ophthalmy is confined to the conjunctiva (mucus membrane
of the eye), and it is in this membrane that the redness and ordinary
swelling of the eyes have their seat. The eyelids are much swollen, and
the membrane rises up, puffy and red above the level of the cornea (the
transparent disc), sometimes in fungoid exerescences. This species of
inflammation is epidemic, and when occurring often, goes through the
stable.

What to do.—Place the animal in a moderately dark stable, keep the
eyes wet constantly—by means of the cloth shown in the cut with inflam-

mation of the hooks—with the following :
No. 171. 2 Drachms sulphate of zinc,

20 Grains morphia,
1 Pint rainwater,

Use the water tepid if possible, but if used cold at first, it must be so
continued, and vice versa.

The bowels should be kept moderately open with physic if necessary,
or with soft feed, and the same general treatment used as for the other
fornis of ophthalmy.

If the disease does not yield to this treatment, and becomes chronic,
prepare a wash as follows :

No, 172. 6 Grains nitrate of silver,

1 Ounce distilled water, or rainwater filtered through sharp
washed sand,

Mix, and drop a little into the eye, daily, from a quill.
IX. Fungoid Tumors in the Substance of the Eye.

This is a rare affection, and fortunately so. The causes which pro-
duce it are obscure, but probably the same as in any other cancerous
affection. The end will probably be death, for the taint of the cancerous
affection is probably in the system. Upon close examination, the eye
ball may be clear, but a brilliant yellow substance may be seen at the
base of the interior.

If it be not deemed best to destroy the animal, the eye must be extir-
pated. Two knives are required, of a peculiar shape, one of small size
and slightly bent to one side: the other larger and curved to one side
until it nearly reaches the shape of a semi-circle, A sharp sealpel (the
knife ordimarily used in surgical operations) will also be required. Two
straight, triangular pointed needles threaded with strong waxed twine, a

360 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

curved needle, similarly threaded, water, a sponge, lint, injecting tube
and a bellows.

Cast the horse, and fasten him so he cannot move. Pierce each eyelid
with one of the straight needles and tie a secure loop for raising and
holding the lids as shown in the cut.

EXTIRPATION OF THE EYE,

Let an assistant then hold the lids wide open. The surgeon with the
straight knife quickly describes a circle around the globe of the eye,
severing completely the conjunctiva mucous membrane of the eye. He
then takes the small, curved blade, and passing it through the divided
conjunctiva it is carried around the eyeball close to the bone, severing the
levator and depressor muscles. The cornea is then pierced with the
curved needle, in and out, the thread drawn and a loop fixed. Then the
eye being drawn out as far as possible the curved knife is passed around
the rear of the eye with a sawing motion, the integuments are severed,
and the eye is drawn forth.

It is quickly done when all things are ready, but should not be at-
tempted except by a competent surgeon. Some bleeding will follow.
Inject cold water; if this do not check the hemorrhage, force cold air
into the cavity with the bellows. If this do not avail, plug the cavity
softly with lint, bandage the wound to secure the dressing, and leave the
result to the natural process of healing.

X. Impediment in the Lachrymal Gland.

The lachrymal ducts of the eyes are small canals leading from the eyes
into the nose. Their use is to convey away the superfluous moisture
(tears of the eyes). When it is closed by inflammation or other tempo-

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 361

rary ause) the water of the eyes flow over the face as shown in the
subjoined cut.

Occasionally, however, the duct becomes per-
manently closed. The usual remedy is to swab
the nostrils where the duct enters with weak to-
bacco water and afterwards with clear water.

If this do not effect a cure after two or three
trials, the duct must be opened with a probe.

The duct commences by minute openings near
the terminations of the upper and lower lids at the

4 OBSTRUCTION OF LACHRYMAL
inner corner of the eye. It comes out upon the GLAND.

dark skin which lines the commencement of the

nostrils, lying on the inner membrane.

A delicately thin elastic probe must be used, and about twelve inches
long, the horse being cast and securely fastened. It may be necessary
to introduce the probe both from the corner of the eye and from the
nostril. Next charge a fine pointed syringe with tepid water and placing
the point into the nasal termination of the duct, force the water through.
The operation should only be performed by a surgeon.

a

XI. Gutta Serena.

This is sometimes called glass eye, incorrectly, however, as the term is
understood in the West and South. In glass eye, as understood there,
the pupil is sound and perfect, the iris distinct and natural, but has a
white ring around the cornea. It may injure the sale of a horse, but
simply from the singular expression it gives the eye of the animal.

True gutta serena, or Amaurosis, is palsy of the nerve of sight, or of
the nervous expansion called the retina, and due to functional and organic
disease of the optic nerve. In the early stages of the disease it may
sometimes be relieved, but is likely to occur again. In the later stages
it is incurable.

Causes.—Congestion, tumors, dropsy or other diseases of the brain.
Also by injury to the nerve of sight, by pressure or other cause, from
inflammation, excess of light, and may be symptomatic, from indigestion
or during gestation.

How to know it.—In the early stages the insensibility of sight may be
only partial ; the pupil will be unnaturally large; upon closing the lids
of the eyes, and opening them in a strong light, there will be little or no
rariation in the pupil; the eyes will be unnaturally clear from extreme
dilatation ; the animal will be partially or totally blind, as shown by high
stepping and failure to flinch when the fingers are suddenly pointed close

562 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

to the eye; the ears will be in constant motion as a compensation for the
want of sight.

What to do.—If from overloading the stomach, indigestion, gestation,
ete., turn the animal upon grass, if in the season; or clothe warmly and
feed upon easily digested food, as mashes and
roots. If the attack is recent and from such
cause as inflammation of the brain, bleed to
the extent of a gallon, and put a seton close to
the eye. In fact the cause must be found
and remoyed, if it be due to one that can be
removed, Success is sometimes had by blis-
tering as for ophthalmy. Use in connection
with this nerve stimulants. Of these strych-
: nia, in one to two grain doses, according to
BYE AFFECTED BY SERENA. circumstances, or five grain doses of nitrate of

silver may be given.

Sympathetic amaurosis may admit of cure. As we have said, the
deranged function must be restored.

If medicine is required to deplete the system the following will be

good:

No. 173. 2 Drachms powdered gentian,
4 Drachms powdered aloes,
1 Ounce common salt,
1 Pint warm water.

Give as a drench, and keep the animal on light mashes with an ocea-
sional injection of salt and water if necessary.
If there is debility alteratives and tonics will be indicated :

No, 174. 1 Ounce powdered golden seal,
1 Ounce powdered gentian,
1 Ounee powdered sulphur,
1 Ounce powdered ginger,
1 Ounce salt,
1 Pound oatmeal.

Mix, divide into twelve parts and give one in the feed—of good, gen-
erous diet —night and morning.

As a lotion for bathing the eye the following is recommended as a good
astringent :

No. 175. 1 Ounce powdered bayberry bark,
1 Pint boiling water.

Let it stand until cool. Strain through a close linen cloth, add a
table-spoonful of tincture of bloodroot and bathe twice a day.

CHAPTER XIII.

DISEASES OF THE BONES.

I. BIG HEAD AND BIG JAW. —— II. SWEENY OF THE SHOULDER. —— III. SWEENY OF THE
HIP.——1V. BONE SPAVIN. —— V. ENLARGED HOCK. —— VI. RING-BONE.——VII. STIFLE,
——- VIII. SPLINT. —— IX, SORE SHINS (INFLAMMATION OF THE METACARPAL BONE).——
X. ROTTEN BONE. —— XI. INFLAMMATION OF THE KNEE-JOINT. —— XII. CARIES OF THE
LOWER-JAW.

I. Big Head and Big Jaw.

Causes.—This disease, called also exostosis of the bones, is manifested in
an enlargement or bony tumor on the face, on a line between the nostril
and the eye. It finally breaks out in small holes, which discharge a thick
pus, and at last ends, if not treated opportunely, in a complete decay of
the bone. The bone continually enlarges, and cells or channels are
formed as the minute bony plates become thinner and thinner, till the
structure can be easily cut with a knife or crushed with the fingers. The
interstices are filled with a red, bloody mass. In some cases the ligaments
and tendons are separated by decomposition of the bone, and crumblings,
dislocations and fractures take place for want of firm attachment for
these supporting ligaments.

The primary cause of the disorder is not known; but the tendency is
believed to be transmitted. A horse manifesting signs of the big head
is generally diseased not alone in the bones of the face, but the whole
osseous system seems to be to some extent involved, so that there is not
infrequently a soreness of the limbs and a lameness accompanying it.
The immediate exciting cause is most probably defective nutrition—a
want of that power of assimilation which is necessary to the supplying of
the bones with their phosphate constituent.

It may be developed by both over-feeding and by deficiency of food, as

24

B64 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

the digestive functions are deranged by either excessive burdens imposed
upon them or want of sufficient nutrition in that food which 7s digested.

It is difficult to assign any reason why the general predisposition should
be determined primarily to the face.

It has been observed to prevail mostly in those regions where Indian
corn is constantly fed, and in those, whatever be the predominant food,
where the animal uses only, or chiefly, free stone water—a fluid lacking
in that phosphate element so essential to bony structures.

Ifard labor and abuse, poor food and bad stable management, doubtless
do much to precipitate the disease.

How to know it.—Before the visible swelling of the face there will
generally be evident weakness, loss of appetite, laziness; a slight suffu-
sion of the eyes with tears—one or both according as one or both sides
of the facial bone is affected; then a swelling, about half way between
the eye and the nostril, small and hard, but gradually increasing in size.
If the swelling is pressed upon with some force the horse will wince with
pain, but gentle rubbing seems to give ease. The lower jaw, under the
chin, will next appear thickened ; a degree of general stiffness sets in;
at last the joints are swollen, and seem puffed up with wind; the horse
rapidly fails in flesh; and the head becomes enormously swollen, and
finally breaks into little openings which discharge an offensive pus.

What to do.—It is well, perhaps, to warn the reader in the outset not
to do any of those foolish things which characterized the old practice,
such as boring into the diseased part and injecting corrosive poison ; lay-
ing open the jaw and sawing out a portion of the bone; blistering, burn-
ing’, ete, ‘The disease is not local, but constitutional, and though perhaps
having no other visible manifestation than on the face, it has extensive
connection with various portions of the frame, so that purely local treat-
ment is of little consequence.

The first step will be to see that the patient is well stabled or other-
wise cared for according to the season of the year, and put upon a sys-
tematic course of food, drink, and moderate exercise in the sun, Give
him from five to seven quarts of oats per day, and if these are boiled and
mixed with a little wheat bran, all the better. When green vegetables
ean be had, they should be fed liberally, to counteract a sort of scorbutie
or seurvy tendency which marks this disorder. Apples, beets, carrots,
turnips—whatever fruit or vegetable you can get him to take is good,
When seasonable, put him upon a bountiful pasture.

Give the following dose night and morning in such Food as he will

ec

most readily eat :

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 365

No. 176. 2 Ounces chlorate of petash,
4 Ounces powdered ginger.
3 Ounces gentian,
2 Ounces podophyllin,
6 Ounces poplar bark.

Give also with the food, once daily, 2 ounces phosphate of lime.
Rub upon the swelled face with moderate vigor, twice daily, the fol-
lowing preparation :
No. 177. 6 Ounces spirits of camphor,
4 Ounces cod liver oil,

2 Ounces oil of cedar,
1 Pint diluted acetic acid.

If the case has been neglected until there are already breaks in the
skin, and exudation of matter, adopt the previously described course,
with this exception, that the part must be thoroughly cleansed with warm
soap and water, and then, instead of No. 177, apply the camphorated
corrosive sublimate every other day for six or eight times, then omit
three days, and begin again, and so on until the skin shows signs of heal-
ing. Apply the sublimate with a little mop of soft rags, and dry it in
with a hot iron held near the part, or pressed smoothly over a layer of
intervening cloths, thick enough to prevent actual burning.

II. Sweeny of the Shoulder.

The common effect of all lameness and disease of a limb is a wasting
of the muscles connected therewith. Therefore in all sprains entailing
inflammation and continued disease of a limb, and in all injuries entailing
chronic, long-continued manifestations, there will be wasting or atrophy
of the muscles, and in extreme cases sometimes permanent contraction,
even of the cords of the limb. This is popularly called swinny or sweeny.
It is the result of disease and not the disease itself. The cause of this
wasting must therefore be looked after in order to obviate the difficulty.

There is, however, from sprain of the muscle outside the shoulder
blade, a tendency to waste of the muscles, to such a degree sometimes,
that they are so shrunken as to cause the skin to be drawn tight to the
shoulder blade.

Causes.—Sweeny is usually acquired by young horses, when first put
to work, from over-strain; or, it may occur in horses of any age, from
hard pulling on uneven ground, by stepping into holes, ete., thus causing
injury to the muscles of the shoulder, and particularly those supporting
the joints.

B66 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

How to know it.—Sometimes the horse may be able to walk or even
trot without serious difficulty. If one stand directly in front of him
there will be seen that the affected shoulder is held in an unnatural posi-
tion, seeming to be rolled outward farther than is natural. There will be

eit, and heat, tenderness and swelling on the

a peculiar motion in the g

outside of the joint.

What to do.—By pressure on the parts discover the seat of the inflam-
mation by the flinching.of the animal. This found, reduce it by continued
application of cold water to the part, if in the earlier stages. This may
he done by folding a long blanket and hanging over the shoulder so as to
cover the affected part. Over this keep a cloth continually wet with cold
water, until the acute symptoms have subsided.

After these have subsided, exercise must be given every day, either by
driving on a smooth road or using at any light work on smooth ground.
Livery effort should be made to increase the circulation over the fallen
muscles by active rubbing. If the case do not yield to treatment, and
there is decided wasting, the muscle being hard, use the following :

No. 178. 1 Pint ammonia,
1 Quart oil.

This should be rubbed in with considerable friction, until nearly the
excitement of a blister is produced. This with subsequent friction and
an occasional use of the blister, will effect a cure; but it may take
months of perseverance to bring the shoulder back to its perfect shape.
Light exercise should be given every day.

III. Sweeny of the Hip.

The wasting of the muscles of the hip are due to analagous causes with
those of the shoulder. It is, however, far more rare, since the power of
the horse being in the hind-quarters, the enormous muscles of those parts
act as cushions to protect the parts from injury. As a rule, the cause of
the wasting of the muscles of the hip must be looked for lower down,
unless the injury is known to proceed from a fall on the side,

A careful examination of all the muscles will enable the owner pretty
generally to fix the seat of the disease, from the heat and tenderness of
the parts. This discovered, use the means prescribed for shoulder sweeny.
In old and difficult cases, either of the shoulder or hip, it may be neces-
sary to resort to active blistering and subsequent stimulation by means of
the galvanic battery. In old and confirmed sweeny that has come with a
horse bought, or from neglect at the proper time, a cure will probably
not be effected ; but a partial restoration of the parts may be made.

THE HORSE, ITS DISRASES. 367

Sweeny has been placed among the diseases of the bones because it
sometimes proceeds from injury to the bones and joints. The difficulty
itself, however, is confined to the muscles.

IV. Bone Spavin.

The definition of bone spavin may be given as an inflammation, ulcer-
ation and bony deposit of the small flat bones in the lower and inner part
of the hock joint; or of both the outer and inner ones, or from inflam-
mation of the cuniform and metatarsal bones, terminating in anchylosis
(a bony union of the parts) rendering the joint stiff.

Foot, incapable of being raised from Natural position of the healthy foot when raised
ground by reason of spavin. from the ground during an easy trot

Causes.—Injury to the joint by concussion, sprains of the ligaments,
the use of shoes with high heels or calks. Hereditary predisposition to
spavin is common from weakness of the joints, bones and ligaments.
Consequently weak limbed horses or mares, or those with spavins, or
other diseases of the bones should never be bred from.

Bone spavin is really one of the most formidable diseases with which
the horseman has to deal, and the attack is sometimes so slow and blind
that jockeys are often enabled to put off a spavined horse on the unwary,
the horse afterwards going dead lame. Nevertheless it will show itself
if the horse is allowed to cool, or is ridden into the water and allowed to
stand awhile, for a horse with spavin coming on as he becomes warmed
the ligaments become freer in their action, and an animal lame at first,
will go well enough afterwards ; yet, in the end the horse becomes per-
manently lame, until the deposit about the bone, called anchylosis,
becomes solidified, when the joint is stiff and the lameness ceases.

Causes.—The causes producing spavin may be various. Hereditary
weakness of the limbs is undoubtedly one of the principal causes. Thus
a blow, a sprain, or any injury producing inflammation will cause spavin
in such an animal, when in a strong muscled and fine boned animal it

868 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

would yield readily to treatment. The reason is, a feverish and unhealthy
condition of the membrane secreting the synovial fluid is produced, and
the firm membrane affording no outlet, it settles into the spongy bone,
and a diseased condition ensues, which the weight and motion of the
animal intensifies until confirmed spavin is the result. When only the
splint bone is affected there is chance for recovery, but when the cube
bone is affected there is but little chance for relief until the disease has
run its course, and ended in a joint more or less stiff.

How to know it.—Sprains do not invariably cause lameness. There
may be little or no local swelling as in occult spavin, as ulceration is
called, in the center of the joint between the flat bones. The swelling,
when it does exist, is in front and on the inside and on the lower part of
the joint, and may best be seen by standing about midway of the body
so as to get a side view of the front of the hock. When the swelling is
in front of the hock it is most to be feared. It is hard and is to be dis-
tinguished from the tense but elastic swelling caused by sprain of the
flexor tendon, or from the flexible and fluctuating swelling of bog spavin.

The swelling of bone spavin may be more to the front or farther back
on the inside of the hock, or even shown principally on the outside, and
in case it extends to the true hock joint, it may end in bony formation to
such a degree as to close the articulation (play of the parts) and produce
a stiff joint. The animal if turned from side to side in the stall will
move stiff and on the toe. This same stiffness is also seen when the
animal first starts off, but. which may nearly or quite disappear when the
animal becomes warm. The horse will sometimes jerk up the limb as
though he had string-halt. By turning him quickly in a small cirele he
will carry the limb more or less stiff, or rest on the toe only.

What to do.—lIn any case rest and a high heeled shoe should be allowed.
In the acute stage or early in the development of the disease, place the
horse in slings if possible. Foment thoroughly with hot water in which
an ounce of laudanum is mixed to each two quarts of water. Give four
drachis of aloes if the bowels are costive, and give half an ounce to an
ounce of saltpeter in the water, morning and night, until a free flow of
urine is had. When the inflammation has subsided blister. The follow-
ing will be effectual :

No. 179. 1 Part corrosive sublimate.
12 Parts oil of turpentine,

Mix thoroughly and rub in. Firing with a white hot iron is still more
effectual, yet the iron and the corrosive liniment are apt to leave a blemish.
A milder preparation is :

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 369

No. 180. 2 Drachms oil of rosemary,
4; Ounce powdered cantharides,
4 Ounces mercurial ointment.

Grind thoroughly together and rub on heating it in with a warm iron.

If there is simply swelling, in old cases, thorough and frequent rubbing
with oleate of mercury will dissipate what swelling has not actually be-
come bone. Setons are also most valuable in spavin. The needle should
be passed for a considerable space under the skin, over the seat of spavin.
Anoint the tape with the following :

No. 181. 1 Part powdered white hellebore,
8 Parts lard,
Mix with gentle heat.

Before the application of cither blister or seton we would advise
thrusting a narrow-pointed bistoury under the sprain and scarifying the
parts. In no event, however, should resort be had to cutting away the
bony parts which have formed, with mallet and chisel, as we have seen
them. It is barbarous, inhuman, and can do no good whatever. Some
cases will absolutely resist all and any means for cure; others again will
yield kindly in from one to three months. In young horses if treatment
be given in time, a cure inay generally be effected. With old hors
cure is difficult.

's the

V. Enlargement of the Hock.

Nature has protected the hocks in a most ample manner, to prevent
injury under ordinary circumstances, and in fact, under exceptional cir-
cumstances, except those of an accidental or violent nature. From vari-
ous bruises or strains, inflammation and lameness may ensue. Rest and
fomentations will generally set this right if taken early. Sometimes,
however, the enlargement will continue to grow in spite of all efforts to
the contrary, and until the entire joint is involved.

How to know it.—There are two forms of this disease. In one, the
tendons and cartilages only are affected. This will generally yield to
fomentations and a few applications of oleate of mercury. If not, blister,
using the prescription No. 180. Another form is more serious. From
a severe blow or other cause, there is a bruise of the bone, by which the
investing membrane, called the periosteum, is either severely strained or
torn loose, giving rise to inflammation and formation and deposit of bony
matter on the surface of the bone, sometimes to such a degree that the
parts are of excessive size, and the ieg so lame that it is only with great
difficulty the animal can walk. The animal may, indeed, as in the case

370 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

of bad spavin, be capable of doing farm work even with a stiff leg, but is
totally unfit for driving on the road.

What to do.—Precisely the same treatment must be pursued as in the
case of bone spavin, Fomentations, while in the stage of fever or in-
flammation, and blistering, firing and setons to assist absorption, — It
must be remembered, however, that either in spayin, or any other disease
of the bones, joints, cartilages, or muscular tissues, that straining of the
parts is likely to ensue again, and consequently care must be taken about
overworking or injuring by fast driving, especially on rough ground,

VI. Ring-bone,

This is a deposit of bony matter aboye and below the coronet of the
foot, just where the hair begins above the hoof, or of the bone of the

hoof, as the coflin bone is called, or bony growth on the pasterns.

Causes.—It is caused by heavy work, hard pulling by draft horses,
bruises of the bone by pounding of the feet on hard roads and pavements,
generally beginning as inflammation of the membranes covering the
bones, and at these points giving attachments to the ligaments at the side
of the lower-or small pastern bone, or of the lower end of the upper or
large pastern, Sometimes the bony formation proceeds to such an ex-
tent, involving and covering the whole surface, as to produce a kind of
club foot.

How to know it.—There may be lameness or not, except on hard
ground, or upon binding the limb, in old-seated ring-bones. During the
beginning of the evil, or while there is inflammation, and a tender, elas-
tic swelling, and a more or less doughy state (engorgement) of the soft
parts. In the course of the disease this matter becomes hard, from being
turned into a soft or spongy bony formation, The swelling may be
searcely seen and confined to the sides of the pastern bone, or there may
be great enlargement of the whole surface. If the trouble occurs in a
fore-log, the heel is put down first ; if the ring-bone is in the hind-foot,
and in the sides or back part of the pastern, the toe will be put down
first.

What to do.—l"or the fore-foot, put on a thin-heeled bar shoe. Tf in
the hind-foot, a high-heeled shoe, That is, if the animal walks on the
toe, use a high-heeled shoe; if on the heel, a thin-heeled shoe. If there
is inflammation, known by heat and tenderness, use fomentations of hot
water, perseveringly applied until it is reduced. Then blister severely
with the following :

os

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES, 871

No, 182, 10 Drops muriatic acid,
20 Grains corrosive sublimate,
20 Grains camphor,
1 Ounce oil of turpentine,

Mix, and apply until a sufficient blister is formed: then wash off to
prevent blemish and keep the blister running as long as possible, by cov-
ering with a rag well smeared with mutton tallow, Blister again if neces-
sary. Or, use the means pursued in spavin, oleate of mercury, if the
case is not difficult.

If the ring-bone has been of long standing, the only relief will be the
growth of bony matter over the joint. ‘There will be more or less stiff-
ness in the joint, but the horse may do slow work. Old horses are more
difficult to cure than young ones, and in any case to avoid blemish, the
use must be taken at the first indication. Then thorough fomentations,
slight blistering, a proper shoe and rest will accomplish a cure. If there
is simply a hardening of the integuments, oleate of mereury, in developed
ring-bone or spavin, will reduce so much of it as is not already bony
growth.

VII. Stifle.

Arfy difficulty of the stifle joint, by which the animal is more or less
disabled from the use of the limb, is by the generality of horsemen
termed stifling, it being supposed to be a dislocation of the stifle bone,
corresponding to the knee-pan in man. Dislocation, however, is ex-
tremely rare. ‘The displacement of the whirlbone of the stifle joint when
it occurs, will cause the animal to throw the limb straight out behind,
This form often becomes chronic ; that is, occurs, and the habit is fixed
from apparently slight causes, or any cause that shall compel the animal
to throw the lee back farther than is usual in going ata slow gait. It is
often produced in the first place by eatching the hind leg or hoof in some-
thing which forcibly holds it.

How to know it.—The horse will hold the lee extended out behind ;
the head will be raised and the animal will go on three legs; there is
every evidence of extreme pain, but no heat nor swelling. Upon exam-
ining the stifle bone, the patella, corresponding to the knee pan in man,
will be found outside those against which it should fit. When the
dislocation is inward, the limb will be drawn upward.

What to do.—Get the animal into a close place ; have him held firmly
by the head ; pass a rope about the fetlock and over any projection, so
the limb may be drawn forward. Bring the limb forward and upward,
and standing behind and against the hip, press the bone toward and into

372 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

its place. Hold it there firmly until the muscles regain their original
contractibility in some measure, and use an infusion of bayberry or oak
bark, cold, freely, for some days.

In addition to this it is better that the horse be made to stand on the
injured limb. To do this it is usual to tie a cord tightly about the other
hind leg. This is apt to make a blemish. Tie the other foot so it cannot
be thrown back.

In nine cases out of ten when the owner supposes his horse to be stifled
the difficulty will be found to be from injury to some other part of the
limb, as sprain of any of the ligaments of the leg, of the fetlock, a
prick of the hoof, ete., causing the animal to hold the limb in such a
way as to cause the stifle bone to seem displaced.

Horses often injure the parts around the stifle joint by running, leaping,
or from bruises or other hurts. In this case the treatment is to be the
same as in any other sprain or bruise. In mild cases the following will
be found good to bathe the sprain or bruise with:

No. 183. 1 Ounce tineture of arnica,
1 Pint rain water.

Bathe the affected part freely with this from time to time. If the
difficulty is severe, fomentations of hot water must be perseveringly used
until the inflammation subsides, and then resort may be had to blistering
if necessary, or a seton may be placed under the affected part to get up
counter irritation. In severe cases the cure is slow and the animal must
have absolute rest.

In any difficulty in or about the stifle joint, it is well to examine care-
fully for wounds or bruises.

A wound of the parts will often cause intense pain, and to the unin-
itiated, apparently all the symptoms of dislocation. The veterinarian is
never deceived, and no one need be if he brings common sense and a
careful examination to bear upon any wound, bruise, strain or other
injury. There will be blood, matter, swelling or heat in the part af-
fected. This found, use the remedies prescribed in such cases.

VIII. Splint.

Causes.—The name is given to a peculiar enlargement generally found
on the outside of the small bones of the fore leg, and inside the leg.
The causes are not well defined. Splint may be caused by violent blows
or other injuries, but it seems to be more a consequence of weight and
strain. The inner splint bone, or small bone of the leg, is placed nearer
the center of the body than the other, and there is at almost all times
greater weight upon it, while on certain occasions it may also be subjected

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 373

to more violent strain, whence inflammation may set in, and a bony
deposit result. Raising the outer heel of the shoe more than ordinarily,
contributes in some degree to produce an unnatural strain upon this bone.
The term splint is applied also to those bony tumors that sometimes ap-
pear on the outer shank bone. These are more readily accounted for,
as this part of the leg is peculiarly liable to blows and other injuries.

How to know it.—In the first stage of the disease, while the splint is
forming, there is inflammation of the periosteum or bone-covering mem-
brane; there is lameness; and though no swelling may yet be visible,
you can discover it by passing the open hand down the side of the leg,
with the thumb on the small bone, or rather in the groove formed by the
two small bones. A small, hard swelling will be found, which, being
pressed upon, will cause the animal to flinch.

When the tumor is well-developed and plain to the sight, it is not gen-
erally attended with lameness, from the fact that the periosteum has ac-
commodated itself to the new formation, and the inflammation, with
consequent soreness, has subsided. Then it happens that a very little
splint will often cause more lameness than one which is so large as to be
easily seen at a distance.

In cases of much inflammation and extreme soreness, the horse stands
resting the toe upon the ground, with the leg slightly bent; and this
great heat may extend itself by sympathy to the soft parts of the leg
nearest the splint, but this is seldom the case.

Sometimes the animal is apparently free from all trouble when merely
put to a walk, but will discover extreme lameness in trotting—the extra
concussion producing much pain, and examination, as previously directed,
will disclose the seat of the trouble.

What to do.—If the protuberance is small, and there is no lameness,
do nothing, unless the horse is valuable and the tumor is unsightly. It
will disappear by natural absorption as the animal increases in years,
provided there is no directly exciting cause constantly at work. An
unskillful attempt to cure will sometimes lead to lameness and an increase
of the splint.

If it is a recent formation, and treatment is thought necessary, observe
whether the irritation is such as to have produced extreme tenderness of
the part, and swelling of the soft parts of the leg. If so, lessen the
inflammation, and thus also the soreness, by cool, softening poultices, or
frequent application of cold salt and water. Then shave the hair off
from over and around the protuberance, and rub in, at evening, the fol-
lowing mercurial ointment :

No. 184. 1 Drachm biniodide of mercury,
1 Ounce lard.

B74 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Continue this until a free watery discharge is produced from the sur-
face. Asa general rule this is sufficient, for even though it may not
directly disappear, it will gradually do so from this time, unless the
tumor interferes materially with the ligaments or tendons.

If it is large, or near the joint, or extends so as to destroy the motion
that naturally exists between the two small bones, cast the horse, and
secure him from violent struggling—then scarify the periosteum or
membrane covering the bone, over the splint. For this purpose, have a
small, probe-like knife, shaped like a seimiter, with the cutting edge on
the convex side, Make a small opening about an inch below the splint,
turn the little probe knife flat and insert it into this opening and urge it
forward until the point has passed over the protuberance. Now turn the
cutting edge down, and searify the periosteum well, making several cuts
across the splint, and with such force as to reach the naked bone every
lime. Withdraw the knife and insert a seton needle, with tape fixed as
usual; pass the point up past the splint, send it through the skin, and
draw the tape through. Slightly enlarge the upper end of the tape, so
that it cannot come out below, and the work is done. Suppuration will
ensue in from seven to fourteen days; absorption will follow, and the
splint will almost invariably disappear.

During treatment the horse should be kept from work, as any consider-
able exercise, particularly any straining in harness, or concussion by rapid
motion, will increase lameness and render cure more tedious and difficult.

IX. Sore Shins—Inflammation of the Moetacarpal Bones.

This is an inflammation of the membrane covering the shank bones,
and is not confined to any particular classes of horses, though racing or
other fast worked horses are more subject to the affection than are draft
horses, the difficulty generally occurring before the animal becomes
mature,

Causes. —The cause is undoubtedly over-working and abuse before the
bones and integuments become fully developed.

How to know it.—The lameness resembles that of splint. There is
swelling over the shin bone, which is tense as though stretched, elastic,
and doughy to the touch, There is heat and tenderness, and sometimes
the swelling becomes excessive, and breaks, but always preserves its elas-
tie feeling. Or the swelling may not be extensive, but gradually hardens
through the formation of bony matter, until at length the pain disappears.

In these slight cases, the matter thrown out between the bone and
membrane, is generally converted into a bony formatiou and the skin re-
mains permanently thickened. In severe cases the throwing out of

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 375

matter (lymph) may separate the membrane and the bone, and eventuate
in necrosis, or death of the bone.

What to do.—If the difficulty is not severe, cold water faithfully ap-
plied during the inflammatory stage, and later, blisters, will be all that
will be necessary. In fact, treat it precisely as is recommended for
splint.

In very severe cases, where there is great tenderness, and decided
doughy swelling, make a series of incisions with a bistoury or narrow-
bladed knife, carrying the blade a short way beneath the skin, and then
cutting down to the bone. ‘This is done to let the contents escape. Use
as a fomentation hot water containing half an ounce to an ounce of laud-
anum to a pint, and afterwards with cold water. If the healing is not
prompt, apply a blister. In a majority of cases it should yield by apply-
ing the following astringent lotion :

No, 185. 60 Drops carbolic acid,

4g Ounce sugar of lead,
2 Quarts rainwater,

It may be necessary, in fact it will be better, to give a purgative, 4 or
5 dracghms of aloes, to be followed by 20 drops tincture of aconite, three
or four times a day. ‘The animal should have perfect rest and be kept
on sound hay and bran mashes.

X. Rotten Bone.

This is called necrosis when it attacks the shaft or body of the horse,
and caries when it is confined to the ends at its joints.

Causes.—Death and decay of the bone, from inflammation. It is lia-
ble to occur in poll-evil, founder, from cracked or broken bones, and
inflammation of the membranes.

How to know it.—There will be severe inflammation, followed by one
or more abscesses, which break and discharge. They do not heal, but
form fistulas (pipes). The discharge at first may be thin and without
smell, but after a time there is a peculiar and fetid odor, characteristic
of decayed bone.

What to do.—The proper thing to do is to cut down at once to the
decayed bone, scrape it clean, remove all loose portions, wash the wound
with chloride of zine lotion, made as follows:

No. 186. 40 Grains chloride of zine,
1 Ounce distilled water.

The wound made in cutting is to be treated as is any wound. If the

376 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

cutting be extensive enough to warrant it close with stitches, cover with
lint steeped in oil to which a little carbolic acid is added. If healing do
not progress satisfactorily, that is if the granulations at the edges do not
contract fast enough, stimulate by washing with tincture of aloes and
myrrh. So far as this cutting and scarifying is concerned it should be
done by a surgeon. If this cannot be done, open the fistulas clear to the
bottom and wash out once a day with the following:

No. 187. 4% Ounce sulphate of zine,
34 Ounce sulphate of copper,
1 Ounce solution of sub-acetate of lead,
6 Ounces pyroligeous acid, (or better, white wine vinegar).

To one part of this use ten parts of water, and inject with force from
a syringe once a day for two weeks if necessary.

XI. Inflammation of the Knee-joint.

Inflammation of the knee or other joints may occur in all stages, from
the most simple form to those most violent, with ulceration, and the
formation of destructive abscesses,

Causes.—Jarring on hard roads; various injuries, such as bruises,
strains, ete.

How to know it.—In light cases the horse in starting forward will do
so from the knee and with pain. There will be excessive flinching if the
knee is extended by force. The animal stands square on his feet, and
without inclination to raise the heel. In walking he takes a fair step, but
carries the knee joint as much without bending as possible, and in putting
down his foot exerts the greatest pressure on the heel.

What to do.—Take off the shoes. Treat the inflammation as directed
in other cases; first by hot water embrocations perseveringly applied,
using laudanum as directed if necessary to relieve pain. There must be
perfect rest, and if the animal will use the limb put him in slings, and
apply splints and bandages to the knee. The inflammation having been
cured, blister the parts, to promote absorption of the fluids. When the
animal is better let him have the run of a quiet pasture until entirely
sound, or keep him in the stable with gentle walking exercise every day.

XII. Caries of the Lower-jaw.

Causes.—Caries, or ulceration of the lower jaw bone, between the
tushes and grinders, is caused almost wholly by the barbarous use of bits
and curb-chains. Injury is also sometimes inflicted upon the bony plate
of the roof of the mouth by pressure of the curb, when a tight nose

ia iis

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 377

band keeps the mouth shut down. The gums of the lower jaw are very
often hurt, and not infrequently the bone itself is so bruised as to result
in this ulceration. When this is the case, the gum, unless forcibly opened,
must slough, so that the injured portion of the bone can be cast off. Thus
a stinking sore is made, and one of long continuance, as the sealing of the
bone and the escape of the loosened particles is a tedious process.

How to know it——Examination of the gums is necessary to disclose the
trouble when it exists simply as a bruise. The spot will appear of a
color different from the adjacent parts, and pressure upon it will cause
the animal to wince with pain. Even if neglected till there is a discharg-
ing sore, it is not always detected at once, as the discharge is, in the
beginning, of a watery character, and is lust in the saliva, though con-
stantly going on. On contact with the bit, however, there is a mixture
of blood and watery matter, and some of this escapes constantly while
the horse is in use. This ought to attract the attention of the master, if
nothing else has, and lead to thorough examination. There will be found,
in that case, a depression in the gum, and, fixed to the bottom of the
cavity, a mass of proud flesh. The discharge will be characterized by a
very offensive stench.

n

What to do.—If the bruised place on the gum, accompanied with sens-
itiveness to pressure, is discovered before there is any break or exudation
of matter, have a strong, keen knife, and cut to the bone. The incision
made ought to correspond with the extent of the bruised bone. The
grating of the knife upon this sore portion will cause the horse to strug-
gle with more or less violence, owing to the exceeding soreness and ten-
derness of the injured part; and this may in some sort furnish a guide
as to the amount of incision necessary. If the opening is too small for
the scaled bone to be easily cast out, it will be necessary to employ the
bone forceps with which to grasp and withdraw it.

Upon cutting it, a thin, watery fluid will flow out. Care must now be
taken to see that the incision is not allowed to close over and retain the
injured bone, as this would ultimately result in a foul and troublesome
ulcer. ,

When the discharge has somewhat thickened, and is peculiarly of-
fensive to the smell, showing that the bone is decaying and that nature is
making an effort to cast off the injured portion, wash it out with the
syringe, several times a day, with the following solution :

No. 188. 1 Scruple chloride of zine,
4 Drachms essence of anise seed,
1 Pint water.

378 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

If treatment is deferred, however, till there is an open, ulcerous gum,
with the existence of proud flesh, push a stick of lunar caustic deep into
the unhealthy granulation in the cavity, so as to destroy it. Then keep
down the fungous growth by the use of the caustic, day after day, until
the stinking discharge has ceased. This will not be until the bone has
ceased to scale away; and the wound may now be safely left to heal.

A cure affected, the next thing to do is to select a bit that shall press
upon another part of the mouth, or there may be a repetition of the evil.
The snafile may be used with comparative safety where the curb has in-
flicted serious hurt.

CHAPTER XIV.

DISEASES OF THE FEET.

I. ULCERATION OF THE FOOT (NAVICULAR DISEASE). — II. CRACKED HOOFS.——II. HOOF
ROT.—— IV. CORNS. —— V. CONTRACTION OF THE HOOF (NARROW HEEL).—VI. INJU-
RIES TO THE FROG.— VII. FOUNDER. —— VIII. NAIL PRICKING. —— IX. CANKER.——X,
SAND CRACK.——KXI. FALSE QUARTER. —— XII. QUITTOR. —— XIII, TOK CRACK.——XIV.
PUMICE FOOT.——XV. SEEDY TOE.——XVI. OSSIFIED CARTILAGES.——XVII. SIDE BONES.
—XVUI, INCISED AND PUNCTURED WOUNDS OF THE SOLE,

I. Ulceration of the Foot—(Navicular Disease).

Between the coffin bone and lower pastern there is a small bone which
forms the projection of the heel and rests upon the frog of the foot.
This bone is called the shuttle or navicular bone. The inflammation of
the surface of this bone is called the navicular disease. It may implicate
the synovial sac, the ligaments and the flexor tendon which plays over it.
One of the uses of the navicular bone is to give increased strength to the
connection between the coffin bone and the joint above. Another use is
to enable the flexor tendon, which passes over it and is joined to the
coftin bone, to give increased pliability, strength and motion to the foot.
In high bred horses, and all those used for fast work, this bone is
peculiarly liable to injury and consequently to disease. This disease is
inflammation and subsequent ulceration of this highly organized bone.
The difficulty may extend to the interior of the bone, to the tendon which
passes over its surface and even involve the adjacent parts.

Causes.—It is thought that a rheumatic constitution predisposes an
animal to this disease. Certain it is that highly organized and weak
limbed animals most usually suffer from it, probably from the fact that
they are not able to withstand an injury that a stronger limbed animal
would do, especially when carrying a bad fitting shoe, or subject to
violent exertion or over strain of any kind. Other causes than bad shoes

25

380 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

and concussion of the bone may exist, injury from nails picked up on the
road, impaired nutrition, by which the bones are not sufficiently nourished
acting to assist injury to the bone.

How to know it.—The foot will feel hot, yet particular heat is not
always present. The toe will be pointed, in the stable, eight or ten inches
before the other, and with the heel slightly raised. This peculiarity may
indeed be noticed often for a long time before any particular lameness is
noticed. By-and-by the animal will be observed to step short, and on
the toe, with liability to stumble when first taken out of the stable. This
will disappear as the animal gets warm, but will show again when cool.
The toe of the shoe will become more worn than other parts. As the
disease progresses the hoof will decrease in size, particularly in the
quarters and heels. Trying the edges of the hoofs will not make the
animal flinch unless there be corns, but by tapping the sole on each side
of the body of the frog with a hammer, or upon the walls of the hoof
about the quarters, will give pain. By bending the foot back and press-
ing with the thumb in the hollow of the heel on either side of the flexor
tendon, with considerable force, it will cause intense pain. These are all
characteristic tests. There may be sweeny of the shoulder from disease
of the muscles. This is an effect of the disease and not a disease in
itself.

What to do.—If the injury is new, the first thing to be done is to re-
duce the inflammation. Do this with cold water applications or any of
the remedies advised for riug-bone, spavin, or other inflammation. Give in
laxative dose, 4 drachms of aloes; have the shoes taken off and let the
horse stand during the day time in pure wet clay up to the top of the
hoof, and at night poultice the foot. If there is much inflammation,
bleed in the arteries above the coronet. The coronet is the lowest part
of the pastern, where the hair grows around the hoof. Keep the horse
perfectly quiet, and if he has a fast pulse, give an ounce of salt petre in

the drinking water night and morning. At the end of two weeks, or .

sooner if the inflammation is gone, blister the coronet all around. Or,
use the following :

No. 189. 1 Ounce camphor gum,
1 Ounce corrosive sublimate,
1 Pint oil turpentine

Grind the sublimate thoroughly in a mortar, and put into a strong bot-
tle; pour on the turpentine and shake occasionally. It should be fit for
use in from 20 to 30 hours. ‘This is to be applied every other day to the
heel and bottom of the foot, first paring away all scaly, ragged parts.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. dsl

Heat it in with a hot iron. This preparation is of great strength and
power and must be used carefully.

If preferred, a seton may be put in the bottom of the foot at the frog.
To do this, first pare the scale as thin as possible without reaching the
quick ; provide a sharp, short, well-curved needle threaded with tape ;
pierce the sole about an inch from the toe, and bring out midway be-
tween the two parts of the frog and the hollow of the heel; or enter at
the hollow of the heel and bring out the needle at the body of the frog.
The utmost care must be had not to pierce deep enough to injure the
tendon or bursa which lies close there. Tie the tape, and wet daily with
No. 189, or the following :

No. 190. 1 Part powdered cantharides,
1 Part oil of turpentine,
8 Parts Canada balsam.

Shake the two first well together and add the ‘balsam, shaking occa-
sionally for 24 hours, and apply to the seton tape every day, turning it
at the same time. The object in this disease is to produce suppurative
running of the parts. This done, the cure is only a question of time.

If, in spite of all that has been done for relief, the disease proceeds to
degeneration of the bone, resort must be had to cutting the nerves lead-
ing to the foot, (Neurotomy) which will be described in the proper
chapter.

II. Cracked Hoofs.

Causes,—This is not an unusual occurrence in
horses, and arises, as a rule, from weak and
brittle hoofs, produced by a dry state of the
hoof, whatever niay be the cause, whether fever
or other causes of degeneration. | The prolific
“uuses are drying of the wall of the hoof,
uneven bearing of the shoe, calking or other
wounds or injuries of the coronet. This crack
may extend down from the coronet according to
the time it is allowed to run.

What to do—If taken early, a bar shoe, — ctostne crack iN noor.
having an even bearing all round will generally
relieve the difficulty. In connection with this, apply a plaster of pitch
over the injury.

If the crack becomes determined, as in the cut given, it must be kept

dK2 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

closed together by clinching a thin nail on each side of the gap near the
bottom and top, or else with thin wire as shown in the cut.

Also burn a groove just below the crack about an inch long nearly
down to the quick. It is also well to slightly blister the coronet at the
top of crack. An efficient and stimulating liniment will be the oil of
cantharides, made as follows:

No. 191. 1 Ounce powdered cantharides,
8 Ounces olive oil.

Mix in a strong bottle and set it in water kept near the boiling heat for
three or four hours, and filter through close linen. Apply once a day
with friction until the part is tender. Let the horse have rest, or turn
into a pasture until cured.

III. Hoof Rot.

This difficulty, sometimes called tender feet, arises from diseases of

various kinds, spavin, ring bone, chronic founder, navicular disease.

There is a dry, feverish state of all the parts, and the hoof, and especially
the sole, becomes decayed and sometimes perishes entirely.

How to know it—The bottom of the hoof is dry and chalk-like, so
that it may easily be dug away with the point of a knife, or even easily
scraped away. The frog of the foot diminishes in size, and the ankle
joints are apt to swell. The horse steps short and goes lame, if in one
foot, or if in both, cripples in his gait. The affected foot will be pointed
forward to enable the animal to rest on the sound foot, or if both are
affected, first one and then the other will be placed forward. Sweeny or
wasting of the muscles of the leg and shoulder result simply from disease
of the limb.

What to do.—Remove the shoe, pare away all unsound portions of the
hoof until all the pumiced parts are got rid of; also the frog and the
sides of the hoof. Stimulate the bottom of the hoof by washing with No.
189 once a day for three days, heating it in with a hot iron. Then omit
for two or three days and commence again. During the treatment the
animal must be kept in the stable and the feet should be kept dry.
When hoof rot is due to other diseases, as ulceration of the navieular
joints, it will do no good to follow the rule laid down until the cause of
the difficulty is removed.

IV. Corns.

Corns are in very many cases the result of other diseases, tending to
weakening of the sole rather than the result of a bruise to a sound hoof.

=e.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 383

Thus a horse with corns should be thoroughly examined for injury to the
bones of the hoof, rotten hoof, ete.

Causes.—A bruise on the sole below the bars and the wall at the heel,
producing a horny tumor or hardening, which presses on the quick.
Sometimes there is inflammation, owing to the formation of matter
which works out either at the top of the hoof or at the toe, from the
formation of a fistula. Then it is Quittor. They may be found on
either side of the heel, but usually on the inner or weaker side.

How to know it—There will be flinching when the walls of the hoof
and sole are seized and strained with the pincers; thus revealing on
which side and the locality of the corn. The toe will be pointed, when
at rest, and with the heel slightly raised. In motion the gait will be
short and stumbling. If it has proceeded to suppuration, the pain will
be so extreme that the horse will fear to put the foot to the ground. — If
there is a horny tumor forming, it may be known upon paring the hoof
by the appearance of a white, spongy, horny formation, as in sand crack.

What to do.—If the corns proceed from other disease, causing con-
traction and other disabilities of the hoof, remove these causes and the
corns will disappear. If the corns proceed from a simple and recent
bruise, remove the shoe and rasp down the bearing surface of the heels,
so there may be no pressure. That is, the heels should be rasped lower
than the other bearing surfaces. If there is inflammation, let the hoofs
rest in cold water, or keep them moist with a wet cloth and the sole with
a soft sponge, or the whole hoof may be enveloped in a large sponge cut
to fit. The animal should wear a bar shoe, arranged to avoid pressure
on the parts affected. When the foot ceases to be tender, keep the hoof
and sole smeared with the following ointment; to render it soft and pro-
mote healthy growth:

No. 192. 4, Ounce tallow,
1 Ounce oil of turpentine,
4 Ounces beeswax.

Use the horse at light work until entirely recovered.

If the difficulty be found to be a suppurating corn (one containing
matter), the hoof must be cut down to let all the matter escape: cut
away all the horn that has become separated from the quick, and pare
away all the horn around the parts toa thin edge. Poultice the part
with a linseed poultice, renewed until there is no longer tenderness, and
the surface is smooth and healthy. Then put on a bar shoe with a
leather sole, and fill the space from behind with tar held in place with a

384 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

stuffing of tow. Give entire rest and no pressure on the heel until the
sole of the foot has grown out naturally.

If the corn has become a tumor it should be cut out, and the same
treatment pursued as advised for a corn that has formed matter.

Old corns sometimes result in disorganization of the parts, or death of
a portion of the heel, disease of the bone of the foot, or ulceration of
the cartilage.» In this case they must be treated as advised for Quittor or
for navicular disease.

V. Contraction of the Hoof, Narrow Heel.

In a healthy condition the hoof of a horse should be nearly round.
Whatever shape the hoof may assume, it is not a disease in itself but the
result of disease or of some disability. It is generally the result of
fever in the feet from injury to bones, ligaments or frog, or the effect of
founder, ete. Contraction of the hoof exists in nearly all diseases of
the feet, and may occur from standing idle in the stable. So it may
result from undue paring of the heels, the bars on the frog, from a shoe
remaining on so long that the foot is prevented from taking its natural
growth.

What to do.—The only thing is to remove the shoes and round the
edges of the hoofs to prevent their being broken or split, and keep the
affected hoofs standing every day from early in the morning until late at
night in puddled clay reaching well up the hoofs. Continue this for two,
three, or four weeks as the case may be. Then use prescription No.
192 asa hoof ointment until the hoof is brought back to its natural
shape as near as may be. In shoeing let the shoe be without bevel on its
upper side, and let the bearing be equal on all parts of the wall of the
hoof.

VI. Injuries of the Frog.

The frog of the horse’s foot is especially liable to injury from being
bruised upon projecting stones, pierced by nails and splinters. It is also
liable to inflammation of the secreting membrane, resulting in the forma-
tion of matter, and to canker.

What to do—In all bruises with soreness pare away the frog carefully
until the difficulty is found. If bruised, treat it by using the liniment
No. 189. If pierced with some sharp substance extract it and inject
tincture of aloes and myrrh. If the difficulty be thrush, caused by expo-
sure to wet and filth, bruise of the frog, hard substance lodged in the
cleft, or other cause, there will be soreness of the skin behind the cleft

,

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 385

of the frog, and a bad smelling discharge from the cleft with more or
less lameness.

Wash the affected parts thoroughly. Cut away all ragged surfaces
and press into the cleft or wound dry calomel, or finely powdered sul-
phate of copper.

VII. Founder.

Founder, or inflammation of the feet, called by veterinarians lamiuitis,
consists in fever, inflammation of the sensitive parts of the foot, including
the laminze, and of the foot bone, but is most severe in the forward por-
tion, where greatest strain occurs when standing. Acute inflammation of
the foot, or founder, differs but little in its physical manifestations from
other inflammatory symptoms, except that it seems more complete and
permanent. Acute founder is generally produced by overwork or over-
heating and exhaustion and sudden cooling, while the sub-acute form
may be the result of diseases of the respiratory organs, suddenly leaving
those parts and manifesting itself in the extremities.

Causes.—The disease may be brought about directly from hard work
on dry, solid roads, and consequent strain on the laminz (scale of the
bones), from over-feeding or drinking cold water when warm, especially
when the predisposing cause already exists. So it may be brought about
by other diseases, as inflammation of the lungs. Heavy, fat horses are
especially predisposed to founder, and so are those with small and de-
formed or large, flat feet.

ACUTE FEVER IN THE FEET.

How to know it—There will be general fever and stiffness, and sore-
ness; there may or may not be shivering. Soon extreme tenderness of
the feet follows, generally most severe in the forward part, but soon in
the heel; the pulse is strong, full and rapid; the breathing quickened,

386 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

with dilated nostrils ; the intensity of the pain will often cause the animal
to groan and to break out into a sweat. If pushed backward the horse
will elevate the toes and throw his weight on the heels by a peculiar
motion. The hoof and frog will be hot and very sensitive to pressure,
and the arteries of the pasterus will beat with violence.

When the inflammation is in the hind feet, the fore feet are carried as
far under the body as possible to support the weight, while the hind feet
are thrown forward to bring the weight upon the heels. In either case,
the animal will often lie stretched out for hours to relieve the intense
pain of the feet.

Founder has sometimes been mistaken for a disease called myositis, an
inflammation of the muscles of the limbs, especially of the hind quarters
and loins. They should never be so mistaken, as an observation of the
several symptoms will show.

FounpEer.—First one foot and then the other is lifted from the ground.

Lying down lessens the pain and the fever of the feet.

The difficulty usually occurs in the fore feet.

Myosrris.—Both feet are kept on the ground with refusal to move
either.

The animal will not lie down, and if thrown down the pain is increased.

Generally in the hind quarters.

In many cases the symptoms are not so aggravated as we have shown,
but the symptoms, whether one or more of the feet are affected, are the
same, and often, especially when repeated attacks have been suffered,
leave the animal with seedy toe, pumiced feet, corrugated and other-
wise distorted hoofs, and always more or less liable to recurrence of stiff
spells during life.

What to do.—lIn light cases, when discovered early, clothe the animal
warmly, give twenty drops of tincture of aconite every two hours, pre-
ceded by a gentle laxative, say

No. 193. 2to 38 Drachms powdered aloes,
1 Ounce bicarbonate of soda.

Mix in a pint of water and give as a drench. If there is severe pain
give ounce doses of laudanum every hour until an effect is produced.

As an application to the feet keep them in large warm poultices of
linseed meal and water, or let the feet be placed in water kept as hot as
the animal can bear. Put him in slings by all means, if they can be pro-
cured. Have the shoes carefully taken off as soon as the sedatives given
will allow him to bear the pain. As early as possible the animal should
be bled in the veins above the coronets of the affected feet. The bleed-
ing will be assisted by the feet being placed in hot water, and for this
reason, if for no other, the slings should be used as quickly as possible.

-

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 387

If there is much thirst make the drink slightly sour with cream of
tartar. If at the end of two days the fever and tenderness does not get
better pare down the soles and open them at the toe to let out any watery
matter that may exist, for fear the horn may separate from the quick,
keeping on the poultices afterwards as before. When the inflammation
subsides blister the pasterns and apply the corrosive liniment No. 189 to
the soles of the feet, and keep the horse standing on soft clay, or if in
Summer time turn him into a moist, soft pasture.

As arule, neither bleeding from the neck or active purging should
be allowed in founder. There are, however, cases occasionally in simple
founder, from overfeeding when tired, or giving cold water when warm,
when a gallon of blood taken from the neck and an active purge of a
quart of linseed oil has acted like a charm, the patient recovering almost
immediately. In this the operator must be guided by circumstances. If
the horse is fat and full of blood it will tend to reduce the inflammation
by drawing the blood to another part of the system. If so the blood
should be allowed to flow in a full stream.

VIII. Nail Pricking.

Theprick of « nail in shoeing, or from having a nail enter the foot in
traveling often leads to the most serious consequences if allowed to pro-
ceed, such as ulceration, ending in quittor and other disabilities. An
animal being lame without swelling, inflammation or other indication of
strain or bruise, the feet should be carefully examined, and the nail or
other substance be cut out, at whatever pains it may take. Then dress
the parts with hot pitch, cover with tow and give the animal rest for a
few days.

IX Canker.

This is one of the diseases that may arise from the prick of a nail or
bruise. Again it may occur without apparent cause.

How to know it.—It is a disease most prevalent in heavy, coarse-boned
horses. The frog will become large, spongy, and covered with a fun-
gous growth of a cheesy texture, and throwing out an abundant colorless,
bad smelling fluid. If cut away it will again quickly spring into growth.
The discharge is more offensive than in thrush, and the disease more ob-
stinate, often resisting treatment for a long time.

What to do.—The horse must be kept in a clean, dry, well-ventilated
stable. All diseased portions of the hoof must be carefully pared off so
far as the knife may be able. The cure consists in destroying the fun-

588 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

goid granulations. Thus in cutting do not be alarmed at the sight of
blood from the canker. Over the well portion of the hoof spread the
following :

No. 194. 4 Grains chloride of zine,
1 Ounce flour.
Mix, and apply dry.

Cover the diseased parts with the following :

No. 195. +z Ounce chloride of zine,
4 Ounces flour.

Tack on the shoe lightly, pad the parts within the shoe well, and secure
good pressure by cross pieces driven firmly within the shoe. The second
day after remove the shoe and padding, cut away everything that appears
to be in a sloughing condition ; repeat the dressing every two days until
the parts are sound. As soundness begins to appear in portions of the
surface, dress these with the following; that is, when fungoid granula-
tions have ceased to sprout :

No. 196. 2 Grains chloride of zine,
1 Ounce flour.

As the canker improves, the dressings may be extended to the third or
fourth day, and during the whole time of treatment the horse should be
liberally fed, and be exercised gently for four hours every day.

X. Sand Crack.

These are of two kinds, quarter crack, occurring in the inner quarter
of the fore foot, and toe crack, occurring in the toe of the hind foot,
both being cracks and fissures in the walls of the hoofs, beginning at the
coronet and extending downwards.

Causes.—Defective quality of the hoof, causing brittleness ; bad shoe-
ing, or splitting of the hoofs from hard driving on solid roads.

How to know it.—When the horse leans his weight on the hoof, the
erack will open; when the foot is lifted the crack will close. Sand and
dirt work into the parts, causing excessive pain and lameness, often fever
and the formation of matter.

What to do.—In recent cases, before there is much inflammation, all
that will be necessary to do will be to remove the shoe, cleanse the crack
thoroughly, cutting into it if there is dirt or sand lodged inside, drawing
the hoof together closely again, by the means of two thin clinch horse
shoe nails, one at top and one at the bottom, and filling with the follow-
ing composition *

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 389

No. 197. 44 Ounce tallow,
1 Ounce oil of turpentine,
2 Ounces resin,
4 Ounces beeswax.

Melt together, and fill the crack with it quite warm, and let it cool.
The foot should be protected so no dirt can enter, and the horse turned
to pasture until a new hoof is grown, placing a bar shoe on the in-
jured hoof.

If the crack is an older one, and there is inflammation, the edges must
be pared and the fissure sufficiently laid bare so it may be thoroughly
cleansed of all grit and dirt. The crack must then be thoroughly
fomented to reduce the inflammation, and poulticed until it assumes a
healthy appearance. The parts must then be brought firmly together by
means of clinch nails;covered with ointment, No. 197; a bar shoe put
on, and a new hoof allowed to grow.

XI. False Quarter.

This difficulty differs materially from sand crack, inasmuch as it is a
deficiency in the growth of the horn of the hoof extending from the cor-
onet to the sole. It isa gap in the wall of the hoof rather than a crack.

Causes.—It is produced from a deficient secretion of the horn making
power, owing to previous quittor, frostbite or other injury to the coronet.

What to do.—The principal means to be used is careful shoeing with
abar shoe. If the injury has been recent, stimulate the coronet with a
mild blister, or if there is a wound, cut the edges with a knife ana dress
with weak carbolic acid water, to induce a healthy growth of horn. In
old cases, all that can be done is to fill the fissure with gutta percha, and
protect the weak hoof with a bar shoe.

XII. Quittor.

Causes.—This fistulous condition of the fibrous cartilage of the foot—
inflamed, suppurating, penetrated by canals in various directions, with
openings upon the quarters and heels of the coronet—is caused by pricks
in shoeing, by threads, by suppurating corns or bruises, by neglected
bad tread or over-reach, by neglected thrush, by irritation from sand-
crack and false-quarters, by bruised sole that sometimes takes place when
flat-footed horses are ridden over stony ground; in short, by any injury
which leads to inflammation of the cartilage of the hoof and the forma-
tion of pus inside. When the sensitive portion of the foot is pierced by
a nail, or when inflammation has followed a bruise, suppuration speedily

590 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

follows, and the accumulating matter presses in every direction, and,
finding no ready outlet, the little fleshy plates of the coflin bone are
forced from the horny ones of the crust, or it may burrow between the
horny and fleshy sole, and far towards the very central portion of the
foot. Pipes and sinuses are then made in every direction ; but the outlet
is generally by abscess of the coronet, or that portion of the hairy skin
running immediately down upon the hoof.

How to know it.—A recent wound or ordinary abscess of the coronet
may be mistaken by the inexperienced for quittor, especially if any lame-
ness attends it; but a litthe examination will readily disclose the true
nature of the case. From a simple wound, there is not apt to be a fetid
discharge of so unwholesome a character as that which oozes from the
sinuses of the quittor, and the parts must be more or less swollen, and
yielding to pressure, whereas, in quiltor, the surrounding tissue is hard,
though it has taken on a peculiarly unhealthy action, and probing with
the flexible probe, or bougie, will discover the presence of a sinus or of
sinuses, of more or less depth. ‘There is almost always lameness, whieh
is Sometimes excessive, and of a halting character: the coronet is some-
what. swelled into a ridge around the top of the hoof, and about the
center of which one or more small orifices are found, that discharge in
small quantities an offensive matter—sometimes rather thin and watery,
again, thick and having a curdled appearance. The probe, as we have
said, will disclose sinuses, and these generally tend downward into the
foot. The quantity of matter discharged is often very small at first, so
much so as to be out of all proportion to the very serious nature of the
trouble, and the difficulty attending a cure. Even when the opening or
openings will scarcely admit the small bougie, there may be much matter,
and this may have penetrated under the cartilages and ligaments, and to
the coffin-joint itself. Wherever it has gone, it has formed fistulous
pipes, or ulcerations that are difficult to heal. There is usually increased

heat, as well as much tenderness of the foot.

What to do.—The first step is to discover, if possible, the cause ; and if
this is still operating, to make every effort in your power to remove it.
Sometimes there is such swelling around the hoof, and such excessive
tenderness, that the animal cannot bear to have the foot handled except
in the gentlest manner. In this case, apply a good softening and cooling
poultice, and keep him as still as possible—renewing the poultice as
often as it begins to grow dry and hot—until the inflammation is some-
thing reduced, and the extreme tenderness overcome. ‘Then, remove the
shoe and withdraw every nail if it ean be done. If the trouble has been
caused by a nail, and the nail can be removed, there is already something

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 391

of a dependent opening made by which the accumulated pus may escape,
and this opening may be enlarged by farther paring away the hoof, so as
to reach the softer part, that can be more readily cut with a keen knife.

A small probe, or dougie, should be inserted from above, and worked
to the lowest depth of the sinus. If this extends far towards the base of
the foot, the prime object should be to get an opening from below to
meet it, no matter what may have been the cause—whether a prick, a
bruise, or irritation caused by other foot diseases. This dependent open-
ing established and kept open, the pus will in time be evacuated, and the
foot will return to its healthy state, unless the joints have been attacked,
in which case a cure is scarcely to be hoped for.

If the disease is of long standing, the internal surface of the sinus or
sinuses has become more or less callous, and a stimulating lotion must be
injected with a syringe every day, composed of one drachm chloride of
zine to one pint of water—increasing the chloride gradually to two
drachns. ‘

This treatment will suffice. The main trouble, however, is to make the
dependent outlet. In case this cannot be done, owing to the shallowness
of the sinuses from above, reduce the inflammation by poulticing, as pre-
viously directed, and then inject this somewhat caustic solution into each
channel or pipe:

No. 198. h Grains bichloride of mereury,
1 Ounce spirits of wine,
20 Drops muriatie acid,

Do this three times the first day, twice the second day, and once a day
subsequently. When the discharge has ceased, stop the injection, and
simply keep clean by the use of warm soap suds, used as often as
necessary.

If it is found impracticable to inject this solution into the openings,
adopt this instead: Insert, by means of a wet probe, a mixture of
corrosive sublimate and flour (three parts of flour to one of corrosive
sublimate). Persevere until you know that every part of the sinuses has
felt the caustic. In two or three days thereafter they will begin to dis-
charge a white, curd-like matter. It may be necessary to repeat this,
but if thoroughly done, and there is no affection of the joints, a cure may
be expected.

Sometimes the trouble rises from a gravel having insinuated itself
between the shoe and the sole, and creating a bruise or corn. This may
be ascertained by removing the shoe and seeking for a spot unnatural in
appearance, hot, and tender on the sole. If found, it ought to be pared
down so as to reach the more sensitive part of the foot, and, if possible,
to discover and liberate matter.

892 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

In making examinations preliminary to treatment, the greatest care
should always be exercised, as the treatment, to be successful, must be
specially adapted to the exigencies of the case. It sometimes happens
that the trouble is critical, and that only an experienced practitioner ought
to be intrusted with it. When the probe indicates that the direction of
tho sinuses is backward, the chances ave in favor of recovery ; but if it
shows the direction to be forward, the important and complicated parts
of the foot ave in danger, and the result of even the best treatment is
doubtful,

In any event, a complete eure requires much time, and a more than
ordinary exercise of pationce and care,

If the patient, in moving about, strikes the swollen parts above the
fore-foot with the toe of the hind-foot, or if he hurts it in lying down,
some steps ought to be taken to obviate these additional causes of irrita-
tion and pain.

If the general health of the animal is secrupuously attended to, it will
materially assist in the management of the local disorder,

XIII. Too Crack.

A hoof with erack in the toe should be treated precisely as though the
difficulty occurred in another portion of the wall of the hoof. The difli-
culty in all cracks of the hoof, is the difliculty in healing, for the reason
that when the animal steps, especially on uneven ground, the walls are
strained apart, Tn sand-cracks, the principal care must be to extirpate
the grit and dirt, whatever the amount of paring and cutting it may take,
If eranulitions appear, they must be cut out. Then wash with a solution
of chloride of zine, made as follows :

No, 109, 1 Grain chloride of zine,
1 Ounee of water,

Whatever the quantity made, let it be in this proportion, ‘Cleanse the
whole interior of the crack fully. In cutting away the hoof, it should
present an oyal shape when finished, the points at top and bottom,

Having cleansed the inner portions, if the erack does not extend com-
pletely from the coronet to the toe, with a tiring iron, just hot enough to
cause the horn to smoke, the iron not at a red, but at a black heat, soften
the crust and continue the cutting until the diseased portion is all ex-
posed. Tf granulations (proud flesh) show, cut it out and let the parts
bleed, ‘Then continue the application of the chloride of zine lotion three
times a day until a healthy reaction is produced. The crack may then
be stopped with pitch or tar and tow, or gutta percha; a bar shoe pat

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. B93

on with two clips in front to hold the parts together, and the animal kept
in a clean, soft pasture until a new hoof is grown. An examination of the
parts being made from time to time to see that no grit or foreign sub-
stance has entered to increase the difficulty.

Sand-cracks, quarter-cracks, and false-quarters, will require time to
ensure full recovery, and the time so consumed should not be grudged,

. XIV. Pumice Foot.

Pumice foot, the effect of chronic laminitis, is an excessive growth
of soft, spongy horn in place of the healthy hoof, forming rings running
together at the toe, causing a bulging at that point and a depression
above. This growth in front of the laminw of the toe separates the
coffin bone from the wall of the hoof, and allows the bone to press upon
the sole and even to pierce through it. Thus the sole becomes convex
instead of concave, the animal becoming groggy, and in time quite crip-
pled. ‘This state is almost entirely confined to animals with flat feet and
weak limbs, weak and brittle crusts to the feet, with large and prominent

frogs.

What to do.—In bad cases there can be no cure. Much may be done
to alleviate distress, und enable the horse to do slow work, especially on
the farm. Put ona thick, broad webbed bar shoe, a dished shoe having
the web hollowed out, or beveled toward the inner side on the upper sur-
face and thinned down from the toe to the heel. It is better that the
shoe be also assisted with a bearing of leather next the sole.

The hoof should be smeared daily with equal parts of glycerine and
tar. If heated in sligh(ly so much the better. The sole should also
have the same application. Apply a mild blister to the coronet from
time to time to stimulate action, and turn the horse into a soft, damp
pasture. Thus in time a fairly smooth hoof may be grown, but it can
never be expected to be entirely sound.

XV. Seedy Toe.

The wall of the foot is composed of two layers, the outer one darker,
harder and thinner than the inside one; the inner layer thicker, softer
and lighter in color than the outer. The outside layer is secreted by the
eoronet, the inner one from the sensitive lamin. In health these are
intimately united, forming the thick, tough, elastic hoof, capable of
bearing the shocks of the body in traveling.

Causes.—If from any cause, inherent weakness, undue shocks, disin-
iegrating the lamin, or other cause, the separation begins at the toe,
just as in the human nail the separation begins at’ the margin—it produ-
ces seedy toe.

B94 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

How to know it—If a seedy toe be struck with a hammer it will give
a hollow sound, showing that it is disunited. Remove the shoe and a
separation will be found between the two coats of the hoof.

What to do.—F ind the extent of the separation with athin probe. Cut
away such portions of the crust as may be disunited, and to where there
is firm adhesion of the parts. If there is a powdery substance clean it
out. Keep the cavity filled with warm tar, properly held in place, and
shoe so-as to give 2 uniform bearing, and support the weak part with a
clip if necessary. This dressing must be repeated from time to time as
required, until the cavity is entirely filled with a new and healthy growth.

XVI. Ossified Cartilages.

Ossification of the cartilages is sometimes called false ring-bone. It is
a disease to which many horses are sometimes subject, and often exists
in connection with ring-bone and side-bones.

Causes,—Jarring, by hard driving over rough roads, or pounding on
hard pavements, or any of the causes producing ring-bone or inflammation

of the parts.

How to know it.—When the difficulty is new, there may be fever in the
parts. Later there will be more or less enlargement of the back of the
coronet and the heel, the parts feeling hard, irregular or lumpy. The
horse is not always lame, but if driven over hard roads, the horse will
show soreness and travel short after cooling off.

What to do.—In old standing cases, but little can be done; rubbing
the parts with oleate of mercury will reduce so much as is not already
bony substance. In connection with this put in a seton under the af-
fected part. In more recent cases, if there is heat, bleeding from the
foot will give relief. Then apply cloths dipped in cold water to every
quart of which has been added a half pint of tincture of arnica. The in-
flammation being reduced, apply repeated dressings of biniodide of
mereury. ‘This will promote absorption, but a complete cure may not
be expected.

XVII. Side Bones.

Side-bones are ossifications from the heels of the coffin-bone into the
lateral cartilages. In heavy horses, side-bones may occur in connection
with ring-bones. In fact, ring-bone has its seat in the os suffraginis, and
side-bone in the parts about; the first being in the pastern; the latter
lower, or about the coffin-bone.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 395

How to know it.—The enlargement is just above the coronet and im-
nrediately below, when ring-bone exists. Side-bone may be found at the
back and lateral parts of the coronet. There will be more or less sore-
ness and lameness, but after ossification bony formation of the parts has
been completed, the joint is either stiff or nearly so.

What to do.—The treatment should be precisely identical with that
prescribed for ring-bone.

XVIII. Incised and Punctured Wounds of the Sole.

Incised wounds are those made with a sharp instrument; punctured
ones are those made with a blunt one, as a nail. If the cut be a clean
one, all that will be necessary to do will be to pare away the sides to be
sure that no foreign substance is lodged there ; wash out with tincture of
aloes and myrrh, and keep the wound closed with tar and tow, and give
rest until healed. .

If the difficulty be from a nail, care must be taken that it is all ex-
tracted. This must be done at whatever cost of cutting. Then dress as
prescribed for the incised wound. In old cases, where suppuration has
taken place, the matter must be let out by enlarging the orifice. Then
the Same means for cure may be adopted as in quittor or other matu-
rated sores.

26

CHAPTER XY.

WOUNDS AND INJURIES AND THEIR RESULTS.

I. STRAINS AND SPRAINS,——— Il, OVER-REACH, —— III. BRUSHING, OR SPEEDY CUT,——IV,
BROKEN KNEKS.———V. CAPPED BLBOW.——VI. FROST BITK.——VIIL, BURNS AND SCALDS,
—— VILL, RUPTURE, ——— IX, CHOKING, ——— X, WOUNDS PENETRATING THE ABDOMINAL
CAVITY. XI. CONTUSKD WOUNDS,——=—XII. LACKERATED WOUNDS, —-— XIII. PUNCTURED
WOUNDS. ——=XIV. BROKEN HOCK,———XV. DISLOCATIONS, —-—— XVI. VARIOUS FRACTURES:
XVII, VARLOUS. DISTORTIONS. ———XVILL. DISKASES Ov THE BAR.

I. Strains and Sprains.

Tn the human subject, a strain is simply a wrench, by whieh a fiber, a
ligament or tendon is stretched beyond its proper capacity, and followed
by pain, lameness, and inflammation of the parts,

A sprain is an incomplete luxation (dislocation) in connection with
stretching, with more or less laceration of the ligaments of a joint, and
even rupture of the tendon. In yeterinary practice the word strain is
used. It is far more difficult to handle than in man, and for the reason
that it is often difficult to prevent an animal from using the parts.

Replacement of the parts as near as may be, and rest, wre the surest
means of cure, Therefore in every case the intelligent horseman will
use the best means to ensure this; consequently it will be simply neces-
sary to lay down certain rules of guidance to be followed.

Strain of a joint.——In a joint that is easily flexed, (moved Back and
forth) the parts should be held tirmly by means of a starch bandage, if
there has been sufficient stretching to produce loss of continuity.

How to make a starch bandage.— Provide a long strip of strong un-
bleached muslin, and of a width proportioned to the part injured, Soak
this in strong starch, and bind on while wet, making a half turn of the
cloth in passing about the limb, so it will form a figure eight. Allow

t

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. jY7

this to dry without movement and it will hold the parts firm. Tf the strain
occurs in the fetlock, hock, or knee, this will be indicated. Fora lighter
strain, a simple cold water bandage will suttice.

In all strains, rest must be given, the diet should be light but whole-
some, and if the bowels become costive, they must be stimulated to action
hy alterative medicines. Strains of the ligaments or muscles must. be
met with cold water bandages. In all strains, however, dependence in
the early stage must be upon arnica, equal parts of the tincture and rain
water. Bathe the parts thoroughly and carefully two or three times a
day, and then apply the cold water bandage, keeping it wet.

If the strain is in the shoulder or loin, lay a wet blanket over the part
affected, md cover with a dry one, changing as often as may be neces-
sary. Sponge the affected parts with the diluted tincture of arnica, as
before recommended,

This, with rest, a light diet, keeping the bowels regular, and an ounce
of cream of tartar to the bucket of water, ought to subdue any curable
case of strain.

II. Over-reach.

Causes.—A tired horse, especially when going at a fast pace, sometimes
fails to lift the fore feet quick enough. The result is the inner part. of
the hind foot strikes the outer side of the coronet of the fore foot, or
higher, often producing a severely lacerated or contused wound.

What to do.—The only remedy is to clip the torn portions away, and
keep the parts washed with chloride of zine, (No. 195), first cleansing the
parts with water if at all dirty. The healing must take place through
the sloughing of the torn parts, and by granulation. If slight, tineture
of arnica will be sufficient as a lotion, Treads from calking may receive
the same general treatment.

III. Brushing, or Speedy Cut.

This is a bruise, abrasion of the skin, or contused wound, produced by
the shoe of one foot striking the opposite fetlock ankle, or even the knee.
It is more owing to weakness than other causes, though a horse striking
once is more liable to the same injury thereafter. It is really the foot
that is resting on the ground that causes the hurt, from its being put
down out of the proper line.

What to do.—For horses of slow or moderate driving, the difficulty is
confined to striking the ankle and below. The usual remedy is to cause
the horse to set his foot in proper line by raising that side of the shoe,
thus throwing the inside of the ankle slightly up. Any common sense

B98 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

blacksmith should know how to do it. For fast horses, the limbs must
be further protected by means of pads and other appliances to be found
at all saddlery establishments.

IV. Broken Knees.

This is agommon disability of stumbling horses, and of saddle horses
kept for viding, leaping, or hunting. A horse with the sears of broken
knees should never be used as a saddle horse, unless it can be clearly
shown that the hurt was done accidentally in leaping upon a foul landing

place.

What to do.—The first thing to do is to find the extent of the injury.
It may be that it is only a slight bruise with or without abrasion of the
skin. In this case, using the tincture of arnica two or three times a day,
and a cold water bandage, if there is heat, should ensure recovery.

Sometimes, however, there is an ugly, lacerated wound filled with dirt
and gravel, In thi¥ cuse the parts must be well washed by repeatedly
filling a large sponge with clean, warm water, and squeezing it dry against
the limb above the hurt. Never, under any circumstances, put it against
the hurt. It only soils the sponge and presses the particles of dirt
farther into the wound. If there is a sac below the cut containing dirt
it must be carefully probed, and opened from the bottom with a keen,
sharp pointed knife. The object is that no grit may remain in the wound
to prevent its healing. A seton should be tied so the sac may be emptied
of its contents inthe process of suppuration. If the granulations become
soft and flabby, showing proud flesh, they must be touched with nitrate of
silver. In three days after the establishment of suppuration the seton
may be withdrawn, The wounded parts must be kept wet with cold
arnica water, the proper proportions being one ounce tincture of arnica
to each pint of water used,

Copious suppuration having been fairly established, discontinue the use
of the arnica, and use instead the lotion made by dissolving in each
ounce of water used a grain of chloride of zine. Use no bandages.
Cleanliness of the parts is necessary. ‘These means should earry the
knee to a favorable issue,

Sometimes, however, the injury is so severe that the ligaments and
even the joint is injured. It then becomes a most serious case. In this
event the animal must be put into slings, the joint brought together, after
being thorougly cleansed as before stated, the parts must be bandaged
and astringent washes used to promote the uniting of the parts, while the
same general treatment is pursued with the laceration as advised before.
In case the injury be so severe as to involve the joint, if a veterinary

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 399

surgeon cannot be had with proper appliances for caring for the horse he
had better be killed at once.
Besides injury to the knee by falling, it is sometimes injured by having
some sharp substance driven forcibly into the ligaments or even between
the joints. These should be carefully looked for and removed, since old
running sores, fistulas and other disabilities may result, completely des-
troying the usefulness of the animal. Joints other than the knee may be
similarly injured. If so, the general treatment should be the same.
First reduce the inflammation, and then use means for cure. In ordinary
vases, as a healing agent, in wounds, either lacerated or contused, we
have never found anything better for promoting healthy granulation or
healing of the parts than a free use of tincture of aloes and myrrh.

V. Capped Elbow.

Causes.—This tumor at the back point of the elbow is generally caused
by a bruise inflicted by the calkings of the shoe while the horse has slept
with his legs doubled up under him, Inflammation of the sub-cellular
tissue is established, and that condition sets in which gives rise to enlarge-
ments by increased deposit near the part. The tumor is circumscribed,
being eonfined to the elbow, but it sometimes grows to an enormous size,
and hangs loosely from the back point of the elbow, and interferes with
its action.

It may be produced also by long heels, as well as calkins, by striking
with the shod hind foot, by a blow, and by lying on uneven surfaces.

How to know it.—A slight swelling of the point of the elbow is first
perceived, and unless the cause is removed this will gradually develop
into a large-sized tumor. When of any considerable size, it will contain
serum, or a watery matter, and has a fluctuating feeling to the fingers.
This fluid is contained in tough, fibrous walls, and may remain for a long
time, or it may at last be absorbed, and leave a hard tumor. At this
stage there will of course be no fluctuation.

What to do.—If discovered in its early stage, and serum is evidently
present, let it out by opening the sac at the lower edge with a keen knife,
or a thumb lancet. Press upon it so as thoroughly to remove the fluid.
Then, with a small rubber syringe, inject a mixture of equal parts of
pyroligneous acid and water. Next, moisten it externally, morning and
night, with the camphorated corrosive sublimate, No. 2, which will have
the better effect if dried in at once with a hot iron held near. Before
the horse is allowed to lie down again, make a soft pad, covered with
chamois skin, without a seam on the outer side, of such thickness as to
keep the shoe from striking the elbow when the leg is doubled under him,

400 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

and tie it securely round the pastern. ‘This should be on every night ;
and even after cure is effected it will be necessary for the animal to wear
this pad, to prevent recurrence of the bruise, or else to have the shoe
shortened, ‘The pad must be at least two and a half inches thick.

If it is in its new state (a simple swelling without matter), if ean be
assuaged hy using frequently, at moderate intervals, some cooling lotion.

If large, watery, somewhat pendant, and unsightly, have an exper-
ienced surgeon remoye it entirely ; and then dress as an ordinary wound,

If, after it has been opened, and the fluid pressed out, it heals with
hard substance left behind, rub frequently with acetate of mereury
until the natural state is restored,

If treatment is undertaken only when there is no watery matter, no
fluctuation, remove it absolutely by making a vertical slit, of sufficient
length, and dissect the lump; after which treat the wound with simple
cerate, or any healing ointment,

Carve must always be taken to guard against having the elbow injured
again while treatment is going on, and to prevent rebruising the part
after cure is effected.

If there is constipation or otherwise feverish tendency in the animal,
the cure of tumors or other local troubles will always be more dithcult
unless this tendency is removed by suitable purgatives and carefully reg-

ulated diet.
VI. Frost Bite.

Injury from the effects of frost is more common in the North and
West than is generally supposed, and in many cases rheumatism, founder
and other ‘stiff complaints’? may undoubtedly be attributed to this as the

predisposing cause.

Causes.—Long exposure to cold, either standing in the open air or
contined in cold stables ; standing in half melted snow and slush; keep-
ing young animals in exposed yards, where they cannot take exercise and

with insuflicient food.

How to know it—The skin of the injured parts in light cases, turns
purple, inflames, cracks and exudes a bloody serum; or if severe, the
skin and tissues beneath lose color, and become dead and eventually
shrivel. The skin, particularly of the heel, will crack, often from one
side to the other, refusing to heal.

What to do—lIf the limbs are simply chilled, friction will be all that
is necessary. If actually frozen, the animal should be warmly clothed
and the frozen parts be rubbed with snow until circulation is partly re-
stored. Then put the parts in cold water and continue rubbing until

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 401

warmth and circulation are entirely restored. Then dry thoroughly with
cloths and hard rubbing.
If the frosting has been neglected and raw sores make their appear-
ance, prepare the following :
No, 200, 2 Drachms belladonna,

1 Ounce petroleum,
1 Ounce lard, .

Rub the whole thoroughly together, and apply twice a day to the raw
or ulcerated places. If this does not promote recovery, and decided ul-
cers occur, add to the above prescription 2 ounces red oxide of mercury.
Rub all well together and apply once a day to the uleerous parts.

VII. Burns and Scalds.

Burns and sealds seldom occur in horses kept on the farm or employed
onthe road. They are, however, of frequent occurrence when horses
are employed about mills or factories where steam is used; or in iron
founderies and in cities.

What to do.—One of the best and most easily obtained applications,
for 4 fresh burn or scald, is to dredge bicarbonate of soda, common
baking soda, thickly on the part, or moisten with water into a thick paste
and bind it or lay it over the injury. For slight burns, which sometimes
cover a large surface, there is nothing better than several coats of thick
white lead paint laid on with a brush; cover the whole with cotton and
bind on close.

Strong alum water is also an excellent remedy for fresh burns and
scalds, the proportions being 2 ounces of powdered alum to each pint of
‘ain-water. Keep the parts well soaked with it, and wet cloths saturated
with the same constantly over the surface.

Sometimes indolent sores follow burns and sealds. If so, the ulcers
should be well and carefully washed with tar water, and the following
mixture dusted over the parts :

No. 201, 1 Ounce oxide of zine,
2 Ounces powdered starch,

Mix intimately and dredge on thickly to form a crust. Wherever the
moisture appears through, keep adding the mixture until the crust be-

comes permanent and fixed.
VIII. Rupture.

Rupture or burst (Hernia) is the displacement of an internal organ

402 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

through an opening, either natural or otherwise. ‘The rupture most com-
monly seen is of .the bowels and omentum. ‘The omentum is the
membranous covering of the bowels or the caul. The bowels may pass
through the caul by rupture, or the bowels and inyolved caul may, it is
possible, pass through the mesentary, the membrane retaining the intes-
tines in their proper position.

If the rupture is into the chest, it is called diaphramatic, and may
occur from a violent shock, as in leaping,or in ‘bucking,’as jumping stiff-
legged is called. In bad cases death is sudden from suffocation. In
the slight forms there may only be difficulty of breathing, with lifting of
the flanks, as observed in heaves. ‘The only remedial means to be used
are to give anodynes and rest. Thus slight cases may at length take on
the chronic form, but will never be cured.

Hernia of the mesentary and omentum is difficult to know, and no
remedy can avail, except rest, with anodynes if there is pain.

Naval rupture, and that through the scrotum, is most common. ‘The
only means of cure jn naval rupture is where pressure can be had by
means of a bandage or truss and taken in the earlier stages. The intestine
must first be carefully pressed back and pressure made over the parts by
means of a soft pad, securely fastened, and to be worn until the orifice is
closed or at least permanently contracted. Of course an animal with
rupture of any part is not capable of violent exertion.

Rupture of the scrotum is also common in males. In cases of colic in
entire animals, an examination should be made for scrotal rupture, since
there may be colickey symptoms. There may be a swelling of the bag
containing the testicle, the contents being movable, and disappearing up-
on pressure. In the smaller animals, castration may be employed, the
gut returned and the wound sewed up.

Ventral hernia is known by the contents being movable and gurgling,
and easily pressed back to their place. If recent, the animal should be
thrown on its back, using ether or chloral to keep quiet, returning the
protrusion, padding the orifice, and covering with strong factory muslin
wound round the abdomen and laced along the back, the bandage being
kept in place by bands fastened in front and carried to a collar worn on
the neck. Except in the case of valuable animals, treatment scarcely
pays, unless a veterinarian can be employed who understands anatomy.

IX. Choking.

Choking occurs in two distinct forms. The high choke, when the sub-
stance is lodged in the throat or neck; and the low choke, when the sub-
stance is lodged in that part of the gullet lying low down within the

>

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 403

chest. In high choke, the animal may die in a few minutes; in low
choke, there is not such special need of haste.

How to know it.—There is intense distress; the head is raised; there
is slavering, violent coughing and continual efforts to swallow.

What to do.—Examine carefully the furrow on the left side of the
neck for the substance. If solid, endeavor to press it upwards with the
fingers oneach side. If not, endeavor to extract it by putting a balling iron
into the mouth to hold it open; pull ont the tongue ; pass the hand into
the throat and endeavor to dislodge it with the finger, the head being held
out in a straight line with the neck. If this do not succeed, and the
obstruction is in the gullet and is clear of the windpipe, procure a probang,
oil it thoroughly, cast the horse, put the balling iron in the mouth, intro-
duce the probang and by steady pressure for a few seconds at a time,
endeavor to moye it. If it moves continue the pressure until it is pushed
into the stomach.

If the substance is so firmly held that the probang will not move it, the
mass must be cut down upon and taken out. Let an assistant press the off
side of the neck to get as much bulge as possible. Then with a bold cut
of a sharp knife, cut through skin, tissues and gullet, to the mass, with
an ample cut, and remove ; bring the edges of the gullet together, stitch
them with fine catgut, or strong silk, and then the wound in the skin. The
difficulty here may cause subsequent stricture of the gullet, which may
thereafter prevent the animal swallowing solid food. In any event only
semi-liquid food should be given for ten days after choking, or until the
animal seems well.

In desperate cases, where there is instant danger of death from choking,
tracheotomy must be employed. This is cutting into the windpipe and
inserting a breathing tube and will be treated in its appropriate place.

Tre Low Cuoke.—This is where the obstruction is low in the gullet,
or in the thoracic portion of the esophagus.

In this form there is great distress but the head is not held so high ;
saliva runs from the mouth, and the discharge is copious from the nose ;
if the animal attempts to drink, the water is cast forth from the nose ; the
breathing is laborious, the flanks tucked up, the back roached, and the
animal shows symptoms of general distress.

What to do.—Give a gill of linseed oil or lard oil once an hour, and

between these doses every hour the following anti-spasmodic :

No. 202. 2 Ounces sulphurie ether,
2 Ounces laudanum,
1% Pint water.

Use the probang carefully after each anti-spasmodic. If the whole of

404 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

the dose is apparently returned, administer chloroform from a sponge, by
inhalation, until entire insensibility is produced, ‘Then extend the head,
insert the probang, well oiled, and use steady but constant pressure,
until the substance moves. It may take ten to fifteen minutes, or more.
When the substance moves do not use much violent pressure, but move
it carefully until it enters the stomach, care being taken not to force the
instrument too far and thus wound that organ, remembering always that
sudden violence may bring on spasmodic action, in which case efforts
must cease. Violence may also rupture the wsophagus.

THK LOW OLOKI

X. Wounds Penetrating the Abdominal Cavity.

A penetrating wound of the walls of the abdomen is generally followed
by protrusion of the bowels. Sometimes it is so extensive as to allow
a large portion of the intestines to escape. If so, they should be sup-
ported by a sheet fastened over the back to prevent injury by the feet
and the admission of dirt until relief is @iven.

What to do.—The horse should be east, the bowels washed with tepid
water, the horse turned partly on his back, the intestines properly returned
to their place by pressure, and the wound sewed up with catgut, well soaked
in warm oil, and at intervals of an inch apart, bringing the edges nicely
together. Then encirele the belly with a strong bandage properly fas-
tened, by being laced along the back. Empty the rectum, if necessary,
by means of injections of warm water or soap suds, and keep the bowels
open by feeding scalded shorts pretty well salted.

. XI. Contused Wounds

A contused wound is one occasioned by injury from some blunt instru-

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES, 405

ment, as a hook, wagon shaft, or other similar medium, They often

leave a gaping wound with torn and bruised edges.

What io do.—Clip sway all torn and bruised flesh that present rageed
edges. If the injury is not extensive all that will be necessary will be to
keep the bowels of the animal in health, and moderately loose, with bran
mashes, using the following lotion daily. This is known as the compound
tincture of aloes and myrrh and should be kept in every stable as a
dressing for wounds, galls and other injuries of that nature. It is made
as follows :

No, 2038. 4 Ounces myrrh,
4 Ounces benzoin,
4 Ounces of eatechu,
8 Ounces pulverized aloes,
1 Gallon Jamaica rum,

Mix, keep in a warm place for two weeks, frequently shaking it, and
filter through linen. If the wound assumes an unhealthy character, wash
with water in which a little carbolie acid is mixed. When granulations
appear, if pus,matter, forms, wash daily with a syringe and warm water,
and use the carbolic acid wash for dressing, or, if the wound is in such
a place that it may be done, cover with tow saturated with the wash. If
the granulations are soft, flabby and projecting, showing proud flesh,
touch them with a stick of lunar caustic, and expose to the air until dry.
Then dress as before directed.

XII. Lacerated Wounds.

A lacerated wound is a torn wound. The wound by treading, calking,is
a lacerated-wound. The tearing up of the skin and sub-cellular tissues,
leaving a flap, is a lacerated wound.

What to do.—In any wound, if feverish symptoms occur, give an ounce
of pulverized saltpeter in the drink night and morning, and administer a
moderate purge, unless the bowels are open, say 4 ounces of aloes,

In the case of any lacerated wound, if extensive, clip away all torn
shreds, bring the edges nicely together and sew them with fine catgut, or
white waxed silk, and let the subsequent treatment be as directed for
other wounds.

XIII. Punctured Wound.

A nail, the point of a fork, a splinter of wood, a thorn, or any similar
substance, makes a punctured wound. They are the most dangerous of
wounds, from danger of internal poisoning, or ending in fistula, lock-
jaw, ete.

406 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

What to do.—Iirst, examine carefully by means of a probe for any
foreign substance lodged inside. If so, remove it, even if aclean cut
has to be made. A clean cut is not dangerous unless an artery is seyv-
ered. If the instrument inflicting the wound was dirty or rusty, syringe
the wound thoroughly with weak carbolie water. If the wound heals
kindly, use the tincture of myrrh dressing, No. 203. Tf inflammation
sets in, and matter forms ina deep, narrow wound, it may be necessary
to enlarge the opening to let out the pus. Then treat as directed for
contused or lacerated wounds.

XIV. Broken Hock.

This is a term applied to a severe injury—
breaking the cap of the hock. The only treat-
ment is absolute rest, the application of sedatives
as lotions, laudanum. equal parts with water, to
remove pain, and astringents—white oak bark.
It is. sometimes necessary to blister near the
part to get up counter irritation, or put in a se-
ton below the hurt. The mode of using a fixed
seton needle, to bring a wound together, in
sewing,

not at hand, is here shown. It will also serve

where a proper crooked, flat needle is

to show the manner of using a needle for a se-
ton, to be threaded with white tape.

MANNER OF USING BETON NEKDLE,
XV. Dislocations.

Dislocations in the horse are rare, and when they occur are difficult to
manage, except with the aid of a veterinary surgeon. Dislocation of the
lower joints, and of the hip, is most common, from catching the foot,
twisting and pulling thereon to get free. In fact, dislocation of the hip
is scarcely ever seen except in connection with fracture, but is sometimes
met with in lean, under-fed, young cattle and horses. Dislocation of the

shoulder is most seldom met with.

What to do.—In any case of dislocation the first thing to do is to put
the joint in place, not always an easy matter. The means we have indi-
cated for dislocation of the stifle will serve to show the manner of
operation, A veterinary surgeon should be employed if possible in any
case of dislocation. Tf such cannot be had, any humane surgeon should
be willing to give advice as to how to operate. The means to be employed
are so different, varying with each particular case, that it would be ita-
possible to state them except in a general way.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 407

If inflammation and considerable swelling has set in before the hurt is

_ discovered this must be first reduced by cold water applications, or better,

hot water fomentations, if persistently applied. Then the joint must be

brought to place by traction and force. If there is no inflammation this
will not be difficult. '

When a starch bandage may be employed, this should always be used
to hold the parts together. If not the dislocation must be splintered or
padded, or both, to keep the parts intact and in place, ‘The slings should
always be employed to rest the horse when they may be had. This with
cooling lotions to subdue inflammation, rest, proper care and feeding,
will ensure recovery in the end. A bad dislocation, however, usually
leaves the horse out of condition for anything but farm or slow work.

XVI. Various Fractures.

To fracture a limb completely, so the leg hangs loose, is of so serious
a nature, in the horse, that unless in the case of a very valuable animal
for breeding purposes it had better be killed at once. In very many
cases, however, one of the bones of the leg is fractured or split part way,
though the horse may not exhibit extreme pain, may even travel upon it.
Softening, however, sets in, and sometime after, in getting up in the
stable, the hone gives way entirely. So the fibula, as the smaller bone of
the leg is called, may be fractured. If there is lameness after falling in
harness, or from a blow, with tenderness, it is safe to treat for fracture.

What to do.—Place the horse in the slings and splinter the limb, first
having applied a starch bandage, when it may be made to act. All that
will be necessary further will be to feed and water regularly, keep the
bowels naturally open, reduce inflammation and soreness by the use of
arnica, and trust to time for a cure. A month or six weeks ought to so
strengthen the bone that the animal can eat grass, or be fed in a box
stall until recovery is perfected.

XVII. Various Distortions.

A distortion arising from fracture or from any chronic difficulty cannot
be cured. In case of severe recent strain of the ligaments of the neck,
by which the head is thrown to one side, and held so, the neck should be
brought straight, splintered, and held so until the ligaments recover their
normal tone. Poll evil often leaves the animal with a stiff neck, pro-
ducing a distorted manner of holding the head. Distortions are often
produced by injuries of various kinds. These must be attended to during
the cure of the superinducing cause. Distortions often oceur in young
animals, as knuckling, turning the fetlocks from weakness, etc. The

LOS ILLUSTRATED STOOK DOCTON,

remedy is starch bandages and splints, Distortions of the tail by which
it is curved awry, are remedied by wholly or partially severing the ten-
dons whieh wre constricted or drawn, ‘This, however, should never be
attempted by one who does not understand the anatomy of the parts,
else mischief may be done, As a rule, however, any distortion, except it
he old and chronic, may be cured by taking proper measures, splintering,
bandaving, and the use of fomentations where relaxation is necessary,
These mens the intelligence of the operator will readily sugeest,

XVIII. Diseases of the Har.

Causes,—Injuries to the ear ave generally caused by brutal treatment.
Twitching them, nipping and pulling upon them with the blacksmith’s
plyers, and blows upon the head with cudgels, sometimes result in
troublesome bruises, ulcers and tumors that close the auditory passage,

Doafhoss may be an orewnie defect, or it may be the effect of some
disease which has disordered the head, and, by sympathy, the auditory
nerve; and the sense of hewing is no doubt dulled by old age, even
When the horse may have been well used and reasonably free from dis-
ease; but it results in most cases from pulling the cars, cutting or elip-
ping either them or the surrounding skin to remedy supposed defects,
and from beating upon the head,

Sometimes seabby or mangy eruptions make their appearanee upon the
tips of the ears and spread downward, covering them entirely ; but this
is most probably the accompaniment of some general skin disease,

How to know it-—The cuts, breaks in the skin, or sutures, that result
from pulling, pinching, and twitching are readily discernible, as are also
the uleors or suppurating sores in which they sometimes end, When the
tendons which sustiin the ear in its upright position are broken, there is
no difficulty in peveeiving it, as the ear drops down and flaps about with
the motions of the head and neek,

Running sores, simile to the poll-evil, sometimes result; but these
may be distinguished from: that disease by their being confined more
closely to the ear, either inside or out,

When deafness is suspected, an examination of the internal ear will
ho necessary ; and if the swollen parts or uleers are not perceptible, some
wrtitice must be resorted to to find whether the hearing is aetually de-
stroyed, Donfhess may be only temporary, as is sometimes the case
With man, and the matter ean be decided only by making a series of

oxtmingations,

What to do.—A simple Ineeration of the skin, and even of the cartilage,
if small, will vequire no special attention; but if it is so erent that the

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 409

edges do not come in contact, they must be brought together and sewed,
after which the trouble will soon be over.

But it occasionally happens that ulceration of the skin and cellular tis-
sue and a rotting away of the cartilage sets in. This is past all remedy,
and necessitates the cutting away of the eu.

When there has been no laceration of the skin, and a tumor is forming,
apply camphorated corrosive sublimate, No. 2, occasionally, till it en-
tirely subsides; but if matter seems already forming, apply May-apple
liniment, made by taking one gallon of May-apple roots and boiling them
until a thick syrup is formed ; then, having removed the roots, adding as
much lard as there is syrup, and stirring well together while the syrup is
still boiling. This liniment will draw out the fever and bring the matter
speedily to the surface,

Sometimes an abscess forms on the outside, which will need lancing in
order to afford the most speedy relief. In this case, cut at the lower
extremity of the rising, and let the lancet slant upward into it.

Deafness, unless simply a temporary result of some prevailing disorder
of the head or neck, is beyond the art of the veterinary practitioner,

CHAPTER XVI.

POISONING.

I, INTERNAL POISON,——II. POISONING FROM STINGS.——III, POISONED SKIN.

I. Internal Poisoning.

The cases of internal poisoning are more frequent, especially with
horses, than is generally supposed. Amone the most common are those
arising from drastic or powerful doses, blindly given by the ignorant,

either in disease, or from some effect sought to be produced upon the
general health—to make the coat blooming, cause champing of the bit
and frothing at the mouth, or to excite the animal spirits. Of these,
strong purgatives, diuretics and arsenic are the most common.

A HORSE SUPPERING FROM DRASTIC POISON,

Other causes are from eating poisonous plants, either in the hay or in
the pasture, the ergot of rye and other grain ; ergot sometimes attacks the

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 411

grasses—thus,smutty grain, castor beans, hellebore or poke root, laurel,
stramonium or Jamestown weed, and cured tobacco, among plants, may
be mentioned as common. Among minerals, sulphuric, nitric and
muriatic acid, and all the concentrated vegetable acids are caustic and
irritant poisons. They are never taken unless forced down. The anti-
dote to these is large doses of powdered chalk, whiting or lime water.
In the absence of these give weak lye (white lye) until relief is obtained
and follow with a full dose of linseed oil.

Alkalies destroy the tissues. If quick lime, caustic potash, strong lye
or washing soda has been taken give vinegar and water to neutralize it,
and follow with a dose of oil.

Horses that are dosed with whisky to ‘* give them strength’? sometimes
show alcoholic poisoning. Never give it except as a stimulant as advised
for disease.

Forty grains of arsenic will kill a horse. The symptoms are, intense
thirst, quick, feeble pulse, great pain in the bowels, with purging some-
times, irregular breathing, faintness, paralysis, convulsions and death.
Give full doses of oil, in which is mixed two, three or four spoonfuls of
varbonate of iron as the case may seem to demand.

Corrosive sublimate is a fatal poison. A quarter of an ounce will kill
ahofse. The symptoms are violent pain, intense thirst, effusion, and
bloody discharges from the bowels, trembling, salivation, ending in stupor
and death. Give the whites of a dozen eggs, stirred in a little warm
water. Follow this with linseed tea, or better with mucilage of slippery
elm. Litharge and sugar of lead are poisonous. The symptoms are
staring coat, arched back, a protruding tongue and foaming at the mouth,
staggering, and sometimes dashing wildly to and fro. , Give large doses
of purgatives to be followed by from one to two ounces of iodide of
potash daily for seven or eight days.

Stryehnine is a quick and potent poison. Eight to ten grains will
always kill. The symptoms are violent trembling succeeded by stiffness
and jerking of the limbs, spasms, rigid limbs, arched back, difficult respi-
‘ation, succeeded by intervals of quiet; but which are again brought on
by a slight noise or even a touch. Soon the animal dies. Keep the
animal quiet and in a dark place, and give a quart of sweet oil or linseed
oil. Follow with powdered charcoal mixed with thin mucilage. Move
the bowels by means of injections as quickly as possible, and if exhaustion
ensues give stimulants (whisky) freely.

Tartar emetic in doses of two to four ounces will sometimes kill a
horse. The symptoms are, thirst, vomiting and purging, staggering,
colic, salivation, convulsions and paralysis.

Give strong tea, followed as soon as you can get It, with a decoction

27

412 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

of white oak bark. For the vomiting and purging, if they continue, give
ounce doses of laudanum in a little water.

Poisoning from aloes, castor oil or croton beans, known by excessive
bloody purging, and straining, cold ears and legs, hot, dry mouth, and
bloating. Give two ounces of laudanum in a quart of linseed tea, and if
necessary give a like dose by injection.

In poisoning from ergot or other diseased and injured foods, give full
doses of linseed oil, both by the mouth and as injections, with stimulants
afterwards ; and tonies, say eight grains of quinine three times a day
during recovery.

For poisoning by white hellebore or Indian poke, give whisky in pint
doses. The same means may be used in poisoning by laurel, followed
by injegtions of salt and water, and also by linseed oil given as a purge.
In case of poisoning by opium or laudanum, pour cold water on the head
from a considerable height, and keep the animal in constant motion. For
poisoning with Jamestown weed (jimson) known by faintness, giddiness,
followed by convulsions, paralysis and stupor, give a quart of linseed oil
with two ounces of laudanum. Give also an injection and subsequently
stimulate with pint doses of whisky.

Tobacco poisoning is shown by purging, offensive dung, colic pains,
weak pulse, prostration, convulsions and stupor. Give a purge of oil,
and follow with pint doses of whisky in slippery elm or linseed tea.

II. Poisoning from Stings.

It is not infrequent that animals are badly stung, or bitten by venomous
serpents or insects.

For the stings of insects, as wasps, hornets and bees, wash the stings
repeatedly with onion juice, or ammonia three parts to one part of oil.
Washing with salt and water is also an excellent remedy.

In some portions of the West and especially in the South, gnats and
certain species of venomous flies come in Summer. The remedy against
this is to use petroleum. When these insects are very bad it is usual to
smear the unprotected parts of the animal’s body with a mixture com-
posed of one part of tar to two parts of lard. We prefer equal parts of
petroleum, lard oil, and tar. Bacon drippings may be substituted for the
lard oil or lard. For the stings of centipedes, scorpions, tarantulas and
other venomous spiders, give the following :

No. 208. 1 Tea-spoonful of ammonia,
1 Pint of whisky,
34 Pint of warm water.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 413

Wash the bitten part with ammonia frequently, and keep it soaked
therewith by means of a sponge.

Bites by venomous serpents are to be treated in the same way. The
wound should be well cauterized when first discovered with an iron at
a white heat. The doses of whisky 'we have given are full ones. One
half this quantity of proof *spirits given every hour with a little ammonia
until relief is obtained will be proper, but in bad cases give the full dose
as a first one, and always with water.

III. Poisoned Skin.

There are many weeds and plants that sometimes cause irritation and
poisoning of the skin. The means of cure is to move the bowels and
apply some soothing wash to the irritated parts. For injury from poison
oak, poison ivy, hemlock, St. John’s wort, ete., wash with a decoction of
golden seal three times a day, oiling the surface at night. In the morn-
ing wash away the oil with soap and warm water, and use the golden seal
again. A solution of sugar of lead is also a specific for vegetable poison-
ing of the skin,

CHAPTER XVII.
VETERINARY SURGERY.

I, CASTRATION,——II, BLEKDING.———IIIL, TRACHKOTOMY,———IV. PERIOSTEOTOMY.——V. NEU-
ROTOMY,. VI. DIVISION OF THI TENDONS,

GeneRAL REMARKS ON SurGEry.—Every person who has the care of
farm stock, or who has the care of horses, should understand some of
the simpler means used in veterinary surgery, The castration of animals,
for instance, is exceedingly easy and safe if a few simple rules are ob-
served, If done in a bungling or improper manner, the chances, except

gainst recovery. Bleeding: is

in the case of very young animals, are a
sometimes absolutely necessary to save life. When necessary it should
be promptly performed. ‘Tracheotomy also, as cutting into the windpipe
is called, must sometimes be performed before a surgeon could possibly
roach the animal. Periosteotomy, as operating upon the membrane of the
bones of the leg is called, had better be left to the veterinary surgeon
entirely; so again, neurotomy, the division of the nerve which supplies
the hoof of the fore leg with sensation, had also better be left to the
surgeon, Inall division of tendons, fractured limbs and various disabil-
ities to which animals are subject, every horseman ought to know what
to do, The diseases of animals have been pretty thoroughly treated of
in this work, Some of the operations of surgery must therefore receive
the attention their importance deserves,

I. Castration.

Calves, lambs and pigs should be castrated when quite young, always
before the sixth week of their life. Lambs and pigs should be castrated
at from one to two weeks old, Colts are not usually castrated until one
year old, since thus they retain more of the natural vigor and style of
the entire horse.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 115

In the case of colts and old horses the structures are tough and the
cords strong, consequently clamps (grooved sticks) so twined together at
one end that when pressed together and tied firmly the cord will be held
so tight that circulation is entirely stopped are generally used.

How to do it.—Cast the colt or horse and fasten him securely, having
everything ready, a keen, round-pointed knife, clamps and cords. Seize
the scrotum making a clean cut through the integuments and well into the
testicle, and in a line so the cut shall be parallel to the median line, or
line dividing the scrotum. Clean the envelop of the testicle, leaving it as
near intact as possible, as the envelop must remain with the animal. Draw
the testicle out, put a clamp on the cord and seizing the other end of the
clamp with a pair of pincers press it strongly together, and tie securely
with a waxed thread. So proceed with the other side. ‘The horse may
then be allowed to getup. — In thirty-six to forty-eight hours, the sticks
are to be removed by cutting the strings.

Another mode, and a most excellent one, especially in the case of colts,
is after freeing the testicle of its envelop and exposing the cord, to seize
the artery beyond where it is to be secured, with a pair of pincers made
for the purpose, cut the cord and twist the artery seven or cight times ;
let go, and with its retractive force it will retain the twist and prevent all
bleeding. Another way is to tie the artery and allow the ends of the
strings to hang out of the orifice. The plan by torsion, twisting by the
pincers, is the plan to be preferred,

In castrating, do not be afraid to make an extensive cut, and do not
leave the cord too long, else it may be strangulated, and fever and infla-
mition ensue. If this should unhappily oceur, enlarge the opening and
push up the cord, Tf there is formation of matter, hasten it by foment-
ation with warm water. When a free exudation of cream-like matter is
established, the animal will go on to recovery as granulation progresses,
Wash the parts daily with tincture of aloes and myrrh. If, however,
the work has been properly done, the animal will suffer little inconveni-
ence, and nothing more need be done.

The best time for castrating colts and horses is from the middle of
May to the first of June, in the North, and in the South about the time
the young grass is a full bite.

II. Bleeding.

There are cases where bleeding must be resorted to to save life. ‘These
are brain disorders and some forms of inflammatory disease. The jugu-
lar vein is the one to be bled from, and when the object is to deplete the
system, six, seven, and even eight quarts should be taken. Always catch
the blood in a vessel, as it is neccessary to know how much we take.

416 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

By pressing on the jugular vein along the neck, below the spot select-
ed for the incision, it will soon rise up prominently. In bleeding, always
make the incision in the line of the vein, never across it. Make the in-
cision large, but never through both walls of the vein. When sufficient
blood has been taken, raise the lips of the vein between the fingers, thrust
a pin through and wind some thread dipped in the blood about it to
hold it.

In staggers and diseases of the brain, it is usual to bleed in the roof of
the mouth.

Whenever a horse is to be bled, it is better to blindfold him, since it
prevents his starting, and thus causing a miss with the lancet or fleam in
the hands of an inexpert person.

Ill. Tracheotomy,

The operation of tracheotomy consists in cutting down into the wind-
pipe, in all desperate cases where the animal is likely to suffocate for
want of breath. In bad cases of strangles, or other obstruction to breath-
ing, it is sometimes necessary to save the life of the animal, and there is
no time to wait for a surgeon.

How to do it.—IHlave an assistant hold the horse’s head high, with the
nose extended, so as to best stretch the skin of the neck. Then feeling
along the neck for that part least covered with flesh, make a bold in-
cision with a sharp knife—one with a round point, and thin, being prefer-
able. Make the incision about four inches long, and along the central line
of the windpipe, and down to it. Then with a sharp-pointed knife pierce
one of the upper exposed rings of the windpipe, cut downward along the
central line, dividing two or three of them; introduce a tracheotomy
tube, which has a movable collar to prevent going in too far, and fasten
its strings around the neck to hold it in place. The spout of a tea-kettle
has been extemporized as a tube, and with good effect. This tube must
be allowed to remain until the animal can breathe through the nostrils,
when the wound may be sewn up and treated as any other clean cut.

IV. Periosteotomy.

This is cutting down to the bone, and through the periosteum, the ner-
vous vascular membrane immediately investing the bone, and which in
health has little or no sensibility, but which in disease of the bones is ex-
ceedingly sensitive. It is sometimes performed in inflammation of the
shank bone, when exudation has taken place between the membrane and
bone, giving rise to thickening and the formation of bony matter.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 417

How to do it—Pass an extremely narrow-bladed knife through the
skin half an inch below the swelling, and carry the point carefully up
over it, dividing the periosteum or membrane. Then cover with a wet
bandage, or put in a seton.

A better way is first to make a snip above and below the tumor with a
pair of roweling scissors. Then with a blunt seton needle fixed in a
hollow handle by means of a screw, and armed with a tape knotted at
the end, force it in at the lower snip and carry it up and out at the other,
breaking down the cellular tissue of the tumor. A probe-pointed knife
is then introduced slicing the tumor. The knife is withdrawn, and the
needle, released from the handle, is passed in at one opening and out of
the other, the end withdrawn from the needle and thus the seton is
fixed. The operation should be performed by a surgeon. ‘The first
operation, simply cutting through the periosteum, is altogether the better
course.

V. Neurotomy.

This is the division of the nerve of the hoof in navicular disease when
other means fail. It will give relief from pain, but it is no cure, and
generally the disease goes on advancing until the animal becomes worth-
less. We should never advise the operation upon an animal with a weak
hoof. The operation must of necessity be performed by a competent
surgeon who understands the anatomy of the foot and leg.

VI. Division of the Tendons.

There are some disabilities, as bad cases of knuckling over, carrying
the tail awry, or only the toe of the hind leg may be able to be put to
the ground, from contraction of the perforans tendon. Relief is obtained
by division of the tendons, but it should always be done under the advice
of and by a competent surgeon and with proper instruments.

CHAPTER XVIII.

MISCELLANEOUS MINOR DISEASES.

1, PIGMENT TUMOTS, ee U1, HPITHKLIAL CANCER, -——— IL DROPSY OF THE LUNGS, ——TIyV,
STINGS AND BITES, eV, FALLING OFF OF HATR, VI, ACUTH IRRITATION OF TEHIO SKIN,
VIL, HARDENING OF TIL SKIN, VIEL, KXOSTOSIS OF THK LOWER JAW, IX. SWELL-
ING BY PRIOSSURK OF TH BRIDLI, XxX, SORE NOS, == XI, ROARING, OR HIGH-BLOW-
ING, --e XIL, WIND-GALLS, NU, RUPTURE OW TIE TLAMSTRING, -- XIV. INTERNAL
HE MORRILAG HX VV. PARTIAL PARALYSIS,

I. Black Pigment Tumors.

Those black pigment tumors known by the learned name of Melanosis,
and which are so common in gray and white horses, attacking the bare
parts of the skin, as the anus, the vulva, the sheath, the udder, the lips,
the eyerlids, ete,, are occasionally cancerous, but for the most part quite
harmless, If they are deemed objectionable, as disfiguring the animal,
remove them with the knife,

Il. Hpithelial Cancer.

This is a nipple-like cancer, which sometimes appears on the lips of
horses. It should be promptly removed with the knife, after whieh the
part should be burned over with lunar caustic.

Itt. Dropsy of the Lungs

This results from valvular and other diseases of the heart. When the
oar is placed to the chest, and the horse struck on the other side with the
open palin, the sound heard is nearly the same as that heard in pneumo-
nits but it may be distinguished from pneumonia by the entire absence
of fever which characterizes lung dropsy. It is usually beyond medical
reach, as the diseased heart, its original cause, is generally incurable.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 419

No treatment, in addition to that already prescribed for heart disease,
uum be recommended,

IV. Stings and Bites.

Hornets, wasps and bees often attack horses, and sometimes cause
them serious injuries. ‘To relieve a case of this kind, we use one of the
following remedies, with which the coat must be thoroughly saturated :
Solution of ammonia; weak carbolic acid wash, (1 ounce to a quart of
water); 1 pint of lime water, in which 1 drachm of carbolic acid is dis-
solved; or oil of lobelia.

Cases ave recorded of horses having died in consequence of an attack
of bees. In ordinary cases, the preceding direction properly carried out
will be sufficient; but in more aggravated ones, sponge the whole body
with lime water, and then smear with linseed oil. If lime is not accessi-
ble, use a weak solution of soda. Spirits of turpentine and laudanum,
in equal parts, will give relief.

To prevent the stings of gad-flies, make a strong infusion of the green
bark of the elder, and wash the flanks before going out. ‘To prevent the
bites of buffalo-gnats, that are so troublesome along the lower Mississippi,
cover the parts most likely to be attacked with a mixture of tar and lard
—two parts of lard to one of tar.

V. Falling Off of Hair.

- ov that unwholesome state of the skin and hair glands known by the
learned terms of humid exanthema and dry exanthema, that causes the
falling off of the hair, the following is an excellent local remedy when
the animal is not under general treatment for some disease primary to
the state now under consideration :

No. 209. 1 Ounce pulverized charcoal,
1 Pint olive oi,
5 Ounces pyroligneous acid,
1 Ounce common galt,

Mix, and rub upon the parts daily with a sponge or a soft rag.

VI. Acute Irritation of the Skin.

For that acute irritation of the skin consequent upon clipping, with
which some horses suffer so much, wash twice a day carefully with a
solution of soda (2 ounces of soda to a bucket-full of water). If ‘the

horse is especially feverish and sore, give the following purgative :

No. 210. 8 Ounces castor oil,
2 Ounces tincture of aloes,
2 Drachms essence of peppermint.

420 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

In grooming, use a soft brush, and discard the curry-comb until the
soreness and tenderness are gone.

VII. Hardening of the Skin.

For that hardening of the skin which takes place in consequence of the
pressure of some portion of the harness, from cutting the integuments
and sub-cellular tissue, from the calkings of the shoes, from cauterized
fungi, etc., use the acetate of cantharides as an application to the in-
durations :

No. 211. 1 Ounce acetate acid,

5 Ounces water,
1 Ounce pulverized cantharides.

Mix, and let the mixture stand fourteen days to soften. Then filter
through linen or blotting paper, and add one ounce of spirits of wine.
Apply it occasionally by means of a bit of sponge. Or, use equal parts
of oil of turpentine and olive oil applied in the same way.

VIII. Exostosis of the Lower Jaw.

That unnatural enlargement or bony ex-
erescence of the lower jaw, known by the
above name, is generally caused by a tight
eurb-chain used with a curb-bit of such ley-
erage as to enable the rider to inflict injury
by violent jerking. The jaw-bone is bruis-
ed, and soon enlarges. The injured portion
must exfoliate, or scale; and the presence of
TUMOR CAUSED BY CURB-CHAIN. this unnatural substance under the flesh and

tendons gives rise to a foul ulcer, unless steps are taken to give relief
while the hurt is comparatively recent.

Nature makes a constant effort to heal, however, and unless the tumor
is irritated by passing particles of bone, it partially heals, so that an ob-
stacle is interposed from time to time to the escape of the scales; and in
this way an unnatural bony structure is formed and matured before the
bony tumor is entirely healed. To prevent this, open with a keen knife,
‘as soon as the bone is found to be injured, and keep the wound open by
using the elastic syringe and warm water, until the discharge has assumed
an offensive odor—then syringe into it several times daily, this solution:

No. 212. 1 Seruple chloride of zinc,
4 Drachms essence of anise seed,
1 Pint water.

ory

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 421

If taken in time, and treated in this way, the healing may take place
without deformity.

When once the bony excrescence has established itself, no one but a
skillful veterinary surgeon should be entrusted with its removal.

IX. Swellings by Pressure of the Bridle.

These, as the designation indicates, are swellings, sometimes sores, and
oceasionally, when of old standing, callous lumps, made by the pressure
or rubbing of the bridle upon that little prominence on the neck just
below and back of the root of the ear. If the swelling is simple and
recent, remove by saturating it with the camphorated corrosive sublimate
(No. 2) and drying in with a hot flat iron, held close without touching.
This must be attended to once a day, and the bridle must be kept off
during treatment. If there is a sore without fungous growth (proud flesh)
the same treatment will be found effective.

If the tumor is of old standing and fungous, the proud flesh must be
burned away with lunar caustic. If it is old and horny, resort must be
had to the knife, after which the wound may be healed by a dressing of
simple cerate, or of any of the unctuous oils.

X. Sore Nose.

The nose sometimes becomes sore from long-continued purulent dis-
charges, from any irritating substance introduced, but generally from
grazing near some irritating weed or vine. Jamestown weed will often
poison the noses of horses, yet the leaves, buds and pods are eaten with
impunity. So-called ‘* sneeze weed’’ will also irritate the nose and cause
it to become sore. As a rule rubbing the nose with mercurial ointment
in which equal parts of sulphur and lard has been intimately mixed will
effect a cure. Apply witha mop, if out of reach of the hand, to be
rubbed in as well as may be possible.

XI. Roaring and High-blowing

This is when a horse emits any unnatural noise in traveling, whether he
simply be thick winded, or emits the peculiar noise when hard urged, or
the sharp sound denominated whistling and piping, similar to roaring,
but a more confirmed type, occasioned by a strong closing of the rima
glottidis. Whistlers are simply chronic or confirmed roarers, and roaring
precedes whistling. Both impediments to breathing are produced by
atrophy or wasting or degeneration of the muscles whose office it is to
dilate the larynx.

Thick wind is from an inflamed and thickened condition of the smaller

422 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

and lower branches of the breathing tubes, whistling from a narrowing
or constriction of the windpipe. Roaring, again, is of two kinds, acute
and chronic. ‘The first is, in comparison with the chronic and contirmed
state, light and trivial. Fortunately it is comparatively rare in the United
States, but quite common in England, and essentially a disease of high
or well-bred horses.

True high-blowing, as understood by English horsemen, is not consid-
ered a disease or impediment. There is no sound made during inspira-
tion. The air is expelled during and after hard exertion, with force and
a peculiar vibration of the nostrils, causing the sound,

Causes.—Any and all of these impediments are produced by various
affections, and some of them, as thick wind and roaring, are considered
by some as hereditary. Laryngitis, distemper, bronchitis, pneumonia,
tumors, diseases of the nasal membranes, and tight reining. Roaring and
whistling are decided unsoundness. So also should thick wind be cone
sidered, if the horse is to be used for any other than slow work.

How to know it——One of the means used is to go into the stall, take
the horse by the head, and make a motion as though to strike him across
the side with a stick. The animal will probably spring towards the man-
ger, and if a roarer, the peculiar grunt accompanying the habit will be
made. Yet it must be admitted that some horses, under the impulse of
sudden fear, will grunt. The best test is to put him to speed more
severe than usual. — If the trial is objected to, be sure there is something
wrong, and be sure also that there are no straps about the neck to pre-
vent or ease the habit. In addition to the ordinary sound made by
roavers, they often, indeed usually, have a loud, hard, sharp cough, be-
tween a cough and a roar. If occasioned by laryngitis, this cough will
be indicative of the chronic stage of that disease. So a thick-winded
horse will have a short, hard, dry cough, which he will give upon making
any sudden movement, or upon being struck sharply upon the abdomen.

What to do—Remedies are of but little avail, except as palliations. In
slight cases, and during the earlier stages, swabbing the larynx with a
solution of nitrate of silver has given relief. It is prepared by dissolving at
the rate of ten grains of nitrate of silver to each ounce of distilled water,
and is applied by means of a small, soft sponge fixed on the end of a
piece of whalebone, the sponge having a cord attached and longer than
the handle, so as to be recovered if it comes off. Pads have been at-
tached to the nose-band of the bridle, so as to lie on and compress the
false membrane of the nose. These have given relief if the horse is not
required to make extra exertion. Firing or blistering about the region of
the larynx has also been successfully used as a means of relief.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 423

When roaring is caused by paralysis of the muscles of the larynx, hy-
podermic injections of strychnine every two or three days in half grain
doses has given relief.

Relief is also sometimes given by rubbing on daily, or once in two
days, the following :

No, 213, 1 Drachm iodine,
2 Drachms iodide of potash,
2 Ounces Jard,

Mix at a heat little more than to melt the lard, by placing in a vessel
of hot water.

In all of the diseases mentioned, good, easily-digested food should be
given, and only sufficient water to satisfy the actual demands of the sys-
tem, and the animal should not be put to work within an hour of eatin

his food.

or
5S

Thick Wind.

This may be alleviated, and sometimes cured, by giving the following
ball once or twice a day for several days in succession, as the animal may
seem to need it:

f

No. 214. 1 Drachm powdered camphor,
1 Drachm powdered niter,
1 Drachm powdered opium.

Or if preferred, to be given once u day, until five or six doses are taken,
the following.

No, 215 1 Drachm powdered niter,
1 Drachm extract belladonna.
8 grains arsenic,

XII. Wind-galls.

Causes.—Windgalls may arise either from strains, over exertion, or
dropsy of the parts. As a rule they are elastic, round swellings on each
side of the tendons, rarely becoming solid from coagulation of the lymph,
unless as is occasionally the case, the strain is so severe as to cause in-
flammation of the bone, ulceration and bony deposit. They do no injury
whatever, and do not cause unsoundness.

What to do.—If the puffs, windgalls, are just appearing they may be
scattered sometimes by a strong decoction of white oak bark and alum.
They may be reduced by blistering from subsequent contraction of the
skin; so the liquidlymph may be drawn out with a hypodermic syringe,
after which a wet bandage should be applied over the part.

424 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

If there is heat and tenderness in connection with the windgalls it must
be treated with fomentations and a high-heeled shoe as recommended for
such disabilities. As a rule simple windealls being so common, often
appearing on colts, and doing no injury, had better not be meddled with
unless there is inflammation attending them.

XIII. Rupture of the Hamstring.

Not only the hamstring but other sinews are subject to rupture or even
division. In this case the parts should be brought together and held so
by starch bandages or splints or both, when fibrous tissue will form and
the ends will unite in three, four, or five weeks. If inflammation occurs
it must be treated as heretofore advised.

XIV. Broken Wind.

A horse with broken wind is in pretty much
the same condition as a man with the asthma.
It is said often to oceur suddenly, as after unu-
sual exertion, or after severe work upon a full
stomach. The facts are, these may have aggra-
rated and suddenly made apparent symptoms not
noticed before. There is no cure, but much may

be done to alleviate the distress and enable the

he animal to do ordinary slow work.
HOW TO HEAR THE SOUND MADE .

IN THE HORSEK’S WINDPIPE.

How to know it.—There is often, for a long time previous to a severe
attack, more or less cough—a short dry hack, and occasioned by irritabil-
ity of the larynx. The appetite is often ravenous and morbid, the thirst
excessive. As the disease progresses there is flatulence, a pendulous
belly, a ragged coat, and a general dejected and unthrifty appearance.

In breathing there will be a three-fold effort. The inhalation will be
quick, the expiration slow. Then the abdomen will rise as in an effort to
drive forward the diaphragm, and thus empty the half expired lungs.
The two last efforts seem laborious, and the double effort is often only
partially completed when the animal is again forced to gasp for breath.

In the earlier stages the peculiar sound made is in the windpipe. The
cut given will show the manner of listening to sounds for throat difficul-
ties. Every horseman should accustom himself to recognize not only the
sound indicative of healthy breathing but also those given out in various
diseases of the throat. No horse with heaves or broken wind should be
driven immediately after eating. The food should be sound, and water
should be given only in small quantities.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 425
XV. Internal Hemorrhage.

Internal bleeding or hemorrhage is rare unless made by puncture of
some of the deep-seated blood vessels. The orifice leading to the surface
being obscure and high, will of course occasion internal bleeding. When
they can be got at the remedy is of course tying. Punctured wounds do
not bleed much, the clot usually closing the orifice, assisted by the con-
traction of the vessel. In transverse or oblique clean cuts of an animal
causing wounds to the important arteries death must follow unless they
‘an be cut down upon and tied.

Rupture of the blood vessels of the lungs sometimes occurs from over
exertion, and is also common from the nose. Or hemorrhage of the
lungs may arise from any pulmonary complaint involving the blood
vessels. In this case it must be determined. | If
the blood comes from both nostrils and is frothy,
it is from the lungs. If the horse has no
specific disease of the lungs, and is in full flesh,
bleeding from the neck vein, a full stream, may
check the blood. Digitalis in fifteen grain doses
may be given. It may give present relief, but
probably there is no permanent cure.

If the bleeding is from the blood vessels of the
nose, a strong solution of alum may be syringed

INTERNAL KEMORRHAGE,.

up the nostril. If this fails, pour half a pint of boiling water ona
drachm of matico leaves, and when cool strain and inject it up the nostril.

Chronic hepatitis, congestion and inflammation of the liver, often results
in hemorrhage internally. The symptoms confirming this state of things
are, the mouth cold, nasal membranes pallid, the eyes ghastly, sometimes
yellow. The horse will look for the seat of pain on the right side, and
usually lies on the left side when down. The head is depressed. As the
disease progresses there is increased weakness with staggering. The
pupils of the eyes are dilated; the sight is bad, and if the head is
attempted to be raised high the animal instantly shows signs of falling.

What to do.—Put the animal in a roomy stall, or loose box. Keep
the bowels regulated by grass and bran mashes only, with nutritious food
and as much gentle exercise daily as the animal can take. Prepare the
following :

No. 216. 2 Ounces iodide of petassium,
1 Quart liquor potassa.

Mix, and give two table-spoonfuls twice a day in a pint of water.

426 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
V. Partial Paralysis.

This is a disease principally confined to fast driven horses, or those
used to extreme exertion. It is also occasioned by ergot in the hay or
erain and then is known as ergotism. An injury to the brain may cause
paralysis of the opposite side of the body. So paralysis of the face,
body or limbs may arise from pressure on the brain. Paralysis of one
side of the body, called hemiphlegia, may result from disordered brain
or spinal cord. So paralysis of the face, ear, eyelid, lip, tongue, larynx
and tail may arise from local causes. A current of cold air continually
striking a part, bad fitting bridles, collars, or other parts of the harness.
Paralysis of the hind limbs is the most common form and may result from
injury to the loin or back, from indigestion, from tumors, parasites, in-
flammation or softening of the spinal cord, from eating freshly ripened
seeds of some of the grasses (the loliums) as darnell, flax rye grass, and
perennial rye grass.

What to do.—The cause must first be found. See articles on inflam-
mation, poisons, indigestion, etc.

HORSE SUFFERING FROM PARTIAL PARALYSIS OF THE HIND LEGS.

If the paralysis proceeds from an incurable disease it is to be treated
by cold water shocks and subsequent friction by rubbing. Among the
best means is a current of electricity daily.

The following ball has resulted in relieving the difficulty when it was
partial paralysis of the hind limbs:

THE HORSE, ITS DISRASES. 427

No. 217. 4g Grain strychnine,
4, Grain iodine.

Work this up into a ball with powdered quassia and molasses and give
daily, gradually increasing the strychnine according to its effects, so that
at the end of three weeks one grain will be given daily, and, if good
effects are produced, a grain and a half may be given daily at the end of
five or six weeks.

Paralysis is, however, past cure. Something may be done for present
relief, but each recurring attack is more and more severe. The most
strengthening food should be given and the best of care, always being
vareful that the animal he not subject to cold drafts, or extraordinary
labors. During the recurrence of the attacks, absolute rest and quiet
must be given. In the giving of nerve stimulants, as strychnine, when
increasing the doses gradually, if twitching or slight cramps of the
muscles are observed, cease giving for a few days and then begin again
with the smallest dose.

28

CHAPTER XIX.

MEDICINES.
What to Keep, How to Obtain, How to Prepare, and How to Give Them.

I, ALTERATIVES.——II. AN ESTHETICS.—— III. ANTISEPTICS.—IV. ASTRINGENTS.——V. CA-
THARTICS,—— VI. CARMINATIVES, —— VII. COUNTER IRKITANTS, —— VIII. CAUSTICS.——
IX. DIAPHORETICS, X. DIURETICS.— XI, DEMULCENTS. —— XII. DISINFECTANTS AND
DEODORIZERS. XIII. EMETICS AND EXPECTORANTS, —— XIV. NARCOTICS, ANODYNES,
AND SEDATIVES. ——XV. RELAXANTS.—— XVI. STIMULANTS. XVI. TONICS.— XVIII.
VERMIFUGES.——XIX. IMPORTANCE OF SYMPTOMS. XX. DISSECTION, XXI. SURGI-
CAL AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS, XXII. MEDICINES TO BE KEPT.——XXIIs DOSES.

It is not necessary that every farmer should keep a large quantity of
medicines on hand. A few simples will suffice, except in the case of
those who, having a large stock of animals, require medicines to meet
cases apt to arise. The great point we have insisted on, and here reiter-
ate, is good care and attention, in health, and good nursing in sickness,
as being most important in the care of farm animals. The day has past
for bleeding and purging for every ill that even horse flesh is heir to.
Good nursing, attention to the general health, and to symptoms, with the
prescriptions we have given, will enable any one to carry an animal
through an ordinary sickness.

Every person who has carefully studied this work will see the necessity
of keeping some medicines on hand, since there is no reason why, with
the aid of what we have presented, he may not be able to treat nine in
ten of the diseases to which farm animals are subject, and without the
aid of a professed veterinary surgeon. The very full glossary which will
be found as a part of this work, should be consulted for medical terms
used when the definition does not immediately follow the use of the term.
In naming the medicines and their effects in this chapter we shall give
definitions that may be found in the glossary, since in the division of the
subject of medicines it seems proper that we should follow the rule
adopted of defining the meaning of terms in the body of the work. The
operations of medicine may be defined as follows :

I. Alteratives.

Medicines acting generally and continually on the system, especially on
the blood and glandular system. Among the alteratives are, antimony,

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 429

niter, sulphur, ginger, calomel, arsenic, iodine, iodide of potassium,
sulphite, or bi-sulphite of soda.

Antimony.—Black sulphuret of antimony. Dose 1 to 2 drachms.
Given in connection with sulphur, 1 to 2 ounces, and niter 4 to 6 drachms.

Ginger.—Given as an alterative only in connection with other medicines.

Calomel.—Give in broken doses, say 1 seruple. Another form of
mercury, sulphuret, give 3 drachms once a day in connection with 4
drachms cream of tartarin a pint of water. This has been recommended
in obstinate cases of surfeit, and other affections of the skin.

Arsenic.—Dose 5 to 10 grains daily. It should only be used under the
direction of a veterinarian. Its action is principally on the nerves.
Fowler’s solution of arsenic contains 4 grains to the ounce. It is the
best form in which to administer the mineral.

Jodine.—As an alterative give 10 to 20 grains.

Todide of potassium.—Dose 1-2 to 1 drachm. Valuable in chronic
rheumatism, chronic cough, scrofulous enlargements, and to cause ab-
sorption in pleurisy, and inflammation of the lungs.

Bi-sulphite of soda.— This must not be confounded with sulphate. Dose
1-2 to 1 ounce relieves tymphany.

> II. Ansesthetics.

These remedies benumb the senses, relieve pain, and are used largely
in destroying sensation in performing principal surgical operations. All
that will be necessary to notice are :

Chloroform and Ether. The best and safest preparation is the fol-
lowing:

No. 218. 1 Ounce alcohol,

2 Ounces chloroform,
3 Ounces ether.

Cast the animal to be operated upon; pour a table-spoonful on a
sponge and hold to the nostrils so that the animal can take some air with
it, since if not mixed with air, it is fatal to life. Keep the fingers on the
pulse, and if it ceases, or intermits decidedly, discontinue, and hold harts-
horn to the nose, and commence again more lightly. So soon as uncon-
sciousness is produced, suspend the use of the anesthetic, and renew
again from time to time, until the operation for which it is given is
completed.

Sometimes the animal will continue low for some time after the admin-
istration, with failing pulse and irregular breathing. If so, pour pails of
cold water on the body, and if necessary, gently inflate the lungs with a
pair of bellows, at the same time pressing upon and releasing the ribs, as
in natural respiration. Also press pieces of ice into the rectum, or

430 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

vagina, according to the sex, as an additional means of restoration, if
necessary. As the natural functions again act, clothe the body and rub
dry. From two to four minutes should be sufficient to produce complete
insensibility in either the horse or ox.

III. Antiseptics. ‘

These are used to arrest mortification and putrefaction. The principal
agents are charcoal, creosote, pyroligneous acid, sulphate of zine, and
yeast. ‘They should be applied directly to the parts affected,

IV. Astringents.

These are agents used to stop or lessen discharges, either of the bowels,
nose, blood vessels, kidneys or glands, and are applied both imternally
and externally. Among those usually employed, are, acetate of lead,
alum, eatechu, ergot, kino, opium, per sulphate of iron, tannin, the min-
eral acids, and gallic and tanie acids,

They should not be used when there is considerable inflammation ; nor
for diarrhoea, in the beginning of a difficulty, since this flux is often an
effort of nature to relieve the body by natural means.

Acetate of lead.—Dose, 1 to 2 seruples. As a wash, use a saturated
solution.

Ahun.—Dose, 2 to 8 drachms ; useful in sore throat and dysentery. In
powder, used for stopping the flow of blood,

Catechu..—Dose, 2 to 5 drachms. Useful in diarrhoa,

Hrgot.—Dose, 1-2 to 1 ounce. Checks bleeding from the lungs, nose,
stomach and bowels. As an astringent, for this purpose, it is better to
give it by hypodermic injections, using ergotine in solution in five grain
doses.

Wino.—Dose, 1-2 ounce to an ounce. Given in diarrhea,

Opiun—Laudanum.—Dose, powdered opium, 2 drachms. Lauda-
num, 2 to + ounces. It is a well known agent in relieving the spasms of
colic, dysentery, lockjaw and other convulsive ailments. In diseases of
the lungs and breathing tubes, if the respiration is short and quick, it
should not be given. So, if there is much fever it should not be given
until these symptoms abate.

Per sulphate of tron.—Dose, 1 to 2 drachms. Useful for arresting
bleeding or hemorrhage.

Tannin.—Tannie acid is the best form. Dose, 10 to 20 grains. A
powerful astringent in diarrhoa or mucus discharges.

V. Cathartics.

These are medicines acting strongly and directly on the bowels as a
purge, in from 3 to 12 hours. Strong purgatives should not be given
except it be necessary to thoroughly evacuate the bowels, and deplete the

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 431

animal system. The principal agents employed are aloes, croton oil,
linseed oil, podophyllin and salts.

Aloes, Barbadoes.—TVhis should always be used in preference to Cape
aloes, which is more griping. Dose 4 to 8 drachms.

Croton oil.—A powerful and sharp purgative, valuable in obstinate
constipations. Applied externally it is apt to irritate and produce blem-
ish. Dose internally 20 drops.

Linseed oil.—A safe, and pretty sure, mild purge. Dose 1 pint to
1 quart. :

Podophyllin.—This is the active principle of the May apple. It is
both purgative and sedative. Dose 1 to 2 drachms. Its effect on animals
is not so marked as on man. In the commencement of fevers it is
excellent.

Salts.—Sulphate of soda or Glauber salts is generally used when pur-
gative effects are required. The dose is 1 to 1 1-2 pounds. Epsom salts,
sulphate of magnesia, dose 1 to 2 pounds, or 8 to 12 ounces, and repeated
every three or four hours until an operation is had.

VI. Carminatives.

These are used in colic, griping, ete., and are often given with griping
medicines. The principal agents are black pepper, caraway seeds, cloves,
ginger, peppermint, sage, ete.

Black pepper.—Dose 2 drachms. When a quick and powerful remedy
is required give 2 drachms red (cayenne) pepper.

Caraway.—Dose 1-2 to 1 ounce of the seeds, as a powder, or as an
infusion.

Cloves.—Dose 1-2 to 1 ounce of powdered cloves steeped in hot water
and given warm, or 80 to 60 drops of the oil of cloves given in thin
mucilage of gum arabic. '

Peppermint (oil).—Dose 15 to 30 drops in mucilage. Sage or any of
the heating herbs may be given as a tolerably strong infusion or tea.

VII. Counter Irritants.

These are divided into classes: Rubefacients, which simply excite the
skin to redness ; vesicants, which blister, and suppurants which produce
sores on the surface. They are serviceable by setting up inflammation
on the surface near the seat of disease, in congestion and inflammation of
internal organs ; also of the bones, joints and tissues. Rubefacients are
good in influenza, and other attacks of a general nature, where there is
low fever; as, for instance, rubbing a paste of mustard on the legs and
washing it off in ten or fifteen minutes. Vesicants should not be used
when fever or inflammation is high, and suppurants are chiefly of value
in old chronic complaints.

AB? ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

Rubefacients.—Aleohol, wmmonia, mustard, turpentine,

Vew/cants,—Cantharides, scalding water, and a hot ivon at 212 degrees,
Mahrenven,

Suppurants,—Croton oil, ointment of tartar emetic.

VILL. Caustics.

Avents which burn and destroy the flesh, Used to Kill the yirus in
poisoned wounds, eat out proud flesh, destroy sloughs, and stimulate old
ulcers; to produce healthy action in fistulas, and remove warts and other
excrescences., Among the best agents are butter of antimony, caustic
potash, chlovide of zinc, lunar caustic (nitrate of silver), nitrate of
merenury, nitvie acid, and the hot iron at a white heat. Chloride of zine
and nitrite of silver come in pencil shaped sticks, Nitric acid must be
used with cave. Tt is powerful and intensely eating, causing extreme pain,
hut which soon ceases. It may be used by dipping a suitable slip of
wood in the acid and applying, ‘Phe hot iron is the most powerful caustic,
as it is the most efficient. It however requires nerve and judgment to
use it properly and efficiently,

IX. Diaphoretics.

These are medicines to enuse sweating or to increase the insensible
perspiration, and thus relieve pressure on other organs, Acetate of am-
moni in solution, Dovers powder, ipecae and cantharides are mainly
employed; the animal being covered quite warm, Warm water is also
useful, but steaming the most prompt of all,

Acetate of ammonia,—Solution, Dose, 2 to 8 ounces,

Dover's powders,—Dose, 8 drachms,

/pecae, Given in 2 to 8 drachm doses in warm water, until the effect
in produced, Not especially useful for horses,

Cantharides,—Dose, 4 to 5 grains,

X. Diureties

Chose are medicines used to net on the kidneys. Saltpeter, sweet
spirits of niter, cream of tartar, turpentine and digitalis are prinei-
pally used, ‘

Saltpeter,—Dose, 6 to 8 drachme,

Sweet spirits of niter,—Dose, 1 to 2 ounces.

Cream of tartar.—Dose, 1 ounce.

Turpentine (Oil).—Dose, 1 to 2 ounces,

Digitalis, —Dose, 1) to 20 erains.

Both diuretics and diaphorotics ave similar in their action, Tf sweating
is intended, it must be assisted with warmth and friction, If operation

THE HORSK, ITS DISEASES. 433

on the internal organs is required, warmth and friction should not be
used.
XI. Demulcents.

These are gummy or glutinous substances, used to soothe and cover in-
flamed surfaces, ov those in an irritable condition; us inflammation of
the throat, stomach and bowels ; in diseases of the kidneys, or for irrita-
ble conditions generally. Those most in use are: Linseed tea, gun
arabic water, slippery elm bark tea, starch water and olive oil. Marsh
mallows makes one of the most valuable agents known, being especially
soothing to the bowels.

XII. Disinfectants and Deodorizers.

The most valuable of these are, sulphate of iron, chloride of zine, car-
bolie acid, chloride of lime, used for disinfecting and deodorizing drains,
ete. The cheapest is a solution of sulphate of iron, a good handful dis-
solved to each bucket of water used, As an atmospheric fumigant and
disinfectant, the following is cheap, and one of the best known:

No, 219. 4y Pound flowers of sulphur,
2 Pounds pine tar

Mix with a gentle heat, saturate tow with it and burn without flame.

Carbolie acid in weak solutions, or erude carbolic acid in its liquid, im-
pure form, as it comes from the gas works, is valuable for brushing over
any wood, iron, brick or stone work. Also valuable for wetting cloths,
and hanging up to destroy disease germs, keep away flies, ete.

The following formulas will be found valuable disinfectants :

No, 220, L Purt sulphate of zine,
1 Part powdered oak bark,
% Parts sulphate of iron.

Mix into balls of proper size and place in drains, sink-holes and cess-
pools.

Collins’ disinfecting powder is made by adding 1 part of burnt alum to
two parts of chloride of lime. Pour on water to thoroughly wet the
mass, and set in shallow pans about the stable.

The following is a powerful disinfectant:

No, 221. 2 Pounds common salt,
1 Pint oil of vitriol,

Pour the oil of vitriol gradually and slowly over the salt, and the act-
ive disinfectant, muriatie gas, will be evolved.

The following, known as chloralum, is not poisonous, and has no smell.
To make it take,

ASA ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

No, 222, 1 Pounds chloride of aluminum,
1 Gallon water,
Dissolve,

A most effectual, powerful and cheap disinfectant, but poisonous, if
tuken, is made as follows.

No, 228. 8 Ounces chloride of zine,
16 Ounces sulphate of tron,
1 Gallon water,
Dissolve,

A pint mixed in a gallon of water will be quite strong enough for use.
XITI. Emetics and Expectorants.

What would act as an emetic on man, would be simply a nauseant with
the horse, ‘The horse does not vomit, niuseants act to loosen a cough,
and to loosen the mucus in the air passages, and thus facilitate its expul-
sion, Nauseants also act as a substitute for the old practice of bleeding.
Tartar emetic, blood root and sulphate of zine are among those usually
employed,

Tartar emetic, —Dose, 1 to 1 1-2 drachms, in connection with lobelia
and saltpeter,

Blood voot,—Dose, from 2 to 4 drachms of the powdered root.

Sulphate of ine,—Dose, 1 to 2 drachins,

Tartar emetic. —Vhis is often employed in connection with saltpeter
and lobelia, Dose, tartar emetic Lt drachm; saltpeter 1 ounce; lobelia
1 drachm,

XIV. Narcotics, Anodynes and Sedatives.

These run one into the other, and are used to soothe pain, allay the
ivitability of the system, and quiet excessive nervous action, Narcotics
quickly quiet the system, induce sleep, and if taken largely, produce
death. When given simply to allay pain, they are called anodynes, ‘The
action of a sedative is to lower nervous force, reduce the pulse and abate
febrile symptoms, especially in the beginning of acute inflammation,

Narcotics. Opium, or its preparations, laudanum and morphia, bella-
donna, tobacco and Indian hemp,

Opium is generally given as a tincture, in the form of laudanum,
Dose, 1 to 2 ounces,

Morphia,—Dose, 8 to 5 grains,

Belladonna,—Dose, 2 ounces,

Indian hemp.—Vhe dose of this drug 1-2 to 1 drachm,

Sedatives.—Aconite, tineture, Dose, 20 to 80 drops,

Veratrum viride.—Vhe dose of this is 1 seruple,

*

THE HORSE, ITS DISHASES, 435

XV. Relaxants.

These deprive the muscles of their power, Of this class lobelia should
be given in doses of 1 to 2 drachms.

XVI. Stimulants.

These are, aleohol, and are given in the form of brandy, whisky, rum,
gin and ale. The latter when an animal is exhausted by hard driving.
The dose of brandy, whisky or gin is 8 to 6 ounces, and of alcohol 1 to
8 ounces diluted with water. Other stimulants are: ether, dose, 1 to 2
ounces ; carbonate of ammonia, dose, 2 to 4 drachms; turpentine, dose,

given us

1 to 2 ounces; and einger, dose, 1 ounce. The ginger to be g

ater, |

Stimulants are used when it is necessary to quickly raise the animal
from exhaustion. In nervous exhaustion its effects are marked, but it
must not be given in inflammation or fever,

XVII. Tonics.

Tonies sharpen the appetite, increase the nervous vigor, and thus im-
prove the condition of the patient. Many horsemen are fond of giving
condition powders, the main value of which lies in the alteratives and
tonics contained. In this they suppose that they are beneficial to already
healfhy animals. Nothing could be farther from the truth. They are
not beneficial unless the animal is out of condition and the system needs
rallying. ‘To get the best effect from tonics, they should be given in
light doses, and continued for a considerable time. Then intermit for a
few days, and if necessary, commence again, or substitute another tonic.
The mineral tonies, sulphate of iron, sulphate of copper and arsenic are
more active than the vegetable tonics, Peruvian bark, gentian, quassia,
ete., though often the two forms combined act with greater eflicacy than
either alone,

XVIII. Vermifuges.

These are medicines supposed to be useful in expelling worms.

For round worms, common salt, to be licked at will, is one of the
best agents to expel them, Oil of turpentine 1 ounce, ‘Tartar emetic 2
drachms and sulphate of iron 2 drachms; give five or six days in succes-
sion, and follow by a purge. Four to 6 drachms of aloes is one of the
best direct vermifuges.

Tape worm.—Oil of turpentine 1 ounce doses; or root of male shield
fern, | ounce of the extract. Give all vermifuges fasting, and at the end
of four hours give a purge of aloes. For weak animals give areka nut
1 ounce.

In using a vermifuge it is always better to clear the bowels before
giving it, and in case the worms are in the intestines give injections as well

436 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

as au purgative by the mouth. It should be remembered that vermifuges
that destroy by mechanical irritation, as iron filings, pounded glass, ete.,
should never be given.

Prom the foregoing the action of the different classes of medicines will
be learned. Some of the more common we have given as examples. In
the vast list of drugs used in medicines, and which are drawn alike from
the animal, vegetable and mineral kingdoms, and some of them, the most
valuable, being deadly poisons, must not be given in too large doses, the
practitioner cannot be too careful in their use. The doses we have given
in this chapter are from medium to large. If there is any doubt in
using those, especially the strong poisonous extracts or crystals use the
smaller.

There are really but) few medicines out of the iarze list that are of
real and well known value in common practice. The druggist in prepar-
ing medicines, uses delicate scales and weighs accurately. It is always
better that they compound the prescriptions if possible; yet, as it is not
always convenient to seek the druggist, especially when a stock of _medi-
cines in ordinary use is kept, it is better to have a pair of scales and a
liquid measuring glass. We therefore append a table of weights and
measures as used by veterinarians :

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES.
Apothecaries’ Weight.

20 grains make 1 seruple,

8 scruples make 1 drachm,
8 drachms make 1 ounce,
16 ounces make | pound,

Wine Measure.

60 minims, or drops make 1 drachm,
8 drachms make 1 ounce,

16 ounces make 1 pint,
2 pints make 1 quart,
4 quarts make 1 gallon,

Sufficient accuracy in fluid measure for anything not violent in its
action, will be the following :

60 drops, or 1 tea-spoonful, make 1 drachm,
4 tea-spoonfuls, or 1 table-spoonful, make J¢ ounce,
2 tuble-spoonfuls make 1 ounce,
1 wine-glassful makes 2 ounces,
1 tea-cupful makes 4 ounces,
1 tumblerful makes 4¢ pint,
1 tin-cupful mekes 1 pint,

A handful of flaxseed, or other seed, usually innocent in their nature,
will weigh about 2 ounces; a handful of leaves of dried herbs will weigh

about 1 ounce.

:

ine

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 437
IX. Importance of Symptoms.

The importance of understanding symptoms in disease, not only of the
horse, but of all farm stock, is generally underrated by farmers and stock
men, and yet it is the key to all remedial means. Unfortunately, dumb
animals cannot tell how they feel, and thus the practitioner must judge
by outward signs, which, by the way, are pretty ample to the careful ob-
server. These are difficult to describe in print, yet they have been so
deseribed as fully as possible in the list and treatment of diseases,

Every horse owner, and especially every stock-raiser, should educate
himself to understand symptoms in such diseases as he must necessarily
have to deal with. This will not be found difficult, if the reader will use
the means we have presented in this work. ‘The pulse is one of the most
important agents in this direction; through this, we may get a pretty
accurate indication of the state of the system in relation to fever, ple-
thora of blood, or the reverse. It cannot well be described, and yet it is
soon learned by use and observation. In the horse, the mouth is hot and
dry in fever, and moist and cool in health. In health the nose of the ox
is especially cool and moist, and in fever hot and dry. The full or small
pulse, depends upon an excessive quantity of blood in the vessels indi-
ating a full or a weak nutrition. A thready or wirey pulse is indicative
of a small quantity of blood in the vessels, combined with an increased
or diminished contractibility of the heart. A sluggish or oppressed pulse
will indicate unusual fulness of the vessels, the vital powers of contract-
ibility and sensibility not being increased, or, it may even be one or both
of them being diminished. Among the internal causes operating on the
pulse are irritability and nervousness. Outside causes ave temperature,
other atmospheric causes, and manner of feeding. ‘The stock man who
will habituate himself to feeling the pulse of his animals, will soon come
to understand how slight causes will sometimes affect this agent, and thus
will soon learn to detect disease, often by this indication alone. This and
attention to the outward symptoms we have given in diseases enumerated,
will soon enable him to dispense with the services of the practiced veter-
inarian, except in critical cases.

XX. Dissection.

If a farmer would, when an animal is sick, in addition to attending to
studying the symptoms as they appear, take the trouble, in case it dies,
to open it, with a view of studying the altered structure, knowing as he
may. how they look in health, this would assist him greatly in under-
standing disease generally ; for by this means he may find just when and
how the parts affected are changed. He will thus, also, come to understand
the importance of good care and nursing in the prevention and elimination
of disease, more fully than by any other one means.

438 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

XXI. Surgical and Other Instruments.

With all our care it is necessary to meet disease and accidents when
they come, and to this end we must be provided at Jeast with a few sim-
ples, and the means of arriving at quantities.

To this end we have advised the purchase of a pair of scales to weigh
grains, drachms, ounces and pounds; certain surgical instruments, also,
and a small store of the medicines such as are in common use.

In the horse stable a balling iron should be kept. This is an iron ring
through which the closed hand may be passed; on the top and bottom
are two bars, which placed between the front of the jaws enable the
mouth to be kept open while the hand passes the ball of physie to the
root of the tongue. Sponges of several sizes should also be kept. A
roomy nose-bag and an atomizer will be useful. The little India rubber
bottle with which the wife sprays her plants, will answer very well in
place of a better, for spraying the external surfaces.

Means for giving injections should be procured. This may be the
regular horse or cattle syringe, though the pail and India rubber pipe,
described in another part of the volume, will be found simple and
effectual.

A drenching horn or bottle is another implement that should not be
neglected. A probang should always be kept. A trocar will be found
useful in case where the stomach is to be punctured to permit the escape
of gas. A knife will, however, answer in its place very well, if the
blade be sufliciently long and pointed. An outfit larger or smaller aceord-
jing to the necessities of the stock owner, may be bought in any store
where surgical instruments are kept, and in fact in any of the larger drug
stores of cities.

A convenient one which we have used contains: 1. A blunt-pointed
bistoury, an instrument for making incisions. When only one is to be
used we recommend the slightly curved form, with the sharp edge on the
inside,

2. Thumb lancet. We are opposed to the old time fleam. It seems
to have been invented for ignorant persons; certainly none such should
ever operate, even on an animal. A little judgment will soon enable the
operator to use the lancet properly and with effect, gauging the depth
properly to which the puncture is to be made. It is better than the
spring lancet.

3. A spring forceps, most valuable in dressing wounds, satching
arteries for tying, for removing foreign substances in wounds, and for a
variety of other purposes.

4. An aneurismal needle—a long blunt needle. It can be used as a
probe and for introducing small setons.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES. 439

5. A silver probe, for exploring wounds. It is blunt at one end and
sharp at the other, and is indispensable.

6. A frog knife, a narrow straight blade, sharply curved into a strong
edged hook at the end, and used for paring and cleaning the frogs of the
hoofs, ete.

7.. A pair of curved scissors, for trimming the edges of wounds, ex-
cising ragged flesh, clipping the hair, and for other purposes.

8. A straight, broad scalpel (knife), used in dissecting, opening ab-
scesses, castvating, and various other surgical operations. Any straight,
broad-bladed, keen-edged knife will do. In castrating, however, we
have always preferred a round-pointed blade, similar to that used by
nurserymen in budding.

9. A seton needle for threading and introducing tapes or other setons.

10. A few surgical needles, white thread and silk, or better, thin cat-
gut. These may all be carried in a neat morocco case made for the
purpose, and can be afforded, wholesale, at ten dollars. (In fact we will
send them at that price, delivered with this book. )

XXII. Medicines to be Kept, and Doses.

The following drugs will be found handy. Keep everything in white
bottles, well corked. Corrosive substances must have ground glass
stoppers. The druggist, if so instructed, will arrange thines. Quanti-
ties of these to be kept should be about ten doses each. 1 dose is:

1. Acetic acid—Antidote to acids, cooling astringent. Horse, 1 drachm ;
ox, 2 drachms; sheep, 1 seruple.

2. Tincture of aconite.—Sedative, diaphoretic. Torse, 20 to 30 drops :
ox, 30 to 40 drops; sheep, 3 to 5 drops.

3. Alcohol.—Stimulant, diuretic, narcotic. Horse, 1 to 3 ounces; ox,
3 to 6 ounces; sheep, 1-2 ounce. Locally, cooling astringent.

4. Barbadoes aloes —Pureative. Torse, 4 drachms.

5. Alum.—Astringent. Horse, 2 to 3 drachms; ox, 3 to 4 drachms;
sheep, 1-2 to 1 drachm.

6. Ammonia, liquid.—Diffusible stimulant, anti-spasmodic, anti-acid,
diuretic. Horse, 1-2 ounce: ox, 1-2 to 1 ounce; sheep, 1-2 to 1 drachm.

7. Carbonate of ammonia.—Diffusible stimulant, anti-spasmodic,
anti-acid, diuretic. Horse, 2 to 4 drachms; ox, 4 to 6 drachms: sheep,
1-2 to 1 drachm.

8. Anise seed, caraway, cardamon, fennel seed.—Stomachic, carmina-
tive. Horse, 1 ounce; ox, 1 to 2 ounces; sheep, 2 to 4 drachms.

9. Arnica tincture.—Stimulant, diuretic. Horse, 1 drachm; ox, 1
drachm ; sheep, 1 scruple.

10. Asa fetida.—Diffusible stimulant, carminative, vermifuge. Horse,
2 drachms ; ox, 4 drachms; sheep, 1-2 to 1 drachm.

440 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

11. Balsam of Peru.—Stimulant, antispasmodic, expectorant. Horse,
lL ounce; ox, 1 to 1 1-2 ounces; sheep, 2 drachms.

12. Borax.—Nerve sedative, uterine stimulant. Horse, 2 to 6 drachms ;
ox, 1-2 to 1 ounce; sheep, 1-2 to 1 drachm.

13. Blackberry root.—Astringent. Horse, 2 to 4 drachms; ox, 1-2
ounce; sheep, 2 scruples.
Antispasmodic. Horse, 1 to 2 drachms; ox, 2 to 4

14. Camphor.
drachms ; sheep, 1 seruple.

15. Carbolic acid.—Sedative, anodyne, astringent, antiseptic, disin-
fectant. Horse, 1-2 to 1 drachm; ox, 1 drachm; sheep, LO drops.

16. Cherry bark, wild.

3 scruples.

Expectorant. Torse, 1-2 ounce ; sheep, 2 to

17. Copaiva.—Stimulant, diuretic, expectorant. Horse, 2 to 4
drachms ; ox, 3 to 4 drachms ; sheep, 1-2 to 1 drachm.

18. Cream of tartar.—Diuretic. Horse, 1 ounce; sheep, 4 to 6
drachms. Laxative: horse, 5 ounces; ox, 5 to 8 ounces, sheep, 1 to 2
ounces.

19. Hrgot.—Checks bleeding, parturient. Horse, 1-2 to 1 ounce; ox,
1 ounce; sheep, 1 to 2 drachms.

20. Tron, perowide.—Tonic. Horse, 2 to 4 drachms ; ox, 4 drachms ;
sheep, 1 drachm. An antidote to arsenic,

21. Lime, chloride.-—Checks tympany, disinfectant. Horse 2 to 4
drachms ; sheep, 1 to 2 drachms.

22. Linseed oil.—lLaxative. Horse, 1 to 2 pints; ox, 1 to 2 quarts;
sheep, 1-2 pint.

23. Lobelia.—Sedative, antispasmodic, expectorant. Horse, 1 to 2
drachms ; ox, 1 to 8 drachms: sheep, 15 grains; swine, 5 to 15 grains.

24. Mallow.—Demuleent. Give freely of cold infusion.

25. Mentha piperita (peppermint ).-—30 to 60 drops.

26. Oak bark.—Astringent. Horse, 1 ounce; ox, 2 to 4 ounces;
sheep, 4 drachms.

27. Olive oil_—Laxative. Horse, 1 to 2 pints; ox, 2 to 3 pints;
sheep, 3 to 6 ounces.

28. Opium.—Nareotic, sedative, anodyne, antispasmodic. Horse, 1-2
to 2 drachms; ox, 2 to 4 drachms; sheep, 10 to 20 grains.

29. Opium, tincture laudanum.—Narcotic, sedative, anodyne, anti-
spasmodic. Horse, 1 to 2 ounces; ox, 2 ounces; sheep, 2 to 3 drachms.
Of the powdered drug, give: horse, 1-2 to 2 drachms; ox, 2 to 4
drachms ; sheep, 10 to 20 grains.

30. Pepper, black.—Stomachic, stimulant. Horse, 2 drachms; ox, 3
drachms ; sheep, 1 to 2 scruples.

31. Pumpkin seeds.—Vermifuge, teniafuge. Horse, 1 pint.

THE HORSE, ITS DISEASES, 441

32. Rhubarb.—Laxative, tonic. Horse, 1 ounce ; ox, 2 ounces ; sheep,
1 drachm.

33. Resin.—Diuretic. Horse, 4 to 6 drachms; ox, l-2 to 1 ounce;
sheep, 2 to 4 drachms.

34. Soap.—Diuretic, antacid, laxative. Horse, 1 to 2 cunces; sheep,
2 to 6 drachms.

grains 3

35. Silver nitrate (lunar caustic).—Nerve tonic. Horse, 5
ox, 5 to 8 grains; sheep, 1 to 2 grains.

36. Sweet spirits of niter, Spirits of nitrous ether.—Stimuiant, anti-
spasmodic, diuretic, diaphoretic. Horse, 1 to 2 ounces; ox, 3 to 4
ounces; sheep, 3 to 6 drachms.

37. Tobacco.—Sedative, antispasmodic, vermifuge. Llorse, 4 drachms ;
ox, 4 to 6 drachms; sheep, 1 drachm.

38. Tar.—Expectorant, antiseptic. Horse, 1-2 to 1 ounce; ox, 1-2
to 2 ounces: sheep, 1-2 ounce.

39. Turpentine oi].—Stimulant, antispasmodic, diuretic. Horse, 1 to
2 ounces; ox, 1 to 1 1-2 ounces; sheep, 1 to 2 drachms. Vermifuge:
Horse, 2 ounces; ox, 2 to 3 ounces; sheep, 4 drachms.

40. Valertan.—Diffusible stimulant, antispasmodic, vermifuge. Horse,
2 ounces; ox, 2 to 4 ounces; sheep, 1-2 ounce.

41. Wild cherry bark.—Expectorant. Horse, 1 ounce; ox, 1 1-2
ounces ; sheep, 4 drachms.

42. Zinc, sulphate.—Astringent, tonic. Horse, 1 to 2 drachms; ox,
2 to 3 drachms; sheep, 15 to 30 grains.

XXIII. Graduating Doses.

In the administration of medicines the following statement of ages and
doses will be found valuable in determining quantities. The doses men-
tioned in the preceding list being full ones :

A horse of 3 years, ox 2 years, sheep 1 1-2 years and swine 15 months
old, should have a full dose.

A horse 15 months to 2 years; cattle 1 to 2 years, sheep 9 to 18
months, and swine 8 to 15 months, 1-2 of a full dose.

A horse 9 to 18 months, cattle 6 to 12 months, sheep
and swine 6 to 8 months, require 1-4 of a full dose.

5 to 9 months

A colt 5 to 9 months old, calves 3 to 6 months, lambs 3 to 5, and pigs
3 to 6 months old, may have 1-8 of a full adult dose.

Colts 1 to 5 months old, calves 1 to 3 months, lambs 1 to 3 months, and
pigs 1 to 3 months old, may have 1-16 of the dose.

Nervous, excitable animals require less than others. The continued
use of medicines renders their action slow and decreases their power.
The influence of disease also checks or modifies action. In diseases of
the brain, and spinal cord, and in impaction of the stomach,. double

442 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

quantities must sometimes be given, while in low fevers one-half the
usual quantity may produce evil, and sometimes prove fatal.

As a rule, anodynes, narcotics, sedatives, stimulants and anti-spasmodies
may be repeated once in four hours until the required effect is produced.

Twice daily may be given as the rule for alteratives, refrigerants, tonics,
diaphoretics and febrifuges.

Emetics should be repeated every five or ten minutes and their action
induced by opening the mouth and irritating the throat with a feather.
If the animal will drink, give large draughts of slightly warm water.
Emeties are not given to horses.

Purgatives should not be given the second time until the first has had
full time to operate. In the horse not before 46 hours; cattle and sheep
12 to 15 hours ; swine in 7 to 10 hours.

Draughts of tepid water, or warm gruel assist the operation of purgatives.

A ball is not to be made round, but longer than it is wide and not
larger than a walnut for horse or ox. It must be small enough so an
animal may swallow it easily. Balls are made of drugs in powders mixed
into a semi-solid state with honey or molasses and linseed meal, and coy-
ered with oiled tissue paper.

Drenches (liquid medicines) are made as infusions, with warm or cold
water, or as decoctions with boiling water. Powdered substances not
solvent in water are mixed with thick gruel or mucilage.

A ball is best given with the aid of a balling iron. This has been pre-
viously described. Put the iron between the front of the jaws, and place
the ball well back on the tongue with the hand. Hold the head well up
until swallowed. This may be aided by stroking the throat next the jaws.

Liquids are given from a horn or thick quart bottle with a pretty long
neck, such as a champagne bottle. No liquid or irritating medicine should
be given until sufficiently diluted with water so that it will not injure the
mouth if held therein some minutes.

Oil of turpentine, croton oil, and other strong irritating substances
that will not mix with water, should be mixed with palm or olive oil,
milk beaten with eggs, or it may be given in mucilage as the case may
require.

Powerful agents, that do not irritate, act promptly injected under the
skin with a hypodermic syringe. A surgeon’s advice should be used in
administering them.

Injections are given with a horse syringe. There are patent injectors
that pump in the liquid continuously. We have described an implement
that works well, by gravity, and is easily made. Small syringes are used
for injecting abscesses. Also the hypodermic syringe for injecting under
the skin.

CHAPTER XX.

IMPLEMENTS AND APPARATUS.

What to Keep, and How to Use Them.

Catheter.—This is a round gutta percha tube, with one end open, the
other rounded and near the end with two openings. Used to draw away
the water when the horse is unable to pass it naturally. They are also
introduced into deep ulcers, and liquid injected through them by means
of a syringe. In using the catheter, it should be well oiled and carefully
and slowly pushed along the orifice or canal.

Drawing knife.—¥rog knife. The knife in common use by black-
smiths; a thin blade with a sharply-curved end fixed in a handle, and
used in cutting into and paring the hoof.

Firing iron.—A heavy, blunt-edged blade fixed in a handle, and some-
times used for blistering when the actual cautery is considered necessary.
Valuable in skillful hands.

Forceps.—These are pincers with long jaws, and used for extracting
splinters, pieces of bone, or for seizing arteries in order to tie them up.

Enives.—These should be always keen and should be both sharp and
round-pointed. A heavy bistoury is a long, narrow-bladed knife for
opening deep wounds and abscesses.

Lancet.—These are of three kinds: the thumb lancet, the spring lan-
cet and the fleam. The thumb lancet is gauged by the thumb, the spring
lancet by a spring, and the fleam is struck by a hard wood stick. Always
make the incision lengthwise of the vein.

Ligatures.—Cords for tying arteries, and in tying, a surgeon’s knot
should be used. Instead of passing the end of the cord once round the
other, pass it twice around before drawing tight. It will hold securely.

Probes.—These are made of silver wire, with the ends slightly knobbed.
They are useful in exploring wounds.

Rowel.—This is a ring of leather, an inch or so in diameter, the rim
29

444 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

being about a quarter of an inch wide, It is wrapped with flax or
thread moistened with turpentine, and pushed down into a pocket made
in the skin, to induce a running sore. They are little used now; setons
accomplishing the object fully.

Setons.—A cord or ligature of leather thrust in, under and out of the
skin, and tied. It is soaked with turpentine or smeared with irritating
compounds, and turned every day, the object being to promote and keep
up a discharge of pus, and reduce inflammation.

Seton needles.—These are broad, curved blades, with a round shaft
eighteen inches lone, and with an eye at the blunt end. Used for thread-
ine setons of tape, cord or leather into wounds made. Needles for sew-
ing up wounds are of several sizes, curved, square needles.

Tents.—Vhese are pledgets of tow, lint or other substances introduced
into wounds to eause them to form matter. They should be moistened
with Venice turpentine.

Twitch.—A loop of leather or strong cord, fastened securely upon a
stout handle two feet long. Used for holding refractory horses, or dur-
ing surgical or other operations. Pass the upper lip through the loop,
and twist until sufficient force can be used to keep the animal still.

Hopples.—Ropes for casting a horse. ‘They should be each twenty-
five feet long. Have two strong straps of leather double, with a two
inch seam between, and so they may be buckled tight to the fetlock.
Fasten both ropes securely to the bottom of a collar placed on the horse’s
neck. Or if the rope is long enough, loop the middle to the collar,
buckle a strap securely to each hind pastern, pass the ends of the rope
through the rings, and back through the collar. One man manages the
head to bring the horse down properly and easily, while assistants pull
forcibly on the ropes ahead. A horse should never be cast except upon
a thick, soft bed of straw or tan bark. If it is simply wished to hopple
the horse, fasten the ends of the rope to the collar, and of such a length
that the horse cannot kick.

Slings. —These are an apparatus to suspend a horse’s weight in case of
fracture, rheumatism, or other diseases when the animal cannot bear full
weight on the limbs. First a broad strip of leather or strong canvas two
feet wide and six or seven feet long, stiffened at the ends by being sewn
around smooth billets of wood. ‘To this a breeching is attached to pass
around the buttocks, and others to and about the breast, to hold it se-
curely. Loops must be fastened to the billets at the ends of the girdle of
sufficient strength to bear the weight of the animal. Double blocks and
pulleys are attached to these, suspended at proper points, and thus the
animal is lifted and suspended so as to bear much or little weight on his

limbs.

PART TM.
Ae a tae a i i

Poor y, Sakis CHARACTERISTICS
AND MANAGEMENT.

x}

Case sii tty,

CHAPTER I.

NATURAL HISTORY OF CATTLE.

A

THEIR ORIGIN——EARLY DOMESTICATION —— THE DIFFERENT KINDS AND THEIR PECULIAR-
ITIES——IMPROVED BREEDS———-DEVONS——SUSSEX——-SHORT HORNS———ALDERNEYS——
AYRSHIRES —— HOLSTEINS —— POLLED CATTLE——KERRY COWS———THE CHEROKEE OR

TEXAS CATTLE, ETC., ETC.

The native country of the genus Bos is not known, and the wild type
has long since passed away.

The Urus is regarded as the parent of domesticated cattle, and is
described in its wild state, as an animal of enormous size, of great fierce-
ness, and fable has thrown around it an air of mystery, as is common in
all legends that have come down to us from the far past.

Domestication of Cattle.

The domestication of cattle is also a matter of conjecture.

Our earliest record comes from scripture. Jubal, the son of Lamech,
who lived in the lifetime of Adam, is recorded as being ‘the father of
such as have cattle.”

Noah certainly had cattle, and wherever the sons of Noah migrated,
they carried cattle with them.

Cattle were worshipped by the earliest Egyptians, and among the
ancient nations of Judea, they were, and still are, held in great ven-
eration.

Ld ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

In the days of Abraham, cattle certainly were regularly bred, and in
the days of Jacob we have an account of systematie breeding to color,
and probably to type.

In every civilized nation, the keeping of cattle forms among the earliest
productive industries recorded, and every Celtic nation has at one time
or another represented them as divinely given, or else, like the Hindoos,
held them in the greatest veneration.

Scientific Nomenclature.

According to naturalists cattle belong to the crass Mammalia ; that is,
having mamme or teats; their natural order is called rwminantia, from
their habit of ruminating, or chewing the cud. Y

Their Trier is termed bovide, meaning the ox kind. The GENus is
bos, the ox; the horns growing, from the crest, projecting at first side-
ways, and porous or cellular inside, with a film of true horn encasing the
cellular bony structure inside; the subB-@ENus, which will form the
subject of what we have to say, is termed bos taurus, or the domes-
ticated ox.

Of these there are many families, or sub-families; each distinctive
breed being a family. Mixed breeds, grades, and crosses, may be termed
sub-families.

The Teeth.

Cattle are distinguished as to their teeth by having eight lower incisors,
and none upper; these are the cutting teeth. They have no canine
teeth or tusks, but have twenty-four molars or grinding teeth; six on
sach side of the lower jaw, and six on each side of the upper jaw. The
upper jaw has no incisors; but the skin upon which the lower inci-
sors meet in the upper jaw is thickened, hard, and in aged animals
almost horny. The teeth may be represented as follows; the figures
above the line representing the upper, and the figures below the line rep-

resenting the lower jaw:

0 0 6 6
Cattle, incisors, —, canines —, molars — —. Total, 32 teeth.
8 0 6 6

We annex a cut of a section of the lower jaw showing the eight
incisors, of a mature ox, or at the age of five years.

Teeth of Calf atyld, showing ab-
two incisors, milk t¢ except outside

Teeth at fifteen wing permanent
sorption and wear inl also shape from
pers.

ee

Copyrighted by % preceding pages

Mh

Ree SAN SREW Lk a IS

Teeth of Calf at Birth, showing the first
two incisors, milk teeth.

Teeth at two weeks of, showing four
temporary incisors.

Teeth at fifteen months old, showing ab-
Sorption and wear in all the temporary nip-

Copyrighted by N. D. Thompson & Co.

Fig. 9.

Teeth at eighteen months old, showing
two first permanent incisors (1-1), and next
two pairs (2-2 and 3-3), growing and push-
ing Upwards toward the surface; also (4-4,
5-5 and 6-6) showing absorption. At (S-8)
is shown the alveali, or cells for the teeth.

‘Teeth at twelve months old, showing ab-
sorption in all the nippers, except outside
pair, and wear in these.

Teeth at ten months old, showing absorp-
tion in first two pairs of teeth, and wear of
two outside pairs,

Teeth at three weeks Teeth at six to eight months old, showing

wear on first two, or central teeth.

Teeth at one month old, showing eight
incisors, or the full set.

Peeth at ten years old, showing permanent
spaces between them; and also shape from
natural wear by use.

Teeth at two years old past, showing four
permanent incisors, and four temporary ones,
absorption nearly complete; also marks of
Wear on two first pairs.

Teeth at three years past, showing six per-
manent nippers, and two outside temporary
ones nearly gone; also wear on two central

Teeth at four years past, showing eight
permanent incisors—the full mouth—and
complete complement; also wear on all but

Teeth at five years past, showing wear and

Fon further fhota conownning tho Ages of Catt soe poveding pages

N. D. TRHOMPSON & CO., Publishers, Si. Louis, Mo.

a!

~s gi

c Moddayo alsow, ovis 18, digeT ;
oo @1osiggdt Yratoqares »

|
/
|
|

‘teriieds: gaiwodegditifl. te Us0 to diesT
rplon in |) the nippdiesd allie @1oaioat ows

-de gatwodea ,blo atfiaon: sesfiit is disoT
» -qinyistoqenst ort [fe umt 1e9w bas moitqioe

matural wear by whe +219Q

-blo adtaom neetdyis i ise |

(1-1) etoziont Insngcrtsg Jet owt
& Paoiwor (¢-g-bas_c-c) atiag. ows.
poortiwe oft biswot abiewqu gai

awoiscrroeds giflvode (9p baw 2Bofoioe yds RoegNoN TLE UM ys obdiginggsd

it tot elloa 10 fis

CATTLE, THEIR ORIGIN, ETC. 449

The annexed cut of section of the
head of an ox will show the molars,
or grinding teeth, and also the termi-
nal bone of the upper jaw, corres-
ponding to the lower face jaw, and
destitute of teeth.

Explanation.— a—Molars or grind-
ers. 6—Superior maxillary bone—
its palatine process. c—Cells of the —
palatine bone. d.—Anterior maxill-

ary bone, destitute of incisor teeth.

TEETH OF OX AT AGE OF FIVE YEARS.

Breeds of Cattle.

The breeds of cattle which have
acquired favor in the United States
are confined to but few.

The Devons are the typical race of
England, as among those that have
retained their purity, through long

generations, breeding with entire uni-
formity as to color, symmetry, horns, SECTION oF HEAD BROx:

and other general characteristics, fully

as much so as the Chillingham white cattle, which are regarded as
descendants of the original or aboriginal cattle of the British Islands.

DEVON OY.

450 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

The foregoing cut is a good illustration of the Devon ox as he appeared
fifty years ago, from the pasture. Such an one would be regarded as a
most admirable animal to-day.

Classification of Races.

In England cattle are divided into beef and dairy cattle. Beef cattle
again are divided into long-horns, middle-horns, short-horns, and polled
or hornless cattle.

Long-Horns.

Of the long-horns ; the old Irish long-horns showed a striking pecu-
liarity, which was, that their horns turned directly downward,

In Craven, England, has long existed a breed of cattle peculiar in
themselves, broad in the chine, quick and easy to fatten, and noted for
making excellent beef,

Under the scientific breeding of Bakewell, a handred years ago, and
his immediate successor, Leicester, long-horns acquired a wide celebrity.
This was undoubtedly attained by breeding in-and-in. He was known
to have done so to a remarkable degree,

With the death of Bakewell and his immediate successors, excessive
delicacy of constitution began to tell, and they began to lose caste years
ago, as a race,

They have left their impress, however, and, most decidedly, upon the
whole family of long-horns. ‘They became better feeders, better hand-
lers, and made better beef than before the infusion of this blood.

They have long been superseded by the short-horn and the Herefords,
and are only noticed here, as forming a part of the mixed blood of cattle,
of the United States and Canada,

We occasionally see by reversion, animals among our so called native
cattle, showing strong characteristics of Leicester, Hereford, Devon, the
old ‘Teeswater, the Dutch and polled cattle,

Middle-Horns.

Of the Middle-Tornus the only cattle valuable in the United States, are
the Devons and the Ilerefords, both wonderful families, in their make up,
and valuable whether for beef or working oxen,

In fact the Devon is the best working ox in the world, and as beef
makers their flesh is superior to that of any other breed, except the
Seotch, or West Highland cattle.

Besides the Devons the other families of the Middle-Horns, are the

CATTLE, THLEIR ORIGIN, ETC, 451

Sussex, Pembroke, Glamorgan, Angelsea, and, in Scotland, the West
Highland cattle, noted for the superiority of their flesh, and which have,
for many generations, remained unchanged, or improved except by selec-
tion,

Their principal value, after all, is their extreme hardiness, and aptitude
to fatten where other animals would starve.

Above, as showing the characteristics of this breed, we give an illustra-
tion of a West Highland ox, in good feeding flesh.

.

The Devons.

The celebrity that the Devons long ago attained for their superior beef
and working qualities, is wholly due to the fact that they have long been
bred, in North Deyon, pure. Hence, they are often called North Devon,
to distinguish them from the South Devons and the Sussex, both infe-
rior cattle, either from'‘a feeding or working standpoint,

The Devons are undoubtedly an original and pure race, and have been
noted for their high excellence for many generations.

It is only within the last two hundred years that systematic efforts have
been made to increase the excellence of English cattle, and it is not more
than one hundred and fifty years ago that Devon farmers were waked up
to the improvement, that might be made in these high strung, generous
feeders. They have within the last seventy-five years been brought to
such high perfection, that they do not suffer in comparison with other
high caste cattle, and they would certainly suffer by intermixture with
any other breed,

A
a

DeVON BULL,

452 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
Where Devons Thrive.

They cannot compete with the Short-Horns and Herefords, on flush
western pastures.

They lack size, and early maturity, but on hill, or broken pastures, and
in climates too cold for these breeds, and especially in climates unsuitable
to Short-Iorns, they are the best cattle ever known.

On the previous page, as showing the extraordinary symmetry and
style of this remarkable breed, we present a likeness of a Devon bull,
remarkable for eminent characteristics of the breed.

Devon Cows.

The bulls of this breed are inclined to be vicious as they get old.
The cows are gentle, and if gently used, kind in the extreme. Both
males and females, however, are so high strung that they will not bear
abuse. <A brutal master they will fight, but if managed with a firm, yet
gentle hand, they are the most familiar, as they are the most, intelli-
gent, of horned cattle.

The cows give exceedingly rich milk, and many of them fair quantities.

The males are said to cross kindly with the Guernseys, and these
make valuable dairy cattle.

There are however now so many excellent pure breeds of milkers that
it would be futile to experiment with the cross, since it will surely reduce
the value of the animal either for work or beef.

As workers, milkers and beef makers combined, for the amount of
food taken, they have no superior, if they have their equal. As beef
makers alone, in the West, the Short Horns and Hereford are superior.
As milkers the Jersey, the Holstein and Ayrshire take the palm. As
working cattle the Devons are superior to all known breeds.

The cut on the following page is a good illustration of a high caste
Deyon cow.

Characteristics of the Devon Cow.

This we give as follows:

There are few things more remarkable about the Devon cattle than the
comparative smallness of the cow. The bull is a great deal less than the
ox, and the cow smaller than the bull.

This is some disadvantage, and the breeders are aware of it; for,
although it may not be necessary to have a large bull, and especially as
those of an extraordinary size are seldom handsome in all their points,
but somewhere or other present coarseness or deformity, it is almost

CATTLE, DEVONS. 453

impossible to procure large and serviceable oxen except from a somewhat
roomy cow.

These cows, however, although small, possess that roundness and
projection of the two or three last ribs, which make them actually more

roomy than a careless examination of them would indicate.

‘MOD NOAA HIHON

The cow is particularly distinguished for her full, round, clear eye, the
gold-colored circle around the eye, and the same color on the inside skin
of the ear.

The countenance is cheerful, and the muzzle orange or yellow.

454 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

The jaws are free from thickness, and the throat from dewlap.
The back, the barrel, and the hind quarters differ from those of other
breeds, having more of roundness and beauty, and being free from angles.

Points of the Devons.

Youatt, than whom none have written more intelligently on domestic
animals, describes the characteristics of the breed as follows :

The more perfect specimens of the Devon breed are thus distinguished :

The horn of the bull ought to be neither too low nor too high, tapering
at the points, not too thick at the tip.

The eye should be clear, bright, and prominent, showing much of the
white, and have around it a circle of dark orange color.

The forehead should be flat, indented, and small, for, by the smallness
of the forehead, the purity of the breed is very much estimated.

The cheek should be small, and the muzzle fine; the nose must be 6f
a clear yellow.

The nostril should be high and open; the hair curled about the head.

The neck should be thick, and that sometimes almost to a fault.

DEVON WORKING OX.

Excepting in the head and neck, the form of the bull does not mate-
rially differ from that of the ox, but he is considerably smaller. There
are exceptions, however, to this rule.

The head of the ox is small, very singularly so, relatively to his bulk ;
yet it has a striking breadth of forehead; it is clean and free from flesh
about the jaws.

The eye is very prominent, and the animal has a pleasing vivacity of

CATTLE, DEVONS. 455

countenance, distinguishing it from the heavy aspect of many other
breeds.

Its neck is long and thin, admirably adapting it for the collar, or the
more common and ruder yoke.

It is accounted one of the characteristics of good cattle, that the line
of the neck from the horns, to the withers, should scarcely deviate from
that of the back.

In the Devon ox, however, there is a peculiar rising at the shoulder,
reminding us of the blood-horse, and essentially connected with the free
and quick action by which this breed has ever been distinguished.

It has little or no dewlap depending from the throat.

The horns are longer than those of the bull, smaller, and fine even to
the base, and of a lighter color, and tipped with yellow.

The animal is light in the withers; the shoulders a little oblique ; the
breast deep, and the bosom open and wide, particularly as contrasted
with the fineness of the withers.

The fore legs are wide apart, looking like pillars that have to support
a great weight.

The point of the shoulder is rarely or never seen. There is no projec-
tion of bone, but there is a kind of level line running on to the neck.

a

Characteristics and Important Points.

Angular bony projections are never found in a beast that carries much
flesh and fat.

The fineness of the withers, the slanting direction of the shoulder, and
the broad and open breast, imply strength, speed, and aptitude to fatten.

A narrow-chested animal can never be useful either for working or
grazing.

With all the lightness of the Devon ox, there is a point about him, dis-
liked in the blood or riding horse, and not approved in the horse of light
draught—the legs are far under the chest, or rather the breast projects
far and wide before the legs. We see the advantage of this in the beast
of slow draught, who rarely breaks into a trot, except when he is goaded
on in catching times, and the division of whose foot prevents him from
stumbling.

The lightness of the other parts of his form, however, counterbalances
heaviness there.

The legs are straight, at least in the best herds. If they are in-kneed
or crooked in the fore-legs, it argues a deficiency in blood, and compara-
tive incapacity for work ; and for grazing, too, for they will be hollow
behind the withers, a point for which nothing can compensate, because it
takes away so much from the place where good flesh and fat should be

156 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

thickly laid on, and diminishes the capacity of the chest and the power of
creating arterial “ind nutritious blood.

The Limbs of the Devons.

The fore-arm is particularly large and powerful. It swells out sud-
denly above the knee, but is soon lost in the substance of the shoulder.

Below the knee the bone is small to a very extraordinary degree, indi-
cating a seeming want of strength; but this impression immediately
ceases, for the smallness is only in front—it is only in the bone; the leg
is deep, and the sinews are far removed from the bone, promising both
strength and speed.

It may be objected that the leg is a little too long. It would be so in
an animal destined only to graze ; but this is a working animal, and some
length of leg is necessary to get him actively over the ground.

The Body of the Devons.

There is some trifling fall behind the withers, but no /ollowness, and
the line of the back is straight from thence to the setting on of the tail.
If there is any seeming fault in the beast, it is that the sides are a
little too flat. It will appear, however, that this does not interfere with
feeding, while a deep, although somewhat flat ehest is best adapted for
speed,

The two last ribs are particularly bold and prominent, leaving room
for the stomach and other parts concerned in digestion to be fully
developed,

The hips, or huckles, are high up, and on a level with the back, whether
the beast is fat or lean.

The hind quarters, or the space from the hip to the point of the rump,
are particularly long and well filled up—a point of importance both for
grazing and working. It leaves room for flesh in the most valuable
part, and indicates much power behind, equally connected with strength
and speed. This is an improvement quite of modern date. The full-
ness here, and the swelling of the thigh below, are of much more con-
sequence than the prominence of fat which is so much admired on the
rump of many prize cattle.

The setting on of the tail is high, ona level with the back, rarely much
elevated or depressed. This is another great point, as connected with the
perfection of the hind quarters.

The tail is long and small, and taper, with a round bunch of hair at the

bottom.

CATTLE, HEREFORDS. 457

Of the Skin and Hair.

The skin of the Devon, with his curly hair, is exceedingly mellow and
elastic. Graziers well know that there is not a more important point than
this. When the skin can be easily raised from the hips it shows that there
is room to set on fat below.

The skin is thin rather than thick. Its appearance of thickness arises
from the curly hair with which it is covered, and curly in proportion to
the condition and health of the animal. These curls run like little rip-
ples on water. Some of these cattle have the hair smooth, but then it
should be fine and soft. Those with curled hair are more hardy, and
fatten more kindly.

The favorite color is blood red. This is supposed to indicate purity of
breed ; but there are many good cattle approaching almost to bay.

If the eye is clear and good, and the skin mellow, the paler color will
bear hard work, and fatten as well as others, but a beast with pale hair,
and hard under the hand, and the eye dark and dead, will be a sluggish
worker, and an unprofitable feeder.

Those of 2 yellow color are said to be subject to diarrhaa, or scouring.

These are the principal points of a good Devon ox; but he used to be,
perhaps as many are yet, a little too flat-sided, and the rump narrowed
too rapidly behind the hip bones ; there was too much space between the
hip bones and the last rib, and he was too light for plowing in tenacious
and strong soils.

A selection from the most perfect animals of the true breed—the bone
small and the neck fine, but the brisket deep and wide, and down to the
knees, and not an atom of flatness all over the side—these have improved
the strength and bulk of the Devon ox, without imparing, in the slightest
degree his activity, his beauty, or his propensity to fatten.

The Herefords.

The Herefords, named from the county of Hereford, England, were
originally red or brown, with no white about them. From that they were
bred to brownish or yellowish red, some few even being brindle. Only
within the last hundred years have they been bred to white faces.

It was finally made to extend along the top of the neck, along the throat,
dewlap, brisket and fore legs, belly and flanks ; and white hind feet and
tail are. now fashionable.

They are a very ancient breed, and undoubtedly allied to the Devons.

458 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

HEREFORD BULL.

CATTLE, HEREFORDS. 459
Herefords Fifty Years Ago.

Mr. Marshal, 2 most competent authority, gives the following account
of the improved Hereford as it was known tifty years ago:

The countenance pleasant, cheerful, open; the forehead broad ; eye
full and lively; horns bright, taper, and spreading; head small; chop
lean ; neck long and tapering; chest deep ; bosom broad, and projecting
forward ; shoulder-bone thin, flat, no way protuberant i bone, but full
and mellow in flesh ; chest full ; loin broad ; hips standing wide, and level
with the chine ; quarters long, and wide, at the neck ; rump even with the
level of the back, and sharp above the quarters; tail slender and neatly
haired; barrel round and roomy; the carcass throughout deep and well
spread ; ribs broad, standing flat and close on the outer surface, forming
a smooth, even barrel; the hind parts large and full of strength ; neck
bones snug, not prominent ; thigh clean, and regularly tapering ; legs up-
right and short ; bone below the knee and hock small; feet of middle size :
flank large ; flesh every where mellow, soft, and yielding pleasantly to the
touch, especially on the chine, the shoulder and the ribs; hide mellow,
supple, of a middle thickness, and loose on the neck and huckle ; coat
neatly haired, bright, and silky; color, a middle red; this, with a bald
face, is characteristic of the true Hereford breed.’’

The Hereford Cow.

The Hereford cow compared with the ox is small and delicate, and not
always handsomely made, to the superficial observer.

Here again this breed would seem to show their relationship to the
Devon. She carries but little flesh, in breeding condition, and when
breeding, should not be fed sufficiently to accumulate much fat; for, in
order that the young be superior, the dam should have plenty of room
inside.

With the Herefords, experience has shown that the dam may not be too
large or coarse but she should be roomy. Then the breeder will get,
eyen from apparently inferior cows, large, handsome steers, that will
fatten early, and kindly, and to great weights.

When the cow is done breeding, and ready for fatting, it will please
the owner to see how she will spread out, and accumulate flesh and fat,
and this to a greater degree, than if not allowed to breed.

The Herefords are a hardy, gentle race, maturing early, and are long
lived. The flesh is superior, handsomely marbled, heavy in the prime
parts, and they fatten to weights fully as heavy as any other known
breed.

Their massive strength, honesty and gentleness make them the best
working oxen known, and the potency of the bulls, when crossed upon

30

460 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

red or nearly red cows of the country, renders the steers easily matched
in color, as they will be easily matched in general characteristics of
the progeny.

Herefords in Amer:ca.

Herefords were first brought to America for systematic breeding in
1816 or 1817, by the great Kentucky statesman, Henry Clay. They
were soon, however, allowed to run down and were at length entirely lost
sight of there. Admiral Sir Isaac Coffin, a few years after, sent out from
England a Hereford bull to his friends in Massachusetts, which was used
in crossing upon the native cattle of the State. He made a very marked
impress there, and for many years the good result was seen in the cattle
of the State..

About the year 1840 there was a large importation made into the State
of New York, from England. They went principally to Jefferson county
and some to Vermont.

About the year 1852 there was another considerable importation of
Herefords into Ohio—very fine animals, where they, in connection with
later importations, have been successfully bred.

In 1860 and 1861 two importations were made into Canada, consisting
of two bulls and eleven cows and heifers, From these there have come
down many most excellent animals, which have left their impress far and
wide. Since that time there have been various importations, principally
in Hlinois and Maryland, the produce of which have fought their way
against the opposition of the Short-Horns, until now they may be said to
fairly divide honors with this famous breed in America as they are well
known to do in England.

As Milkers.

The cows are not very deep milkers, in fact they give but little milk.
They were never large milkers, and a course of breeding for many
generations as beef makers, while it has brought up the animals to great
weights and such wonderful symmetry. that they fairly dispute the palm
in the showrings with the best Short Horns, the milking qualities have
gradually become less and less. It is but another exemplification of the
fact, that all goodness cannot be combined in one animal. No sensible
breeder expects it.

It is enough that the science of breeding within the last fifty years has
brought all our domestic animals far toward perfection, in the two great
classes needed in cattle: that is, superior excellence as beef makers, or
else superior excellence as deep and rich milkers. It is obvious that it
must be so, for the animal superior as a milker must necessarily be
altogether different in her conformation from one destined to produce a

maximum weight of prime beef at the earliest age.

CATTLE, HEREFORDS. 461

}
im

hilt
of | i (ll
Vwi iii

vy

|

it
DNAs
2 if WA My
asl

¢

Z.

a
oe

WIV INV MOD GuosINAy

Hi),

462 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
The Hereford Ox.

Whether we consider this remarkable breed either in their adaptability
to heavy draft, or in their wonderful fattening qualities, it is the steers
that make the money for the feeder.

Their capability of standing fatigue and constitutional adaptability in
resisting winter weather, has of late made them great favorites with the
ranchmen on the plains.

So, while we see them winning honors in the show rings at home, the
young bulls are eagerly picked up for transportation to Colorado, New
Mexico, Montana and Wyoming, to put with the herds there, for the
purpose of breeding grades.

Thus two valuable ends will be conserved: That country will
send Kast most superior cattle for feeding fat, in the great corn region
of the West, while at the same time they will be raising up steers
admirably adapted to the heavy freighting business in the mountains and
mining: districts.

The Hereford of To-day.

As showing the extreme care that has been exercised of late years in
improving this comparatively rare breed in England, to such great
perfection as to fairly claim honors with the very best Short-Horns, the
following extracts from leading agricultural journals, relating to one of
the great show rings there in 1878, the Bath and West of England, the
Mark Lane Pepress speaking of the Hereford exhibit says :

“They are not so numerous as the more fashionable breed, but the
quality throughout is excellent. In the aged bull class there are five
animals of which the Hereford men need not be ashamed. * * *

‘*The heifers in milk or in calf numbered only three, but two of them
were such animals as it was worth while coming to Oxford on purpose
to see. Mrs. Sarah Edwards, of Wintercott, took first and second,
leaving Mr. Lutley the reserve; but Mrs. Edwards’ Leonora is one of
the most perfect animals that has been shown for years. It was first last
year as a yearling at Liverpool, and will likely be first wherever it goes.
The champion prize given by the Oxfordshire Agricultural Society was
also awarded to this heifer as the best female horned animal in the yard.
The companion heifer, Beatrice, is also very handsome, and took second
to Leonora’s first at the Royal last year, as it did last week at Oxford.
Mrs. Edwards may well be proud of such stock as that; if Leonora had
been a Grand Duchess Short-Horn a poem would have been composed in
her honor, and translated into several languages by this time. But no
Short-Horn that we have ever seen was cast in such a mould as this
Hereford heifer.”

CATTLE, HEREFORDS. 163

In the Agricultural Gazette (London) we find the following :

‘*This breed enjoyed the remarkable distinction of producing both the
champion animals at Oxford. Mr. Aaron Rogers’ Grateful being
declared to be the best bull, and Mrs. Sarah Edwards’ Beatrice (a two
year old heifer) being declared to be the best cow or heifer in the yard.
Both, as may be supposed, were very good, the heifer pre-eminently so.
She is a daughter of the famous bull, Winter de Cote, and another
instance of hereditary merit.

**The yearling heifers and calyes indicate that this breed is, as beef
makers at an early age, quite up to the highest Short-Horn standard.
The Teeswater may milk better, and be more ready in adapting itself to
local circumstances ; but where the pasture is good, it is hard to beat the
white-faces for grazing.”’

The Chamber of Agriculture Journal (London) also says :

««The old bull Hereford class produced an extraordinary animal in Mr.
Aaron Rogers’ Grateful, who secured the reserve at the Hereford Show
in 1876, but did not make his appearance at Bath or Liverpool last year.
He has made wonderful development since, appearing as a two-year-old,
as is proved by the fact that Thoughtful, who was then placed above him,
and has since taken firsts at Birmingham, Liverpool and Bath, has now
been put second to him; and that not only was he selected by the judges
as the best Hereford bull on the ground, but in the contest for the
championship succeeded in carrying it off against such a Short-Horn
competitor as Sir Arthur Ingram. This is no slight honor to the
Hereford breed, and of course any animal counted worthy of such a
distinction must be a first-class one. Grateful, at four years old, has
sapital loins and chines, with great thickness and depth of frame, and is
very level all over; but his grand feature is the astounding mass of
flesh with which his frame is covered. His girth is eight feet ten and
one-half inches. Thoughtful has frequently been described in these
columns, and it is sufficient to state that he is a massive, grand bull, who
well supports his merit. The next class was a very weak one, only
consisting of two, and those not so good as the herds of Mr. H.N.
Edwards and Mr. Philip Turner are accustomed to supply.

“In the cow class the late Mr. Warren Evans’ Lady Blanche, which took
second prize at Bath, now came to the front position. She is marvelous
at her fore flank, and displays a great mass of flesh on a well-shaped,
grand frame, which, however, fell off slightly at the rump. The second
prize cow, Mr. E. J. Lewis’ Little Beauty, had a highly commended at
Bath, and wonderfully retains her show-yard merit at eleven years old.
The two-year-old heifers of Mrs. Sarah Edwards, Leonora and Beatrice,
were, of course, sure to win. Beatrice has recently reared a calf, which

AWA ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

is slightly against her for showing; but Leonora is in full bloom with
her beautiful head, symmetrical form, and all that loveliness which is so
taking to the eye, After being selected as the best Hereford female on
the ground, she carried off the champion prize against a remarkably

Sussex Cow

,

shapely Short-horn heifer, and one of the best Devons that has appeared
for years, so that both cups were awarded to Herefords,”’

CATTLE, SUSSEX, 465
Sussex Cattle.—Distinguishing Marks.

This breed is closely allied to the Devons, but coarser, Their distin-
guishing marks are :

The horns are more tapering, pushing farther forward, and turning
up more, The head is small and well formed, the eye full, large and
mild in the ox, but rather wild and unquiet in the cow. ‘The throat is
clean and the neck long and thin, but coarser than in the Deyon. The
shoulder is wider and rounder on the withers; straighter from the
top of the withers towards the back, and carries much flesh, giving too
much weight to unprofitable parts. On the other hand, the barrel is
round and deep, the back straight, and the back-bone entively hidden by
the muscles on each side, The heart and lungs are full and large, and the
belly and flank capacious, The barrel is well-ribbed home, The loins
are wide, the hip-bone low, free from raggedness, large, and well spread,
and the space between the hips well filled up. The tail, which is fine
and thin, is set. on lower than in the Devon, yet the rump is nearly as
straight, for the deficiency is supplied by a mass of flesh and fat swelling
above. ‘The hind quarters are cleanly made, and if the thighs appear to
be straight without, there is plenty of fullness within.

In color the Sussex is a deep chestnut red, or blood bay. They are
all lighter in color than the Devon, but in color they are fully as uniform.

The Sussex Cow.

The cows have fine hair, a mellow, rather than thin skin; a small teat ;
horns fine, clean, and transparent, which reach forward from the head
and turn up at the tips; the neck is thin and clean; back and belly
straight ; ribs round and springing out well; shoulder flat, but projecting
at the point.

Hips and rump wide; the tail set on level with the rump, and the car-
cass large; the legs are rather short and fine.

The cows are not good milkers; they are often uneasy in the pasture,
and as before stated, unquiet in temper.

They have been, some of them, imported to the United States and
even exhibited and sold as Devons.

This description of the Sussex is given for this reason: Those who
buy Devons should be careful that they have no stain of this blood ;
in other words, their pedigree should be perfect.

Short-Horned Breeds.

The Short-Horn breeds of England are represented by the Durham, the
Yorkshire, the Lincolnshire, the Teeswater and the Holderness breeds.

466 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

i
(
22

>

ey

a

DuRHAM BULL aND Cow, OLD STYLE.

CATTLE SHORT-HORNS. 467

The Yorkshires and Lincolnshires are now but little known, being super-
seded by the improved breed now generally known and recognized by
the name of Short-Horn, or the crosses thereof.

Their characteristics were those in a modified degree of the old Dur-
ham and Teeswater cattle.

Short-Horns Proper.

The only representation of this class worthy of notice here, are the
descendants of the old Durham or Teeswater cattle, which have existed
in the counties of Durham and York, from the earliest historical periods.
These uniformly had short horns, were of large size, and were extra-
ordinary milkers.

As to their characteristics, they were thin-skinned; sleek-haired ;
sather delicate in constitution ; not mellow to the touch; coarse in offal ;
defective in girth forward; slow to fatten; the meat inferior, and often
of a dark hue.

Excellence in the aptitude of the Short-Horns of latter years to fatten,
early maturity, and mellowness of hide, go back almost one hundred
and fifty years, when the Short-Horns, on the banks of the river Tees,
(and hence called the Teeswater breed), began to assume the distinctive
characteristics of the Short-Horns of a later period,

Short-Horn History.

Whatever may have been the origin of the cattle from which have
descended the present race of Short-Horns, it is not of moment here. It
is enough to know that they had been for many generations bred suf-
ficiently pure to establish certain characteristics that attracted the most
eminent breeders of the day.

Among the breeders of the latter part of the last century, and the
early part of the present century, were the Collings, (Charles and
Robert), Sir Henry Vane, Col. John Trotter, and Mr. Mason.

In the early years of the present century, Mr. John Stevenson, Mr.
Bates, and Mr. Booth, each became celebrated for the eminence of their
animals. Earl Spencer aiso acquired a great reputation, as the possessor
of extraordinary animals, and for prices received by himself and Mr.
Bates.

Since the death of the latter gentleman in 1849, Short-Horns have
steadily increased in price for fashionably bred animals, running far into
thousands of dollars, of late years, for a single animal, while those not
so fashionably bred were equally sought at prices that would have seemed
large fifty or sixty years ago.

468 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

Below may be found an outline representation of a Short-Horn cow,
fat.

It will be observed that this animal carries great size, a square body of
ereat substance, while the legs are sufficient for locomotion, although
from the fullness of the carcass they seem short, and that there is abund-
ance of meat in the prime parts, including the thighs, which carry their

( bs
(eo

x

7

SHORT-HORN Cow, IN OUTLINE.

%
—

\ ae
2 Ne
aS
aA,

—

fullness well down to the hocks. It will be seen that she is characterized
by massiveness, smoothness, and that she shows the appearance of carry-
ing light offal. The brisket is deep, the udder small, but compact, and

CATTLE, SHORT-HORNS. 469

extending well forward. The rump is smooth, but broad, and without
patchiness—that is, great lumps of fat standing out like blubber. The
hips are broad and well covered with flesh and fat; and the loins, and
indeed the whole top, exceptionally good. In fact, she is an animal
varrying beef all over, where flesh may be laid on, and full of fat inside.
She is a grand representative of the breed, and one that may be fattened

to a great weight.
Short-Horns in America.

Mr. Allen, the editor of the American Short-Horn Herd Book on
American cattle, from a very exhaustive research of importations in
relation to the introduction of this most valuable breed into the United
States, says:

Soon after the termination of the Revolutionary war with England, a
few cattle supposed to be pure Short Horns, were brought into Virginia
by a Mr. Miller. These were said to be well fleshed animals, and the
cows remarkable for milk, giving as high as thirty-two quarts in a day.
Some of the produce of these cattle, as early as 1797, were taken into
Kentucky by a Mr. Patton, where, as little was known of ‘* breeds,’’
they were called, after the gentleman who brought them, the ‘* Patton
stock.’ They were well cared for, and made a decided improvement in
the cattle of the ‘*blue grass country,’’? where they were first introduced.
Some of this early Virginia stock also went out to the ‘*south branch of
the Potomac,”’ in that State, a fine grazing country, which, fifty years
ago, was famous for its good cattle. In the year 1796, it is said that an
Englishman, named Heaton, brought two or three Short Horn cattle from
the north of England to New York. They were taken to Westchester
county, near by, and bred, but no results, in pure blood, have been
traced to them.

In 1815-16, a Mr. Cox, an Englishman, imported a bull and two
heifers into Rensseler county, New York. These were followed in 1822
by two bulls, imported by another Englishman named Hayne. Descend-
ants from this Cox stock were said to be bred pure, and afterwards
crossed by Mr. Hayne’s bulls. The stock now exists in considerable
numbers and of good quality, in that and adjoining counties.

In 1817 Col. Lewis Sanders, of Lexington, Kentucky, made an
importation of three bulls and three heifers from England. They were
of good quality and blood, and laid the foundation of many excellent
herds in that State. In 1818, Mr. Cornelius Cooledge, of Boston,
Massachusetts, imported a yearling heifer,—*‘* Flora’’—and a bull —
**Cicero’’—into that city, from the herd of Mr. Mason, of Chilton, in

470 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

the county of Durham, England. These were carefully bred, and many
of their descendants are now scattered throughout several States. About
the same year Mr. Samuel Williams, then a merchant in London, but a
native of Massachusetts, sent out a bull—* Young Denton’’—and some

cows of the same and later importations, and their descendants are still

numerous among well bred Short Horns of the present day.

The same year, Mr. Gorham Parsons, of Brighton, Massachusetts,
imported a Short Horn bull—‘* Fortunatus’’—bred by Geo. Faulkner,
of North Allerton, Yorkshire, England. He was used considerably on
the native cows of his State, but we have never traced any thorough-bred
pedigrees to him.

In 1820, Mr. Theodore Lyman, of Boston, Massachusetts, imported a
bull, which he sold to Israel Thorndike, of that city, and he sent him to
his farm in Maine. Of his produce we hear nothing.

About the year 1820, and during a few years succeeding, several
spirited gentlemen of Boston, and its neighborhood, imported a number
of cows and bulls from some of the best herds in England. They were
Messrs. Derby, Williams, Lee, Prince, Monson, and perhaps others.
These were all fine cattle, and: of approved blood in the English Short-
Horn districts. Their descendants are still numerous in New England,
and some other States.

About the year 1823, the late Admiral Sir Isaac Coffin, of the British
navy, a native of Massachusetts, sent out a cow—‘* Anabella’’—and a
bull —** Admiral’’—as a gift to the Massachusetts Agricultural Society.
They were good animals, and bred with the other Massachusetts impor-
tations.

Shortly previous to 1821, the late John S. Skinner, of Baltimore,
Maryland, imported for Governor Lloyd, of that State, a bull—*‘* Cham-
pion’’—and two heifers—‘*White Rose’ and ‘* Shepherdess ’’—from the
herd of Mr. Champion, a noted English breeder. From these, several
good animals descended, some or which are now known.

In 1823, Mr. Skinner also imported for the late Gen. Stephen Van
Renssler, of Albany, New York, a bull—*‘* Washington’’—and two
heifers — ‘* Conquest’’ and, ‘‘ Pansey’’—from the same herd of Mr.
Champion. Conquest did not breed; Pansey was a successful breeder,

and many of her descendants are now scattered over the country.

During the years 1822 to 18380, the late Mr. Charles Henry Hall, of
New York, imported several Short-Horn bulls and cows, from some of
the best English herds. Several of these he sold to persons in the neighbor-
hood of that city, soon after they arrived, and others he sent to his farm
in Rensseleer county, near Albany, and there bred them. Their descend-
ants are now scattered through several good herds.

“TTAG NUYOW-LUOHY

CATTLE, SHORT-HORNS

171

472 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

In 1824 the late Col. John Hare Powell, of Philadelphia, Pa., com-
menced importations, and for several years continued them with much
spirit and judgment. — His selections were principally from the herds of
Jonas Whitaker, of Otley, in Yorkshire, England. He bred them assid-
uously at his fine estate at Powelton, near the city, and sold many to
neighboring breeders, and to go into Ohio and Kentucky, where many of
their descendants still remain.

About the year 1828, Mr. Francis Rotch, then of New Bedford, Mass.,
selected from the herd of Mr. Whitaker, and sent to Mr. Benj. Rodman,
of New Bedford, a bull and three heifers. They were afterwards sold to
other breeders, and their descendants are now found in several excellent
herds.

In the year 1833, the late Mr. Walter Dun, near Lexington, Ky., im-
ported a bull and several valuable cows from choice herds in Yorkshire,
England. He bred them with much care, and their descendants are now
found in many good western herds.

But the first enterprise in importing Short-Horns upon a grand scale
was commenced in 1834, by an association of cattle breeders of the Scioto
Valley, and its adjoining counties, in Ohio. They formed a company,
with adequate capital, and sent out an agent, who purchased the best cattle
to be found, without regard to price, and brought out nineteen animals in
one ship, landed them at Philadelphia, and drove them to Ohio. Further
importations were made by the same company, in the years 1835 and 1836,
The cattle were kept and bred together in one locality, for upwards of
two years, and then sold by auction. They brought large prices—$500
to $2,500 each—and were distributed chiefly among the stockholders, who
were among the most extensive cattle breeders and graziers of the famous
Scioto Valley.

In 1837-8-9, importations were made into Kentucky, by Messrs. James
Shelby and Henry Clay, Jr., and some other parties, of several well-
selected Short-IHorns, some of which were kept and bred by the importers,
and the others sold in their vicinity.

In 1837-8-9, Mr. Whitaker, above mentioned, sent out to Philadelphia,
on his own account, upwards of a hundred Short-Horns, from his own
and other herds, and put them on Col. Powell’s farm, where he sold them
at auction. They were purchased at good prices, mostly by breeders from
Pennsylvania, Ohio, and Kentucky, and distributed widely through those
States.

From 1835 up to 18438, several importations of fine stock were made
by Mr. Weddle, an English emigrant, to Rochester, N. Y., and by Amer-
ican gentlemen, among whom were Messrs, E. P. Prentice, of Albany,
N. Y., Mr. James Lenox and Mr. J. F. Sheaffe, of New York city,

CATTLE, SHORT-HORNS. 473

Messrs. LeRoy and Newbould, of Livingston county, the late Peter A.
Remsen, of Genesee county, N. Y., and Mr. Whitney, of New Haven,
Ct., Mr. Gibbons, of New Jersey, and some others, not now recollected,
—all valuable animals. They were bred for some years by their owners,

SSE
Se tlle

yrs

por

«VT¥)., ‘AOD NNOF-LYOHS

with much care. Mr. Prentice, for several years, had a large and excellent
herd on his home-farm. After some years all these herds were sold and
widely distributed. Their descendants still remain among our valuable
herds. ye

474 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

In the year 1849-50, Col. J. M. Sherwood, of Auburn, and Mr. Ambrose
Stephens, of Batavia, N. Y., imported from the herd of Mr. Bates a bull,
and from Mr. Jno. Stephenson, of Durham, England, three bulls and
several heifers, all choice animals, and successfully bred them during
several years. The stock became widely distributed, and well known. —

About the year 1839, Mr. George Vail, of Troy, N. Y., made an im-
portation of a bull and heifer, purchased of Mr. Thomas Bates, of Kark-
leavington, the first cattle from that particular herd which had been intro-
duced into the State. A few years later, he purchased and imported
several more cows from the herd of Mr. Bates, crosses of his **Duchess’’
and other families. He bred them with success and widely distributed
their blood. Mr. Vail made a final sale of his herd in the year 1852.

A period of some years now occurred, in which few more, if any,
Short-Horns were imported. Cattle, as well as all kinds of agricultural
produce, were exceedingly low; but as things grew better, the demand
for ‘‘blood’’ cattle revived, and the spirit for their breeding was renewed.
Mr. Thomas Bates, a distinguished Short-Horn breeder in England, died
in 1849. His herd, fully equal in quality to any in England, was sold in
1850. The choicest of them—of the ‘*Duchess’’ and ‘*Oxford”’ tribes—
fell mostly into the hands of the late Lord Dacie, at Fortworth Park,
already the owner of a noble herd, to which the Bates stock was added.
He was a skillful breeder, and of most liberal spirit, and during the brief
time he held them the reputation of the Bates stock, if possible, mereased.
Within three years from the time of the sale of Mr. Bates’ herd, Lord
Dacie died. In 1853, peremptory sale of his stock was widely advertised.
Allured by the reputation of his herd, several American gentlemen went
over to witness it. The attendance of English herders was very large,
and the sales averaged higher prices in individual animals than had been
reached since the famous sale of Charles Colling, in 1810. Mr. Samuel
Thorne, of Duchess county, N. Y., bought several of the best and highest
priced animals, of the ‘*Duchess’’ and ‘*Oxford’’ tribes, and added to
them several more choice ones, from different herds. Messrs. L. G.
Morris, and the late Noel J. Becar, of New York, bought others of the
«*Duchess’’, and **Oxfords,’’ to which they added more from other
choice herds. These were all brought over here, and bred. Mr. Ezra
Cornell, of Ithaca, and Mr. James O. Sheldon, of Geneva, N. Y., soon
afterwards made some importations, and obtained some of the ‘* Bates”’
blood also. The late Gen. James S. Wadsworth, and other gentlemen of
the Genesee Valley, N. Y., also made importations. These ‘* Bates ”’
impertations have since been bred so successfully by their holders here,
that several young bulls and heifers, bred by Mr. Thorne and Mr. Shel-

CATTLE, SHORT-HORNS. 475

don, have been purchased by English breeders, and sent over to them at
good prices, where they are highly valued.

Nl NN
} WH

I i)
i it

| ING
WH HT Mh
i} i
WN ii Hille

"TING NUOY-LUOHY DNITUVAL

NAMATH
}}

NN HANH i

Pi

ites

in i HAL Hall nh

Wit)
Hh sh

TNT a i HAD vi

Tn 1852-34, several spirited companies were formed in Clinton, Mad-
ison, and other counties in Ohio, and in Bourbon, Fayette, and some

e

476 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

other counties of Kentucky, and made importations of the best cattle to
be found in the English herds, and after their arrival here, distributed

;

P
ill i i
a

ANY

Saort-Horn Cow, ‘ DIANA.”

among their stockholders. Mr. R. A, Alexander, of Kentucky, also,
during those years, made extensive importations of choice blood for his

CATTLE, SHORT-HORNS. 477

own breeding, so that in the year 1856, it may be said that the United
States possessed, according to their numbers, as valuable a selection of
Short-Horns as could be found in England itself.

Keeping pace with the States, a number of enterprising Canadians,
since the year 1835, among whom may be named the late Mr. Adam Fer-
gusson, Mr. Howitt, Mr. Wade, the Millers, near Toronto, Mr. Frederick
Wm. Stone, of Guelph, and Mr. David Christie, of Brantford, in Canada
West, and Mr. M. H. Cochrane and others, in Lower Canada, have made
sundry importations of excellent cattle, and bred them with skili and
spirit. Many cattle from these importations, and their descendants,
have been interchanged between the United States and Canada, and all
may now be classed, without distinction, as American Short-Horns,

Short-Horns in the West.

In the Northwestern States the first importation of Short-Horns direct
from England was by the Illinois Importing Company, in 1858. This
Was an association of gentlemen, a part of them members of the State
Board of Agriculture, in connection with prominent breeders of the
State. They returned in July of the same year with twenty Short-Horn
cows «hd seven bulls, of approved blood, which were sold at auction on
August 27th, at Springfield, to breeders throughout the State. They
also brought over two stallions, three Cotswold rams, nine ewes, four
Southdown rams, eight Southdown ewes, five Berkshire boars, four
Berkshire sows, and ten boars and sows of Irish breeds; also Cumber-
land and Yorkshire boars and sows. From this time on, various States in
the West have taken up the breeding of Short-Horns as they have
increased in wealth and population, until now no finer herds can be
found in any other locality; and, the fact that at the New York Mills
sales individual animals brought prices all the way to over $30,000, for
exportation to England— prices which before this time would have been
considered fabulous—shows conclusively that Short-Horns, as bred in
the United States, have not suffered in comparison with those bred in
their native land. No such prices were ever reached before in any
country in the world; nor have they been since. To-day they are found
wherever civilization extends. As beef producers they have no superiors ;
as milk producers there are families eminent in this respect, and they have
left their impress upon the stock of the country wherever introduced.

Short-Horns for the Dairy.

It has been held that the Short-Horns are as good for milking as they
are for beef. That they once were most excellent dairy cows there is no

478 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

doubt. That American Short-Horns of the present are not, as a class,
even decent milkers, there is as little doubt. The early importations of
Short-Horns were of the milking strains. For the last thirty years,
however, they have been bred with such special reference to beef points
and carly maturity that it is now difficult to find a decent milker in any
of the more fashionable strains of blood, and very many of the cows
will not give mill enough to properly raise a calf. Once in a while,
however, a very superior milking animal appears, showing, by reversion,
what the capabilities of the breed might be in this direction.

That the early importations of Short-Horns were uniformly good am
this direction, as well as admirable beef cattle there is no doubt. That
they have left their impress upon the native cattle in this direction is
unquestioned. That they exist to some extent in England and America,
in particular herds, is certain. We have seen them here and know they
are there. They have grown less, year by year, as the improvement of
other dairy breeds became more and more manifest, until of late years
little has been claimed for them as milkers. Their great value as early
maturity beef makers,—attaining great weight—having superceded their
purely milking characteristics. Among the better milkers may be named
the descendants of the ‘* Patton breed,” the ‘* seventeens,’’ or the im-
portation of 1817, and some descendants of the Ohio importation of
1834. In fact, this latter importation was made solely with a view to
beef and flesh points, and since this time milk has been ignored by the
more fashionable breeders both in England and America.

Short-Horns for Beef.

Throughout the whole West, especially, beef was the object sought.
The land was cheap, fertile, and the pastures flush. Until within the last
few years, butter and cheese was not an exportable product, beef was.
It is not strange that a class of animals was sought that would produce
the most beef in the least possible time. How this has been developed,
the great herds of Ohio, Kentucky, Tennessee, Indiana, Michigan, Wis-
consin, Hlinois, Missouri, Iowa, and later, Minnesota, Nebraska, and Kan-
sas, give ample proof.

In breeding there are no superior cattle in the world. ‘Their usefulness
as beef producers will continue to grow with the settlement of the country.
The value of the bulls for crossing upon the ordinary stock of the country
is becoming more and more appreciated every year. It will continue to
be an increasing integer for many years to come.

On the next page, as showing a modern bred Short-Horn bull, combi-
ning excellent beef points, with great stamina and constitution, we give
an illustration of ‘*Hiawatha.”’

CATTLE, SHORT-HORNS.

479

The modern Short-Horn has great thickness of carcass, squarish-rotund
shape, rapid growth, early maturity, and a ripeness at two, three, four,

or five years, that is attained by no other breed.

«, VHIVAVI{,,, “TIOg NYOH-LUOHS

somest cattle to look at of any known breed—weight,
being taken into consideration.
carcass,

NHS ay
| HI Mi Wl
} RW \| i le ily i
Hi vail |

et) ae) Le yy

There is a
extending to every part.

(|, a

wonderful

Many are also the hand-

substance and style
fullness in the

The choice flesh is put on in parts

£30 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

where ordinary cattle fail; the offal is exceptionally light, as light as it
would be among common native cattle of two-thirds the weight. In the
milk-yielding Short-Horns there is a tendency to leanness. Many are

| Wl i ull q a
WA a"

| HAs A
Wt
Hil |

Hi
| II

HI
il |

il
"

|

SHort-Horn Cow, ‘‘ Rusamonp ’’

lighter before, flatter in the side, but yet exceedingly firm all over, from
a dairyman’s standpoint. In the beef animals there is a rotund fullness,

a smoothness, a majesty, no where else seen.

CATTLE, SHORT-HORNS. 481

As showing beef in the Short-Horn cow, in an eminent degree, we give
a portrait of the cow ‘*Rosamond,’’ showing not only good beef points
but milking qualities as well.
Points of Short-Horns Described.

The points of Short-Horns—and which will apply in judging all beef
animals, with slight variations, to be hereafter described—are worthy of
a somewhat minute description. ‘The points are of two classes—those
observed with the eye and those felt by the touch. By the eye one
observes the general contour of the animal; size, length, breadth, thick-
ness, fineness of body, head and limb; the loin, back, thigh, the spring
of the rib and the manner in which the animal is ribbed up close to the
hip bones. The touch—that is, the feeling under the touch—shows
length and quality of the hair, thickness and elasticity of the skin. The
eye and expression of countenance is indicative of disposition and tem-
per. An elastic, mellow and yet firm hide, of medium thickness, is an
indication of well marbled flesh, while a floating, soft skin will indi-
cate blubbery fat, and often dark colored flesh.

The Butcher’s Profit.

The butcher in buying an animal for beef has now-a-days but a single
object in view—the animal that will turn out the greatest amount of lean
meat in the prime parts, with the least offal, and only a moderate amount
of fat; for fat is now one of the cheapest portions of the animal. Years
ago, in the days of tallow candles, the reverse was the case. The back,
loin, and ribs are the choice bits; next the rump and thigh; then the
shoulders ; while the neck and head are comparatively worthless. The
sagacious breeder, while keeping this constantly in view, seeks to add
early maturity to good flesh. He who comes nearest to this has the best
animal, whatever the breed, or the pedigree of the particular breed. The
butcher’s block is the final, the crucial test.

A description of the points of the Short-Horn was so carefully and
admirably given by Dr. A. C. Stevenson, President of the Indiana Short-
Horn Breeders’ Association, at the first convention thereof, that we
append a synopsis, accompanied with an outline of a Short-Horn, to
which reference can be made, illustrating the principal points.

In this it will be seen that a, 6, ¢, d, f, h, m, j,k, x, y, 2, represent the
inferior parts; from the girth p, back, including r, s, ¢, u,v, the superior
parts. From this it will be easy to understand the points and the
respective numbers as given in the scale.

The Head.

‘*The head should be small.’’ This is a very imperfect description of

482 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

the head, but in too many accounts, all that is given. If the size of the
head were all that was of consequence, a pound difference in any case

v

‘
4
‘
'
'
‘
‘
‘
.
‘
’
‘
.
.
'
'
,
'
1
*
H
'
'
'
'
'

POINTS OF SHORT-HORN BULL,

would be of little consequence in the sale of a bullock. It is the form
of the head that becomes of so much interest to the breeder. The head

above the eyes should be wide, giving space for large cerebral develop-
ment. ‘The intelligence of the animal depends upon a well-developed
brain and nervous system; upon which, also, so much depend the vigor-
ous and healthy action of the organs of digestion and assimilation; the
circulation and the vital functions generally ; the intelligence and temper
of a cow depends much upon a well-developed brain. It will be found
by observation that most vicious beasts have small upper heads, and are
large below the eyes. Again, the upper head should be wide, to give
width to the articulations of the lower jaw. It is necessary that the part
of the mouth where the food is to be masticated should be large, that the
supplies required for the stomach may be well masticated and re-mastica-
ted in chewing the cud. There is another reason for width at the base of
the head and between the angles of the lower jaw: it is here that the
very important passages have their entrance, which supply food for the
stomach and air for the lungs. Close at hand, also, is the important con-
nection of the spinal marrow and the brain, to say nothing of many large
and important blood-vessels that find their way to the head. These con-
siderations we think conclusive as to the necessity of size of head in the
cerebral portion.

The portion below the eyes, the face, should be comparatively small.
Its principal office is to gather food and air. Thin lips and elastic
nostrils are wanted. The eyes should be large, bright and lively, and yet
quiet. The physiognomy of the ox is as clearly indicative of his character

CATTLE, SHORT-HORNS. 483

as that of a man is written upon his face; and the reason that less is
indicated in the face of an ox is because he has fewer vices, and has been
guilty of fewer transgressions. A small dark eye, set in a dark circle,
with a large face below and a narrow head above, will indicate an animal
that is bad tempered, wild, and consequently a poor feeder. The circle
around the eye should be of a bright yellow color, the nose the same.
These considerations may seem trifles, yet this color is the result of a pe-
culiar secretion, and the inference is a probable one, at least, that other
secretions will be apt to resemble it in color. Hence, the secretion of
milk will be apt to resemble it in cvlor, and a bright colored flesh is be-
tokened by these peculiar secretions as indicated in the color of the nose
and circles about the eyes. As a very large ear mostly indicates sluggish-
ness, one of medium size is preferable. A bullock of fine organization
will manifest very clearly his impressions by the movement of his ears.
If he flees from danger his ears are erect, or a little inclined backward,
that he may be the better warned of danger behind. If he is in haste to
meet a kind master, who is bringing him a desired meal, the ear is pre-
sented forward. The horns should be clear, without black tips or any
black marks whatever—some say of a waxy color, some again, claim that,
they should be flat in Short-Horns. But these matters are, most of them,
non-essentials. We dismiss the head, after attaching it to the neck in its
proper position—not at right angles, but at an angle of so many degrees
that, with the under part of the neck it forms an arch. This gives a
better throat and a freer passage for the food and air to the stomach and
lungs, and is graceful withal.

The Neck.

The neck expresses very much less to the breeder than the head
and face. The neck should be just long enough to enable the taking of
food easily from the ground. It should be strong and well muscled upon
its sides, covering at its base the points of the shoulders well, and at its:
junction with the head it should be small and round, with its skin fitting
it pretty much as a well-fitting stocking does the lee—the under line of
the neck with the under line of the jaw. A thin, broad neck is sure to
indicate weakness and poor feeding and fattening qualities. Animals
having such may well be avoided as breeders.

Contour of the Body.

The butcher, the breeder and the stock dealer, may now meet
and consult profitably on the general contour of the body. Here the
opinions of the former may be adopted, as he fixes the price of. all
‘butchers’ stuff.’ The ox of given weight that will sell for most in mar-

ABA ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

ket possesses the points that must be adopted. These points are now,
however, well established, and we have only to refer to them and notice
the reasons on which they are founded. We proceed to name them be-
fore we give their rationale. In general contour the body should be
nearly a square, The crops should be wide. The line of the back should
be straight ; the line of the belly nearly so, swelling a little behind the ribs ;
the flank low; the ribs barrel-shaped ; the loins wide, and the rump long
and wide; the back should be wide, and the thigh should be long and
wide; the legs short and comparatively small, or at least not coarse ;
tail light; hair soft and fine. The color should be red or white, or a
mixture of the two, as roan or pied,

As has already been said, the body should be nearly a square. The
Vital currents moving in short lines are more effective than when moving
in those of great length, The blood moving from the heart along very
extended channels, flows with much less force as it recedes from the
cause that set it in motion, The same is probably true of the nervous
currents, ‘The great vitalizing organs are located near the center of the
systom——a provision of nature by which the vital currents are shorter
than under any other arrangement, Here is the heart sending out its
great currents of arterinlized blood in all directions, to supply and
nourish all the members of the body. Sitting over it is that wonderful
air machine, the lunes, receiving the entire venous currents—an atmos-
pherie bath —by which they are so renovated and changed as to make
the blood again fit for the heart’s use, to which it is returned by the
shortest possible route. These organs lie encased together, and never
couse their operations meght or day, But just here in this great center is
another great vitalizer of fully equal importance —the stomach, Tere
the food is received and changed into chyle, which is at once thrown into
the cireulation, where its office of supplying the system is performed,
Now, the nearer a body is compacted around these great vitalizing
systems the more effeetual will be the supplies. Observation fully
sustains these views. A very lengthy bullock never fattens so readily as
ashort one, Che breeds of hogs with long bodies are known not to
fatten so readily as those of short, square forms, as the Siamese and
Chinese, ‘The same is true of sheep, and also of the horse, And even
in man, we rarely find a corpulent man who will measure six feet.
Obesity will generally be found under six feet. Tfealth and vigor is
equally confirmed by observation, as a result of the square structure,
Longevity may also be claimed with the greatest propriety for the same
proportions, A bullock with a square frame will be sure to possess all
the qualities of health and yigor, and will feed and fatten as well or
better than a lone one.

ao

CATTLE, SHORT=HORNS. 185
Broad in the Crops.

The animal broad in the crops has a better back; but it is also
evidence of a better rib beneath the shoulder-blade, giving greater width to
the chest within, and consequently greater play to the lungs. This position
of the shoulder-blade enables the legs to be brought more gracefully
under the chest beneath. There are some beasts whose fore-legs stand
so wide apart that they very much resemble two sticks stuck into a large
pumpkin. Such animals are considered awkward and inconvenient at least.

The Back Should be Straight and Broad.

A broad back affords valuable roasting bits, and will be the delight of the
butcher, The straight back affords a better spinal column, and gives the
proper space to the cavities beneath, which, as we have just seen, are
occupied by the most important organs. A straight line also gives to the
ribs a more graceful as well as more convenient attachment.

Ribs Should be Barrel-Shaped.

The ribs rising well from the spine, giving to the body a round or
barreled shape, gives much more room to the organs within—the heart
and lutigs—than there would be if the ribs descended in such a manner
as to give a flat side. A beast with flat sides, and consequently a narrow
throat, will lack greatly in vigor and health, and all the essential qualities
that constitute a good bullock. A bad rib gives poor space to the
abdominal organs which lie immediately behind those of the chest, unless
the belly is greatly sagged, which is generally the case, us nature

frequently, to relieve one deformity adds another.
The Loin Should be Wide.

This is an interesting point to those who love choice bits and are willing
to pay well for them. The butcher makes large estimates here, and is
sure to suit liberal purchasers. But nature is ever true to herself, for
here, as elsewhere, beneath a broad loin she has provided large space for
important organs, as the bowels, kidneys, and the organs of the pelvis.
The rump of a good Short-Horn is a very nice point. The back should
extend out straight to the setting on of the tail. The thigh should pass
up to this point nearly straight, so as to make the junction a right angle.
This point, in many beasts, will be found to be a circle, which is unsightly
and causes a loss of prime beef. .

The Legs.

The legs should be short. There are precisely the same reasons for

486 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

objecting to long legs that there are to long necks or long bodies. | Obser-
vation proves a leggy animal to be not so good a feeder as one with short
limbs. The bone of the leg should be fine and smooth, and not too large.
The legs should stand well under the animal, and the hocks directly in line
with the body, so that in moving, the hocks will be well separated, or
about as far apart as the hind feet. The fore-legs should be straight and
stand well under the chest, that the animal may have an easy and free
movement. The inner side of the fore-legs, as it passes the sternum,
presents a beveled appearance, to bring the limbs to their proper position
beneath. Upon the proper position of the limbs depends that ease and
gracefulness with which a bullock should move. It may be thought of no
consequence how a bullock moved so that he is able to get to the market,
but be assured there is much in it, it evinces strength and health, which
are indispensable in feeding. I have seen Short-Horns carrying two
thousand pounds and upwards, with limbs so perfect that their movements
were as nimble as if they were carrying but a thousand.

The Touch.

By this the butchers ascertain beforehand the quality of the flesh. By
it the breeder ascertains the aptitude to fatten as well as the quality and
quantity of flesh that the animal will carry.

Of all the qualities of the ox, this is probably the most difficult to
understand. It is the peculiar sensation of softness and elasticity that is
produced by the pressure of the hand on different parts of the body.
This sensation depends, in part, upon a large cellular development
beneath the skin and between the muscles, and part upon the muscular
structure, adapting itself to the laborious duties 1t has to perform. It
is, therefore, to the cellular and muscular tissue that this sensation of
touch is to be attributed. It is very common to find a softening of the
muscular fibre as an accompaniment or a precursor of disease that may
mislead. The same may be observed in the aged of both man and beast.
What is ‘touch,’ or what is it to ‘handle well?’ How is it to be distin-
guished from that which portends bad health and old age? By its elas-
ticity—its power to replace the parts when pressed—a springy sensation.
Mellowness from disease has a sluggish feel and moves slowly when
under the hand; to a less extent, it is true, still something of the same
that is manifested in the pressure of the fingers on a dropsical limb as
compared with a healthy one. In the one the indentions replace them-
selves sluggishly, whilst in the other with a ready elasticity.

Tt will require much practice to become an adept in this knowledge.
Still many useful lessons may be daily had by the examination and hand-
ling of one’s own stock. Comparative handling will afford mueh

CATTLE, SHORT-HORNS. LS7

assistance. Take those animals that are known to accumulate fat readily
and largely, as the opossum or the bear, or any other known to take on
fat readily, and you will find a peculiarly soft and mellow ‘touch.’
Those breeds of swine, as the Chinese or Siamese, that are known to
accumulate fat largely, as compared with some of the poorer wood
breeds, will offer good and ready illustrations. But probably the most
ready illustration will be found in man himself. All that class of persons
disposed to corpulency will be found to have a soft mellow touch, while
those disposed to leanness will be found rigid and hard. This may be
readily recognized in shaking hands. A very delicate lady may some-
times be found to have a hard hand as well as a sharp tongue. Smooth,
soft skin will also be found belonging to this class of persons.

The Skin.

The skin should be thick, soft and elastie—fitting alike either a poor
or fat ox. A lean animal, with an inelastic skin stretched upon him,
could not fatten for the want of space to expand in. But with an elastic
skin he may be swelled to great dimensions in what seemed to be but a
covering for his bones. The skin performs very important functions in
the anunal economy. It is not only a covering for all the parts beneath
it—a protector against cold and heat, and all external causes of danger,
but it is the seat of a vast system of minute blood vessels and capillaries,
of exhalents and absorbents. A vast nervous tissue centers here that
renders the skin sensitive in the highest degree. The great vital worth
and importance of the skin may be readily appreciated by any injuries
done it. The rapidity with which extensive burns destroy life, may
serve as a sufficient illustration. ‘ Destroy my skin, and you shall have
my bones also.’

The Hair.

The hair should be thick and fine, forming a protection against inclem-
encies of weather. It is not sensitive, and is, therefore, a proper shield
to the whole body, and it is an evidence of the wisdom displayed in the
creation of this family of the animal kingdom, that its hair—its outer gar-
ment, against which all injuries must first come—should be without
sensation—a complete coat of mail, injuries to which cause no pain.
Fine hair is also an evidence of a finely organized skin, a skin exquisitely
finished in its whole structure of minute vessels and tissues. A skin thus
delicately organized is also evidence that other organs are alike con-
structed. Nature, in all her parts, undoubtedly produces a correspond-
ence, so that if one part is of a peculiar structure, either fine or coarse,
other parts are apt to correspond. Parts seen may be considered indica-

188 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

tive of parts not seen. It may be permitted to add that in all the serub
vattle that I have grazed and fed, I have never found cne with fine silky
hair that did not fatten well and make a desirable bullock.

Color.

Short-Horns are red or white, or these colors blended as roan or pied.
Fashion, for the time, may make one or the other of these colors
popular. This is probably so now with the red color. It may be so of
another color ina few years. A eaprice that excludes all but the red
color is injurious. It limits improvement and confines it to a limited
portion of the breed, It encourages the use of inferior animals just to
obtain a fashionable color, and rejects better ones because they are of
different color. There is, in consequence, great danger of deterioration
of this noble breed of cattle as a result of such puerile practices. If
the breed is to be kept up to its past high standard the very best selee-
tions should be bred regardless of color, provided it is the one peculiar to
the breed. We would admonish breeders and lovers of this noble race

of cattle to give no encouragement to such departures ; they are evil,

and that continually.
Perfection,

Both ignorant and cultivated alike ; the ordinary breeder and the scien-
tific one; the practical man and the visionary one; each will establish in
his own mind an ideal of what any object should be. When this ideal
is required to stand the test of practical experience, to be defined by a
scale of points, not one in ten, even among those who think themselves
competent to establish a standard of excellence can do so, point by point.
The reason is he has never read, nor has he educated himself in any other
way to that exactitude of judgment required in matters of such nicety ;
in other words we have not the scientific idea of what is necessary in the
premises ; no absolute rule to go by, and so the whole amounts, after all,
to something very like mere guessing. For dairy purposes the udder of
the cow is the strong point. In animals bred for their flesh, the meat is
the essential thing and also that it be laid on in the prime parts.

To enable any person to judge more or less correctly according to the
study he gives, and the manner in which he has educated his eye and

teed

touch, we append the scale of points for judging Short-Horns, as found
in the American Herd-Book.

In studying this seale it will do quite well for all beef breeders—always
bearing in mind the difference in make up of the breed. ‘Thus the Short-
Horns will be found full in the rump behind, the Devons and Herefords
more pointed, and essentially different in other respects ; yet these very

CATTLE, SHORT-HORNS.

{89

differences constitute their value ; their beef is certainly better than that

of the Short-Horn; but still they fail in other particulars. There is no
such thing as absolute perfection in any thing finite. We simply come as
near it as possible. The Short-Horns, in all their attributes, certainly
have but little more to be desired as beef makers, and some families, alas

too few, are deep and excellent milkers.

Scale of Points for Short-Horn Bulls.

PoInTs.

Arr. 1.—Purity of breed on male and female side; sire and dam
reputed for docility of disposition, early maturity and aptitude
to fatten; sire a good stock-getter, dam a good breeder; and
giving a large quantity of milk, or such as is superior for
making butter or cheese. - - - - . - -

Arr. 2.—Head muscular and fine; the horns fine and gradually
diminishing to a point, of a flat rather than a round shape at
the base, short and inclined to turn up, those of a clear, waxy
color to be preferred, but such as are of a transparent white,
and tinged with yellow, admissible ; ears small, thin and coy-
ered with soft hair, playing quick, moving freely ; forehead
short, broad, especially betsveen the eyes, and slightly dished ;
eyes bright, placid, and rather prominent than otherwise, with
a yellow rim around them; lower part of the face clean, dished
and well developing the course of the veins ; muzzle small, nose
of a clear orange or light chocolate color; nostrils wide and
open; lower jaw thin; teeth clean and sound. - - -

Arr. 3.—Neck fine and slightly arched, strongly and well set on the
head and shoulders, harmoniously widening, deepening and
rounding as it approaches the latter point; no dewlap. — - -

Arr. 4.—Chest broad, deep and projecting, the brisket on a lower
line than the belly. - - - - - . - -

Arr. 5.—Shoulders broad, strong, fine and well placed; fore-legs
short, straight, and standing rather wide apart than narrow ;
fore-arm muscular, broad and powerful, slightly swelling and
full above the knee; the bone fine and flat ; knees well knit and
strong; foot flat, and in shape an oblong semi-circle; horn of
the hoof sound and of a clear waxy color. - - - -

Arr. 6.—Barrel round and deep, and well ribbed up the hips. -

Arr. 7.—Back short, straight and broad from the withers to the
setting on of the tail; crops round and full; loins broad ; huckle
bones on a-level with the back: tail well set, on a level with
the back, fine and gradually diminishing to a point, and hanging
without the brush an inch or so below the hock, at right angles
with the back. - - - - < = = Bh

490 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Arr. 8.—Hind quarters from the huckle to the point of the rump
well filled up; twist well let down and full; hind legs short,
straight, and well spread apart, gradually swelling and rounding
above the hock ; the bone fine and flat below ; legs not to cross
ach other in walking, nor to straddle behind. = = =

Arv. 9.—Skin of medium thickness, movable and mellow; a white
color is admissible, but rich cream or orange much preferable ;
hair well covering the hide, soft and fine, and if undercoated
with soft, thick fur in winter, so much the better; color, pure
white, red roan, bright red, or reddish yellow and white. (A
black or dark brown nose or a rim around the eye, black or
dark spots on the skin and hair decidedly objectionable, and
indicative of coarse meat and bad blood.) - - - -

Arr. 10.—Good handling. - - = = = = =

Arr. 11.—Sure stock-getter. - = = = = = ts

Arr. 12.—Stock, when made steer, certain to feed kindly for beefers
at any age, and make prime beef. - - - = =

i
Arr. 13.—General appearance. - - - - - -

Perfection. = = 2 & = 4 2 2 as

Seale of Points for Short-Horn Cows.

Ports.

Arr. 1.—Purity of breed on male and female side; sire and dam
reputed for docility of disposition, early maturity and aptitude
to fatten. Sire a good stock—getter. Dam a good breeder ;
giving a large quantity of milk, or such superior for making
butter or cheese. - - - - - - - -

Arr. 2.—Head small and tapering; long and narrower in propor-
tion than that of the bull. Horns fine and gradually diminish-
ing to a point; of a flat rather than of a round shape at the
base ; short, and inclined to turn up; those of a clear waxy
color to be preferred; but such as are of a transparent white,
slightly tinged with yellow, admissible. Ears small, thin, and
well covered with soft hair; playing quick, moving freeely.
Forekead of good breadth between the eyes, and slightly dished.
Eyes bright, placid, and rather prominent than otherwise, with
a yellow rim round them. The lower part of the face clean,
dished, and well developing the course of the veins. Muzzle
small; nose of a clear bronze, or light chocolate color—the
former much preferred. Nostrils wide and well opened. Lower
jaw thin. Teeth clear and sound. - - - - -

~I

CATTLE, SHORT-HORNS.

Arr. 3.—Neck fine and thin, straight, and well set on to the head
and shoulders, harmoniously widening, deepening, and slightly
rounding in a delicate feminine manner as it approaches the
latter point. No dewlap. - - - - - - -

Arr. 4.—Shoulders fine and well placed. Fore-legs short, straight
and well spread apart. Fore-arm wide, muscular, slightly
swelling, and full above the knee; the bone fine and flat below.
Knees well knit and strong. Foot flat and in the shape of an
oblong semi-circle. Horn of the hoof sound, and of a clear
waxy color. - - - - - - - - - -

Arr. 5.—Chest broad, deep and projecting—the brisket on a lower
line than the belly. = < = Z “ _ rs p

Arr. 6.—Barrel round, deep and well ribbed up to the hips. a

Arr. 7.—Back short, strong, straight from the withers to the set-
ting of the tail. Crop round and full. Loin broad. Huckle
bones on a level with the back. Tail well set, on a level with
the back or very slightly below it ; fine and gradually diminish-
ing to a point; and hanging, without the brush, an inch or so
below the hock, at right angles with the back. - - -

Arr. 8.—Hind quarters from the huckles to the point of the rump
tong and well filled up. Twist well let down and full. Hind
legs short, straight and well spread apart; gradually swelling
and rounding above the hock; the bone fine and flat below.
Foot flat, and in shape of an oblong semi-circle. Horn of the
hoof sound, and of a clear waxy color. Legs not to cross each
other in walking, nor to straddle behind. - - = =

Art. 9.—Udder broad, full, extending well forward along the belly,
and well up behind. Teats of a good size for the hand ; squarely
placed with a slight oblique pointing out; wide apart; when
pressed by the hand the milk flowing from them freely. Extra
teats indicative of good milking qualities, but should never be
milked, as they draw the bag out of shape. Milk veins large
and swelling. - - - - - = = & a

Arr. 10.—Skin of a medium thickness: movable and mellow: a
white color is admissible, but a rich cream or orange much pref-
erable. Hair well covering the hide; soft and fine, and if
undercoated with soft, thick fur in the Winter, so much the bet-
ter. Color pure white, red, roan, bright red, red and white,
spotted roan, or reddish and yellow and white. (A black or
dark brown nose, or rim around the eye, black or dark brown
spots on the skin and the hair decidedly objectionable, and indic-
ative of coarse meat and bad blood. ) - - = a

a2

oO
>

491

492 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Arr. 11.—Good handler. - - - = = = = seg
Arr. 12.—Sure and good breeder. - - - - = ee:
Arr. 18.—General appearance. — - - cS - - - =) 2

Perfection. ~ - - - = “50

i) ‘i i\

iI) 1111
NAAT
HH WHY HATA SS
| AU Nh S
WANA A HI

JERSEY Buu, ‘‘ Comer.’?

HAA | mS
MA WN
HATTA
NH NI MI HI

AAW HH
WN Mi | HII

WITHA
}

V. The Alderneys.

In the British Channel, between Great Britain and France, are a num-
ber of islands noted for their salubrity of climate and fertility of soil.
Many years ago these islands, particularly Jersey, were noted for their

CATTLE, ALDERNEYS. 193

superior fruit, and large quantities of cider and perry were annually
made there.

Of late years these islands, Alderney, Jersey, and Guernsey, have
become celebrated throughout England and America, for their breed of
sattle ; the cows of which give milk of unsurpassed richness,

These cattle are undoubtedly of French origin. The Normandy cattle
are larger than the Jerseys, and Youatt says, have a greater tendency to
fatten. He passes them by, in his admirable work on cattle, with

scarcely more than a mention; this is to be reg

retted, since he was so
vareful and conscientious a historian. He says:

‘They are found mainly in gentlemen’s parks and pleasure grounds,
and they maintain their occupaney there, partly on account of the rich-
ness of their milk, and the great quantity of butter which it yields, but
more from the diminutive size of the animals. Their real ugliness is
passed over on these accounts; and it is thought fashionable that the
view from the breakfast or drawing room of the house should present an
Alderney cow or two grazing at a little distance.

‘* They are light red, yellow, fawn or dun colored ; short, wild-horned,
deer-necked, thin, and small-boned; irregularly and often very
awkwardly shaped,”’

A

A Prejudiced Statement.

Quoting from Mr. Parkinson, who, Mr. Youatt says, seems to have
had a determined prejudice against them, he writes:

** Their size is small, and they are of as bad a form as can possibly be
described ; the bellies of many of them being four-fifths of their weight.
The neck is very thin and hollow; the shoulder stands up, and is the
highest part; they are hollow and narrow behind the shoulders’; the
chine is nearly without flesh; the hucks are narrow and sharp at the
ends; the rump is short, and they are narrow and light in the brisket.’’
Mr. Youatt adds for himself :

*©This is about as bad a form as can possibly be described, and the
picture is very little exaggerated, when the animal is analyzed, point by
point ; yet all these defects are so put together, as to make a not unpleas-
ing whole.’’

Mr. Youatt, however, compliments them with giving exceedingly rich
milk, and with fattening in a surprising manner when dry.

We have quoted the above for two reasons: one as showing probably
what may have been nearer the truth than we might naturally expect
from seeing the best specimens now, and the other as showing that this
breed has made a great advancement since his day, both in quantity of
milk given, and in symmetry and perfection of form.

494 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
From an American Standpoint.

Mr. Lewis F. Allen, the best known historian of American cattle, says
of this elegant and deer-like race :

** Beginning with the head—the most characteristic feature —the
muzzle is fine, the nose either dark brown or black, and occasionally a
yellowish shade, with a peculiar mealy, light-colored hair running up the
face into a smoky hue, when it gradually takes the color of the body ;
the face is slightly dishing, clean of flesh, mild and gentle in expression,
the eye clear and full, and encircled with a distinct rme of the color of
the nose; the forehead is bold, horns short, curving inward, and waxy
in color, with black tips; the ear is sizable, thin, and quick in movement.
The whole head is original, and blood-like in appearance, more so than in

A TRIO OF JERSEYS.

almost any other of the cattle race—reminding one strongly of the head
of our American Elk. The neck is somewhat depressed — would be
called * ewe-necked,’ by some —but clean in the throat with moderate,
or little dewlap; the shoulders are wide and somewhat ragged, with
prominent points, running down to a delicate arm and _ slender legs
beneath ; the fore-quarters stand rather close together, with a thinnish,
yet well developed brisket between ; the ribs are flat, yet giving sufficient
play for good lungs ; the back depressed, and somewhat hollow, the belly
deep and large, the hips tolerably wide, the rump and tail high, the lom
and quarter medium in length, the thigh thin and deep, the twist wide, to
accommodate a good sized udder, the flanks medium, the hocks or
gambrel joints crooked, the hind legs small, the udder capacious, square,

D>

CATTLE, ALDERNEYS. 495

set wellforward, and covered with soft, silky hair; the teats fine, standing
well apart, and nicely tapering ; the milk veins prominent.”

Characteristic Colors.

The colors are mostly light red or fawn, and black, mixed and plashed
with white ; the solid colors are, we think, generally favored, and, to our
mind, the best cattle, as showing careful breeding, though we have seen
the most superior cattle among all these colors. So we have seen some
distinctly roan, with round, quite smooth forms, called pure ; they should
always be avoided, as there is more than a suspicion that such have
Short-Horn blood in them, which can do this breed no good, but on the
contrary, harm.

The breed is distinctly a milk breed, and is of no value whatever
except as yielding fair messes of exceedingly rich milk—giving largely
of the most superior cream, producing hard, and most delicately flavored
butter. Thus any cross on this ancient and carefully bred stock must
necessarily injure them in the points where they excel other cows. These
are: Superiority of the milk, cream and butter, golden in color, delicate
in texture and flavor, and commanding prices in the market, from wealthy
citizens, that no other make can reach.

A

They are Milking Cows.

Whichever of the three varieties may be chosen, they should be bred
for this and nothing else. Whether they be from Alderney, Jersey, or
Guernsey, no infusion of other blood can improve them, neither can they
improve any other breed. The bulls may improve our native cows, if the
cows be good milkers, the hereditary milking qualities of the race being
pre-potent in the progeny. For this improvement, however, none but
pure blood bulls should be used, and this rule will hold good in all
breeding.

The pure animal is pre-potent, the grade is not, and pure bred animals
of all the superior races are now so plenty that it will not pay to use grade
bulls for the improvement of stock.

The Value’ of Purity.

To show the value of purity, we will perhaps, find no more appropriate
place than this.

A thorough-bred animal upon native stock produces in the first sueceed-
ing generation an animal partaking equally of the blood of the sire and
dam, or what is called a half-blood. The next generation, or the produce
of a full-blood and a half-blood will give a three-quarters-bred animal.

496 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

The young of a pure-bred and three-quarters-bred will give a seven-eighths-
bred. Followi ing in the same line the next generation will give an animal
possessing fifteen-sixteenths of pure blood.

In reality it will be far more than we have stated, for the pre-potent
element of pure blood, constantly present, will contmually be an inereas-
ing integer in the progeny. Hence animals from seyen-eighths to fifteen-
sixteenths-bred, cannot be distinguished from one purely bred, except by
a most critical, and at the same time expert judge. For all practical pur-
poses they are fully equal to an animal purely bred, that is to say, as
dairy cows, but here the comparison must end. A taint of impure blood
once in, cannot be bred out for many generations—never in fact. There
is always danger of reversion. One may, theoretically at least, breed
grades up for a thousand years, and yet not have purely bred animals.
Hence the extraordinary prices paid, for stock, the pedigrees of which
have been kept absolutely without taint of admixture,

The Value of Points.

So important is the question of symmetry of form, and points of excel-
lence, in stock, viewed as integers in the make-up of an animal—real value
being adaptation to the necessities required—that, of late years, all animals
are judged thereby. As a study of these we give a figured portrait of a
model cow, illustrating perfection.

These points may be adopted im judging any cow, so far as general
characteristics are concerned, deviations being only in matters of form,
color, peculiar markings, shape of horns, and general contour. The
Guernseys, for instance, are larger, somewhat coarser, and have of late
years been placed in a family by themselves.

The scale of points given are those adopted by the Royal Jersey Agri-
cultural and Horticultural Society, in determining the merits of animals
to be passed upon:

Seale of Points—Cows and Heifers.

Points.

1. HEap,—small, fine and tapering .........0.....secesccceresssussenanssussen cassecuncvueeea 1
2. CHEEK,—small........ nixcsuneuee Sees eee screenees Saechtecaceaceet een suceds Ccaeee ana 1
3. THROAT,—Clean .........c00008 Rec eh anees Baeceeauan chanen sat ene seceesenanecaceneaneese seaaeeee 1
4. Muzz_e,—fine, and encircled by a bright color........... nceracente cease oceeheee 1
5. Nostriis,—high and open 1
G6. Horns,—smooth, crumpled, not too thick at the base, and taper cacate 1
Ma) BARS —SOo allan) LANs e.c.oceencencencatnsnassnnnecternex ain 1
8. Ears—of a deep orange color within.. 1
9." Bye. —fullland) placid:............s.cc.tscosssceresconessnssansas sdescsncassevasraeesd eceeeeee 1
10. Neex,—straight, fine, and placed lightly on the shoulders........ ........ oe X
1

11. Crest,—broad and deep...........++-+ prec Seeseknaut eae demennetaes uacshenenetves caenveete

—_—

CATTLE, ALDERNEYS. 497

POINTs.
12. BARREL,—hooped, broad and eep........cscecccceeeceseceseccereesarsrneess ror onaLty} l
13. Well ribbed home, having but little space between the last rib and the hip. 1
14. Back,—straight from the withers to the top of the hip...............000 te 1

co

0%

re

>

+1

LS

91

‘dILVYLSATIT ‘SINIOG 9 NOILODIUTT “MOD IIAGOW

98

15. Back,—straight from the top of the hip to the setting on of the tail, and
* the tail at right angles with the back..
IMLGAT I-11 Gis ga ycacwctnaaiees 2 rcWvasiavanaccalecastocaceeraivsdacceeusisecccscstizetwevs

49S ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

POINTS.

17. TArL,—hanging Gown 10 the NockSirccsscccresrccsesrsecccssrses-soserseenensenesrecees 1
18, Hrpn,—thin and movable, but not too loose........... 1
19. Hrpw,—covered with: fine, Soft alr... 0s. ..cesccscescnsqovecccccensaccavcacedreveece he 1
20. Hipn,—of good color........ LossispesNeahuetvnenes aS sbavedpinavauducabecasmaceanees 1
21. Forn-Luas,—short, straight and fine....... rhe Sponhuehsvesatenvonsanes ul
22. Forn-arm,—swelling, and full above the kuee.........ceeceeeeeess Venuvaveeiekinn 1
23. Hinp-quarrers,—from the hock to the point of the ramp well tilled up. 1
24, Hinp-Lecs,—short and straight (below the hocks) and bones rather fine. 1
25. Hinp-Luas, squarely placed, not too close together when viewed from

DODD rceysascnasccsccccnvayeversucnvevenanscucetsnnseaewasusvanitesarsduniysaudarcstectin 1
26. HLIND-LEGS,—nOt LO Cross Im WaALKINg.........cccccccessssescensreccssee: seveeeees 1
27. 1
28, 1
20. 1
80. 1
BL. 1
82. 1
88. General appearance......... Susvaanuchsuvonscahss lv ate insavesuens GeecEVnUncschamns taasteneaKene 1
84, Condition ...........00 Guataneabuusis A rary seus cobs usheantnierceekeu eaceaseeeuneanneen 1

POLLECGLOT) occ eccuhcarvsunvn Na VARESE AGHANSRGATSOMNCHEARAANERCANWasne SER (CET <cohaenne 34

No prize shall be awarded to cows having less than twenty-nine points.

No prize shall be awarded to heifers having less than twenty-six points.

Cows having obtained twenty-seven points, and heifers twenty-four
points, shall be allowed to be branded, but cannot take a prize.

These points, namely, Nos, 28, 29, and 81—shall be deducted from
the number required for perfection in heifers, as their udder and milk-
veins cannot be fully developed: a heifer will, therefore, be considered
perfect at thirty-one points.

To this we add:

One point must be added for pedigree on mate side.

One point must be added for pedigree on female side.

Again, the size of the eseutcheon, or milk-mirrors, is a point of
especial attention. This, however, will be treated in another chapter, for
the escutcheon is now coming to be accepted as an indication of the
milking qualities of a cow, and whatever the breed may be, strongly
relied upon. And those who diseard it, that is, refuse a cow with a strong
escutcheon, will surely go astray.

In judging bulls, many of the same points will serve. The head will
not be so small, and the forehead must be broad; the horns must be
tipped with black; the neck, arched, powerful, but not too coarse and
heavy ; hide thicker than in the cow — certainly not thin—and mellow ;
fore legs short and straight, fore arm large and powerful, full above the
knee and firm below it. As in cows, pedigree must have two points, one
for purity of blood on the male side, and one for purity of blood on the
female side.

CATTLE, ALDERNEYS. 499

ney
we)

“‘daLVULSATTT “SINIOd €§ NOILOTAUAG “TINg Agsuge

The portrait of a bull given above illustrates the ** points’? adopted by
the Royal Jersey Agricultural Society, and continued after an experience
of ten years without alteration. Through it the reader will easily become
conversant with the points by which Jersey bulls are judged. By refer-

500 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

ence to the figures given below, and corresponding in the illustration with
the points the reader will understand the following

Scale of Points for Bulls.

ARTICLE. POINTS«
1, PEDIGREE on male side........ meuaaeansdacacenn sucauauneavantasted WedhanknabeGueausccsennane 2 1
2. PrpiGrReEE on female side ..................0060° srainn phuons} xewkcuackwanasewuusenesronsesene 1
3. Hrap,—tine and tapering 1
4, WORWHBAD DVO sc. 2-.- ocean ssueanncucvenansessanes senses 1
5. CHuerK.—small..... 1
Qi. (BEROADE—-ClOR esa cccccccs aes acpavescascancavanengceanaatssael ceacerscn vessteea cnsiseaseeaeca os 1
7. Muzzix,—tine and encircled with light ColOr...... ...cccecsesesccseeessseee seseeeees 1
8. Nosmainsy—Dighy and) Opence ee re.\..cacccncenspneescvosenacncsease ae sas daecatianeene cts a]
9. Horns,—smooth, crumpled, not thick at the base and tapering, tipped

WAG AGhisics0...cscsceneqersncenssne avo dandGnnasuaseuncalsetsuasensssa tte eeeerane 1
10. lARS;—smiall) amas hint cccenescsen-ceascccemen-sxenersasesed 1
ll. Ears,—of a deep orange color within 1
V2. Wis —fallland Jiveliys.cccccetcancseseene c-canesnwerescanerane'ct cormunsucasscsee sab eanceeeeane 1
13. Nercx,—arched, powerful, but not coarse or heavy......cc..0. ceeeceees budheaes ‘ 1
14. CHEST,—broad and Ceep..............csesecesesecseeccnune Sunuei(nonepadeuauccns cueccenmeenes os 1
156. Barre“,—hooped, broad! atid’ Gee pis... -sceesnssaues<nncsencersactuathecasoncchteeaamenee 1
16. Well ribbed home, having but little space between the last rib and the hip. 1
17. Back,—straight from the withers to the top of the Dips.....ceessceeceeeeee 1
18. Back,—straight from the top of the hips to the setting on of the tail,

and the tail at right angles with the back.............scseseececees . 1
19, 1
20. 1
21. 1
22. 1
98. Hp, —Ol OPO00) COlOMssrccencccencvors cnccuncconccllecncssuensenccunstcsostdtaqceteexetdcameee 1
94.. FORE-LEGS,;—Short, Straieht and fine... ..-.<.cscce.ccscceesacaesccausceseencesasusceueee 1
25. Forn-armM,—large and powerful, swelling and full above the knee and

TVG ADE] OW Unceaveaceanncuaces«.searecuusdevecturesaececscnceusststescnsetes sean ne nanS 1
26. Hixp-quarrers,—from the hock to the point of the rump long and well

ONCE aD | ebsaceoorerconsndcgocconpoae ds Sac scsecarsanenuen came ccrsanccunentege Soaraneeen 1
97. Hinp-LeGs.—short and straight (below the hocks) and the bones rather

TING she cccaxercutrencctacanccucs scscsacsasurecteaucenccaschhCancesacecd«acak Calth ananmnn i
298. Hinp-LEGS.—squarely placed, not too close together when viewed from

Meh NA kceccaccucessantivececuseaceesccnccccssueucenses al wcadoond, coceacenusee REkeeeneie 1
99, HInp-LEGS,—not to cross in Walking............cccsseeseesseeeee Rkaneeaee See Sune 1
80° “FLOORS SMA lice cencancances couaesscucqevarsuneaksenucsunacnch cpannccccascntancscsscatisanclen coe 1
Sl (GrOwWt Necverswewenecevesr: ae 1
82. General appearance............cescesereecesncerecs 1
BOT ONGMIGN wacsncecccescauneccaeebntannexbaneasuan Uinackensencdua aa dou nGaucandskeee se os tene een Geena 1

PerfectlOn eesscesccvccccscscenves dures cane svvasien lenges nase eCansaceertesuscauesen: «aekenhiane 33

Judging by Points.

The highest excellence of any milking cow lies in the udder. This must
not only be full in form, that is, in line with the belly, but it must not be
cut off square in front, like that of a goat. It should be rounded, full,

CATTLE, ALDERNEYS. 50]

presenting great breadth behind, and carried well up between the thigh.
The milk veins should be full and carried well forward toward the fore
legs. If knotted and with curves, so much the better. ;

The tail is another essential point. Whatever its size at the root, it
must be large and tapering, and have a good switch of hair.

The chest should be broad and deep; this shows good respiration,
essential to feeding and health. This, however, must not be taken in the
sense in which we view it in the blood horse. It is then one of the essen-
tial points, necessary to fast and long continued exertion.

In the dairy cow, especially when viewed from before, there will be no
appearance of massiveness. On the contrary, she will give an appearance
of delicate fineness, and will look large behind, swelling gradually from
behind the shoulders. She may not be closely ribbed, in fact should not

if i
{ of
; 5

tend
‘i

a, iit

JERSEY Cow.

be close, only comparatively so. The best milkers, every where, will be
found to be rather loosely put together between the last rib and the hips,
and good milkers must be roomy in the flank.

The hind quarters must be long from the point of the rump to the hock,
and well filled up ;‘yet this does not mean rounded and massive in flesh ;
on the contrary, the best milkers will be rather lean and perhaps high
boned. Nevertheless, the same animal, when out of milk and fat, may
fill up, and perhaps, present a fully rounded contour, while yet possessing
all the delicacy of points’ characteristic of the high bred dairy cow.

502 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

A cow may have large and heavy ears; her back may not be fully
straight from the withers to the top of the hips ; her rump may be sloping ;
her tail may not reach the hocks ;—all these are defects —the latter a se-
rious one—yet, if the milking organs are super-excellent it will outweigh
all these.

A phenomenon may show absolute perfection in all the points : we have
never yet seen such an one. In judging, the essentials are to carefully
consider each point of excellence with reference to its bearing upon the
animal as a dairy cow.

A high open nostril would count but little as against a poor milk vein ;
a very delicate ear, nothing as against a very superior udder.

The Jersey, to the uncritical eye, when in full milk, is lean, scrawny,
and misshapen ; are so, fat or lean, from the standpoint of a Short-Horn

JERSEY TRIER.

or Hereford breeder. The Short-Horn, or Hereford, is a gross, lubberly,

disgusting, mountain of fat in the eyes of a Jersey breeder.
Color, Temper, and Size.

Do not be too particular about color ; solid colors, and black points look
well in the show ring. The animal that will turn out well at the pail,
that is docile and gentle, be she what color she may, so long as she ad-
heres to the distinguishing color-marks of the race, is the one for the

milking yard.

CATTLE, ALDERNEYS. 503

In relation to size, the Jerseys are a small race of cattle. In no breed
are overgrown animals the most valuable. With the Jersey it is especialiy
to be avoided. So, an undersized animal is not to be countenanced.
Fair size, however, is desirable.

He who seeks to increase the size of the Jersey unduly, will certainly
go astray. They have been carefully bred, for many generations, with
especial reference to milk.

The Jersey is the product of islands peculiar in soil, climate, and people.
Transplanted to our flush pastures, with good shelter in winter, they will
necessarily increase in size This is to be expected.

If you fancy ‘‘solid colors,’’ and can get plenty of rich milk, with solid
colors, well and good. If not, breed to whatever color, characteristic of
the breed, which will give you this desirable result.

As a Dairy Cow.

The Jersey cow can hardly be called a dairy cow, in the general accep-
tation of the term. She lacks size to give quantity; as a cheese maker,
she is not a success ; as butter makers, they stand without equals, if quality
be the test.

The butter globules of the milk are larger, and with a weaker covering
than in other breeds ; hence it churns quicker than the milk of other cows.

The milk, cream, and butter, of the Jerseys are yellower than that of
other breeds. This is due to the excess of orange pigment secreted by
this breed.

Jerseys are especially adapted to the villager, or family, requiring a
medium quantity of rich milk, and superior cream and butter. They have
taken kindly to our summer climate, from Maine to California. In winter,
however, and in the early spring and late fall, they should be as carefully
housed as Short-Horns, else they will fail to give satisfaction.

The cows are always docile, gentle, and tractable, when properly treated.
It is not to be denied, however, that the bulls are often vicious. An en-
thusiastic writer has attributed this to their long lineage of aristocratic
breeding. The Short-Horns are far more aristocratic in their lineage of
ancient sires and dams ; they are also notably peaceable.

It is a fact that animals kept in confinement are apt to become surly,
and cross. The breeder of Jerseys must accept the fact that the bulls
must be kept under strict discipline, and this by the exhibition of both
firmness, careful handling, and gentleness.

504 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
VI Ayrshire Cuttle.

The origin of these cattle cannot be distinctly traced. That Ayrshire,
in England, has long been noted for a very superior breed of milking
cows, is indisputable ; yet anythmg like what were known as Ayrshires,
fifty years ago, did not exist one hundred years prior to that time.

That the present breed was not produced by a cross of Alderney, on
the native cattle of Scotland, as has been asserted, is evident enough
from their form and characteristics ; that they were not produced. by
selection, is equally as well grounded. They may have originated in a
happy cross, and careful breeding thereafter.

That the Ayrshire owes much of its superiority to crosses of the bet-
ter milking strains of the old Short-Horn race, would seem to be borne
out, not only by tradition, but particularly by unmistakable character-
istics of both these breeds.

Ayrshire indeed is eminently adapted to the production of superior
milking cows. ‘The climate is moist, with plenty of soft rains; conse-
quently, the grasses would naturally be succulent, and tend to produce
the greatest flow of milk of which a cow mght be capable.

Of the three divisions of Ayrshire—Carrick, Kyle, and Cunningham—
the latter is regarded as the true home of this most valuable breed.
Indeed, they once went by the name of Cunningham cattle.

Ayrshires of the Last Century.

Mr. Aiton, an old English writer, who has written more largely and
intelligently than perhaps any one else of this breed, has given much yal-
uable information concerning them as they existed in Ayrshire early in
the last century. Speaking of them, he says:

‘©The cows kept in the districts of Kyle and Cunningham were dimin-
utive in size, ill-fed, ill-shaped, and they yielded but a scanty return in
milk; they were mostly of a black color, with large stripes of white
along the chine or ridge of their back, about the flanks, and on their
faces. Their horns were high and crooked, having deep ringlets at the
root, the plainest proof that the cattle were but scantily fed; the chine of
their backs stood up high and narrow; their sides were lank, short and
thin; their hides thick, and adhering to the bones; their pile (skin) was
coarse and open; and few of them yielded more than six or eight quarts
of milk per day, when in their best plight ; or weighed, when fat, more
than from twelve or sixteen to twenty stone avoirdupois, sinking offal.’’

The Husbandry of Ayrshire, published in 1793, states upon the
authority of Mr. Bruce Campbell, that the introduction of the improved
breed was made by the then late Earl of Marchmont, and Mr. Youatt
thinks that it must have happened between 1724 and 1740.

CATTLE, AYRSHIRES. 505

There then were successive introductions of improved blood among
them, the Dunlap strain of Short-Horn about 1780, or one hundred years
ago. This breed became well established in reputation, and in the early
part of the present century became regularly known as Ayrshire, and
was widely disseminated in England.

"MOOD FUTHSYAYV NWAWIOTY

The above likeness is 2 good one of the improved or modern Ayr-
shire cow.

Mr. Aiton describes the breed in its improved form, or as it existed
late in the last century, and early in this, as follows :

506 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

‘©The shapes most approved of, are—head small, but rather long and
narrow at the muzzle; the eye small, but smart and lively; the horns
small, clear, crooked, and their roots at a considerable distance from each
other; neck long and slender, tapering toward the head, with no loose
skin below; shoulders thin; fore-quarters light; hind-quarters large ;
back straight, broad behind, the joints rather loose and open; carcass
deep, and pelvis capacious, and wide over the Adps, with round fleshy
buttocks; tail long, and small; legs small and short, with firm joints ;
udder capacious, broad and square, stretching forward, and neither
fleshy, low hung, nor loose; the milk-veins large, and prominent; teats
short, all pointing outward, and at considerable distance from each other ;
skin thin and loose; hair soft and woolly. The head, bones, horns, and
all parts of least value, small; and the general figure compact and well
proportioned.”

In this connection, it should always be remembered that the Ayrshire
cows were always noted for their thighs, and in fact a general thinness of
body, as compared with beef breeds. ‘The bulls were always selected for
their feminine appearance, especially about the neck and head ; they were
not required to be roomy behind; they were required to be broad in the
hook bones and hips, and full in the flanks.

Tameness and docility of temper, hardiness, a sound constitution,
plenty of spirit and life, and the capability of giving large messes of
milk, rich in butter and cheese, are noted characteristics of this breed in
an eminent degree,

Mr. Youatt says of them: ** They yield much milk, and that of an
oily, or butyraceous, or caseous nature ; and that after she (2 cow) has
yielded very large quantities of milk for several years, she will be as val-
uable for beef as any other breed of cows known; her fat will be much
more mixed through the whole flesh, and she will fatten faster than
any other.””

As far as milk is concerned, it is true of the Ayrshire of the pres-
ent day.

In America, the breed has not yet been sufticiently disseminated to
determine whether the quality of beef shall be borne out by the state-
ment of the author quoted,

Mr. Youatt agrees that the breed has much improved since Mr. Aiton
described it; that it is short in the leg, the neck a little thicker at the
shoulder, but finely shaped toward the head; the horns smaller than
those of the Highlander, but clear and smooth, pointing forward, turning
upward, and tapering to the points ; they are deep in the carcass, but not
round and ample, and especially not so in the loins and haunches.

Some, however, have suspected, and not without reason, that an atten-

CATTLE, AYRSHIRES,. 5OT

tion to the shape and beauty, and attempt to produce fat and sleek cattle,
which would be admired at the shows, has had a tendency to improve
what is only their quality as grazing cattle, and that at the certainty of
diminishing their value as millers,

Yields of Milk, Butter, and Cheese.

Experiments made early in the century, to determine the relative value
of different breeds for milk and butter, we find as follows:

“In some experiments conducted at the Karl of Chesterfield’s dairy
at Bradley Tall farm, it appeared that, in the height of the season, the
Holderness would yield seven gallons and a quart; the Long-Horn and
the Alderney, four gallons three quarts ; and the Devon, four gallons one
pint, per day. When this was made into butter, the result was, from the
Holderness, thirty-eight and one-half ounces ; from the Devon, twenty-
eight ounces ; and from the Alderney, twenty-five ounces.”’

The Ayrshires average five gallons per day, and from that is produced
thirty-four ounces of butter.

This shows the degree of superiority the breed has obtained in Mr.
Youatt’s time.

Mr. Aiton, indeed, asserted that 3 3-4 to 4 gallons of this milk would
yield a pound and a half of butter, and that 27 1-2 gallons of mill would
yield 21 pounds of full milk cheese ; and that Ayrshires in their best con-
dition and well fed would yield 1,000 gallons of milk in a year,

With respect to yield in the United States, we have the record that the
first Ayrshire cow imported by the Massachusetts Society for the Promo-
tion of Agriculture, in 1857, yielded 16 pounds of butter a week, for severn}
weeks in succession, on grass feed only.

Mr. Rankin, a most reputable English authority, reporting upon a Kylo
farm in Ayrshire, holds that Mr. Aiton’s estimate is too high, In relation
to two farms visited, upon one of which was kept from twenty to thirty
cows, and on the other from thirty to forty very superior cows, he says
of the first, that, ‘‘at the best of the season the average milk from each
cow, is 9 Seots pints (4 1-2 gallons,) and in a year 1,800 Scots pints
(650 gallons,), that in the summer season, 64 pints (82 gallons,) of
entire milk will make an Ayrshire stone (24 pounds) of cheese; and 96
pints (48 gallons) of skimmed milk will produce the same quantity ; and
that 180 pints (90 gallons) will make 24 pounds of butter.’ Of the
other farm, he states that ‘the average produce of each is 1,375 pints
(687 1-2 gallons); and adds as his belief, on the whole, that although
there may be Ayrshire cows capable of giving 900 gallons in a year, it
would be difficult to bring half a score of them together ; and that in stocks

33

508 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

of the greater number, most carefully selected and liberally fed, from 650
to 700 gallons is the very highest produce of each in the year.

Upon his own farm, the size of which, he says, is of an inferior nature,
his cows produce only 550 gallons in a year

Ayrshires in America.

The Ayrshires were first imported to the United States in 1831. They
were different in appearance from what they are now, the colors being
either deep red, or brown flecked with white, many of them having black
noses. They have been materially changed since then, and vary much in
color. ‘The most of them, however, retain the characteristic colors of the
breed, and whether they be dark red or black, they are generally more or
less pied, mottled or blotched with white.

Mr. Allen, himself a Short-Horn breeder, in his work, ‘*American
Cattle,’’ sums up the Ayrshires as follows ;

‘*Their thirty-six years’ trial here has been successful. They are hardy,
healthy, well fitted to our climate and pastures, and prove good milkers,
both as to the imported originals and their progeny. Their flow of milk
is good in quantity and fair in quality ; yet, we must be permitted to say,
that in this country they do not yield so much in quantity as is alleged
they have produced in Scotland. The chief reason for this is obvious.
Ayrshire has a moist climate—an almost continuous drizzle of rains, or
moisture pervading it—making fresh, green pastures ; 2 cooler and more
equable temperature in summer, and it is warmer in winter than with us.

Our American climate is liable to extremes of cold in winter, heat in
summer, and protracted droughts, for weeks, drying up our herbage.
These differences alone account for a diminished yield in milk from
Scotch to the American Ayrshires. They have softer grasses for hay,
and plenty of root-feeding in winter, which latter we have not. This
fact of a diminished yield of milk on this side of the Atlantic is acknowl-
edged by those most conversant with them in both countries.

In the year 1837, we visited the Ayrshire herd of the late Mr. John P.
Cushing, at Watertown, near Boston, Mass. They were of the choicest
quality, imported by himself, on an order sent out to an experienced
dealer in Ayrshire cattle, ‘*without regard to price, so they are the best.”’

Two or three of the cows were ‘‘prize’’ milkers at home, and certificates, ,

duly verified, were sent with them of the quantities of milk they had made.
They had then been a year or more at Mr. Cushing’s farm, and had the
best of keep. We questioned the manager as to the quantities of milk
the cows gave since their arrival, compared with the certificate. His
answer was, ‘about one-third less, on an average. The best ‘prize’ cow
gave 33 quarts per day when at her maximum in Ayrshire, and 22 quarts

CATTLE, AYRSHIRES. 509

here, and the others in about like proportion, but they are all good milkers,
and Mr. Cushing is satisfied with them.”’

We note the fact of the declension in milk of the Ayrshires in this
country, knowing the same to have occurred with cows of other breeds
from England. It is neverthcless true, we think, that the milk produced
here is richer in the constituents, as it is undoubtedly true that cows on
flush, soft pastures, or those fed on soft, sloppy food, give far poorer
milk, although more in quantity, than when fed on shorter rich herbage,
or upon other rich food.

Ayrshires in the West.

In the West the Ayrshires have not gained the celebrity that the
Jerseys or the Holsteins have. The probability is that the Jerseys owe
much of their popularity to the fact that they are par excellence the
family cow, where quality of milk has greater weight than quantity.
The latter are hard keepers; that is, they consume a large amount of
food for the quantity of milk given, and probably more than either the
Aryshires or Holsteins for the quantity of butter and cheese produced.
The Jersey must have rich food to enable her to sustain herself. Never-
theless, the texture, solidity, hardness and delicacy of the butter amply
compensates for this. The Holstein has grown in favor in the West
rapidly within the last few years. Our abundant pasture and cheap
forage and grain in winter, has made them prime favorites with all that
class who must have a large quantity of fairly rich milk. As a cow for
making cheese they are unsurpassed, as is the Jersey for butter. For a
great flow of milk, rich in butter, our experience is that the Ayrshire
carries off the palm, especially on pastures not good enough for the
Holsteins.

Description of Ayrshire Points.

In judging eattle of any description, reference must always be had to
the characteristics of their breed. Thus, while all cattle are judged by
certain undeviating standards as respects feeding and assimilation, beef
rattle must be judged from a beef-making standard, and dairy cattle from
their milk-producing powers. It is more than probable that, weight for
weight, the Ayrshire being a cow of medium size, will produce more
milk than any other breed. In selection no surer test can be had than a
vareful study of her points. Dr. G. Lewis Sturtevant, of South Fram-
ingham, Massachusetts, who has given the Ayrshire particular attention,
and who is one of the most careful farmers and breeders in the East, thus
describes the Ayrshire, and the same principles may be applied to the
whole race of dairy cattle.

510 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
Usefulness.

The usefulness of the dairy cow is in her udder, and toward the udder,
its shape and its yield, all the capabilities of the cow should be directed.
We may first view it as a reservoir for the milk. As such, it must be
large and capacious, with broad foundations, extending well behind and
well forward, with distinct attachments ; broad and square, viewed from
behind, the sole level and broad, the lobes even-sized, and teats evenly
distributed ; the whole udder firmly attached, with skin loose and elastic.
Such a form gives great space for the secreted milk, and for the lodgement
of the glands, while allowing the changes from an empty to a full vessel.
The glands should be free from lumps of fat and muscle, well set up in
the body when the cow is dry, and loosely covered with the soft and elastic
skin, without trace of flabbiness. Such a covering allows for extension
when the animal is in milk, while the glands are kept in proximity with
the blood-vessels that supply them. The necessities of the lacteal glands

are larger supplies of blood from which milk can be secreted, and this .

harmonizes with the demands of the udder as a storehouse. For broad
attachments means broad belly or abundance of space for the digestive
organs, from which all nutriment must originate. The blood is furnished
to the glands of the udder by large and numerous arteries. As secretion
is dependent on the freedom of supply of blood to the part, and a copious
flow, we find branches coming from different arterial trunks and freely
anastomozing with each other. Although these arteries are internal and
out of sight, yet fortunately the veins which carry the blood from the
udder pass along the surface, and from their size and other characteristies
indicate the quantity of blood not only which they carry away, but which
must have passed through the glands from the arteries. These return
vems pass both backward and forward. Those passing forward are known
as the milk veins, and the size of these superficial veins on either side of
the belly, and the size of the orifices into which they disappear, are excel-
lent points to determine the milking probability of the cow. Still better
is it to find, in addition, the veins in the permeum, which also return from
the udder, prominent and circuitous.

Escutcheon.

The escutcheon is now generally conceded to be a good indication of
milk in the cow. This mark is sufficiently well known not to require de-
scription in detail. I think a broad escutcheon is fully as good a sign as
a long one; that quantity or quality mean more than shape, yet I would
not discard the shape entirely. One error must, however, be avoided.
It may be well to compare the size of escutcheon of cows of one breed,

Es

CATTLE, AYRSHIRES. 511

but never to compare the size of escutcheon in cows of different breeds.
I think this point means more relative to size in the Ayrshire than in the
Holstein or Dutch; and I am certain that while it may be safe to follow
it in the Ayrshire in the majority of instances, it would be equally unsafe
to adopt it in selecting a Short-Horn, for the obvious reason that that
breed has been bred for generations for other purposes than the dairy.

The udder and its dependencies, the milk veins, and the escutcheon
mark, may be considered the foundation of the Ayrshire cow. ‘These in-
fluence profit, and also the shapes of the body and the form of the animal.
The milk vessel is placed in the pubic region of the cow, and is protected
on either side by the hind limbs. The breadth of its attachments secures
breadth of body, and the weight requires also a depth of quarter and of
flanks. The breadth below requires breadth of hip above, and length of
loin here appears related to length of pelvis. So much for the physical
portion. The physical function of milk-producing demands a great and
continuous flow of blood, for it must not be forgotten that m7/k ts blood,
so to speak. This flow is dependent on the supply of food, and on the
facilities of digestion. To gain this, a large body is required in order to
hold the suitable digestive organs.

“To gain further room for these, we desire to see arched ribs, depth,
yet no heaviness, of flank, and breadth of hips which we see was also
required for the broad udder. ‘To sustain this body, a strong, firm back
is needed. To gainthe most of our blood after it has absorbed the chyle
from the digestive organs, reason shows that it should find its way freely
and speedily through the system on its labors of supply and removal,
cleanse itself in the lungs, and again pass on to its duties. All this points
to a healthy heart, not cramped, and lungs of sufficient capacity ; for the
yield of milk drains much nutriment from the system, and the constitu-
tion must needs have the vigor given by healthy and active heart and
lungs. In this way the chest is correlated with the udder.

‘©The reproductive functions require hock bones of good size, and a
broad pelvis is desirable, as underlying within are the generative organs.

**Thus the necessities of the body of a good milking cow require
the wedge shape, and this not only from the flanks, but also when viewed
from above.”’

A Summing Up.

The points of the Ayrshire cow, as given by the Ayrshire Agricultural
Society, and the New York State Agricultural Society, have been summed
up as follows: ,

512 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
The Body.

‘«*The whole fore-quarters thin in front, and gradually increasing in
depth and width backward, yet of sufficient breadth and roundness to
insure constitution ; back should be straight and the loins wide, the hips
rather high and well spread; pelvis roomy, long, broad and straight,
hook bones wide apart; quarters long, tolerably muscular, and full in
their upper portion, but moulding into the thighs below, which should
have a degree of flatness, thus affording more space for a full udder ; the
flanks well let down, but not heavy; ribs, behind, springing out very
round and full, affording space for a large udder—the whole carcass thus
acquiring increased volume toward its posterior portion.

‘We see that the points as given are those of utility, and that at this
stage the udder-points and body-points are correlated.

The Skin.

*¢ In connection with the body and the udder, the skin is of great value
in assisting our judgment. Between the portion of the external covering
used for leather, and the muscle, there occurs a layer of cellular tissue,
which contains a larger or smaller amount of fat cells, and the mellow
handling caused by these cells indicates a free circulation throughout this
meshwork.

**The skin varies from a thin, papery hide, covered with silky hair, to
a thick, supple, elastic hide, well coated with hair, on the one hand, and
a similar variation, with harsh hair and coarseness, on the other. The
thin, papery hide indicates quick fattening and a delicate constitution ;
the thick, elastic hide cushioned on fat, and which on the flank comes
‘into the hand almost without grasping, indicates the height of vigor,
accompanied by the fattening tendency, and the possessor of this hand-
ling endures climatic changes, low quality in his food, and neglect, with
remarkable hardihood, and quickly responds to full feed and good care.
The harsh handler is a dull feeder, consumes much food, and generally
contains more than a just proportion of offal or waste. In the Ayrshire
cow we desire neither of these extremes, for it is in the milk product
that we wish the food to be utilized, and it is almost an unchanging law
of nature, that deficiency in one direction must be compensated for by
excess in another direction, and vice versa. At any rate, the cow that
lays on fat too quickly is seldom a first class milker; and how well
known is it that the cow of large yield milks down her condition! A
cow that has a moderately thin, loose skin, of sufficient elasticity and
suppleness of touch, without being fat-cushioned, as it were, with hair
soft and mossy, or woolly, if of correct form otherwise, will usually milk

CATTLE, AYRSHIRES. 513

a large quantity, and when she becomes dry, will rapidly come into con-
dition. In truth, the handling of the Ayrshire cow must be good; it
cannot be too good; but it must not be of exactly that quality sought for
in the grazing breeds.

««There, as everywhere, the dairyman must keep to his line; milk, not
fat, is his profit; and in seeking excess of both, he will be liable to fall
below the average of either.’

>

Relating Especially to Milk.

It is an axiom of breeders to diminish the useless parts of an animal as
much as possible, or, in other words, to reduce the proportion of those parts
not conductive to profit to as great extent as possible. Applying this
rule to a dairy breed, we should desire a small neck, sharp shoulders,
small brisket and small bone. Moreover, small bone usually accompanies
thrift, and is universally found in improved breeds. We thus have a
reason for these other Ayrshire points, which I now quote :

‘* Shoulders lying snugly to the body, thin at their tops, small at their
points, not long in the blade, nor loaded with muscle; brisket light ;
neck of medium length, clean in the throat, very light throughout, and
tapering to the head; tail long and slender; legs short, bones fine, joints
firm. ~

If the dairyman’s policy were otherwise, he would have to supply
extra food for the support of parts useless to him, and whose larger
development is of no especial value.

The Head.

«*The head should be small, in shape either long and narrow, or broad
in the forehead and short, according to the type of animal preferred by
the breeder, generally preferred somewhat dishing ; the nose tapering to
an expanded muzzle, with good clean nostrils. Opinions differ as to the
general shape of the head. A broad forehead and short face occurs
more frequently in bulls, and is generally esteemed a masculine charac-
teristic ; a more elongated face is called feminine. Yet some families of
well-bred and good milking Ayrshire cows have the broad and short head,
and such were, at one time, if not now, the favorite in the show-yard in
Scotland.

**The eye should be moderately full, lively yet placid looking. The
eye is a mirror of the disposition, and interprets the character of the
cow ; a fretful, irritable animal is seldom a quick fattener, and usually
disappoints at the pail. It also gives expression to the features, and
physiognomy aids our judgment.

514 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

‘*The ears should be of a good size, but thin, and their skin of rich
yellow color. Coarse ears are usually found on ill-bred animals, and these
may be considered, to a certain extent, indicative of general coarseness.
The color of the skin, as shown inside the ear, is usually considered
indicative of the richness of the milk in butter.

‘*The horns should be of medium size, of fine texture, with an out-
ward and upward turn, or inclining upwards and curving slightly inwards,
according to the taste of the breeder. They should be set on rather
widely apart. A coarse horn may indicate a coarse and thick hide, as
there seems an intimate relation between the composition of the horn,
hair, and hide, and the influence uf climate on horn and hair gives an
appearance oftentimes of correlation between the two.

The Top Points.

‘*The neck should be of medium length throughout, and tapering to
the throat, which should be clean or free from loose, hanging skin.. Yet
too thin a neck is not desirable, as it usually indicates a delicate animal.
A thick-set neck, well covered yet not overladen with muscle, accompa-
nies hardiness and vigor of constitution.

‘©The junction of the neck with the body and over the shoulders is
called the crops; on a horse it would be called the withers. A hollow
behind this point is a never-failing sign of weakness. The crops should
blend in easily with a thin shoulder, lying snugly to the body. This
shoulder and a well defined spine produce the sharpness of shoulder so
much admired. The back should be straight, with spine well defined,
especially forward. The tail long, firm in the bone, and set on a level
with the back, without depression or notch. A fine tail usually accom-
panies fine bone, and the fine bone is not only decrease of offal over
heavy limbs, but accompanies early maturity, and a tendency to thrift.
The limbs should be fine-boned, flat-boned, and with joints of moderate
size. On the forward limbs the cow should stand low. Large joints and
round bones are found very frequently on dull feeders and on animals of
little profit.

The Teats.

**The teats should be of medium length, evenly set, and project
slightly outward when the bag is full, of even thickness throughout, and
of fine texture. They should be placed about one-third of the length of
the ‘vessel’? apart in one direction, and about one-half the other,
When the udder is not distended, they should hang perpendicularly.
Large teats, however desirable to the milker, are usually accompanied by

CATTLE, HOLSTEINS. 515

coarseness of build in the cow. They are seldom found on well-bred
animals, yet exceptionally they occur, and are much liked. A teat should
be large enough to grasp, say from two to two and a half imches in
length. A shorter one would be an objection ; with larger, I should fear

coarseness.
Color and Carriage.

**TIn color the Ayrshires vary greatly. Brown, red, and white appears
to good advantage, and is fashionable. A good quantity of white, well
distributed, adds style and showiness to the animal. Yellow and white
is frequently seen, yet while this color is sometimes stated as indicating
lack of hardiness, I am not aware of any proofs of argument having
been brought forward to support this view. Color is as yet a matter of
taste, for its correlations are hardly guessed at; and from almost pure
black, through the reds to almost pure white, are colors found on the
best cows. Black spots on the skin, barely perceptible through the hair,
often oceur on the best cattle. Strawberry-blotched and red and white
are perhaps the more common colors. <A self-colored animal, or a roan,
or animal with white on the ears, the writer has never yet seen among
the Ayrshires in Scotland or in this country, when the pedigree was
unquestionable.

‘«The carriage should be light and active, the head well up, and the
hind legs should not cross in walking. The condition should be neither
fat nor lean, but that average which a good cow holds when in good
flesh at calving, liberally fed while in milk.’’

Holstein Cattle.

Dutch eattle were undoubtedly among the first cattle ever brought to
America. Canada was visited by the French in 1808, when they founded
Quebec. Soon after colonists arrived and brought with them the little
Normandy cattle. The English first settled on the James river, in
Virginia, in 1607, and New York was settled by the Dutch in 1614. In
1625 the first cattle were imported from the mother country, and they
were undoubtedly the Dutch cows noted for milk, or a race nearly allied
to what are now generally recognized as Holsteins. That this supposition
is correct is probably true, since these cattle were considered valuable for
milk and labor. It would naturally follow that these two qualities should
be considered of prime importance by the practical Dutch settlers, in a
country where game in abundance might be had by all who knew how
properly to aim a gun.

516 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
History of Holsteins.

In the adaption of breeds to special purposes we must always bear
in mind that feed, climate, care, and careful breeding must be taken
into consideration. Thus for the most excellent dairy cattle, we must
look to countries noted for dairy products. In such districts will always
be found tolerably uniform and excellent milkers. Really scientific
breeding has not been practiced until within a very few years. It was
more experiment than anything else. Yet so long ago as 1625, England,
Holland and Switzerland were noted for dairy products, and also for
breeds of deep and lasting milkers. As education increased, and wealth
became more general, improvement by selection was supplemented by a
careful study of certain points and characteristics that might be expected
to perpetuate themselves. Thus we now have the Jerseys, the Ayrshires,
the Swiss cattle, and Holsteins, each specially adapted to the soil and
requirements of their respective localities. The Holstein cattle, or those
of North Tolland, are noted for large frames ; for being of two distinct
colors, black and white mixed. They belong to the great short-horned
division of cattle, which race, from the best accounts extant, would seem
to have been peculiar to the transient inhabitants of Germany from time
immemorial, and to have been carried with them in all their migrations.

The size, adaptation to districts yielding strong, plentiful herbage, and
extraordinary milking qualities, have made them universal favorites in
the West, and wherever introduced in all that great country of the
Northwest that of late years has so suddenly become celebrated for its
dairy products. Within the last century this breed, like all other pure
breeds, has been wonderfully improved by the astute and practical
Hollanders, so that it may now be called as distinctly a breed as any
other of the more reputable families. Like the Durham and 'Teeswater
cattle of a hundred years ago, they were then noted for a fair uniformity
in appearance, and as deep milkers, good at the yoke, and as making
heavy weights of fair beef when ready for fattening. The general
characteristics of these two breeds would seem to point conclusively to
the fact that originally they had a common ancestry in cattle belonging
to the ancient races inhabiting the north of Europe, and that they were
carried wherever these people, in their wanderings, migrated.

Improvement.

We have no definite knowledge when this wonderfully constituted
short-horned race of cattle first became broken up into the various
families that have of late years become celebrated both as dairy cattle
and as beef cattle. It is probably within the last three centuries that

CATTLE, HOLSTEINS. DI

systematic attempts have been made to breed them with a view to their
sareful improvement and toward fixing their characteristics —in England
with the Durhams, now known as Short-Horns, and in Holland with the
Dutch cattle, now known in the West through the importation of the
Holsteins, from the fact that in this district more care seems to have been
taken to breed their cattle, not only to type, but also in line as dairy
cattle. It takes long generations of such breeding to fix undeviatingly
peculiar traits and characteristics, so they may be transmitted with ereat
fixity to the resulting progeny. The Holsteins of the present century
have presented uniformity, and to-day they may be called as persistent
in the transmission of quality as the other great families of the genus
Bos in any country.

These have superior excellence in their milking qualities. They are
dairy cows noted for giving enormous quantities of fairly rich milk. They
have massive compact frames, and make good beef; as working oxen,
from their strength, docility, patience, and fairly active habits, they should
make excellent workers: The horns of the Holsteins are short. The
hair short, soft, and fine. The hides are of moderate thickness, of good
texture—that is, mellow. The color should be always lack and white,
either in bands, or else pied, mottled or spotted over the body. ‘The ud-
ders of the cows are capacious, of great breadth and depth. ‘The teats
well shaped and standing well apart. The milk-veins prominent, large,
and running well forward,

Holsteins in America.

As we previously stated, the old Dutch settlers of New York brought
over with them this valuable breed of cattle. They have, however, become
entirely lost, except that they have left their impress in resulting genera-
tions of mixed blood.

Since the time noted, there probably were none imported until the
present century. In the early part of the century, at the time of the im-
portation of Merino sheep, by Mr. William Jarvis, of Vermont, in one of
his voyages he brought over a bull and two cows. They remained on his
farm for some years ; the bull was bred to the common stock of the coun-
try, producing a decided impress, but at the end of a few years the pure
blood was lost.

It is recorded, that, somewhere between 1820 and 1825, Mr. Herman,
Le Roy, a public spirited merchant of New York city, imported some im-
proved Dutch cattle which were sent to his farm near the city. Between
1827 and 1829, some of the produce of this herd were sent to the farm of
his son, Edward Le Roy, on the Genesee river. Mr. L. F. Allen de-

d18 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

scribes this herd in 1833, as he then saw them, as being large, well-spread
cattle, black and white in color, and remarkable for their uncommon yield
of milk, and of great value as dairy animals ; their qualities in that line
were universally acknowledged wherever known.

About Dutch Cattle Generally.

In treating of Dutch cattle we have adopted the name Holstein, and for
the reason that in the West certainly the importers seem to have fancied
the cattle found in Holstein, and to have imported more largely of them
than any other of the Dutch cattle. That the right name for all those
families of ancient lineage, bred in North-Holland, and recognized as
having been for many generations great milkers and as making heavy beef
rattle, of good quality, when dry, should be Dutch cattle, there is, from
the testimony, little doubt. So also it would seem that the Holstein cattle
are a sub-race of the older Dutch, as the following letter from Prof. J.
G. Hengweld, of the Netherlands Royal Veterinary Institute, to Mr.
Charles Muller, United States Consul at Amsterdam, would seem to show.
This is dated Utrecht, November, 1872, and published in the Report of
the ——— on Dutch Cattle in Agriculture of Massachusetts, second series,
1873-74. From it we extract as follows :

Quoting from Low’s Agricultural History of the Domestic European
Animals, ete., he says: ‘*In comparing these varieties of cattle to the
breeds of the Continent, there is an analogy found on the one side between
the great breeders of the marshes and the black cattle, natives of the
plains and marshes of Holland ; and on the other, between the more various
kinds on the north of the Humber and those of Holstein and Jutland,
whence the best cattle of Northern Europe have sprung.’’ It is not un-
reasonable to suppose, that these latter breeds may have been introduced
during the first period of Saxon colonization by the Jutes and Angles, who
settled down in that part of England. But at a more approximate period
to us, it appears that cattle were frequently imported from the neighbor-
ing continent, and that they were mixed with native breeds.

It was especially the Dutch cows that were considered the best mileh
kinds of Northern Europe.

There is here a very clear and evident difference made between the ex-
cellent Dutch cattle and the Holstein and Jutland breeds whose origin
Low traces to a Saxon colonization. How Low, a few lines further on,
‘an make the Dutch cattle derive their origin from the Holstein cattle
—from which lines the ‘herd book’ draws its inference (the same occurs
in the French version, ‘whence the best Dutch races themselves originate’ )—
is incomprehensible ; and it is evident Low errs, or is not sufficiently ac-

CATTLE, HOLSTEINS. 519

quainted with the history of both countries. For already seven centuries
before the colonization in England, of the Jutes and Angles, the Friesians
[ Hollanders] were known for the greater number of their cattle, as will
further appear.

Every Spring, thousands of Holstein heifers are driven to the fields
of Northern Germany and Holland, where people find it is more profita-
ble to buy heifers than to raise them; and the name of the breed got
confused, so that the name ‘‘ Holland cow,’’ was here translated into
«¢ Dutch cow,”’ ete.

About Herd Books.

The ‘* herd-book’’ takes the unwarranted liberty, whenever it should
speak of Dutch cattle, of adding immediately after, the word ‘* Holstein.”’
It gives to Holstein cattle purchased in North Holland—and of which
the first importation took place in Massachusetts in 1852, afterward in
1857, ete., but the greatest in 1861—all the honor the Dutch cattle so
abundantly deserve, and appears to have made the geographical blunder
of supposing North Holland, Friesland, Groningen and Oldenburg as
- belonging to Holstein.

The thesis so arbitrarily adopted and set forth by the ‘ herd-book,”’
that the large black and white cattle imported into North America from
the Netherland provinces of North Holland and Friesland have ‘‘ undoubt-
edly descended from the original stock of Holstein,’’ as it proclaims on
page 9, requires a most decided denial and refutation for the honor and
reputation of Dutch cattle; and, without being led astray by the most
strangely jumbled-up references mentioned, I wish to point out,—

True History.

Ist. That the history of the Dutch or Holland cattle dates further back
than that of Holstein.

2nd. That the Holstein cattle descended from the Dutch ; and

3rd. That the name of ‘Holstein cattle’’ is only a local appellation
for a peculiar indigenous breed, constituting only one of several apper-
taining to the same group, namely, to the groups of the Lowland races,
of which the Dutch breed is the fundamental type. To this I now proceed.

According to the ‘+ Allgemeine Deutsche Real Eneyclopedia,’’ the
origin of Holstein Schleswyck lies buried in obscurity, and Holstein was
probably visited by the Cimbri; while a century after, the Roman
Emperor, Cesar Tiberius, arrived with his army and fleet before the
mouth of the Elbe, without, however, setting foot on the Holstein shore.
According to Tacitus, it may be stated, that the Holstein Baltic coast was

520 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

inhabited, as far as Mecklenburg and Schleswyck, by seven petty Ger-
man tribes, of whom the Angles and Warnes have preserved their names
down to the present time; while the others have been melted down into
that of the Saxons. In the fifth century, the Saxons and Angles united
with the Jutes and Friesians, and migrated to England. (This is Low’s
colonization.) Subsequently, the Holstein Saxons, who dwelt to the
north of the Elbe, were called by the name of Normans ; while the name
of Holstein is not mentioned in history before eight hundred years after
Christ. In 1128-64, the Holstein province Uagrien was conquered and
converted to Christianity, and partly peopled with strange colonists from
Friesland, Holland and Westphalia.

It appears that, with regard to its fitness as a grazing and cattle-breed-
ing country, Holstein is of later date than Holland; which fact will
appear the more prominent after some account has been made of the old-
est inhabitants of Holland and their pursuits.

What History Says.

For this purpose I at once direct the attention of the reader to the
coming of the Friesians and Batavians. The former were the oldest
inhabitants of Holland, and were known as herdsmen, hunters and fisher-
men. Their history in this country goes as far back as 300 years before
Christ. The Batavians came 200 years later (100 years before Christ)
down the Rhine; and, although they were likewise herdsmen, they occu-
pied themselves more particularly with hunting and fishing.

The lands of the Friesians comprised the whole country to the north of
the Rhine as far as the shore of the North Sea, to which West and East
Friesland belonged, composing the present Dutch provinces of Groningen,
Friesland, Dreuthe, and North Holland, besides the provinces of Utrecht,
Overyssell, and a part of Gulderland and South Holland. Of all these
provinces, Groningen alone appertained to East Friesland.

Tacitus says of the Friesians and Batavians : ‘They owned cattle, not
excelling in beauty, but in number.’’ He further states, as does also
Julius Cesar, that the Friesians and Batavians paid each other in cows,
sheep and goats, and gave likewise to their children as dowry, oxen adapted
to the yoke and plough, cattle and horses. When they were subdued by
the Romans in the first century of our era, the conquerors derived much
advantage from this wealth in cattle, and imposed upon the Friesians an
annual tribute,. consisting of cow-hides and meat; while they chose their
most valient warriors from among the Batavians.

The Friesians and Batavians applied themselves to the draining of their
marshy lands and their islands, created meadows on the reclaimed soil,

CATTLE, HOLSTELNS. 221

which they first protected against inundations by raising hills, breakers
and dikes, of which the traces are everywhere discernible along the coast
throughout West Friesland and Groningen. Something is even known
regarding the color of their cattle, namely, that they held those of a white
color in religious veneration. It is a very plausible theory that the Fries-
ians, who, at as early a date as three hundred years before Christ, peopled
the north of the present Netherlands, and wrought those alluvial plains of
Scandinavian clay into soil fit for the requirement of their cattle, did, in
after-centuries, spread themselves in more northerly and easterly directions
as far as the Elbe—as we already know they did, in the fifth century,
unite with the Jutes and Anglo-Saxons in emigrating to England ; in addi-
tion to which, we must observe that these were probably East Friesians
and not West Friesians.

The Friesians, from Oldenburg and the country near the mouth of the
Elbe, both south and north of that river, were compelled, through the
inclemency of those regions—then in their original condition of low allu-
vial swamps, inundated at every tide—to desert them. It was owing to
these local circumstances that the Romans were prevented from endeavoring
to land their army. :

It can be shown that the inhabitants of this territory were unable to
make sure provision for their own wants because of the robberies and _ pi-
racies committed by the Normans, dwellers on the west coast of Denmark,
people from Holstein and Schleswyck, Jutes and Angles. These were by
no means peaceful breeders of cattle, as were the Friesians and Batavians,
whose lands they constantly plundered and laid waste, burning and ravag-
ing their possessions, massacring the inhabitants, making them pay tribute,
penetrating far inland to the mouths of the Rhine and Yssel, ind eyery-
where giving unbridled vent to their ferocity and loye of plunder. This
was between the eighth and eleventh centuries. Giving due weight to
these statements, which, from the nature of the case must be necessarily
brief, it cannot be doubted that the cultivation of cattle in the Netherlands
existed a long time before such a thing could be thought of in Holstein.
It is also quite as certain that the colonies from Friesland, Holland and
Westphalia, carried with them their cattle to Holstein.

Hence we see that, first, the Dutch race of cattle date from an older
descent than those of Holstein; while, probably, second, the Holstein
cattle originated from the Friesian breed and from that of the Dutch and
Westphalian emigrants. :

After this colonization, we have our attention directed to another
remarkable particular in the history of the Dutch cattle cultivation.

.
522 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Regular Markets Established.

From the fourteenth on till the eighteenth century, a large number of
Danish oxen were annually turned for pasture into the grassy meadows
of North Holland—formerly West Friesland, and sold at the weekly
North Holland cattle market. The oldest of these cattle markets is that
of the city of Hoorn. This market was already established in 1311, and
in 1839 the Danes and the inhabitants of the Eyder were allowed by
Albrecht, duke of Bavaria, to hold a weekly market there. In 1605, the
Danish cattle market was removed from Hoorn and transferred to Enk-
huyzen, when, in 1624, the number of 1,179 oxen were sold. There was
also in Amsterdam a lean-cattle market, beginning in the Spring, in the
month of April, but held at irregular periods, depending upon wind and
weather, when cattle were allowed to be conveyed from Denmark and
Holstein hither to graze. These were mostly brought by vessel. Mr.
Hengeveld says:

‘« These importations of Danish and Holstein cattle into North Holland,
to which the ‘herd-book’ might refer, did not consist of ‘heifers’ but of
lean oxen, which were pastured on the fertile meadows of the Polders,
and afterwards sold at the markets of Hoorn, Enkhuyzen and Amster-
dam as fat cattle. As to heifers, either then or now, having been imported
from Holstein into Friesland and North Holland for the purpose of breed-
ing, no such thing is known.”’

To withhold nothing, and to put nothing in a distorted light, I may
add, that in the middle of the 18th century several importations took
place into Friesland of Danish cattle, consisting of young calves. This
was at the time of the raging of the cattle-plague, which desolating dis-
ease carried off thousands of the finest cattle in Friesland and Holland.

For the purpose of keeping the cattle trade alive, and to fill the places
of those destroyed by the plague, small Danish breeds and German cows
of diminutive size were substituted and crossed with the remaining and
recovered natives.

‘They were,’ says Scheltma, ‘‘ Danish, Holstein and small German
cows, of which the greater part were smaller in size than the native race.”
In the same work we find, ‘*that one was reduced to the necessity, in
1769, of purchasing the needful cattle in the county of Bentheim, in the
district of Oldenburg and Munster, in Hanover and other parts of
Germany.’

In the work, ‘‘ Present State of Friesland,’’ it is mentioned that,
‘sowing to the cattle-plague, the people were compelled to in port from
abroad all kinds of smma// cattle, chiefly Danish. But, what was remark-
able, however small and ill-favored these animals might be, when com-

CATTLE, HOLSTEINS. 223

1"

|
HI
\

UIT LS TOH

ai
. ey I), |
SHAUN i |

NAY
mn

"MOD

on iy
Wh ma

sSNA

H24 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

pared with the handsome Friesian horned rattle, us a natural consequence,
an improvement of food induced a favorable development of body, and,
from the mixture of the two breeds, good and choice milch-kine were
attained within two or three generations of the introduction of the foreign
blood, no matter how much the race had in the beginning deteriorated
through the process, and, eventually, the type of Danish ahd German
cattle was quite lost.”” This is, however, already one hundred years ago.

A fair consideration of what has been thus far stated will leave no
justification of the ‘*herd-book’s** imputation upon the antiquity and
purity of descent of our Friesian or Dutch cattle; or its assumption
that they are of Holstein origin. No; the genealogy of Netherland cat-
tle is pure and unadulterated, and it is at least two thousand years old.

Facts as to Dutch Cattle.

Our authority continues as follows

**T come now to the present time, aaa the question whether it is tenable
to give to one variety of cattle the name of an entire group, and to
reckon as appertaining to it all its several varieties or breeds,—as, for
instance, the Dutch, Friesian, Oldenburg, Holstein, ete.,—and would
not be imperative in such a case to give it the purely historical name by
which it is generally known? If it could be desirable to give a general
name to the cattle of the just mentioned districts, then that of Holsteim
cattle would not be appropriate, and for it should be substituted that of
Friesian cattle, whence all the varieties originated.

‘©The chief characteristics of this Friesian breed—its eminent milk-
giving and fattening qualities —we find in all the just mentioned districts,
and extending still further southward; with this difference, however,
that wherever the land is more fertile, the climate milder, and the tending,
feeding and breeding of the cattle observed with more care, in that
ineasure, and according as these requisites stand to each other im the
closest proportion and harmony, they are more developed, attain larger
size and are of a finer texture.

“If the intention be to convey a correct understanding of the true
qualities of the several varieties or breeds mentioned in their own dwelling
places, it is better that each breed should retain the name by which it is
known, and that no collective name, though a historical one, should be
given them.

“In order to be able to readily classify a group of cattle of great
extent, possessing the same chief qualities in form and productiveness,
Sturm* proposed, so long as fifty years ago, to give to a group, subject

“Dr. Sturm: “Of Races, Crossing and Improvement of Indigenous Domestic Animals.””
Elbertield. 1825.

plo saved % “YAAIGH NIGLS ITOH

CATTLE,

HOLSTEINS,

} | y M
Hic:
ae Hhidh

525

iT

Wy

{|)
|

I}
Hi

]

i}

Mt

|
|

| I

526 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

to the same conditions of soil and climate, a name indicating those
conditions, and thus originated Mountain Cattle, Highland Cattle, and
Lowland Cattle. He also heads each of these divisions by the breed
best representing the distinctive feature of its class, as its type. It is
under the denomination of Lowland Cattle that he places the different
breeds of the coast lands along the North Sea. Schmalz, Pabst, and
many subsequent writers, adopt this classification; some with a few
modifications, but all in the physical characteristics of the country to
which they are indigenous, the general denomination of the collective
group, according to Schmalz’s statement, cattle, adopting Sturm’s classi-

fication, may be distinguished in the following manner :
Races of Dutch Cattle.

“A. Lowland Race.—Primitive cow ; Dutch-I*riesian cow.

**B. Mountain Race.—Degenerate, quite the contrary of A; Swiss cow.

*C, Middle Race.—Highland race; forms the transition from A to
B: Frankish cow.

‘*Schmalz says, ‘To the race A helong the Dutch, as representatives,
the Friesian, the Oldenburg, and chiefly all Lowland races bearing the
peculiar characteristics which identify it with the place of its sojourn.’

‘This is a purely natural division, and there is not the least arrogance
in asserting, what history points out, that the Dutch cattle constitute the
type of the oldest, purest, and best breed. All other varieties are of
less intrinsic value; they are coarser or smaller, possess less productive
qualities, though of local excellence in their native places. ‘Jf cattle of
the genuine breed are bought, imported elsewhere, and there bred, why is
it not called by its native name, and why must an appellation be given to

it quite foreign and unknown to it?’
“One hears in Europe of ‘Lowland cattle,’ but purchases of them for

the purpose of improving other breeds have, for the last hundred years,
been only made in the chief Netherland provinces, where the choicest
cattle of the Lowlands are found. Thus, thousands of Dutch and Friesian
cattle are annually sent abroad under the name of Dutch cattle.”

Dr. George May’s Testimony.

Finally, I beg to add quotations from Dr. George May,* director of
the agricultural establishment at Weihenstephan, who visited Holland
about ten years ago.

“The Dutch cattle constitute the type of the properly so-called Lowland

*Dr. George May: ‘The Cattle.’ Munich. 1863. Vol. IIL, p. 38.

CATTLE, HOLSTEINS. 927

race, which extends throughout Netherlands, Flanders, Normandy,
Oldenburg, and Denmark. The Oldenburg cattle descended from the
Dutch race, and are likewise distinguished as East Friesian cattle, as still
partially found in Hanoverian Friezland. In the adjacent parts of Bremen
it is called Bremen cattle.”’ ‘*The Holstein and Breitenburg cattle in the

Wilster and Rempner markets are equal to * * *

; but with respect to
their square build, the Breitenburg cattle are in their properties more
like the finer Dutch cattle.”’

Other writers of repute may be quoted, but enough has been given io
show that the name of ‘*Holstein’’ is only a local, and not a collective
name, and may not be given to cattle bought in North Holland. To do

so is to underrate the Dutch cattle race.
Mr. Klippart’s Testimony.

In relation to the native cattle of Holstein, the Jamented Jippart in
his Ohio Agricultural Report of 1865, says:

‘The native cattle of Holstem are the Angle cattle, which are far more
numerous than any other kind or race. They are small animals, with
fine bones, short Jegged rather than otherwise ; a very fine, small head,
and delicately formed neck. The predominating color is red or brown,
but there are many dun, black, or spotted ones. According to the amount
of food consumed, this race give a more abundant supply of milk than
any other in the duchies. It is a very highly esteemed race—is much
sought after for its milking qualities and kindliness in taking on flesh.
The flesh is very fine, tender and juicy. On account of the great demand
for stock of this race, cattle dealers have not unfrequently gone into
Jutland and other points, and made purchases, which they represented as
being genuine Angles ; but in recent years a law has been passed that every
breeder of Angle stock must brand the calves with the letters A. R. (Angle
Tace,) in order to prevent impositions. ,

‘© Tn these marshes are found a race of cattle much Jarger and heavier
than the Angles, larger boned, and of 2 dark, reddish brown, and known
as the Marsh race. This race seems to be adapted to the marshes, but
does not do well on the higher and dryer uplands. Upon the rich pas-
tures of the marshes, for a time after calving, the best cows will give
from forty-eight to sixty-four pounds, (from six to eight gallons), of
milk daily. But the milk is not near so rich as that of the Angles ;—in
fact, I was shown a statement, apparently well authenticated, to the
effect that milk of the Marsh race contained no more than two per cent.
of cream, while that of the Angle race contained sixteen per cent. One
thing is very certain, namely: the butter of the Marsh race is not near
so sweet or ‘nutty’ as that of the Angle race.

52S ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

‘Tn Schleswig, rather than in Holstein, are found many of the Jutland
race of cattle. These have very fine bones, and are long in proportion to
their height, and are, as a rule, short-legged. The prevailing color is
gray, black, or gray and black mixed with white, but very rarely red or
brown. This race is more highly esteemed for its early maturity and
readiness to fatten than for its milking qualities.”’

In the transaction of the Ohio Board of Agriculture, 1872, in an article
on Dutch cattle, by Professor, Furstenbure, we find the following:
The breeds of cattle in Holland may be divided according to their locality
as follows: 1. The breeds in the provinces North and South Holland and
West Friesland. 2. The breeds in the provinces Groningen, Guelderland,
Utrecht, and Overyssel. 3. The breeds in the provinces of Seeland.
Although these breeds are closely related, still they show difference result-
ing from keeping and the various purposes for which they are bred.

Breeds in the Provinces North and South Holland and West Friesland.

‘The breed most renowned in the kingdom for its milk-producing quali-
ties is found in these three provinces. But North Holland in particular
is noted for the manner of keeping cattle, which are known by the name
of Amsterdam race, being no less remarkable on account of size than for
the great production of milk. The pastures of North Holland are said to
contain 100,000 morgen (158-100 morgen to an acre) ; every acre furnishes
nourishment for 49-100 head of cattle. The peasants are engaged almost
solely in cattle breeding, and the keeping and care which these animals
receive here has almost become proverbial on account of its perfection.

«The cattle here are mostly spotted black and white ; however, brown
and blue or gray mixed are found. The height is considerable, being not
under two Amsterdam ells (4 51-100 feet) ; the length of the body in pro-
portion to the height, the middle part of which is particularly developed,
the quarters fleshy, neck rather short than long, with a strong dewlap ;
head narrow and long, with the forehead slightly depressed ; fine horns
crooked forward, and large projecting ears. The withers are often narrow ;
the back, on the other hand, broad across the hips, which are not very
prominent ; the tail fine and long, with a good tuft of hair; the position
of the hind legs strong and straight (not knock-kneed ), the hind-quarters
broad and roomy, and the bag well developed. The lower part of the
legs above the hoofs is invariably white, which is regarded as a sign of
the pure unmixed breed. The live weight of the cows is 1,200 to 1,400
pounds ; that of bulls reaches 2,000 pounds when full grown and fatted.
The cows are unusually productive of milk, and give an average of 3,000

quarts and over per annum.

CATTLE, HOLSTEINS. 229

«*A very excellent milch cow of the ‘Amsterdam race, from the royal
cow stable in Eldena, which was brought with a few others to the Inter-
national Exhibition, took the first premium for milch cows of the
Netherland race at the International Exhibition of live stock at Stettin in
1865. This. cow, fed in the stall only, gave in one year the great
quantity of 6,142 quarts of milk, and kept up afterwards to 4,000
quarts in an equal length of time.

**To the breed of North Holland are nearly related those of South
Holland and West Friesland, and differ perhaps only in that the latter
are larger boned, and in general of not so pleasing a form. In regard
to their milk-producing qualities they are about equal. The manner of
keeping the stock, and the use of the milk, is also the same, viz.: the
manufacture of cheese, while the calves are raised and sold as young
stock at high prices. From these three provinces, the former two of
which suffered so much lately from rinderpest, mileh cows are bought
for the best dairies in Germany.

‘** Holland cattle are well adapted to soiling, although at home they are
accustomed to pasturage. They are kept protitably on the latter only
when its abundance facilitates grazing and makes corporal exertion unnec-
essary. Therefore a great error would be made in placing these animals
on a scant pasturage, and they are not at all adapted to the pasturage of
a light soil. The result of stall-feeding is more favorable, because proper
rare and fodder can be given the stock without its exertion. We have
received from no other race an equal quantity of milk with the same feed,
as years of observation in the cow stable of the Academy at Eldena
has shown.

‘«Three years ago (in 1865), different races were kept here, viz. : milch
cows of Toudern and Breitenburg, in Schleswig-Holstein, of Ayrshire, in

Scotland, and of Holland.
Yields of Milk.

‘©The yield of milk this year of these races was :

‘*1. Four Toudern cows gave 9,337 quarts, or an average of 2,334
quarts, or 6 3-10 quarts per day for the year. The largest milker gave
2,345 quarts, the smallest 2,020 quarts.

*©2. Three Breitenburg cows gave 8,594 quarts, or an average of
2,864 2-3 quarts, or 7 85-100 quarts per day for the year. The largest
milker gave 2,946 quarts, the smallest 2,820 quarts.

*©3. Three Ayrshire cows gave 5,386 quarts, or an average of 1,795 1-3
quarts, or 4 92-100 quarts per day forthe year. The largest milker gave
2,249 quarts, the smallest 1,415 quarts.

530 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Fi

VAI

MUU,

HOLSTELN BULL; Age 1 year and 10 months.

CATTLE, HOLSTEINS. 531

««Twenty-two Holland cows gave 78,100 quarts, or an average of
3,550 quarts, or 9 73-100 quarts per day for the year. The largest
milker gave 6,142 quarts, the smallest 2,026 quarts.

‘** The average feed per head in the Winter was daily—10 pounds Sum-
mer straw, cut fine: 2 1-2 pounds oat and wheat chaff; 25 pounds
beets; 10 pounds hay; 8 pounds refuse malt from beer brewery; 6
pounds rye bran. This food is considered about equal to 42 9-10
pounds hay.

‘*During the Summer the cows were fed daily per head 135 pounds
green fodder, viz., clover and vetches (of the latter very little was used),

7

and three times a day 8 pounds of hay.
Feeding Qualities.

** Although there is no doubt that the Holland cows eat more, gener-
ally, than the smaller Ayrshire and Toudern (for the fodder was not
weighed out for each animal separately), this is of minor importance in
comparison with the greater amount of milk given by the former. The
greater amount of feed consumed by the Holland cows can be estimated,
viz.: Nine of them stood at one crib, while ten of the smaller stood at
another of equal size ; the fodder was, however, divided the same in each.
The proportion is as nine to ten, or when the smaller cows eat 45 pounds
of hay, the larger ones eat 50 pounds.

‘From the quantity of milk given, the Holland cows used a trifle over
5 pounds weight of hay to produce one quart of milk; Breitenburg used
6 25-100 pounds of hay; Toudern 7 pounds of hay; Ayrshire 9 pounds
of hay. By these results it cannot remain doubtful which race is
preferable,”

Early Importations Retained Pure.

«Le Roy, father and son, should not have allowed their herd to become
scattered and lost as a pure breed, when they subsequently turned atten-
tion to the breeding of Short-Horns. That this was the fact is evident
from the record, that at the sale of the farms of these gentlemen, after-
ward, none but grades were found in the herd or in the adjacent country.

“The first importation of animals that have been retained pure, were
those of Mr. W. C. Chenery, near Boston, in 1861. This was a bull and
four cows, which were successfully bred and kept pure. Mr. Chenery,
previous to that time, in 1852, imported a single cow; in 1857 he made
importations of a bull and two cows, and in 1859 a further importation of
four more cows. With this latter importation he was so unfortunate as
to import pleuro-pneumonia. The ravages of this dread disease extended

532 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

to the entire breed, and with the exception of a single young bull they
were entirely destroyed. In 1861 Mr. Chenery made another importation
of a bull and four cows, which came over sound. These and their de-
scendants were the only pure bred herd in America for vears. That they
were the best representatives of their breed is certain from the fact that
they were selected with care from the best dairy herds of North Holland,
and were so certified to by the official authorities of the districts where
they were bred,”

Holsteins as Milkers.

As being interesting history and also as a means of comparison with
their descendants and also with later importations, we give some interest-
ing data: /

The four year old bull girted 7 feet 10 inches. His length was 8 feet
7 inches ; height 4 feet 11 inches, and his weight was 2,465 pounds. His
color was jet black and clear white, the white being confined to the fore-
head, with a large patch on the withers and top of the rump; the limbs,
brisket, belly, and flanks being also white.

In relation to yield and quality of milk, Mr. Allen says :

‘*The four imported cows, each seven years old, have an average weight
of 1,325 pounds. The weight of a past two-year old heifer is 1,240
pounds. A past yearling heifer weighed 960 pounds; and the weight of
six calves at an average of eight months, reared in the usual way, without
forcing, was an average of 576 pounds each.

‘The milking qualities of the breed may be judged by the following
memoranda: One of the imported cows, when six years old, dropped a
calf on the 15th of May, weighing 101 pounds ; and from the 26th of May to
the 26th of July, bya careful and exact record, gave 4,018 pounds 14 ounces
of milk. The largest yield in any one day was 76 pounds 5 ounces
(35 1-5 quarts). In ten days.she gave 744 pounds 12 ounces, or an aver-
age of 74 47-100 pounds per day. She gave a good flow of milk during
the season, continuing to the 24th of May following, and on the succeding
day dropped twin heifer calves, which weighed 155 pounds. The amount
of cream produced from this cow’s milk, in a vessel specially prepared for
measuring it, produced 22 70-100 per cent of the milk, as tested by an
accurate examination.

‘The nutritive qualities of the milk were also tested by a thorough
chemical analysis, and found to be excellent. It is also rich in its caseine,
or cheese-making properties. Six days’ milk of this cow was set for
cream, and the produce was 17 pounds 14 ounces of good butter—nearly
3 pounds per day; and it is claimed by the owner that she is nof the very
best cow of the herd.

CATTLE, HOLSTEINS. 533

‘These results show not only the remarkable productions of the cow,
but the accurate and pains-taking care of the proprietor of the herd in
testing their ability at the pail. Of what the food given to the cow was
composed, we are not informed. We are to presume, however, that it

yas of the best, as every cow should have, to test to the utmost her lacteal
faculties.”’

Weights and Milk Products.

The Holstein bulls weigh from 2,000 to 3,000 pounds, and are kind,
tractable, good tempered. A half-blood Holstein steer is recorded that
weighed 19,000 pounds, and some two-year olds that averaged 1,300
pounds.

In a large number of tests that have been made with Holsteins and
natives at various factories in the West, the results reported showing as
follows: Natives range from 5.000 to 8,000 per year; Holsteins, from
8,000 to 12,000 Ibs. per year of milk,

In a comparison of Holsteim and Ayrshires, the following is the report
of three herds of Ayrshires, including Dr. E. L. Sturtevant’s herd. The
Dr. gives the record as follows: General average with 13 Ayrshires for
four years, 5,543 lbs. The best year was 1872—13 Ayrshire cows (no
heifers), 6, 047 Ibs. Mr. E. F. Miles, of Massachusetts, gives the fol-
lowing yield of Ayrshires: Best year’s average out of five years was
6,292 lbs., from a dairy of 11 cows; general average for five years, 5,614
Ibs. Mr. F. H. Appleton, of Massachusetts, gives the following record
of three Ayrshire cows for one year, average, 7,095 lbs.

It is quite safe to say that these cattle will give from 8,000 pounds up
to 12,000 pounds a year. Mr. Hubble, of Onarga, Ill., gives the record
of one cow, which gave 14,000 pounds in less than one year, and another
which, in 1878, gave 15,960 1-8 pounds of milk.

Herd Records.

As showing the great value of any pure breed in the production of milk.
Keeping in mind always that the Jerseys give exeeptionally good milk,
and the Ayrshire and Short-Horns the next in richness, we append a list
of herds for a series of years, showing the number milked, the average
yielded per cow and the average of all given breeds, which is tabulated
on next page.

As milking cows the Holsteins are wonderful, as cheese-makers they
are superior, as butter-makers they do not stand the test so well. In
fact, Holstein breeders always tell how much milk their cows will give ;
the Ayrshire men, how much milk, and butter, and cheese their cows will

Lad

534 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

AYRSHIRE HERDS.

No. of | No. of Average Yield
Years. | Yields. | Herds. per Cow.
mW ||. 109 Whiashaleunns sinusitis Nee BOOTS seks 5,229 Ibs.
5 dd CliGrmysBrOOKnescesetssercnnsers a 5.372
2 16 IOS] GG lardenerernereeresester tress 0 5.334 **
1 4 Cu-hing’s... 5 5.705
5 | 57 Maplewood 5.583 *&
3 18 New Jersey Agricultural College . 6,534 +
4 38 @iChichewickicec........rccvconscect sees 5.571 *
2 12 | ASTD DViSin-cssucstcagcsstsccs 7.582 *
1 37 Oneida Community non 5.498 &
1 8 Oornellisitc 5 cencaves os 6405
Average Of all ..........000 Saeauss vesssasissqsuseearseartaent 5,881 3-10 *
HOLSTEIN HERDS.
3 7 {NOY SD ET Sopceninonceociagcenroncc SPORE Rep EchConceadsoemHDe, COaaENNON 5,922 ‘*
1 5 Oneida Community. | S7l
3 11 Millen ?aicAtictsssteevestwessficeese «| 8,590 “*
PEE CIO) EM Basen srry eogtencnogdo- goonigscoo sarees ccennccc’ CY AoE:
{Let us add to these two well-known herds].
4 24 Chl Ee CanELOIMUn An Sceescwccvecrecee Seen seen tn ecnentstesien 9,369 *¢
1 i) Unadilla Vailey Association . so 8.384
AVGrayerOnr allie ccenvasescccncedsccateuncarcancntstenieees inane 8,876 1-2 **
JEKSEY HERDS.
2 17 MRO DUS acneccacntscesneanrcusonseauncemeces canes Sectette oer ROC Oe 4.128 &€
3 8 E. P. of Rhode Island.. 3 4.622 “
4] 80 Deerfoot ...........0:000: 4,658“
1 4 Nordheim... SonEe ost 3,808 ‘*
1 l4 Hillsdale ........... SS 4.269 *
Average of all... 4,303
Let us add to this list the
SHORT-HORN HERDS.
1 be} Re Ashburner OAllOnnihecccsn<scscuencvacentuecetsscusecees 6.870 «“
38 60 | Harris Lewis.. ce 6,400 **
1 | 74 John Lea, Eng.,
for calves—milk sold i in Svinter:
tf | 35. Beauchamp’s C'rt, Hing ............sceseccssseseesoeses erred 8,000 *
(These were samples of a large herd).
Average of all....... ceereenes aM sabes ceceheneyhe eeee en eokkenny 6,736

make; the Jersey owners, how much butter and cream to the quart of
milk. To show that the Holstein is not a butter cow, the following
deduced from a table published by the London Agriculture Journal, the
results of tests made by Mr. Amersfoordt, of Badhoeve, in the Lake of
Haarlem, Holland, a most competent authority, who tested the milk of
46 cows in June, and 49 cows in November, with Prof. Tesser’s lacto-
scope, which is claimed to give a close approximation to the actual fat
in the milk.

In the table made by Mr. Amersfoordt, the yield of each cow on the
15th of June and the 24th of November is given with the per centage of
fat. The average yield of 46 cows in June, is 13.87 litres, or 31 Ibs.
sach, and the per centage of fat 5.217. Six of the largest milkers gave
20.2 litres, or 46 Ibs. per day, with 5.2 per cent. of fat.

CATTLE, HOLSTEINS. 535

On the 26th of November, 49 cows gave an average of 6.24 litres, or
13.92 Ibs., with 6.32 per cent. of fat. The largest per centage of fat
was 7.50. If the lactometer of Dr. Fesser is accurate, this would show

NIS.LSTOH

‘T1104

s

*yooys Suryyimt Avaueqg aq] Jo

the Holsteins to give milk as rich as our native cows, whose milk will
yield 5 per cent. of butter on flush grass in June, and 7 per cent. in

536 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

November. So considering the noble milking powers of this breed, and
their well-known ability as cheese-makers, their outcome in butter should
be considered satisfactory.

The Kerry Cow.

In Ireland, from time immemorial, there has existed two distinct races
of cattle that were valuable in their day and time; one a long-horned
breed, and the other belonging to the middle-horns and considered
an aboriginal breed. Of the long-horns we have already made what
mention is necessary here, except that we may add that from their resem-
blance to the English long-horns, they have been supposed to have had
the same origin; but whether the English family came from Ireland, or
vice versa, is not known: history is silent on the subject, and it mutters
but little to this generation. The middle-horns and the short-horns are
the valuable cattle of the present day, and they will be the cattle of the
future.

The other representative branch of the genus Sos in Ireland, the
cattle of Kerry, or as they are now termed, Kerry cattle, are worth more
than a passing mention, because there have been representative animals
imported to the United States, and they may have value in some moun-
tainous countries of the United States, and the far Northwest, for their
extreme hardiness, their facility in shifting for themselves, and their
adaptability in fattening when not in milk. As a breed they are rare,
and eyen in the last century were not to be found except inland on the
mountains. They are described by Youatt as small, light, active and
wild.

The Kerry at Home.

The head is small, although there are exceptions to this in various
parts ; and so numerous, indeed, are these exceptions, that some describe
the native Irish cattle as having thick heads and necks ; the horns are short,
as compared with the other breed, all of them fine, some of them rather
upright, and frequently, after projecting forward, then turning backward.
Although somewhat deficient in the hind-quarters, they are high-boned,
and wide over the hips, yet the bone generally is not heavy. The hair is
coarse and long; they are black-brindled, black, or brindled, with white
faces. Some are finer in the bone, and finer in the neck, with a good eye
and sharp muzzle, and great activity.

They are exceedingly hardy ; they live through the winter and some-
times fatten on their native mountains and moors ; and when removed to
a better climate and soil they fatten with all the rapidity of the aboriginal

CATTLE, THE KERRY. 537

rattle of the Highlands and Wales. They are generally very good
milkers, and many of them are excellent.

The cow of Kerry is truly a poor man’s cow, living everywhere hardy,
yielding (for her size) an abundance of milk of a good quality, and
fattening rapidly when required.

These cattle usually are small, and are confined to the hilly and moor
grounds. Some are of considerably size, elsewhere, and are improved
in form as well as weight. The horns, usually of middle length, turn
up, as do the horns of those on the mountains ; they are shorter in the
leg, shorter in the body; their loins and haunches are heavy and wide ;
although the hair is thick, the hide is mellow, and they thrive with rapidity.
This is as they were known many years ago. They have since been bred
with care. The London Stock Journal of a late date says of them now:
‘These characteristic points of the breed are unmistakably well marked.
The size is small. The legs in most cases are very short in proportion to
the size of the body. The head is somewhat small, though the muzzle
is long and clean. ‘The lips are thin; the expression of the countenance
is pleasing, and the eye is particularly clear and fairly prominent. A
symptom which is most indicative of purity of breed is the ‘*turn up’’
of the horn, which is of medium length. Occasionally, however, the
horn will, after turning up, turn backwards. The nicety of the horn
and the manner in which it is set on adds immensely to the style. The
neck is not massive at the junction with the head, but it thickens eradu-
ally, and affords reasonable covering to the shoulders. The latter are
flat and thin. The dorsal vertebrie rise more than in other cattle, which
sometimes gives the back an irregular appearance. The ribs spring well,
especially the last of those approachmg the hip; this makes the body
very compact. The loins are of medium width, and the hip not promi-
nent. The distance between the hip and the setting on of the tail is not
considerable ; the latter hangs neatly, and is well concealed by the
adjoining bones. The chest is full and deep, and the hind-quarters long,
but rather light. The favorite color is black, though black and white,
brown, and red, are by no means uncommon. The coat is invariably
fine and thick, and the hide elastic and mellow, showing great capacity
for the production of flesh and fat.

‘Sixteen quarts of milk per day may be regarded as the maximum
quantity the best specimens of the breed will give, and twelve quarts may
be regarded as a good average for the entire season. This is, of course,
on good keep. The milk is rich in cream, and the butter delicate in flavor,
superior in color, and, as in the case with the Jersey cows, one or two
Kerries will give the milk of ten to fifteen other cows in the production
of butter. As an indication of the richness of milk of the Kerry cow,
eight to nine quarts are said to produce a pound of butter.’’

538 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

In relation to their adaptability to fatten, it is said to be a remarkable
peculiarity of the breed, but they take a long time to mature. At three
to four years of age they will not dress more than three to four hundred
pounds of beef to the fore quarters. They are not however beef cattle,
nor are they adapted, in this country, to dairying, except by mixing, to
improve the messes. In fattening, however, when of mature age, they
thrive most rapidly, and the beef in point of being well marbled, in flavor,
and tenderness, is not excelled by that of any other breed.

With proper care and breeding, there would seem to be capabilities in
this breed well worth perpetuating and improving, especially now that
dairying as 2 distinctive branch of agriculture is assuming such proportions
in the United States, and particularly in the West. p

In relation to constitution, hardiness, etc., the authority last quoted
says: ‘*It is already observed, the hardy constitution of the Kerry most
enhances its value; for dairy purposes especially a remunerative yield is
obtained on what would be to other animals ‘starvation fare.’ In the
depth of the winter season I have not only known the animals to live
jumping from rock to rock, and from cliff to cliff, picking a. coarse scanty
bite from among the mountains, but with very small additional keep at
the farmsteading, whither they come to be milked morning and evening,
to actually thrive under the circumstances. Few people think of housing
the Kerry, either night or day, at any period of the year. When not
giving any milk they remain for months away concealed in the ravines of
mountain passes, seeking the best shelter they can from the excessive rain
and snow storms with which their abodes are periodically visited. The
hair is thick but fine and long—a provision of nature typical of cold
latitudes.

‘““What, however, is far more singular in the constitution of the breed,
is the readiness with which it adapts itself to circumstances of a wholly
reverse character. In acclimating breeds of cattle, sheep, or pigs, the
transition must be gradual ; but with the Kerry we have it suddenly and
indiscriminately transferred from its home in the mountains to the richest
grazing valleys which our island can boast of without experiencing the
slightest change in regard to health. Not alone this, but we have seen
the beasts ushered at once into the dairy sheds, and there confined for
years, in the closest bondage, without any apparent effect on the constitu-
tion. They further enjoyed the full benefit of the change as well as if
the new abode was their native habitation. It was for a time believed
that the frame of the breed was impregnable to pleuro-pneumonia, or
other contagious diseases. Recent experiments which have been con-
ducted have failed to establish this view.”’

CATTLE, POLLED. 539

POLLED ANGUS Cow.

Polled Cattle.

Of the Polled breeds of cattle in England there are several. Only one
of these will be considered here as being of value in the United States.
Among the polled breeds that have acquired reputation are the Angus
Polled, the Suffolk and the Galloway. The latter have been of late
years brought to the United States, bred and exhibited at our fairs.
Those specimens we have seen have proved to be most admirable cattle,
thick-meated, deep-flanked, short-legged, fine-haired animals. That
they were considered most valuable cattle, and worthy of being brought
here in the early settlement of the country, is evident from the fact that
forty years ago these hornless or muley cattle, as they were termed, were
not extremely rare, often breeding back by reversion entirely hornless or
with but the rudiments of horns, as gentle and good milking cattle.
Gentleness is a characteristic of the pure Galloway. Even the bulls are
noted for their docility and quiet tempers. For the reason that this
breed of cattle have of late years been growing in favor in the West as
grazing and milking cattle, and for the further reason that it is thought
that crossing the Galloway on the half-wild Texan will be most valuable,
we append the following general characteristics of the breed.

35

540 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

The Galloway cattle are straight and broad in the back, and nearly
level from the head to the rump ; are round in the ribs, and also between
the shoulders and the ribs, and the ribs and the loins, and broad in the
loin, without any large projecting hook-bones. In roundness of barrel
and fullness of ribs they will compare with any breed, and also in the ’°
proportion which the loins bear to the hook-bones.or protuberances of
the ribs. When viewed from above the whole body appears beautifully
rounded, like the longitudinal section of a roller. They are long in the
quarters and ribs, and deep in the chest, but not broad in the twist.
There is less space between the hook or hip-bones and the ribs than in
most other breeds, a consideration of much importance, for the adyan-
tage of length of “:arcass consists in an animal being well-ribbed home,
or as little space as possible lost in the flank.

The Galloway is short in the leg, and moderately fine in the flank-
bones—the happy medium preserved in the leg, which secures hardihood
and disposition to fatten. With the same cleanness and shortness of
shank, there is no breed so large- and muscular above the knee, while
there is more room for the deep, broad and capacious chest. He is clean,
not fine and slender, but well proportioned in the neck and chaps; a thin
and delicate neck would not correspond with the broad shoulders, deep
chest and close, compact form of the breed. The neck of the Galloway
bull is thick almost to a fault. The head is rather heavy; the eyes are
not prominent; and the ears are large, rough and full of long hairs on
the inside.

The Galloway is covered with a loose mellow skin of medium thick-
ness, which is clothed with long, soft, silky hair; the skin is thinner than
that of the Leicestershire, but not so fine as the hide of the Short-Horn,
although it handles soft and kindly.

The prevailing and fashionable color is black; a few are of a dark
brindle brown, and still fewer are speckled with white spots, and some of
them are of a dun color. Dark colors are uniformly preferred, from
the belief that they indicate hardiness of constitution.

The Galloway cows are not good milkers; but although the quantity
of milk is not great, it is rich in quality, and yields a large proportion of
butter. A cow that gives from twelve to sixteen quarts per day is con-
sidered very superior, and that quantity produces more than a pound and
a half of butter. The average, however, of a Galloway cow cannot be
reckoned at more than six or eight quarts per day, during the five
summer months, after feeding her calf. During the next five months she
does not give more than half that quantity, and for two or three months
she is dry. There is, perhaps, no breed of cattle which can be more
truly said to he indigenous to the country, and incapable of improvement

CATTLE, SPANISH. 54]

by any foreign eross, than the Galloways. The Short-Horns almost
everywhere else haye improved the cattle of the districts to which they
have traveled; at least in the first cross produced manifest improvement ;
but even in the first cross the Short-Horns have done little good in the
Galloway, and, as a permanent mixture, the choicest southern bulls have
failed. The intelligent Galloway breeder is now perfectly satisfied that
his stock can only be improved by adherence to the pure breed, and by
vare in the selection. While this is undoubtedly true of all pure or
thorough-bred stock, it seems especially so of the Galloways to-day. It
does not however follow that pure breeds may not improve the mixed
stock of a country. They must and do, as the magnificent Short-Horn,
Hereford and Devon grades amply testify in all our great markets.
That the Galloways have many valuable points cannot be denied. One
of these is their absence of horns; another is their extreme docility. If
by crossing Galloway bulls with Texan cows their horns could be toned
down their wildness tamed, their frames thickened with superior flesh,
their milking qualities improved, and the whole animal ameliorated, it
would seem as possible with the Galloway as by any other means we
know. It is certainly well worthy of trial.

a Texas Cattle.

Within the last few years certain theorists have harbored the idea that
the immense herds that cover the great plains of Texas, Mexico, and
America are a race native to the soil, and that have existed there from
time immemorial. Such however is well known not to be the fact. As
well may the great droves of horses that occupy the same region be said
to be a native and wild race. On the contrary, their well known char-
acteristics, and similarity tothe Spanish cattle and all that country including
Austria, Hungary, and other regions bordering the Mediterranean, Black
and Caspian seas, points distinctly to their origin, if, indeed, it were not
well known that they were introduced by the Spanish settlers about the
year 1500 and succeeding years. In fact, neither cattle or horses were
known in America prior to the Spanish invasion, and that they have mul-
tiplied so amazingly since is due to the genial climate and abundant
pasturage, so that the original cattle brought by the Spaniards succeeding
the discovery of the various countries along the Gulf of Mexico and
South America, has caused them to spread over all the region from Cali-
fornia to a latitude south, bound only by a line beyond which the coldness
of the climate precluded constant Winter and Summer herbage.

_ Unlike the wild buffalo, a race i) (/’genous to America, cattle are not
migratory to any considerable extent. Not so much so as horses. Hence

542 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

while the buffalo is found in Summer far north, even into the British pos-
sessions, cattle have never been found beyond the Jimits of abundant
Summer and Winter pasturage, and they have never been brought into
subjection by the wild Indians of the plains as were the horses, that escap-
ing from domestication gradually increased and occupied in a wild state
many valleys to which cattle never reached.

Characteristics of Spanish Cattle.

This race of cattle should therefore be called Spanish cattle —what
they really are; gaunt, bony, long-horned cattle, semi-wild, capable of
great endurance of heat, and adapted to the dry but fertile regions they

|
4

a ea ie “
A TEXAS STEER.

have gradually overrun. So vast has become their numbers that ten
years ago these cattle were estimated at 4,000,000 in Texas and New
Mexico, being in point of numbers about one-seventh of all the horned
cattle in the Union. Semi-wild, impatient of restraint, lean and lank in
body, high-boned, furnishing but little meat, and that of an inferior
quality, giving little more milk than wild buffalo—scarcely enough for a
few months Summer support of a calf—they were for generations run
down like wild beasts and slaughtered for their hides and scanty tallow.
The gradual settlement of the country, and the increasing demand for
beef, both in Europe and America, at length caused them to be moved

CATTLE SPANISH. 543

north into Kansas for summer pasturage, whence they were driven to the
nearest railway station, shipped east and slaughtered, either for packing,
or sold at an inferior price for consumption of flesh.

Various attempts have been made to reduce them to subjection to man
so they might be divided into small herds to be confined in pastures or
fed in winter. It has been in every instance unsuccessful. They remain
shy, wild, irritable, and refuse to fatten kindly. The writer, immediately
after the close of the war, having a large quantity of forage and fatten-
ing material, with mills for grinding corn, and stables for the accommo-
dation of 450 cattle, on account of scarcity of stock was obliged to put
in Texans.

Feeding Texans in Confinement.

They were bought in Kansas and were known as Cherokee cattle, a
modified form of Texans, bred by the civilized tribes of the Indian reser-
vations occupying the territory between Kansas and Texas. They had to
be lassoed and dragged into the stabies and made fast to the stanchions,
from which they could not be allowed to escape until turned off in the
Spring. Underground pipes conveyed their drinking water, the feed,
ground corn and hay, together with residuum from a mill was conveyed
to them by cars on tramways running between each two lines of cattle.
The stables were kept only light enough so that the workmen could see
to feed and clean; good ventilation was provided, and at the end of six
months they were turned out, and shipped to New York,—good ripe cat-
tle so far as Texans could be made such,—and brought the price of fat
cattle in the market there. Of this lot only two car-loads were culls or
unfit for the New York market. They were strictly corn-fed, or rather
meal-fed. For the first month they were sulky and savage, refusing to
take kindly to their rations. They never became so quiet that strangers
could be allowed in the barns without danger of throwing them off their
feed, and yet they were altogether superior to the ordinary Texan cattle
of ten years ago in point of docility, for they had been closely herded.
Nevertheless, the one experiment was sufficient. If other cattle could
have been had at a fair price it would not have paid to have fed them.
At that time good cattle were high and scarce, Texans were cheap. The
ledger account came out all right in the Spring, but the writer did not
care to try the experiment a second time. As to how they looked when
off of grass and ready for the stable in the Fall, the full page illustration
we have prepared will show:

ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

44

‘ATLLVO AAMOUTHO HO ‘SNYXAL AaIdIGON

CATTLE, TEXANS. 5A5
Weight of Texan Cattle.

The average weight of full grown Texan steers as usually sold from
grass in the Western markets, may be stated at 1,000 pounds; of this
the average beef and bone will be 400 to 450 pounds: of the balance,
except the hide, it is pretty much offal, the tallow being exceeding light.
Of late years very many Texas cattle are yearly bought for feeding in
distillery stables, on the slop made in the manufacture of high wines.
They are roped and fastened and remain there until sold to the butcher.
Others again are bought in the Autumn and shipped to the vast corn-fields
of Kansas, Iowa and Illinois, and fed in the fields during the Winter.
They really take more kindly to this latter system of feeding than any
other, and they will gain about two hundred pounds of flesh during the
Winter, weighing an average of 1,200 pounds, and making in the neigh-
borhood of 700 pounds of beef.

From what we have stated it will readily be seen that there is no profit
in breeding Texans, when other cattle may be kept. There are, however,
vast outlying territories where the herding of these cattle is found profit-
able. In Texas, New Mexico, the Indian Territory, Western Kansas and
Nebraska and Dakota, in the valleys of Montana and Wyoming, they
may have unlimited range, and enjoy their semi-wild condition, and fat-
tened on grass may be shipped east to be slaughtered and barreled for
export, or fattened as we have previously stated. Of late years enterpris-
ing herdsmen have bought great quantities of Short-Horn and Hereford
bulls to be used in the improvement of their stock. The effects are
already apparent. It is well understood now that the produce of either
of the bulls we have mentioned, in the first cross, produce an animal
much superior to the dam, and which will sell at three or four years old
for nearly double what the natives will. The cows give a largely
increased quantity of milk, they make better and fatter calves ; and here
again is a conclusive illustration to the breeders of cattle everywhere, of
the utility of improved breeds in inducing early maturity, increasing the
weight and improving the quality of the beef.

Profits in Breeding Grades from Texans.

Within the last ten years fortunes have been made in herding Texas
cattle, not only in that State, but in various Territories of the United
States. There are two essential requisites ; plenty of good grass for Sum-
mer and Winter pasturage, and abundance of water. The latter is the
essential. Many persons have failed in their efforts to profitably breed
Texas cattle on the plains, for the reason, that water was either not near,
or insufficient in supply. The cattle must go long distances to slake their

546 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

thirst, and consequently become very dry and uncomfortable before start-
ing to the watering place. Then they drink such immoderate quantities
of water, as again to be uncomfortable for some time, and will, if allowed,
hang about the water, on scant grass, until again forced to take the range.
Thus they cannot gain in flesh uniformly, but on the other hand, abso-
lutely lose condition in the constant travel necessary to get water. Perhaps
some epidemic sets in, and they die by hundreds, and the owner finds
himself the loser, simply from entering into a business hastily, and with-
out studying carefully the absolute necessities in the case.

There is another class of failures. These have been persons who have
supposed they could take fifty cows, and make money by herding them
until grown up. In all that wild region inhabited by Indians more or less
predatory, the force about a ranch must be strong enough for some pro-
tection. The profits must come principally from the increase in cattle.
If the small herder has water privileges, he can make money if he has
stock enough. If he has but few, the expense of herding will be the same
as when the herd is larger. Owners of other and large herds, or those
seeking to become such, will not take kindly to the appropriation of water
privileges, for so small a drove. There will be quarrels ; cattle will be
stampeded, and get mixed with other herds, and at last the owner will be
obliged either to leave, or take a partner with sufficient capital to properly
stock the ranch.

The yearly increase in value of cattle on the ranch will be all the way
from 25 to 50 per cent. according as the business is managed. In north-
west Texas the value of cattle on the ranch is for yearlings $6 ; two year
old $10; three year old $13; cows $12 to $15; beeves $15 to $20.

The Cattle Interest of Texas.

To give some idea of the vast numbers of cattle in all that region
where there is abundant pasturage and water, it has been estimated that,
from the Red River, in Clay county, west to the Pease River, and south
to the Colorado, embracing a territory of perhaps twenty-five thousand
miles, the whole region is now stocked to its fullest capacity, and in the
better portions thereof, it is estimated that an average of one head may be
kept to eight acres. The loss in cattle may be estimated at about four or
five per cent. per year, and the expense of herding 300 head and their
produce, has been given as follows:

CATTLE, TEXANS. 547

DR.
Mevihnes HOWALEd COWS! ANG CALVES... ssccccccele <ik escccncssdceceseetndstactscncsbecsobecevesesevaccsses $ 3,000
To two imported PSIRU eS as LAD oe nc sac e ans scewan naneiasciaeo tack eeepc cadeas tues seanccesssert "250
To one man’s time and boar 't for five years, $300 per year... 1,500
To one man’s time and board for three years, $300 per year 900
PG MULICy ALORS O LER DEOSC re.ca cuss peetankee sees trencenesenynisbersesasireses avex sssccncuxsenteccaseus 350
Bast Ae eed eter eee ean acceean ant vee enenderellsseneswaccdeel uaanasarepascarcensaraecsessevesr pn O00)

By three hundred five year olds, $18...

By three hundred four year olds Tree tere eae :
By three hundred three year olds, $12..............++
By three hundred two year olds, $10 Warceee eee
By three hundred one year olds, $6............+++
By three hundred old cows, $10......... -...4.
REID OUELIR st DAU Ned Sana: tse acenessteisns sees iosccteucvevse ceactes Sg gnson tagteacr Ge sora oe Ener
PRO Uae cee een cet ewer ean fat sec nea tee asda ccsuscucacenscetepeenscreutceen ite’ a snssuzsppcenseavsheis cicenss $21,500
MPRSOSS An EN CON e cesas a) i cuee= fanes P-aac!swond- nasa sacsccsacewenecsntessie s FSP COA ETO 5,300
$16,200
Muna alr VENOM Ue srestadent is -wectnincrecesoctetesss: soccesecce<ceurasstaiate-aenoesecevescernsnesedd-e hess 6,000
RRA COANE Be cre tio to econ e aucns sarcecsesecscsraotcsscectsausmbnaects tretansrcpee uaserneviovevoeceee $10.200

This is approximately correct, except as to the value of the bulls, if
by these are meant acclimated thorough-bred bulls of Short-Horn,
Hereford, or Galloway blood. It is well known that it is useless to take
mature bulls or other cattle raised in the North, to Texas. They die off
with Texas fever before they have time to leave their impress to any
considerable extent. An acclimated bull two years old past, should be
worth $250. Not less than three such bulls should be used in the herd
of 300 cows. The second year 150 heifers will be in breeding condition,
and the increase will then be increasingly fast. The fourth year two more
bulls must be bought, and at the end of the five years, the three first
bulls will be practically of little value. With these exceptions, the
figures may be taken as correct.

Acclimating Improved Bulls.

The serious losses that have constantly occurred from the death of
thorough-bred bulls sent to Texas for the purpose of infusion of blood
has prevented, to a great extent, the improvement of the stock. In all
the plains regions of the West this difficulty has not been so severely
felt. The improved breeds take kMdly to the Summer climate and only
require protection in Winter, and if put with a herd in which the germs
of Texas fever have been eliminated are healthy. Not so those taken to
Texas. Whatever the cause of the disease, it is certain that nearly every
animal taken there has succumbed to this dread disorder, if placed
immediately in the herd, and generally before they have had time to

548 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

serve more than from twenty to forty cows, and from weakened condition
the impress they have left has been deficient in vigor to that of either
the sires or dams.

Select Your Bulls.

To obviate this a thorough system of acclimation must be established.
And above all none but very young animals should be taken. In every
vase they should be calves of early Spring, bought when they are eight
months old. The cars in which they are carried should be carefully
prepared, to provide for the comfort of the animals. Pay particular
attention to feeding and watering regularly so as to keep the bulls
vigorous and strong.

Buy none but animals of parents and families of known soundness and
vigor of constitution. Avoid all fancy or highly in-bred families. Ab-
jure excessive style and fineness, and look only to the single points,
constitutional soundness and vigor, and thick beef. It is better that they
be a little rough from having been bred out of doors, and with out-of-
door care, rather than stable bred, pampered animals. Such are not even
fit to put with the breeding herds of the plains. To carry them to the
very home of Spanish, or as it is now called Texas fever, can only result in
loss. When they arrive establish them in good, well ventilated stables,
and under the supervision of a keeper who fully understands both breeding
and raising, and do not allow them to mingle with the native cattle until
they are at least two years old; and, no contact should be allowed with
stock that are known to show indications of the malady. One more sug-
gestion: the bulls should not be freely used as breeders until they are
twenty months old. In acclimating the bulls, watch for the first symptoms
of the fever, and give prompt treatment at the first discovery of the dis-
ease. This may be known by the restlessness of the animal. The eyes
will be dull, the movements constrained and moping, there will be more
or less straining in the attempt to urinate ; that voided will be scanty, high
colored, and of bad odor; and the bowels may be costive or very much
relaxed. Treatment, said to be most successful, is to give at the first in-
dication of the disease one tablespoonful of finely pounded charcoal, and
one teaspoonful of ground ginger, to be followed in an hour with a quart
of strong decoction of marsh mallo, and one quart of camomile tea.
This to be repeated in ten hours if the animal does not get relief. If
marsh mallow can not be obtained, salt peter is recommended. This
remedy, however, had better be given under the direction of a veterinary
surgeon. Above all, endeavor to keep the pores of the skin active by

CATTLE, TEXANS. 549

brushing and friction. By proper care in this direction it is stated that
ninety per cent. of the cases treated can be saved.

In all this, care of course must be taken in regard to the food of the
animal. Bran, boiled oats, and corn, or corn meal, may be given ; if roots,
carrots, parsnips, or sugar beets can be had they will be excellent. In
fact they should always be kept in supply on breeding farms. Grass in
plenty and of good quality should also be supplied freely.

A Texan’s View.

An intelligent and educated correspondent of the Live Stock Journal,
gives the following excellent advice in relation to the transportation, care,
and feeding of stock bulls to be carried to Western Texas. He advises
that care should be used in the selection of calves of stout, robust frames,
the offspring of sires and dams of good constitutions. Calves dropped in
the early Spring will be found most suitable for shipment say about the
last of November or early in December. Plenty of milk from birth until
September should be given them ; then they should be fed on wheat bran,
boiled oats, and crushed corn, until date of shipment ; and if kept in stables
during the day they should have a good grass lot to graze in during the
night. They should be handled, made very gentle, and well broken to
the halter. The cars for transportation should be well bedded, and food
for the entire trip transported with the stock.

Arrangements should also be made for through trip when starting.
Food, water, and careful watching by the herdsmen will land them at
the place of disembarkation but little damaged by the trip. Care should
be taken not to crowd too many in one car—thirty head can be taken if
they are properly cared for—yet twenty-five head would do much better.
The calves designed for shipment in one car, if more than one is to be
sent, should be permitted to run together for some time previous to
starting. After reaching the terminus of their journey by rail, a week’s
rest, in dry lots, should be granted them, with the same kind of food as
before shipment. When taken any distance slow and easy travel should
be given them. If either costiveness or its opposite:is exhibited, simple
remedies should be given to prevent the too active purging or relieve the
constipation. The preparation for their reception at their Texas home
should have been completed before their arrival; and in addition to a
supply of corn, oats, and wheat bran, pure running water and free access
to a growing oats or barley patch, which should have heen sowed in early
Autumn for their benefit, should be allowed. Suitable protection must
be provided to guard them from the cold blasts of the “<northers ;’’ then,
by prompt attention to any symptoms of fever and the immediate use of

550 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

charcoal and ginger, one table-spoonful of charcoal and one tea-spoonful
of ginger will relieve them.

If December and January are passed without fever you can feel safe
from its ravages until the rains of Spring, followed by the heat of June,
when the ¢icks and vermin menace them. Then avoid exposing them to
either rain or sun, and destroy the vermin by a free use of coal oil and
lard, using two parts of the latter to one of the former. If only Spring
calves are brought there will be less of fever than if older animals were
brought. Too many who bring young stock to Texas stint and half
starve them, thinking that to keep them in good growing condition
increases the chances of disease. My observation teaches the reverse to
be true. To secure a complete development of bone, flesh and growth,
and early, profitable maturity, a calf must have generous care, plenty of
nutritious food, good water, and kind treatment. I have heard men
complain that Texas Short-Horns are not thrifty and handsome, like
those exhibited at Northern fairs. The reason for the dissimilarity is
readily found on investigation to be that the one had excellent feeding
and growing, while the other—in addition to a long winter, starvation,
and acclimation, with a Spring and Summer with rain and hot sun—had
his vitality almost destroyed by ticks and vermin. Cattle from the North
cannot be acclimated unless generous food, comfortable quarters, and
kind treatment are given to them during their first year in Texas; and
unless this treatment be kept up they are worthless when acclimated.

CHAPTER II.

BREEDING AND FEEDING.

In the breeding of animals, one must have a definite object in view.
We. have already stated that in this age of civilization, where industry is
divided and subdivided, so that each set of workmen have separate and
distinct lines of labor in the make up and finish of the most simple articles,
so in stock breeding, the farmer must understand the nature and adapta-
tién of his soil, and its adaptability to certain crops and animals. In
rocky, hilly, and comparatively barren regions, or where the soil suffers
under drought, the farmer cannot compete, either in the raising of beef
cattle, or in dairying, with the more favored weil matured countries of
deep soils and flush pastures. Again, in a country noted for its short,
sweet perennial pastures, and cold springs of water, the stock breeder
cannot compete with the dairyman. The stock feeder of cattle and hogs
must be in a region where corn, or other feeding grains can be cheaply
and abundantly raised. Fortunately, such countries are well adapted to
the meadow grasses, producing heavy crops of hay and pasture.

About Grasses.

Here again, the grasses cultivated will be somewhat different. The °
stock feeder will depend shiefly upon blue grass, timothy, red top, orchard
grass, and clover, and where blue grass is natural to the soil, he will de-
pend almost svlely upon this grass, for late‘fall and winter feeding, as he
will upon blue grass and orchard grass for spring feeding, depending later
on clover, timothy and red top. The dairyman, while he will depend
upon clover, timothy, red top and orchard grass for hay, will not use these
for pasture exclusively. He must have in his permanent pastures a great

552 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

variety of grasses. His pastures, to produce the greater quantity and
best quality of milk, must Be permanent ones, and the older the better.
This with a moist climate is what has made some sections of England, and
especially Ireland, Holland, and Denmark so celebrated for their dairy
products. This, also, with the peculiar care given in feeding, has made
England and Scotland celeprated throughout the world, not only for the
heavy weight, and superior quality of the beef, but it has resulted in such
superior beef cattle as the world has never before known. Some of these
breeds, transplanted to the United States, have taken kindly to our soil
and climate. The wonderful fertility of the land lying west of the Alle-
ghanies and north of the southern line of Tennessee, and especially those
States bordering upon tho Mississippi and Missouri rivers, and principal
tributaries, and, also, the great Southwest —this teeming fertility of
soil has made all this great region of country the true home of the most
celebrated breeds of cattle—where they have reached weight, and rich-
ness of milk given, no where else attained except in very confined areas,

What Breeds are Best? .

This becomes 2 most important question. In all that great region of
the West, of gentle undulating prairies or grassy plains, Short-Horns and
Herefords will be found the very best cattle to breed from, when only
beef is the object. If labor and beef are wanted, the Devons and Here-
fords will be found most valuable. If beef and milk are to be the pro-
ducts, the Duchess and Princess families of Short-Horns, and the Holsteins
will give the best returns. If dairying is to be the chief industry, then,
for butter, the Ayrshire, with a few of Jerseys intermixed will produce
the best results. If for butter and cheese, Ayrshire or Short-Horns. If
cheese alone, the Holstein, and for quantity of milk given this latter
breed will certainly carry the palm. If milk and butter, without refer-
ence to quantity, be required, the Jersey is the cow. All the breeds
except the Jerseys will make good weights of beef and fatten readily
when dry — the Short-Horns, Holsteins, and Ayrshires making weight
in the order named. For milk, we have not included the Devons; ocea-
sionally a cow will be found giving a large mess for her weight. Devons,
however, are not dairy cows, at least, now-a-days ; having been bred most
exclusively for their superior quality of marbled beef, and their uniform
excellence, courage, and kindliness in the yoke,

How to Breed.

All farmers cannot become breeders of highly bred, pure stock. For
this the animals must be isolated from all other breeds of the same race.

CATTLE, HOW TO BREED. Dd3

At least the males must be strictly confined, so they may not intermix
with others. Where farms join, divided only by fences, this will not be
found practicable in a majority of cases. One’s neighbor may fancy scrub
stock. They are notoriously breachy. Once they intermingle with a
pure breed, the taint of their blood is not only found in the calves, but
in the dams themselves. In the calves and their progeny, it may never
be bred out. We see the Kyloe cross in some families of Short-Horns,
even to this day, cropping out in single individuals after a lapse of nearly
a century. The writer so saw it at the last fat-stock show in Chicago—
that of 1879. The animal was a most excellent specimen; fully as per-
fect as many of the very highest breeding, yet the taint of the family
was there and the breeder of ‘high caste Short-Horns’’ would not have
bred from such a cow or to a bull showing the taint, at any price,

About General Utility.

Just here is where the difference comes in, as between breeding for
general utility or absolute purity of blood. The breeder for general util-
ity cares not so much about a particular strain of blood, as he does to get
certain characteristics that will furnish him, at the least expense, either
the, most beef, the best working oxen, or the most and the best milk.
Those who undertake breeding, or in fact any other business, in a hap-
hazard way, always fail; the only exception to the rule being pure luck.
Luck is not a good business integer to depend upon. Like lightning, it
never strikes twice in the same place.

There is another thing in connection with luck that it is well to bear in
mind. It is as apt to mar as to mark. The farmer, therefore, who
undertakes the breeding of stock, with a view to the money they will
bring from the butcher, or from the sale of dairy products, must be
guided by an entirely different set of rules from that of the breeder who
breeds solely with a view to selling sires and dams to other breeders of
pure stock. So particular, now-a-days, have breeders of this class
become that some of them will breed only particular families. Some
will not allow a Booth cross, others abstain from the Bates blood.

Many high caste breeders are pretty well agreed that a top cross of
what are known as seventeens, and some other sub-families of later
importations, and also of particular bulls of pure breeding, but which
have been considered more or less coarse, must be rigidly excluded.
They have their particular fancies. To gratify this fancy they will pay
extraordinary prices, while the great mass of really superior and really
pure Short-Horns will be passed unnoticed. It would be unadvisable for
the ordinary farmer, or even the Short-Horn breeder to buy these

554 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

‘*terribly bred cattle.’ And the farmer must carefully discriminate.
Let him get staunch healthy cattle to start his herd, if beef be the object,
and animals with good milk points if milk be the object, rather than to
strive for color. So long as the color of the animal is characteristic
of the race, the beef points and the milk points are what he should seek.
The body in the beef animal, and the udder in the dairy cow, is what
he wants.

Breeding in Line.

Breeders of pure stock are especially particular in the selection of
sires ; so much so that many of them breed solely with reference to the
strain of blood particular families contain, the selection often being
without reference to the uniformity or quality of the animals selected.
Really, however, breeding in line means the selection of males of a
common type, and belonging to the same family. Thus in breeding
in-the-line, the expert, while he objects to going out of a sub-family,
nevertheless seeks to couple animals together whose uniformity is identi-
val, or, when one is weak in some essential, to improve it by coupling
therewith an animal of superior excellence in this particular. Thus, if
the head and horns be rather coarse in an animal, it is bred to one fine in
head and horns, but not lacking in other essentials. It is one of the
most fatal mistakes that can possibly be made in breeding, that to
acquire one essential other disabilities be allowed to enter. Many
breeders have committed irreparable injury to their stock by not under-
standing the necessity, while trying to improve one essential, of keeping
all others intact. Therefore the sagacious breeder will pay more
attention to those points indicative of heavy succulent beef laid in the
primer points and without an undue proportion of fat, if combined with
general symmetry, rather than style and carriage, connected with
deficient characteristics in flesh. The one animal may be striking to the
eye, while the other will bring the butcher’s money. This is really all
there is to beef cattle.

Form as an Index to Quality.

Whatever the animal, its form, organization and general make up, will
be an indication of its true type and character. It isa fixed law of nature
that this should be so. <A few illustrations will suffice, and which will
easily commend themselves to the reader.

The thorough-bred horse, is courageous, high strung, active, sinewy,
impatient under restraint, and not given to carry much flesh or fat. The
heavy draft horse, carries much flesh, is docile, honest at the collar, pos-

CATTLE, HOW TO BREED. JOO

sessing great bone and sinew, and is on the whole more sluggish. The
horse of all work should be a modification of both these characteristics.
All horses have great chests, and consequently great lung power, fitting
them for severe and long continued muscular exertion. They must be
judged by astandard where muscular exertion is the important integer.
Cattle have been bred so long with reference to their bodies, as beef or
milk producers, that they have become so distinct from the supposed wild
type as to possess but little in common therewith. The head, neck and
limbs, have been refined, the lungs have less power, since it is only neces-
sary that they supply sufficient oxygen to the blood to keep up a uniform
animal heat under exercise, never violent. The loin and rump are broad-
ened, the ribs spring out more to give capacity for a stomach of size to
digest a large quantity of food. In swine the diminution of lunge power
is particularly seen. They are essentially slow in all their movements,
and averse to exertion. Their forte is simply eating, sleeping and laying
on fat. No one would mistake a hog for either an ox or a horse. The
intelligent breeder so educates his eye and his touch, that he can distin-
guish between animals of any given race as to their capabilities for the
purpose intended. The external conformation comes at length to be so
keenly associated with the correlated structural affinities, that he tells at
once, and exactly, the important points that would entirely escape the un-
educated eye and touch.

Practical Suggestions.

As the greatest excellence in the production of meat, milk or Jabor in
cattle ; of wool and carcass in sheep; and of hams, loin, side meat and
lard in hogs, involves peculiarities of structure and function—adapting
the animal to the special purpose for which it was intended, and as all
these require close study of anatomy, physiology, and the correlations ex-
isting in the different forms of production ; and since scientific breeders
have for the last hundred years been seeking to establish a higher and
higher excellence, the intending breeder would be unwise to undertake
to breed up from the common herds of the country. It would be time
ill spent. He should first inform himself of the practical necessities
within his reach, and breed from types already existing rather than create
one. This will simplify his study, he must educate his eye by points and
the observation of the best animals, and his touch by feeling them accord-
ing to the rule heretofore given ; and this brings us to

Breeding Grades.

At the meeting of the American Association of Short-Horns, at India-
36

DD6 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

napolis, 1872, ‘*pure-bred,”’ **full-blood,” and ‘* thorough-bred,’’ were
defined as being synonymous terms, and to indicate ‘‘animals of a distinct
and well-defined breed, without any admixture of other blood.’’ The fol-
lowing definitions were adopted by the association.

*¢©* Oross-bred’—Animals produced by breeding together distinct
breeds.”

“©*Grades’—The produce of a cross between a ‘pure-bred’ and a
‘native.’ ”’

‘© High grade’—An animal of mixed blood, in which the blood of a
pure-bred predominates.”

The produce of a Deyon and a Short-Horn would be a cross bred
animal. In-and-in breeding is considered to be the coupling of animals
of the closest relationship, as the produce of one sire and dam, ete.
Close breeding is the breeding of animals together that are closely related ;
as animals one or two removes from the parent stock, in relationship.
High breeding is sometimes incorrectly used in this connection; it is
wrong. Many of our most highly bred horses are not closely related,
and the same may be said of our pure cattle. High breeding properly
signifies the selection of the breeding stock, within the limits of some
particular family, and within a definite standard of excellence and
characteristics. ,

How to Breed Grades.

Select the best cows you can find, that is, those that come the nearest
to the standard of excellence for the purpose wanted; then select a bull
combining in the most eminent degree possible the points of real excel-
lence for the outcome expected, not in fancy breeding but in adaptability
to the end sought. Thus, if for beef, he should be of fair size, not too
large, certainly not too small, but of excellent fineness combined with
ereat loins, rumps and thighs, round-ribbed, and well ribbed to the
hip bones,—what a breeder would call a well bred, serviceable animal.

If for milk, the bull must have come of a line of uniform milkers, for
here the udder and milk-veins are the essential part. In fact, the male
must possess the peculiarities characteristic of the breed, and better if
froma family of extraordinary excellence. Why? Such animals are pre-
potent; that is, they will impress upon their progeny the distinguishing
characteristics and excellence of their race. By following the directions
we shall give, in ten years one may have grades bred to such excellence
that none but critical judges can tell them from pure bred cattle.

CATTLE, HOW TO BREED. HOW.
Start the Herd

With one yearling bull for each ten two-year-old heifers, selected as
we have stated, and which have not been bred. Keep them from contact
with other cattle, and especially keep their own bull as much in their
sight as possible. The next year’s produce should be ten calves, one-
half of which should be heifers. Geld the steers, and make what use
may be desired of them. Rear the heifer calves in the best manner pos-
sible, and with their sire and dams when in the pasture, and at other
times do not allow them to see strangely marked animals, especially
when in heat.

At the age of two years breed them to their sire. He will now be
four years old, and should be kept simply in good flesh, not really fat,
certainly not lean; but strong, vigorous and healthy. When these calves
are two years old, breed again to the same sire, and so on to the fourth
generation, if he last so long with vigor.

Thus this produce will inherit 15-16 of the blood of the sire, being the
fourth generation from the original sire and dam. It may be formulated
thus: at one year from starting the herd, you have the first generation ;
at four years the second; at seven years the third; and at ten years the
fourth, generation. They will grade as follows: First, one-half bloods ;
second, three-quarter bloods: third, seven-eighths bred; and fourth,
fifteen-sixteenth bred.

Besides these you will also have generations successively from the orig-
inal cows, or seven-eighths, three-fourths and one-half bred heifers
corresponding with the succeeding years from the first. If these again
have been bred to the same bull, or another pure bred bull, their produce
will be respectively fifteenth-sixteenths and seven-eighths bred.

Ten Years’ Produce.

Let us now figure how much stock, young and old, will be the produce
of this system, allowing that none have died. In one year, from the ten
cows and one bull, we have ten calves, tive heifers and five steers; the
second year, ten calves, the third year ten calves, the fourth year ten
calves. This year we have also five calves, the produce of the first year’s
calves. The sixth year we will have twenty-five calves, the seventh year
thirty, the eighth year thirty-five, the ninth year forty, andthe tenth year
forty-five calves as the produce of the original cows and their progeny,
making in all two hundred and forty animals ranging in age from
calves to thirteen years old, of which one hundred and twenty-five should
be females,

5d8 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
Selection.

Just here selection may come in. Some of the cows and their progeny
will have proved superior beef makers or milkers, according as they were
originally chosen. ‘Their progeny should be carefully raised and bred.
It may seem dreadful, this incestuous breeding, but please remember, it
is animals that are the subjects. The records of the improvement of ani-
mals and their erection into fixed breeds, will show very much closer
in-and-in breeding than this. The object is not only to throw the good
qualities ina lump, but to fix them by concentration. Thus a cow bred
during her whole breeding life to one bull, never having had contaet with
another, will bring her calves nearer and nearer to the sire year by year,
through the infusion of the blood of the sire into the dam, through inter-
circulation by means of the foetus, during its growth.

As showing close in-and-in we find in the first volume of the American
Herd Book a diagram of the breeding of Comet from Hubback, and Lady
Maynard. It is explained as follows :

1. Bull, Hubback. 8. Cow, Lady Maynard.
2. Dam of Haughton. 9. Bull, Bolingbroke.

3. Richard Barker’s Bull. 10, Cow, Lady Maynard.
4. Cow, Haughton. 11. Cow, Phoenix.

5. Bull, Foljambe. 12. Cow, Young Pheenix.
6. Cow, Young Strawberry. 13. Bull, Favorite.

7. Bull, Dalton Duke. 14. Bull, Comet.

_ In relation to Favorite or Lady Maynard, Mr. A. B. Allen says: It was
conceded by a company of old breeders in 1812, in discussing the question
of the improvement of Short Horns, that no stock of Mr. Colling’s ever
equalled Lady ‘*Maynard’’ the dam of Phoenix, and granddam of Favorite
(by Foljambe) and of young Phoenix (by Favorite, her son, upon his own
mother, ) the dam of Comet 155) so celebrated as having been sold for
L000 guineas $5000) also by Favorite, a specimen of as close-in-and-in-
breeding as can perhaps be found on record.

To show wonderful depth of in-breeding with continued good results,
the cow Clarissa may be mentioned ; she possessed sixty-three sixty-fourths
of the blood of Favorite. Her pedigree runs thus: ‘*Cow Clarissa, roan,
calved in 1814. Bred by Mr. R. Colling, got by Wellington (680) out
of—by Favorite, (852)—by Favorite,—by Favorite,—by Favorite—by
Favorite—by Favorite—by a son of Hubback.

Wellington, the sire of Clarissa, was also deeply inbred with the blood

AR

CATTLE, HOW TO BREED. d09

of Favorite. Taking the two pedigrees—that of Clarissa and Welling-
ton together —they will read thus :

1. Bull, Hubback. 10. 6th cow by Favorite.

2. Son of Hubback. 11. Clarissa.

3. Cow, by son of Hubback. 12. Bull Wellington, sire of Clarissa.
4. Bull Favorite. 13. Bull, Comet.

5. Ist cow by Favorite. 14. Cow, Wildair.

6. 2nd cow by Favorite. 15. Cow, Young Pheenix.

7. 3rd cow by Favorite. 16. Cow Phoenix.

8. 4th cow by Favorite. 4. Same bull Favorite on the side of

Clarissa’s sire as on the side of
her dam.
9. 5th cow by Favorite. 17. Bull, Bolingbroke.
18. Granddaughter of Hubback,

Exercise Common Sense.

In breeding so closely as we have advised it will be necessary that
intelligent judgment be used. The effect of in-and-in breeding is to
refine and render delicate the constitution. Animals closely in-bred, in
fact all highly bred animals require better care than those of a coarser
nature. They are not as able to take care of themselves, to shift for them-
selves; are in fact artificial. But on the other hand they will repay the
vare and attention bestowed, in increased profits for the food given. In
in-and-in, or other yery close breeding, care must be taken to give the
animals an out cross as soon as you find they are suffering in constitution
and hardiness ; in fact when you find they are no longer getting better
and better seek another sire, and so continue until you have got animals
fully equal to any thorough-bred for all practical purposes, and that shall
at the same time be marked with vigor as well as the characteristics
wanted, whether they be for beef or milk, or both.

Once having begun, however, with pure sires on native stock, never by
any chance allow a grade animal to become a sire, no matter how good
he may be. It can only result in loss, whatever the attempt at improve-
ment be in animals of any kind. In swine in-and-in breeding may not
be carried so close as in other animals. They are scrofulous: and weak
lunged at best, and close breeding soon shows in the progeny. As a rule
one-half or three-fourths bred are good enough to bring enhanced profits
over those usually denominated land-pikes, a picture of which may be
found in another part of this work.

560 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
Gestation of Cows.

There has been much surmised first and last upon the subject of the
length of time of gestation, and its effect upon the sex of animals
produced. It is a prevalent idea that if an animal goes over her time a
male will be the result. Let us see how careful records kept by scientific
men will tally with this.

Mr. Tessier, a most accurate and acute observer for over forty years,
embracing various animals, gives results of over 575 cows and these
subsequently having been extended to 1,151 cows the extremes were not
changed but results as to averages are as stated below.

Upon the 575 cows the results were as follows: Twenty-one ealved
between the 240th and 270th days, the mean time being 259 days.

Five hundred and forty-four calved between the 270th and 299th days,
the mean time being 282 days.

Ten calved between the 299th and 321st days, the mean time being
303 days. ¥

Earl Spencer has also carefully tabulated the period of gestation of
cows as we find in the table on the following page.

In these 766 cows the least period was 220 days; the mean 285 days ;
the longest period 313 days. He states that he was able to rear no calf
produced at an earlier period than 240 days. Thus it may be accepted
that, according to Tessier, a cow may carry a calf 321 days and produce
it sound; and from the fact that Tessier and Earl Spencer agree almost
exactly as to the meantime of gestation, (1,895 cows being observed),
285 days or nine and a half months may be taken as the average time of
gestation of cows, slight variations being allowed from this for differ-
ent breeds.

Earl Spencer was inclined to the belief that a cow would carry a bull
saulf longer than a cow-calf. In stating the case, he says :

«Tn order to try this, the cows who calved before the 260th day, and
those who calved after the 800th, ought to be omitted as being anomalous
cases, as well as in cases in which twins were produced ; and it will then
appear that, from the cows whose period of gestation did not exceed 286
days, the number of cow-calves produced was 283, and the number of
bull-calves 234; while, from those whose period exceeded 286 days, the
number of cow-calves was only 90, while the number of bull-calves
was 152.”’

The author, however, omitted to notice that all the calves born after
the 299th day were females, and of those born before the 260th day, 10
were females and 15 males. And again, omitting the twin-calves, 340
were females and 401 males—a large excess of bull over cow-calves. It

CATTLE, HOW TO BREED. 561

TABLE RELATIVE TO THE GESTATION OF COWS.

Twin | Twin |‘’ win cow
Number of Days of Gestation. Cows., Cow | Bull | cow bull | and bull
lculves Calves! erives. | calves. | calves.

HH oe

562 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

is also curious in this connection to note, that of the 764 cows, 23 pro-
duced twins, or one cow in 83 1-3 of these; 7 cows had twin females ; 5,
twin males, and eleven had twin male and female calves. Those in the
twins produced their owner 18 female calves and 16 male calyes.

From the many facts collected in various races of animals, it is quite
safe to conclude that the sex of the young has no particular influence on
the period of gestation. It is more probable that heredity, sires, early
maturity, and various other integers in the problem, may control the
tendency to long or short gestation.

Food vs. Product.

The value of an animal depends upon the profit it will give in compar-
ison with the care and expense in rearing and fattening, in the case of
beef cattle, and, of the cost of feeding, in comparison with the milk
yield, in connection with dairying. In this we may safely conclude that
an animal will produce less and less gain the longer it is kept, and thus
arly maturity becomes the most important integer in the breeding of
stock, whether it be for beef or milk. The reason why the mature ani-
mal consumes more in proportion to gain than the younger one is, that it
takes a certain amount per pound of live weight to supply waste. The
animal of a given age, according to breed and adaptability to fattening,
can only arrive at a certain weight. Hence this ultimate weight reached,
it will not increase. Long before this ultimate weight is reached, the
animal will increase only in fat. Thus the flesh-forming element in the
food is wasted, save that which supplies the daily waste in the animal
economy. Thus from the data which we now present it will be seen how
much may be considered necessary as food, under various conditions.

Conclusions from Experiments.

Prof. W. S. Johnson, in his report of the Connecticut Agriculture Sta-
tion for 1877, gives the following translations from Dr. Wolff, a German
experimenter. These, of course, must only be considered as approxima-
tive. They, however, will show as being the result ef practical experi-
ment—principles upon which ratios may be made up of other material.

Dr. Wolff, in illustrating the standard for a milch cow, says that 30
Ibs. of young clover hay will keep a cow in good milk; that this contains
of dry organie substance 25 Ibs., of which is digestible —albuminoids
3.21, carbo-hydrates 11.28, and fat 0.63. This is 71 lbs. albuminoids
more, and .22 lbs. of carbo-hydrates less, with .13 lbs. of fat more, than
the standard. The richest and best meadow hay contains in 80 Ibs., of
organic substance 23.2 lbs., having digestible albuminoids 2.49 Ibs., car-
bo-hydrates 12.75 Ibs. and fat .42 lbs. This comes very near the feeding
standards.

CATTLE, HOW TO BREED. 563
Feeding Standards.

PER DAY, AND PER 1,000 LBS, LIVE WEIGHT.

Hike as Nutritive Digestible| 2 8
2a Substances. So c
5s sali BS a
3 “us a =|
RS Le} oO 23 £
On Oo | ae Ay sf
Sp | 32/380 ; as 5
oq |Sal|ae| # | 52 5
& 4 i) fu x A
TS Oxeniatirestiin ctall....ccsccsndecscsscscses +++{17.5 Ibs./0.7 lbs! 8.01b/0.15 1b] 8.85 1bs/1:12 lbs.
2.‘ moderately worked... “24.0 “11.6 * 111.3 ** 10.30 $418.20 ** [2:7.6 +
3. io heavily worked........... -26.0 * 12.4 * 113.96 10.50 ** 16.10 ** |1:6.0
4, A! fattening, first period....... 27.0 ** 12.5 * 115.0%* 10.50 “18.00 ** 11:6.5 *
ee second pyaen 26.0 * 13.0 * 114.8% 10.70 “18.50 * I1:5.5
sf e third period .. *-/95.0 12.7 * 114.3 10,60 “18,00 © ]1:6.0
PRU OUUSANIN Kc tuercstancacccacecuenceancadenvesves 24.0 * 12.5 ** |/12.5** 10.40 115.40 ** li:5.5 *
6. Growing Cattle: |
arior Ss. AVE, LIVE WT. PER HEAD)
“e 150 pounds n PiOW sO Secon eds gece
aa 6 300 38 AP 1.0 “!17.7 “© 11:5.0 *
,6—12 500 0.6 “16.6 * |1:6.0 ¢
12—18 CODES: 0.4 “15.4 “ |1:7.0 &
18—24 850 ae 0.3 “113.9 “ |1:8.0 ««
PER DAY AND
2— 3 150 Ee 0.80 ‘| 3.00 * |1:4.7 “
3— 6 oO) 1 0.30 ‘| 5.40 * |1:5.0 *
6—12 BOOT aes .80 “| 8.40 * |1:6.0 &*
12—18 00 fae OF28F 1078 “17:07 «8
18—24 850), fs 5 NASH oy

0.26 “11.96 **

a

To show how a ration for milk cows may be arranged of various mate-
rial, he gives the following :

Ration for Milch Cows.

| Digestible.
2g | j = an

ea di g

bo 8 = 2

oz 25 $s
Po 248 | re 3
=) be iS) Fa
Ibs. Ibs. Ibs. Ibs.
oH pounds average meadow hay............++ 9.5 0.65 492 0.12
OAUISEUR Werensscsatdveecdaceoencestonns 49 0.08 2.40 0.04
20 WE OMAN OIA. is. fe esees sss osersonsess 2.2 0.22 2.00 0.02
25 se IDYOWENS ATAU Ger stserscssssscodeess 5.6 0.98 2.70 0.20
2 Wg cotton-seed Cake..............ceeeeee 1.6 0.62 0.36 0.24
| 23.8 2.55 12 38 ~ 0.62
PSMA eceeett ener enencevestarsssearucncsncaus essa 24.0 2.50 12 50 0.40

Prof. Johnson gives the following rations, calculated from the table :

20 pounds cured corn-fodder ........222.. 2200 13.7 0.64 8.68 0.20
5 hs rye straw........ aes | rl 0.04 | 1.82 | 0.02
6 ce malt sprouts....... 0 1.16 270 0.10
2 Mi cotton-seed meal 6 0.62 0.36 | 0.24

; 2.46 13 56 0.56

Rtandardsetascaretasvaces aovaeys DeRPeRDED AERO RES 24.0 | 2.50 12.50 0.40

564 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Or, again:

| | Digestible.
eo
3 8 . ~ |
be | 8 =
oF | 28 $s
Fa £8 Ea 3
: 4 oR ae | S) | &
15 pounds GOFB-IGAGEN Sicceceunsrnctesacnocnssebes 12.1 0.16 5.55 0.04
5 rans... | 4.1 059 2 21 016
5 “malt sprouts 4.1 0.97 2.25 0.08
3 “ corn-meal.... aa | 2.5 0.22 2.05 0.07
2 “ cotton-see:t meal ............ cee 1.6 | 0.62 0.36 | 0.24
| 244 | 2.56 | 1242 mt 0 58

A correspondent of the National Live Stock Journal gives the follow-
ing as a practical ration which he used to feed forty steers, weighing an
average of 900 Ibs., and gaining 2 1-2 Ibs., per head, per day :

12 pounds ‘oat straw . . 9.80, 0.17 4.81 0.08
6 hay wo oe fe ee | 308 | 0.05
6 * corn-meal. A 5.04 0.5 3.64 0.28
4 Soe Da Nneeess cc. <0 3.22 | 0.50 | 1.70 | 0.10
2 ROP MainsGedl meal 22..5 < cetncen cccerceans 1.61 | 047 | 0.70 | 0.18

3 23.65 1.9L 12 90 0.69

Standard for fattening cattle of this weight 24-30 | 225 | 13 40 | 0.45

This corresponds quite closely with the German standard. The albn-
minoids are slightly less, and the fat more. One gallon of cheap molasses
added to the rations of hay for forty head, w auld nearly bring up the
carbo-hydrates to the standard. Again he says: The following is a
practical ration fed to 10 steers for 90 days; their average weight for the
90 days being 1,348 Ibs. ; and this was the average ration fed—the aver-
age gain being 8 Ibs. per head, per day :

a) 15 pounds Oat StFAW ............5 12.25 021 6.01 0.10
6 SOR AW acactosaus iS 4.77 0.32 2.46 | 0.06
7 * cornmeal . 5 86 0.59 424 0.33
3 “ pea-meal.... 2.48 0.5L / 1.32 | 0.05
3 “ oat-meal.. 248 0.29 | 1.29 0.14
1 KC flaxseed co... <<. ess 0.86 O07 5 0.18 0.29

wet |
| 28.71 2.09 15.50 0.97
Standard for fattening cattle of this weight) |
_—3d | per TOU. c-nene anes senesonsenenesceeeenseesess 33.70 j 3.63 19.95 0.80

This seems a wide departure from the German standard; but that all
the conditions may be understood, it is stated that the corn, pease, oats
and flax-seed, in the proportions stated, were mixed and ground together,
and then 14 Ibs. of the mixed meal was mixed with the 15 Ibs. of oat
straw, cut into inch lengths, and all well cooked together; that is, 420
Ibs. of the ground meal was mixed with 450 Ibs. of cut oat straw, placed
in a steam-box and well cooked with steam, and this served for three

CATTLE, HOW TO BREED. 565

days’ rations for the 10 head, except that 6 Ibs. of long hay was given
to each at noon. Perhaps the explanation is, that the cooking rendered
aso much larger per centage digestible, that it was, in effect, equal to
the German standard. These steers weighed 1,210 Ibs. when the exper-
iment began, and 1,455 Ibs. at the end of 90 days; so that 1,448 lbs. was
the average weight during the period. The meal ration was but 10 lbs.
during the first two weeks, and increased gradually up to 16 lbs., at the
end of 60 days; making the average ration 14 lbs. per day.

As supplementary to this we give three rations applicable to the East,
South and West, in the order named :

CLOVER AND CORN RATION FOR FATTENING CATTLE OF 1200 LBS.

ios Digestible.
ce, ——$—<—$$—$—_—
4 OE gs
= == sa | r
L'2 2: Ey l| =
a <q * os om
Ibs Ibs Jbs Ibs
20 pounds best clover hay ec eencasesccccscsescsse 15.20 214 7.52 0.42
5 ‘ — straw or cornstalks cay 4.10 0.04 1.82 0.02
15 ay MODYEEINCAN o caeess sacaccsessepenni scene 11.77 1.17 848 0.50
31.07 3.35 17.82 | 0.96
Standard for fattening cattle of 1200 lbs..
BO imertod ss secesssioases-cantdeauectsorcabarssondes 31.20 3.60 17.70 0.84
OF PEAS AND OATS, DRIED IN BLOSSOM,
WITH CORN-MEAL.
EA pounds pea and oat hay.... 20.60 2.16 9.61 0.48
PCT PTIMIICH sctavddeceaneswonassseeeespas sss 10.09 1.00 | 7.97 0.57
30 69 3.16 | 17.98 1.05
WINTER RATION OF WESTERN CATTLE, CORN ——
AND STALKS. 5 |
20 pounds dry cornstalks ......0:.0cceceeeeee| 16.52 0.16 7.30 0.08
20 SRP ECINT ter esudscnpssrescesaseeal steerer a 16.82 0 68 12.12 0.96
33.14 1.84 | 19.42 | 1.04

It will be of interest now to show the chemical composition, digestibil-
ity and money value, according to the German standard, for 2,000 lbs. of
clover hay, meadow hay, corn fodder, oat straw, oil cake, wheat bran,
corn meal and oats. These foods, used more in the United States than
any like number of others, are also complementary to each other: (See
table on following page ).

Comparing Values.

The comparisons of values by the ton of these very dissimilar foods is
as follows: We find clover hay worth $17.82 and oat straw $9 per ton;
but it cannot be inferred that oat straw would be as cheap at that price
as clover hay to make an entire food for cattle, or other animals, because
clover hay is a well balanced food for cattle and oat straw is only a

i) |
oo
co

ILLUSTRATED

STOCK DOCTOR.

RELATIVE VALUE OF DIFFERENT KINDS OF FOOD.

CLOVER HAY.
Albuminoids
Carbo-hydrates...
Crude fibre.........
Fat

AVERAGE MEADOW HAY.
Albuminoids
Carbo-hydrates
Crude fibre......
Fat

CORN FODDER.

Albuminoids
Carbo-hydrates...
Crude fibre.........
Fat

OAT STRAW.
Albuminoids ...
Carbo-bydrates
Crude fibre.........
Fat

Albuminoids
Carbo- by TEES caonccosensoeo
WbTeSe-csesene

Fat

WHEAT BRAN,

Albuminoids
Carbo-hydrates
Fibre
Fat

CORN MEAL.
PRUDUTAIN OOS secccsecvsesscsscrsesscoten are
Carbo-hydrates .

Crude fibre

Albuminoids
Carbo-hydrates
Crude fibre...
Fat

Tn 100 pounds.

H oe
Pours
owocr

em

Digestible.

10.
37.6

| Money Value,

$9 81

CATTLE, HOW TO BREED. 567

partial food, containing so little albuminoids and fat that cattle would
starve to death upon it if fed long enough. The muscles and nerves
could not be nourished upon it; and yet a good article of oat straw is
worth the price named, because of the digestible heat and fat formers it
contains. Now, put a ton of the best oat straw with a ton of the best
clover hay, and you have a fairly balanced food. It compares well with
common meadow hay. The digestible albuminoids in clover 10.7, in
straw 1.4, making the two added 12.1, and the average per cent of the
mixture is 6.05, whilst meadow hay is only 5.04. The digestible carbo-
hydrates in the mixture is about 39.0 to 41.0 in hay, and the fat is 1.4
to 1.0 in meadow hay. The parallel is very close; and as the mixture
has slightly more albuminoids and fat, it may be considered the better
ration. These valuations of the different elements simply mean that
each is worth the relative price named when fed in due proportion with
the other elements. Oil-cake, for example, is as far from being a
balanced ration as oat straw, for it contains as much too large a propor-
tion of albuminoids as straw does too small. It has also oil in excess.
Like straw it must be fed with other foods. If 400 lbs. of oil-cake be
mixed with a ton of oat straw, the mixture will make a ration equal to
meadow hay.

A

Feeding Where Corn is Cheap.

When stock of any kind is kept and fattened in stables, on ground or
cooked food, these tables will be found valuable. So far as our own
experience goes we have found that for growing animals there is nothing
better than equal weights of corn and oats, or corn and barley, with
what good hay or shocked corn fodder they will eat. We have also
found that when corn was less than 50 cents per bushel it did not pay for
grinding even for cattle, if it could be fed in the ear or in the husk, the
experiments being based on the toll taken, and the cost of hauling ten
miles to mill. For sheep, horses, and hogs it will not pay for grinding
when it is less in price than 40 cents per bushel.

In all that great scope of country in the West known as the corn zone,
the most economical manner we have ever found in fattening cattle was
to feed, first, shock-corn ; next, snapped corn; and, third, husked corn
in the ear. In feeding the two latter, the animal weighing 1,000 pounds
should have about 25 pounds of corn and 10 pounds of best hay.

In feeding shock corn the animal will eat no more than it requires, and
it should have twice a day whatever it will eat up clean, of ears. In
feeding in this manner in the fields or dry yards with abundance of water,
allowing hogs to run after the cattle after they have finished the ears, to
pick up wasted corn and droppings—if the cattle are sheltered from wind
and storm, they may be most economically fed and to very heavy weights.

568 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Raising Young Cattle.

Here again the breeder must be guided by sound judgment. It will
not pay to starve even the commonest stock. <A calf, to use a common
expression, ‘*knocked in the head with a pail of skimmed milk,’’ will
never make a first class steer or cow. Neither is it necessary that they
suck the cow. In fact, in the case of dairy cows or heifers intended for
the dairy, they should not suck, for it surely tends to diminish the flow
of milk, except the calf is turned with the cow at stated intervals, and the
cow milked clean at the same time. In the case of heifers, they should
be milked as soon as the calf has drawn the first milk, both as a means of
training and to develop the flow of milk as muchas possible ; besides this,
a calf taken at two or three days old is easily taught to suck the finger or
an artificial teat attached to a reservoir.

The First Two Weeks,

They should have nothing but new milk. It should be as warm as it
comes from the cow, and the calf should be fed four times a day. Then
they may have milk twelve hours old, from which the cream has been
taken, adding four ounces of finely ground meal made into thoroughly
cooked mush, to each meal, for strong, hearty calves. Thus they may
be fed for two weeks more, changing to oat-meal or wheat flour if the
salf is inclined to scour. Some feeders add a teaspoonful of linseed meal
once a day. Itis not a bad plan. When the calf is four weeks old it
need be fed but twice a day, giving milk warmed to about ninety or
ninety-five degrees, which last is the natural animal heat. From this
time on more and more mush, or its equivalent may be added as the calf
increases in size and strength, until it begins to eat grass and threshed
oats, which it should be encouraged to do.

Feed Early.

At ten weeks old it should eat freely, and at three months old it may
be gradually weaned from milk and taught to subsist on grass and oats.
During all this time the calf should be sheltered from the hot sun and
rain, by providing a shelter to which it may retire, well ventilated, dry
and clean, and sufficiently dark to keep out green-head and other biting
flies. In the autumn its rations of grain should be increased, and as grass
fails the finest meadow hay should be substituted—whatever it will eat
clean of both. Offer it water occasionally after it is a month old, and
when weaned see that it never lacks for water.

CATTLE, HOW TO BREED. D69
Figuring Profits.

During the winter keep the calves in the warmest quarters possible ;
feed liberally with grain and hay, and in the spring you will have the sat-
isfaction of knowing that you have received the best profit that you will
ever reap from the animal at any subsequent age ; but upon comparing
debit and credit with your neighbor who has fed skim-milk alone in sum-
mer and poor hay in winter, you will find that the loss on his calves has
gone in the shape of profit in yours.

From this time on feed liberally of grain in the winter, and give a little
all summer when they will eat it. Let them in winter be so warm that
they never become chilled. So continue until the animal is within six
months of being ripe for the butcher. Then feed the best you can, and
you will be rejoiced to find that you may get two to three cents a pound
gross weight more than your neighbor who has only half fed and has turned
off his cattle totally unripe for the butcher.

The same rule will hold good for those calves intended for cows. To
make a good cow, she must be fed well to bring early development and
maturity. She may thus be brought forward strong and lusty, and in
better condition at two years past to bring you a perfect calf, than those
of your neighbor at twice that age, whose policy has been to grudge them
feed and allow them to shift fer themselves.

Castration.

When the bull calves are three weeks old, if in good health, they should
be castrated. It should certainly be done before they are four weeks old.
Many of our best stock raisers incline to the epinion that as soon as the
calf begins fairly to gain size and flesh, say at two weeks old, is the proper
time. We have never had better success than at this time. Every person
who purposes to breed cattle should know how todo this. The operation
is quite simple, and easily performed.

Secure the calf so it may remain standing on its feet, but cannot strugele
severely. Have a knife ready with a keen-edged blade. The blade of a
budding-knife is the proper shape. Seize the scrotum from behind, and
with two light, swift, sharp strokes cut through and into the testicle.
Separate the membrane where it unites, pull the testicle out until the cord
shows from four to six inches, and cut it with a pair of nippers or rather
dull shears. It will save loss of blood. So operate with the other, and
the work is done. If from any cause severe bleeding ensues, inject a
little tincture of muriate of iron into the cavities, and wet a soft rag with
the tincture and press it well into the cavity. If these be not at hand,
push a little salt and lard into the cavity. If the operation has been care-

570 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

fully performed, nothing will generally be required. The calf should be
kept free from interference by other animals

Until the Parts are Healed,

which will usually occur in a week. If they have been used to the com-
pany of other calves, they should not be deprived of it now, else they will
pine. One reason why we advise early gelding, is, it should be done be-
fore the calf is taken off of new milk, and it should not be deprived of
the natural milk until it recovers from the shock. Care must be taken
that flies do not get near, to deposit their eggs in the parts operated on.
To prevent this, if there are flies, keep the calves in a pretty dark, but
well ventilated place. Most persons will find it awkward at first to geld
as we have directed. A little practice, however, with tact and firmness,
will render all easy, especially if one can have the advantage of seeing an
expert operate once.
Sometimes Suppuration Ensues.

In this case recourse must be had to mild palliative measures. Keep
the parts washed clean, twice a day, with warm rainwater and castile soap,
and inject a small quantity of tincture of aloes and myrrh. If the parts
become unhealthy, or ulcerated (for mere suppuration is healthy action),
wash with a weak and clear solution of sal soda, or hard wood ashes. If
proud flesh should arise (a rare occurrence), burnt alum, pounded very
fine may be applied, or the parts may be touched with lunar caustic.

CHAPTER III.

TRAINING AND WORKING.

TRAINING THE CALF——HALTERING —— TRAINING TO MILK——
HOOKING COWS——TRAINING

TRAINING VS. BREAKING
FEEDING AT MILKING TIME——VICIOUSNESS IN COWS
OXEN——TRAIN STOCK YOUNG——SUMMING UP———MANAGING A KICKING COW.

; ‘

Training Cattle vs. Breaking.

The word ** breaking’’ horses or steers to work, or breaking a heifer in
to milk, has now-a-days become pretty well obsolete. Breaking by brute
force may make a kind of a machine of an animal; it may do stupidly

WORKING BY MAIN FORCE.

572 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

what is desired, and yet not do it to the best advantage. Intelligent per-
sons now do not break an animal by destroying its will, they simply make
it subservient to that of man, by letting it know at the first hampering
for training that it will not be hurt, if it does not resist. All domestic
animals are naturally subservient to the will of man; they require to
be taught what is wanted, and the individual should know that no good
can come out of any system of training which compels the use of the
whip constantly. The whip is necessary only as a means of correction,
when an animal is refractory after understanding the will of the master.
An intelligent trainer will easily distinguish between stubborn antagonism
and a want of comprehension. We have never seen young animals stub-
born, except that they did not understand what was wanted of them ;
and in animals that have at length been made to work in the yoke, or to
stand quietly to be milked, but which have ‘*freaks,’’ as they are called,
when they seem wild or stubborn, it is usually the result of bad treat-
ment in ‘breaking,’ and the animal is actuated almost solely by fear.
If, in the struggle which ensues, the animal becomes master, it is there-
after of but little use. It is better in training that the struggle be not
made necessary.

Training the Calf.

If the calf has been raised by hand, that is, fed with milk from the
pail, it will, or should have, become so gentle and familiar as to allow
itself to be approached readily, and to respond to the call of its master.
Many persons at this time name every calf, and thus they soon come to
know their names when called. If firmness and at the same time gentle-
ness have been used, so that the calf will understand that there is nothing
to fear; if no struggle is made, it is well on the way to understand what
is further expected of it. It should be rubbed and curried occasionally,
especially on those parts of the body that itself cannot reach, as the
head, neck and shoulders; or, if kept in the stable constantly, it should
be brushed all over at least once a day. Here is one of the first and
most important lessons. At first, the calf does not know what is
intended. If the master gets angry and beats it, it will ever after asso-
ciate currying and brushing with a beating; and when it gets older and
stronger, in the constant successions of struggles to escape punishment,
it will at length find it is the stronger animal of the two. Thereafter
itself and not the man is master. The object of currying is not to give
pain. It is an operation of cleaning that the animal cannot perform for
itself, because confined in a stable. If the animal is turned out during

CATTLE, TRAINING AND WORKING. 573

the day, and confined only at night; or if it have the range of the yard
and sheds day and night, the cleaning is not needed. Animals can and
do perform these offices for themselves and for each other by licking, so
far as is necessary. The accumulating scurf in an out-door life is a pro-
vision of nature for the protection of the animal. It should not be
touched. In the stable, however, it is different. The lack of exercise
tends to a sluggish movement of the blood, and hence a clean skin be-
comes one of the most active integers in preserving the health of the
animal. In using the comb or brush, or, in the case of cattle, the card
and brush, a light hand with the comb and card will do better work than
a heavy hand. It should be unnecessary to say that about the bony parts
the card or curry-comb should never be used.

Haltering.

The first thing a calf should be taught is to stand quietly when tied,
and under all circumstances. If it is taught this by being tied up imme-
diately upon being taken from the cow to be fed milk, or at from three
days to a week old, there will be no difficulty. If the calf has run with
the cow, it will be strong and lusty. In this case, the lot if they are to
be stabled, should be put into a close pen, and a strong halter fastened to
the head, of one of them, using discretion and time so as not to frighten
the animal. Once secured, two men will easily place it in position in the
stable. So proceed until all are handled. Here they may be gently
handled until quieted, whatsoever the manipulation.

The next step will be teaching it to lead. Take it into a closely fenced
yard, having the calf haltered at the end of a ten-foot rope : stand in front
of it and utter the word ‘‘come.”’ Of course, it will not move. Utter
the word again, and at the same time let an assistant tap it lightly with a
buggy whip on the legs, from behind, or hold the whip yourself and tap
it on the forelegs at the utterance of the word. The animal will soon un-
derstand what is wanted and come forward. It should then have something
i> likes, the least possible lick of salt, for instance. From this time on
you will have no difficulty in teaching the calf to follow quietly ; in fact
it may be taught to do many things: to back or come forward at the order ;
to turn to the right or left. In fact, it should be half broken to milk be-
fore it has had a calf, or should be half broken to labor before the yoke
is put on.

To illustrate the difference between this plan of uniting firmness with
gentleness in the training of cattle, one has only to observe the difference
in cattle on different farms. The stock of the brutal farmer will never
willingly allow the owner to come near them. If a master’s animal be in

574 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

a corner and he approaches, there is a dash to escape, and perhaps some:
young animal is maimed. Such stock soon acquire the habits of their
master: they are morose, ugly, often vicious; for ina herd under bad
management animals sometimes get the better of the master, and are apt
to become breachy, tricky, and generally unmanageable.

Training to Milk.

In training to stand quietly while being milked, the udder should be
often handled while the heifer 1s growing up ; the bag should be rubbed ;
it should be pressed and the teats gently pulled. This need take but very
little time. The real work comes when the animal is to be milked. There
are many things to be taken into consideration here. The heifer must be
put in 2 pen where she cannot hurt herself, and where the milker can op-
erate easily ; a pen just long enough and just wide enough for the heifer
to stand in, five feet high and tight enough so there will be no danger of
the heifer injuring herself, and with an opening for the milker to ope rate
through, will thoroughly subdue the wildest. Generally, all that is needed

‘ will be to tie the heifer
by the head, and then
patiently show her that
she will not be hurt.
She will soon come to
associate the act of
milking as easing the
udder and thencefor-
ward will stand qui-

KESULY OF BAD HANDLING,

etly, unless the bag
or teats hurt her. If so, seek the cause of the difficulty and cure it.

If the animal has never been tied up, but has been handled in the yard,
one person may take the heifer by the horns, while another milks. If
she be very refractory she may have to be ‘*nosed.’’? Seize the off horn
firmly with the right hand, and thrust the two first fingers and thumb of
the left hand into the nostrils, clasping the membrane tightly if she
struggles severely. So soon as the struggles cease, ease the pressure of
the fingers in the nostrils. If she again struggles, again tighten the
grasp. Let the milker use gentleness. It does no good to kick an
animal; it may do much harm. If the heifer kick, it is probably because
she is hurt. A person of ordinary strength need not be kicked while
milking, unless in the case of a cow of extraordinary strength and
viciousness. The wrist of the left hand holding the teat, if kept well
against the stifle, and pressed firmly back when the foot is raised, will

CATTLE, TRAINING AND WORKING. 575

generally cause it to be set down in place again. Use soothing words
when the animal is quiet, and low but firm words of command when
refractory. If the udder is inflamed, as is very often the case soon after
calving, bathe it carefully with cold water, so as not to shock the animal.
She will soon come to associate a feeling of relief with the operation and
like it. In fact, the whole art of training may be summed up in the
sentence: Use discretion and judgment, and show yourself superior to
the brute—in truth, its friendly master. The conquering of brute force
by brute force is a relic of barbarism. There are vicious animals as
there are vicious men; there are dangerous animals as there are danger-
ous men. Both may have been bred or educated thus. Vicious men are
placed where they cannot injure their fellows ; vicious animals had better
go to the butcher—they are as unprofitable to breed from as they are
useless for what may be got out of them.

As showing the effects of
bad and good handling, we

HS SS SSN

give the picture of a cow = aie ahetahee ‘ ‘(
made wild and vicious by
bad handling, and that of a
cow used to kind treatment
and gentle but firm handling.
The reader can draw his own
conclusions as to which is the

best system.

RESULT OF GOOD HANDLING,

Feeding at Milking Time.

Some persons, to induce gentleness, give the cow a mess before sitting
down to milk. This is a bad plan. It leads the animal to expect it,
and if it is not given, even if she is gentle, she is restless and discon-
tented. The very act of feeding induces moving about more or less,
and prevents standing as quietly as she otherwise would. On the other
hand, if she be fed after milking time she will stand quietly and entirely
at ease. Many good handlers feed before milking. By the time the
whole are fed and the stable cleansed the cows will have finished and be
ready for milking. This is the plan we have always pursued, and we
think the better one: Before sitting down to milk we have been accus-
tomed to have the milker give the cow to be milked the slightest lick of
salt from the hand, or a single mouthful of extra nice soft hay. When
you begin milking do not intermit until the cow is milked entirely clean.
Milk fast. Slow milking not only worries the cow but tends to dry her

576 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

up. If the milk is not drawn as fast as it is given down it is apt in the
end to be withheld.

How to Milk.

Supposing the cows to be in the stable, after feeding, and cleaning the
stable and the animals themselves, carefully wash the udder and teats, if
they are dirty, or thoroughly brush with a soft brush, or wipe with a
cloth if only dusty. Sit down quietly on the off or right side of the cow,
the face slightly to the rear; take hold of the rear teat furthest from you
with the left hand, and speaking the word ‘* hoist,’’ slowly and in a low
but firm tone, press the arm against the leg, to carry the foot in place
slightly behind the other. In milking, grasp the upper portion of the
forward teat nearest you, so the hands operate the teats diagonally. In
grasping the teats, do so well up towards the bag, according to the length
of the teats, with the thumb and forefinger, and pulling gently down, at
the same time, close the other fingers, thus forcing out the milk. So
proceed, first with one hand and then with the other, until the milk is
pretty much drawn. Then change to the other teats and finish them.

In stripping do not use the thumb and finger, pulling the teat from the
root to the end. It is asenseless plan. Every drop can be had by press-
ing the top of the hand well up under the bag, gathering the milk with
the thumb and forefinger, and drawing the milk with the others.

Viciousness in Cows.

Sometimes a person will have a cow that is given to viciousness from
bad training, and which may be so valuable in other respects that the
owner may not wish to part with her. She may be a kicker. If so, and
she be strong and decidedly ugly, use the following apparatus, which will
explain itself, and which, by the lever and notches, may be made to grip
tightly into the flank. Another plan is to draw a strong cord quite
tightly around the girth. °The most usual plan, in the stable, is to buckle
a strap around the legs and to fasten it to a ring in the wall behind, so
the cord will be loose when at rest, and yet so tight that the cow cannot
get her leg forward to do mischief. The cut we give will show the first

device mentioned and the manner of fastening : iy

Cows Sucking Themerelves.
Sucking themselves is another bad habit which cows sometimes acquire.

There are two objections to such cows. The first is, we lose their milk,
and not rarely other cows will acquire the habit from them. — It is a well

CATTLE, TRAINING AND WORKING. 577

known fact that self-sucking cows are
generally good milkers. It is quite
certain that they acquire the habit
from the fact that the milk pressure in
the bag hurts them, and in rubbing
the udder with the nose they at length
get a taste of the milk, and thus be-
come fixed in the habit. Hence the
necessity of regular milking, and of- :
ten enough to keep the udder: from 10 PREVENT 4 COW FROM KICKING.
being unduly strained. There are vari-

ous devices for preventing this vice. One is a halter and nose piece, with

spikes, similar but larger than those used upon calves to prevent suck-
ing. It is given below, but besides hampering the ammal to a consider-
able extent in gathering her food, it is not always effectual.

A very simple, and said to be effective
means, is to take a tough hickory stick,
fourteen inches long, three-fourths of
an inch thick in the center, sharpened to
a point at each end; cut a grove around
the-center, half an inch wide, and half
the depth of the thickness of the wood.
Whittle each end nicely to a point, or
leave it somewhat blunt, and insert a
sharpened piece of wire in each end.
Make a hole in the animal’s nose, in the
soft portion, but close up to the hard
membrane of the nostrils, as you would
tor ringing a bull, and small enough so it TO PREVENT SUCKING.

will require considerable pressure to slip

the bulge of the stick until it reaches the middle notch, when it will
remain fixed. This does not prevent the animal from feeding, nor
being fastened in stanchions, and it must be an inveterate sucker that will
draw her milk with this jewel in her nose. Still another but more com-
plicated yet quite effectual plan is given in the cut on next page.

Hooking Cows.

Another vicious habit sometimes acquired by otherwise excellent cows,
is the vice of attempting to gore every animal that comes near, that they
‘an master, and even individuals. Various devices have been recom-
mended to prevent this. One is a bar across the horns, to which is

ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

578

fastened a slender, springy piece of
hickory to reach a position just above
the nostrils and armed with a sharp
peg underneath, so that the slightest
pressure will cause it to wound the
nose. Ina majority of cases balls
placed on the tips of the horns, and
which may be purchased at any hard-
ware store, will suffice, if the animal
is not vicious to mankind.

Tiiese are made to screw on. To
do so fasten the cow securely, and if

the horn is too large to take the ball

SANE ae, Fa See pare it down till it will fit. Stick
a large potato baked soft, and thoroughly hot, on each tip of the horn.
It will soon soften it, when the ball may be easily screwed on with the
proper tool, and vill never come off. In the case of animals. vicious to
man, the following device, which the cut fully explains, will prove
entirely effectual.

-

Training Oxen.

The value of a working ox lies not
only in its ability to draw a heavy
load forward; to be thoroughly good
in mud, or on roads; to be able to
back whatever he can draw forward,
and to be quick-paced. It is true you
cannot make a slow breed fast, nor
a lazy ox active; neither can you
make an ox that lacks muscle do
heavy work. If the reader has studied
the characteristics of the Devons as
we have presented them, he will be
pretty well able to judge whether an
animal under inspection will be fit
for the yoke. If not fairly perfect
TO PREVENT HOOKING. in the principal points, discard him.

It will not pay to train an inferior steer. If he is to be used for very
heavy work, agility must to a considerable degree be sacrificed to weight
and muscular power. As a rule, however, it is better that you use three

CATTLE, TRAINING AND WORKING. 579

yoke of medium sized active steers in the team rather than two yoke of
heavy, lubberly, snail-paced brutes that are always vexing the driver.
Select such as will walk evenly, look as nearly alike as possible so that
they may be hitched together: first, for disposition, carriage, and pace ;
and second, for color and general appearance. If they are three years
old, and to be put to work immediately in a breaking or freighting team,
select a pair of mates, hamper by first roping and tying, and then yoking
together. So proceed until you have the team, whatever the number,
made up. Once yoked, they should not again be released until they
cease struggling, and work quietly in the team. Fasten them together,
three, four, or five yoke, as the case may be, putting a well broken
steady yoke of oxen on the lead. Thus you may have a team in a few

9°

days that will learn to pull steadily forward and turn ‘haw’? or ** gee

A PRIMITIVE TACKLE, BUT GOOD TRAINER.

—to the left or right—as is wanted. They, however, will never become
ateam, in the sense of the word, as used by those who know what a
trained yoke of oxen are.

To properly train steers, they should be taken when quite young.
Selecting one at a time, halter-break him as heretofore directed, cause
him to come close to you by tapping him on the forelegs with a light
whip. Teach him to walk quietly, but at a quick pace, at your side, you
holding him lightly by the halter, neither before nor behind, but directly
and closely at your side. Make him turn to the right or left at will, and
teach him to stand quietly when so ordered. In all this do not hurry.
Be quiet, low-voiced, patient but firm.

580 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Train Stock Young.

Let the steer, which should not exceed one year old—eight months is
better—be taught one lesson at a time, and that thoroughly. It will ren-
der the next lesson easier. When they are quiet and will do your bidding
in the yoke without halter or strap, they may be left until three years
old before being worked, though it 1s better to begin at two years of age,
especially if they are to be used on the wagon. ‘They will not pull much,
but they may thus be taught to walk fast, to do their share of the work,
and to become thoroughly ‘‘ way wise.”’

The greatest difficulty m tramimg oxen, as a single yoke, is teaching
them to back promptly and well. To do this requires patience. Never
overload them. Make them back promptly twelve to fifteen feet at a
time, and then come forward, stopping instantly at the word, with heads
up ready to back again. In traveling along the road never allow them
to flag, nor exert them so long at any one time as to seriously weary
them. Patience alone will secure the end sought. When you have occa-
sion to speak sharply to them, do not let 1t be in a very loud voice, but
let it be accompanied by a touch of the goad or a blow of the whip suf-
ficiently sharp so the animals feel it. To touch both animals so near
together that it seems almost simultaneous, is a fine art. It is acquired
by always touching the slow ox first, for scarcely ever will two animals
be found so evenly matched as to be exactly alike. When you find them
you have a prize. When not so, we have always found it best to have
the slower ox on the near side.

Summing Up.

In summing up the whole matter of training, the individual must keep
the pomts aimed at steadily in view. First, the animal must be rendered
entirely subservient to man, and this by showing it that man is its friend ;
that under no circumstances is it to be ijjured. A well trained yoke or
a team of oxen will command a fancy price as easily as a well traimed
span of horses. There will be, for many years to come, uses to which
neither horses nor mules are so well adapted as are oxen. In lumbermg,
especially in breaking prairies, in much of the work of the farm, and for
teaming in wild regions generally, where there is nothing but rank, wild
grassy feed, they will be indispensable. In these cases the tramed team
will do one-third more work than the untrained team, and do it easier for
themselves, and much more satisfactory to the driver. Here again the
driver should be himself trained. A brutal driver will soon rum a good
team, yet cannot entirely destroy their value.

CATTLE, TRAINING AND WORKING. 581

An intelligent driver will accomplish what he wants without undue
severity ; his voice and signs are the potent powers. In starting a heavy
load each ox is called by name, however large the team be. They under-
stand that they are to place themselves in position for action; every
chain is straightened, every muscle is brought into tension ; they get well
into the yokes, and at the signal all start together. With such a team
the load must come.

So with cows. The training of the heifer is begun in calfhood: she
learns to rely entirely upon the master. They know his voice either in
the yard or field, and come clustering about him, expecting some ‘*tid-bit,”’
or at least a kindly word or caress. When the first calf is dropped there
is no fear of the master; he may take it and do with it what he will—
only fond solicitude is shown. Let a stranger come about, and instantly
this solicitude is changed to fear. If a person who has beaten them or
otherwise ill-used them approaches, the fear is intensified, and if he offers
to handle the calf, a battle for the mastery is likely to ensue.

We have never had any trouble in teaching a heifer to stand to be
milked. If the udder is tender, as in nine cases out of ten it will be, they
will gently submit to the means used for relief and seem grateful for the
effort. If strange heifers are to be operated on, the first thing to teach
them is, that you are a friend; whatever the time it takes, whether half
an hour or half a day, do not intermit the effort until the animal is sub-
dued. If refractory it is better that the heifer or cow be tied up at once
and kept there until entirely quiet and without fear. Then fully half the
work is done and the subsequent work is only a question of time.

Managing a Kicking Cow.

We once subdued an unusually refractory and kicking cow, by having
her held firmly by the head while we seized the teats firmly one with each
hand. There was no attempt to milk. The lesson to be given was that
she could do no injury by kicking. It took three-quarters of an hour to
accomplish the object. When she kicked the grasp was tightened ; the
wrist was brought back firmly agamst the leg above the hock. When she
ceased kicking the grasp was relaxed, and the motion of milking was per-
formed so far as pulling gently on the teats when she kicked, or rather
attempted to do so by bringing her foot forward. She soon found it was
invariably brought down again nearly in its proper position in the rear of
its mate. Inthe end she gave up and submitted to be milked. One
new lesson she had to learn, to stand without holding. This was accom-
plished by foliowing her about until she was content to stand, which she

D82 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

did after three or four breaks. Within a week, there was no more quiet
cow in the yard than this heretofore incorrigible vixen.

A Happy Family.

As showing the benefits of superior care and training, it can be dem-
onstrated how nicely all farm stock will get along together in peace, when
owned by a small farmer who cannot afford to separate into distinct herds
on account of searcity of numbers. If raised together in the same yard
sach will find its proper level. They will agree kindly in a small pasture,
and if the pigs are ringed there will be no difficulty about rooting up the
soil; and of the different classes of animals each will eat grasses and plants
not relished by the others. The fact well illustrates the adage, ‘*A mer-
ciful man is merciful to his beast.’

CHAPTER IV.

HOW TO SHELTER.

Necessity of Shelter.

NECESSITY OF SHELTER ARTIFICIAL PROTECTION —— A FRAMED STABLE —— A CHEAP
STABLE —— ABOUT BARNS —— A COMMON SENSE BARN —— A SQUARE CROSS BARN ——
BASEMENTS FOR CATTLE —— ARRANGING THE BASEMENT —— ADAPTING MEANS TO THE

END——WHAT TO PLANT.

In all climates where cattle haye to be fed nearly half. the year, the
question of shelter becomes of the first importance. In the middle corn
region of the West, cattle must be fed from four to five months; and
farther north, from five to six months. If the pasture in October be
only sufficient to supply the animal waste, then such feeding is entirely
lost so far as profit is concerned. The object of keeping cattle is to get
growth and weight. The extra food given over and above the natural waste,
represents the profit. Hence in the artificial feeding of cattle the question
of shelter comes in. A cold storm will often seriously reduce the weight
of stock. They will begin to fall away, and before they get ready to
again increase in weight they will have had a season either longer or
shorter when they will perhaps neither have gained or lost. The natural
heat of the animal must be kept to about 100 degrees. In fact, the
natural heat 1s 96 degrees whatever the temperature of the air. If it
falls below this the animal begins to chill, and the body is called on to
furnish additional heat. So long as this can be supplied the animal lives.
When it is exhausted the animal dies.

The food given may be compared to the fuel used under the boiler of
a steam engine. So long as the water stands at 200 degrees no steam is
produced ; above 212 steam accumulates, until at length enough power is
raised to start the wheels in motion. Thus it is with stock. Food must
be given in proportion to the animal waste. With the thermometer at
zero, and air. stirring, whatever the feeding may be the animal cannot
gain if exposed to the wind. Under shelter the natural heat of the

584 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

animal is conserved, and it remains comfortable. ‘If the temperature of
the stable can be kept at 60 degrees, the minimum of food only will be
required. Just here two integers come in; the cheapness of food as
against shelter, and the cost of labor. It is possible for food to be so

cheap and labor so dear, and the price of cattle so low, that the interest

OLD STYLE FARM YARD.

on the shelter and the cost of labor would eat off the profits. It has
been so in every section of the West first and last, and is so still in some
new sections; but nowhere so low that cattle could be profitably fed
without the protecting influence of gullies or timber to break the force of
the wind. This is natural protection, and is the groundwork upon which
all other is to be built.

Artificial Protection.

If the stock breeder has not
timber, then the sooner he plants
wind-breaks to protect his yards
and farm buildings the sooner
will he reap profit therefrom.

This is the crudest of artificial
protection and yet one of great
importance, both in Winter and
Summer. In Winter it breaks
the force of storms of wind, rain,

FARMER THRIFTLESS’ MODE OF PROTECTION.

sleet. and snow, and in Summer furnishes shade.
The next crudest means of shelter is a shed of posts and poles, and

CATTLE, HOW TO SHELTER. 585

covered with slough hay or straw, and slabs, or poles, filled in between

with such litter as stock Ws

will not eat, the whole a aN

firmly pounded down to

make it wind proof. x
This, if well made and

so low as just to admit a

man to walk under, is
both cheap and warm.

FARMER THRIFTY’S MODE OF PROTECTION.

Another cheap form
of shed or shelter from storms is made by setting posts firmly in the
ground in two lines, sawing the tops level, fastening on plate pieces,
laying on scantling for the peak, supported temporarily, and nailing on
boards, for a roof, at one-quarter pitch, up and down from the plates to
the peak, covering the joints with wide battens and boarding up the side
from whence the prevailing winds come. If twelve feet boards are used
for the roof, a shed may thus be made over twenty feet wide, that will
furnish good shelter for stock cattle where forage is cheap.

A Framed Shed.

A still better shed may be made by running the posts up eighteen feet,
f “aming in eross-ties to support a floor. In the upper twelve feet of this
shed a good deal of fodder may be stored, to be fed from when the
weather is too inclement to allow it to be handled on wagons. From this
we may go on to more and more elaborate structures until we come to
the barn proper.

On all well ordered farms the owner fully appreciates the importance
of shelter. Hence we see the feeding yards with one or two sides pro-
tected with more or less serviceable shed, until upon some farms we find
the feeding yards entirely surrounded with this means of Winter pro-
tection.

In all this the owner must be guided
by his pecuniary means. If he have
not money enough to put up the bet-
ter class of buildings, it by no means
follows that he is to leave his stock
without shelter until he is able to build.

So far as the simplest sheds are con-
cerned, it is almost entirely a ques-
tion of labor. In the case of simple
sheds of lumber, it is simply a ques-
tion of the cost of boards and_ nails.

Any intelligent farmer, assisted PRIMITIVE PROTECTION.

d86 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

by his hired help, can do the work. It is true, however, that few per-
sons, the first time they build, do so economically. Let us see how this
may be fairly accomplished. Suppose the structure is to be a simple
roofed shed affair. Decide upon the length. The width should not be
more than twelve feet for a single pitch roof. Allow that it is to be
ninety-eight feet long. Set four heavy posts for the corners, three feet
in the ground, and of the required height. The lower it is the warmer
it will be, so it be high enough for the cattle to walk under the plates.
Between the two end posts set, exactly in line, six posts each fourteen
fect apart, and five and one-half feet high from the average ground line.
Proceed in the same manner with the front, the posts to be nine feet
above ground. At the back, now set seven lighter posts in the fourteen
feet spaces. Saw them all off to an equal height, spike on four inch
scantling from post to post in front, and two by four for the back. It is
now ready for the roof, which is to be firmly nailed from front to rear.
Board the front down to within five and a half feet of the ground, and
the ends and back entirely to the ground. Thus the shed is complete,
except banking up. This is important and will add fully one-half to its
warmth. A good way to do this is to lay a line of sods one foot from
the rear, and fill in with earth or old litter, carrying the banking at least
four feet high; or, posts may be set two feet from the wall, with suf-
ficient strips nuled thereon to hold the litter, and the whole filled in and
rammed tight.

A Cheap Stable.

Do you prefer a stable, take the form given for a hip or double-roofed
shed. Board the whole tight all around, leavmg space for doors and
windows; batten the cracks, lay the floor, put im stanchions or uprights
for fastening the cattle, leaving a feeding place in front, and the whole
is complete.

We prefer rings to slide up and down, upon standards three inches
thick, to stanchions. Now this style of stable will not be strong enough
to allow their bemg fastened to the floor above. Set strong posts seven
feet apart and four and a half feet Ingh, sawed off square on top, and
three feet out from the wall. Prepare six-inch scantling to be pinned
firmly to the posts, twelve inches from the ground, and on the inside next
the wall; the scantling bored, each three feet, with two-inch holes. This
will be wide enough for cows. Larger cattle must have three feet, three
inches. Prepare other scantling bored in similar manner for the tops of
the posts. Take three-inch smooth saplings ; sharpen the lower ends just
so they will drive firmly into the holes in the lower scantling when it is

CATTLE, HOW TO SHELTER. DST

pounded in place below. Shave the upper ends so they will fit the holes
in the scantling above. Drive them solidly into tne holes below, pinning
sach one fast with a half-inch pin. Slip a four-inch iron ring over each
stake. Lay the upper scantling on top, entering the standards as you
go. It is better that they have some play. Lower the scantling on top
of the posts, and pin and spike them firmly to the posts. Cut stout rope
six feet, six inches long, splice a four-inch loop on one end, whip the
other end with small cord so it will not unravel; pass the rope through
the ring and back to the loop so the end of the loop will be eight inches
from the ring; pass the end of the rope through the loop, draw tight and
make fast with two half hitches, or, better, whip the two portions of
rope together as far as the loop. The cattle are then ready to be tied
up, by passing the rope about the neck and through the loop, and draw-
ing just tight enough so the animal cannot slip it over the horns. Iron
chain bails that will last a life-time are kept ready made by agricultural
implement men, and are much the cheapest in the end. Tied thus, cat-
tle can easily reach their food, can lick themselves, can rest perfectly,
but cannot reach to injure each other. A six-inch board nailed along the
standard at a proper height, say about six inches below the tops of the
shoulders of the cows, will prevent their reaching too far into the feed-

INg= passage,
About Barns.

The first thing to do in the erection of any building is planning to a
certainty what accommodations are wanted and the probable cost. The
farm barn, if there is to be only one, must be made to answer a variety
of purposes. It must contain stables for cattle and horses, calf pens,
shelter for sheep, a threshing floor, bays or mows for hay and grain, room
for vehicles and many tools, harness room, granary, and, if the barn is a
large one, room for placing a horse-power.

Years ago barns were seldom made higher than eighteen-feet posts. In
these days of improved machinery it is as easy to fill a barn twenty-tive or
thirty feet high as one that is lower. The nearer square or octagonal a
barn is and the higher, the less its relative cost, so that now barns are
built of two or three stories when a slight declivity may be had for the
site. If of two stories, the basement is cut up into stables for cattle and
sheep, storage for heavy tools and machinery, calf pens, etc., ete.

The main floor will contain bays for hay and grain, threshing floor, a
harness room and granary. Practically there is no advantage in the third
story. The barn may be as high as is needed, the bay continued to the
roof ; the stable, harness room, granary, etc., may be floored over, and a

aS

48 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

mow be had overhead ; so, a floor may be carried over the threshing floor,
and this space utilized in the same way. Practically you have the space
at less expense.

A Quarter Section Farm Barn.

In the West and South, the farmer of 160 to 200 aeres may get along
very well with a side-hill barn forty-two by sixty feet. It will give ample
room for a bay 16 by 60; a floor 13 by 60; horse stable 13° by 60, con-
taining 5 single and 1 double stall, or 2 single stalls and 8 double stalls ;
a room for implements 10 by 13; a granary 12 by 18, and a tool room
half that size; while the basement may be devoted entirely to the stabling
of cattle, with calf pens, a sheep pen, and, if necessary, a shed enclosed
on three sides. The granary will hold over 600 bushels of grain, and
may be divided into bins for Winter and Spring wheat, oats, barley, and
ground feed for stock. The basement may contain two rows of cattle
stalls, with passage way between, six feet wide, w ith shoots leading to the
upper part of the barn for delivering hay, grain, and other feed. This
will leave a space 12 by 60, which may contain calf-pens and a place for
sheep, and it may be so arranged by means of sliding doors that it may
he entirely closed in inclement weather. This basement will contain stalls
for thirty-two cattle, and the manure may be thrown directly into a cart
or wagon and hauled directly where it is wanted.

This barn may, of course, be enlarged by adding on, to accommodate
any required amount of stock; but, if a much larger barn than this is
wanted, the square or octagonal form should be used. — It will give largely
increased room in proportion to the cost.

A Common-sense Barn

NORTH
HAY HOUSE ? _MAIN BARN

MAIN FLOOR OF DAIRY BARN.

Above we give an outline of the basement of a barn forty feet wide and
sixty feet lone, with a lean-to overshot extending twenty feet in front.

CATTLE, HOW TO SHELTER. HRY

This barn will contain about 100 tons of hay. The barn would be better
facing the South if the lay of the land as to declivity will allow. The
hay-house may extend twenty feet in width and height in the form of an
Land of sucha length as may be wanted for storage, say forty feet
This barn, if the space below the hay-house is utilized, will stable six
horses and forty cattle.

The basement of the main barn may be divided into stabling.as follows.
A, horse stables 12 feet deep, with mangers two and a half feet wide for
hay, with suitable troughs for grain and manger for hay. B and C are
sattle stalls. Those in B hung with swinging

gates, opening side ways,
G the same, but each stall having a separate gate entering direct from the
yard, Histhe main entrance eight feet wide and may contain feed chests ;
eis an entry five feet wide, with steps up to door D, and having an en-
trance into the horse stables at each end. F is the overshot or shed. G
is the portion under the hay-house to be utilized in stalls, if the hay is
not desired to run clear to the ground ; and I is the yard connected there-

with. If necessary this may be roofed over making additional shed room.
Square and Octagonal Barns.

In the square or octagonal barn the bay is im the centre, in which a
vast Compact mass of hay can be kept, and this will run from the basement
to the peak. The basement will be used as a stable, and if desired the
main floor may also be so used; modern builders understand perfectly the
art of making a floor proof against the leakage of liquids.

One especial advantage in the octagonal shape for barns, when a large
number of cattle are to be fed, is, the roof is easily supported and con-
tains more economy of space for its size than any other form except the
circular. In this the hay will be in the center, and the cattle next the
wall, facing inwards. Above the cattle will also be a mow for hay, ex-
cept such portions as are wanted for granaries, grinding machinery and
other conveniences. At the peak may be a windmill of sufficient power
to do the pumping of water for the stock, unless it be feasible to conduct

@ and

water by its own gravity. In this case it may be used for grindin
cutting fodder.

Let us see what an octagonal barn sixty feet in diameter will hold.
The width of the stable will be twelve feet, and the feed next the bay six
feet, making eighteen feet in all. This running clear around will have a
central core of twenty-four feet, besides the entire area, from the floor
above the stock. The stable will be one hundred and eighty feet in cir-
cumference, and, allowing three feet, six inches to each steer, will aceom-
modate fifty head of steers, or if cows, a still greater number.

590 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Below we give the plan of the dairy barn which will explain itself.
have represented a cistern and also the meal room, protected by an earth
embankment, so it may be used for roots and other feeding material that

We

would be injured by freezing.

a ay,

a ANNAN

SSSA SS ne
Fa p 4

FEZ ESSE
‘TRAOK FOR MANURE TRUCK EUAN

i

FEPYAT HAC ROUGE

S100HS 0334

IN BASEMENT.

PLAN OF STABLES

The following diagram will show a compact basement for a Bank Barn
for feeding cattle and also accommodating a limited number of horses

and milch cows, to be seventy by one hundred feet square.

c 7 X100 c

CATTLE-FEEDING BASEMENT.

’

A is the horse stable with six stalls ; B, cow stable for six or eight cows
CC main entry; D D two small entries, running on either side of the

CATTLE, HOW TO SHELTER. 591

rattle stables; E EE E are the cattle stables, 80 by 30 feet each ; and if
the cattle are placed 4 feet apart, will accommodate forty head of steers
for fattening.

MAIN FLOOR OF DAIRY BARN,

To show another plan we give a diagram of a dairy barn fifty by one
hundred feet. In the plan of the main floor @ is a ventilating shaft, and
b feed shoots to basement through trap door which will be shown in the
plan of the basement,

A Square Cross Barn.

For « large number of cattle we know of no better form than a square
barn for the center, with four wings running therefrom, each 30 feet
wide by any desired length. In this arrangement the cattle might be
placed with their heads to the wall, leaving a passage-way between each
two rows, by which the manure might be taken up and carried away in
carts. In some parts of the West cattle-feeding is carried out on an im-
mense scale. Feeders are already beginning to ask, how best they may
build stables to save cost in feeding, and at the same time place the cattle
in the best possible position for economical feeding.

A writer in the National Live Stock Journal, under the signature of
‘* Alimentation,’’ gives data for a barn to feed 1,000 head of cattle. The
principal objection to the plan is the concrete wall advised for the base-
ment. In a building of this size and weight, it will be found to be quite
unreliable in the West. The basement should be built of good solid
stone, or the best hard burned brick. In lieu of this, if concrete must
be used, the weight of the building should be on stone piers. ‘The details

592 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

for building the barn are given as follows, the wings being 30 feet wide
and 200 feet long:

**This square cross barn will have all its extreme parts equi-distant
from the center. It will be the same distance from the quadrangular
center to the extreme animal in either wing as from the octagonal center.
By doubling the width of the wings, we dispense with eight long sides
200 feet each, or 1,600 feet; and as the ends of the four wings are the
same length as the eight wings, the saving in outside wall is 1,600 feet.
And if these sides are 20 feet high, and boarded up and down with a two-
inch batten, it will take 36,933 feet to cover these sides thus dispensed
with. It will also save all the outside and interior posts of the four
wings dispensed with, as it will require no more posts in a wing 60 feet
wide than in one 30 feet wide. This will make a saving of about 22,000
feet; and the outside sills and plates on these
long sides will be saved, amount-
ing to 24,000 feet, besides girths
and braces — amounting in all to
a saving of 100,000 feet. The
roofs and floors will cover the

WINTERED witHouT same number of square feet as in
SZILELTER.

the eight wings, and cost about Wwiyterep wity coop
= = SHELTER.

the same.

‘It would also save 14,400 cubic feet of wall. The whole saving by
building the wings 60 feet wide could not be less than two-fifths of the
whole cost of the barn; and the convenience and economy of labor must
be even greater than with the eight narrow wings. This square cross
barn has the capacity to feed conveniently and comfortably one thousand
head of cattle; and it now remains to notice some of the details of
construction.

“The quadrangular center, 60 feet in diameter, may be built with large
corner posts, say 14 by 14 inches square, 37 feet long, and the plates
and girths of the wing may be framed into these posts; but it probably
would be better that the wing should have separate corner-posts, and
they be bolted to the posts of the center. The quadrangular center
should be high enough above the wings to clear the ridge of its roof.
This would require the posts of the center building to be 17 or 18 feet
longer than the wing posts, as the ridge of the wing roof should rise at
least 17 feet in 60 feet, and come up under the cornice of the center
building ; as these wings will cost about the same money. with posts 20
feet, and the latter height will hold about 40 per cent more, and as this
storage room will be wanted for so many animals, it will be better to
provide room in abundance, and make the posts twenty feet long.

CATTLE, HOW TO SHELTER, 593

*¢ The floor in the wing above the basement will run lengthwise of the
building, and it will be 16 feet wide, so that the posts on either side of
the floor, running up to the cross-beam over the floor, may stand on a
sill running lengthwise over the basement, and eight feet from the center,
supported by the stanchion timbers. These two sills will be strongly
supported the whole length by the stanchion posts, placed only 38 inches
from center to center, and will consequently hold the whole interior
structure above. The bays on each side of the floor will be 22 feet wide ;
there will be no loss in so wide a floor, as the hay may be mowed one or
two feet upon each edge of the floor if more room is desired. There
will be 42 bents, the outside posts being about 18 feet 2 inches from
center to center. The top of the cross-beams, running from side to
side of the barn, will be 13 feet above the sill, and will be spliced at the
post, or between the posts, on either side of the floor. On three of the
bents the cross-beams should be carried up nearly to the plates, and the
posts at the side of the floor must also be carried up to support the
beam. The three bents (every third one) will tie the barn together,
and being so far apart, will not obstruct pitching with a horse-fork.
These high beams, besides being pinned to the outside posts should have
a stirrup around the post coming back ten inches upon the beam, with a
three-eighth inch bolt through the stirrup and the beam, turned up tight
with a nut, and if the beams are well spliced in the middle, this will hold
the barn firmly from spreading at the plates. Now, to prevent this long
wing from rocking or swaying by a strong broadside wind, these bents
with the high beams should have a long stiff brace running from the foot
of the post on the side of the floor to the outside post just under the
high beam. Such a long brace on each side will hold the barn rigidly
from rocking. And while speaking of braces, let it be remembered that
a brace is valuable just in proportion to its length. The braces from the
outside posts up to the plates show a four-foot run. They will assist
very much in sustaining any weight upon the plates.

‘*Tt is not intended to have any purlins in these wings to support the roof,
even though they be 60 feet wide. The brace on top of the beam will
have a run on beam from post of 8 or 9 feet, running up the post just
under the plates and fastened by a bolt. This will hold the plates abso-
lutely rigid, and the roof will not spread them. The rafters should not
be placed more than two feet apart, and the collar-beams should be 1 1-4
by 5 inches, and placed six feet below the ridge, with every other pair of
rafters double collar-beamed ; that is, with a collar-beam nailed upon each
side of the rafters. This will make a strong shingle roof. The collar-
beams will be some 20 feet long, and will be about as good a support to
the roof as purlin-beams. The collar-beams should be as high as the

HOA ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

barn would be likely to be filled, so that no room will be lost, and the
barn will be practically free from obstruction to pitching with a horse-fork.

“In the bents, where the cross-beams are raised nearly to the plates,
there must be a beam framed into the posts on each side of the floor, 13
feet above the sills, to correspond with the other beams over the floor,
upon whieh senffolding may be placed for using the room over the floor.
It remains only to be mentioned that the interior sills ave four cross-sills,
10 feet apart, to tie the barn together at the bottom, and two sills running
lengthwise, one on each side of the floor—that is, the centre of cach of
these long sills is placed 8 feet from the centre of the barn. The joists
for the bays will run from these long sills on each side of the floor to the
outside sill—about 21 feet. Each of these long sills come over a row of
stanchion timbers in the basement below.”

FARMER THRIFTY’S CATTLE,

The veader will see that these wings above the basement are built in
the simplest manner, using no surplus material, and as cheap as may be

consistent with strength and durability.
Basements for Cattle.

‘We will now examine the construction of the basements of these long
wines. ‘The wall under each of these wings, if built of concrete, 14
inches thick at bottom, 12 inches at the top and eight feet high, being
460 feet long, would contain 4,140 cubie feet, and could be built im most

CATTLE, HOW TO SHELTER. DOH

places for 10 cents per cubic foot, or $414 per wing. The wall under
the center would he 1,440 cubic feet, and cost $114. The wall under
the entire square cross barn would cost $1800, The long sides would
require something to stiffen the wall sidewise ; but a pier built against
the wall on the inside would be in the way, and on the outside would
look unsightly ; so to avoid the necessity of such piers, let a T be made
of strong iron, say three-fourths by two inches. The long end of
the T would be about 20 inches, and built into the wall, and the cross lie
across the top of the wall directly under the sill. The end of the T should
project beyond the sill on each side far enough to have a three-quarter
inch hole punched, into which to insert a piece of the same flat iron, six
inches long, rounded at one end. This will attach the wall to the sill.
There should be four of these T’s for each side—one near each cross
sill 40 feet apart. This will hold the whole wall to the beam, and

prevent any swaying. These long sides will give room for inserting

FARMER SLACK’S SHELTER.

plenty of windows for light, the frames being into the boxes, and the con-
crete built over them. The sash may be hung on a pivot in the centre,
so as to open easily to give ventilation at certain seasons ; but the fresh
air should be introduced through the wall near the bottom, through hard
burned earthen or pottery pipes, 15-inch bore, just long enough to reach
through the wall. These pipes may be laid in the boxes, bedded in the
concrete, and the concrete tamped down upon them. They may be placed
ten feet apart. and will not weaken the wall. Close covers may be fitted
to the inside, so as to shut them out at will; and with proper ventilators

596 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

to discharge the heated and vitiated air through the upper part of the barn,
there will be a constant circulation of fresh air through the basement.
One other point must be mentioned in reference to the wall. A concrete
wall contains a large amount of moisture, and 1f the sills are to be placed
on before the wall becomes quite dry, which is usually the case, the
moisture will pass up into the green timber of the sill, form a coating of
lime on it, and prevent the sap from escaping, and the result is a rapid
decay of the timber. To prevent this, take well-seasoned pine boards,
12 inches wide, coat one side with gas tar, and bed this tarred side in the
mortar on top of the wall. The sills are laid on this leveled board, and

no moisture can come through this board into the sill to rot it.

Arranging the Basement.

These long stables must be laid out so as to render the labor as conven-
ient as possible. There must be easy access to every animal in the stable,
and this becomes more important when one thousand cattle are to be pro-
vided for, Cattle are most easily attended when placed in double rows
with their heads turned towards one feeding floor.

In the long basement, the first row of stanchion posts will be placed
seven feet from the first wall, on the side of the first feeding floor, 14
feet wide. On the other side of the feeding floor is the second row of
stanchion posts, coming up under one of the long sills, as deseribed be-
fore. ‘Two and one-half feet being occupied by mangers on each side of
this floor, will leave nme feet for a drive-way. Along this floor may
pass a cart or wagon, with green food in Summer, or fodder in Winter.
The third row of stanchion posts will be 16 feet from the last, under the
second long sill, on the side of the second feeding floor; and the fourth
row will be fourteen feet from the third, on the other side of the second
feeding floor, and seven feet from the other wall. Here two rows of
cattle stand, with their tails to the walls, and the two middle rows stand
tail to tail, facing upon opposite floors. The largest animals should be
placed in middle rows, as there is the most room. These stanchion posts
are placed 8 feet 2 inches from center to center, and the cattle are best
fastened to the center of a chain stretching from staple to staple driven
into each stanchion post. These chains slide up and down on. staples.
The mangers may be placed 20 inches from the ground, and, with long
staples, the cattle may lie down comfortably. One of the best ways to
feed cattle, with plenty of bedding and muck for deodorizing, is to let
them stand three or four months on tan manure, and, the mangers being
placed igh, the manure may accumulate two feet deep under them, and
they may keep quiet clean, with the bedding and muck, and the manure

CATTLE, HOW TO SHELTER. 597

will be trodden so hard as to ferment very little. When a lot of cattle
are sold, then wagons may be driven through to carry off manure. I
have seen cattle fed in this manner, carded daily, and kept quite clean,
standing on their manure for four months.

These feeding floors, as described, stretch through the whole length of
the barn. <A feeding car passes through two wings, and, having a turn-
table, may pass through any wing. Feed may be dropped through a
chute on the side of the upper floor mto the car wherever placed on any
feeding floor. This form of barn gives every facility for cutting and
cooking the food—a larger engine, placed in the center, cutting, grinding
and cooking all the food; and this also offers the best facility for soiling
three thousand head in Summer, if such should be necessary. In the
West, however, where only the feeding of such large numbers of cattle
would be profitable, soiling is out of the question.

Adapting Means to the End.

No person can possibly know so well what an individual wants as
himself, if he be a reflecting man. The architect scarcely ever gives
attention to the planning of barns. The best barns in a country are
those of intelligent farmers who have carefully observed the conveniences
of various kinds in the barns of their friends in the localities visited, and
who when in building their own varied them to suit them own wants.
For this reason we have simply given outlines of those illustrated with
descriptions of others adapted to various numbers of cattle. See pp. 588,
590, 591. To give the cost would be a waste of space that may be better
employed. This will vary with locality and the price of material, and
any master carpenter or mason will quickly estimate them. As a rule,
the elaborate and well furnished structure is not the most convenient
one, but those which have the greatest number of permanent conven-
iences, and in which the space is most thoroughly economized. Hence
within the last few. years, or since the general introduction of improved
machinery, farm barns have undergone « complete change in the manner
of construction,

Formerly barns were comparatively low structures where everything had
to be done by manual labor; it was not economy to pile up hay, grain,
or other farm produce, story after story; the labor of lifting, or carrying
did not pay. Since the invention of hoisting machines and hay carriers,
the invention of modern windmills, grinding mills, horse powers and
other labor-saving machinery, twenty-five feet posts are not unusual, and
no barn should be built of less than two stories.

DOS ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

There are few farms where the drainage is so poor or the land so level
but that a declivity sufficient for a basement barn may be had, by throw-
ing the excavated portion up to assist in forming the trackway oY rise to
the main floor. Windmills are now so nearly automatic in their working
that they may very safely be trusted to pretty much take care of them-
selves. Therefore, in all the more pretentious farm barns, they should
be built with special reference to the erection of a windmill on top.
This may be used for a variety of purposes, cutting fodder, grinding
erain, pumping water, being its principal work. If the water is collected
in n reservoir in the center of the mow it will not freeze, and the
pressure will always be equal, and thus the water may be carried in pipes
any distance, to the house or the dairy, and become a most yaluable
economy.

In the building of barns of superior size we have given descriptions of
all but the cireular barn, which can hardly be called a practical or
economical structure, and the octagon barns will come under the same
category ; for while economical in respect to space, they are more costly
to build, if for no other reason than that they are unusual. We there-
fore recommend the square barn in every case when the width is to be
forty or more feet, with not less than twenty feet posts. This, with the
the basement, will give two or three stories as necessity may require.
The basement of course will be used for the stables, and if additional
room be needed one or two wings may be added, and when farther space
is needed two more. The diagrams showing the internal arrangements
may easily be obtamed to suit such a structure while pursuing the general

features of economical and labor-saving utility.
Summer Shelter.

While the question of Winter shelter is of the first importance, it is
necessary that Summer shelter be provided, and also for protection
against the inclement storms of Spring after stock has been put upon
pasture. During the feeding season the sheds and barns will suffice ;
before pastures are flush the Winter shelter can be utilized, for some food
must be given night and morning. During the prevalence of storms the
stock will of course be kept up and fed. Later, however, it will not he
found practicable. What is wanted is a range where stock may not only
be secure from the winds of driving storms, but where they may retire
for shelter during the extreme heat of Summer days.

We do not believe in shaded pastures. They are poetic but not prac-
tical. The object in keeping stock is to make them eat as much as possi-
ble. The pasture should be devoted to grass, If shaded by single trees
here and there, stock will very often haunt these when they should be

CATTLE, HOW TO SHELTER. DIY

feeding. While in motion in the act of grazing they do not suffer from
leat. Therefore it is better that they he obliged to do some travel to
reach the shade, and this shade if natural will generally have water near.
If not, the artificial shade should be given at such places where water
may be had from mills or ponds most cheaply.

A PASTORAL SCENE,

The accompanyme cut will show how this artificial shelter is accom-
plished both by isolated trees in the pasture and by clumps and groyes in
the distance. As previously stated, the single trees we condemn, and
they have been introduced to illustrate the pomt, and at the same time
vive effect to wv most pleasant pastoral scene, and which any farmer may
obtain in a gently undulating country.

Where to Plant Shelter.

This shelter should be planted along the crest of ridges, about gullies
and ravines, and in fact wherever the soil is not adapted to cultivation.
These points will be especially sought during the heat of Summer, and
the timber will eventually more than pay the cost of planting in any
prairie country. All high points are generally free to a great extent from
biting insects. The ravines will afford shelter from winds and driving

600 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

storms, and also will be valuable as places where permanent water may
be had either naturally or artificially by draining. In leu of this plant
shelter belts and groves near the low places where water may be had, or
near natural water holes on the farm.

What to Plant.

For dry soil, anywhere south of 42 degrees, the Catalpa (Speci osa)
will be found hardy. The variety Big nonioides is not hardy in the West
north of about 388 degrees, Black, walnut is valuable, so are all the
maples, the cotton-wood does well almost anywhere, and if care is taken
to procure cuttings of the male variety, (this tree bears male and female
flowers on separate trees), you will have no trouble with the blowing
about of the cotton during seeding time. Evergreens may be planted
almost anywhere if the soil be moderately dry. The Norway spruce is
most valuable, and next to this the white pine. For low lands, cotton-
wood, the soft maples, and the white, the black and the golden willow
will be indicated. Thus the farmer will find that this question of shel-
ter, while one of the most important of the many connected with farm
economy —the points relating to Summer shelter — will in the end prove
one of the best paying investments in a prairie country of any in the
whole category,

CHAPTER V.

HOW TO PASTURE, FEED AND WATER.

ABOUT PASTURAGE.——CLOVERS THAT DO WELL.-——UNDESIRARLE CLOVERS.——ALFALFA.
——THE TRUE GRASSES.—TIMOTHY, OR CAT’S TAIL GRASS.——BLUE GRASS.—RED
TOP.—— ORCHARD GRASS. FOWL MEADOW GRASS, TIME FOR PASTURING.——WaA-
TERING. ——FEEDING STOCK CATTLE.——HOW TO FEED.——FEEDING MILCH COWS.

About Pasturage.

The subject of pasture and meadow is one of the most important with
which the farmer has to deal. It makes feed in Summer and forage in
Winter. Yet, in the United States, nearly all our meadows consist of
one clover and one grass; in other words, timothy and clover are our
great meadow plants, and the addition of blue grass to this forms the
bulk of our pasturage, always excepting, of course, the vast areas of wild
grasses that still cover the great prairies and vast plains of the West, yet
to be brought into cultivation by man.

Until within the last few years, or until the dairy interest began to
assume such gigantic proportions, farmers got along well enough with
these; for, where stock raising for beef is the sole object, and wild
grasses are plenty and grain easily raised, and consequently cheap, a very
few grasses will suffice ; but the impetus given to dairying within the last
few years, has fairly shown that the best results, nay, that even fair suc-
cess cannot be had with a few grasses. This the dairymen in New York
State came to understand years ago, and yet so little was known of the
adaptability of varieties to soils and climate, that our best farmers
worked blindly in experimenting, and unfortunately, our botanists could
do little more than furnish long strings of mere classical names of varie-
ties as they were known in books, and could give almost no information
as to their adaptability.

602 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,
Clovers that Do Well.

Practically, the clovers are contined to three species. First, red clover,
natural to all soils that are adapted to the cereal crops, as wheat, rye,
barley, oats and corn, or such rich soils as do not heave under the frosts
of Winter and Spring. If so, clover is apt to be thrown out, or at least
to be so heaved as to be practically worthless, especially so from the fact
that it is really a biennial plant; that is, dying out at the end of the see-
ond year if allowed to seed.

The next clover in general use is Dutch, or white Clover. This does
well on soils somewhat moist, although it will not stand flooding. It is
not especially relished by cattle, and at some seasons is apt. to give horses
what is termed the slobbers ; that is, it causes them to form saliva to such
a degree that it drops from the mouth freely. Cattle do not relish it,
and it can hardly be called good feed for horses. A small portion of it
in & permanent pasture does not come amiss, yet it is so natural to many
soils that, like the plantain, which the Indians have termed the white
man’s foot, white clover they have called the white man’s grass.

The only other variety of clover that we can recommend for cultiva-
tion, is Alsike, sometimes called Swedish clover. This does well on
moist land, and even bears some flooding. We consider it the next in value
to red clover, and altogether better pasture than white clover. It also
makes good hay on soils too wet for red clover.

Undesirable Clovers,

There are a number of other species of clover, some of them indigenous
to the West, which we only mention as a caution against their being
sown. These are; two species of so called Buffalo clover; the upright
and the running Buffalo clovers ; the upright or yellow clover; and the
low hop clover, a half-creeping variety. — There is only one more variety
worth mentioning, and this simply as a warning to farmers not to sow it,
except for bee pasturage, and then only when it may not become a
troublesome weed. We have reference to the tree clover or Bokhara clo-
ver, specifically the white-flowered melilotus. It has been recommended
as valuable for soiling; that is, for cutting green for feeding to stock in
stables. We give the same advice about sowing this clover that the
crabbed lawyer did to a young client who asked his advice about getting
married— Don,

Alfalfa.

The case is different with alfalfa, the Spanish name for a plant known
botanically as medicago, and, in English by its French name Luzerne.

CATTLE, HOW 'TO PASTURE, ETC. 608

This is valuable in soils adapted to it, deep dry soils not subject to hard
freezing in Winter. In California it has become one of the standard
forage crops. In some of the far west plains country it will undoubtedly
be found to stand well, as it will in Texas and New Mexico. In South
America, in the vast grazing region, it has become thoroughly naturalized,
and is well worthy of trial wherever the Winters will not be too cold for
it, say south of forty degrees north latitude.

The True Grasses.

It is to these that we must really look for our pasture plants, outside
the few clovers we have mentioned. It is a vast, as it is the most impor-
taunt of plants to man, comprising some 2380 botanical eenera, and not
less than 3,000 species, and includes all our cereal grains, as wheat, rye,
barley, oats, corn, ete.

It would not be in place in this work to enter into a history of grass,
and the characteristics of the several species, valuable as they may be.
Our readers must therefore be content with a list of some of the more
important varieties, as they have been tried, and their seasons, and some
of their characteristics ; and this more for their value as pasture than
hay, and forreasons previously given.

Timothy, or Cat’s Tail Grass.

The first in importance is timothy; a better name, as more perfectly
describing its characteristics, would be cats-tail grass, by which it is
known in England. It does well in all clayey or clay loam soils that are
not too wet, and makes the best hay of any of our grasses. For pasture
it is among the least valuable, if we except cattle, since one peculiarity
is that just at the ground it forms a bulb, which if bitten in close grazing,
as horses, sheep and hogs are apt to do, it dies. It is also a grass that
will not bear hard tramping.

Blue Grass.

This is the great pasture grass of the Western States, in its two varie-
ties, Kentucky blue grass, which flourishes best south of forty degrees
north latitude, and wire grass, which is found well up into Wisconsin and
Minnesota. Here again is confusion of common names. In Pennsylvania
it is called green grass, and this is really a suggestive name. It really
remains green early and late, longer than any other of our cultivated
grasses.

Blue grass forms a tough, firm sward, springing early in the Spring,

39

604 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

growing late in the Fall, and holding its substance well in the Winter.
So that after being pastured in Spring if allowed to grow on through the
Summer and Autumn, cattle and other stock may be wintered on it
admirably, when deep snow does not cover the ground. Both varieties
are found in their best perfection in limestone soils, although they do
well according to latitude on all strong, rich, and even on some ‘rather
thin soils if well drained. Neither variety is adapted to wet soils. It
‘annot be called a hay grass, its great value being for pasturage.

Red-Top.

The next grass in importance, because found to do well on a great
variety of soils, is red-top. It makes good hay and is valuable for
pasturage. It should be more generally cultivated than it is, being
adapted to a very considerable range of soils, neither very wet nor very
dry. As before stated, in Pennsylvania this is called herd’s grass, and we
may add in Rhode Island it is known as Burden’s grass. While red-top
has a goodly range of soils to which it adapts itself fairly, it does best
on a rather moist soil, flowering rather late, or about the same time or
later than timothy. It dries out considerably in curing into hay, and is
not very rich in sugar, gum or starch, three important elements in feeding.
It is a strictly perennial species, and forms a pretty dense sod, when well
established.

Orchard Grass.

This is really one of the most valuable grasses for extensive trial as a
first-class pasture grass in the whole list of cultivated grasses. The
wonder is that a grass so generally regarded as excellent im Europe, should
have made its way so tardily in this grass country. This is probably
from its habit of growing in tufts where sown thinly. It is one of the
sarliest of the grasses to start in the Spring, is strictly a perennial, starts
freely after being grazed or mown, and if sown thickly makes excellent
hay. It thrives better than most of the grasses in a partial shade, and
hence its common name, orchard grass.

For pasture it should be sown at the rate of not less than two bushels
of seed per acre,—three bushels is better. It is very light, weighing only
fourteen pounds per bushel. When sown for hay we have had excellent
success by seeding at the rate of sixteen pounds of orchard grass, and ten
pounds of clover per acre. It is excellently adapted to sowing with red
clover, since it blossoms more nearly with clover than almost any other

of the grasses.

CATTLE, HOW TO PASTURE, ETC. 605

Fowl Meadow Grass.

This is another most valuable grass, considered especially so for hay,
and to our mind quite valuable for pasturage, particularly for dairy stock.
Like prairie hay it is quite free from dust, and at the same time it possesses
all the essential elements of nutrition in a high degree. In all new coun-
tries the first dependence must be on the wild grasses. The real difficulty
is, farmers do not undertake the cultivated grasses until forced to. Ifa
trial of the important varieties here noticed shall lead to the testing of
still other sorts, the time will soon come when our farmers will wonder
how they could have gone on so long without appreciating at their true
value many varieties, that the aim and scope of this work precludes even
the mention.

Time for Pasturing.

It is important that cattle be not only fully fed but that they have their
feed at regular intervals. Where stock are driven to and from pasture
they should be turned on soon after daylight in the morning, and not taken
out until sundown. It is especially necessary that they get the grass
while yet it is covered with dew. So, where stock are kept and fed in
stables, the first feed should be given early in the morning, just what they
will eat clean. This should be supplied not less than three times a day ;
and at night, to insure full stomachs, some extra feed as meal, shorts,
etc., should be added.

Salt should be kept where the animals can get it at will. They will
thus get enough for their wants, and just as they want it, and will eat less
than where supplied at the stables, or out-of-doors, at irregular times.
Irregular feeding of salt is one of the worst possible practices. Salt is a
cathartic when given in large doses, and this danger should be avoided.

In Winter, whether the animals are kept in stables, in sheds, in feeding-
yards or in the shelter of groves, the same regularity of feeding should
be observed. Stock should also be graded, if possible, so there will be
no very strong and very weak ones together. And those of a given age
should be fed together. Where animals are fed in groves or in fields a
much larger, and, in fact, more irregular drove, as to age and strength,
may be kept together, than under open sheds or in close feeding-yards.
Feed early always, as soon after daylight as the animals can see to feed,
and let the last mess at night be given so as to be well finished just before
dark. When fed in stables the same rule should be observed. Early
and late feeding of good fodder, and in such quantities as they will eat
tolerably clean, is what keeps growing animals going right along. This

606 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

is what the wise feeder seeks, for thus he secures the best possible gain,
with the least loss in daily natural waste of the physical system.

Watering.

Whether it be Winter or Summer, it is absolutely necessary that cattle
have an abundance of water. Without this, given at regular times, there
can be no profit to the feeder. Cattle may be driven to it twice a day, if
the conditions are such that they cannot be fed in the same range where
the water lies. When cattle are kept in stables, it is altogether. better
that the water be conducted there in pipes so as to run directly into their
drinking troughs. It will be found cheapest in the end. If there is no
living water, do not depend upon holes cut in the ice of ponds. It is not
only dangerous to the cattle, but will cost more in the end than any other
plan of watering. If the water is to be taken from wells, or ponds, erect
a good windmill, with suitable tanks, with pipes so they will not freeze,
leading to ample troughs. Let these be in the yards where the stock
take their rest, or else in the feeding range. Then see that they have
plenty of it, and plenty of salt where they can lick it at will. If the cattle
are to be fed out-of-doors on ear corn and hay, see that proper troughs
are provided for corn and racks for hay; let them be large and ample.
Where this is done, close yards should be provided with warm shelter and
water.

Feeding Stock Cattle.

In wintering stock cattle the main dependence will be hay or corn
fodder. ‘These, if good, are perfect food, that is fed together, or hay
fed alone will keep cattle growing, if they do not suffer from the cold.
In feeding the same rule should be adopted as in fattenmg cattle. See
that they are not given enough to waste, but do not force them to eat
rough, coarse, stalky or weedy hay clean. No animal ever did well on
food it did not like. To make money in growing cattle they must not go
hungry Winter or Summer. If the fodder is prairie hay see that the
best and softest is reserved for the calves, and next best for the cows.
The oxen and steers will do fairly well on hay somewhat coarser.

How to Feed.

Calves should have some grain daily ; oats are best, one quart each, or
the equivalent in other grain. Cows expected to calve the succeeding
Spring, should have from four to six ears of corn daily, or its equivalent
in some other grain; and oxen when not working, about the same.

CATTLE, HOW TO PASTURE, ETC. 607

When working, give the same as to a fattening steer, or about a half
bushel a day.

Cattle intended for fattening the succeeding year should have especial
care the previous Winter. They should have feed enough to keep them
growing right along, say about half the quantity of grain given to fatten-
ing steers, that is, allowing the feeders do not believe in forcing the animal
from calfhood constantly, until ready for the butcher. The best and
most successful feeders do force, and none that we know who have ever
tried it could ever be induced to go back to the old way of letting stock
make a gain in Summer, to lose half or more of it in Winter.

Feeding Milch Cows.

Whatever the plan of feeding or sheltering cattle for the butcher—of
course, fattening cattle will have more attention given them, so far as
milch cows must have soft food.

food, water, and shelter are concerned
No dairyman ever made any money by feeding cows in milk on dry hay,
ear corn, or dry grain; for cows it must be ground.

In feeding, the owner will, of course, be guided by the relative value
of food in the market. If possible, a little ground oil-cake should form
a daily portion, about half a pound per cow. In all the West, corn-meal
is the cheapest food, except in the neighborhood ot large merchant flour-
ing mills. One great difficulty with corn-meal is it is heating. It should
be fed almost measure for measure with bran; ten pounds of this with
the addition of half a pound of ground oil-cake, with plenty of good hay,
will be liberal feeding. If the cow will eat fifteen pounds of meal and
bran, it will be wise economy to give it to her. She will not eat so much
hay, and in a corn country hay is dearer than corn, and as a rule an acre
of corn is raised fully as cheap as an acre of hay.

CHAPTER VI.

BENEFITS OF KIND AND CAREFUL TREATMENT,

FEEDING FOR PROFIT.——AS BETWEEN WELL AND ILL KEPT STOCK.——HEAVY WEIGHTS.——
PROFIT IN EARLY MATURITY.—MAKE BEEF YOUNG.——BABY BEEF.——FEEDING ; COST
IN ENGLAND. SUMMER FEEDING, —— ANIMAL WASTE. —— ANIMAL HEAT. —— ADVAN-
TAGES OF SUMMER AND WINTER FEEDING.

Feeding for Profit.

It should require no argument to show the benefits of kind and consid-
erate treatment in the rearing of live stock of any kind, and in the treat-
ment after they hecome mature. One reason why so many persons fail
to be successful in fattening stock is that they do not use due considera-
tion in their treatment. The man who kicks and clubs his stock, or
allows his hired help to do so, never yet produced a prize steer, and never
will. Obesity and activity do not go together, neither will undue excita-
bility allow of a steady increase in fat. Hence the feeder, for the sake
of his pocket, should see that fattening cattle are kept entirely quiet. To
insure this the sagacious breeder avoids not only cattle naturally irritable,
but those raised by persons of known bad or brutal temper. We have
known a stable of cattle thrown off their feed for days by a sudden fright.
Those frights are quite apt to occur from the slightest causes. Where
strange cattle, raised half wild, are confined together—and this is not
rare among stock that have been picked up indiscriminately,and what
are known as woods or prairie cattle—the first effort of the sagacious
feeder is to get the confidence of the stock. This is only accomplished
by gentleness, not by any means, inconsistent with firmness. The cattle
must know and obey their master. Their knowledge of him must be that
they receive food and kind treatment at his hands, and not stabs with the

CATTLE, KIND TREATMENT. 609

fork, nor beatings with the handle, or kicks, because they happen to stand
within reach of some brutal feeder. The inference is that the humane
man is apt to have humane help; the brutal stock man will have brutal
help, and the stock will be very apt to partake of the character of their
master.

As between well and ill-kept Stock.

Aside from some wealthy professional men, having suburban farms,
stock is kept solely for the profit it will bring. The stock of amateurs
are not only carefully housed and fed, but they are kept at the height of
perfection, so far as costly appointments and careful grooming is con-
cerned. The practical man arrives at the same results in a different and
cheaper way, but none the less certainly. His shelters may be of the
most homely kind, even made with poles and slough hay, but are warm
and comfortable. He cannot afford iron mangers and water pipes through
his stables, but his troughs are tight and solidly built, and his animals are
regularly fed and watered. He will not have blankets in winter and
sheets in summer, but his animals will be well and carefully fed, and
sheltered from the earliest age until ready for sale.

The humane man will get ten dollars more for a cow because she will
be gentle and well trained to give down her milk without resistance. His
steers will bring from one to two cents per pound extra in market, for
the reason that the constant care given them will have resulted in extra
weight and condition. Let us see what two cents per pound amounts to.
His steer of a given age, say three years, is fed from birth so that it has
never fallen in condition, but has constantly gained, and will weigh from
1300 to 1600 pounds, according to the breed. The steer of the man who
does not believe in feeding nor properly treating his animals, will weigh
off of grass 900 or 1000 pounds. The good feeder will get five-and-a-
half cents per pound gross weight, or $71.50 for the 1300 Ib. steer, and $88
for the heavier one. The poor feeder will get, say three cents per pound,
or $27 to $30. One may see this every day of the year at the stock-yards
of our western cities. It does not cost $20 more to make the good steer
than the poor one; so the enhanced profits are nearly $25 in the one case
and $48 in the other; in other words, the good and humane feeder gets
the enhanced price on the poor feeder’s 1000 pounds, and on what he has
put on besides by his considerate care and constant good feeding. We
have partially shown this in another part of the work, in alluding to the
daily animal waste. That is an integer. This animal waste may be pro-
duced excessively, whatever the system of feeding, if animals are sub-
jected to frights and bruises, as well as by exposure to storms and lack
of sufficient food.

610 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
Heavy Weights.

Until the inauguration of the Chicago Fat Stock Show, under the
auspices of the Board of Agriculture of Illinois, very little reliable data
could be had as to gain in feeding animals of various ages. It was well
understood, however, that the young animal gained faster in proportion
to the amount of food consumed, than the mature animal, and that the
older and fatter the animal became, the less the daily gain. As showing
actual facts we append the statements of exhibitors, sworn to in some of
the more important classes shown there, and the reports of committee
thereon :

««Among the heavy cattle were the following, and credited to weigh, as
taken from the pasture and feeding yards, as follows: The steer Gov.
Morton, 3,190 lbs; Burnside, 2,870; Hoosier Boy, 2,640; Nels. Morris,
2,840 pounds. The following are the actual weights as given by the
committee, on animals 1 year to 4 years old:

Messrs. Graves & Co., one steer 4 years old, 2,445; one steer 3 years
old, 2,060.

A. F. Moore, one steer 2 years old, 1,786.

J. D. Gillett, one steer 3 years old, 2,139.

Wing & Thompson, one steer, 4 years old, 2,240; one steer 4 years
old, 2,166; one cow, 1,525; one cow, 1,610.

John B. Sherman, one steer 3 years old, 2,019. ®

J. N. Brown’s Sons, one steer 2 years old, 1,446; one steer 2 years
old, 1,449; one steer 2 years old, 1,636; one steer 2 years old, 1,316;
one steer 2 years old, 1,246; one steer 1 year old, 1,338; one steer 1
year old, 1,249; one steer 1 year old, 1,193.

Dexter Curtis, one cow, 1,833; one cow, 2,042; one cow, 1,936.”

In this, of the interesting facts shown, is the great weight attained by
one, two and three-year-old steers, as well as the great ultimate weights
attained by mature oxen, viz.: Best one-year-old, weight 1,338 pounds ;
best two-year-old, weight 1,786 pounds; best three-year-old, 2,159
pounds; and the heaviest 3,190 pounds. The crucial test in every
examination being simply the value of the animal for the butcher. The
records given below will repay the study, and the reports of the com-
mittees, as given, will show the points upon which.the decision was made ;

The committee on Short-Horn steers, 4 years old and over, make the
following report on ages, weights, and gains per day :

CATTLE, KIND TREATMENT. 611

CLASS A—CATTLE. SHORT-HORNS—THOROUGHBREDS.

[TABLE 1}.
. Average

: e in Weight gain per day
EXHIBITOR. ays. Nov. 10, in pounds
| 1879. since birth.

2,035 2,500 1.22

2,155 2,438 1.13

1,948 2,415 1.25

1,598 2,166 1.36

1,578 2,250 | 1.42

1,861 2,358 | 1.28

The committee in their report on this ring say :

The ring was made up of a remarkably fine bunch of well-developed
steers; all were uniformly fat, with flesh well distributed in the most
valuable portions of the carcass.

The animals reflected great credit upon the States in which they were
fed, namely: Ohio, Kentucky, and Illinois.

The first-premium steer was deep red in color, smooth and even through-
out, with straight top and bottom lines ; broad, deep loin, well filled out ;
round, smooth, compact barrel; short in leg, with fine bone and small
head.

This steer excelled the others in the ring in having more good flesh on
the back ‘and loin, with a small portion of cheap, unsalable fat meat,
with square, deep, symmetrical quarters, well covered down to the knee
and gambrel joint.

The second-premium steer was a deep red steer of superior quality, and
in choice condition for the block, and, in the main, as good as the first-
premium steer, but was not as free from bunches of fat, especially on
the rump.

The remaining steers in the ring, while worthy of special commendation,
were coarser and older than the prize-winners, and not as well filled out
in the shoulder and thigh, and were patched.

The first-premium steer was the youngest in the ring, and showed the
largest average gain per day since birth.

The second-premium steer stood second in this respect.

BHORT-HORNS—THOROUGHBREDS. COWS THREE YEARS OR OVER. REPORT OF COMMITTEE.

The ring consisted of eight cows of unusual excellence as a lot, showing
great difference, however, in the matter of age, type, form and mode of
handling.

The aged animals were uneven, and carried too large a portion of meat
of inferior quality ; too gross ; some were very badly patched.

612 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

[TABLE 2].

Age in Weight /|Average gain
No. EXHIBITOR. days. Nov. 10, per day
1879. since birth.
1.| Dexter Curtis... 2,560 2,042 0.70
Del DEX LETC UES saaceresseesesie 3, 667 1,936 0.52
3.| R.K.& A. S. Brownlie.. an 2,065 1,769 0.86
40) Sam. HS Prather:c.s:.c0sses eae 2.731 1,833 0.67
5.| Sam. E. Prather... <P 1,186 1,525 | 1.25
6.| W. FE. Gordon...... 7 3.064 1,901 0.62
Tole Wie Ea GOL Olncersccsreventeceracces aeaasasacas 2.241 1,669 0.74
S85 oe PbOmMpsOnlercsccecaewecenens tesserae 1,428 1,616 1.13
AVCVAG Cl eccssscorscercseasrses evidvcvaWeaetiere® 2,364 1,786 81

The cows averaged over six years in age, and some were over ten years
old. Some of the old breeding cows were very undesirable for the block,
and the meat would not be rated as even medium.

The first-premium cow was a deep red and of the lot the finest in bone,
head and neck, the smoothest and best proportioned throughout, with an
extra well-filled fore and hind quarter. In the great depth and even dis-
tribution of solid, mellow flesh, straight top and bottom line, broad back,
and thick loin, this cow excelled.

The second-premium cow was somewhat coarser in head and not as
smooth or evenly fatted, and rather deficient in back and loin; otherwise
as good as the first-premium animal.

SHORT-HORNS—THOROUGHBRED. STEERS TWO AND UNDER THREE YEARS
[TABLE 3).

| | Age in | Weight | Average,
No. EXHIBITOR. | days. | Novy. 10, gain per day
1879. since birth.
ile EEN SLOWEST SOUS sscccnesesseseseaceere eiuansgeicnes 845 1,636 1.93
2. J. N. Brown’s Sons.. eis 814 1,449 1.78
3, JAVUR).P MO OrG)e-neeess- 5 953 1,786 1.87
| Average ........ Bon THOIONDET 7003000: 00520005 eee | 871 | 1.624 | 1.86

The committee reported on this ring as follows:

This ring was composed of three very superior steers, showing unusual
development and ripeness for age. In size, symmetry, and distribution
of meat in the best cuts, they would pay the butcher the most profit, and
furnish the consumer with the best quality of first-class meat.

The first premium steer was red in color, had the best back and loin of
the three steers, and showed the greatest development for age. Was the
smoothest steer, with smaller head and lighter in horn; small, neat, short
neck, with the widest and deepest breast; better in width of back and

CATTLE, HEAVY WEIGHTS. 613

thicker in loin. This steer was smooth and free from bunches, with firm,
solid and mellow flesh. The quarters were heavy and well proportioned
and well filled down to knee and gambrel joint. The shortness in leg
and the fineness of bone is worthy of special mention.

The second premium steer was a rich roan, not as evenly fatted as the
first premium steer—more uneyen top and bottom line than the first
premium steer.

STEERS THREE AND UNDER FOUR YEARS.

[TABLE 4].

| | Age in | Weight | Average
No. EXHIBITOR. | days. | Noy. 10, gain per day
| 1879. since birth.
1. | John Sherman......... ane ore eee | 1,311 2,019 1.53
2. OD ooENs GYAVCSs.-ccceccevecaxevatscuscassvcssece Red aa 1,335 2.060 1.45
| |
| AVeFage .....000 onannccnn “BECOOSCLOAE ERO SLOANCOE | 1,326 | 2,039 | 1.53 1-2

The committee’s report on this ring is as follows:

‘*This ring consisted of two very superior, well-developed and evenly-
matched steers in point of age and weight.

The superior quality of the flesh and the proper distribution of the
meat in the best parts of the carcass was particularly noticeable in both
steers.

The first premium steer, a light roan, was perfectly smooth and free
from bunches, and a good handler. He was straighter on the back than
his competitor, with better hind-quarters. This steer was a low blocky,
heavy-set steer, short in leg, fine bone, neat head, well cut up under
throat, short neck, broad and deep in brisket, broad, straight back,
heavy loin, with thick round, well meated down to the knee and gambrel
joint.

The meat was firmer and more solid than on the first premium animal,
which was fatter, and from all appearances would cut to better advantage
and furnish meat of a superior quality.

The second premium steer was an extra well fatted red steer of great
merit ; was rather more leggy and coarser in head and bone than the
other steer.”’ .

Profit in Early Maturity.

In the foregoing reports it will be noticed that the best gain was in
steer one year old and under two; the next best gain was in steer
two year old and under three, 1.93 pounds per day; the next best gain
was in steer three years old and under four, 1.54 pounds per day. Then

614 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR..

in following the gain in cows over three years old, the average will be a
diminishing quantity, until in the case of the cow ten years old, table 2,
No. 12, the daily gain is but 0.52 of a pound; and in the case of the
oldest steer, nearly six years old, table 1, No. 2, the daily gain was 1.13
pounds per day. These great results were arrived at by warm shelter,
careful feeding, and as careful care from birth—most potent factors in
any case when money is to be made in cattle, either for beef or the dairy.

As a rule, a yearling, as it is ordinarily wintered, will weigh much less
in the Spring than in the previous Autumn. The next Spring and Sum-
mer it must first regain the flesh lost, and then add to growth and weight.
The next Winter it again loses flesh, and at two years old often will not
weigh as much as it did at eight months old. So it goes on gaining a
little in Summer and losing as constantly in Winter, until at the end of
the fourth year the animal will weigh 1,000 pounds—less than the same
animal would have been made to weigh at eighteen months old with good
common shelter and feed. There are cases in new countries where feed-
ing, except hay, cannot be had ; where this is plenty, and the range good,
cattle may be raised at a minimum cost—simply salting and herding in
Summer, and feeding in Winter. Here again the question of shelter must
be considered and will be found to pay, and without which no profit can
be realized.

This-system of feeding, however, is no longer feasible except in limited
areas. The great West is fast settling up and increasing in wealth.
Herds are yearly improving through attention to breeding and feeding—
the result of the cultivation of vast areas in corn, the seeding of meadows
and pastures, and in superior buildings for wintering stock. ‘The history
of the thickly settled portions must be the history of the newer regions
in the future. The profits, in farming in the West, are in the stock sold.
Pastures and meadows are the groundwork of good farming everywhere.
Thus verifying the Belgian maxim: No pasture no ‘cattle ; no cattle no
manure ; nO Manure no crops.

Make Beef Young.

The time has gone by when it would be believed that an animal must
reach the age of four or five years before it could make good beef. The
time has also passed when the mere tallow in an animal would sell it.
The reason why we have so little beef fit for export to the English market,
and which will bring in Western markets from five to six cents per pound
gross weight, is that very few western farmers have adopted the English
standard of forcing a calf from the time it is born until it is killed, the
age never exceeding three years. This tendency of English breeders and

CATTLE, HEAVY WEIGHTS, ETC. 615

feeders has been the growth of years. They had first to combat the idea
that beef must have age before it could be healthy meat. First, they
compromised on three years ; the beef was pronounced good. Then the
cattle were pronounced at thirty months fully as good and ripe: they also
found that they got enhanced profits from this manner of feeding. Then
two-year olds were forced to the same weight that had previously been
attained at three years. Last year beef from eleven to twenty months
was sold, and from an article prepared by Mr. Henry Evershed, for the
Royal Agricultural Journat, in which the experience of some eminent
farmers given, we find interesting matter in relation to very young beef,
or, as they term it,

Baby Beef.

Among others, Mr. Stanford, of Charlton Court, is credited with
having sold the following heifers and steers in 1878, the animals being
high-grade Short-Horns, at ages and prices given below:

Return per month

Price. from birth.
One eleven-months-Old SteeP.............ceeeeeceeceeeceeceerceees Benen $ 74 00 $6 73

One thirteen-months-old steer ..............2.:265 101 64 7 82
Three fourteen-months-old heifers, average 92 40 6 60
Three fifteen-months-old heifers, averag@e...........cccceceeeeeeneeeee 101 64 6 77
Qneisixteen-months-old'steer -.............sessrcoos cscarcnsessconasccnes 102 30 6 39
One eighteen-months-old steer ........-4......csseeceeeeeeeeeeneneeeeeees 115 50 6 42
One eighteen-and-a-half-mMOnths-Old Sleer............ceeeeseeeereeees 129 36 7 00
Two eighteen-and-a-half-months old steers, average............ 122 10 6 60

The weights of these, some of them were calves, is not given, but the
price is stated at from 16 to 18 cents (our money) per pound, net weight
—meaning, we suppose, the four quarters. The best 16 months old
steer must have weighed something like 1,200 Ibs. alive, allowing the
quarters to have been 65 per cent. of the whole weight

a not very large
allowance for such young cattle. In the last Chicago Fat Stock Show,
the best steer, 28 months old, weighed 1,636 lbs. The best steer one
year old and under two 1,338 lbs., showing that our best feeders not only
show fully as early maturity as English feeders, but likewise as wonder-
fully good weights.

In relation to the English animals mentioned above, Mr. Evershed
writes :

‘**The above figures show that tolerably-bred Short-Horns will return
7s. a week from birth on this system, at from 13 to 18 months old.
Those Short-Horns which afforded the least return were bought in the
market, and those which gave the highest were by Mr. Stanford’s pedigree
bull, out of his well bred, but not pedigree cows. The best feeders of

616 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

country-bred cattle in Sussex and Surrey inform me that they consider a
fair average weight for animals, well fed from birth, 100 Smithfield stone
at one hundred weeks, giving a return of one stone (8 lbs. dressed
weight) per week, or 6s. ($1.32) per week.’’

Our authority mentions a steer killed that dressed 132 stone at one
hundred weeks, equivalent to 1,760 Ibs. live weight. Some sixteen
months steers dressed, in the quarters, 600 Ibs., having 120 lbs. of rough
fat, and a very small proportion of offal. He states that the best feeders
are able to reach an average of $1.43 per week at sixteen to twenty
months, from a Short-Horn cross on common cows.

Feeding—Cost in England.

The English feeder is content with the manure resulting from this
manner of feeding stock, if indeed he can get this for his trouble. As
to the cost of making what is termed a ‘* baby bullock’’ of seventy-one
weeks, the following is given, reduced to our standard of dollars and
cents :

Purchase of calf........ Beales Sada lenis baat als hud s Oe ARGU CRS See a rree aie oen eee ear sezcennsnee RD.
Four weeks’ new milk, 6 quarts daily, at EAC PERG Uan isereessmar-eeesersperenstenereescae neeeete 6 16
Hight weeks’ skimmed milk, 6 quarts daily, at 1-2d per quart, and 2 lbs. of meal at

MRAM PEM UDis-5sc..acavessenncecessecssecceccesentscnsuacaerscencescsseees concucesoccammeme seman searcetteeeeeee 5 68
Seventeen weeks in June, July, August and September, on a daily diet of 2 Ibs. of

linseed cake, 2 lbs. bean meal, mangel, Haya @VASs; CLOVE, CtCrccecseseccandoeseeceeneens 17 57
Twenty-six weeks to end of March—5 Ibs. of cake and meal daily, 34 bushel of

TOOLS, MAysand ‘Sora wi fOK) LOUGEr.<cesccccsesces snes evcetenea tees ere corenaseer eaten tenant teen
Sixteen weeks to harvest—8 lbs. of cake and meal daily; mangel, grass, clover—total,

SDD PEL WEC Ki cc ncccaaee ssseveuesencmercnescscnerancescrsceseomscones cette inierecemete een eeaeans GaecoN 25 44
Attendance, 71 weeks at 11 cents.. : BS vf asl
Insurance, interest, and ren tr OfeShed servccessrs-ccescesasteees oe . 5 54

Motaliicessvesecessstess occcwerk veitesctinscsstecscnecaseiesevetaceedqarecene at onanensencrae soducvacteseeresae $107 35

Our authority estimates the value of the manure at 20 per cent. of
the cost of the food, $85.12, or value of manure $17.02. His account
stands thus:

DR.
ASD UNOG Kat WEEKS OG tesrsraccvessececentsaeneccerscaeene digevasloabedcddvspedeassceiavcoteveesessotesesebes $107 35
IBTOf Discs: sevsdecdsrecs eotive ssanatatteonnusads sh soto acca cdcaraseensecveccnceceemaraceners siwesnaghocseestpeatee 17 69
MDOtH ecchcss ov. onscdeosscccvecsevscetvanucecus Crecetoete store soetcemstcearnntee mponeeece PE RrE RCO perce cc $125 04

CR.
ADIlOckKisoldlati7liweeksOldvcscccsscccestisescsecascesstereecnsane ss Set pacacusenasccastean PEACObOSoGaO0 $108 02
Value of manure.................066 Suvaadacdaire souscaseeeracancocsecesscees seodueseuanevess ceeceete ae reeieeene Billa OP)
Total........ biieh ideanecesdssvscedevasssiaaedacees odsosiweda sense nce ese es tcarcslee saisceeeursvareseecenqseTcneees $125 04

Let any feeder take a calf at five dollars at birth, figure the cost of
everything fed in raising, new milk, skim milk, oil-cake, and ground food
if raised by hand, or the interest on the cow if allowed to run, care,

CATTLE, HEAVY WEIGHTS, ETC. 617

insurance, etc., it will, if carefully managed, show figures on the right
side of the ledger. Unfortunately there is no data to show, but our best
feeders for early maturity seem perfectly satisfied with the outcome on
steers of from two to three years of age, and probably might be so with
younger ones if it were not the fact that animals do so well until three
years of age that they dislike to killthem younger ; besides, in the West it
is found cheaper to grow the cattle rather slowly and give them somewhat
longer time. It is a question of cheap food as against labor in the care
of cattle in stables, in Winter, and soiling; that is, feeding in stables on
grass and other food, artificially prepared, in Summer.

From what we have shown, the reader will come to the conclusion that
we are a firm believer in shelter and humane treatment. The facts we
have given will, we think, fully substantiate the correctness of these
premises. No sensible person will, we think, doubt the soundness of
the proposition that the animal should be kept growing during the cold
season, when both feeding and shelter are necessary. The object with
any feeder is to get the greatest net gain for the food consumed, and in
the shortest time.

Under this system of feeding the profit was seen. The humanity lies
in the fact that the animals had during their lives the greatest enjoyment
that brutes are capable of —that of feeding and quiet rest. The owner
has his reward both in a pecuniary and conscientious sense.

Summer Feeding.

[t is only within the last few years that our best feeders have supple-
mented pasturage in Summer with grain. In England this has been done
for years. The rational of the matter is this. To keep animals in the
highest possible condition, the pastures must be flush, that is, they must
produce full feed at all times. Every master-feeder knows this is not
practicable during some of the Summer months. The July and August
pastures will not carry what the May and June pastures will. Gradually
they began to adopt the practice of fully stocking the pastures and giving
the animals what grain they would eat in connection with grass. At times
they will eat very little, especially when pastures are in their full succulence
of young greenness : but a little meal will be eaten every day. The sys-
tems of the cattle thus remain in better average condition than when fed
on grass only, in Summer, and on hay and grain in Winter. Animals
when on succulent pastures require some dry food; they will often eat
hay at such times. The meal or soaked corn, if animals are used to it,
modifies the succulence of the grass and clover, containing as they do
from seventy to eighty per cent. of water. Full grain feeding, with hay

618 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

in only small quantities, tends to the creation of unnatural heat and fever.
Food ground, and fed moist with considerable hay, obviates this tendency
somewhat, and the more the stomach is distended with fodder the less
the tendency to fever.

Natural per cent. of Water in Food.

The proportion of water to flesh-forming and fat-forming substance in
natural food, (herbage), will range from seventy to eighty per cent.
The proportion of water necessary with dry feed may be stated at about
sixty per cent. in Winter, and more in Summer, varying with the heat
and humidity of the atmosphere. | Upon succulent herbage in Summer
the animal tissues will contain more fluid than in Winter, on dry food ;
hence the necessity and economy in Winter-feeding to keep the animals
fully supplied with water, so that certain portions of their systems will
not be obliged to abstract the natural fluids from other parts of the body.
Upon turning cattle to pasture in Spring they often seem to fatten sud-
denly. Much of this is due to increased assimilation of water in the
tissues. The advantage of pasturage in Summer is that it tends to ameli-
orate the condition of the animal by reducing the feverish state of the
system, acquired during the Winter feeding on dry food. Hence the

value of roots, where easily and cheaply raised—turnips in England ;

turnips, carrots, and beets, in the Eastern States ; and beets and carrots
in the West. In the West, roots are not given so much for their fattening
quality ;: but when these are fed at the rate of one quarter bushel or less
per day, they act as a digestive element to the other food, causing more
perfect assimilation. When these are not to be had, bran should consti-
tute a portion of the food given.

Animal Waste.

It is generally considered as true that about two-thirds of the food
consumed goes to supply the animal heat and waste. All grass-feeding
animals that have to sustain themselves for long periods in the wild state,
on scanty food, accumulate large masses of fat in the Summer months.
During the Winter this is gradually dissipated (consumed ) in the effort
to keep up the animal heat, and by Spring the animals are thin and weak.
Precisely the same thing occurs in the ordinary way of wintering stock on
hay out-of-doors. They become thin, often emaciated, and sometimes
die, in the effort of the owner to see upon how little food he can bring
them through alive. Not only all the food given has been consumed,
burned up, in the effort to keep warm, but also all the fat, where accumu-
lated in masses about the body. Not only this ; before the animal finally

CATTLE, KIND TREATMENT. 619

succumbs, the fat mingled with the muscles and other heat-forming sub-
stances, will have been consumed. Yet many persons who consider them-
selves humane and Christian men, follow this plan year after year. It is
true they suffer in purse and in vexation. Is it possible to be supposed
that their depleted pockets will compensate for the suffering of the poor
brutes under their care? It is hardly a supposable case that it should
be so.

Animal Heat.

The natural temperature of the body is 100 degrees. If the tempera-
ture go above that it indicates fever; if below it is a chill; either condi-
tion, if not counteracted, will be fatal to life. The advantage and
economy of full feeding in Summer, as well as in Winter, will be under-
stood when we remember, that, whatever the temperature of the air, the
animal heat will be 100. When the temperature will average 60 to 65
degrees, as it will during the season of pasturage, it will require only food
enough to raise this temperature by 35 to 40 degrees to bring it to 100.
All else the animal eats goes to make weight. If during the Winter the
average temperature be 30 degrees, it will require food enough to be
eater to raise the temperature hy 70 degrees to reach blood heat and
keep up the animal integrity. Here again all food taken in excess of the
animal waste is gain. But another integer here steps in. It requires less
proportionate food to keep the animal force intact with a high thermome-
ter than with a low one; that is, it requires more than double to supply
the waste with the thermometer at 20 than it does with the thermom-
eter at 60.

There is a limit of cold beyond which neither animal nor plant can
endure. In other words, when the cold becomes so mtense that the
capacity of the stomach to digest is counteracted by the animal waste,
death ensues. Thus we often hear of whole dioves being destroyed,
where exposed to'the force of strong chilling winds, as the ‘+ Blizzards’”’

oe

of Minnesota, ‘*Northwesters’’ of the plains, and ‘‘Northers’’ of Texas.
In a still atmosphere the animals would have withstood a much greater
degree of cold, for the reason that they would have carried an atmosphere
of heat about them. In the wind the heat was blown away, and in the
attempt to supply heat as fast as destroyed the animal economy gave way

and refused longer to exert itself.

Advantages of Full Summer and Winter Feeding.

From what we have written the reader will have learned that there is
no economy in scant feeding of animals either in Summer or Winter.

40)

620 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

The facts are, those feeders make the most money who not only give the
warmest shelter in Winter, with liberal feeding, but who carry their
stock fully up to the feeding point in Summer. Where corn is as easily
raised as it is in the West, many of our best farmers will tell you they
can produce an acre of corn for less than an acre of hay. We have cul-
tivated 65 acres to the hand in a field of 1,500 acres, and at a cost of one
and one-third days’ work for team and man per acre, up to the time of,
but not including, the husking.

One advantage of feeding grain the year round is that you may stock
your pastures so fully that the grass will be kept evenly grazed, thus
enabling you to carry more cattle in Summer on a given area of pasture,
and enabling you to produce more corn for Winter feeding. Another
advantage is, the animals become fatter, and thus do not lose so much
animal heat in Winter. Still another advantage is, you hasten maturity,
and thus save interest on capital, insurance and other items of cost.

These facts should be enough to convince the sensible man of the value
of high feeding in connection with shelter, aside from the animus of this
chapter, that the humane feeder—he who treats his animals most kindly
and feeds best—is really the one who makes the most money.

CHAPTER VII.

HOW TO BUY AND HOW TO SELL.

THE VALUE OF GOOD CARE. ESTIMATING WEIGHT. ESTIMATING BY MEAS-

UREMENT, BUYING TO FEED. HOW TO BUY BREEDERS.——WHERE GOOD
BEEF LIES. BUYING FEEDING STOCK. ANALYZING THE CARCASS.
PROPER SHAPE OF WELL-BRED FATTENING STOCK. HOW TO BUY. BUY-
ING MILCH COWS. BUYING DAIRY MILKERS. MILK MIRRORS. ——— THE
TRUE VALUE OF MILK MIRRORS. VALUE OF ESCUTCHEON MARKS. MILK-
ERS IN ALL BREEDS.——HEREDITY. ——DIGESTION, RESPIRATION. SYM-
METRY.

The Value of Good Care.

There are very many farmers who, by care and attention to details in
feeding their stock, and by kindly treatment, have done so with profit to
themselves. They have raised them from calfhood. Let them under-
take to buy cattle for feeding their surplus grain and fodder, and they
are very apt to overrate the weight and true value of the cattle purchased.
One point should always be kept steadily in mind: Never buy an old
steer or cow for fattening. They never repay the cost and trouble they
give. Thin cattle, ready for grass, if healthy, may give good returns on
flush Summer pasture, if bought at the price per pound that you expect
to get in the Fall. You will not only get the price of the flesh put on,
but the cattle being thin and the muscles dry, your profits will be added
to in the fluids absorbed, and the loss will lie with the former owner in
making mere frames to be built upon. So animals bought in the Fall in
common grass flesh, will increase wonderfully with good feeding and
shelter. If you buy at $2.50 per 100 lbs., and so add 200 Ibs. in flesh,
and sell at $4 per 100 lbs., you not only get $8 for the flesh put on, but
the difference between $2.50 and $4, or $1.50 per 100 Ibs. on the orig-
inal weight. That is, you buy steers at 1,000 lbs. each, feed 50 bushels

622 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

of corn per head, and sell them weighing 1,200 Ibs. average. They cost
$25 and sell for $48, leaving $23 as the value of the corn fed and care
given. The manure in any country will pay for the care taken ; so, your
corn will have netted you near forty-six cents per bushel. From this,
knowing the cost and price expected when fat, it will be easy to figure on
profits, fluctuations and accidents excepted.

Estimating Weight.

An expert judge will estimate from seeing and handling steers often
within ten pounds of their live weight. The buyer will aiways underes-
timate weight, and in nine cases out of ten convince the inexpert owner
that the guess is right ; in fact, more than half the time the seller will be
convinced that he has the best of the bargain. The only safe way in
such cases is for the seller to weigh. Every man who makes a business
of fattening cattle should own a proper scale. He may save the cost in
a single year. The merchant, the manufacturer and the builder, who
work by guess, always end in bankruptey. The only reason why farmers
do not, is, they have that generous bank, mother earth, which never fails
to respond, even to indifferent managers.

In weighing cattle note carefully why certain ones weigh out of pro-
portion to others, and study whether the weight is in the prime parts, a
broad loin andhips, and good barrel, or in heavy fore-quarters, with thick
neck and big head and horns. Study carefully the points as given in
detail elsewhere in this book, and as carefully remember them for future
use. Thus you may in time become yourself an expert judge of stock.
Tf an animal is to be killed, estimate his weight alive, how much he will
shrink in offal and hide. When the quarters are weighed, if the record
is not as you expect, examine carefully wherein the discrepancy lies. It
is an especially interesting study for the young man, who expects himself
to become a breeder and feeder of cattle. If a breeder, he must know
how to sell; and if a feeder, he must know both how to buy and sell.

Estimating by Measurement.

Many breeders have rules of estimating the weight by measurements.
There is no rule that comes nearer than good guessing, and all guessing
should be avoided, especially when the guessing is to lie on the part of
the buyer; that is, the seller should avoid trusting to the guess of the
buyer, based upon measurement. No two animals will weigh alike
according to measurement.

One rule, perhaps as good as any and for this reason given, is to find
the superficial feet by multiplying the girth, just behind the shoulder-

CATTLE, HOW TO BUY AND SELL. 623

blade, by the length from the fore part of the shoulder-blade to the root
of the tail. Thus an ox girthing 7 feet 9 inches and measuring 6 feet in
length would contain 7 3-4 times 6, or 46 1-2 superficial feet. For cattle
grass fat the following is given as the weight per superficial foot :

AGG CaCO AMIS ACCU.n sete santaadqus nr eacerarstucaecstdaerecasstvanvusssncssdsssuesertaace 11 pounds.
Oz iLO ONCE bese rascecascuvessucetvocncerestsnacdess'sncsesacscessacss ersineiiaacosccsesvesss se 16 cr
3: 5 to 7 feet... seedd OD
oe 7 to 9 feet... .. nH | CC

Thus the steer as per above measurements should weigh 46.50 by 31,
or 1,441 Ibs. gross. Under this rule it is usual to deduct one pound in
twenty on half-fatted cattle, from 15 to 20 Ibs. on a cow having had
calves, and if not fat an equal amount. The rule as above stated is of
little or no value, except to those having no other means. In taking
account of stock, this may come somewhat near the weight. For buy-
ing or selling the scale is the only true standard.

Buying to Feed.

In buying cattle either to graze or to feed fat, choose cattle that are
young, that is, that will not have become mature before ready for sale.
If tobe kept a year, three year old past to four year old for natives
and Devons, and one year less for Short-Horns or Hereford grades.
Buy no overgrown, leggy animals; they are hard feeders. Neither
should they be undersized, as this indicates want of thrift. The cattle
for money, whatever their breed, are compact, smooth, fine boned,
meek-eyed, soft haired steers, with skin of medium thickness; thick
through the heart, round barreled, well ribbed, with broad rump, and
the twist well down to the hock. Such cattle, whatever their breed, will
fatten kindly and the meat will be of excellent quality. So far as age is
concerned, the teeth must be the test. In this no person can err who
has carefully studied the chart of the teeth in another part of this work.

How to Buy Breeders.

If the intention is to raise beef cattle the same rule will apply as in
buying steers. In no case should the cow be more than three years old,
and it is better that she never had a calf. In breeding for beef, milk is
not the first essential. It is necessary, however, that the dam give a fair
amount of milk, since the proper sustenance of the calf is what lays the
foundation of the future value of the steer. No calf starved when
young can make a valuable cow to breed from, and as is the dam so

naturally will be the produce. Whatever is to be the outcome, avoid at

624 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

any price a vicious cow, or one with a wild eye or having a dished face.
Her progeny will be sure to give you trouble, and will not give you cattle
that will fatten to the standard of the picture we give you of Earl

=== SH =A SSS

RIM’

aye

CLF

SS el

=
=S_

MIDE
—S
EARL SPENCER’S PRIZE OX.

“)

SS
—

—
SS

Ss

2S
S—]—-

Spencer's prize ox; given not only as showing what Short-Horns were
fifty years ago but as illustrating the terms to be used in describing the
various beef points and other outward portions of the bullock.

CATTLE, HOW TO BUY AND SELL. 625

Explanation —A—Forehead. B—Face. C—Cheek. D— Muzzle
O—Neck. /#—Neck-vein. G—Shoulder-point. M—Arm. J—
Gambrel or hock. A—Elbow. LZ — Brisket, bosom or breast. W¥—
Crops. C—Loin. P—Hip. @—Rump. &—Pin-bone. S—Round-
bone, thurl or whirl. © 7—Buttock. Thigh, or gasket. V—Flank.
W—Plates. X—Back, or chine. Y—Throat. Z—Chest.

Where Gocd Beef Lies.

The prime parts of the ox lie, as shown in cut, from V to &,thence to
S, and back to WV. Between P, Quand V are the primest parts. The
second best are between WM, S, 7, V, W, and /v. Between S and U aré
valuable pieces for smoked or dried meat. The ribs between VW, and S;
the flanks V, W, and thence to the brisket A’ are good corning pieces. — It
will be seen that this animal has a very small proportion of offal, and a
very large proportion of valuable meat, being full and broad in the loin,
thick ribbed, with the rump massive, square behind, and carrying beef
below the twist, or junction of the thighs, well down to the hocks.

Buying Feeding Stock.

The novice in buying stock should carefully note the shape and make
up. > To the superficial eye the superior animals when thin will appear
worse than the inferior ones ; the bony parts will appear more prominent,
and for this reason their breadth, when thin, will seem to be exaggerated ;
this, however, is only apparently so. An animal of no particular character
may seem fairly smooth to the eye. Those accustomed to handling stock
will know that superficial observation goes for little. The touch is what
decides the value of an animal. The well-bred animal carries softer,
smoother, and finer hair than the ill-bred one ; its breadth from the shoul-
der to the rump gives it a bony appearance when thin, that in the scrub
steer is partly concealed by the higher backbone and coarser hair. We
are now speaking of no particular breed, but of all breeds and crosses
that have characteristic points enabling them to lay on flesh. The scale
of points for Short-Horns will make a good study. The illustrations of
fat cattle show what they should be when fat. The picture of the Devon
ox will show what a good feeder should look like off of good grass, and
may be taken as the type for our best native cattle.

Analyzing the Carcass.

In all first-class steers every part of the animal, except the bones, hide,
tallow, and offal, will be good consumable flesh. The roasts, steaks, and
corning pieces will be of the best, so that when the four quarters are hung

6526 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

up there will be no loss except bone. Let us now see what such an ox
as we have shown will give. In the first place, his quarters will dress
sixty-five per cent. of his gross weight. The loin above P and from
thence to the top of the shoulder above WV will give most superior steak
and roasting-pieces. The shoulder-point or neck-vein back of 7’ and the
thigh at S make the best smoking-pieces. The plates W will make the
richest of corned beef, while #, S, and Z (the rump, round and brisket)
make the best pieces for packing—good thick, juicy meat, and in large
quantities. In fact such an animal will convert the food he eats into
good beef, and plenty of it.

Proper Shape of Well-bred Fattening Stock.

Cut off the head, neck, legs, and tail, and well-bred beef cattle will
present the appearance of an oblong square. ‘Thus there is ample room

OUTLINE OF PRIZE FAT BULLOCKS.

for the legs and viscera through the width of the bosom and spring of
the ribs, and this carries corresponding breadth behind, giving a broad
loin and massive rump. Such an animal will feed heartily and kindly,
satisfy the butcher when brought to the block, and be protitable to the
feeder. Above we give four outlines showing animals made very fat, and

CATTLE, HOW TO BUY AND SELL. 627

cut square to show the shape. There is no profit, however, to the feeder
in cattle fattened to obese or immense weights ; they are mere mountains
of fat, and contain no more lean meat than animals fattened fairly ripe.
There are few people who do not like well-fattened beef. Few, however,
sare to eat any but the lean. An animal, therefore, that is fattened just
ripe is the heaviest in muscle, well marbled with fat. This is what the
consumer wants, and what the feeder should seek to make. Smooth, fine-
horned, medium cattle, according to the breed selected, are what give
profits in this respect.

How to Buy.

In buying ordinary (that is native) cattle for pasturing and feeding fat
during the Summer and Fall, always buy in the Spring. If the grass is
good atthe time of purchase, as it should be, no matter how thin the stock,
if healthy and hearty. The thin stock will weigh less, and you will have
to pay less for it. The loss will be with the farmer who grudges his
animals sufficient to eat in Winter, rather than with the buyer. Gener-
ally all this class will sell cheaper in the Spring than in the Fall, and as
a rule yearlings may be bought for less money in the Spring than the
same calves would have brought in the Fall. If they have been fairly
wintered they will be profitable to feed; if badly wintered, it will be
questionable, unless the price paid is low enough to warrant the purchase.
In any event the feeder must usually depend upon buying steers off of
common keep. Good feeders are not apt to sell half-grown steers, nor
those that one more season’s keep will make ripe. The best money-
making friends of the sagacious buyer are, after all, those who never
read, and will not believe that anything in print relating to agriculture in
any of its various departments can be of value. They do not know that
as great advances have been made in agricultural art within the last thirty
years as in any other industry, and that the best practical talent in
Europe, and within the last few years in America, have been earnestly
engaged in elucidating and applying practical science to agriculture.

In selecting milking cows the following doggerel verses from an old
English magazine are as true now as when written as to what constitutes
a cow for both milk and beef :

She’s long in her face, she’s fine in her horn,
She'll quickly get fat without cake or corn;
She’s clean in her jaws, and full in her chine,
She’s heavy in flank, and wide in her loin.

She’s broadin her Tibs, and long in her rump;

A straight and flat back, without e’er a hump ;
She’s wide in her hips, and calm in her eyes;
She’s fine in her shoulders, and thin in her thighs.

628 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

She’s light in her neck, and small in her tail;
She’s wide in her breast, and good at the pail ;
She’s fine in her bone, and silky of skin —
She’s a grazier’s without, and a butcher’s within.

Buying Milch Cows.

In selecting cows for milk, or heifers from which to breed milking stock
the breeder must be guided by the same general principles as in buying
beef-making steers. That is to say, the animals must be fine, with
mellow though rather thin skin, and mossy hair; the head small, but face
straight and rather long; the horns should be fine, short, and if some-
what curved it isa good indication. The eye must be bright and yet
placid. The barrel, pelvis, rump and thighs should be roomy; and, for
obvious reasons, avoid a dish-faced, and especially a wild-eyed cow, or
one with a dull, heavy eye. The first shows viciousness, the last stupidity
—both dangerous and both unprofitable.

In buying for milk, the object being to breed your stock, select heifers
of three years old ready to come in, provided the stock bulls were
suitable; if not, have nothing to do with them. In this case buy heifers
of two years old that have never been bred. Then, by attention to
what we have said upon breeding, you cannot go amiss.

Buying Dairy Milkers.

When the buyer is selecting cows simply to wear out in the dairy, and
without any reference to retaining or improving the breed, all he has to
look to is an animal that will give a good flow of milk, and hold the flow
for a long period. Many cows will start out with large messes, and at

the end of three months will hardly give enough to keep a calf; others
will continue in milk for six months; others, again, will continue in milk
well up to the time for again dropping a calf. These latter are the cows
to buy. Select them according to the rules heretofore given, and of from
three to five years old, but not unless they are well along in calf. A
dairy cow will continue to improve in her milking qualities until she is
six years old, sometimes until she is seven or eight; they will continue
to give ample returns until ten years old, and often until eleven or twelve.

Milk Mirrors,

Besides the rules already laid down, there is an infallible sign in the
milk mirror— or ‘*escutcheon,’’ as it is now called—in cows, heifers,
calves, and also shown distinctly in the bulls of milking breeds. We
have studied and bred by it since its first publication in the United States.

It is the result of years of study by M. Francois Guenon, a practical

CATTLE, HOW TO BUY AND SELL. 629

farmer of Libourne, France, and first reduced to a system in 1822. In
1828, at a public test and careful examination by the Agricultural Society
of Bordeaux, the committee made an absolute and exhaustive report, in
which they used this strong language: ‘* This system we do not fear to
say is infallible.”

The society decreed Mr. Guenon a gold medal, made him a member of
the society, ordered fifty copies of his work, and distributed one thousand
copies of their full report among all the agricultural societies of France.

This system was first made known in the United States, if we remem-
ber aright, between 1838 and 1840, and has been studied, believed, and
acted on by many practical men; yet, curiously enough, it has never
attracted general attention until within the last few years, since which
time dairying and the breeding of dairy cows has come to be a regular
profession. While we should not rely entirely upon the many classes
and their variations, including a bastard escutcheon to each class, the
signs as given by the author are most valuable in connection with other
matters which are given. In the Guenon theory there are twenty-seven
cuts or diagrams to illustrate his idea, varying from the fullest develop-
ment in the growth of hair turned upward, to as near nothing, as is ever
shown in the cow, but all having more or less of this peculiar develop-
ment of hair on the parts named; this hair, to indicate a good milker,
should turn upward, be short, fine and close; the skin easily raised, and
with peculiar oval marks and seurf spots.

The True Value of Milk Mirrors.

So far as we have studied these signs, we have found them while not
constant marks by which the quality and flow of milk could be accurately
judged, yet most valuable in connection with other characteristic signs
and configurations, which we have given for judging accurately what should
constitute a good dairy cow. We have found it a most valuable aid in
judging the milking qualities and time of continuance in milk. That in
itself it does not constitute an infallible test is no proof of its being an
unsound theory. That it is correct, as a rule, is sufficient to cause it to
be given careful study and attention.

We do not hesitate to say that he who will study carefully the illustra-
tions we give, and the statement’s made, while he will find many varying
signs, will not only be convinced of the accuracy of the system, but will
be able, either in the cow or calf to select with judgment. The milk sign
also follows in the bulls as we shall show.

Mr. Charles L. Sharpless, of Pennsylvania, a close observer and good

630 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

breeder, in relation to the value of the escutcheon, us seen in Jersey cattle,
gives his experience, which we condense as follows :

There is no point in judging a cow so little understood as the eseutcheon.
The conclusion of almost every one is, that her escutcheon is good, if there
be a broad band of up-running hair from the udder to the vulva, and

around it.

ag le 5
Lee,

yetid in
tale eé

7

til,

age

wv
A \
K
¥

Kia. 3. ig. 4

MILK MIRROR OF JERSEYS,

These cows with the broad vertical escutcheon are nearly always parallel
cows ; that is, with bodies long but not large, and with the under line par-
allel with the back. Their thighs are thin, and the thigh escutcheon shows
on the inside of the thigh rather than on its rear.

Next comes the wedge-shaped cow, with the body shorter but very
large, deep in the flank, and very capacious. This form does not usually

CATTLE, HOW TO BUY AND SELL. 631

exhibit the vertical escutcheon running up to the vulva, but with a broader
thigh may exhibit a thigh escutcheon, which is preferable to the other,
thus—see Fig. 2.—Milk mirror of Jerseys.

In both vertical and thigh mirrors, where the hair runs down, intruding
on the udder (as low as above the dotted lines) as in Figs. 3 and 4, it
damages the escutcheon. If you find a cow with the hair all running
down, and between the thighs—that is, with no up-running hair—stamp
her as a cipher for yielding milk.

There are times when the udder of a cow with an escutcheon like Fig.
4 will be enlarged by non-milking, for the purpose of deception. It is
always safer to judge by the escutcheon rather than by the large size of
the udder.

The escutcheons of the best cows—those yielding the most and con-
tinuing the longest —will be found to be those which conform to Fig. 2.

The vertical escutcheon of Fig. 1 would not injure it; but if that
ornamental feature has to be at the expense of the thigh escutcheon, Fig.
2 is best as it is.

Whenever an escutcheon is accompanied by a curl on each hind-quarter
of the udder, it indicates a yield of the highest order.

So far, we have noticed only the rear escutcheon, or that which repre-
sents the two hind quarters of the udder. The two front quarters are
just as important, and should be capacious and run well forward under
the body. If the udder in front be concave, or cut up, indicating small
sapacity, it represents reduced yield.

This front or level escutcheon is distinctly marked in the young heifer
or bull, and can be seen by laying the animal on its back. The udder
hair under the body all runs backward, commencing at the forward line
of the escutcheon. This dividing line is very perceptible, from the fact
that the hair in tront of it all runs forward towards the head of the
animal, while the escutcheon, or udder hair, all runs backward, over the
forward quarters of the udder, around and beyond the teats, and ceases
at the markings of the rear escutcheon on and between the thighs.

The breadth and extent forward of this front escutcheon indicates the
vapacity, in the mature animal, of the front quarters of her udder. In
some cases this front escutcheon will be found of twice the extent that it
is in others, and is evidence of that much more yield.

This examination enables one to see the size of the teats and their
distance apart, and to test the looseness and softness of the udder skin.
It is marked precisely the same in bulls, and can be easily examined at
any age between one and ten months.

632 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Many think that the escutcheon of the bull is of little moment, so that
he has a good look. So far is this from being the case, that a bull with
a mirror like Fig. 4, or worse, will stamp his escutcheon on, and to that
extent damage, his daughters out of cows with escutcheons as choice as
Fig. 2. In this way the daughters of some of the best cows come very
ordinary, while, if you use a bull marked like Fig. 2, he will make a
poor escutcheon better, and will improve the best. His injury or benefit
will be doubled according to the escutcheon markings under the body in
front of his scrotum. Hence the importance of the dam of a bull being
unexceptionable in her udder and escutcheon. Her qualities inherited by
her son will be transmitted to his daughters.

GREAT MILK MIRRORS ON HOLSTEIN COW.

While careful as to escutcheons, we must not neglect the other essential
features of a good cow—the back, skin, hide, the rich colored skin, and
the fine bone. Let the hair be soft and thickly set, and let the skin be
mellow. This latter quality is easily determined by grasping between the
thumb and forefinger the skin at the rear of the ribs, or the double thick-
ness at the base of the flank that joins the stifle-joint to the body, or that
on the inside of the rump-bone at the setting on of the tail. Let the

CATTLE, HOW TO BUY AND SELL. 633

teats be well apart; let them yield a full and free stream, and be large
enough without the necessity, in milking, of pulling them between the
thumb and forefingers. And let us ever keep in mind that the large
yielder must be well fed.

Prof. Magne, V.8., of the Veterinary School, Alfort, some thirty
years ago, as to the relations below the escutcheons and the functions of
the milky glands, and as differing from M. Guenon in some of the details,
gives the following explicit information :

‘‘The direction of the hair is subordinate to that of the arteries ; when
a large plate of hair is directed from below, upwards, on the posterior
face of the udder, and on the twist, it proves that the arteries that sup-
ply the milky system are large, since they pass backwards beyond it,
convey much blood, and consequently give activity to its functions. Up-
per tufts, placed on the sides of the vulva, prove that the arteries of the
generative organs are strongly developed, reach even to the skin, and
give great activity to those organs. The consequence is, that after a cow
is again with calf, it draws off the blood which was flowing to the milky
glands, lessens, and even stops the secretions of milk.

‘© In the bull, the arteries, corresponding to the mammary arteries of
the cow, being intended only for coverings of the testicles, are very slightly
developed; and there, accordingly, the escutcheons are of small extent.”

Value of Escutcheon Marks.

After the explanation, which accords very well with all that has been
observed, it is easy to comprehend the value of the escutcheons. The
more the lower ones are developed, the greater the quantity of milk ; but
shape is of consequence.

Still, whatever be the cause of the relations existing between the pro-
duction of milk and the escutcheons, these marks cannot furnish data so
certain as some have affirmed them to be.

In fact, the quantity of milk, and its quality, do not depend solely on
the form and size of the escutcheon; they depend on the food, the par-
ticular management, the climate, the season, the temperament, the size
and energy of the principal internal organs, the capacity of the chest, the
influence of the generative system, etc. All these circumstances cause
the quantity of milk to vary, without making any change on the extent
of the escutcheon ; consequently, it is impossible that the same relation
can always exist between the escutcheons and the quantities of milk. We
often see cows equally well shaped, having exactly the same escutcheon,.
and placed under the same hygienic conditions, yet not giving equal quan-

6354 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

tities, or equal qualities of milk. It could not be otherwise. Assuming
that a given tuft has the same value at birth, it cannot be the same in
adult age ; since, during life, an infinite number of circumstances oceur
to diversify the activity of the milky glands, without changing the figure
or size of the tuft.

Is it not sufficient to refer to the inequality of milk given by the same
cows, according as they have had one, two, or three calves, in order to
make clear that M. Guenon has assigned too much value to the mark which
he has discovered ?

It often happens that two horses, having exactly the same constructure,
and the same external forms, have not the same energy, the same fitness
for work. ‘The difference is owing, evidently, to the temperament, and
the activity of the principal external organs ; in other words, to conditions
which it is often impossible to estimate by any direct method.

Now, seeing that temperament has an influence on muscles and bones,
the action of which, however, is partly mechanical, resembling that of a
lever, and exerts this influence so powerfully as to render their movements
unequal in respect both of power and promptness, can we suppose that it
has no influence on the entirely vital, or, at least, the entirely molecular
working of the mammary gland?

It might, therefore, have been argued @ prior? that the mathematical
precision assigned to a classification of cows is contrary to the most gen-
eral laws of physiology ; to propose a mark indicating that a cow will give
so much milk daily, and for so many days, is to deceive ourselves, or to
attempt to deceive others : the study of the phenomena of life proves that
the action of the organs depends not merely on the size and their form,
but on the general condition of each individual

We are able not only to oppose argument to the assertion of M. Guenon,
but we can appeal to the difficulties hitherto experienced in applying his
classification to practice. M. Guenon has not yet found a single pupil
worthy of him. And among the thousands of persons who occupy them-
selves with his method, is there a single one who has acquired sufficient
skill to justify the claims which the author makes for it?

It may be affirmed that, to form pupils as skil/ful as himself in judging
of cows, M. Guenon would not only have to teach them that a certain fig-
ure for the tuft corresponds to a certain number of pints of milk, but he
would have, above all, to communicate to them his perspicuity, his talent
for observation, and his great experience ; he would, in fine, have to fit
them for estimating, in addition to the direction of the hair of the twist,
the whole of the marks usually employed in making choice of milch cows.

All the attempts made on the Guenon method, not excepting those of

CATTLE, HOW TO BUY AND SELL. 635

the author himself, prove the soundness of our opinion. The most skill-
ful, when called to decide on the qualities of cows, whose yield of milk
was well known, erred seven times on eight cows, and fifteen times on
twenty-one. And, lest these errors may be attributed to chance, on ac-
eoant of the small number of cows submitted for trial, we should mention
that other estimates proved erroneous 152 times on 174 cows, and 321
times on 352, and that the error amounted to 921 pints of milk on a total
of 2,683 pints; in other words, there was error in regard to almost all
the cows; and error amounting on an average, on each, to more than a
third of the yield. On some individuals the estimates were wrong to the
extent of from 17 1-2 to 21, and even from 26 to 28 pints a day.

Such is the truth as to the perfect nicety claimed for the escutcheon
system. ‘The system cannot do more than furnish an approximate esti-
mate of the quantity of milk, and that in regard not to all, but only to
the majority of cows.

What, then, has led so many persons to put confidence in M. Guenon’s
discovery? The great talents and knowledge of the author. The system
has obtained the credit of results due to the experience of him who
applied it.

By his discovery M. Guenon has rendered great service to agriculture ;
‘the escutcheon has the advantage of furnishing a mark which can be
easily discerned, and estimated even by persons of no great experience
in the selection of cows—a mark perceptible on very young animals, and
on bulls as well as heifers—a mark which, when disencumbered of the
complicated system in which it has been wrapped up will be in common
use and facilitate the increase of good cows, by not allowing any but
those of good promise to be reared.

Milkers in all Breeds.

Professor Magne also gives the following concise directions in relation
to choosing a good cow, where he says:

‘*We find good milkers in all breeds, but they are rare in some and
very common in others. It could not be otherwise. Milk properties,
_depending on the conditions which determine the formation of breeds,
are due partly to the climate, the soil, the air, and the plants of the
countries where the breeds have originated; and must therefore rary in
our different breeds of horned cattle, with the hygienic conditions
peculiar to each locality. r

‘*Milkers, and more especially animals intended for breeding, must be
selected among breeds celebrated for abundance of milk. Not that we
can hope to import into our department, with a dry and warm climate,

4]

636 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

all the qualities of the excellent milking breeds possessed by countries in
which the soil is fertile, the aur moist, and the sky often cloudy; but as
the influence of climate, though very marked, takes effect only in the
long run, the properties of the animals imported are maintained — though
subject, doubtless, to gradual deterioration— during a period which varies
with the precaution taken to preserve them; and for several generations
the descendants of a good imported breed give more milk than individuals
belonging to a breed found on the spot, where hygienic circumstances
are not favorable to milking properties.

It is not to be forgotten, moreover, that under the influence of
particular circumstances, which it is sometimes impossible to call into
existence, animals manifest properties which we cannot produce directly.
This explains why it is often more advantageous to import qualities
possessed by foreign stock than to try to develop them in native stock.

As milking qualities are in a great measure dependent on structure and
temperament, which are more or less hereditary, descent exercises a
great influence.

Heredity.

In each breed, therefore, we should choose individuals belonging to

the best stocks, and the offspring of parents remarkable for their milk-

ing qualities ; for it is certain that good milch cows produce others which
resemble them.

But it is especially necessary when selecting stock for the purpose of
breeding milch cows, that particular care should be taken to select indi-
viduals belonging to good families. A cow of a bad milking family, or
even breed, may occasionally be an excellent milker, and more than this
is not wanted when it is not meant to breed from her. The same cannot
he said when breeding is intended, because there would be little chance
of her transmitting the accidental or exceptional qualities possessed by
her; whereas the qualities forming the fixed and constant characters of
the stock would almost to a certainty be transmitted to descendants.

These remarks, with regard to breed and parentage, apply to the selee-
tion of the bull, which, as experience demonstrates, acts like the cow in
transmitting the milking qualities which distinguish the breed and stock.

Digestion.

The digestive organs have a great influence on the exercise of all the
functions, and particularly on the secretion of the milk-glands. Where
the digestive organs are defective, good milch cows are rarely met with.

Good digestive organs are known by a belly of moderate size, with

CATTLE, HOW TO BUY AND SELL. 637

yielding sides, free from tightness, (in aged animals the belly is often
large, though the organs which it contains are in good condition ) ; a large
mouth, thick and strong lips, a good appetite, easy and quick digestion,
glossy hair, supple skin, yet firm, and somewhat oily to the touch. — An-
imals possessing these characteristics may be expected to feed and drink
heavily, and, if they are properly fed, make much blood, and yield large
quantities of milk.

Respiration.

The respiratory organs complete the system of nutrition. The lungs
bring the air breathed into contact with the blood, and render the sys-
tem of nourishment complete. Hence, a good form, quick digestion and
a healthy condition of the lungs are necessary to the production of a
large flow of milk.

Milk V-ins.

If the_veins which surround the udder are large, winding, and varicose
(dilated at intervals), they show that the glands receive much blood, and,
consequently, that their functions are active, and that the milk is abundant.
The veins on the lateral parts of the belly are most easily observed, and
all authors decide them to be among the best tests for ascertaining the
activity of the glands.

These veins issue from the udder, in front, and at the outer angle, where
they form, in very good cows, a considerable varicose swelling. They
proceed toward the front part of the body, forming angles, more or less
distinct, often divide towards their anterior extremity, and sink into the
body by several openings.

We can make the size of the milk veins prominent by compressing them
in their passage, by pressing them at the place where they penetrate into
the body. If we press the thumb strongly into the opening through which
the vein passes: the width of the opening represents the diameter of the
vein, and the thickness of the thumb which stops it, represents the volume
of blood whose place it occupies. Sometimes the veins are divided. It
is then necessary to examine all the openings by which they pass, in or-
der to form a correct estimate.

Veins of the Udder and Twist.

The veins of the udder and twist are able to furnish valuable indica-
tions. They should, in both cases, be highly developed, large and vari-
cose; that is, appear swollen and knotty. The veins of the udder have

638 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

no definite direction. They present themselves irregularly, with zigzag
lines, knotted, and more or less oblique. They are never of very large
size, except in cows that give large quantities of milk.

The veins of the twist directed from above downward, forming a wind-
ing line, interspersed with knots, resemble those of the udder in not
being visible either in heifers or in cows of only fair milking quality. We
cannot ascertain their presence in any but very good cows.

Of all the marks of abundant milk secretion, the best, and in fact the
only infallible marks, are furnished by the veins of the twist and of the
udder. ‘To estimate them correctly it is necessary to take into account
the state of the cow in respect to flesh, the thickness of skin, food, ability
to stand fatigue, heat ; all the circumstances, in fact, which cause yari-
ations in the generai state of the circulation, and in the dilation of the
veins. It is necessary, moreover, to recollect that in both sexes all the
veins are larger in the old than in the young; that the veins which encir-
cle the udder are those which, if the cows are in milk, vary most accord-
ing to the age of the animal. Small when the animal is young, they
continue to increase in size until after the cow has had several calves,
when they come to their full development.

This proportion between the size of the veins and the milk secreted, is
observed in all females without exception. The size of the veins and
their varicose state being due to the blood attracted by the increased
activity of the milk-glands, is not only the sign, but also the measure, of
this activity—this connection. In fact, this connection is so close that, if
the glands do not give an equal quantity of milk, the larger veins are on
the side of the udder which gives the largest quantity.

The length of time during which milk is given corresponds with the
activity of the organs which supply it. Cows which give most milk a
day, also give it the longest ; and hence, if no special mark is perceived,
we can judge much of the duration of milk by the marks which determine
its quantity. It may therefore be accepted that as a rule an abundant
milker may be expected to give a long continued flow of milk,

CATTLE, HOW TO TELL THE AGE. 639
Judging Age by the Teeth.

For the reason that the age of cattle can only be approximately judged
by the horns, and in consequence of the liability to error, and especially
the doctoring of the horns by the use of the file, sand paper and oil, we
give a chart, showing from the cuts presented, the ages of cattle, from
birth until they are five years old, when the teeth are fully developed,
and also the appearance of the teeth at ten years of age. ‘Thus at birth,
it will be seen, there will be but two central teeth, figure 1; at two weeks
it will have four teeth, figure 2; at three weeks it will have six teeth,
jfigure 3; at a month old the jaw will contain eight incisors, and present
the appearance as in figure 4. The mouth is then called full, as contain-
ing the ultimate number of incisors. These are not permanent, but
temporary, or milk teeth, as they are called. At six to eight months old
the central teeth begin to be worn, and show smaller than the others, see
jigure 5. At ten months absorption and the widening of the jaw will
have carried the two central teeth still farther away from each other, and
two other teeth, one on each side, will have begun to diminish, in fact
will have distinct spaces between them, see figure 6. At twelve months
absorption will have continued to two more teeth, leaving intact only the
two outside teeth, figure 7. At fifteen months the whole of the teeth
will present the appearance as seen in figure 8. At this time the true or
permanent teeth will have been growing in the jaw, between and back of
the milk teeth. igure 9 shows the appearance at fifteen months of age,
the two permanent central teeth appearing in the place of the two first
milk teeth which have disappeared, and the other permanent teeth are
shown in their several stages of growth. Figures 10, 11 and 12 show
the teeth at two, three and four years past. At the age of five years
the animal will have a full mouth, as shown in figure 13, and at ten years
the incisors will present the appearance as in figure 14.

Thus any person by the use of the chart, and by examination of the teeth
of cows, of ages known to correspond therewith, may easily become an
accurate and prompt judge of the age of cattle, up to the age of four
years. It will be seen, however, that in the four year old mouth, the
two central pairs of teeth are beginning to be worn down at the edges,
and in a flat direction, or inclining slightly to the inside; yet the animal
has not a full mouth—that is, the incisors are not all fully up until it is
five years old. See figure 14.

At five years old the teeth are all fully grown, and the peculiar mark
on the teeth, called the cup, is shown in all. At the same time all will
have become flattened, while on the two center ones there begins to be a
distinct darker line in the middle, bounded by a line of harder bone.
From this time on we may depend both on the incisors and the grinders.

640 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

At six years old the animal will have acquired the last grinding tooth.
This is the sixth molar and is, from the beginning, a permanent tooth.
From this time until the eighth year, and indeed thereafter, in determining
the age of the animal, the nature of the soil upon which it has been fed
must be taken into account. Gritty, close fed pastures will wear them
faster, and flush pastures slower. ‘Thus in all the pasture regions of the
West, and Southwest, the wear will be light. As a general rule, but
admitting of many exceptions, at seven years old this line is becoming
broader and more irregular in all of the teeth; and a second and broader,
and more circular mark appears within the center of the former one, the
most distinct in the central, or two central pairs—and which at eight
years has spread over the six central incisors.

At eight years, a change takes place which cannot be mistaken. The
process of absorption has again commenced in the central incisors; it is
slow in progress, and is never carried to the extent seen in the milk teeth,
but is sufficiently plain, and the two central teeth are evidently smaller
than their neighbors. A considerable change has also taken place on the
surface of the teeth; the two dark marks are worn into one in all but the
corner teeth. F

At ten the four central incisors are diminished in size, and the mark is
becoming smaller and fainter, as shown in figure 14. The six central
incisors are smaller, and at twelve, all of them are very considerably
diminished ; but not to the same extent as in the young animal. The
mark is now nearly obliterated, except in the corner teeth, and the inside
edge is worn down to the gum.

From this time on they continue to diminish in size, and it is difficult
to accurately determine the age. In fact except in the case of valuable
blooded cows, bulls, or extra trained wosk oxen, and occasionally extra
milkers in the dairy, few steers are now kept in the West past six years
old, and few cows over nine or ten years of age.

CHAPTER VIII.

THE DAIRY.

THE IMPORTANCE OF DAIRYING. ESTIMA-

CONDITIONS NECESSARY To

RUSHING INTO NEW INDUSTRIES.
TED PRODUCTION OF BUTTER AND CHEESE.

DAIRYING. HOW TO BUILD. SUB-EARTH VENTILATION. ——CARE OF MILK,
TEMPERATURE. VARIOUS METHODS OF RAISING CREAM. MAKING DAIKY
BUTTER. SALTING BUTTER. —- WASHING UR WORKING BUTTER.—— PACKING
BUTTER. PREPARING PACKAGES KIND OF SALT TO USE. CHEESE
MAKING CHEDDAR CHEESE. CHESHIRE CHEESE. HOW TO SELL BUT-
TER. UTILIZING WASTE PRODUCTS.

Rushing Into New Industries.

The impetus given to dairy farming within the last ten years, caused
by the increasing export demand, and the large price which superior pro-
ducts both of butter and cheese brought in the markets at home and
abroad, caused many persons all over the West to rush into the business,
supposing that flush pastures and cheap grain were the sole conditions of
success. Unscrupulous persons also made cheese of skimmed milk adul-
terated with oleo-margarine. Butter makers adulterated their products
with oleo-margarine, and extensive factories East and West, backed by
large capital, entered into the manufacture of oleo-margarine ; vast quan-
tities of which were sold as butter. In addition to this many persons
supposed it was only necessary to stock their farms with cows, milk them,
secure the cream, churn it, salt the butter and thus get rich. The result
was, the markets were glutted with grease butter and skim or grind-stone
cheese, as they were aptly termed, causing the degradation of really good
cheese of American make in the English market, for the reason that the
markets being flooded with dishonest cheese, and the industry being in its
infancy here, but few makers had established a reputation, considered

642 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

good beyond doubt in foreign markets. During 1878, especially, the
price of cheese went so low as to cause much money to be lost in its man-
ufacture. The consequence was, many, who went into the business hastily
and with few natural facilities for the manufacture, or knowledge of the
business, as hastily went out of it. In 1879 a reaction took place, and
both butter and cheese during the latter half of the year again paid the
manufacturers large profits.

The Importance of Dairying.

Within the last ten years, Ohio, Michigan, the northern half of Indiana
and Ilinois, southern and central Wisconsin, central Iowa, and later some
portions of Missouri, Kansas, and Nebraska have become great butter and
cheese producing States, and the premiums awarded to Wisconsin, Iowa,
and Illinois for dairy products at International and Inter-State fairs, show
conclusively that there is plenty of territory in the West, where the con-
ditions are of the highest order for the manufacture of first class butter
and cheese.

As showing the worth and importance of this industry in the West, we
need only show the receipts and shipments, at two principal markets,
Chicago and Milwaukee, the first for butter from 1869 to 1878, inclusive,
and Milwaukee for butter and cheese for the year 1878. That of Chicago
was as follows :

Receipts. Shipments

Years. Ibs. Ibs.

DRT aieccccncccnctvs Renentcancneanccncthecrects Becanetunubeacscacnecccvanes Sasanhasaanes sence 14,574,777 11,497 537
1873 ... 22,283,765 12,851,303
1874 28,743,606 16.020,190
1875 21,868, 991 19,249,081
1876 33,941,572 34, 140,609
IL Vic Accent 42,236,366 36,514.983

YO7S, Area BAN i sececceel ocak cceecase keto soe ces ct Ak aa Uc cet ne aan aE 29,263,586

For the regular butter season—May, June, July and to August 24, 1878,
inclusive, the receipts have aggregated 21,414,520 pounds, against 16,-
493,031 pounds for the same time 1877—an increase of 4,921,489 pounds.
The shipments for the same period—May to August 24th inclusive, aggre-
gated 19,821,660 pounds, against 14,495,864 pounds for the corresponding
time in 1877—an increase of 5,325,796 pounds.

In Milwaukee the receipts for 1878 were:

Receipts of Butter................:s000 accepeanunenencten Panttee concen nttensenceeeeeeetences ascuares 6.111.286 Ibs.
Shipments of Butter. .. 5.739.041 *
Receipts of Cheese... --- 13 256,808
Shipments Of Cheese............cscssssesseessereeeeesennnsenones Senescence wessetere) Loy COD gLLO as

CATTLE, DAIRYING. 643

The exports of butter and cheese from the United States, and value,
for 1877 and 1878 are given by the Chief of the Bureau of Statistics at
Washington as follows :

1878. 1877.
Twelve months ending Dec. 31, butter, IbS.............ceeeseeeeeees 26,656,198 23.014.268
. ee ee BEE MCHOCSO SON esaesasenessecrysares sacs 139.249,276 112,567,354

Estimated Production of Butter and Cheese.

The value of land and cows in the United States employed in furnishing
milk, butter, and cheese, is not less than $1,300,000,000, or the sum of
nearly half the national debt at its highest point. Over three thousand
factories are engaged in the manufacture of these articles.

The production of cheese is estimated at 350,000,000 lbs. per annum,
and of butter about 1,500,000,000; of the former, 130,000,000 Ibs. will
be exported this year, and 25,000,000 Ibs. of the latter. The value of
the two is about $350,000,000 or $50,000,000 more than the wheat crop
of the country: three times more than the oat crop; four times more
than the potato crop; one-seventh more than the hay crop; one-third
more than the cotton crop, and but one-fifth less than the corn crop.
Thenumber of cows in the United States is over 13,000,000, which is
six times the number in Great Britain, over twice the number in France,
two and a half times more than in Prussia, and more than in the countries
of England, Ireland, Scotland, Wales, Denmark, Norway, Sweden,
Russia, Finland, Austria, Hungary and Switzerland combined —although
these countries together contain four times the population of the United
States. The proportion of cows to the inhabitants here is twenty-three
to each one hundred persons.

The production of cheese and butter increased thirty-three per cent.
in 1877 and the exports have been in like proportion.

The cheese and butter exported in 1878 have paid freight to the amount
of over $1,000,000 to the ocean commerce, or a sum almost sufficient to
support a line of ocean steamers. These articles pay to the railroad
companies over $5,000,000 annually for transportation, and the article of
milk pays nearly as much more. Loaded on railway cars, ten tons to
each car, the butter and cheese produced in the United States in one year
would fill 22,000 cars, and make a compact line 135 miles long.

It is estimated that Great Britain, with a population of 32,000,000,
consumes about 260,000,000 pounds of cheese annually, while the United
States, with 50,000,000 inhabitants, consumes about 200,000,000 pounds
annually. It is claimed that when only a good quality is put into the
home market Americans will become as great cheese eaters as Englishmen.

644. ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
Conditions Necessary for Dairying.

There are three natural conditions necessary for the successful prose-
cution of dairying: abundance of pure water, plenty of grass and cheap
grain. There are also three essentials in its manufacture without which
ho person can succeed, These are, good cows, proper buildings and
fixtures, and absolute cleanliness, from the stable to the package in
which it is sold) Of course a thorough knowledge of the business must
be possessed or acquired. If the dairy is conducted on the factory,
associated, or co-operative system, only one person, the superintendent,
need be an expert. Cold water is absolutely essential. In. the West
recourse must be had to ice for cooling purposes, except for the family
dairy, and itis better there. The great drawback to dairying in the West
has been the absence of cold springs and spring brooks. Deep wells,
with windmill pumps, fully supply this need when there is an abundant
flow beneath the surface, and when there is not, ice is used for cooling
purposes. In fact, no large dairy, where butter is made, is complete
without an ice house of sufficient capacity, not only for cooling the milk,
but also, to afford cold storage for butter. Whatever the size of the
dairy, whether large or small, no person can make money in the manufae-
ture without facilities so that the temperature of the milk and butter can
be kept at 60 degrees or less. It is not our purpose to enter into details
as to the minutia of dairy work on a large scale. The person under-
taking the business must employ a competent dairyman as superintendent.
The owner will have plenty to do in attending to the farm, the business
details of manufacturing, shippmg, selling, ete. To enable those haying
good facilities for the business to get an idea of the building, we give an
illustration showing ground plan of model creamery.

The cut given is a model in every respect, not only in arrangement,
but in cheapness. ‘The main building is two stories, 52 by 26 feet, with
two annexes as shown, and cost all told, including all the fixtures and
apparatus, only $2,500, the building itself costing $1,800. The arrange-
ments are made with special reference to economy of space, labor and
travel; to securing an equable temperature, and to the isolation of the
cream and butter from odors that may arise in the manufacture or curing
of cheese. The walls have three air spaces, one between the clapboard-
ing and sheathing, one between the sheathing and building paper, and one
between the building paper and plastering, thus making most perfect iso-
lation. The windows are double. The milk, as received and weighed,
is strained directly into the cheese vats, or into the deep cans, for the
pool. This is about 20 inches deep, and is made by laying a brick wall
to that height, and cementing it on the inside. It is supplied with water

CATTLE, DAIRYING. 645

from a well near the rear of the building, pipes being so arranged that
the steam-pump can deliver either hot or cold water or steam where
needed. Ice is used for this pool as needed. The press-room joins the
manufacturing-room, and from the door of this a stairway leads to the
euring-room, which occupies nearly all the second floor; the front stair-
way leading to an office and to a bed-room for the attendant, in front of
the curing-room, which is designed not only for the cheese made here,
but as a curing and storing-room for that from several factories in the
vicinity. The cheese is delivered, as sold, from a door in the rear of the

curing-room.

ROUND PLAN OF MODEL CREAMELY.

Explanation—A—Milk receiving room. B—Cheese manufacturing room.
C—Press room. D—Engine room. E—Pool. F—Cream and churning room.
G—Butter working and delivering room. H—Refrigerator a a—Cheese vats.
6—Curd sink. ¢c—Wash vats. dd—Churns. e—Butter worker. f—Boiler.
g—Engine. h h—Whey drains.

646 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

It will be seen that the cream and churning-room /’ is a separate enclo-
sure within the main building, and which may be entirely enclosed from
the main room, so that when the cream is placed it may be entirely iso-
lated and kept so until churned and stored in the refrigerator. Those
contemplating erecting a creamery cannot well improve upon this plan,
one of the most modern known, except it be in some minor details to
suit local wants.

How to Build.

Where the drainage is good the lower story may ¢onsist of a basement
sunk three feet into the ground, of stone or brick, and it will be better if
the whole building be of brick. The system of drainage should be
mapped out, and a chart made. The drains should be laid in the most
perfect manner, and with fall enough so they will not clog. Besides the
factory drains leading to the waste vats, there should also be tile drains
to carry off surface water. The foundation of the floor of the factory
should, if possible, have a thin coating of tin shavings, or broken glass,
say six inches thick well pounded down, and covered with water lime
cement. Upon this a flooring of flags or bricks may be laid, covered
with cement of water lime, which in time will become entirely hard, and
the tin or glass below will prevent all burrowing of rats. The pipes,
leading to and from the cisterns, etc., should be placed before the floor
is laid, and the mortar carefully fitted to them. The ice-house should
be plastered with water-lime, and a little vacancy left between the ice
and the bottom of the house, to allow the water a small space. The top
and side walls of the dairy-house should be finished with plaster, by
which means a uniform temperature, indispensable ‘to curing cheese, is
more perfectly secured.

Sub-Earth Ventilation.

Of late years Mr. J. Wilkinson has advocated a system of sub-earth
ventilation, simply by a six-inch tile, laid six feet deep and 3800 or more
feet long from the building. Two of this length,—or better, one of twice
the length, with a wing, and vane connected with the out-door end, to
‘atch air and convey it to the tile—will keep the basement well ventilated,
and of the earth temperature of the depth at which the tile is laid.

Care of Milk.

The first requisite is absolute and unqualified cleanliness. We have
already given directions as to cleaning animals before milking. The least

CATTLE, DAIRYING. 647

slovenliness in the help, in this respect, should be severely reprimanded,
and if this does not avail, discharge him, or her, at once ; it is as necessary
as kind treatment of the cows.

If the milk is set in shallow pans, see that there is good ventilation to
the dairy rooms, and that the pans are regularly scalded, and with hot,
bubbling water—slight scalding will not do. Wipe dry, and sun, when
possible. Allow no bad odors to accumulate near by from garbage or
other causes. For this reason the family dairy should never be in the
house, since the steam and odor from cooking, the dust from sweeping,
ete., will taint the milk, cream and butter. English dairy women are
many of them so particular that they will not allow the men who carry
the milk from the yard to enter the dairy house. It is poured into a re-
ceiver outside and conducted in through a pipe, regularly scalded each
time used, and covered tight from dust.

Modern Home Dairies.
One plan of setting milk is by the ‘*Hardin system.’’ By this system
the milk is strained, immediately after being drawn, into deep pails and
coyered with a well-fitting lid, to exclude both air and water. It is then
placed in a refrigerator, with ice above it. The drippings fall upon the
pails of milk and form a pool of water, in which they are allowed to stand.

When a cold spring of running water can be had the milk may be im-
mersed in deep open pails, in the cool waters. Unfortunately, in the
West, springs are scarce.

Another excellent plan for small dairies is that known as the Cooley
system, setting the milk in deep cans; a medium sized refrigerator box,
containing space enough for from ten to twenty cows. These cans have
close fitting covers, and are surrounded by ice cold water, and thus, if the
heat and animal odor be expelled before putting in, there is no tainting
or souring. The cream is taken perfectly sweet, in from twelve to
twenty-four hours. It is very compact, and may be economically used
even in small family dairies, of from ten to twenty cows, if the farmer
cares to pay the royalty, the system being patented.

Animal Odor.

Expelling the animal odor is most important. To do this the milk is
poured into a receiver, in the bottom of which are a few small holes,
through which the milk is allowed to drop into a tank, large enough and
high enough to catch all without spattering. This tank stands in cold
water nearly to its brim; in this the milk may remain about fifteen min-

648 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

utes, when it may be set in any of the ways we have mentioned. An-
other plan is to heat the milk to 100 or 110 degrees and then cool.

Temperature.

Good butter can be made, if the temperature of the dairy-room does
not go above 60 degrees. This is the proper temperature for churning
and working the butter. The temperature for milk may be much lower ;
it should not be higher from the time the milk is brought in until the
butter is carried away. So far as storing the butter is concerned, if the
temperature be kept at 40 degrees, so much the better. This, however,
cannot be done without ice.

Various Methods of Raising Cream.

G. C. Caldwell, Professor of Agricultural Chemistry, in Cornell Uni-
versity, N. Y., in relation to some European methods, says :

‘Among the different systems prevalent in Europe, we notice the
Dutch method in which the milk is cooled down to 60 degrees in a water
tank, which requires usually from one and a half to two hours, and the
milk is then set to the depth of four or five inches in a room where the
temperature ranges from 54 to 60 degrees, and remains about twenty-
four hours: the Holstein method, in which the milk is set at about the
same temperature, without being first cooled in water, to the depth of
one and one-half to two and one-half inches; the Devonshire method,
described as long ago as 1784, where the milk is put in a cool room,
standing at a depth not greater than from three to four inches for twelve
hours; the vessel containing it is then set over the fire and heated till
blisters begin to appear in the cream, or to about 200 degrees, when it is

set aside again ‘for twelve hours ; the cream is very firm in consistency
and can be made into butter by simple kneading, and has a sweet, pleas-
ant taste. Mueller states that the skimmed milk does not retain more
than one per cent. of cream; the Gussander method makes no account
of temperature, except that it shall not exceed 61 degrees, so that no milk
cellar or but only a light, dry and airy room is required ; the milk is put
in large shallow pans, filling them to the depth no more than from one to
one and one-half inches; the milk is skimmed after twenty-three hours ;
in such a thin layer the milk is so well wrated that it remains sweet to
the end, and the cream is sweet and very rich in fat.”’

CATTLE, DAIRYING. 649
Making Diiry Butter.

Mr. C. C. Buell, one of the makers of high-caste dairy butter in the
West, stated his mode as reported by the Secretary of the Illinois Dairy-
man’s Association :

«Cows were common stock—Durham grades and sprinkling of Jersey.
Fed by running in fresh corn stalks during day time, on timothy and clo-
ver at night; in stable, with two messes of meal daily, consisting, by
measure, of two parts corn and one part oats, together with the greater
part of the sour milk and buttermilk from the dairy room. Number of
cows, forty. The milk was strained through an iron strainer into deep
pails, as soon as drawn, standing in open air until the milking was fin-
ished. It was then strained again into the same pails through a double
thickness cloth strainer. The milk was set in a room without fire, tem-
perature being between 40 and 50 degrees, Fahrenheit. During a
part of the time, the temperature being above 50 degrees, the milk was
set in water for twelve hours. The milk was skimmed after standing
twelve to forty-eight hours, it being considered desirable to mix the
newer and older cream, for the sake of flavor: but the whole stood mixed
together from two to four hours after the last skimming and during the
proeess of warming to proper temperature for churning. Most of the
milk was skimmed a second time, the cream being included in succeeding
churning. The churn (a dash churn with solid dasher, surface under-
neath concave), was started at a temperature of 62 degrees; as the but-
termilk began to appear a couple of gallons of tolerably strong brine was
added at a temperature of 58 degrees, and the churn stopped a moment
afterward,—as with the addition of the brine, at the proper temperature,
the butter separates very rapidly. As much brine as necessary was used
in washing down sides of churn, cover and dasher. The butter was then
dipped into a bath of not more than two gallons of brine; a churning of
forty or fifty pounds being washed in four parts, in the same brine. Re-
moved to a worker with rolling lever; the butter was so handled as to
mix with the proper amount of salt with the least working possible. It
was then placed in a tub slightly packed, covered with brine and allowed
to stand three or four hours, when it sas again placed on the worker,
lightly worked and packed for market.’’

Care of Milk.
We have given the modes of some of the best butter-makers in the

world. Now the principal points to be observed are: warm shelter, per-
fect quiet, for the animals, absolute cleanliness in all operations connected

650 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

with the milk, from the time it is drawn until it is made into butter.
Just as the butter is forming in little granules, suddenly reduce the tem-
perature to 56 or 58 degrees, so the butter will not mass together. It
should never take less than half an hour to churn; quicker churning
causes the butter to come salvy.

Coloring Butter.

The best coloring for butter is plenty of succulent grass in Summer,
and rich feed in Winter. For home consumption we should never color
butter. For sale it may be advisable. If so, use any of the pure prep-
arations of annotto. It is perfectly harmless. If used, stir it in the
cream. As to quantity, this cannot be stated. It will vary with the
season. Every person must experiment, only do not use too much,

Salting Butter.

Take the butter from the churn in its granular state, and salt at the
rate of two-thirds of an ounce to the pound of butter. Do not work it
more than enough to fairly distribute the salt; and this by folding and
pressing ; let the grains of salt dissolve. It may stand from 12 to 24
hours before being worked the last time. Butter, through all the time
and process of working, from the time it is churned until packed, should
be kept in a pliable, waxy condition, about 60 degrees Farenheit is right,
so as to work easily, and the salt all the time be in a dissolving condition.
It is utterly impossible to work butter well that is operated upon while
either too warm or too cold, or that is allowed to become so between
times of working. The benefit derived by standing after the first salting,
awaiting the second working, is to dissolve the salt by the moisture in
the butter, and so set the butter-milk free, that it may be the more easily
pressed out. The amount should not be more than will dissolve entirely,
and this moisture should be well worked out before adding more. After
this add salt sufficient to season to your taste, working to mix it evenly
through the butter; then leave it there to cure and preserve.

A good average is about one ounce of salt to a pound of butter; some
tastes prefer less and some more. Three-fourths of an ounce to the
pound is light salting, while one and one-fourth ounces to the pound is
heavy salting. We use to the first salting just two-thirds of the amount,
and after the second working add the balance. Never go by guess, but
use the scales, and in this way insure uniformity. No one can acquire a
reputation for good butter, who does not make a uniform article. It
never yet was made by guessing. If on a churning of butter you guess

CATTLE, DAIRYING. 651

it three pounds less than it is, and on the salt three ounces more than
it is, you will make it far too salt. There should be a slight allowance of
sult made for the condition of the butter, for when it comes soft it
usually contains more butter-milk than when it comes hard, and a greater
percentage of the salt will be carried off in the extra whey.

Washing vs. Working.

Equally good results can be obtained by washing or working the milk
from butter, when skillfully done under favorable circumstances. In
either case the only object is to free the butter from the milk, with as little
injury to the flavor or grain of the butter as possible. In washing butter,
the danger is mostly in injuring the flavor by introducing foreign matter
in the water, while in the other case, there is more danger in over-working
and so injuring the grain. In localities where pure water cannot be ob-
tained, washing should not be resorted to, for butter is always sure to
take up the impurities contained, as it will the taint of any decaying veg-
etable or animal matter that may be near. Many wells and springs which
the owners of, or users from, believe to be pure and good, have in them
decaying substances which render them entirely unfit for any use, much
lessato wash butter with. Decaying organic matter so introduced into
butter acts very much like yeast in dough; at least, it starts a fermenta-
tion, so to speak, which soon destroys the butter. Allow no surface water
to get into spring or well, or any filth to remain in them, and if they are
not highly charged with lime, mineral or salts of any kind, there is no
better or easier method than to wash the milk out quickly and thoroughly
before salting.

Packing Butter.

If for sale pack in good, strong, oak packages, whatever the size that
may be decided on, and let them be uniform, clean, and nice looking. A
good package will not sell poor butter, but a slovenly package will often
condemn the best. Never use the round wooden boxes, with handles,
they are an abomination. In packing have the butter still at 60 degrees,
it is then firm and yet not hard. First rub the package, bottom and sides,
with salt, just what will adhere. Put a quantity of butter in the midale
of the package, and press down firmly—do not rub, but press, thus caus-
ing a perpendicular and lateral pressure ; thus you make all firm and exclude
air. Then what brine remains in the butter will work to the sides and
with the salt prevent it from sticking to the wood. So continue until the
butter is within an inch of the top. Lay ona cloth cut half an inch larger

42

652 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

than the package, and wet with brine, working the edges down smooth,
cover with a quarter inch of salt, cut another cloth an inch larger than
the package, lay this on the salt, working smooth, as before. Head tight,
bore a small hole through the head, fill full with brine, cork tight, and if
kept level, and the butter has been properly made, it will come out all
right when wanted.

Preparing Packages.

Use nothing but white oak; scrub them thoroughly inside and out
with hot water and a clean brush; fill with clean, pure water; let them
stand forty-eight hours in a cool place; turn out, scrub again with hot
water, rinse thoroughly with cold water, and, while wet, sprinkle with
salt, what will adhere. It is then ready for use.

What Kind of Salt to Use.

None but absolutely pure dairy salt should be used. So far as the
manufacture is concerned there seems little to choose between the best
American or English make. There is one thing about English goods, if
warranted good they are so—laws against adulteration being very strict
in England while they are very lax in the United States. At a butter
test some years ago before a committee of experts to decide if it could
be discovered whether the samples were salted with English or American
salt, the committee were very much at sea, guessing sometimes one way
and sometimes another. Price being equal, we should use the best
English dairy salt. Yet in all the best dairy salt, whether English or
American, the impurities are so slight that in the salting of either ©
butter or cheese there could be no taste whatever. If the impurity be
sulphate of lime it would amount to nothing. It requires 400 times its
weight to dissolve it, and there is almost no moisture in good butter.
Another impurity is sulphate of magnesia, (Epsom Salts) which if
present in sufficient quantity would give butter a peculiar but not a bad
taste. Chloride of calcium would give butter a sharp, pungent taste.
and which would seriously depreciate the value both of the butter and
cheese in which it was used.

Cheese Making.
The making of butter is both chemical and mechanical. It has this

advantage, that any person can make butter as good as the best if abso-
lute cleanliness is used; if there are no foul odors about the premises ; if

CATTLE, DAIRYING. ; 653

the temperature of the dairy be kept equal, and if pure water be used.
This is all that is required, besides attention to a few simple rules.
These we have given, and there leave the subject.

The making of cheese depends almost entirely upon chemical action.
Unless the conditions are right, good and uniform cheese cannot be made.
These conditions can hardly be obtained in a farm house. Hence cheese
so made is never uniform, except in rare instances now and then in the
hands of a perfect cheese maker. Such, if this strikes their view,
should lose no time in building a factory, or engaging one already built.
Hence it would be a waste of space to enter into the details of cheese
making even in a general way. Yet many will want to make some cheese
and we append an account of the process of some celebrated English
brands from the pen of Mr. John Chalmers Morton, of England, who
has written upon the subject in the following concise yet comprehensive
manner :

Cheddar Cheese.

‘¢ The Cheddar cheese shall be described as it was carried on upon the
farm of the late Mr. Harding, of Marksbury, Somersetshire, who was
one of the best makers in England, and who did good work for cheese-
making in Ayrshire and other counties and districts which he and Mrs.
Harding visited on the invitation of agricultural societies and others’ for
the purpose of giving instruction in the manufacture of this kind of
cheese.

««The morning’s and evening’s milk are together brought to a temper-
ature of 80 degrees Fahr. If the night has been warm, a temperature
of 78 degrees will give as great effectiveness to a given quantity of
rennet as one of 82 or 84 deg. would give if the milk had been at a
lower temperature for some hours of a cold night. The evening’s milk
having been placed in shallow vessels during the night to cool, and having
been stirred at intervals during the evening is skimmed in the morning,
and the cream, with a portion of the milk, is heated up to 100 deg. by
floating it in tin vessels on the boiler. The whole of it is then poured
through a proper sieve into the tub—Zinto which the morning’s milk is
being also strained as it arrives—so as to raise the whole, as I have said,
to from 78 to 82 deg. Fahr. This tub may be a large tin vessel, capable
of holding 150 gallons, and provided with false bottom and sides,
enabling hot or cold water to be passed under and around its contents.
The rennet, made from two or three dozen vells, in as many quarts of
salt water, and allowed to stand three weeks, is added—half a pint to
100 gallons—and the curd sets in about halfan hour. The small vells of

654 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Irish calves, which are killed at about a week old, are preferred, and they
should be eighteen months old before use. The curd is slowly cut witha
single long blade to and fro throughout its depth, in lines forming a 4-inch
mesh upon the surface, and the whole mass is gently turned over from
the bottom with a skimming dish and the hand. The whole is then again
worked throughout with a ‘* shovel breaker,’ a four-fingered paddle with
wires across the fingers—great care being taken to do it gently, so that
the whey shall not become too white. The curd is thus broken up into
pieces not much larger than peas, and at least half an hour is taken in
the process. Hot water is then let into the space around and below the
cheese tub, and the whole is raised to 100 deg. Fahr.; and this, too, 1s
done eradually, so as to raise the whole by degrees, not heating any
portion to excess. This also takes half an hour. The hot water is then
drawn off, and the curd is stirred by the hand and a skimming dish for
another half hour in the midst of its hot whey, being at last reduced to
amass of separate bits the size of small peas. The whey, after settling
for half an hour, is then removed—ladled, syphoned, or drawn—to its
rat, where it stands about six inches deep, and is skimmed next day,
yielding a butter, which should not exceed in quantity six to eight ounces
per cow per week.

The curd stands half an hour after the whey is drawn off, and it is then
cut in four or five pieces, turned over and left for half an hour, after which
it is again cut and left for a quarter of an hour. After this, it should be
in the slightest degree acid to the taste. If allowed to become too acid,
it will not press into a solid, well-shaped cheese, but will be apt to sink
broad misshapen. It is now torn into pieces by hand and left to cool:
and thereafter it is packed in successive thin layers in the vat—a cylindrical
or wooden vessel twelve inches or more wide and twelve inches deep—
whence, after being pressed for half an hour, it is taken out (it is then
probably midday,) and broken up by hand, and allowed again to cool.
Then, when cool, and -hard, and sour, and dry, and tough enough, (all
this, of course, being left to the judgment of the maker), it is ground up
in the curd mill; two pounds of salt are added to the ewt. of curd, and
the whole is allowed to cool, and as soon as cold, it is put in the vat, and
taken to press. It is then probably 3 p.m. The pressure on the cheese
may be 18 ewt. The cloth is changed next morning. A calico coating is
laced on it the second day, and the third day the cheese may be taken
from the press, placed in the cheese room, bandaged, and turned daily,
and afterwards less frequently. The cheese room should be kept at nearly
65 degrees Fahr. The cheese will not be ready for sale for three months.

The process lasts nearly all the day, but it is believed to produce the
best cheese in the world; and its use is everywhere extending. Taking

CATTLE, DAIRYING. 655

its name from a single parish, it now prevails all over North Somerset-
shire, and is gradually extending into Wiltshire. Many dairies in
Gloucestershire adopt the system; and some of its characteristic details
are followed in Cheshire; and it is well known in Lancashire, Ayrshire,
and Galloway.

The Cheddar cheese is made of various sizes, generally twelve inches
wide and a foot high, but sometimes larger in both dimentions, and from
70 to 100 pounds in weight ; the object being to make all the milk of one
day on a farm of thirty to forty cows into a single cheese.

Cheshire Cheese.

Cheshire cheese, like the Cheddar, is made only once a day. The
evening’s milk is placed, not more than six to seven inches deep, in tin
vessels to cool during the night, on the floor of the dairy ; it is skimmed
in early Summer,

in the morning, and a certain portion is kept for butter
only enough, perhaps, for the use of the house, but in Autumn more, and
in some dairies at least, nearly all the morning’s cream is thus taken for
churning. The skimmed cream, with a portion of milk, is heated up to
130 deg. Fahr. by floating the tins which hold it, on the boiler—sufficient
quantity being taken to raise the whole of the evening’s and morning’s
milk together to 90 deg. or thereabouts. The rennet is made the day
before it is used ; 12 or 14 square inches of ‘‘vell’’ (rennet skin ) standing
in a pint of salt water, kept in a warm place, making rennet enough for
100 gallons of milk. The Irish vell (rennet skin) is used, as it is obtained
from very young and milk-fed calves.

The curd is set about 50 minutes; it is then cut with the usual curd-
breaker, a sieve-shaped cutter, very slowly. The whey is syphoned,
pumped, or lifted out as soon as possible ; but before it is all removed a
portion is (on some farms where the Cheddar system is followed), heated
and returned to the tub, and the curd is left in this hot whey for half an
hour. The whey is then drained away and the curd is left to get firm.
When firm enough to stand on the hand in cubes of about a pound weight
—this is an intelligent indication—without breaking asunder, it is lifted
out on the drainer (a false bottom of rods), in a long tub with a stop-cock
to it, and there left covered up for 45 minutes, after which it is broken
up and well mixed with the hand with 3 1-2 to 4 1-2 lbs. of salt per ewt.
It is then allowed to stand with a light weight upon it for about three-
quarters of an hour longer, and is turned over once or twice during the
time, being cut for the purpose into squares witha knife. It is then twice
passed through the curd mill, and at length put into the vat, a cloth being
first pressed into place by a tin hoop, and the salted curd being packed

656 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

gently by hand within it. The vats will hold a cheese of 70 or 80 up to
100 lbs; and tin hoops, placed within them, are used to eke them out,
and give capacity fora larger quantity of curd if necessary. After stand-
ing in the vat, with a weight ‘upon it, from one‘to two hours, according
to the weather, it is turned over and put, still in its vat, into the oven,—
a warm chamber in or near the brickwork of the dairy chimney—where it
remains at a temperature of 90 deg. to 100 deg. during the night. Both
when in the press and here the cheese is skewered, skewers being thrust
into it through holes in the vat and every now and then withdrawn, so as
to facilitate the drainage of the whey. The cheese is taken out of the
vat in the morning and turned upside down in a fresh cloth. It is in the
press three days, and it is turned in the press twice a day, being dry-
clothed each time. It is then taken out dry-clothed, bandaged, and re-
moved to the cheese room, where it is turned daily, and at length only
occasionally, until it is ready for sale. In some dairies all skewering is
dispensed with, and no pressure is used at the time of making, nor for
two days afterwards, but the whey is allowed to run out of its own accord.
Cheese manufactured in this way requires from 5 to 7 days in drying, but
afterwards matures more quickly for market.

The cheese varies considerably in quality throughout the year, the
earlier make of March and April being considerably less valuable than
that of Summer and early Autumn. Some of this varying quality is
owing to the quality of the milk, the cows being house-fed ; but more of
it is, in all probability, owing to the necessity of holding a portion of
curd over from day to day, when the quantity is insufficient to make even
one, or it may be two, full-sized cheeses daily. In such cases it is com-
mon to make one full-sized cheese, and hold the remainder of the curd
over till the next day, keeping it wrapped up on the drainer or pan, and
grinding it up in the curd-mill along with the curd of the next morning.

How to Sell Butter.

There is never any difficulty in selling good butter at a liberal price in
any market, however low grease butter may be. The maker of prime
butter need never be in a hurry to sell. The butter once made, WILL
KEEP. But it will not be necessary to keep it. There are always partic-
ular people in every town, however small, who are ready to take good
butter at good prices. Thus it is usual for makers to contract to supply
during the year at a stipulated price. During the flush season of grass,
butter is packed down, to be drawn on when needed. Thus the manu-
facturer always has a supply on hand, and the customer is more than satis-
tied to have a good, sweet lump of butter on his table every day in the

CATTLE, DAIRYING. 657

year, and does not grudge the extra five cents above what he would have
to pay the grocer, for what those who do not know the difference might
suppose was good.

If a larger quantity is made than will supply the family trade of the
village, the large markets are always open, and there good butter will
always bring a good price. All that is wanted to know is that the butter
is made by one whose reputation is established and who would not sell a
bad article, and all that can be made will be eagerly taken. It is simply
a question of cleanliness, attractive package, careful attention to the de-
tails in making, and as careful a determination never to ship when there
is danger of the thermometer going below 60 degrees. The rest is all
plain, clear sailing, with large profits accruing. To insure large profits
from dairying, the master must be about early and late, night and day,
and Sundays as well.

Utilizing Waste Products.

The skim milk, buttermilk, and whey, must be fed either to calves or
hogs. As far as whey is concerned, there is not much good in it for the
nourishment of calves, unless it be supplemented largely with meal and
oil-eake. A shoat will fatten on the waste products of the dairy, one to
each cow, by using a very little corn. Some dairymen prefer to feed the
waste to the cows. This is probably not the best use to which it could
be put. Skim milk and buttermilk is worth more to feed to calves, we
believe, than disposed of in any other way. Here again we will give the
experience of Mr. I. H. Wanzer, of Illinois, who believes with us that to
make dairying permanently profitable, the raising of dairy cows must be
a part of the business. To close the chapter we append his statement :

I tried the experiment, last season (1875), of raising calves upon the
skimmed milk from my creamery; and as the result of this experiment
may interest some of you, I will give you a few figures kept in connec-
tion with the experiment, from which you may draw conclusions as to
whether it pays to raise calves in connection with a creamery or not.

Number of calves put in, 120, at $4.00 each.............6 crac acEBEROteCce ...$ 480 00
Number of gallons of milk fed, 67,200, at 1 1-2c. per gallon.. --- 1,008 00
Oats fed, 840 bushels, at 30¢...............:0eeeeee Gapdeetsceasteee soaenee weacsecaseceues eoses 20200
Cost of labor in feedings s-c.c..cercnscessconeneccnesesvcres cconontoociqeasuneecacectonsosecnaan 255 00
RAStUrAre etablin@et CLCs.ceicsccchececaecacsssvessescoewersesectnesds ceueccSeuesscee- tasetens 100 00

WMT LIGD ecoseoccecsiascasaancescengcdoe: CASE O EOC SEED doasaSsocnecesper eccoceoont pececce muneononced $2,005 00
These calves sold at an average of $21.50 each, at an average of seven

months old.............. Seu ussveeceressvecescevae lccacteccevacsvescestpesseesecnecs esceseeee 2,080 00

Sava P| ATOM Olssncoscscasesaeeadesnnecseccescerescusaaseeececcnsce corocccosoccnrces econ $485 00

658 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

This amount passed to the credit of the milk would bring it up to two
cents per gallon, which is equal to six cents per pound for cheese, and’
this kind of cheese would not have brought three cents per pound at the
season I fed it, for it will be remembered that this milk set thirty-six to
forty-eight hours, and all the cream was taken out.

I am so much encouraged in this way of raising calves that I expect to
stock again the coming season. TI have now fifty-five young calves and
ten older ones. Many of my neighbors and patrons are bringing their
best heifer calves to me, and marking them, expecting to bid them in at
my sale next Fall, [ paying the market price for them when received

Pe DVS

DISRASES “OF “CATTLE.
THEIR CAUSES AND PREVENTION ‘ HOW TO KNOW

THEM; WHAT TO DO.

jo 1 bit.

~e

Wh |
} Vi Qh we ‘

+ Roy +f

die ° Oh Worm
* i oleae | j
n BS > yw 7.

» v hile Sia

=
tity Pa eg Se We

4 1 y? pee

ee es, :
R | ; “>
2708 4

eS en 1 ee es

cea Wale i prt |

e

DISEASES OF CATTLE.

THEIR CAUSES; HOW TO KNOW THEM; WHAT TO DO.

CHAPTER I.

Diseases in General—Recognizing and Distinguishing Them.

FARMERS SHOULD UNDERSTAND SYMPTOMS.
~+COMMON SENSE.
ING.

OF DISEASES IN GENERAL.——USE
GRADUATION OF DOSES. FREQUENCY OF ADMINISTER-
FORMS OF DOSES. —-HOW 10 GIVE MEDICINE. INJECTIONS.
VAPORS, SPRAYING AND FUMIGATION. ANESTHETICS. TO DEPRIVE OF
SENSATION, FIRING. SETONS. ROWELS.
UP WOUNDS, OPERATION OF BLEEDING.
THE PULSE.

BLISTERING.
FOMENTATIONS.
ING AND DISTINGUISHING DISEASES.

SEWING
RECOGNIZ-
THE BREATHING. ——

THE ANIMAL HEAT. THE SKIN AND HAIR. THE POSTURE. INDICA-
TIONS OF PAIN.——SPECIAL SIGNS IN CATTLE.
Introductory.

The immense value of the stock interests of the United States and the
frequent outbreak of introduced contagious plagues, and of enzootic,
epizootic and various epidemic diseases, that at intervals have visited
localities or swept over whole continents, would seem to call for special
training in veterinary science and art in: every agricultural college in the
United States ; yet, until within the last few years, but little attention
has been paid to this profession, and to-day the subject is not given that
attention its importance demands, except in a few instances. Veterinary
surgery has heretofore been flippantly termed ‘‘horse doctoring’’ by
professors and heads of too many of the colleges, endowed with the
people’s money ‘‘to teach such branches as relate to agriculture and the
mechanic arts.”

662 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Of late, however, a more enlightened course has been pursued. Many
of the agricultural colleges are paying attention to this important study,
especially since the violent outbreak of splenic fever over the West and
East from the introduction of Texas cattle, and still more lately from
the outbreak and spread of contagious pleuro-pneumonia in a number of
the Atlantic States. Owing to the low state of veterinary science gen-
erally, and the disdain with which the few highly educated and thoroughly
scientific investigators in the United States — mostly French and German
graduates —have been looked down upon by those who should have been
too glad to welcome them to the profession of medicine, and the esteem
in which mere quacks and leeches have been regarded by the community two
notable facts are made patent: First, the exclusiveness of certain puffed
up ‘*college Dons,’’ who suppose that all knowledge must come from
classic sources. Second, that the people at large, farmers and stock
raisers, who from their habits and training could not be supposed to
understand surgery or medicine, except in its simplest forms, have been

thrown into the clutches of mere pretenders to anatomical knowledge
and the treatment of diseases. Of late there have been many honorable
exceptions, until now nearly or quite all of these people’s colleges, forced
thus in many instances by public outcry, are taking strong means to
foster veterinary science, and make it what it should be, and really long
has been in other enlightened countries, an important, as it is an honorable
branch of human science.

There are many valuable works extant in various languages, upon
veterinary science and practice. They will be of little value to farmers
and stockmen ; all that this class can deal with must necessarily be only
those symptoms that can readily be discerned, and remedies so simple in
their nature that they can be easily procured and applied. In fact great
care and attention should be given to first symptoms, as also to good
nursing. Discard all strong physics, and heroic treatment by purging,
bleeding, and the surgery of main strength. Good care and nursing in
the treatment of animals is now regarded (as it is in the treatment of
human patients ) as among the most important means of cure. Indeed
with animals it is of the greatest importance, since brutes are only able
to indicate the region of pain and disease by mute signs, entirely unin-
telligible in the majority of cases to the ordinary observer.

Of Diseases in General.

In the description of symptoms, and the treatment of diseases, it
would be out of place here to go into learned discussions on the nature
and pathology of diseases; so also it would be futile to dilate upon the

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 663

symptoms and treatment of diseases. Only those most common, or
fatal, will be specially noted. Fortunately veterinary art is congenial
with the medical treatment of the human family, and the same paths that
lead to a knowledge of human diseases will indicate to any intelligeut
local physician the means to be used with brutes. Humane physicians,
now-a-days,—to their credit be it said,—are not slow in coming to the
relief of the farmer and stockman in prescribing and giving advice in the
absence of regular veterinary surgeons. Such are veritable benefactors,
inasmuch as they greatly alleviate distress and do much to discourage
quackery ; and when found, they should be freely consulted. This devi-
ation from the regular medical practice, owing to the sparsely settled
nature of many portions of the country, seems very necessary and
even imperative.

In the prescriptions for cattle, we shall use the most simple formulas
possible, wherever found, and whatever simple medicines will avail,
especially those compounded of herbs, as better adapted to the treatment
of domestic animals. In connection with these, other agents, both min-
eral and mechanical, must be employed. In short, what we have aimed
at is to state symptoms and remedies for such diseases as may be treated
without the advice of a regular veterinary surgeon, and in such language
as any intelligent person may understand.

In this, while we shall not attempt originality, except it may be in the
matter of presentation in some instances, we shall use and quote from the
very latest authorities in veterinary science in the United States, Eng-
land, France, Germany, Austria, Belgium, Holland, Sweden, Italy, and
other minor countries, where veterinary science has been accorded that
respectability which should accrue to a labor having for its aims the sav-
ing of life, and the amelioration of suffering, in a direction second in
importance only to that of the human family; and in preventing loss, so
far as it may be possible, of live stock, the raising of which is of greater
importance to mankind than any other single human industry. Thus, in
presenting symptoms, we shall use and quote freely from the latest works
in reformed practice. What we present will not be as seeking so much
to aid the veterinary practitioner, as the farmer himself; not a work to
supersede other authorities, but a substitute, in a limited sense, as to the
treatment of certain diseases, so that the intelligent reader may compre-
hend; advising, in every case, when the operator does not understand
the symptoms clearly, to seek the advice of the professional veterinarian,
if such may be had. If such be not within reach, then consult the best
physician in the neighborhood.

664 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
Use Common Sense.

Why, in the sickness of animals, the owner should try random remedies,
and go from one to another, at the suggestion of each different adviser,
as the matter may seem to strike them, is inexplicable. In nine cases
out of ten, with proper nursing and care the animal will recover, simply
by keeping the bowels moderately open by mild physics and injections
(which will be indicated ) when costiveness and impaction is, present ; or
of sedatives, stimulants and astringents when the reverse is exhibited.
Such conditions as are often fatal during the gravid state of female
animals, and succeeding delivery, abortion, false presentation, etc., and
the means of relief ; contagious and epidemic diseases—these from their
special importance will receive due prominence. Of the non-contagious
and local diseases every farmer should seek to make himself familiar
with the symptoms, so that ready means may be uscd for the relief of
suffering animals. In all this the operator must be guided by intelligence
and use the least possible exhibition of force. It may be necessary to
hamper an animal for the performance of some operation. When
necessary, it is not merciful to use half-way measures. The humane
man, however, will do so with as little pain to the animalas possible. If
necessity should require killing as the best means of dealing with the
ailment, the humane man will be actuated by no sentimentality about
taking the life of ananimal. He will kill promptly and surely, as the best
means of alleviating the suffering of the animal, or of preventing the
spread of infectious and contagious diseases.

Graduation of Doses.

As arule cattle require one and a half times as much as horses; sheep
and pigs require one-third as much. Professor James Law, of Cornell
University, in his work, Veterinary Adviser, has presented the manner
of graduation, frequency, and form of administering doses, in the
following concise language :

The doses given may be held applicable to full-grown animals of
medium size, therefore some allowance must be made in any cases in
which the patient exceeds or comes short of the average of his kind. A
similar modification must be made as regards young animals, not only on
account of their smaller size but also of their greater susceptibility. The
following table may serve as a guide:

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 665

[TABLE OF DOSES FOR DIFFERENT ANIMALS].

Horses, etc | Cattle. | Sheep. | Swine. |

3 years. 2 years. 1 |-2 years. 15 months, 1 part.
1 1-4—3 years. 12 * 9-18 months. 8-15 *“* 1-2 part.
9-18 months. 6-12 months. 5-9 ee 68 %& eae
5-9 x 36 00COS 3-5 os 3-6“ 1-She
i * | ay | | i sia le eeccae la

Allowance must also be made for a nervous temperament, which usually
renders an animal more impressible ; for habit, or continued use, which
tends to decrease the susceptibility for individual drugs ; for idiosyncrasy,
which can only be discovered by observing the action of the agent on the
particular subject, and for the influence of disease when that is likely to
affect the action. Thus, in most diseases of the brain and spinal cord,
and in some impactions of the stomach, double the usual quantities of
purgative medicine will be necessary: while in influenza, and other low
fevers, half the usual doses may prove fatal. In acute congestion of the
brain, stimulating narcotics (opium, belladonna, hyoscyannus) would
aggravate the symptoms, etc.

Frequency of Administering.

Anodynes, antispasmodics, narcotics, sedatives, and stimulants, may
generally be repeated once in four or six hours in order to maintain their
effect. Alteratives, diaphoretics, febrifuges, refrigerants, and tonics,
may be administered twice daily. Purgatives should only be given when
necessary, and should never be repeated until from the lapse of time we
are assured that the first dose remains inoperative. Thus, unless in urgent
need, a horse should not take a second dose of physic under thirty-six
hours after the exhibition of the first ; and in all cases, until the medicine
has worked off, he should be kept at rest and allowed only warm bran
mashes and water with the chill taken off. In ruminants a second dose
may be ventured on in twelve or sixteen hours, and in carnivora (dogs,
etc.) and omnivora (swine, etc,) in from seven to ten hours. Emetics
should be given in full doses, and repeated in five or ten minutes if they
fail to take effect, their action being further provoked by copious draughts
of tepid water and tickling the roof of the mouth with a feather.

Forms of Doses.

Drugs may often be given as powder or solution in the food or water ;
they. may be made into a soft solid with syrup and linseed meal, rolled
into a short cylinder and covered with soft paper ; they may be converted
into an infusion with warm or cold water, or into a decoction by boiling ;

666 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

or they may be powdered and suspended in thick gruel or mucilage.
They may be given, in a liquid form, from a horn or bottle; or, as a
short cylinder or pill, which may be lodged over the middle of the root
of the tongue; or, as a sticky mass, they may be smeared on the back
of the tongue ; may be given as an injection into the rectum; or, finally,
in the case of certain powerful and non-irritating agents, they may be
injected under the skin.

No agent should be given until sufficiently diluted to prevent irritation,
if retained a few minutes in the mouth, and irritants that will not mix
with water (oil of turpentine, Croton oil, etc.,) should be given in a bland
oil, in milk, or in eggs after being thoroughly mixed.

How to Give Medicine.

Few things are so awkwardly done, as a rule, as giving medicine to
farm animals. In the hands of a careful and expert person, a strong
glass bottle is good. A better instrument is a flattened bottle of block
tin, which for cattle should hold two quarts. The most usual instrument,
and on the whole the best for ordinary operations, is the horn. Select
one of which the point turns down and the large end up ; form this of the
proper size and fashion so the opening will be oblique.

Drenches should always be thoroughly mixed, and well shaken before
they are given. If a fit of coughing ensues, free the animal at onee and
until it be ended. In operating with cattle do not irritate the animal un-
duly. Always operate from the right or off side. Pass the left hand
over the head, and in front of the horn, seize the upper jaw firmly in
front of the grinders, turn the head firmly back, the operator standing
well braced, the back firm against, and as well forward of the shoulders
as possible. Thus having the animal with one side against a wall, or the
side of the stall, it must be a very vicious cow or bull that a strong, expert
man cannot handle. If, however, the operator does not stand well for-
ward and well braced, he may be severely kicked, since an ox, like a
deer, can reach well forward with their hind feet. The usual quantity
for an ox is from one to two quarts at a dose, if liquid, of ordinary de-
coctions and solutions.

Injections, or Clysters.

A large number of medicines, both liquid and solid, may be as easily
administered per rectum as by the mouth. In administering injections,
it is not necessary that much pressure be used. The intestinal canal of
animals is lower than the opening. ‘Thus fluid substances will fall by

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 667

their gravity. A good instrument for use may be a pail, with a tube
extending from the bottom connecting with a half-inch rubber hose, of
suitable length, so that the pail may hang just high enough above the
animal to be out of their reach in moving about. Oil the end to be in-
serted into the rectum, and the fluid may be passed into the gut, as much
or as little as may be desired, and with much better effect than when
strong pressure is brought to bear on the fluid.

When solid substances are administered per rectum, they are called
suppositories. They are often useful and simple, as in the case of a
small cylinder of soap, for young calves, to encourage the action of the
bowels and ducts: and in the case of cows, in the use of disinfectants,
to purify the discharges and lessen the danger of puerperal fever; sup-
positories are made into form by means of soap, starch, lard, ete.

Vapors, Spraying and Fumigation.

These are medicaments drawn in with the breath. Chloroform and
ether may be administered by means of a sponge filled with the agent and

APPLICATION OF STEAM TO THE NOSTRILS.

held to the nose. Vapors are easily produced from liquid substances by
means of an atomizer, sold by all druggists.

Steaming is often of great benefit. Hot water, either plain or medi-
cated, may be held under the animal’s nose, and the steam strongly
driven off by plunging a hot iron into it at intervals. A hot bran mash,
in a nose bag, readily gives off steam. A better form for steaming the

nostrils would be that given above.
43

668 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

For the promotion of discharge of the nostrils, the nose-bag will be
indicated ; its form and fastenings are shown in the annexed cut.

Powders for easing the expulsion
of the secretions of the nostrils, or
for local application to diseases of the
inner surface of the nose, may be a
simple tube of tin in two parts, which
may be taken apart and put together
like the joints of a stove-pipe, with a
rubber tube on one end and a mouth-
piece on the other. Charge with the
powder, and blow with sufficient force
to carry the agent where wanted.

When an anesthetic is used, it
should not be heldto the nose contin-

NOSE BAG FOR STEAMING. uously, since, if undiluted with air,
it is fatal. Watch carefully and sus-
pend the use of the anesthetic as soon as unconsciousness is pro-

duced, to be renewed from time to time as may be necessary

They
should not be used unless under the advice of a surgeon or physician,
since the need can hardly be expected except for the performance of
some intricate surgical operation. The following is endorsed by high
veterinary authority :

No 1. 1 Oz, alcohol,
2 Oz. chloroform,
3 Oz. ether.

Shake the bottle well before using it; pour a teaspoonful or more at a
time on a sponge; hold it to the nostrils. Two or three moments should

be enough to overpower the strongest ox. Y
Blistering.

Blistering is a valuable remedy, when it is required to ease the absorp-
tion of deposit, to stimulate the vessels to effect organic change, as
hastening the ripening of an abscess, or the reduction of an enlarged gland ;
they should be entirely confined to cases where the acute inflammatory
symptoms have ceased. Blisters do no good in deep-seated inflammations.
Yet the quack, if he swspect internal inflammation, claps on a blister,
which only agonizes the dumb brute, and generally leaves a permanent
blemish. | When a blister is found necessary, before applying, always as

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES, 669

an ointment or fluid, and never as a plaster, cut or shave the hair from
the part, wash and dry thoroughly, and apply with strong friction for
several minutes. The following, if thoroughly applied, will raise a blister,
and will not leave a blemish :

No. 2. 1 Oz. Powdered Cantharides,
12 Oz. Lard heated to 212 deg. Fahr.
Mix well together and stir until cool.

A sweating blister of medium strength to be used to produce irritation
and a watery discharge without raising a full blister, and which may be
applied separately to the same spot and without removing the hair, is

made as follows:

No. 3. 1 Oz. Powdered Cantharides,
1 Pt. Alcobol.

Add _ neither corrosive sublimate, arsenic, acids, nor turpentine to blis-
tering agents. They are not useful, are often injurious, and always give
unnecessary pain.

As a rule, sufficient irritation can be produced on cattle by mustard and
het water, well rubbed in, and this form should be used except in partic-
ular cases. The following rules should be carefully remembered :

1.—Never blister more than one or two spots at the same time.

2.—Be careful about blistering in hot weather.

3.—Never blister an inflamed part when there are symptoms of
mortification.

4.—There is always danger of producing strangury in horses from
blistering.

5.—When a blister causes great nervous irritability, loss of appetite,
or difficult urination, wash the blistered surface with strong soapsuds of
soft soap, dress it with sweet oil, and give a full dose of opium.

6.—The second day after a blister has been applied, foment the part
with warm water, and dress it with lard or oil. ;

7.—An animal that has been blistered should be prevented from biting,
rubbing, or otherwise irritating the blistered part.

Firing.

The actual cautery is most valuable in bone diseases, or chronic lameness.
In certain diseases it cannot be successfully replaced by any other counter-
irritant. The iron should be at a full red or white heat, and used with a
light hand, so that a distinct impression is made. More than one leg

670 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

should not be operated on at one time. It should never be perforn ed by
inexpert hands. The hair must be closely shaved, and the animal securely
fastened. A better way for the novice is to cut a piece of bacon rind
with some of the fat attached. The iron, which should be flat or slightly
hollowed, is to be heated to a dull red heat. Place the bacon rind on the
sprain or tumor, and apply the iron firmly for two or three minutes, and
afterwards more lightly, until the rind is dried or burned. This may be
repeated at intervals of two or three days. The influence will be potent,
and will leave no scar. It should never be used on cattle, except in the
case of a tumor, where the animal is valuable.

Setons.

Setons are used in cases of bone diseases, in the healing of old fistulas,
by producing a new and healthy inflammation in its sides. They should
be inserted the whole length of the canal.

Setons are composed of tapes, threads, or fine wires, pushed just
underneath the skin by means of a seton needle, entering at one point
and coming out at another. Fasten the ends, to prevent dropping out,
smear with irritant salve and turn every day or two to keep up a constant
irritation and discharge. The following will be found good ointments
for smearing the setons :

No. 4. 1 Part powdered cantharides,
8 Parts oil of turpentine,
8 Parts Canada balsam.

Put the two first in a bottle and keep warm for two days and add the
balsam
A simple ointment would be:

No. 5. 3 Parts citrine ointment,
1 Part oil of turpentine.
Mix.

Rowels.

These are wounds made with rowel scissors or a bistoury, and kept
open with a pledget of tow or other substance, smeared with ointment, as
used for setons. They are rarely used now by good surgeons, and are
not to be recommended, since their action is that of the seton.

Sewing up Wounds.

The bleeding of wounds having been checked and properly cleaned,
the edges are brought together and held in position by means of stitches

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 671

or sutures. The interrupted suture is made by carrying a suture needle
armed with white silk or white linen thread, through the two edges of
the wound and cutting off, leaving about three-inch ends on each side of
the cut : bring together and tie. So proceed until you have the wound
nicely closed, the lips of the wound or skin being carefully brought
together. ¢

The twisted suture is better in inexpert hands when it can be used.
Bring the edges of the wound together, pass a strong pin through to
hold in place, and twist a fine wire or lace a strong thread across the
protruding ends of the pin to hold the edges of the wound firmly
together. So proceed at intervals of three-eights of an inch until the
wound is closed.

The wound thus sewed, dress with a plaster or ointment and bandage
to prevent threads or pins from being torn out. Remove them as soon
as the surfaces have united, which should be in four or five days.

Fomentations.

These are apphed by wrapping the part to be treated with flannel
bandages or woolen cloths, and keep the wrappings constantly wet with
hot or cold water, or mixed with any appropriate addition as vinegar,
laudanum, etc. They are used to cleanse or soothe irritable wounds, to
reduce internal inflammation, or relieve external inflammation. Unless
persistently used for hours and kept constantly wet, they had better not
be attempted. After the operation is finished, rub dry and clothe warmly,
to prevent chill, which will surely occur. As an additional precaution,
a little mustard rubbed in would be beneficial. When it can be appiied,
a sheepskin with the wool on, wrung out of hot water, makes a good
agent for fomentation.

The Operation of Bleeding.

There is no operation in veterinary practice that has been more abused
by quacks and other persons ignorant of the true necessity, than bleed-
ing. It should never be performed except by those who have been
instructed in the operation, and only in those cases where by common
consent of the profession it is allowed. If a decided impression is to be
made, as in apoplexy, from five to seven quarts should be taken from an
ox, according to the conditions. If the jugular vein is pressed upon just
below where the incision is to be made, it will soon show prominently.
Use a thumb lancet in preference to a fleam. When sufficient has been
taken, raise the two lips of the wound, and bring them together between

672 : ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

the thumb and finger, pass a common small pin through the edges and
weave thread across and over to keep all in place.

Recognizing and Distinguishing Diseases.

The following explicit and detailed rules for recognizing diseases in an-
imals, should be carefully studied: Anyone who would become expert in
recognizing diseases in animals, must study them carefully in the healthy
state, and make himself thoroughly familiar with their habits, appearance
and general physiology. He must practice feeling their pulse and the
heart, listening to the sounds of their lungs in breathing, and taking their
temperature, by feeling the skin and also by using a properly constructed
thermometer. He should watch the appearances of the eye and tongue,
and note the positions assumed when asleep and awake. He should ob-
serve the character and frequency of their appetite. For it is in the
variations from health in these particulars that the veterinarian discovers
the guides which lead him to the recognition of the particular disease he
has to treat. We will examine each of these items separately, and assure
our readers that if they will verify our statements by practice on the liv-
ing animals, they will soon be in a position to take charge of them when
sick, quite as well and often a great deal better than the average farrier,
as he is to be found in this cquntry. ;

The Pulse.

The pulse differs very much in the domestic animals. In the full
grown horse at rest, its beats are about forty per minute ; in the ox from
fifty to fifty-five; and in the sheep and pig, about as in man, that is,
averaging seventy to eighty beats in the minute. In calves and colts,
and in animals well advanced in years, the pulse increases, in health, to
about twice these figures ; and it is also increased by hot, close stables,
full feeding, and the condition of pregnancy.

The pulse may be felt wherever a considerable artery passes over a
bone. It is usually examined in the horse on the cord which runs over
the bone of the lower jaw, just in front of its curved portion; or on the
bony ridge extending upward from the eye, or inside the elbow. In cattle
conveniently reached over the middle of the first rib, or beneath the tail.
There is 2 marked difference of force in the pulse of the two species ;
that of the horse being full and rather tense, while in the ox it is soft
and rolling.

When the pulse differs materially from these conditions in any direc-
tion, it is a sign of disease. If rapid, full and hard, there is high fever

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 673

or acute inflammation ; if rapid, small and weak there is low fever, loss
of blood, or weakness. If very slow we may suspect brain disease ; if
irregular, now fast and in a few seconds slow, we should look for a
diseased condition of the heart.

In the sheep, the pulse if felt by placing the hand on the left side,
where the beatings of the heart can be felt; or at about the middle of
the inside of the thigh, where the femoral artery passes obliquely across
the bone.

The Breathing.

The breathing is next in importance. If the ear is applied to the throat
of a shealthy horse or ox the air will be heard passing through the
windpipe with a regular, steady, blowing sound; if applied to the chest
a soft rustling murmur will be heard, like a gentle breeze in the tree
tops, caused by the air passing in and out of the fine tubes and vessels
of the lungs. But where the lung or throat is diseased, these sounds are
very much changed and in many directions, which it is not necessary to
dwell on here, but which will at once indicate the presence of something
amiss with these important organs.

‘lf the forefinger of the the left hand is placed firmly on the chest and
smartly tapped with the ends of the three first fingers of the right hand,
the sound will be noticed to be more resonant and clear than when the
same procedure is practiced on the solid thigh. This is because the lungs
are not solid, but are always in health well expanded with air. But in
rarious diseases, as pneumonia and pleurisy, they fill up with fluid and
become solid, then the sound given out, by thus percussing them, as
it is called, is like that on any other solid part of the animal. Hence
this is another very important indication of disease.

By practice on healthy animals the character and boundaries of these
sounds can be learned so closely that any variation from them will be at
once detected, and will sometimes reveal the presence of an unsound
condition when nothing else will.

The rapidity with which the act of breathing is performed can easily
be counted by the heaving of the chest. In health in the adult horse at
rest it is from eight to twelve times a minute, and in the ox a little faster.
Any great increase without obvious cause, is a positive sign of diseased
condition.

The Animal Heat.

The temperature of animals can be ascertained, to a slight extent, by

674 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

the feel of the skin, the ears, and the legs. A hot, dry skin in a horse
generally accompanies a feverish condition. Cold ears and legs are a
sign of serious disease. But the only scientific, that is, accurate plan, is
to use what is called a ‘‘clinical thermometer ;’’ that is, one, the bulb of
which can be bared and inserted into the rectum. After it has remained
there two or three minutes, the mercury will accurately indicate the tem-
perature of the blood. This in health is 98 degrees, and any deviation
from this, even of a few degrees, is a certain sign of disease. Those vet-
erinarians who have practiced sufficiently with this instrument to become
skilled in its use, declare it invaluable in their business, as affording them
grounds for opinions about diseases which no other symptoms could. .

Thus it has been found that every disease has its own degree, a tem-
perature at which it is either favorable or fatal. For example, if im that
sometimes prevalent epidemic among horses, cerebro-spinal meningitis,
the thermometer rises as high as 104 degrees, it is a certain indication
that the horse will shortly die ; while in such a disease as inflammation of
the lungs, the mercury will register 108 degrees, or 109 degrees, and the
horse recover. If in gastric or typhoid fever the heat has been 103 de-
grees, and falls to 100 degrees, and then suddenly rises again to its previous
figure, the chances are terribly against the patient, no matter what the
other appearances may seem to say. These few examples will serve to
show how valuable the instrument may become in the hands of an intelli-
gent person.

The Skin and Hair.

The skin in its general feeling and appearance is an important guide to
the condition of an animal. <A dry, scurfy appearance is a system of in-
digestion, and liability to joint affections. What is called ‘*hide bound’?
is a symptom of a general state of poor nutrition, arising from indiges-
tion, improper food, worms, or a want of proper exercise. The skin
feels stretched and hard, as if too small for the body. The condition
known as ‘*staring coat,’? when the hairs stand out like bristles, is often
the only symptom of a low state of health. Whenever an animal is dis-
posed to shiver, with shedding of the coat, when exposed to moderate
cold, or without such exposure, it is on the edge of some disease. <A
persistently staring coat, without other symptoms of disease, often indi-
cates the approach of an attack of farey or glanders ; and when with this
are repeated shivers or chills, we may expect the strangles, weed, or other
diseases with suppuration. Wheninan attack of disease the skin becomes
covered with a cold sweat, the life of the animal is in great danger.

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 675
The Posture.

The position of an animal, its mode of standing and lying down, are all
significant. Lying persistently on one side, or obstinately maintaining one
position, shows that any other is painful. Horses stand as long as they
possibly can, as they breathe much easier in the upright position ; and if
they once lie down, they soon despair and die. Hence the rule is with a
horse to sling him up, in various ailments. With cattle it is different,
and it is much less important to keep them erect. When animals cannot
rise, it may be from weakness, or from palsied limbs, or from severe
injuries or sprains.

Indication of Pain.

The feeling of pain in animals is indicated by their flinching when the
painful part is touched ; by the care which they take in lying down, walk-
ing or standing to ‘‘favor’’ the part, and by the appearance of the eye.
Distress and suffering are generally plainly apparent in the face of sick
horses and cattle.

> Special Signs in Cattle.

Tn cattle, the horn at its root yields, by the sensation it imparts to the
hand, a rough idea of the temperature of the blood, and the cow-leech
generally feels it as the doctor does the pulse, as a part of the indispens-
able programme of a professional visit. If the temperature is’ natural,
he concludes there is no fever; if cold, and the tips of the ears also cold,
it is a sign of some serious internal congestion ; the blood no longer cir-
culating in natural force through the extremities.

The muzzle is another part he takes note of. In health this is moist,
covered with ‘‘dew,”’ as the saying is; but in disease, especially fever, it
is dry, hotter or colder than natural, and sometimes changed in color,
paler or injected with blood. By looking at the flanks, the regularity of
the respiration is noted, rapid and irregular heaving there betraying the
disturbance of the important function of breathing. In ruminants also,
the second mastication of the food is among the first of the vital pro-
cesses to become disturbed in disease. When a cow or an ox “loses the
eud,”’ as it is called by herdsmen, that is, ceases to ruminate without
apparent cause, there is sure to be a feeling of sickness about the animal
which is thus interfering with one of its processes of digestion.

CHAPTER II.

GESTATION, DISEASES AND ACCIDENTS THEREOF.

PLURAL AND MULTIPLE GESTATION.

TREATMENT DURING GESTATION, BIRTH.
UNNATURAL POSITIONS
or THE CALKI.———FLOODING,. ——— PRESENTATION OF AFTER-BIRTH. INVER-
SION OF THE WOMB. ———LANGUID LABOR. ——— IRRITABILITY AND STRAINING.

—TEMPORARY PARALYSIS.-

—— PROLONGED LABOR.

LARGE PRESENTATION,

ABORTION.——--——ISOLATION,.

Plural and Multiple Gestation.

Fleming, in his work on Veterinary Obstetrics, gives a lucid and accurate
account of single, plural, and multiple gestation in animals.

Among the domestic animals there are species which are naturally wn7-
parous—produce only one ata birth; and others which, in a normal or
physiological manner, bring forth two, three, or more, at a time, and are
therefore designated gemelliparous ov multiparous gestation, being known
as double, triple, quadruple, &e.

It is seldom that twins are produced by the larger domesticated animals,
and particularly by the mare and ass, though instances are recorded of
these ; while in the cow, sheep, and goat, the occurrence of twins, triplets,
or even more young creatures at a birth, are not so scarce.

The causes of multiparity are not well ascertained. It may be due to
simultaneous ripening of two or more Graafian vesicles, which, rupturing
at the same time, allow the escape of the ovules they contain, and which
may become impregnated at a single cottus. Or a Graafian vesicle may
contain two or more ovules, as Brischoff has witnessed in women; and
these arriving together in the uterus, may be fecundated at one time. Or
it may even happen that the vitelline membrane contains two yolks, as
sometimes occurs in the fowls ege ; and as the vitelline mass is the essen-

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 677

tial part of the egg, it is evident that when this contains two of these
masses, they ought, if fecundated, to produce two embryos.

In the first case, as Saint Cyr points out, each foetus has ordinarily all
its annexes distinct and completely independent ; or it may be that the
two charions are fused together, in which circumstance the two foetuses
will then have a common envelope. In the second hypothesis, this fusion
of the charions appears to be the rule, although the envelopes may also
be independent ; and in the third case—that of the two vitelluses contained
in the same vitelline membrane—not only the envelopes but also the
foetuses may become united more or less closely and thus give rise to
double monsters.

Finally, it is also possible that two ovules may become detached from
the ovarian cluster, though not simultaneously, but successively, and be
fecundated, one after another, at two successive copulations within a
brief period. Occurrences of this kind are by no means rare, yet have
been wrongly adduced as instances of superfotution.

What to Do During Gestation.

As arule the cow should be dried about the sixth or seventh month
when stock breeding is the object. When milk and not calves is the
object the flow may be continued to within.six weeks of calving.

Grazing should always be allowed as much as possible, the exercise
and grass both being favorable to healthy gestation. In Winter the food
given should be nutritive, easy of digestion, cooling, and of such quality
as not to induce either constipation or undue laxity. Water should be
especially pure and plentiful, and not excessively cold; in fact, all frozen
food is to be avoided. Cleanliness is essential. Harsh or cruel treat-
ment, running by dogs, all danger of fright must be avoided. Surgical
operations and severe medication is to be avoided, especially drastics.
Suitable diet is to be used as a regulator of the bowels; powerful
narcotics, sedatives, and other strong physics, if they do not impair the
dam may imperil the life of the fwtus. The veterinary anomalies in
gestation are fully treated in Fleming’s work on Veterinary Obstetrics,
to which we are indebted for much valuable information.

Births.

As a rule in natural parturition there is nothing gained by undue haste.
The anima] should have quiet and be left to itself so long as everything
is going on tolerably well. In the majority of cases nature will assist
herself to a safe delivery. A roomy stall, in Winter well warmed, should

678 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

be provided with rather thin but compact bedding. In Summer, or other
mild weather, let the cow be out-of-doors by all means; in a small grass
lot is best.

Prolonged Labor.

When the labor is prolonged from excessive size of the foetus, and
this is suspected beforehand, or if time do not press and there is no
special excitement in the cow, and there is delay in the descent of the
salf, oil the hand and arm and feel for the neck of the womb in the
vagina. If it be rigid carry extract of belladonna up the vagina and
smear the neck of the womb for a few times. This should cause relax-
ation of the parts. If the time is passing carry a narrow-bladed,
blunt-pointed knife in the hand in the vagina; find the mouth of the
womb with the forefinger, slip the knife along the finger until it enters
the neck of the womb about a quarter of an inch, and make a slight
cut in all four sides of the neck by turning the knife. A slight nicking
will suffice, since the mouth once loosened in its contraction, the neck
will give way, and the bag of water will accomplish the rest.

Large Presentation.

Sometimes the calf is so large that the muscular efforts of the cow
can not force the mass forward. In this case do not resort to strong
means until all others fail. Let a small-handed man introduce both
hands, well oiled, up the vagina, carefully working forward beside the
valf, gradually pressing apart the orifice; pass closely to the calf with
the hands, and as the pains commence, pull forward as strongly by
pressure against the foetus. When a main effort is made pull forward,
and at the same time slip the hands slowly back, and the calf will often
follow. Repeat this again and again as the pains are renewed. We
have never failed in but one case in so delivering the calf, and in this
case the calf had to be dissected in the body. This no person unskilled
in surgery should attempt.

Unnatural Positions of the Calf,

These -are various, and, except in the six cases we mention, and in the
order of their frequency, resort should be had to a veterinary surgeon.
The following manner of relief is endorsed by various reliable and well-
known authorities :

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 679

Unnatural Positions of the calf.—The natural position of the calf on
its exit from the womb, is with its head and fore-feet first, the head be-
tween the feet and the back upwards. Six unnatural positions are
enumerated by writers, which demand the assistance of the surgeon. We
give them in the order of their frequency, with the appropriate treatment
they require.

First—Position with tail first. Press the haunches hack with the palm
ot the hand, take hold of the bend of the hough of one leg, pull at it and
reach the foot ; seize the other foot in the same manner, bring them forth
and deliver the body.

Second—Position with fore-feet appearing without the head. Push the
feet back until the head can be seized either by the jaw or nose, and pull
it down between the feet. No further aid will be required. This needs
a long arm, and prompt action between the pains.

Third—Position with belly upward, head over one shoulder, fore-legs
first. Gently push the calf back between the pains, and bring the head
down between the legs.

Fourth—Fore-feet first, with head under the brisket. Push the calf
back, find the head, and draw it down between the fore-feet.

Fifth—Head alone, or only one fore-foot with it. Push the calf back
and search for the fore-feet, or foot, under the belly ; when found, bring
forward one at a time, by placing the hand under the knee and using
gentle pressure.

Sixth—Belly upwards, the fore-legs folded and against the mother’s
back, the head, side or hind-leg appearing. If the hind-leg appear, put
it back; seek for the head, and if possible turn the calf, to bring the
fore-feet and head to the mouth. When this fails, throw the cow, put
her on her back, and with a rope and pulley, or two or three stout assist-
ants, raise her hind-quarters considerably higher than her shoulders. In
this position the calf can be easily pushed back in the uterus, so that it can
be turned and brought to the natural position.

Many surgeons make it a rule to fasten the part presenting with a cord
and slip-knot before going in search of the part they desire to bring to
the mouth. The cord is held by an assistant, and serves as a guide.

The principal obstetric instrument in the cow is the hook. This is
made of wrought iron, four inches long, with a loop for the cord at the
straight end. When by no other means the calf can be delivered, or
when removing a dead fcetus, this hook is fastened in the socket of an
eye, under the jaw or in an ear, and by gentle and steady traction the
resistance is Overcome.

Finally, the foetus may have to be taken out piece-meal, an operation
which requires considerable skill on the part of the operator, to avoid
wounding the womb and vagina when he is dissecting the calf.

680 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

In all such operations certain general rules should be observed, as
follows :

First—Thoroughly anoint the hand with lard, or oil, before introduc-
ing it into the vagina.

Second

Make the examinations while the cow is standing, and between
the pains.

Third—In pulling at the feet, enclose the claws in the hollow of the
palm, so that they will not tear the delicate coats of the womb.

Flooding.

Sometimes after a natural birth which has been rapid, and often after
an abortion which has been brought on by violence, there is a severe at-
tack of ‘‘flooding,’’ or bleeding from the womb. It may escape from
the vagina, or it may be indicated by paleness of the mouth and nose,
weak pulse, great weakness and coldness of the surface, and the womb
be found to be filled with clotted blood.

Treatment.—The hand should be introduced into the womb, the clots
and any remaining portion of the after-birth seized and extracted, and a
sponge dipped in hot vinegar and water, or very hot or very cold water
alone, be wrung out in the uterus. A full dose of fresh ergot of rye, one
to two ounces, should be given without delay.

If these measures fail, a piece of ice the size of a walnut should be car-
ried into the womb and left there ; or a tea-spoonful of powdered alum
should be stirred in a tea-cupful of milk, and a sponge of this be squeezed
out in the womb. Internally, Prof. Gangee recommends, for either the
mare or cow,

No. 6 3 Oz. Compound tincture of cinnamon,
5 Oz, Diluted sulphuric acid.

Mix and give two table-spoonfuls for a dose every one or two hours, in a
quart of water.

Retention of After-birth.

There are many causes leading to this. The most common of these
are hurried deliveries, adherence of the after-birth to the walls of the
womb, and poverty of the animal. Retention for two or even three days
under ordinary circumstances is not especially serious. If left to putrify,
fetid discharges will exhaust the animal. The blood is poisoned, and the
animal either dies or remains unhealthy for life. After forty-eight hours,
if trouble still exists, the hand and arm well oiled should be introduced,

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 681

and the after-birth carefully separated from the walls of the womb by
picking with the fingers and nails, and gradual but firm pulling. The
whole having been completely removed, syringe the vagina thoroughly
with the following :

No. 7. 1 Oz. Chloride of lime,
1 Qt. Soft water.

. ¢ .
Give the following as a physic :

No. 8. 8 Oz. Epsom salts,
4, Oz. Ginger pulverized,
_4, Oz, Caraway seed pulverized,
2. Drachms Copavia.

Giveasadrench. If there is a tendency to bleeding, give the following :
No. 9. 2. Oz. Ergot of rye, powdered.

Inversion of the Womb.

This occurs from long-continued and excessive straining, and there
hangs from the birthplace a large red or violet colored bag. Clean the

TO PREVENT INVERSION OF THE VAGINA.

bag thoroughly by the free use of warm water. If it is much swollen
and enlarged, puncture slightly with the lance in several places to let out
engorged blood. When sufficiently reduced, stop the effusion with cold
water. Stand the cow so that her head will be permanently lowest in the
stall. Let two assistants place a cloth underneath the bag and raise it
to the level of the vagina. The operator with his right hand well oiled,

682 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

after oiling the surface of the bag, places his hand against the point or
bow of the bag farthest from the vagina, presses it steadily but gently
back, and as far up the vagina as possible. With the left hand, also oiled,
he now presses in the dependent portions in and up in a similar manner.
The assistants follow the retracting bag until it is restored. A ball of
tow is introduced to keep it in place, and a harness (as shown in the
foregoing cut), which includes a raised stall. In any event the bowels
should be restrained for a day or two by doses of: laudanum. After
twenty-four hours, if the pains have ceased and the animal is quiet, the
ball of tow may be removed, and later the harness. A simplification of
the harness will easily suggest itself to the operator.

fotos}

Languid Labor.

If the presentation is all right and there is no obstruction, and the
mouth of the womb is dilated but the labor pains are infrequent and
weak, careful mechanical assistance should be given with the hands as
heretofore stated, or try first full doses of ergot cf rye, one to two
ounces. It is often inefficient in cows and must be given in large doses.

Irritability and Straining.

If this is seen after birth, unless it subsides promptly, or if it show
itself by repeated spasms and convulsions, give the following in a quart
of warm milk: Chloroform and laudanum, each half an ounce. If the
muzzle is dry and the horns hot, showing tendency to fever, the following
will be better :

No. 10. 2 Oz. sweet spirits of nitre,
2 Oz. laudanum,
4 Oz. solution of acetate of ammonia.

This dose to be given ina quart of tepid milk every hour until relieved.
Temporary Paralysis.
Cows are frequently paralyzed in their limbs before parturition. If

they does not regain the use of their limbs soon, or if they improve
slowly, give the following :

No. 11. 2 Drachms powdered nux vomica,
2 Drachms sulphate of iron.

Give in a pint or two of gruel twice a day. Avoid all so-called cleans-
ing drinks ; they are generally injurious. When there is unusual debility
the following will be indicated :

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 683

No.. 12. 1 Oz. powdered anise seed,
1 Oz. & myrrh,
1 0z. ae allspice,
1 Oz. D cummin seed.

To be stirred in a quart of warm gruel as a drench.

If constipation is strong and persistent give :

No. 13. 1, Lb. sulphate of magnesia,
1 Oz. ground anise seed,
6 Oz. olive oil.
Give in a pint of gruel, and repeat daily if needed.

If there is strong relaxation with continued diarrhea, the following
will be indicated :

No. 14. 2 Drachms powdered ecatechu,
10z. s€ ginger,
30 Drops sulphurie acid,
1 Oz. laudanum.

Give in a quart of gruel, ale or weak whisky and water.

Or,

- No. 15. 1 Oz. powdered ginger,
1 Oz. bicarbonate of soda,
1 Oz. laudanum,
1 Oz. decoction of oak bark.

Give several times a day in gruel or ale. Half this dose suffices for six
months’ calves, in similar conditions of the bowels.

Antiseptic washes for cleansing the vagina when the discharge is foul :
No. 16. 1 Quart clean wood tar,

2 Quarts boiling rainwater.

Stir, settle and pour off.

Another,

No. 17. 05k Lb. chloride of lime,
2 Gallons cool soft water.

Let it settle and pour off clear. A pint or two of either may be injec-
ted twice a day.

Abortion.

Abortion may be said to take place in cows when the foetus is expelled
thirty-five days before the normal period. It may occur from a variety

44

684 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

of reasons, and is much more common during the first half of the normal
period than in the latter. It may be sporadic, that is, induced by acci-
dental or local causes, as atmospherical iufluences, such as bad weather,
and irregular seasons—severe suddenly succeeding mild weather. Cold
storms, etc., are especially to be guarded against. As external causes,
access by the male, explorations in vagina, surgical operations, throwing
the animal down, bleeding, and bad or improper food, are among the
most common of external causes. Excitement, fear, surprise, certain
odors, contagion, are credited with playing an active part in this dis-
ability. Various diseases are also active parties in this direction. When
vases occur simultaneously over wide extents of country and without
known causation, it may be enzootic or epizootic. Ravages of this kind
are not uncommon, and have even attracted the special attention of
veterinarians.

Isolation.

When abortion is about to occur in a stable, at the very first symptom
the animal should be entirely separated from the others, and the stall
thoroughly disinfected with carbolic acid. In relation to measures pre-
ventive and remedial, these will be found in the list of properly labeled
drugs to be kept for that purpose ; they may be referred to at will. —Iso-
lation, however, is of absolute importance, lest the cause extend to other
or perhaps all the cows in the stable. Ergot or other fungus spores in
the food may be the cause. All possible causes should be carefully ex-
amined and remedied. A thorough cleansing of the stables should be
made, and disinfectants and fumigants used. The following in the form
of powder is good:

No. 18. 1 Bushel air-slacked lime,
1 Pound copperas,
1, Pound carbolic acid.
Mix.

A liquid form :
No. 19. 1 44 Pounds chloride of aluminum,

1 Gallon water.
Dissolve. This is not poisonous.

CHAPTER III.

INFECTIOUS, CONTAGIOUS AND EPIDEMIC DISEASES.

PNEUMONIA. HISTORY. ITS MALIGNANT CONTAGIOUSNESS, DEFINITION.
HOW THE INFECTION ENTERS THE SYSTEM. HOW LONG IS A DISEASED AN-
IMAL INFECTIOUS. HOW TO KNOW It. WHAT TO DO. TEXAS FEVER.
HOW TO KNOW IT. BLOODY MURRAIN. ITS MALIGNANT CHARACTER.
PREVENTIVES. WHAT TO DO. FOOT AND MOUTH DISEASE, CON-

- TAGIOUS PLEURA,

Infectious, Contagious and Epidemic Diseases.

Among the most terrible of the diseases ever imported into the United
States is pleuro pneumonia contagiosa known scientifically by a large
number of names, but now generally designated as Bovine Pneumonia
Plague, and the Lung Plague in cattle; Texas Fever, known also as
Spanish Fever and Texas Cattle Disease, and scientifically as Splenic
Fever ; Bloody Murrain, also known as ‘* Black Quarter’’ (Quatran) and
‘‘Quarter Ail,’ is known among veterinarians by its French name
Charbon, and also as Contagious Anthrax. Thus these will be all that
it will be necessary to treat at considerable length as among contagious
diseases.

Contagious Pleuro-pneumonia.

This disease which has lately excited so much attention in the United
States from its violent outbreak in the Atlantic States, and the well
grounded fear that for the lack of national legislation it might overrun
the whole country, is the most malignant with which the farmers of the
country have had to deal. Once fairly established in the West there

O86 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

will be no possible means of eradicating it. It will remain a fixture
forever.

History.

This disease has been known in Europe and Asia from the remotest
civilization, and has been treated since the first gathering together of
cattle in large herds. Aristotle, evidently writing of this disease three
hundred years before Christ, describes the symptoms accurately, inas-
much as he says: ‘*The cattle which live in herds are subject to a
malady during which the breathing becomes hot and frequent; the ears
droop and they cannot eat. They die rapidly, and the lungs are found
spoiled.’’ Greek and Roman writers also describe what appears to be
the same disease, and Valentine particularizes a fatal lung plague which
evidently corresponds to this malignant and terrible scourge.

Its Malignant Contagiousness.

Unfortunately veterinary science has never yet discovered a remedy.
Its attack is so insidious, and often occupies so long a time in the stage
of incubation, that a whole herd may be infected almost before it is
known. As in the case of all German plagues, nothing is known of its
origin ; but just as soon as it is apparent that a case is being well devel-
oped, the only safe plan is prompt killing, deep burying of the carcass,
skin and all, and the free use of quick-lime (a barrel to the carcass)
before being covered up.

Definition.

This disease is defined as follows :

A specific contagious disease peculiar to cattle, and manifested by a
long period of incubation (ten days to three months) by a slow insidious
onset, by a low type of fever, and by the occurrence of inflammation in
the air-passages, lungs and their coverings, with an extensive exudation
into the lungs and pleure.

That the infection is carried by the animals wherever they go is certain.
That it is carried in the air to a very considerably extent seems altogether
probable. That it is carried by inoculation is well demonstrated ; and
also by contact of diseased portions of an animal with the membranes of
a well one, is as certain as that the contagion is carried by attendants on
sick animals and is proved almost beyond controversy. That the conta-
gion will hold in stables for months even after being thoroughly cleaned
and washed with disinfectant liquids, is proved just as clearly as that it

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 687

may be carried by the many. ‘That it may be taken in pastures and with
fodder is too well authenticated to leave room for doubt.

Vitality of the Virus.

There is much difference of opinion with regard to the power of the
virus to resist ordinary destructive influences. In many cases the free
exposure of an infected place for three or four months to the action of
the air has purified it so that fresh stock have been introduced with
impunity. On the other hand, instances can be adduced in which cattle
have been infected by being placed in stables in which cattle had not
been kept at least four months previously. Other things being equal, it
will be preserved longest where it has been dried up and covered from
the free access of the air. Thus in very dry and close buildings, in those
having rotten wood-work, or deep dust-filled cracks in the masonry, and
in those with a closed space beneath a wooden floor, it clings with the
greatest tenacity. Again, when the buildings contain piles of lumber,
litter, hay, fodder, or clothing, the virus is covered up, secreted and
preserved for a much longer time than if left quite empty. In these
last it is preserved just as it is in woolen or other textile fabrics, and
carried from place to place by human beings.

As carried through the air, the distance at which the virus retains its
infecting properties varies much with varying conditions. The author
has seen a sick herd separated from a healthy one by not more than
fifteen yards and a moderately close board fence of seven feet high, and
in the absence of all inter-communication of attendants, the exposed
herd kept perfectly sound for six months in succession. On the other
hand, infection will sometimes take place at a much greater distance
without any known means of conveyance on solid objects. Roll quotes
50 to 100 feet, while others claim to have seen infection at a distance of
200 and 300 feet. But it may well be questioned whether in such cases
the virus had not been dried up on light objects, like feathers, paper,
straw, or hay, which could be borne on the wind. This, from being in
thicker layers, would escape the destruction that would have befallen it
had it been carried in the air only as invisible particles.

How the Infection Enters the System.

The seat of the disease, its progress, and the result of all attempts at
inoculation, favor the presumption that the virus is usually taken in with
the air breathed. Not only are the lesions concentrated in the lungs,
but they begin with cloudiness and swelling of the smaller air-tubes and
surrounding connective tissues.

685 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

The exudation into the interlobular tissue, the congestion of the lung
tissue itself, and the implication of the lung covering, are secondary phe-
nomena. In other words, the disease begins where the inspired air must
lodge the germs. Thus the inoculation of the virulent lung products on
distant parts of the body of a sound beast rarely determines the character-
istic lesions in the lungs, in lieu of which it induces in the seat of inoculation
an exudation less abundant, as might be expected from the greater density
and resistance of the integument, but which can, like the morbid lung
products, be inoculated on sound animals with protective effect. It seems
probable that the poison is multiplied in both cases, but that the special
loose and susceptible texture of the lung renders its production incompar-
ably more abundant, as the continuous ingress and egress of air through
the diseased organ renders it immeasurably more infecting.

How Long a Diseased Animal is Infectious.

Proof is wanting as to the infectious nature of the disease during the

incubative stage. If negative evidence were of any value in a case like
this, it would be easy to adduce cases in which the removal of an animal
as soon as it showed symptoms of the plague had apparently saved the
rest of the herd. In other cases, the malady has been eradicated from a
herd by careful watching, and the prompt removal of every animal as
soon as sickness appeared. The period of greatest virulence is that at
which the fever runs highest and when the lung is being loaded with the
morbid exudation.

But it must not be inferred that with the subsidence of the fever the
danger is removed. It is a matter of every day observation that animals
which have passed through the fever, that are now thriving well, or giving
a free supply of milk, and to ordinary observers would appear in perfect
health, retain the power of transmitting the disease to others. This may
continue for three, six, nine, twelve, or, according to some, even fifteen
months after all signs of acute illness have disappeared. This is easily
explained. The tendency of the disease is to interrupt the circulation in
the most severely affected parts of the lungs; the exudation around this
becomes developed into a tough fibrous envelope, which closes off the
dead mass from the adjacent lung and from all communication with the
external air. The dead and imprisoned mass now undergoes a process of
breaking down, liquefaction, and absorption, commencing at the surface,
and slowly advancing towards the centre. The encysted portion of the
dead lung is one mass of infecting material, and as it undergoes no change
except that of liquefaction, and exhales at no time any putrid odor, it re-
mains infectious so long as it retains the solid form. At the outset more
than half a lung may be thus encysted, and five or six months after alleged

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 689

recovery we still find masses of from one to two pounds weight waiting
for the slow process of solution. Whenever there are indications of the
existence of such encysted masses, the animal should be looked on as in-
fectious, and disposed of as summarily as if in the acute stages of the
disease. Mr. Law gives the following rules when the disease is suspected :

1. Remove all litter, manure, feed and fodder from the stables ; scrape
the walls and floor—wash them if necessary ; remove all rotten wood.

2. Take chloride of lime one-half lb., crude carbolic acid, 4 ozs., and
water, 1 gal; add freshly-burned quick-lime till thick enough to make a
good whitewash ; whitewash with this the walls, roof, floors, posts, man-
gers, drains and other fixtures in the cow stables.

3. Wash so as to thoroughly cleanse all pails, buckets, stools, forks,
shovels, brooms and other movable articles used in the buildings ; then
wet them all over with a solution of carbolic acid 1-2 lb., water 1 gal.

4. When the empty building has been cleansed and disinfected as
above, close the doors and windows, place in the center of the building :
metallic dish holding 1 lb. flowers of sulphur ; set fire to this and let the
cow-shed stand closed until filled with the fumes for at least two hours.
The above should suffice for a close stable capable of holding twelve cows.
For larger, or very open buildings, more will be required.

4. The manure from a stable where sick cattle have been kept, must
be turned over and mixed with quicklime, two bushels to every load ;
then hauled by horses to fields to which no cattle have access, and at
once plowed under by horses.

6. The pits, where the manure has been, must be cleansed and washed
with the disinfectant fluid ordered for the building.

7. The surviving herd should be shut up in a close building for half
an hour, once or twice a day, and made to breathe the fumes of burning
sulphur. Close doors and windows, place a piece of paper on a clean
shovel, lay a few pinches of flowers of sulphur upon it, and set it on fire ;
adding more sulphur, pinch by pinch, as long as the cattle can stand it
without coughing. Continue for a month.

8. Give two drachms powdered copperas (green vitriol) daily to each
cow in meal or grains: or, divide 1 lb. copperas into 50 powders, and
give one daily to each adult animal.

9. Do not use for the surviving cattle any feed, fodder or litter that
has been in the same stables with the sick. They may safely be used for
horses and sheep.

What to Do.

There is only one remedy—entire isolation of the herd infected. The
prompt killing and slashing of the hides of diseased animals, deep burial,

690 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

and covering the bodies with quick-lime. It may be stamped out only
by the free use of the poll-axe, and the thorough disinfection by the
most severe means of the premises, utensils and attendants. It is one
of those cases where heroic treatment is of supreme value.

How to Know It.

The symptom most easily known in the early stage is an increased tem-
perature of the body. If a clinical thermometer be introduced into the
rectum of a beast in an infected district, and an abnormal heat is ascer-
tained, it is safe to suspect the disease ; therefore send for a veterinarian
at once. Next a slight cough will show itself; the hair will be erected
along the back; there may be shivering and always tenderness of the
back when pinched; the breathing and pulse is accelerated ; the bowels
are costive, rumination is irregular. The urine is scanty and high col-
ered, the appetite fails, the milk-flow is diminished, the nose will be alter-
nately moist anddry. The horns and other extremities will be alternately
hot and cold. In the field, the sick animals will separate from the herd.
All the symptoms become more and more apparent until the animal
remains in a fixed posture, the head rigidly extended, the mouth open, at
every inspiration a moan, until at length the animal succumbs, a loath-
some and noxious mass of contagion.

What to Do.

A resort to remedies should not be had unless the animals are taken
partly in hand, and can be isolated in a building far from any herd. It
will not pay except in the case of thorough-bred or otherwise valuable
stock. This is especially the case in the West, if that section should be
unfortunate enough to import the disease. Prof. Gamgee, who made an
elaborate report for the Government in 1871, strongly and wisely con-
demns purgatives and bleeding, but believes the disease may be checked,
if taken in time, by isolating the whole herd, and depending on active
internal astringents. He advises daily doses of sulphate of iron, one-half
to one drachm to the bullock, mixed with an equal weight of linseed and
coriander seeds, given in bran to disguise it; this he has found to miti-
gate the cough, followed by the disappearance of the disease.

In the second stage of the disease, he advises light but nutritious food,
copious warm water injections, ‘and the following stimulant :

No. 20. 4; Oz. carbonate of ammonia,
L Qt, Tinseed oil.

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 691

Mix, and give this dose two or three times a day. When only one
lung is involved, recovery occasionally takes place; when both are in-
volved, there is little or no hope. For cough and debility during con-
valescence, he advises the following tonic :

No. 21. 14 Oz. oxide of magnesia,
44 Oz. iron filings, fine,
14g Oz. tincture of gentian,
1 Pt. water.
‘To be given daily.

Another prescription is recommended—

No. 23. 1 Drachm carbolie acid,
1 Pint water
To be given as a dose three times a day.

The reader will see, upon a careful study of the foregoing, that but
one prescription—killing—is the only safe plan.

Texas Fever.

This disease, now called Splenic Fever, resembles in some of its phases
the terrible Rinderpest of Asiatic Russia, but it is far less malignant and
less contagious. It also disappears with the first frost, being effectually
stamped out during the Winter, not to be again seen until again reintro-
duced by the passage of Texas cattle. So again it is not given by our
Northern cattle to other beasts. The disease has its home on the coast
of Texas, but how it originated is not clearly known. After death the
spleen is found greatly enlarged and softened, the kidneys broken, dung
and the blood fluid.

How to Know It.

The period of incubation extends over four or five weeks after the poi-
son has been introduced. The fever will at first be moderate, the tem-
perature as shown by a clinical thermometer, introduced into the rectum,
will be 105 to 107 degrees. Then follows dullness, cough, trembling,
jerking of the muscles, drooping of the head, arching of the back. The
horns are hot, rumination ceases, and the appetite not good. The eyes
become glassy and watery, the urine deep red or black from the blood
contained ; the dung is hard and coated with blood; the mouth and _ rec-
tum will be a dark red or copper color; and the animal dies in a stupor
or convulsions.

Gamgee always found present in the examination of nearly 5,000
animals that the fourth stomach was distinctly inflamed and the spleen

>

592 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

always enlarged and of a purplish color—on cutting the pulp oozing out
soft like currant jelly. Hence the name, ‘‘ Splenic Fever.’’

What to Do.

Put the animal in a roomy stable with good ventilation, and give soft
food. As an internal remedy give

No, 23. 144 Oz. chlorate of potash,
1 Oz. tincture of chloride of iron,
1 Quart water.
Mix and give as a dose to to be followed two or three times a day.

The most dangerous symptoms being passed, give plentiful food and
the following tonic.

No. 24. 44 Oz. sulphate of iron,
1 Oz. tineture of ginger,
1 Qt. water.
This amount twice daily.

Professor Gamgee does not regard medical treatment as being hopeful.
In addition he advises that the limbs be well rubbed, and the bowels
moved by injections. During the first two or three days he recommends
ounce doses of laudanum, and later as a stimulant the following :

No. 24. 44 Oz. sulphuric ether,
4 Oz. of acetate of ammonia.

Give in a quart of linseed tea three times a day.

Bloody Murrain.

Contagious Anthrax, known also as charbon, black leg, black quarter,
black tongue— is so called because the parts attacked turn black,
owing to decomposition of the blood. It arises undoubtedly from con-
tagion, eating bad food, pasturing on swamp lands in summer, drinking
stagnant water, etc. Whatever the poison, certain it is it has wonderful
tenacity of life; every part of the animal will carry it, even the excre-
ment. Flies will carry it, a yoke worn by a diseased ox retains it. Even
alcohol is said not be able to kill the poison. Fortunately it rarely occurs
in its truly malignant form. There are many types of the disease
attacking particular parts. In the tongue it is known as black tongue, or
blain ; in the throat as putrid sore throat. When it attacks the bowels
it is called bloody murrain.

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. O95

Its Malignant Character.

In this disease it must be remembered that in its malignant form it
attacks not only cattle and horses, but all the herbivora, swine and birds.
It is communicable to other and different animals by inoculation, showing
itself in different forms, but all characterized by the breaking down of
the blood globules, rupture of tissues and letting out blood and albumin-
ous fluids, with gangrene, yellow or brown mucous membrane, enlargement
and sometimes rupture of the spleen, and a very high death rate. Immense
numbers of human beings have died first and last from eating the flesh
of diseased animals. This is especially the case among the Tartars, who
do not refrain from eating even the flesh of anthrax horses. As many
as a thousand persons are recorded as haying died in six weeks in San
Domingo from eating the flesh of such diseased animals. Mosquitoes,
and other biting insects are supposed to cause breaking out of the malig-
nant pustule in man, from the fact of its always arising on exposed
portions of the body. In relation to the various manifestations of the
malignant anthrax Professor Law says :

‘* Malignant anthrax may be manifested by external disease, or swelling
or without such appearances. To the first class belong the carbuncular,
erysipelas, of sheep and swine, malignant sore throat of hogs, gloss-
anthrax or black tongue, black quarter or bloody murrain, the boiled
plague of Siberia, and the malignant pustule of man. To the second
belong all those forms of disease in which there are the specific changes
in blood, with engorgement of the spleen, blood-staining, and exudations
into internal organs only.

Preventives.

Upon the first intimation of the disease the well animals of the herd
should be removed to clean, new pasture, where there is pure water.
Avoid all bleeding, purging, and lowering medicines. The animals must
be kept up. So all local applications to the swellings seem useless. A
seton, composed of a yard of broad coarse tape, inserted in the dewlap
turned every day and smeared with irritating ointment might prove ben-
eficial. This should remain in from four to six weeks.

Youatt and others advise the following :

No. 25. 2 to 4 Drachms chloride of lime,
1 Oz. prepared chalk,

2 Drachms laudanum.
Mix and give in a pint of warm gruel every two or three hours.

Recent French authors, in treating the malignant form of the disease,

694 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

recommend quinine, one or two drachms, repeated every two or three
hours in severe cases. Also hypodermic injections of a solution of iodine
as follows:

No. 26. 2 Grains iodine,
5 Grains iodide of potassium,
1 Oz. water.

Use a syringeful every hour in severe cases. In extreme ones, it is ad-
vised that this be thrown directly into the veins ; also that the strength be
kept up by stimulants ; among those recommended most strongly is car-
bonate of ammonia.

Blain.

When bloody murrain attacks the tongue it is called blain. In the case
of blain it is recommended to open the pustule freely from end to end,
with a sharp lancet, before the poison has been absorbed. Treat the
same surface freely with the following :

No. 27. 20 Grains chloride of lime,
1 Oz. water.

Mop the parts freely.

Sulphuric or nitric acid, nitrate of mercury, lunar caustic, and other
strong caustics, are equally good. When it may be accomplished, burn-
ing with a hot iron is advised.

Foot and Mouth Disease.

One other contagious disease will be necessary to be treated of here,
as beginning to be of common occurrence, having prevailed more or less
since its introduction into the United States in 1869. This is epizootic
aptha, generally known as foot and mouth disease. Although a contagious
febrile disease occurring in cattle and sheep, and communicable by trans-
mission to swine and even man, it is fortunately rarely fatal, and is
characterized in animals by an eruption of small blisters in the mouth,
and between the clefts of the hoofs, and along the upper margin of the
coronet. It is a specific poison of obscure origin, remaining in the system
from one to four days before producing its characteristic symptoms.

How to Know It.

There is an increase of temperature in the body, followed by an erup-
tion of small blisters, of the size of a dime, situated on the tongue, the
roof of the mouth, inside the lips, and occasionally on the udder. The

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 695

blisters in the cleft of the hoofs and around the coronet and heels, are
indentical with the others, but smaller.

Malignant Catarrh.

Caused by feeding in damp, cold situations, and feeding on marshes in
peculiar seasons. Low, wet river bottoms are most subject to give it to
stock. The disease somewhat resembles the Russian cattle plague, but
is not usually contagious. Professor James Law gives symptoms and
treatment as sollows :

A slight diarrhcea may be followed by costiveness, the dung being black,
firm and scanty. The hair is rough and erect ; shivering ensues ; the head
is depressed ; the roots of the horns and forehead hot ; eyes sunken, red,
watery, with turbidity in the interior and intolerance of light ; muzzle dry
and hot ; mouth hot with much saliva; the membranes, mouth, nose and

MALIGNANT CATARRH—SECOND OR SLOUGHING STAGE.

vagina bluish-red ; pulse rapid; impulse of the heart weak; breathing
hurried ; cough ; urine scanty and high colored, and surface of the body
alternately hot and cold. In twenty-four hours all the symptoms are ag-
gravated ; the nose discharges a slimy fluid ; forehead is warmer and duller
on percussion ; the mouth covered with dark red blotches, from which the
cuticle soon peels off, leaving raw sores ; appetite is completely lost ; dung
and urine passed with much pain and straining, and there is generally
stiffness and indisposition to move. From the fourth to the sixth day
ulcers appear on the nose and muzzle, swellings take place beneath the
jaws, chest and abdomen, and on the legs the skin may even slough off

696 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

in patches ; a foetid saliva drivels from the mouth and a stinking diarrhcea
succeeds the costiveness. Death usually ensues from the eighth to the
tenth day, preceded perhaps by convulsions or signs of suffocation.

The treatment is to clean the bowels with the following :

No. 28. 1 Pint olive oil,
1 Oz. laudanum.
Mix.

In eight or ten hours, if it do not operate, give another. Follow this
with diuretics, sweet spirits of nitre in half-ounce doses, and also with
antiseptics, potassa chlorate, in doses of one-quarter drachm. Wet cloths
should be kept on the head; the mouth and nose sponged with quite a
weak solution of carbolic acid, Give as food only soft mashes.

CHAPTER IV.

MEDICINES AND INSTRUMENTS—WHAT TO KEEP.

I. DISSECTION.— II. ACTION OF MEDICINES. ——III. MEDICINES TO BE KEPT, AND DOSES.
——IV. SIMPLE AND VALUABLE RECIPES.——YV. FORMS OF CLYSTERS.——VI. INFUSIONS.
—VII. ANTI-SPASMODICS. —— VIII, FOMENTATIONS. IX. MUCILAGES. X. WASHES.

— XI. POULTICES.——XII. FUMIGATIONS.——XIII. TINCTURE FOR WOUNDS.

I. Dissection.

Tn the dissection of cattle the axe and meat saw, and butcher’s knife
must be largely depended on, in the hands of farmers, since all that is
necessary is to get at the diseased parts to note their appearance and the
seat of the disease, the symptoms having been previously carefully noted.
This matter has been treated of in diseases of the horse, chapter XIX.,
article Dissection, to which the reader is referred.

II. Action of Medicines.

The action of medicines, doses for horse, ox, sheep and swine is also
treated of in chapter XIX., of the horse, together with much other val-
uable matter applicable to animals generally.

III. Medicines to be Kept, and Doses.

Tt will not be necessary to keep more than a small stock of the medi-
cines in most common use, or such as may be required in an emergency.
Those adapted to the horse, will, as a rule be also adapted to other stock.
In chapter XIX. a pretty full list will be found, with the appropriate
doses for cattle, sheep and swine, as well as the horse; also the proper
proportionate dose for animals of various ages up to the adult. It will
not be necessary to repeat them here.

698 : ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

For the purpose of enabling our readers to become familiar with the
bony structure of cattle we give an illustration of the skeleton of the ox
with the correct names of the various parts as known in veterinary sci-
ence. It will be found valuable for reference, not only to the student in
veterinary art, but also to every one who proposes to keep and breed
cattle.

SKELETON OF THE OX.

Explanation of Cut—A—Cervical Vertebrae. & B—Dorsal Vertebrae.
C—Lumbar Vertebrae. D—Sacrum. # HL—Concygeal Bones. F
—Ribs. G—Costal Cartilages. —Scapula. /—Humerus. A A—
Radius. £—UlIna. M—Carpusor Knee. 1—Scaphoid. 2—Semilunar.
3—Cuneiform. 4—Trapezium. 5—Trapezoid. 6—Os Magnum. 7—
Unceiform. 8—Pisiform. NM N—Large Metacarpel or Cannon. O—
Small Metecarpel. P P—Sesamoid Bones. @ @—Phalanges. 1—Os
Suffraginis or Pastern Bone. 2—Os Coronae. 3—Os Pedis. —Pelvis.
1—Ilum. 2—Pubis. 38—Ischium. S—Femur. J—Patella. U—
Tibia. V—Fibula. W—Hocks. 1—Os Calcis. 2—Ostragulus. 3—
Cuneiform Magnum. 4—Cuneiform Median. | 5—Cuneiform Parvum.
6—Cuboid. X—Large Metatarsal. 1, 2, 3—Phalanges. Y—Small
Metatarsal. Z%—Head. 1—Inferior Maxilla. 2—Superior Maxilla. 3—
Anterior Maxilla. 4—Nasal Bone. 5—Molar. 6—Frontal. 7—Parietal.
8—Occipital. 9—Lachrymal. 10—Squamous. 11—Petrous.

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 699

In comparing the skeleton of the ox with that of the horse, we can
readily perceive the difference in the length of the limb and neck pos-
sessed by the latter. Speed seems to have been an object at the creation,
and as the body was elevated the neck needed proportionate length in
order to feed. The body of the horse corresponds to a square, while
that of the ox to a long rectangle. The limbs of the ox are straighter than
those of the horse, much less speed being demanded. The ribs of the
former are both longer and larger than those of the latter, greater pro-
tection with sluggardness of movement being required. In the head of
the ox we find the two plates or tables noticed in the horse; in the latter,
however, they lie close together, while in the former, as in all horned
animals, there is considerable space between them. This diversity creates
a number of cells, having bony ridges passing from the inner to the outer
plate, which secures the firmness of the parts. These cells form roomy
and strong sockets for the horns. The cavity containing the brain of the
ox is about one-fourth the size of the other parts of the skull; the organs
of mastication and those of smell taking up the remaining portions. In
sattle the frontal bones extend from the nose to the superior ridge of the
skull, presenting a flat, irregular surface, totally bare of any muscular or
fleshy covering. The weapon of defense and offense employed by cattle
is the horn and nature has securely based it and rendered it effective by
this expanse of the frontal bone. There is the same division in the
center of the frontal sinuses as in the horse, but the perfection of divis-
ion between the nostrils is wanting. Commencing about half way up the
nose, the septum is wanting at the lower part, and the two nostrils are,
as it were, thrown into one; the frontal sinuses connect with the nasal,
thus forming a continuous cavity from the muzzle to the horn, and from
one muzzle to the other. In polled cattle the frontal bone holds the
same situation—reaching from the nasal bones to the parietal ridge—but
as they were not designed for the base of horns, they narrow off towards
the poll. The temporal bones in cattle are small, deep in the temporal
fossa and destitute of the squamous structure. The occipital bone is,
in the ox, deprived of almost’ all the importance attached to it in the
conformation of the horse. The sphemoid and ithmoid bones are in the
same relative position.

IV. Simple and Valuable Medical Recipes for Cattle.

Dr. G. H. Dadd, M.D., V.S., a medical p ‘actitioner of repute, and
celebrated as a veterinary surgeon, up to the time of his death, some
fifteen years ago, attributed much of his success to not being bound by
any rigid rules of practice. Thus he, while having been bred under the
Allopathic system of medicine, used largely of botanical agents, as in

45

700 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

fact do all our best physicians now, more largely than formerly. In the
appendix to his work on the diseases of cattle he gives a series of recipes
under appropriate headings, which we reproduce in a somewhat different
and condensed form, as being at the same time simple and efficacious.
In his observations on the action of medicine, and external agents on the
animal body, he says, that warmth and moisture always expand it, and
bayberry bark, tannin, and gum catechu always contract it; and that
these agents have these effects at all times (provided, however, there be
sufficient vitality in the part to manifest these peculiar changes ) and under
all cirgumstances. If a blister be applied to the external surface of an
animal, and it produces irritation, it always has a tendency to produce
that effect, whatever part of the living organism it may be applied to.
So alcohol always has a tendency to stimulate, whether given by the
mouth or rubbed on the external surface, it will produce an excitement
of nerves, heart and arteries, and of course the muscles partake of the
influence. Again, marsh mallows, gum acacia, slippery elm, ete., always
lubricate the mucous surfaces, quiet irritation, and relieve inflammatory
symptoms.

It follows, of course, Ist. That when any other effects than those just
named are seen to follow the administration of these articles, they must
be attributed to the morbid state of the parts to which they are applied ;
2d. That a medicine which is good to promote a given effect in one form
of disease, will be equally good for the same purpose in another form of
disease in the same tissue. Thus, if an infusion of mallows is good for
inflammation of the stomach, and will lubricate the surface, and allay
irritation in that organ, then it is equally good for the same purpose in
inflammation of the bowels and bladder. What we wish the reader to
understand is this: that a medicine used for any particular symptom in
one form of disease, if it be a sanative agent, is equally good for the
same symptom in every form.

The medicines we recommend owe their diuretic, astrmgent, diaphoretic
and cathartic powers to their aromatic, relaxing, antispasmodic, lubricating
and irritating properties ; and if we give them with a view of producing
a certain result, and they do not act just as we wish, it is no proof that
they have not done good. The fact is, all our medicines act on the parts
where nature is making the greatest efforts to restore equilibrium ; hence
they relieve the constitution, whatever may be the nature of their results.

V. Forms of Clysters.
Laxative clyster :

No. 29. 3 or 4 Quarts warm water,
8 Ounces linseed oil,
1 Table-spoonful common salt (fine).

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 701

Another :

No. 30. 4 Quarts warm water,
1 Gill soft soap,
44 Table-spoonful fine salt.

be)

Useful in obstinate constipation, ‘*stoppage,’’ or whenever the excre-
ment is hard and dark colored.

Emollient. clyster :

No. 31. Ounces slippery elm bark,

2
2 Quarts boiling water.

Simmer over the fire a few minutes, strain through a fine sieve, and
inject, when nearly cool. The following articles may be substituted for
elm: flaxseed, lily roots, gum arabic, poplar bark, Iceland moss.

Use.—In all cases of irritation and inflammation of the intestines and
bladder.

Stimulating clyster :

No. 32. 3 Quarts of thin mucilage of slippery elm or linseed tea,
1 Teaspoonful African cayenne, pure.

Another :

No. 33. 44 Table-spoonful powdered ginger,
3 Quarts boiling water.
When cool, inject.

Use.—In all cases when the rectum and small intestines are inactive
and loaded with excrement, or gas.
Anodyne clyster :

No. 34, 1 Ounce lady’s slipper (eypripedium),
1 Ounce camomile flowers,
3 Quarts boiling water.

Let the mixture stand a short time, then strain through a fine sieve
when it will be fit for use.

Use.—To relieve pain and relax spasms.
Diuretic clyster :

No. 35. 3 Quarts linseed tea,
1 Table-spoonful oil of juniper.

Or, substitute for the latter, cream of tartar, half an ounce.

Use.—This form of clyster may be used with decided advantage in all
acute diseases of the urinary organs. This injection is useful in cases of
red water, both in cattle and sheep; and when the malady is supposed to

702 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

result from general or local debility, the addition of tonics (golden seal
or gentian) will be indicated. Their active properties may be extracted
by infusion.

Astringent clyster :

Take an infusion of hardhack, strain, and add a table-spoonful of
tinely-pulverized charcoal to every three quarts of fluid.

Another is an infusion of witch hazel.

Another :
No. 36. 1 Table-spoonful powdered bayberry bark,
8 Quarts boiling water.

When cool, it is fit for use.

Use.—Astringent injections are used in all cases where it is desired to
contract the living fibre, as in scouring, dysentery, scouring rot, diarrhea,
bloody flux, falling of the womb, fundament, ete.

Nourishing clysters: *

Nourishing clysters are composed of thin gruel made from flour, ete.

Injection for worms :

Make an infusion of pomegranate (rind of the fruit), and inject every
night for a few days. This will rid the animal of worms that infest the
rectum: but if the animal is infested with the long, round worm (eres),
then half a pint of the above infusion must be given for a few mornings,
before feeding.

Another for worms:

No. 37. 1 Ounce powdered lobelia,
1 Handful wood ashes,
8 Quarts boiling water.

When cool, itis fit for use.
VI. Infusions.

These are made by steeping herbs, roots, and other medical substances
in boiling water. No particular rules can be laid down as to the quantity
of each article required. It will, however, serve as some sort of a guide,
that we generally use from one to two ounces of the aromatic herbs and
roots to every quart of fluid. A bitter infusion such as wormwood or
camomile requires less of the herb. All kinds of infusions can ‘be ren-
dered palatable by the addition of a small quantity of honey or molasses.
As a general rule, the human palate is a good criterion; for if an infu-
sion be too strong or unpalatable for a man, it is unfit for cattle or sheep.

An infusion of either of the following articles is valuable in colic, both
flatulent and spasmodic, in all classes of animals: caraway, peppermint,

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 703

spearmint, fennel seed, angelica, bergamot, snake root, anise seed,

ginseng, etc.

VIL. Anti-spasmodics.

By anti-spasmodics are meant those articles that assist, through their
physiological action in relaxing the nervous and muscular systems.

VIII. Fomentations.

This class of remedies is usually composed of relaxants, etc., of seve-
ral kinds, combined with tonics, stimulants, and anodynes. They are
very useful to relieve pain, to remove rigidity, to restore tone, and to
stimulate the parts to which they are applied.

Common fomentation :

NO. 38. 1 Part wormwood,
1 Part tansy,
1 Part hops.

Moisten them with equal parts of boiling water and vinegar, and apply
when blood warm.

Use.—For all kinds of bruises and sprains. They should be confined
to the injured parts, and kept moist with the superabundant fluid. Where
it is not practicable to confine a fomentation to the injured parts, as in
shoulder or hip lameness, constant bathing with the decoction will answer
the same purpose.

Anodyne fomentation :

No. 39. 1 Handful of hops,
1 Ounce white poppy heads,
Equal parts water and vinegar.

Simmer a few minutes.

Use.—In all painful bruises.

Relaxing fomentation :

No. 40. 2 Ounces powdered lobelia,
2 Quarts boiling water.

Simmer for a few minutes, and when sufficiently cool, bathe the parts
with a soft sponge.

Use.—In all cases of stiff joints, and rigidity of the muscles.

Cedar buds, or boughs, any quantity, to which add a small quantity of
red pepper and ginger, with boiling water sufficient.

704 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Use.—Efficacious in chronic lameness and paralysis, for putrid sore
throat, and when the glands are enlarged from cold and catarrh.

IX. Mucilages.

Mucilages are soft, bland substances, made by dissolving gum arabie
in hot water; or by boiling marsh mallows, slippery elm, or lily roots,
until their mucilaginous properties are extracted. A table-spoonful of
either of the above articles, when powdered, will generally suffice for a
quart of water.

Use.—In all cases of catarrh, diarrhcea, inflammation of the kidneys,
womb, bladder, and intestines. They shield the mucous membranes,
and defend them from the action of poisons and drastic cathartics.

X. Washes.

Washes generally contain some medical agent, and are principally used
externally. ;
Wash for diseases of the feet:

No. 41. 4 Ounces pyroligenous acid,
8 Ounces water.

Use—This wash excels any other in point of efficacy, and removes rot
and its kindred diseases sooner than any other.
Cooling wash for the eye:

No. 42. 1 Pint rain water,
20 Drops acetic seed.

Use.—In ophthalmia.
Tonic and anti-spasmodic wash :

No. 48. 44 Ounce camomile flowers,
1 Pint boiling water.

When cool, strain through fine linen.

Use.—In chronic diseases of the eye, and when a weeping remains
after an acute attack.

Wash for unhealthy or ulcerated sores :

A weak solution of soda or wood ashes.

Wash for diseases of the skin:

Take one ounce of finely-pulverized charcoal, pour on it one ounce of
pyroligenous acid, then add a pint of water. Bottle, and keep it well
corked. It may be applied to the skin by means of a sponge. It is also

an excellent remedy for ill-conditioned ulcers.

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 705
Physic for cattle :

No. 44. 4% Ounce extract of butternut (juglans cinerea),
1 Tea-spoonful cream of tartar,
2 Quarts boiling water.

Mix. When cool, administer.

Another :

No. 45. 34 Ounce extract of blackroot (leptandra virginica),
1 Ounce Rochelle salts,
3g Tea-spoonful powdered ginger.

Dissolve in two quarts of warm water.

Another :

No. 46. 1 Table-spoonful powdered mandrake,
1 Tea-spoonful cream of tartar
2 Quarts hot water.

Here are three different forms of physic for cattle, which do not de-
bilitate the system, like aloes and salts, because they determine to the
surface as well as the bowels. They may be given in all cases where
purges are necessary. One-third of the above forms will suftice for sheep.

Mild physic for cattle :

No. 47. 2 Ounces syrup of buckthorn,
32 Table-spoonful sulphur,
34 Tea-spoonful ginger,
2 Quarts hot water.

Aperient :

No, 48. 1 Pint linseed oil,
Yolks of 2 eggs.
Mix.
Another:
No. 49. 1 Pint sweet oil,
34 Tea-spoonful powdered cayenne.
Mix.

A sheep wiil require about one-half of the above.
Stimulating tincture :

No. 50. 1 Pint boiling vinegar,
2 Ounces tincture of myrrh,
2 Teaspoonfuls powdered capsicum.

Use.—For external application in putrid sore throat.

Another :

706 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

No. 61. 4 Ounces tincture of camphor,
4g Ounce oil of cedar,
4 Ounces tincture of capsicum (hot drops).

To be rubbed around throat night and morning.
Stimulating tincture for chronic rheumatism :

No. 62. 4 Ounces tincture of capsicum,
1 Ounce oil of cedar,
1 Ounce oil of Wormwood,
44 Pint vinegar,
1 Gill goose grease.

Mix. To be applied night and morning. The mixture should be kept
in a well corked bottle, and shaken before being used.

XI. Poultices.

If a foreign substance enters the flesh the formation of matter is a
part of the process by which nature rids the system of the enemy. A
poultice relaxing and lubricating will then be indicated. If, however, the
foreign body shall have entered at a point where it is impossible to con-
fine a poultice, then the suppurative stage may be shortened by the
application of relaxing fomentations, and lastly by stimulants.

Mr. Cobbett says of marsh mallow plant: It is among the most valua-
ble that ever grew. Its leaves stewed, and applied wet, will cure, and
almost instantly ease, any cut, or bruise, or wound of any sort. Poul-.
tices made of it will cure sprains ; fomenting with it will remove swellings ;
applications made of it will cure chafes made hy saddle and harness ; and
its operation, in all cases, is so quick that it is hardly to be believed.
Those who have this weed at hand need not put themselves to the trouble
and expense of sending to doctors and farriers on trifling occasions.

If the use of this weed was generally adopted the art and mystery of
healing wounds, and of curing sprains, swellings, and other external
maladies, would very quickly be reduced to an unprofitable trade,

Lubricating and healing poultices :

No. 53. 1 Part powdered marsh mallow roots,
1 Part marsh mallow leaves.

Moisten with boiling water, and apply.
Use.—In ragged cuts, wounds and bruises.
Stimulating poultice :

No, 54. 1 Part Indian meal,
1 Part slippery elm.

Mix them together, and add sufficient boiling water to moisten the

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 707

mass. Spread it on a cloth, and sprinkle a small quantity of powdered
cayenne on its surface.

Use.—To stimulate ill-conditioned ulcers to healthy action. Where
there is danger of putrescence add a small quantity of powdered charcoal.

Poultice for bruises :

Nothing makes so good a poultice for recent bruises as boiled carrots
or marsh mallows.

Poultice to promote suppuration :

No. 55 A sufficient quantity of Indian meal,
1 Handful of linseed,
1 Teaspoonful of cayenne.

To be moistened with vinegar and applied at the usual temperature.

Styptics to arrest bleeding : .

Witch hazel, (Winter bloom, ) bark or leaves, 2 ounces.

Make a decoction with the smallest possible quantity of water, and if
the bleeding is from the nose, throw it up by means of a syringe; if
from the stomach, lungs, or bowels, add more water, and let the animal
drink it, and give some by injection.

Styptic to arrest external bleeding:

-Wet apiece of lint with tincture of muriate of iron, and bind it on
the part.

There are various other styptics, such as alum water, strong tincture
of nutgalls, bloodroot, common salt, fine flour, ete.

Absorbents :

Absorbents are composed of materials partaking of an alkaline charac-
ter, and are used for the purpose of neutralizing acid matter. The form-
ation of an acid in the stomach arises from some derangement of the
digestive organs, sometimes brought on by the improper quantity or
quality of the food. "It is useless, therefore, to give absorbents, with a
view of neutralizing acid, unless the former are combined with tonics, or
agents that are capable of restoring the stomach to a healthy state.

A mixture of chalk, salaratus, and soda is often given by farmers ; yet
they do not afford permanent relief. They do some good by correcting
the acidity of the stomach, but the animals are often affected with
diarrhea or costiveness, loss of appetite, colic, and convulsions. Atten-
tion to the diet would probably do more good than all the medicine in the
world. Yet, if they do get sick, something must be done. The best
forms of absorbents are the following; they restore healthy action to
the lost function, at the same time that they neutralize the gas:

Forms of absorbents :

708 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

No. 56. 1 Table-spoonful powdered charcoal,
44 Table-spoonful powdered snakeroot,
1 Tea-spoonful powdered caraways,
1 Quart hot water.

Mix. To be given at one dose for a cow; half the quantity, or indeed
one-third, is sufficient for a calf, sheep or pig.
Another :

No. 67. 1 Table-spoonful powdered charcoal.

To be given in thoroughwort tea, to which may be added a very small
portion of vinegar.

Another, adapted to city use:

No. 58. 1 Tea-spoonful sub-carbonate of soda,
1 Ounce tincture of gentian,
1 Pint fnfusion of spearmint.

Mix. Give a cow the whole at a dose, and repeat daily, for a short
time, if necessary. One-half the quantity will suffice for a smaller
animal.

Drink for coughs :

No. 59. 44 Ounce balm of Gilead buds,
2 Table-spoonfuls honey,

1 Wine-glassful vinegar,
1 Pint water.

Set the mixture on the fire, in an earthen vessel; let it simmer a few
minutes. When cool, strain, and it is fit for use. Dose, a wine-glassful
twice a day.

Another :

No. 60. 1 Ounce balsam copaiba,
1 Ounce powdered licorice,
2 Table-spoonfuls honey,
1 Quart boiling water.

Rub the copaiba, licorice and honey together in a mortar; after they

are well mixed, add the water. Dose, half a pint, night and morning.
Another :
No. 61. 1 Ounce balsam of Tolu,
1 Ounce powdered marshmallow roots,

44 Gill honey,
2 Quarts boiling water.

Mix. Dose, half a pint, night and morning.

CATTLE, THEIR DISEASES. 709
Drink for a cow after calving:

No. 62. 1 Ounce bethwort,
1 Ounce marshmallows.

First make an infusion of bethwort by simmering it in a quart of
water. When cool, strain, and stir in the mallows. Dose, half a pint,
every two hours.

Diuretic :

Bearberry (wva ursi), 18 a popular diuretic, and is useful when com-
bined with marshmallows. When the urine is thick and deficient in
quantity, or voided with difficulty, it may be given in the following form :

No. 63. 1 Ounce powdered bearberry,
2 Ounces powdered marshmallows,
2 Pounds Indian meal.

Mix. Dose, half a pound daily, in the cow’s feed.

Eruption wash : ;

Borax is a valuable remedy for eruptive diseases of the tongue and
mouth. Powdered and dissolved in water, it forms an astringent, anti-
septic wash. The usual form iss

No. 64. 4, Ounce powdered borax,
2 Ounces honey.

Mix.
XII. Fumigations.
For foul barns and stables, take,

No. 65. 4 Ounces common salt,
4% Ounce manganese.

Let these be well mixed, and placed in shallow earthern vessel; then
pour on the mixture, gradually, sulphuric acid, four ounces. ‘The inha-
lation of the gas which arises from this mixture is highly injurious ;
therefore, as soon as the acid is poured on, all persons should leave the
building, which should immediately be shut, and not opened again for
several hours. Dr. White, V.S., says, ‘* When glanderous or infectious
matter is exposed to it a short time, it is rendered perfectly harmless.”’

Ulceration of the mouth:

A strong infusion of goldthread (coptis trifolia), makes a valuable
application for eruptjons and ulcerations of the mouth. We use it in
the following form :

710 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

No, 66. 1 Ounce goldthread,
1 Pint boiling water.

Set the mixture aside to cool; then strain, and add a table-spoonful of
honey, and bathe the parts twice a day.

Astringent :

Kino is a powerful astringent, and may be used in diarrhea, dysentery,
and red water, after the inflammatory symptoms haye subsided. We occa-
sionally use it in the following form for red water and chronic dysentery :

No. 67. 20 Grains powdered kino,
1 Quart thin flour gruel.

To be given at a dose, and repeated night and morning, as occasion
requires.

Simple cough remedy :

The following makes an excellent cough remedy:

No. 68. 1 Ounce powdered licorice,
1 Tea-spoonful balsam of Tolu,
1 Quart boiling water.

To be given at a dose.

Antacid for hoven:

Lime water is used in diarrhcea, and when the discharge of urine is
excessive. Being an antacid, it is very usefully employed when cattle
are hoven or blown. It is unsafe to administer alone, as it often de-
ranges the digestive organs; it is therefore very properly combined with
tonics. The following will serve as an example :

No. 69. 2 Ounces lime water,
2 Quarts infusion of snakehead (balmony),

Dose, a quart, night and morning.
XIII. Tincture for Wounds.
Myrrh makes an excellent tincture for wounds, prepared as follows :

No. 70. 2 Ounces powdered myrrh,
1 Pint proof spirits.

Set in a close covered vessel for two weeks, then strain through a fine
seive, and bottle for use. It should be always kept on hand.

Opodeldoc :

Used for strains and bruises, after the inflammatory action has some-
what subsided.

CATTLE, THEIR DISRASES. 711

Liquid opodeldoc :
No. 71. 6 Ounces soft soap,
142 Pints New England rum,
4, Pint vinegar,
2 Ounces oil of lavender.

The oil of lavender should first be dissolved in an equal quantity of
alcohol, and then added to the mixture.

Mucilages for catarrh, ete. :

We have given pleurisy root, (asclepias tuberosa ), a fair trial in cattle
practice, and find it to be invaluable in the treatment of catarrh, bron-
chitis pleurisy, pneumonia and consumption. Take :

No. 72. 4, Table-spoonful powdered pleurisy root,
1 Ounce powdered marshmallow roots.

Boiling water sufficient to make a thin mucilage. The addition of a
small quantity of honey increases its diaphoretic properties.
For eruptive diseases :

The bark of sassafras root is stimulant, and possesses alterative prop-
erties. Used in connection with sulphur, for eruptive diseases, and for
measles in swine, in the following proportions, it will be found valuable :

No. 73. 1 Onnce powdered sassafras,
1-2 Table-spoonful powdered sulphur.

Mix, and divide into four parts, one of which may be given night and
morning, in a hot mash.

Po «| WS ene

‘

!

i er hind att |
Ne oy

Wha ab AD Aint Se

DOU he ee ee MAA an wilt
- - Whey ‘hit fi Ns aes I

Weta |)
MOTT P a EVA ad Hatiysbay fae ne vale oa ee ay
eee LIL Vr (oe!) =h yf ity ae mPa eae iy 1%
rial Puce bie Ale! eral
Jean ue! Comyn a naaey, oes eae Ee)
leh 1) ae Ooi Pei .
t ie il t 7 At iia a ia cep riM hd Wore yt
a i TT OE Stained eagh iil Tigi Sian
| veel hin
¢ oP, ‘ ye Put mheranie & Five ii iPawitiay A Subst
ij > WOINesTE itie- i Pelee? iD i ilk
Piet: hut oti w - ae
2 . by gid ry A “ut .7
14,8 ; a) "Cosewivit 7 : ¢ €
ivilew wiv . Fin Al ji) Gerth Spi ‘i’ li Snide
e hi du i aU in

epee ye

SHEEP AND SHEEP HUSBANDRY.

ORIGINGE REEDS, CHARACTERISTICS
AND MANAGEMENT.-

ay ee ° ;
oki sy fy i Pb, Bal “| | hi Jf Ch A

Vas ori] he
| Oe Mek i
4 j o fl
: an
* 7 7 ive ¥ re
I ‘3 ye
7 —_-
: :
‘

. rn } a a4 Y \ te *y a uf he ry
rt i Me, oP y* Auld. CEVA,

SHEEP AND SHEEP HUSBANDRY.

CHAPTER I.

ORIGIN, PRINCIPAL BREEDS AND CHARACTERISTICS.

“

COSMOPOLITAN NATURE OF SHEEP. ——LONG-WOOLED SHEEP.
Il. BORDER LEICESTER. IIl. COTSWOLD.—GOOD QUALITIES OF COTSWOLDS.
—CUTSWULDS IN THE WEST. Vv. NEW OXFORDSHIRE
SHEEP. VI. MIDDLE WOOLED SHEEP.

1X DORSET SHEEP. — X. SOUTHDOWNS.

XIII. OXFORD

THE

I, LEICESTER.

IV. LINCOLN SHEEP.
Vif. CHEVIOT SHEEP.

Vill.

WHITE-FACED HIGHLAND SHEEP.
XI. HAMPSHIRE DOWNS.
DOWNS. —— FINE WvVOLED SHEEP.
FLEECE, THE HEAD. THE BODY.
DIVISIONS OF WOOL.

XII, SHROPSHIRE DOWNS.
XIV. AMERICAN MERINOS.
THE MUST PROFITABLE SHEEP.

Cosmopolitan Nature of Sheep.

Where sheep originated is a question difficult to answer. They are the
first of the animals domesticated by man, and reasonably so, since they
supply the two principal wants of the barbarian, food and clothing.
They are found in every inhabited country, not entirely savage, from the
Arctic to the Torrid zone.

To show the great diversity in character of sheep, it is only necessary
to quote the classification of Linnzeus, which is: The Hornless, Horned,
Black-faced, Spanish, Many-horned, African, Guinea, Broad-tailed, Fat-
rumped, Bucharian, Long-tailed, Cap-bearded, and Bovant. To these
may be added the Siberian sheep of Asia, found also in Corsica and

46

716 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Barbary and the Cretan sheep of the Grecian Islands, Hungary, and
some portions of Austria, and we have about all the principal species.

POINTS OF SHEEP.

Explanation—A—Face. B—Muzzle. C—Neck. D—Shoulder. E—Point
of the Shoulder. #—Breast. G —Girth-place. H—Back. J—Loin. K—
Rump. 2—Tbigh. M—Hip. N—Root of tail.

Notwithstanding the fact that sheep are among the principal sources of
wealth of all peoples, it is only among enlightened nations that they haye
reached their highest development; and among these, Spain, France,
Germany, Great Britain and her colonies, and the United States may be
mentioned as those where systematic breeding have produced the most
practical results. In no country has this been attained in the production
of fine wool, to a more excellent degree than among what are now known
as American merinoes, the result of scientific breeding of the Spanish
sheep. From present appearances, it will be but a few years before we
shall excel in the production of long-wooled, and mutton sheep. The
United States has of course, no native sheep, if we except the Ovis
Montana, which really is a sheep and not a goat (Capra) as many per-
sons suppose. It inhabits the highest ranges of the Rocky Mountains from
well north down to New Mexico. The hair, for it is not wool, although
it is crimped, resembles the hair of the elk—is coarse, but soft to the
touch, and slightly crimped throughout its length ; about two inches long
on its back, and on the sides one and a half inches. We believe they
have never been bred in confinement. In passing it may be interesting to
our readers to know that at the Paris Exhibition of 1865 there were
exhibited the wild sheep of Barbary, Ovis Tragelapus, more resembling

SHEEP. DIFFERENT BREEDS. 7M

a goat than our wild species. There were also shown there the Punjaub
wild sheep, Ovis Cycloceras, a native of Northern India, and the Euro-
pean moufllon, Ovis Musimon, belonging to Corsica and Sardinia, but

‘aNVT GNV AMA YALSAOIAT

both bred in confinement. As illustrating something of the characteristics
of the wild sheep, as well as to illustrate points the cut we give on
preceding page may serve as an example.

718 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
Long-wooled Sheep.

There are but a few kinds of long-wooled sheep that have held their own
in the improvement of the race for the last 100 years, sufficiently to be
widely disseminated in the United States. These are the Leicester, Cots-
wold, Lincoln and Romney Marsh. Of these, Leicester, as improved by
Bakewell and succeeding breeders, has perhaps exercised a more potent
effect in crossing than any other of the long-wooled varieties. They fat-
ten very kindly, and the best wethers will weigh at twelve to fifteen
months old from 20 to 25 pounds per quarter, and at two years old from
30 to 38 pounds per quarter. The fleeces are valuable as long combing
wool, and will weigh from 7 to 8 pounds each.

LEICESTER RAM.

I. Leicesters.

This breed is pure white, tolerably hardy, without horns, the head
small and clean, eyes bright, neck and shoulders square and deep, the
back straight, carcass full, hind-quarters tapering to the tail, legs clean,
with fine bone, flesh succulent in quality, not the best, being much too
fat for American palates ; nevertheless, the grades make good meat with
the single exception of possessing too much outside fat. Leicesters
require the best of care and shelter, and of course good feeding. The
ewes are not the best of mothers, and the young lambs require special
attention. The wool is among the most valuable of any, being in especial

SHEEP, DIFFERENT BREEDS. 719

request for combing, and will average seven pounds per head in good
flocks.

The Leicesters are well thought of in many parts of the West, and are
increasing in popularity. The true type of the breed is as follows: The
head should be hornless, long, small, tapering toward the muzzle, and
projecting horizontally forward. The eyes prominent, but with a quiet
expression. The ears thin, rather long, and directed backward. The
neck full and broad at its base, where it proceeds from the chest, so that
there is, with the slightest possible elevation, one continued horizontal
line from the rump to fhe poll. The breast broad and round, and no un-
even or angular formation where the shoulders join either the neck or the
back ; particularly no rising of the withers, or hollow behind the situation
of these bones. The arm fleshy through. its whole extent, and eyen down
to the knee. The bones of the leg small, standing wide apart ; no loose-
ness of skin about them, and comparatively bare of wool. The chest and
barrel at once deep and round, the ribs forming a considerable arch from
the spine, so as in some cases, and especially when the animal is in good
condition, to make the apparent width of the chest even greater than the
depth. The barrel ribbed well home ; no irregularity of line on the back
or belly, but on the sides; the carcass very gradually diminishing in
Width toward the rump. The quarters long and full, and, as with the
fore-legs, the muscles extending down to the hock; the thighs also wide
and full. The legs of a moderate length ; the skin also moderately thin,
but soft and elastic, and covered with a good quantity of white wool.

II. Border Leicester.

The infusion of the blood, of the Dishley, or new Leicester as they
were called, but which are now classified simply as Leicester sheep, upon
the border flocks of England, gave rise to a sub-family, known as Border
Leicester, and which have won a distinct position in English show yards.
Their good and bad characteristics are as follows: The most marked
feature in their structure, is the smallness of their heads, and of their
bones generally, as contrasted with the weight of carcass. They are clean
in the jaws, with a full eye, thin ears, and placid countenance. Their
backs are straight, broad and flat ; the ribs arched, the belly carried very
light, so that they present nearly as straight a line below as aboye; the
chest wide, the skin very mellow, and covered with a beautiful fleece of
long, soft wool, which weighs, on the average, from six to seven pounds.
On good soils, and under careful treatment, the sheep are usually brought

to weigh from eighteen to twenty pounds a quarter at fourteen months

720 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

old, at which age they are now generally slaughtered. At this age their
flesh is tender and juicy, but when carried on until they are older and
heavier, fat accumulates so unduly in proportion to the lean meat as to
detract from its palatableness and market value. This fat accumulation
on mature animals is pretty constant in all the large and improved breeds.

GROUP OF COTSWOLD EWES.

TII. Cotswold Sucep.

The Cotswolds were imported into the United States about 1832, since
which time they have been reinforced from time to time by successive

SHEEP, DIFFERENT BREEDS. (2A

importations, and now stand in the West, in the front rank of long-
wooled sheep.

This is one of the largest English breeds, though the improved race is
smaller than the originals, on account of the influence of the Leicester
element in its amelioration. As a breed, it is of great antiquity. It has
gained in fleece and form, and comes to macurity earlier ; is more prolific
than the Leicester, and has greater strength of constitution ; is often fat-
tened at fourteen months, yielding fifteen to twenty pounds of mutton
per quarter, and twenty to thirty, if kept till two years old. They have
a large head, but well set on, a broad chest, a well-rounded barrel, and a
straight back. They are often used for crossing upon other breeds, and
for obtaining earlier market-lambs, both in this country and in Europe.
They are more widely disseminated in this country than any other long-
wooled breed, and preserve well the popularity which they have attained
here. Some imported sheep of this breed have borne fleeces in this
country of eighteen pounds. A great weight when we remember that the
wool shrinks comparatively little in washing.

SHEARED COTSWOLD KAM.

The Cotswolds have been extensively crossed with Leicester sheep in
England, by which their size has been somewhat diminished, but their
carcass notably improved, and in addition, earlier maturity has been
attained. The wool is strong, mellow and of good color, though rather
coarse, 6 to 8 inches in length, and from 7 to 8 pounds per fleece.

Good Qualities of Cotswolds.

The superior hardihood of the improved Cotswold over the Leicester,

729 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

and their adaptation to common treatment, together with the prolific
nature of the ewes, and their abundance of milk, have rendered them in
many places rivals of the new Leicester. and has obtained for them of late
years, more attention to their selection and general treatment, under
which management still further improvement appears very probable. The
quality of the mutton is superior to that of the Leicester, the tallow being
less abundant, with a larger development of muscle or flesh. The ewes
are prolific, and good mothers and nurses.

SHEARED COTSWOLD EWE.

Cotswolds in the West.

Throughout the entire West, the Cotswold has become a most favorite
breed, and this not only on account of their long, handsome fleeces,
specially adapted to the purpose of combing wool, but from the kindli-
ness with which they take to our keep and climate. For this reason we
have given this breed special prominence in our illustrations. It is not
our province to go into long dissertations or detailed description, it would
take too much space, and be productive of no good end. The illustra-
tions we give will furnish a better index of value and characteristics.
The cut on next page will show the appearance at one year old.

In relation to the adaptability of this breed South, a prominent Clark
county, Virginia, farmer says: It is far more profitable to keep the dif-
ferent varieties of mutton breeds, than the fine wools, or Merino breed in
this portion of Virginia. I say this from my own experience, and that
of many intelligent gentlemen with whom I have conversed. The Cots-
wold sheep, and its crosses, with the Southdown are less liable to diseases

SHEEP, DIFFERENT BREEDS. 723

of all kinds; they are more prolific, better nurses, and less liable to lose
their lambs than the Merino. The lambs are more vigorous and hardy ;

YEARLING COTSWOLD.

then add their early maturity, their fitness for market at 18 months old, -
and their almost double value when in market, and you have advantages

A

é
- Wy ,
G j] /
nae fii, ( (
a | Ah UA) fs
/ iy Wiha

Mi THD

RG

COTSWOLD EWES.

which far outweigh the additional amount of food which the mutton

sheep may consume in proportion to his size. There is one thing in con-

724 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

nection with all the long-wooled and large breeds of sheep that may be
appropriately mentioned here: they cannot be kept in large flocks, like
the smaller and fine-wooled breeds. Merinoes are often kept in flocks of
1,000 or more in the far West. The long-wooled, the middle-wovols and
the mutton breeds are especially adapted for farmers, when both mutton
and wool are the considerations, and are seldom herded together in fields
exceeding one hundred.

Thus in all the better settled portions of the West and South, where
pasture and grain are abundant, and where the nearness to market affords
sale for the mutton, the long wools are increasing in numbers from year
to year, and with profit to the breeders and feeders, as well as in the just
appreciation of those who consume the flesh.

IV. Lincoln Sheep.

The Lincoln sheep are both larger and heavier than either the Leicester
or Cotswold, and are bred to a limited extent in the United States. The
first importation was made in 1835. They are hardy, large feeders,
prolific, yield fleeces of from 6 to 10 pounds each, and the carcasses have

been known to dress 125 pounds.

V. New Oxfordshire Sheep.

iy DN

i)

NEW OXFORDSUIRE EWE.

This breed should not be confounded with the Oxford Downs, a cross
breed between Cotswold and Hampshire Downs, and which have dark
faces. They are less hardy than the Cotswolds, and have not made much

SHEEP, DIFFERENT BREEDS. 725

progress in the United States. They are the result of a cross between
the New Leicester and Cotswold, the latter blood being in excess.
However they may be regarded in England, and they are regarded highly,
they have not become popular in the West, as against the Cotswold.
On the preceding page, we give a cut of a New Oxfordshire ewe, to
close the subject of improved long wools in the United States as em-
bracing the more prominent breeds.

VI. Middle-Wooled Sheep.

The Black-faced Scotch Highland sheep are small, active and docile
when we consider that they are a purely mountain race. They stand
great hardship, and work kindly in large flocks, subsisting on scanty fare
when necessary. Hence they may be valuable in cold and mountain
regions of the United States, for crossing on other breeds. They have
open hairy fleeces, and black faces, weigh to average 65 pounds, and will
shear about 3 pounds of clean wool. Their mutton is of most excellent
quality, and crossed on larger breeds their fleeces will go to 6 or 8 pounds
and their live weight to 128 pounds for wethers.

Lia

ZZ

SS

K
Ny
N

BLACK-FACED HIGHLAND sHEEP.
VII. Cheviot Sheep.
This is another mountain breed that has been introduced, to a small

extent in the United States. Their fleeces however, are too coarse for
carding wool. They are less hardy than the black-faced highlands, but

726 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

are quict and docile, easily managed, giving fleeces averaging about 3 1-2
pounds, furnishing good mutton, weighing 12 to 18 pounds per quarter,
at three years old.

Vill. White-faced Highland Shcep.

Die

HIGHLAND SHEEP.

This is a sheep of great hardiness, furnishing good mutton, but not a
wool of much value, and isintroduced only as necessary to illustrate a
breed adapted to sterile regions, where better breeds would not survive.

IX. Dorset Sheep.

Dorsetshire has a breed peculiar to itself. Strong, active, and well
able to take care of itself: heavier in every respect than the highlands,
and like this breed, » strong horned race. On this account, neither of
these breeds would be considered valuable, except in regions where the
better fleeced breeds would not live. The cut is given like that of the
highland long horned family, as affording possible value in Alpine regions.
Fortunately there is but little country of this nature in the West.

SHEEP, DIFFERENT BREEDS. 727

Short-wooled English Breeds.

Of the mutton breeds, the Downs undoubtedly stand at the head in

DORSET RAM.

A
both England and America. They are all compact, hardy, docile, horn-
f=] . “
less, and of early maturity in feeding; and with flesh of most excellent
* quality, that always commands the best price in any market.

SOUTHDOWN RAM,

X. Southdowns.

These are without doubt the most superior, taken as a whole, of any
of the mutton breeds, and have for many years been bred with the greatest

"EUR ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

rare in both England and America. Their faces and legs are dark brown,
the fore quarters wide and deep, the back and loin broad, with round
bodies, and square and full hind quarters.

The ewes are prolific, producing from 120 to 140 lambs, to the flock of
100 ewes. The staple of the wool is fine and curled, with spiral ends well
adapted to carding, and will,shear on yearling rams and wethers, from 6
to9 pounds. Inthe neighborhood of large cities, where there is a demand
for mutton, they are most valuable as a distinct breed, or for crossing
with the common sheep of the country.

HAMPSHIRE DOWN,

XI. Hampshire Downs.

This breed had its rise in Hampshire, through an infusion of Southdown
blood, followed later with Cotswold, and of course, since the Cotswold
have an infusion of Leicester, they have this blood also. It has given
them increased size, more wool, and at the same time they have preserved
their great hardiness of constitution. For many years they have been
bred pure, and so far as introduced into the United States, they have
given satisfaction, especially in the South, where, before the war, they
were in good repute. Those who have used them, claim that they are
more hardy than Southdowns. It is also claimed that they have been
crossed upon Cotswold and Leicester grades, with benefit to both, and
this we do not doubt, where mutton was to be the object.

XII. Shropshire Downs.

Of late years this breed has grown into repute in the West, and in
Canada. They are heavy sheep, nearly as large as the Cotswold, yield

SHEEP, DIFFERENT BREEDS. 729

nearly as much wool, with thick compact fleeces, are hardy and healthy,
have even, compact, uniformly symmetrical bodies, with dark brown
faces and limbs, and are about one third heavier than Southdowns.

XIII. Oxford Downs

This comparatively new family, which has come into prominence in the
United States within the last twenty years, was originally made by cross-
ing the Hamphire or Southdown ewe with a Cotswold ram. The Hamp-
shire-Cotswold origin is due to the original breeding of a Mr. Hitchman,
in England. A few years later Messrs. Druce, father and son, used the
Southdown-Cotswold cross. From these, by constant care in selection,
a sub-family was produced, possessing great uniformity, hardiness and
a large frame ; they are easy fattening sheep, producing mutton of supe-
rior quality, with fleeces of 8 to 10 pounds for ewes and 12 to 15 pounds
for rams, and in length from seven to eight inches ; a wool of good lus-
ter, neither hairy nor harsh.

SHEARLING OXFORD DOWN.

In reality the only reason why these sheep should be called Downs, is,
from their dark legs and faces. They really are not a short-wooled
breed, in fact, as we have shown. they are a long-wooled race, and the
characteristic has been carefully cultivated by breeders of this variety of
sheep. In color, they are much lighter than the Southdown, their faces
and legs being gray, instead of brown. The ewes are prolific, producing
with good care, 150 lambs to the 100 ewes. They herd close together,

730 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

are not particular about their feed; they mature early, and upon hill
pastures produce mutton of high quality.

XIV. Fine-Wooled Sheep.—American Merinos.

In treating of fine-wooled sheep, it will not be necessary to go into their
history. It is enough to say that Spain and France have contributed
from time to time their best specimens, which, under such management
as that given by Mr. Jarvis,—selecting from five families of Spanish
sheep, the Paulars predominating,—produced what was known as the
mixed Leonese or Jarvis Merinos. In 1813 Mr. Atwood commenced the

breeding of pure Merinos, from what was then known as the Humphrey
stock. About 1844, Edwin Hammond, of Middlebury, Vermont, com-
menced breeding, taking for his stock selections from the Atwood family.
To the judgment and skill of Mr. Atwood, and later followed by Mr.
Hammond and other American breeders, we have seen produced what
have been known distinctly as American Merinos; perfect in all that

GROUP OF AMERICAN MERINOS.

goes to constitute length and thickness of wool, evenness and fineness of
staple, that looseness of skin which, while it lies in low, rounded, soft
ridges over the body, offers no obstruction to the shears. ‘These were
the points sought, and for the last twenty years well met and sustained
by the best breeders, East and West: so that we now have as thoroughly
established, the descendants of the Infantado—large and of good length,
and the descendants of the Paulars, a smaller breed, originally established
in the United States by Mr. Silas Rich and his son, of Shoreham, Ver-
mont. Thus making two well marked families, which it is altogether
probable would be injured by the infusion of foreign blood, wherever it
could be obtained.

SHEEP, DIFFERENT BREEDS. 731

The Fleece.

The fleece is the important point in Merinos; they are not mutton
sheep, and their carcass is of secondary importance. Dr. Randall, nearly
twenty years ago, in his work entitled ‘*The Practical Shepherd,’ in
writing of American Merinos, as they then were, says: ‘*The greatest
attainable combination of length and thickness of wool, of given quality, is
the first to be regarded in a market where all lengths are in equal demand.
And the more evenly this length and thickness extend over every covered
part, unless below the knees and hocks, the higher the exceilence of the
animals.”’

It is in this point especially that the modern breeder has improved on
his predecessors ; and it is this, in a very considerable degree, which gives
the improved American Merino its vast superiority in weight of fleece,
over all other fine sheep, of the same size, in the world.

Wool of full length below the knees and hocks would hardly be
desirable, on account of its liability to become filthy : but a thick short-
ish coat, particularly on the hind legs—making them appear as large ‘‘as
a man’s arm’’—is regarded by many as a. fine, showy point, though it
does not add much to the value of thé fleece.

“rhe Head.

The wool should extend in an unbroken and undivided mass from the
back of the neck over the top of the head and down the face for an inch
or two below the eyes, and there abruptly terminate in a square or
rounded shape ; it should cover the lower side of the jaws nearly to the
mouth, and rise on the cheeks so as to leave only the front face bare,
terminating abruptly like the forehead wool. The cheek and forehead
wool should meet unbroken, immediately over the eye, between it and the
ear. But it must by no means unite under the eye—though its outside
ends may touch there for a little way. The eye should have just naked
space enough about it to leave the sight unimpeded, without any resort
to the scissors.

The nose should be covered with short, soft, thick, perfectly white
hair. Pale, tan-colored spots or ‘* freckles’? about the mouth, and the
same color on the outer half of the ear are not objected to by the breed-
ers of the Paulars—but Infantando breeders usually prefer pure white.
Wool on the lower part of the face, as is often seen on the French
Merinos, whether short or long, is regarded as decidedly objectionable,
and any wool which obstructs the sight in any degree, is a fault.

Those who grow such fleeces now need not be ashamed to exhibit
to-day in the best show rings of the country.

47

732 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

The Body.

The frame upgn which the wool is to grow is important, for upon form
and constitutional vigor depends the value of the animal. Below we
give an illustration of a ram that would leave little to be desired. so far
as ability to produce the best wool is concerned.

MERINO RAM.

Medium size, for the family, will hold in sheep as well as in other
animals. An overgrown animal is not profitable in any breed. The
body should be round, deep, of moderate length, the head and neck
short and thick, back straight and broad, the legs short, straight, but
well apart and strong, giving a deep full bosom and buttock. The fore-
arm ample, and the junction of the thighs well down the hocks. The
skin should be rather thin than thick ; mellow, elastic, and loose on the
careass. If it be thick and rigid, it will be an evidence of a bad feeder,
and consequently inferior wool.

The Most Profitable Sheep.

Of all the breeds of sheep ever introduced into the United States, the
Merino has more than held its own in the estimation of breeders every-

SHEEP, DIFFERENT BREEDS. 733

where. Even in the neighborhood of our large cities, to-day, there are
more grade Merinos sold for mutton, than of all the mutton breeds, dis-
tinctively. It is only near our great cities that the breeding and feeding
of Cotswold, Leicester, and the Downs, could be made profitable, and
this has mainly come about through the change in wearing apparel. Since
the fashion came about among both ladies and gentlemen, of wearing
garments of medium wool, a strong impetus has been given to the breed-
ing of the Downs, and long wooled breeds. They are more tender and

MERINO EWE,

delicate in their constitution, cannot stand extremes of cold and heat, as
the Merinos ; cannot shift for themselves as well, and for the reason that
they cannot be kept in large flocks, are only suitable to small farms, in
thickly settled districts, where good shelter and succulent food may he
obtained. Thus the Merinos, and their grades and crosses will always be
found the most profitable in all that great region West and Southwest,
and in much of the country South, where the flocks to be profitable must
number from one thousand to many thousands.

Division of Wools.

Most persons suppose that the wool of a sheep is uniform in quality.
Such, however, is not the fact. As showing divisions and quality of wool,
we give a cut of sheep with divisions accurately numbered, which shows
points in the pure Merino and Saxon, and where the different qualities of

754 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

the wool are found. Some grades of sheep will often exhibit seven or
eight qualities in the same fleece, whereas unalloyed breeds show but four
qualities. The refina, or pick wool, (1) begins at the withers, and
extends along the back, to the setting on of the tail. It reaches only a
little way down on the quarters, but dipping down at the flanks, takes in
all the superior part of the chest, and the middle of the side of the neck

the angle of the lower jaw. The jfina, (2) a valuable wool, but

Nie

ROR : f
it ane

iS Ne . TE ) Z
Wil, WW RM IZS
DIVISION OF WOOL.

not so deeply secreted, or possessing so many curves as the refina, occu-
pies the belly, and the quarters and thighs, down to the stifle joint;
(3) is found on the head, the throat, the lower part of the neck, and
the shoulders, terminating at the elbow , fore legs, and reaching from the
stifle to a little below the hock; (4) is procured from the tuft that
crows on the forehead and cheeks, from the tail, and from the legs below
the hock.

CHAPTER II

BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT OF SHEEP.

WATCHFULNESS NECESSARY. HOW TO BREED. TIME FOR BREEDING. sees
COUPLING. ———KEEPING THE RECORD. THE MANAGEMENT OF RAMS.
TRAINING RAMS. PASTURING SHEEP. SHADE IN PASTURES. WATER.

DOSING SHEEP.*—— FALL PASTURAGE AND FEEDING.

SPECIAL WINTER FOOD. MANAGEMENT OF LAMBS,

CASTRATION. ——- WEANING. THE NURSERY.

SHEEP BARNS.
DOCKING LAMBS.

Watchfulness Necessary.

The fecundity of sheep soon enables the breeder to gather a flock.
To keep them healthy is one of the most difficult problems of the breeder,
since they are generally kept in large flocks, and herding closely together
as they do, if an epidemic or contagious disease gets among them, it
surely goes through the whole flock unless the shepherd is ever vigilant.
The lack of care and vigilance causes more than half the losses in sheep,
and hence, no person should undertake sheep breeding unless he make
up his mind that they are to have not only gentle treatment but daily
care and watchfulness, even in the Summer.

How to Breed.
The ewe may be bred to the buck at the age of eighteen months, and

the buck will be fit for service at the same age. If the object be to breed
grades, it will be found to be money squandered to buy an inferior buck,

736 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

whatever his blood may be. So, if to save a few dollars, the breeder se-
lect a grade buck for breeding purposes, the money is as good as thrown
away. One buck if properly kept will serve one hundred ewes, so that
the cost per lamb is really light. Thus in breeding grades, pursue the
same course as advised for cattle. Select a good staunch ram, of well
known purity of blood, avoiding the excessively high priced animals that
are simply the best breeders of pure bloods. Such an one may be bred
to the common stock of the country, and to his own progeny, to the third
generation. Asa rule the sire will give the leading characteristics of
form, size, length and density of fleece and its yolkiness, he will do this
eminently in proportion to the purity of his blood. The fineness and
principal characteristics will be probably controlled by the dam. Hence
the importance of none but the best sires.

In crossing, the Merino may be bred upon the common ewes of the
country, always with benefit to the fleece, and never at the expense of the
carcass. So the Southdown will improve them in mutton and wool. The
Cotswold and Leicester will give increased size, early maturity and length
of staple. To breed Merinos on any of the long wooled. varieties would
be useless. It would detract from the valuable qualities of the wool of
either, reduce the value of the mutton, the size, propensity to fatten, and
prolific qualities of the long wool. In the West the sheep for money are
either pure Merinos, or pure Merino rams bred unto the common sheep
of the country, with the exception before stated, where farms are small
and near markets where prime mutton is in demand.

Time for Breeding.

The average period of gestation in the sheep does not vary much from
one hundred and fifty-two days. They usually carry a male longer than
a female, the period of gestation varying a week and sometimes two
weeks. Therefore the shepherd can easily calculate when to have his
ewes served by knowing when he wants his lambs in the Spring. This as
a rule should be at the time of new grass in the Spring. Allowing that
this occurs the first of April the ewes should begin to be served about
the middle of September, and the season will then probably continue to
the middle of October. If lambs for slaughter be the object then the
ewes should be served fully a month earlier than usual, and extra shelter,
warmed with fire heat provided for lambing time. This always pays.
It is the early lambs that command the high prices in the important mar-
kets of the country.

~I
oN)
~l

SHEEP, BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT.
Coupling.

We do not advise the use of teasers—that is, common rams aproned to
show the rutting ewes. The better way is to drive the flock up to the
yard twice a day and let the ram out with the flock. Immediately he has
served a ewe catch and separate her from the flock. Keep all served ewes
together, and under no consideration allow but one service. If they
come again in heat it will be from the fourteenth to the seventeenth day.
Thus they may be again returned to the ram after the thirteenth day,
and if not in heat it may be set down that they have been properly
served.

Keeping the Record.

In breeding grades it is only necessary to keep a correct record of the
time of coupling, to correspond to the mark on the ewe. Where pure
sheep are bred it will also be necessary to keep a record of the ram used.
In the first case it is necessary to know when each ewe will drop her
lamb. In the case of pure bred sheep it is imperative that a full and
accurate record be kept, else confusion will ensue and the breeder will
have lost all that was gained before hinf, and no breeder of pure sheep
will buy from his flock. In order to bring the ewes into season at a
specific time in seasons of drouth, or scant pasture, the ewes should have
extra feed for three weeks before they are required to take the ram.

The Management of Rams.

The rams should never be allowed to run with the ewes at any season
of the year. They are brutal always in their teasing, and if allowed so
to run they not only exhaust themselves, but the ewes drop their lambs
out of season. His separate enclosure should be dry and comfortable,
and kept strictly clean, and be entirely away from the sight and hearing
of the ewes, except when admitted to them. His feed must be the best
of hay, or fresh grass, with what oats he will eat clean daily, beginning
six weeks before the season with half a pound daily, and increasing the
feed gradually to two pounds daily, if he will eat so much. Some flock
masters sow oats and peas together, two bushels of the former to three
pecks of the latter. This when threshed and ground together and fed,
gradually increasing to a quart a day, makes most excellent feed for a
hard-worked ram. On such feed, with pure water within reach at all
times, a ram may be expected to properly serve one hundred to one

738 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

hundred and fifty ewes, and but few of them should come back the
second time.

Never keep two rams in the same enclosure. They are essentially pug-
nacious, and very often a valuable ram is thus sacrificed, through the
mistaken economy of the owner. In the beginning of the season, a ram
should not be allowed to serve more than two or at most three ewes a
day. This may be gradually increased to five, and again towards the
close of the season, he may be again only allowed two or three. To do
justice and retain full power of fecundation, he must have a good amount
of exercise. To insure this, if inclined to be inactive, he should be driven
about the yard for an hour every day. As a last word of caution we add:
Keep the rams away from the ewes in Winter. They often seriously in-
jure them, and by their teasing are a cause of abortion, to say nothing of
other serious injuries they may inflict.

Training Rams.

It is quite necessary that rams should be made to understand that any
vice will be severely punished. They should be early trained to stand
quietly when tied, to lead at the end of the halter. _They should never
be tied with a rope about the rodts of the horns. It is apt to gall, and
make lodgment for maggots. Fasten polled sheep by a strap about the
neck, and horned breeds in the same manner while they are young.
When their horns are large enough, drill a hole through the left horn,
near the tip and put in a bolt with eye and two inch ring, the whole fas-
tened with a nut. Never tease, or allow a ram to be teased. It is sure
to make them vicious. Handle kindly and gently, yet with a firm hand.
If inclined to be vicious, punish them severely and until they are
thoroughly cowed. A vicious old ram is dangerous at all times. Some-
times they become incorrigible ; when this is the case geld them at once.

Pasturing Sheep.

The flock should go in the pasture as early in Summer as possible, but
should be housed nights, and during cold storms. They should be regu-
larly salted, at least every other day, and when salted should be counted
and examined for any ailment that may occur. The best shepherds count
every day, and salt every day, graduating the doses so the sheep will eat
it entirely clean ; and once or twice a week, giving a larger quantity.

SHEEP, BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT, 739

Sheep are eager for shade in warm weather. We do not believe in
shading pastures with trees. It is better and cheaper to have sheds,
open on all sides, and of ample size to shelter the flock. The covering
may be of boughs, or anything that is cheap. We have used common
factory muslin, stretched on a light frame, double pitched roof, with a
two foot space at the peak, for the escape of wind; the shed twelve feet
wide and running north and south. This gives free ventilation, and is
the coolest shade we know.

Water.

Water is not generally considered an absolute necessity to sheep when
on pasture. Where they are allowed to graze when the dew is on the
grass, or the grass is succulent, they seem to get along pretty well. We
like them, however, to have a chance at water once a day. In the case
of ewes suckling lambs it is necessary that they have water in plenty.
Absolute purity of water however is always indispensable. Sheep object
to drinking foul water, and their instinct ought to satisfy any person that
it is not fit for them. Many serious disorders to stock of all kinds are
occasioned by drinking impure water.

Dosing Sheep.

Wet, low, or mucky pastures are not fit for sheep. It is an entirely
true adage that the sheep’s foot must be kept dry; nevertheless there
are many sheep kept other than among firm, dry, hill pastures. Some
shepherds are continually dosing with salt and alum, salt and sulphur,
and various other compounds under the supposition that it tends to health.
Give them what salt they need, always, and examine them often for
disease. When they are well, however, let well enough alone.

Fall Pasturage and Feeding.

In the Autumn, as the season advances, sheep should have some
fodder. It is the time of year when, if allowed to fail in flesh a mis-
chief is done that cannot be remedied. There isa peculiarity about wool
that one shepherd in twenty knows nothing about. To have a uniform
growth, and of equal strength, the wool must grow steadily, as the
season advances. If the sheep are allowed to fall suddenly away, the
growth of wool ceases. When growth again commences, the wool, in-
stead of continuing even in ‘texture will have what is termed a joint.
This is often so weak that very slight force will break it. The microscope
will reveal every period of starvation and subsequent good feeding that
sheep may have experienced in the course of the year’s. growth of wool.

740 (LLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Thus the shepherd who would do well for himself must do well for his
* flock, Tle must not only feed and water well, and attend to the general
health of the sheep, but he must house well,

Sheep Barns.

These need not be expensive structures, but they must protect thor-
oughly against wind and drifting snow, and at the same time be well
ventilated. ‘The barn is to be entirely enclosed with doors and windows,
which, if made to slide, will serve for ventilation. Along the peak

CONVENIENT FEEDING TROUGH FOR SHEEP.

should be slatted chimneys of wood to assist ventilation. The stable
should be divided into suitable pens to contain from twenty to fifty sheep
rach, according to the size of the flock, with doors from one to the other,
racks for feeding hay, and troughs for grain, and for water also, if the
sheep are to be wintered in the barn. There should also be suitable pas-
sage ways for feeding, ete. The arrangement of these racks, troughs
and other conveniences, will readily suggest themselves, by referring to
the plan for feeding cattle in barns. There is to be no tying up, of

SHEEP, DIFFERENT BREEDS. 741

course, but the same general arrangement may be followed, and when the
basement of a barn is to be used, the hay, grain, etc., may be handled in
the same manner us there given. There is one thing, however, indispen-
sable: As an attachment to every sheep barn, each pen should have a
yard in which the sheep may be turned out in pleasant weather, for air
and exercise. They may also be fed here in pleasant weather.

The annexed cut will show a good and substantial rack for outside
feeding.

Special Winter Food.

While it is the fact that sheep may be fairly wintered on hay, it is not
the most economical food in all the regions of the West and South, where
‘corn and cereal grains are cheaply raised. Many shepherds object to
corn as being too heating. We have never found any difficulty when it
was fed with hay, and with a small feed of roots daily. It seems almost
necessary to the health of sheep, that they have succulent food. In all
the West, turnips are out of the question. Our hot Summers, and dry
Autumns are not suited to this crop. Swedish turnips do better, since
they may be sown late in May, or early in June and get root, so they

ALLOWED TO SHIFT FORK ITSEL?. WINTERED WITH GOOD SHELTER AND FEED.

will stand and produce good crops late in Autumn. They are also easily
saved by keeping them nearly down to the freezing point in the winter
pits. Sugar beets or mangel wurzel may also be raised at a cost—placed
in the pits or cellar—that need not exceed two dollars a ton. Carrots and
parsnips may be raised at a cost not exceeding three dollars per ton.
With carrots, beets and parsnips so that cach sheep may have even half
a pound weight of root food once a day, they may be kept in admirable
health, corn and hay being the only other food. Not only this, but we
have wintered lambs in this way, and had them come out Spring after
Spring, in the most admirable condition. Kept in this manner, they will

742 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

look like the young buck, shown at the right hand side of the page. Al-
lowed to shift for themselves as best they may, they will resemble the
sheep shown on the left side of the page. Which would you choose?

There is one thing that should be observed in feeding roots. Carrots
may be fed at all times. In feeding other roots, feed the Swedish tur-
nips first, and after they are gone, the beets. Beets fed early in the
Winter I have not found profitable. They have an acrid quality, that
after the new year seems to be lost. Parsnips may be kept in the ground
until Spring, and will be found, in connection with grain, most excellent
for ewes, after lambing. Until lambing time we prefer to feed carrots,
and corn, with enough bran mixed to keep the bowels fairly open. Thus
fed, the fleeces will be heavy and even in texture. The sheep will not
shed their wool when put on to grass, and the shepherd, if he has attended
to the general health of the flock, will find that sheep really pay twice ;
once in the fleece, and once in the carcass.

Management of Lambs.

It is absolutely necessary, when early lambs are expected, that a
warm place be provided for the ewe at lambing time. The room need
not be large, and may be divided into pens suitable for each ewe when
there are a number to lamb at one time. Heat the room by means of a
stove, and if the ewes are healthy and hearty they will take care of
themselves as a rule. But the shepherd should be present in case the
young lambs want assistance, and here will be found the advantage in
having made the sheep perfectly familiar with and relying on the keeper,
for thus there will be no fear displayed. If the lamb appear weak and
disinclined to suck, handle it carefully and hold it to the dam. _A young
lamb is at first the weakest and most foolish animal imaginable. Once it
has got on its feet and sucked it is all right.

Docking Lambs.

This should be performed as soon as the lamb is fairly strong and grow-
ing; say when a week old. Let an attendant pick up thelamb, and holding
his rump pretty firm against a post of suitable height, the shepherd
seizes the tail, and pressing the skin back toward the body, places a two
inch chisel at the point of separation, holding it firmly enough so that it
will not slip, when with a light blow of a mallet it is severed. Throw
the tails of rams in one pile and those of ewes in another, and enter in
the shepherd’s book the sexes and numbers. It is well at the same time
to place a paint mark on the rump for future recognition. A pinch of

SHEEP, BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT. 743

powdered copperas on the end of the tail will stop bleeding. Occasionally
a lamb will bleed severely. If so, tie a ligature tightly around the stump,
to be removed in about ten hours, or a touch of red hot iron will be
more effective.

Castration.

Many perform this operation immediately before docking. It has
always been practiced by myself and I have never found any reason to
discontinue the plan. In any event the sooner it is done the better for
the lamb. I have docked and gelded at three days old, and with the best
success. An attendant holds the lamb, rump down, and with the back
pressed against his own body; drawing the hind legs up, the body is
pressed strong enough to cause the belly to be forced between the thighs,
and the scrotum is thus well exposed. Seizing the serotum the operator
cuts away one-third of it; take each testicle in turn and sliding back and
off the enveloping membrane, with a quick jerk the whole cord and
connecting tissues snap and come away. The object in cutting away a
part of the scrotum is that it makes a better surface in shearing. This
pulling away of the cord may seem cruel. It is not so; there is almost
no- bleeding, and the violence of the rupture deadens the pain. It is
sometimes necessary to geld an old ram. The best way is to tie a waxed
linen cord as tightly as possible about the bag, being careful that it is tied
entirely above the testicles, and that there shall be no possibility of
slipping of the knot. Thus circulation is stopped and in a few days the
strangulated part will drop away; or the operation may be performed
precisely as in the case of the horse. We have however never used any
other means either with bulls or rams than that indicated above, and with
success.

Weaning.

Spring lambs should be weaned early enough in the Fall so they may
become fully accustomed to grass and to grain before Winter sets in. If
a corn-field has at the last cultivating been sown with rye, it will afford
nice feed for lambs in the Fall, and in the following Spring it will be
found most valuable for breeding ewes. If there is stubble ground, in
which green oats or wheat have started, it makes excellent pasture for
lambs, since they will also pick up some grain. In any event, they should
be learned to eat grain by having their salt sprinkled on grain in a trough
under cover, so they may learn to eat it. So far as Winter management
is concerned, the same rule will apply as to other animals. Give them

744 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

the best of the hay and a liberal quantity of grain, to keep them growing
right along.

The Nursery.

In all large flocks there will always be some lambs that do not do well.
These should always be separated from the others and have extra care.
So in the older sheep—the flock should be graded as to age, size and sex.
It is better that the wethers and the ewes be kept apart, and that in the
sexes that very strong animals be not put with weak ones. If they do
no other mischief, they rob the weak ones of their food, the very thing
they most need. In fact, every farm should have a nursery, however
small the flock, where weak ones and wethers may receive special atten-
tion and care. Sheep upon farms suited to them are very profitable, but
however suitable the farm, the profits will be in direct proportion to the
intelligent care and attention the animals receive.

eee Well

BisescesnoOr oUnEP:

CAUSH, PREVENTION AND REMEDIES.

CHAPTER I.

ANATOMY AND DISEASES OF SHEEP.

.
THE FORE-LEG,

THE HBAD.——THE TRUNK. THE HIND-LEG.——IMPORTANCE
OF THE HEAD TO BREEDERS. DISEASES OF THE HEAD AND BRAIN. ———
THE TEBTH. SWELLED HEAD VEGETABLE POISONING. INFLAMMA-
TION OF THE EYE. SHEEP DISTEMPER. HOW TO KNOW IT.———WHAT TO
DO. GRUBS IN THE HEAD. HOW TO SAVE THE SHEEP. APOPLEXY.

PREVENTION, ———INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN. TETANUS, OR LOCK-
JAW. PALSY. RABIES. HYDATIOS ON THE BRAIN. PARASITES OF

THE BODY AND SKIN.——THE SCAB. HOW TO KNOW IT. —— WHAT TO DO.

DISEASES OF THE GENERATIVE AND URINARY ORGANS. DISEASES OF

THE LIMBS AND HOOFS, FOOT ROT. HOW TO CURE IT.——TOULS, AND
TRAVEL-SORE FEET. GRAVEL. THE BIFLEX CANAL. —— MAGGOTY SHEEP.
——LUNG WORMS.——INTESTINAL WORMS. ROTTEN LIVER.———COLIC.

SKELETON OF LEICESTER SHEEP.

The Head.

Explanation.—1—The intermaxillary bone. 2—The nasal bones. 8—The
48

748 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

upper jaw. 4—The union of the nasal and upper jaw bone. 5—The union of
the molar and lachrymal bones. 6—The orbits of the eye. 7—The frontal
bone. 9—The lower jaw. 10—The incisor teeth or nippers. 11—The molars
or grinders.

The Trunk.

1, 1—The ligament of the neck, supporting the head. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7—
The seven vertebrae, or bones of the neck. 1—13—The thirteen vertebrie, or
bones of the back. 1—6.—The six vertebree of the loins. 7—The sacral bone.
8—The bones of the tail, varying in different breeds from twelve to twenty-one.
9—The haunch and pelvis. 1—-8—The eight true ribs with their cartilages.
9—13—The five false ribs, or those that are not attached to the breast bone.
14—The breast bone. ’

The Fore-leg.

1—The scapula or shoulder-blade. .2—The humerus, bone of the arm, or 7ower
part of the shoulder. 8—The radius, or bone of the forearm. 4—The ulna, or
elbow. 5-—The knee, with its different bones, 6--The metacarpal, or shank-
bones; the larger bones of the leg. 7—-A rudiment of the smaller metacarpal.
8—One of the sessamoid bones. 9—The two first bones of the foot; the pas-
terns. 10—The proper bones of the foot.

The Hind-leg

1—The thigh bone. 2—The stifle joint and its bone, the patella, 8—The
tibia, or bone of the upper part of the leg. 4—The point of the hock. 5—The
other bones of the hock. 6—The metatarsal bone, or bone of the hind-leg. 7
—Rudiment of the small metatarsal. S—A sessamoid bone. 9—The two first
bones of the foot, the pasterns. 10—The proper bone of the foot.

The bones of the loins bear a strong resemblance to those in the back,
but instead of springing from the sides, as do the ribs, they are fixed,
bony processes, several inches in length, and their peculiar duty is to af-
ford protection to the abdomen. They are the timbers that support the
roof, or covering of this part of the system. Next in position to the loin
comes the sacrum, which is formed in young animals of separate bones,
but at maturity is consolidated into one. At this point the passage for
the spinal cord becomes very much diminished, and, at the end of the
bone, terminates in several nerves, which continue their course into the
tail. The bones of the latter are numerous, but not perforated. We
pass now to the limbs, and find that the number of joints are the same in
the horse, ox, and sheep, but in the latter animals, at the fetlock, these
become divided and the four bones beneath it are thus doubled.

SHEEP, THEIR DISEASES. 749

The bone which forms the elbow-ulna does not support much of the
weight of the animal, but serves to attach the powerful muscles, so notic-
able in bones, with good fore-arms. The attachment of the ulna to the
radius forms a lever. The carpas or knee is composed of seven distinct
bones, placed in two rows. The upper tow articulates with the radius ;
the metacarpus.

Explanation—1—Occipital bone, depressed
out of danger. 2—The parietal bones, the
suture having disappeared, and also out of
danger. 38—The squamous portions of the
temporal bone—the buttress of the arch of
the skull. 4—tThe meatus auditorius, or gxurz or a POLLED SHEEP.

bony opening into the ear. 5—The frontal
bones. 6—The openings through which blood-vessels. pass, to sup-
ply the forehead. 7—The bony orbits of the eye. 8 — The zygo-
matic or molar bones, very much developed. 9, 10—The bones of
the nose. 11—The upper jaw bone. 12—The foramen, through
which the nerve and blood-vessels pass, to supply the lower part of the
face. 13—The nasal processes of the intermaxillary bones. 14—The
palatine processes. 15—The intermaxillary bone, supporting the cartila-
ginous pad, instead of containing teeth.
Explanation—1!—Nasall bone. 2—
Upper jaw bone. 38—Intermaxillary
bone supporting the pad, supplies the
place of upper front teeth. 4, 4—
The frontal sinus. 5—Cavity or sinus
of the horn, communicuting with the
frontal sinus. It is here shown by re-

moval of a section of the base of the
horn. 7—The frontal bone. 8—Verti-
val section of the brain. 9—Vertical section of the cerebellum. a—
The cineritious portion of the brain. %—The medullary portion of the
brain. 10—The ethmoid bone. 11—The cribiform or perforated plate
of the ethmoid bone. 12—The lower cell of the ethmoid bone. 13
—The superior turbinated bone. 14—The inferior turbinated bone. 17
—The sphenoid bone.

HEAD OF SHEEP—VERTICAL SECTION.

Importance of the Head to Breeders.

The head of the sheep is one of the important points by which to esti-
mate the quality and profitableness of the animal. The frontal bone (1 )
projects both forward and laterally, and gives to the sheep a peculiar

750 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

appearance as regards breadth of forehead and prominence of the eye.
This design of nature is intended for the base of the horns, though in
breeds known as hornless, or polled, the same formation is observable.
The room from eye to eye is occasioned by the frontal bones (5, 5, of
polled sheep) reaching as far below the range of vision as above it, and
very materially shortening the nasal (10, 10,) bones. These reach up-
ward to the parietal bones (2) which latter constitute an important portion
of the posterior, slanting portion of the skull, just below the junction of
the frontal and parietal bones ; the head falls off in fullness—a backward
sloping, so to speak, and the part of the frontal bone most important be-
cause covering the brain, is removed from the danger resulting from
concussion of the head in fighting. The form of the brain in the sheep,
is similar to that of the horse and ox, but is longer in proportion to size,
and broader in the back than in the front. The brain of the sheep so
closely resembles, in its conformation and structure, that of aman, though
smaller in proportion, that it furnishes the medical student with a good
substitute for the human subject. The membrane covering the brain is
technically called the pia mater. The dura mater lines the skull, and be-
tween the latter and the former is a delicate membrane called ¢ernica
arachmides. The nerves, of which ten pairs are connected with the brain,
and thirty with the spinal cord, supply the sense of feeling, seeing, hear-
ing, tasting, smelling, &c., and a portion conveying the volition of the
brain to all parts of the body, are termed nerves of motion.

Diseases of the Head and Brain.

In Europe, and especially in Great Britain, sheep are subject to a long
category of diseases. Fortunately, in this country sheep thus far have
been subject to comparatively few diseases, and especially so in the West ;
owing probably to the fact that, except in the Spring, and sometimes for
a short period in the Autumn, the climate and the soil are dry. Mr.
Spooner, the able English veterinary writer, remarks upon the rarity of
inflammatory diseases in American sheep. This he attributes to the
muscular and vascular structure of the sheep, comparing the indifferently
kept sheep of his day with highly fed British sheep. The real cause,
however, of exemption from disease lies more in the climate than anything
else. Another special reason probably is that our flock masters are, as a
rule, men of intelligence, who trust but little to ignorant shepherds, as
is not the case in Great Britain and on the continent. We shall therefore
touch lightly upon many diseases specially treated of in foreign works,
and pay more particular attention to that class of diseases most prevalent
with us.

SHEEP, THEIR DISEASES. 751
The Teeth,

The sheep has eight incisors in the lower jaw, and twelve grinders —
six on a side in each jaw,—making in all thirty-two teeth. At birth the
lamb should have the two central incisors just pushing through. At a
month old all the incisors should be up. At one year, sometimes not
until fifteen months old, the two first milk incisors will be shed, and two
new or permanent ones will appear. At two years old past, it will have
two more permanent teeth, or four in all. At three years old past it
will have six permanent incisors, and at four years old past’ the eight
permanent teeth, or a full mouth, as it is called, will be shown. This
will be an accurate test as to the age of sheep, up to four years, varied of
course by care and keep; highly fed sheep developing faster than illy
kept ones. At six the incisors begin to decrease in breadth, and lose
their fan shape, as seen at four years old. At seven they become longer
and narrower, and each year this shrinkage continues, until at last they
become quite slender, the middle ones long, and at ten years they loosen
and begin to drop out. In the West few sheep are kept to the age of
ten years, except in the case of valuable ewes and bucks. The principal
care necessary with the teeth is, if decay is suspected, to examine, and
extract the decayed ones, or pierce the nerve with a hot iron.

Swelled Head.

Sheep sometimes are bitten by venomous snakes, but this seldom
occurs, and when so the animal is usually beyond help before being
found. The bites of insects however, sometimes give trouble. When
swelling from this cause is discovered, cut the wool from around the
wound, wash with warm water, dry, rub thoroughly with lard oil, and if
the insect may have been a venomous one, give the following dose each
hour until relief is obtained :

No. 1. 34 Scruple hartshorn,
1 Ounce rainwater.

Vegetable Poisoning.

The faces of the sheep sometimes become poisuned from feeding near
noxious plants. Bathe the sore place with warm water, and then moisten
with the following :

No. 2. 10 Grains acetate of lead,
1 Ounce water.
Dissolve.

752 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

This is also excellent for burns, bruises, irritable and moist ulcers, in-
flamed tendons, moist skin diseases, and cracked and itching surfaces,
and also for sore lips.

Inflammation of the Eyes.

Simple ophthalmy sometimes occurs in sheep. If there is serious in-
flammation, bleed slightly from the facial vein—the vein running down
obliquely from the eye, and bathe with the following :

No. 3. 3 Grains sulphate of zine,
1 Ounce water,
15 Drops laudanum
Mix, and bathe lightly twice a day.

Sheep Distemper.

Malignant epizootic catarrh is an epidemic accompanied by severe con-
gestion and inflammation of the lining membrane of the nasal cavities and
sometimes extending into the stomach and bowels, is ‘as to its cause un-
known, but has occasionally been very fatal, both East and West.

How to Know It.

There is depression, a slight watery discharge from the nostrils and the
eyes, which are partly closed and paler than natural. There is more or
less loss of appetite. The pulse is normal as to frequency, but is weaker
than usual. There is no cough, and the breathing is not changed unless
the bronchial tubes are affected. The symptoms increase, until the end
of a week the discharge from the nose is thick and glutinous, some-
times tinged with blood ; eyes half closed, the lids gummed with a yellow
secretion. The respiration is difficult, emaciation and prostration great ;
the pulse very low, the appetite is gone, and in from ten to fifteen days
the animal dies.

What to Do.

At the first symptoms, remove the sheep to a dry, well ventilated
place, where they may be kept comfortably warm. Give them concen-
trated and nourishing food and stimulants. If the bowels are costive,
give them, say:

No. 4. 8 Grains corrosive sublimate,
1 Oz. rhubarb,

2 Oz. ginger,
2 Oz. gentian.

SHEEP, THEIR DISEASES. 753

Simmer the last three in a quart of water for ten or fifteen minutes ;
strain, and add the first. Give two table-spoonfuls twice a day. In any
case, avoid all strong purging or bleeding. An equable warmth, good
feeding, nourishing drinks, and good nursing, is what will save, when
possible, if taken early. If not well nursed the patient will be sure to die.

Grubs in the Head.

In July and August, if sheep are seen standing crowded together with
the heads close to the ground, occasionally stamping violently, or striking
with their fore feet, be sure the sheep gad-fly @strus Ovis, is attempting
to deposit her eggs in the nostrils of the sheep. This fly is somewhat
like the ox gad-fly, but smaller. The egg deposited, the maggot soon
hatches, ascends the sinuses of the nose, causing much irritation. Then
it grows during Winter, and in the Spring descends and falls on the
ground, burrows therein, assumes the form of a chrysalis, to be again
transformed into a perfect fly.

How to Save the Sheep.

Prevent the flies from laying their eggs. Plowa portion of the field
into furrows of loose soil; keep the sheep’s noses smeared with tar, by
tarring once a day through the season of the fly. I have caught them in
a light bag net, such as boys use in catching insects. A reward of five
cents for every fly caught would well repay the sheep owner.

The maggots affix themselves by their strong hooks, and are not easily
dislodged. Violent sneezing will sometimes dislodge them. Thus Scotch
snuff may be blown up the nostrils. The infested sheep may be driven
in a close place, and horn shavings or leather burned to irritate the
membrane of the nostrils. A better way, when carefully done, is to
secure the sheep, hold the head up, and pour into each nostril a teaspoon-
ful of equal parts of sweet oil and turpentine, well shaken together. Be
careful, however, that-the sheep is not strangled by the mixture entering
the lungs. The grubs are sometimes extracted by the surgeon. It is a
nice operation, and as a rule will not pay its cost

Apoplexy.

This is a disease seldom seen in the United States, and confined to
sheep of a plethoric habit, and is generally fatal if not takenearly. The
sheep leaps suddenly in the air, falls and dies in a few moments. The
remedy is eariyand copious bleeding from the neck (jugular) vein, until

704 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

the sheep shows signs of weakness. A pint of blood is sometimes taken
from full-bodied, large sheep and less for smaller ones.

Prevention.

This is better than cure. If a sheep be dull, and apparently uncon-
scious of what is going on; if the membranes of the nose are deep red
or violet, the nostrils and pupils of the eye dilated, the pulse hard, and
the breathing stertorous, bleed immediately, and afterwards give two
ounces of salt, to be followed by an ounce every six hours until a copious
evacuation is produced.

Inflammation of the Brain.

This is a secondary effect of the causes which produce apoplexy. The
animal is dull and inactive. The eyes are red and protruding, and at
length the animal rushes about in the wildest delirium. The same remedy
is prescribed as for apoplexy.

Lock-jaw.

This is produced from a variety of causes, among the more common,
being inflammation of the membranes from improper gelding, injuring
the hoofs, horns, etc. The animal is unable to walk, or only so with dif-
ficulty ; the jaws are set, and death ensues in a short time. Warmth,
quiet, and bleeding from the jugular vein, is recommended. We should
omit the bleeding and give one-half to three-quarters of an ounce of
castor oil, according to the age of the sheep, the disease being confined
mostly to lambs, and sheep after gelding. Follow the dose of castor oil,
in half an hour, with ten grains of opium, and at the end of an hour,
give another ten grains of opium if a decided sedative effect is not pro-
duced. Epilepsy is a kindred disease, in fact tetanus is considered to be
an aggravated state of epilepsy. The remedial means will be the same.

Palsy. :

This is the opposite of epilepsy. The sheep is unable to move its
limbs. It is supposed to be produced by cold and improper treatment.
It is rare in this country. Take the lamb to a warm place, give it warm
gruel, with a little ginger mixed init. If a purgative is indicated give
the following :

No. 5. 2 Oz. epsom salts,
‘a Drachm ginger.

Mix in half pint of ale or water; to be followed by two drachms of
laudanum in an hour.

~l
Or
or

SHEEP, THEIR DISEASES.

Rabies.

Sheep are apt to be bitten by rabid dogs. The only preventive is to
kill all strange dogs. The remedy is to kill the sheep as soon as attacked.

Hydatids on the Brain.

This is a disease of rare occurrence in America, probably from the
fact that range is greater and dogs fewer to the square mile. The disease
once fixed, nothing, practically, can be done, at least except a thorough
veterinary surgeon be called, since it involves a delicate surgical operation.
The bladder worm or hydatid is a form of the tape worm of the dog, in
an earlier stage of existance. The mature tape worm lives in the bowels
of the dog, its eggs are voided with the excrement, and in close pasturage
the sheep take the eggs while grazing ; hatching, they make their way to
the brain, where they grow, and must remain until eaten by some other
animal. Thus the dog eats the sheep’s head, acquires the tape worm,
and the insect again goes its round of life. Allow no sheep’s heads to be
eaten without thorough cooking, kill all strange dogs, and give your shep-
herd dogs a good vermifuge occasionally.

One of the plans adopted to get rid of the hydatid when it can be loca-
ted is to pierce the cyst with the needle of a strong hypodermic syringe,
and inject into it half a tea-spoonful of the following :

No. 6. 1 Grain iodine,
5 Grains iodide of potash,

1 Ounce water.
Mix.

Parasites of the Body and Skin.

Sheep are infested with lice, three different forms of parasites which
produce scab, also with ticks, intestinal worms, parasites of the liver,
lungs, etc.

The Scab.

This is produced by a minute, almost microscopic insect, which bur-
rows under the cuticle, producing intense irritation, the escape of serum,
and which drying, brings off with it wool and all, and, spreading with
great rapidity, soon infests the whole flock. The tenacity of life of these
insects is so great that a scabby pasture has been said to spread the con-
tagion after three years. The prevention of infection should be impera-
tive with every flock master.

ILLUSTRATED STOCK DCCTOR.

~I

How to Know It.

The sheep is restless and constantly rubbing itself against posts and
other objects it can get near. It bites itself with its teeth, and scratches
itself with its hoofs. Soon the fleece becomes ragged and begins to fall
out, and the animal appears wretched and unsightly, and at length dies.

A BAD CASE OF SCAB.

What to Do.

The remedies are both liquid and oily. A good dip, and one re-
garded in England as most effective, is the following :

No. 7. 3 Pounds arsenic,
3 Pounds pearl ash,
3 Pounds sulphur,
3 Pounds soft soap.

Mix in ten gallons of boiling water, stir, but avoid the fumes, and add
ninety gallons of cold water. Prepare a tank that will easily allow a
sheep to be dipped, having a slanted, slatted drain at the side, tight bot-
tom underneath to allow the drip to run back. Dip the sheep, back
down, being careful not to allow the head to enter the poisonous mixture,
letting the animal remain one minute. Lift on to the slats and rub and
squeeze the wool, until pretty well drained, and place ina yard until
dry. When dry, go over the flock again, as to the heads, with the fol-
lowing :

No. 8. 1 Pound mercurial ointment,
6 Pounds lard,

1 Pound rosin,
4, Pint oil of turpentine.

SHEEP, THEIR DISEASES. 757

Mix the mercurial ointment witn the lard by heating gently and stir-
ring. Dissolve the resin in the turpentine and rub all together when the
lard is cold. Part the wool on the head between the ears, on the fore-
head, along the neck and under the jaws, and rub in the ointment.

In the United States, tobacco is often used in the place of arsenic; if
used, substitute ten pounds of strong tobacco leaves for the arsenic in the
formula as given above.

A formula in great repute among Australian shepherds, is the fol-
lowing :

No. 9. 1 Pound tobacco leaves,
1 Pound sulphur,

5 Gallons water.
Boil the tobacco in the water, then add the sulphur.

The sheep is dipped in this solution while quite hot, and retained in it
four or five minutes, its head being from time to time thrust under so
as not to enter the eyes, nose, or mouth, and the wool pressed and
dried as before stated.

Diseases of the Generative and Urinary Organs.

Use the remedies prescribed for cattle, noting the doses as given for
sheep in the list of medicines for animals.

Diseases of the Limbs and Hoofs—Foot Rot.

This is an infectious disease often aggravated by grit and dirt increas-
ing the inflammation. The indications of rot are described minutely
by Dr. Randall :

The first symptom is the disappearance of the naturally, smooth, dry,
pale condition of the skin at the top of the cleft, over the heels. It
becomes somewhat red, warm and moist, and slightly rough or chafed.
Next, the moisture increases to a discharge, and an ulcer is formed which
extends down to the upper portion of the inner wall of the hoof. These
walls are then attacked, become disorganized, and the disease penetrates
between the fleshy sole and the bottom of the hoof. The hoof is thick-
ened at the heel by an unnatural deposition of horn. The crack between
it and the fleshy sole pours out an offensive and purulent matter. Soon
all parts of the foot are penetrated by the burrowing ulceration, the horny
sole is disorganized, and the fleshy sole becomes a black and swollen mass
of corruption, shapeless, spongy, and often filled with maggots. The
fore-feet are usually first attacked; lameness is early noticed and soon

758 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR. |

becomes complete; the appetite is lost, and the animal dies from exhaus-
tion. The offensive odor of the true foot rot is characteristic, and once
made familiar will serve as a certain guide in recognizing the disease.
The disease may present itself ina malignant and rapid form, or in a
mild one. ‘The first attack on a flock is generally of the severe charac-
ter. When it is kept under the first year, its appearance the next Sum-
mer will be mild; and the third season still milder.

How to Cure Rot.

Every part of the diseased structure must be cut away, cleaning the
knife from time to time. This thoroughly accomplished, prepare a tank,
which is to be filled to a depth of four inches, with a strong, saturated
solution of sulphate of copper, blue vitriol, let each sheep stand in this,
heated as hot as they can bear, for ten or more minutes, keeping the whole
hot by occasionally plashing a piece of heated iron in it, or adding a
quantity of the solution boiling hot. It is also well to cover the hoof
with chloride of lime, and fill the cleft of the hoof with a piece of tow
long enough so the ends can be twisted into a cord to be fastened around
the fetlock. This makes a good bandage. The hoofs should be exam-
ined daily for sometime and the chloride renewed if necessary. Keep
the sheep in a dry, well-littered yard, or on a dry, short pasture, and feed
well. If the case is bad, the following tonic given internally will be
necessary :

No, 10. 2 Drachms common salt,
34 Drachm sulphate of iron,
34 Drachm nitrate of potash.
Mix as a powder and give daily.

Fouls and Travel-sore.

These may be cured, the first by washing the cleft of the hoof with
warm water and applying a strong solution of blue vitriol, and the latter
by touching the thin places in the hoofs with a feather dipped in oil of
vitriol, and smearing over with tar. Or better, prepare the following :

No. 11. 1 Part solution of chloride of antimony,
1 Part compound tincture of myrrh.

Gravel.

Sheep often become graveled. If lame in the least examine them, and
cut the horn of the hoof to expose the gravel; extract it and cover the
wound with tar.

SHEEP, THEIR DISEASES. 759
The Biflex Canal.

The issue as it is called (biflex canal) in the front and upper part of
the hoof, sometimes becomes irritated and swollen. Do not follow the
advice of ignorant persons and ‘cut out the worm.” If any thing is
embedded therein, extract it. If simply swollen and inflamed, and
perhaps ulcerated, lance it in two or three places slightly and dress with
compound tincture of myrrh.

Maggoty Sheep.

Often in hot weather, from one cause or another, flies will lay their
eggs, either in a wound, or, if the sheep is dirty, in the accumulated dung
about the thighs. The prevention is cleanliness. Keep the sheep well
tagged, that is shear the wool from under the sides of the tail, and
diagonally thence some ways down the thighs. If maggots exist they

must be taken out, and the wounds touched with

No. 12. 1 Part creosote,
4 Parts alcohol.

And afterwards bathed daily, until relieved, with tincture of myrrh.
Other Diseases.—Lung-Worms

This disease is caused by the presence of worms, the strongulus filaria,
which sometimes make their way into the lungs, but are usually found in
the windpipe and bronchial tubes and bowels of sheep. If there is
dysentery, with fetid stools, examine the evacuations and the mucus of
the mouth and throat for indications of the worms. If there is a husky
cough and quickened breathing ; if the sheep rubs its nose on the ground ;

if it lose its appetite and flesh prepare the following :

No. 13. 6 Oz. sulphate of magnesia,
4 Oz. nitrate of potash.

Pour on these three pints boiling water, and when the solution is milk
warm add:

No. 14. 4 Oz. oil of turpentine,
4% Oz. bole armeniac.

Mix well and give two or three tablespoonfuls every other day.

When the worms are supposed to prevail, the following may be made
into twelve doses, one to be given once in two weeks, as a preventive :

No. 15. 2 Oz. oil of turpentine,
2 Oz. powdered gentian,
2 Oz. laudanum.
Dissolve in a quart of lime water.

This is enough for twelve sheep.

760 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Intestinal Worms.

The presence of intestinal worms and other parasite affections may be
often found if shepherds would take the trouble to dissect 1 dead sheep.
When found in one, the presumption is good that many are affected, for
these parasites seldom appear in individual cases only. As a preventive,
when feared, plenty of salt should be allowed, and the following prepared
to be given once in two weeks.

No. 16. 2 Lbs. common salt,
1 Lb. sulphate of magnesia,
44 Lb. sulphate of iron,
4, Lb. powdered gentian,
Mix: :

This is sufficient for 80 to 100 sheep to be given in ground feed.

Dr. Tellor says: Ordinary wood soot, as it can be collected from the
chimney is a very efficient vermifuge, often used, both in children and
the lower animals. It may be mixed with salt, or sprinkled on the fodder.
Another cheap and useful vermifuge, in the form of a drink, is—

No. 17. 1 Lb. quick lime,
5 Oz. sulphate of iron.
Mix with five gallons of water, and give a pint twice a week.

As a vermifuge in round and thread-worms, the shepherd may use—

No. 18. 2 Oz. linseed oil,
14 Oz. oil of turpentine.

For a drench.

For tape worm, the following :—

No. 19. 4 to 1 Drachm, powdered areca nut,
10 to 20 Drops, oil of small fern.

Give in molasses and water, and follow next day with a purge.

The Rot. or Liver-Fluke.

This is a disease caused by flat worms, (Fasciola hepatica,) in the
liver. If by rubbing the skin of a sheep backward and forward at the
small of the back as taken between the thumb and fingers, it is soft and
flabby and there is a crackling feeling in the fingers, as if there were water
underneath ; if there is weakness and tenderness about the loins; if the
belly swells, and the eye becomes jaundiced ; if there is a diarrhea, a weak
heart and general stupor, and no veterinarian is near, isolate the animals
in a high dry pasture, give abundant and nutritious food and prepare the
foilowing :

SHEEP, THEIR DISEASES. 761

No. 20. 14 Lb. sulphate of magnesia,
3 Drachms oil of turpentine:

Mix for a drench, and give every two days, one-third of the quantity
at a dose.

The following is an English remedy and said to be very effective :

No. 21. 14; Drachms yellow resin,
1 Oz. oil of turpentine,
10 Grains calomel,
30 Drops tincture of iodine.

For three doses, one to be given every morning for three days, in gruel.
Colic.

The best preventive is to keep sheep off of pastures liable to inundation,
since the worm passes one stage of its existance in shell fish and water
insects, which are carried into such pastures by floods, and the sheep get
the germs with the grass.

Lush pasture to hungry sheep, ergot in fodder, musty or blighted
grain, will produce colic or hoyen in sheep as in cattle. The presence of

gas is sometimes so strong as to rupture the walls of the rumen or third
stomach. If the case is not serious, press and knead the stomach, and
give the following :

No. 22. 2 Drachms sulphate of potash,
1 Oz. common salt,
1 Oz. sweet oil.
Mix in a wine glass full of water.

If the inflation is great, get a rubber tube, of half inch calibre, fasten
a pledget of wool over the end to prevent clogging, oil thoroughly and
introduce gently down the throat to the stomach. If this means fail and
the swelling continues, remove the wool from the most prominent part
and plunge a trocar into the stomach. If a trocar is not to be had use a
common sharp pointed pen knife, and keep the orifice open by inserting
a goose quill.

iV
\

=
o _
a u

oo

-

PPI in
i
iiapvit

‘j
,
iat

' fi

§ ' ’

i pe ham
cp |
h

|
'

aha

4]

Lag PTA at wy Le Pa ad poh ead i a
Tas ate es thy yay At aL | rm 1)"
e Oe a Lares ale NEP NiA Whips steht NMR TN. iM

ive

a 7 ia i 7

*
i a)
mare ee i

oe =

ole
Hint enh hee Mik y ey)
pm vel ahaha

id od Oe aae ae
he eo ae

rere wel wt WE et ie
etligeet Wey AP
; ewetsliie aia ut - = js
vlad wi ipa a er alt ct :
;
vibe Yeh Gal bios vig fal *idiail “ar anti eine

} hy thir

ohieyp Pape
\ COU Eh ge eae upg ita
‘| cut ule Timi yume. erusliete) iw

lien oth) leet! ah doen ee ite Sab ri A
n Voy vate title tat aaa “it 3
eT ey

toc (daiiiter vg aap @ ‘ . On
che pin GA? | y

@ the hee! I

thf) eo leaias Vai wae .
: ae
7 4 P ‘ ’ if ‘mf Figeg't j j iO
a MESS worl ae
th holy Gea AT dee Gf fa rar 1a Ti¥ dey

a)

4 Lwin yt At eRe Vien TRE Wig iiay
RUA a ke ie eotninlegd ia) 4

' erty Thy IS GRA) Ost 9 ts a

Lo Che yeah ie a aa eri in)

4

AeA e WERE
ev VPN ES.

MisvORY, BREEDS;CHARACTERISTICS
AND MANAGEMENT.

i BA 4 Pe ce

.

j

* pM j ; ra ‘oe mh
7 too, fo Sl ee ES ee

SWINE.

History, Breeds and Characteristics.

CHAPTER I.

HISTORY AND BREEDS.

ORIGIN OF THE HOG.———TEETH OF THE HOG. IMPORTANCE OF SWINE TO MAN.
——I. IMPROVED BREEDS OF SWINE.—ENGLISH BREEDS.—II. THE BERKSHIRES.
—— ESTABLISHING THE IMPROVED BERKSHIRE. —— STANDARD CHARACTERIS-
TICS OF BERKSHIRES III. NEAPOLITAN HOGS. 1V. ESSEX BREED. Vv.
YORKSHIRE HOG.—VI. SUPFOLKS.—VII. LANCASHIRE HOGS, —VIII. LANCASHIRE
MIDDLE-BREED.—IX. LARGE LANCASHIRE. _—AMERICAN BREEDS. xX. POLAND
CHINA.—X1. CHESTER WHITES —XII. JERSEY REDS.—CHESHIRES.—XIII. CHARAC-
TERISTICS. —— RECAPITULATION OF BREEDS.

Origin of the Hog.

The great antiquity of the hog, sus scrofa of Linneus, is fixed from
the fact that remains of several fossil species have been found in the
tertiary and diluvial deposits of Europe, and allied species in India. The
wild hogs, from which the domestic breeds have taken their rise, are
native of Europe, Asia and Africa, and are found wherever the climate
is mild enough to afford sustenance in Winter, and in a domestic state
wherever civilization has been extended. The fact of the origin of the
domestic hog is well established from the fact that it will interbreed and
continue entirely fertile, the succeeding fertility of the offspring, to the
remotest generations, proving the homogeneity of the species.

766 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

In America, in Australia and in the Polynesian group, hogs were un-
known until introduced. In England the wild species has long been
extinct. In France they are nearly so, but in some parts of Germany,
Denmark, Italy, Greece, and in Asia Minor they are still met with. In
America swine are said to have been introduced into Hispaniola by
Columbus in 1493; into Florida by De Soto in 1538; into Nova Scotia
and Newfoundland in 1558, into Canada in 1608, and into Virginia in
1609. So great was the fecundity of swine in Virginian forests, that in
eighteen years after their introduction the inhabitants of Jamestown had
to palisade the town to keep them out.

Teeth of the Hog.

The domestic hog has, when full grown, forty-four permanent teeth,
twenty-eight of which are preceded by temporary, or milk teeth. The
teeth are classified as follows: Twelve incisors or front teeth, six in the
upper and six in the lower jaw. The incisors in each jaw are divided
equally, three on each side of the median line, of which the fore-
most are called the nippers; the next outside of these, intermediary
incisors, and the remainder, outside of these are called corner incisors.
Next in order are the four tusks, one on each upper and one in each
under jaw on each side. The true grinders or molars are six in number,
not including the so-called ‘* wolf teeth,’? four in number, but which are
now classed with the molars, making really seven on a side in each jaw.
Each of the three hindmost molars in the four rows are permanent teeth,
or not preceded by milk teeth. The three next in front of these appear
soon after birth,one after another, and are called milk teeth( or premolars )
and in the course of time are shed one after another, in the order in
which they appeared, to give place for the permanent molars. These six
molars are counted from the hindmost one forward. The seventh molar
tooth, or the fourth premolar, appears later, in the space between the
third premolar and the tusk. This small, apparently supernumerary
tooth is sometimes called a wolf’s tooth, and was once considered as an
independent tooth, not belonging to the molars. It is now classed with the
molars, to which it undoubtedly belongs. It is a permanent tooth, and
is sometimes very small and imperfect, which is accounted for by the
near proximity of the large and strong tusk.

The teeth of the hog may therefore be represented by the following
formula: Incisors, six upper six lower; canines, one upper one lower on
each side ; wolf teeth, so-called, now determined to be molars, one upper
one lower on each side ; molars, six upper six lower on each side; in all
44 teeth.

SWINE, HISTORY AND BREEDS. 767
To Tell the Age of Swine.

Furstenburg, a well known German authority, has given the following
summary for determining the age of swine:

The animal is born with eight teeth—four corner incisors and four
tusks.

On the eighth or tenth day appears the second or third temporary
molar.

At four weeks old the four nippers appear—two in the upper and two
in the lower jaw.

At the fifth or sixth week the foremost temporary molars appear in
the upper and lower jaw.

At the age of three months the intermediary incisors have appeared
above the gums.

At the sixth month the so-called wolf’s teeth will have appeared ; and
at the same age appear the third permanent molars.

At the ninth month the following teeth will have appeared: namely
the permanent corner incisors, the permanent tusks, and also the second
permanent molars.

At the twelfth month the permanent nippers will be in view.

With the twelfth and thirteenth months the three temporary molars
will have been shed, and their permanent substitutes, which, at fifteen
months of age, will have fully appeared, are now just cutting through
the gums.

With the eighteenth month the permanent intermediary incisors and
the hindmost permanent molar will have made their appearance ; and,
with the twenty-first month, they will be fully developed.

Importance of Swine to Man.

Next to cattle, swine are the most important to man as an article of
food. Inthe adaptability of pork for successfully standing long voyages,
either barreled or smoked, in the value of lard for various culinary, lubri-
sating and burning purposes, its place could not easily be supplied now.

As showing the importance of swine breeding in the United States,
the following table is given, extending from 1871 to 1878 inclusiye :

1871—29,457,500, 1875—28 062,200,
1872—31,796,300, 1876—25,726,800,
1873—82,682,050, 1877—28,077,100,
1874—39,860,900, 1878—32,362,500.

In the year 1878 the three greatest hog producing States were Iowa,

768 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Ohio and Illinois; of these Iowa contained 2,244,800; Ohio, 2,341,411;
and Illinois, 3,855,500 hogs. In 1878 there were packed in Chicago
alone over 5,000,000 swine, or one-sixth the whole number raised in the
United States.

I. Improved Breeds of Swine.

To the India hog, the Chinese and the Neapolitan is due more than to
any other, the improvement in English breeds, and from those introduced
into the United States are due our own American breeds, that have now
become unexcelled in any quarter of the globe for the purpose for which
they are intended; early maturity, aptitude to fatten at any age, and
ultimate weight of the mature animal. Of these the Chinese hog has
given great fattening propensities.

OLD CHINA BOAR.

The illustration we give will show first, the appearance of the boar as
known years ago, and on the next page the sow. This breed has had a
very marked influence as one of the bases of, the Poland-China breed of
the present day, and is said to have been introduced in the West, in Ohio,
in 1816.

Civilization in China antedates that of all other nations. Hence
it is quite probable that the systematic breeding of swine among that
people antedates that of other ancient nations. This again is proved by
the prepotency of the blood of this hog. It has formed the basis of im-

SWINE, HISTORY AND BREEDS. 769

provement in all our modern breeds, both in England and America. In
England its prepotency has been strongly felt in all the breeds and has
transferred the long-legged, coarse-boned, elephant-eared, and big-headed
swine of Old England into the deep-bodied, broad-necked, short-nosed,
compact, and early-maturing Berkshire, Essex, Suffolk, Small Yorkshire
and other representative breeds, which have been further improved by the

infusion of Neapolitan blood, reducing the hair, hide and bone until now
but little more is to be desired. And in our own country it has given us
the Poland-China, Chester whites, improved Cheshires and New Jersey
reds,‘— breeds which may compete most favorably with any others in
the United States.

English Breeds—The Berkshires.

This now magnificent breed has been bred in Berkshire, England and
in adjacent countries from a very early day. Their origin is thus report-
ed: The family of hogs in Berkshire, England, which was the foundation
of the present improved breed, was of a sandy or buff color, about equally
spotted with black ; was of a large size, a slow feeder, and did not fully
mature till two and a half or three years old. But as such it was very
highly esteemed for the proportion of lean to fat in its meat, and for
the superior weight of its hams and shoulders, thus rendering the whole
carcass peculiarly fitted for smoking, for which purpose it was said to

770 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

excel all other English breeds. The improvement is reported to have
commenced sometime during the last century, through the importation
and crossing on the females of a Siamese boar. This breed was, in color
from a jet black to a dark slate, or rich plum color; of medium size,
quick to mature ; very fine in all points, with short, small legs and head;
thin jowls ; a dished face ; slender, erect ears ; broad, deep, compact body,
well ribbed up ; extra heavy hams and shoulders ; a slender tail ; thin skin,

and firm, elastic flesh.

Establishing the Improved Berkshire.

After using the Siamese boar in Berkshire to the old style of females
as long as it was considered best, he was discarded, and the cross pigs
then bred together. In 1838 as we and others bred this swine in Illinois,
they were in color a deep, rich plum, with a slight flecking on the body,
of white, or buff, or a mixture of the two; having a small blaze in the
face; two to four white feet, and more or less white han on the tail.
The plum color was preferred to the black+or slate, because it carried
rather higher style and higher points with it, and a superior quality of
flesh, softer hair, and finer skin. Since that time the Berkshires have
been much improved in style and compactness, but probably not in excel-
lent meat points. In lean meat in the bacon pieces, and in superior hams
and shoulders, they excel all other breeds. It must be acknowledged,
however, they were always somewhat harder feeders than the best of the
very fat breeds. :

Standard Characteristics of Berkshires.

The following may be accepted as a standard of characteristics and
marks: Color black, white on feet, face, tip of tail, and occasional
splash of white on the arm. While a small spot of white on some other
part of the body does not argue an impurity of blood, yet it is to be
discouraged, to the end that uniformity of color may be attained by
breeders. White upon the ear, or a bronze or copper spot on some part
of the body argues no impurity, but rather a reappearing of original
colors, by reversion. Markings of white other than those named above,
are suspicious, and a pig so marked should be rejected. Face short,
fine and well dished; broad between the eyes; ears generally almost
erect, sometimes inclined forward with advancing age, always small,
thin, soft and showing veins ; jowl full; neck short and thick; shoulder
short from neck but moderately deep from back down; back broad and
straight, or very little arched ; ribs long and well sprung, giving rotundity

foe =)

SWINE, HISTORY AND BREEDS. Tiel

of body; short ribs of good length, giving breadth and levelness of loin ;
hips good length from joint of hips to rump; hams thick, round and
deep, holding their thickness well back and down to the hocks; tail fine
and small, set on high up; legs short and fine, but straight and very

EZ

ES.

EEF SE

“MOS FUTASWAATT

Strong, with hoofs erect and legs set wide apart; size medium; length
medium, since extremes are to be avoided ; bone fine and compact ; offal
very light ; hair fine and soft; no bristles ; skin pliable.

772 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

III. Neapolitan Hogs.

Sidney, in writing of the Neapolitan pig, says: ‘*The Neapolitan pig is
black, or rather brown, without bristles, consequently delicate when first
introduced into our northern climate. The flesh is of fine grain, and the
fat is said to be free from the rankness of the coarser tribes.’’ Referring
to the supposed descent of the breed from the wild boar of Europe, he
adds: ‘It is more probable that the Neapolitans are the descendants of
the dark Eastern swine imported by early Italian voyagers and cultivated
to perfection by the favorable climate and welcome food.’ Neapolitan
pigs have been for many years frequently taken to England. Martin
credits the great improvement in English swine, which has taken place
within thirty years, chiefly to the agency of the Neapolitan and Chinese
breeds, conjointly, or to either alone. He names especially the Essex,
Hampshire, Berkshire and Yorkshire, and to these Youatt adds the
Wiltshire, and enforces Martin’s statement as to the Berkshire and Essex.
Their earliest introduction into the United States was in 1840-41. They
seem, howeyer, not to have been well bred specimens. About 1850 a
Mr. Chamberlain of Red Hook, New York, made an importation direct
from Sorrento. They were all of a dark slate color, and their pigs were
like themselves and none with white, ash or drab color on them. The
following may be accepted as a perfect description of this breed and
their points :

Head small: forehead bony and flat / face slightly dishing : snout rather
long and very slender ; ears small, thin, standing forward nearly horizon-
tally, and quite lively ; jowls very full; neck short, broad and heavy
above; trunk long, cylindrical and well ribbed back; back flat, and ribs
arching, even in low flesh ; belly horizontal on the lower line ; hind-quar-
ters higher than the fore, but not very much so; legs very fine, the bones
and joints being smaller than those of any other breed ; hams and shoul-
ders well developed and meaty; tail fine, curled, flat at the extremity,
and fringed with hair on each side; general color slaty, or bluish plum
color, with a cast of coppery red; skin soft and fine, nearly free from
hair, which, when found upon the sides of the head and behind the fore-
legs, is black and soft, and rather long ; flesh firm and elastic to the touch.

IV. The Essex Breed.

It is well known that the Neapolitan was a prime integer in the improve-
ment of the Essex breed of swine. In comparing specimens of the two
breeds one can see plainly the cross of a broad, deep, gross feeder with
an animal of great delicacy and refinement—the cross proving, when es-

cd

SWINE, HISTORY AND BREEDS. 773

tablished, to combine those qualities which are of greatest value in the
parent breeds, and being capable of imparting them to crosses with breeds
less finely organized.

ESSEX BOAR.

The Essex originated in the south of England and are entirely black.
They are small to medium in size, and are extensively used in England as
crosses on the large coarse swine, with a view to improving their fattening
qualities. The best specimens may be known by being black in color ;
face short and dishing ; ears small and soft, standing erect while young,
coming down somewhat with age ; carcass long, broad, straight and deep ;
hams heavy, and well let down; bone fine, and carcass when fattened,
mainly composed of lard; hair generally rather thin; fattening qualities
superior. The black color of the Essex, as is the case with all the im-
proved black swine, is only confined to the epidermis or scarf skin ; when
dressed the skin is beautifully white and clean. The cut we have given
of the Essex boar, will very well represent the Neapolitan with the excep-
tion that the Essex is a comparatively well haired breed.

V. The Yorkshire Hog.

The Yorkshires are among the best of the pure bred swine of England,
and have stamped their impress upon nearly all the modern white breeds.
Their good qualities are: They are of a size, shape and flesh that are
desirable for the family or the packer’s use. They are hardy and vigorous
in constitution, have a good coat of hair, protecting the skin so well either
in extreme cold or heat that it rarely chills or blisters. They are very
prolific and good mothers; the young do not vary in color, and so little
in shape that their form when matured may be determined in advance by
an inspection of the sire and dam.

The Yorkshire, medium or middle breed, says Mr. Sydney, is a modern

174 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

invention of Yorkshire pig breeders, and perhaps the most useful and
popular of the white breeds, as it unites, in a striking degree, the good
qualities of the large and small. It has been produced by a cross of the
large and the small York and Cumberland, which is larger than the small
York Like the large whites, they often have a few pale blue spots on
the skin, the hair on these spots being white. All white breeds have these
spots more or less, and they often increase in number as the animal grows
older.

It was not until 1851 that the merits of this breed were fully recog-
nized, when at a meeting of the Keighley Agricultural Society, the judges
having called the attention of the stewards to the fact that several supe-
rior sows, which were evidently closely allied to the small breed, had
been exhibited in the large breed class, the aspiring intruders were, by
official authority, withdrawn.

The middle Yorkshire breed are about the same size as the Berkshire
breed, but have smaller heads, and are much lighter in the bone. They
are better feeders than the small whites, but not so good as the large
whites ; in fact, they occupy a position in every respect between these
two breeds.

The Cumberland, a middle breed Yorkshire, are not distributed
throughout the West, but when thoroughbred specimens have been
introduced they are held in great esteem, as well for an animal for
exhibition purposes as for family use. They are especial favorites with
packers who buy their stock on foot for the reason that they yield larger
proportionate net weights than any other hogs which grow large enough
for their use. They are small in bone but large in flesh, of the very best
quality, evenly and proportionately distributed over the whole frame.

VI. The Suffolks.

The Suffolks owe nearly all their good qualities probably to the infu-
sion of Yorkshire blood.

Mr. Sidney says that Yorkshire stands in the first rank as a pig feeding
county, possessing the largest white breeds in England, as well as excel-
lent medium and small breeds, all white, the latter of which, transplanted
into the south has figured and won prizes under the name of divers
noblemen and gentlemen, and under the name of more than one county.
The Yorkshires are closely allied to the Cumberland breeds, and have been
so much intermixed, that, with the exception of the very largest breeds
it is difficult to determine precisely where the Cumberland begins and the
Yorkshire ends. The Manchester boar, the improved Suffolk, the im-
proved Middlesex, the Caleshill and the Prince Alberts or Windsors were

SWINE, HISTORY AND BREEDS. 775

all formed on Yorkshire-Cumberland stock, and some of them are nearly
pure Yorkshires, transplanted and re-christened Speaking of the pigs
kept in the dairy district of Cheshire, he says that white pigs have not
found favor with the dairymen of Cheshire, and the white ones most used
are the Manchester boars, another name for the Yorkshire-Cumberland
breed. All the writers who have followed him down to the latest work
published on the subject, occupy space in describing various county pigs
which have long ceased to possess, if they ever did possess any merit
worthy of the attention of the breeder. Thus the Norfolk, the Suffolk,
the Bedford and the Cheshire have each separate notice, of which the
Suffolk alone is worthy of cultivation, and the Suffolk is only another
name for a small Yorkshire pig.

We submit also a brief description of the Suffolk’s ‘‘points:’’ Head
small, very short ; cheeks prominent and full; face dished; snout small
and very short ; jowl fine; ears small, thin, upright, soft and silky ; neck
very short and thick, the head appearmg almost as if set on front of
shoulders ; no arching of crest: crest wide and deep; elbows standing
out; brisket wide, but not deep; shoulders and crop-shoulders thick,
rather upright, rounding outward from top to elbows; crops wide and
full. Sides and flanks—ribs well arched out from back, good length
between shoulder and ham ; flank well filled out and coming well down at
ham. Back broad, level and straight from crest to tail, not falling off or
down at tail; hams wide and full, well rounded out ; twist very wide and
full all the way down. Legs and feet
standing wide apart, in sows just keeping the belly from the ground;

legs small and very short,

bone fine; feet small, hoofs rather spreading; tail small, long and
tapering. Skin, hair and color—skin thin, of a pinkish shade, free from
color; hair fine and silky, not too thick; color of hair pale yellowish
white, perfectly free from any spots or other color. Size small to
medium.

VII. Lancashire Hogs.

There are three breeds in Lancashire, England, that have attained celeb-
rity, namely, the short-face, the middle breed, and the large Lancashire
white. On next page we give an illustration of the short-faced breed.

This breed of swine may be known by the following characteristics :
The shortness of the face from the eyes to the end of the snout; prick
ears ; small bones ; a good coat of white hair; cubic in form, with broad
back and broad hams, well let down. The skin, as well as the hair, is
white, although an occasional one may be found with a few dark blue
spots in the skin, but never dark or black hairs. The small breed hogs

776 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

must have small bones ; a short face ; silky hair ; fine, small, upright ears ;
a comparatively square form; must have good square hams, the most
valuable part of the hog; must carry the meat near the ground; flat on
the back ; straight and cubic in form.

VIII. Lancashire Middle Breed.

SHORT-FACED LANCASHIRE HOGS.

This breed is one which partakes of the quality of the small breed and
the size of the large breed. Middle bred hogs are got by crossing large
bred sows with small bred boars, but all attempts to attain the same results
by reversing the operation, and putting large bred boars to small bred
sows, have proved failures. The largest of the middle bred sows are used

SWINE, HISTORY AND BREEDS. 777

to improve the large breed. A middle bred hog must have a short face,
and all other good qualities of the small breed, except that they may be
longer in proportion to their width; must have thicker legs and longer
bones to carry the greater size; should be well haired (fattening to full
form often causes the hair to fall off, which must be allowed for.) As
good a short rule as can be adopted to judge them by is as follows: The
best middle bred hog should have the greatest possible share of all the
qualities of the small breed, with the length, and, in a measure, the larger
bones of the large breed.

IX. Large Lancashire.

This variety of swine have large bones, of great height and length, and
are the largest breed of swine known. They are a true breed, their qual-
ities have descended from generation to generation—the quality being
improved by judicious selection. They must be of large size; great
length ; flat back, with large square hams, and when fattened, must carry
their width of back along over the hams; must have deep and tolerably
straight sides ; large feet and leg bones ; hair short ; may have a long face,
but it had better be short, as they fatten better ; may have a large, droop-
ing ear, but other quality and size being equal, an upright, smaller ear is
preferred. They usually have a long, thick, strong tail. They must be
of great weight when fattened.

American Breeds.

Sagacious breeders in the United States nearly fifty years ago, saw the
necessity of establishing breeds of swine that should be eminently adapted
to the especial requirements where Indian corn and grass must necessarily
form the principal food of the swine from weaning time until slaughtered.
Then and until the last twenty years, mere fat was the important product
in swine, as it was in a degree in cattle. Since that time the universal
introduction of petroleum has reduced the value of lard and tallow to a
nmunimum. Jmprovements in the art of preserving food fresh has made
barreled pork, a less necessary product even for long voyages, and the
attention of the breeders was again turned to the production of as much
lean meat in their hogs as possible. This naturally led to a reduction in
the weight of the hog, or at least, if the animal should be capable of
reaching a heavy weight at maturity, it must also possess the important
quality of fattening at any age. This has now been fairly met in the
best English and American breeds. If we were asked to choose the breeds
from each which would produce the most lean meat for the carcass, we
should say the Berkshire of English breeds, and the Poland of American
breeds.

778 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR

X. Poland China.

Over the history and characteristics of this breed there has been much

POLAND-CHINA BOAR.

controversy. Individual breeders have sought to take undue credit to
es : : .
themselves in the establishment of the breed, and have sought undue

SWINE, HISTORY AND BREEDS. 179

prominence by attaching their own names to the swine of their breeding.
The facts are, the name Poland-China is a misnomer so far as Poland is
concerned, for there is not a particle of evidence that a distinctly Polish
breed of hogs ever gave an infusion of blood. The nearest evidence
and this traditionary—to this effect, is, that long ago a sow was bought

of a Polander, which, proving an excellent breeder, it went by the name
of the Polander sow. The breed is now largely indebted to the Chinas
and Berkshires, for their good qualities. Although they certainly have
an infusion-of so called Irish grazier in them. Why this breed should
have been called grazier, one can only surmise. They certainly were any-
thing but grass eaters, but the name made them popular for a time in the
then far West where grain at that time was scarce. The facts are, the
Chinese hogs, imported into Ohio in 1816, and bred upon the best native
stock of the country are the basis of the breed. In 1835 the Berkshire
was introduced, and in 1839 or 1840 the Irish grazier. These were ex-
tensively used by the best breeders, on the best descendants of the China
crosses. Since 1842, there is good evidence to show that new blood has
not been introduced, but by careful selection, and judicious breeding, in
Ohio and the West, or, by occasional judicious infusion of Berkshire
blood, they now leaye little to be desired, as a heavy, well meated breed,
that will fatten kindly at any age.

Characteristics of Poland-China.

The best specimens have good length, short legs, broad, straight backs,
deep sides, flanking well down on the leg, very broad, full, square hams
and shoulders, drooping ears, short heads, wide between the eyes, of
spotted or dark color; are hardy, vigorous and prolific, and when fat are
models, combining the excellences of both large and small breeds.

XI. Chester Whites.

The Chester Whites originated in Chester county, Pennsylvania, about
1818, through the importation of a pair of fine pigs from Bedfordshire,
England, by Captain James Jeffries. These were inter-bred with the
best stock then existing in that county, and by careful selections a per-
manent strain of large, easily fattened, quiet hogs were produced, which
continued to breed with great uniformity. Something like thirty years
ago some attempts were made to cross the Suffolk and Berkshire upon
them, but it was discontinued as not being considered an improvement,
and the best specimens to-day should be pure white, with no black about
them whatever.

50

780 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

In the West this breed became very popular some years ago, and still
is in many parts of the Northwest. Farther south, however, in the true
corn zone, pure white hogs of any breed are not favored. They are
thought not to stand out-door usage so well as black or nearly black
swine. Where great weights are required the Chesters will always be
liked.

i

CHESIER WHITE HUGs,

The following may be given as the characteristics of these hogs: Head
short and broad between the eyes; ears thin, projecting forward and
lopping at the point ; neck short and thick ; jowl large; body lengthy
and deep; back broad; hams full and deep; legs short and well set
under the body ; coat thin, white and straight ; (if a little wavy it is no
objection). The tail should be small and with no bristles.

SWINE, HISTORY AND BREEDS. 781

XII. Jersey Reds.

This large and rather coarse breed of hogs haye been somewhat
disseminated in the West. They are certainly a hardy breed, and well
adapted to new countries where there is good range and mast. Their
history seems to be as follows :

The positive origin of this family of swine is unknown. They have
been bred in portions of the State of New Jersey for upwards of fifty
years, and with many farmers are considered to be a most valuable family.
They are of large size and capable of making heavy growth, 500 and 600
pounds’ weight being common. They are now extensively bred in the
middle and southern portions of New Jersey. In some neighborhoods
they are bred quite uniform, being of dark red color; while in other
sections they are more sandy and often patched with white. They are
probably descended from the old importations of Berkshires, as there is
no record of the Tamworth, the red hog of England, ever having been
brought into this country, nor is this likely, as the ‘Tamworth was not
considered a valuable breed, and was confined to a limited area. The
Reds resemble the old Berkshires in many respects, but are now much
coarser than the improved swine of this breed.

A good specimen of Jersey Red should be red in color, with a snout of
moderate length, large top ears, small head in proportion to the size and
length of the body, standing high and rangy on their legs; bone coarse,
having tail and brush and hair coarse, inclining to bristles on the back.

XIII. Cheshires.

This is a comparatively modern breed, if indeed it is yet fully enough
established to be cailed a breed. It has been somewhat disseminated in
various parts of the United States, and for villagers and small farmers,
possesses about all the good qualities of the Suffolk, without some of their
disabilities. They are said to have originated in Jefferson county, New
York, from a pair of pigs sent from Albany under the name of Cheshire.
It was probably a pet name for an exceptionally good pair of pigs.
Since then they have been crossed with Yorkshires and other pure white
breeds, until of late years by selection they have become uniform in their
make up.

The so-called Cheshires are pure white in color, with little hair. They
are not uniform in this respect, as pigs in the same litter differ widely in
the amount of hair. The snout is often long, but very slender and fine.
The jowls are plump, and the ear erect, fine and thin. The shoulders are
wide and the hams full. The flesh of these hogs is fine-grained, and

782 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

they are commended on account of the extra amount of mess pork in
proportion to the umount of offal. The tails of the pigs frequently drop
off when young.

IMPROVED CHESHIRE.

Recapitulation of Breeds.

The principal English breeds are as they were known twenty years ago,
the Berkshire, the Essex and the Yorkshire. The Berkshire is a medium
breed weighing at full maturity up to 500 pounds. There are large and
small Berkshire, but the medium family is the most valuable. They are
now bred entirely black except a dash of white in the face and white feet.

The Essex is all black, or rather a blue black, and will weigh up to 450
pounds at maturity. They are one of the most stylish of the small
English breeds, as they are the largest of the small breeds, and to our
mind the best of the small breeds for the West—quite good feeders, hand-
some and making good pork.

The Yorkshires are divided into three classes, small Yorkshires, medium
Yorkshires, and large Yorkshires. The so called Prince Albert Suffolks
are small Yorkshires, and the best of the small white breeds. All the
Yorkshires have occasional dark spots on the skin. The hair, however,
is white, and these dark spots are not indications of impurity of blood
but rather the reverse.

The American breeds, in the best repute, are first, the Poland-China,

SWINE, HISTORY AND BREEDS. 783

sometimes called, m Ohio, Magie. Twenty years ago they were coarse
black and white hogs, with occasional sandy markings. Of late years
they have been, through careful breeding and selection, refined, and are
now bred in the West, nearly black, the white, in the most approved
strains, being distributed pretty equally over the head and body in flecks
and irregular patches. They are the most widely distributed of any
American breed in the West, and fully deserve all that is claimed for
them, as large, quiet, early matured, and kindly feeding hogs.

The Jefferson county, New York, so called Cheshires, are, as before
stated, but modified Yorkshires, but in every respect stylish hogs, feeding
well and making good pork, and are well adapted for small farms and
for feeding in pens. The so called Hospital breed, or Morgan county
hog of Illinois, which some years ago gained considerable repute, are un-
doubtedly, modified Yorkshires, and in no respect superior to that well
known breed. They were produced by crossing the Suffolk on the best
white hogs of that county. Within the last five years they have ceased
to attract attention. <

CHAPTER II.

BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT.

.

IMPORTANCE OF SWINE. A BACK WOODS HOG. FIXING AND HOLDING THE
CHARACTERISTICS. —-SELECTION ALWAYS IMPORTANT. —— BREEDING AGE OF
SWINE. WEANING. MANAGEMENT OF
SWINE. SUMMARY.

CARE OF BREEDING SOWS.,

ABSOLUTE CLEANLINESS NECESSARY.

Importance of Swine.

The breeding and management of swine constitutes one of the most
important agricultural interests in the West, and should do so in the
South. To be successful none but the best breeds should be allowed on
the farm. The fecundity of swine leaves no excuse for holding on to
land pikes and the descendants of semi-wild breeds that must be run
down by dog and rifle, in order, when they are killed to get a small
quantity of inferior meat. A boar of any of the improved breeds will
be sufficient for six or eight sows, and the increase is so astonishing when
there is no epidemic disease, that it would from a single pair take but
three years to stock the largest farm. It should be unnecessary to pursue
this matter further. There is no class of farm stock that pays better, as
between indifferent and good breeds, than hogs, and the wonder is that in
some sections of the country farmers still cling to a breed of grunters
that will always greet you with a snort and a boh-o-o0, and which no
feeding can fill—in fact animals like those shown on the following page—
fully a match for the average dog, always hungry, ready to eat anything
that falls in their way, even to half grown children occasionally, but
which when wanted for meat are nowhere within shooting distance.

SWINE, BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT. 785

The very first requisite, however, in keeping any improved breeds, or
in fact any breed from which money is to be made, is the best of feeding,
and that daily, from the time they are born until they are slaughtered.

A BACK WOODS HOG.

The hog is simply a machine for making what is to be converted into
lard, bacon, salt pork and hams. The average daily gain is a gradually
decreasing quantity from month to month, until after a certain time
nothing more can be gained in weight. This ought to be sufficient to be
said upon this point. You can neither breed, nor keep a breed profitably
by starving or allowing them to shift for themselves.

Fixing and Holding the Characteristics.

In breeding swine, however good or perfect the breed, they will surely
degenerate unless the greatest care in selection is pursued. Many persons
wonder why it is that from the prolific nature of swine, the country is
not soon stocked with none but the most superior animals. The simple
reason is, the want of accurate judgment and care in selection ; the error
will be plainly seen by noting what we say farther on,

7186 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
Selection Always Important.

In animals usually having but one young at a time, the progeny pretty
uniformly partake of the nature of both parents, and are bred with toler-
ably uniform results, In animals producing a number of young at a time,
the progeny will be found to vary very considerably in the same litter.
Thus the selection of those specimens that partake of uniform and char-
acteristic excellence becomes of the first importance, since unwise
selections will result in carrying the breeder farther and farther from the
excellent points to be perpetuated. Again, heredity, that is throwing
back to an original type, or rather in the sense in which we use it, inher-
iting certain fixables, as constitutional vigor, inclination to fat, ete., is
shown far more clearly in animals having many young at a time, than
those having only one young. The progeny will not only vary more in
particular animals, but certain characteristics will reappear by reversion
after a greater number of generations, in animals having many young at
a time, and to a greater degree than in those usually haying but one. At
least such is our experience. Hence, as we have stated, absolute necessity
of the strictest care, is not only necessary in breeding, but in the selection
of animals for future breeding.

In domestic animals it is a matter of Common observation that the tem-
per and other peculiarities of individuals are determined by inheritance.
Thus, virtually, quietness of disposition, or mildness, tractability or
viciousness, courage or timidity, are constantly shown. Now from the
general law that like produces like, and the well determined law that
variation is a constant integer in all cross bred animals, and from our
own observation that it is often intensified in animals having many young
at a litter, the full force, as regards judgment in selection will be appa-
rent; and the fact that the country is not soon filled up with superior
breeds of hogs is due mainly to the want of proper care in the selection
of the breeding animals, and also from a lack of accurate knowledge and
ability to nicely discriminate by the breeder, in regard to form, constitu-
tional vigor, and excellent points in the young animals selected as breeders.
Absolute accuracy in this respect is in fact possessed by but few individ-
uals in a generation, There must first be a natural tact imherently
possessed and digested and matured by years of study and observation.

Breeding Age of Swine.

The sow is capable of breeding at about seven months of age, and the
boar is fit for service at the age of one year. As a rule, however, the
sow should not be allowed to farrow under the age of fifteen months, and
the boar is not fit for continued service until he is eighteen months old.

SWINE, BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT. 787

The sow may, under exceptional circumstances, be made to breed three
times in a year, but two litters are all that should be allowed. Many of
our best breeders do not allow but one litter a year, where the produce
is simply required for making pork, and under certain circumstances this
is not incompatible with economical management.

A Warm Farrowing Place Necessary.

The young pig is even more tender than the new-born lamb. If they
get chilled before they suck it is difficult to save them. Where there are
good conveniences for warming the farrowing pen, sows may have their
first litter in March, and if put with the boar the fourth day after farrow-
ing they will generally receive him. This will bring the next litter in
the Summer, a very good time for pigs to be wintered. If the sow do
not catch the first time she will not come in heat until the pigs are
weaned. Yet this will not throw the next litter later than September. If
good facilities are not had for keeping the early litters warm, the farrowing
had better be deferred until May, or at the time of grass, according to
the latitude.

Gestation.

Gestation continues about four months. Three months, three weeks
and three days is considered the average time, and it is not far out of the
way. A variation will sometimes be found of thirty days. Young
animals, and those of feeble constitutions carry their young for a shorter
time than mature and strong ammals, and sows usually remain prolific
for five or six years, and unless they get overloaded with fat, old sows are
more constant and careful mothers than young ones.

Care of Breeding Sows.

The sows that naturally have a strong tendency to fatten may be bred
at nine months old, and should be kept breeding pretty steadily, and be
fed only sufficient to keep them strong and in fair flesh. During gestation
the sows should be kept in good heart but not fat. When potatoes are
plenty they can be substituted boiled, and in connection with milk will be
most excellent feed. In any event they must have plenty of succulent
food—clover, pig-weed, or other green food in Summer, and roots of
some kind in Winter. We have always kept a patch of artichokes for
Fall and Winter, when the ground was not frozen for them to root and
amuse themselves in. The practice of ringing breeding sows to keep

/

788 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

them from rooting is vicious in the extreme. We have never practiced it
at all with any hogs. To remain healthy they must root some. It is
their natural instinct. If the pasture be clover, and in the rotation to be
followed with other crops, the damage by rooting will be light in com-
parison with the health of the swine.

When the sow is near her time her food should be of such a nature as
to keep up her strength and give due sustenance to the young but not
stimulating. When the pigs are three or five days old, and danger
of inflammation is past, feed liberally, and with rich sloppy food to
induce a good flow of milk. But under no circumstances feed so as to
make the young pigs unduly fat. Skimmed milk and the mill refuse of
wheat, what is known as mill feed, is best, but in the absence of this
potatoes, pumpkins and other roots in the Fall, or boiled beets in the
Spring, with corn meal enough to keep the sow in good heart, makes
admirable food. When there is grass to be had, the sow should be
allowed all she will eat. Thus you may get the very best results both in
the health and continued usefulness of the sow, and the constitutional
erowth and vigor of the young pigs.

Weaning.

The young pig as we have shown is born ready for work. That is, it
has teeth that in a short time are competent to grind and prepare food
for the stomach. We should wean at six weeks old, allow all the skim-
med milk and butter-milk possible to the growing pigs, and with it after
the pig is two months old, a fair proportion of ground-wheat skimmings,
or light rye, barley, ete., ground and made into mush, to be mixed with
the milk as a tolerably thin slop. Teach the pig early to eat grass, and
at three months old he will take care of himself on good pasture with all
the corn he will eat at night.

At the age of two or three weeks the pigs should be gelded, so they
may be well over the difficulty before weaning time. Keep rings out of
the noses of young pigs. They have been the means of spreading con-
tagious diseases. We prefer slitting the cartilage of the nose, or cutting a
notch in it at the time of gelding, if it is absolutely necessary that they
do not root. At all events it is time enough to do the ringing the second
year, if to be kept over. But by proper care if the litters of pigs come
early, any of the better breeds may be turned off the next Christmas, and
from this time until the first of February, become fat, and of as heavy
weight as is profitable in the markets.

SWINE, BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT. 789
Management of Swine.

Hogs are not succeptible to cold when fat. Nature in denying them
much hair, has provided them with a thick layer of fat under the skin
that acts in the same manner to the skin outside as a covering of hair in
other animals. It has also given them the instinct of providing themselves

‘NAdaAAUT ‘MOS: TUIASMNAA

SZ

warm beds in sheltered situations in which to lie, and, in addition, given
them the inclination to lie together in considerable numbers ; and kept
together, with insufficient shelter, they will pile together in such numbers
as to over lie each other, by which the weaker ones are often smothered.
We have known those who considered themselves sensible men, to get up
in cold winter nights and go to the hog yard and separate the drove,

.

790 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

when so piled. It is about on a par with the whipping and dogging of
cattle about a yard at night to get up warmth. A more sensible and
cheaper plan would be to provide comfortable quarters, where they
might lie warm, and separate them into gangs, according to age and
strength. Thus with plenty of fat next the skin, and good liberal feeding,
very little difficulty will be experienced, in keeping them growing steadily,
until of a sufficient age for the slaughter pen.

Absolute Cleanliness Necessary.

Of all farm animals hogs especially must have plenty of water. It
should also be pure. Swine breeders can not too soon disabuse them-
selves of the idea that swine are dirty, or filthy feeders, or that they
naturally incline to wallow in the mud. There are no farm animals nicer
in the food they eat than swine if allowed to be. It is true, they are

y~s

pr

HAZEL-SPLITTER,.

omnivorous feeders. So is man. Like man, although they eat fish, flesh,
fowl, vegetables, roots, and grain, they like it fresh. If forced by hunger
they will eat disgusting substances, so ag: un will man. The elephant,
the rhinoceros, hippopotamus, and tapir, seek the water to clean and cool
themselves in Summer, like all pachydermatous animals. The wild men
like swine will cover themselves with mud to ward off the attacks of biting
and stinging insects. In their wild state the nearest tree furnishes to
swine the means of rubbing it off when dry, and the rubbing post fur-
nishes them the means of cleaning their skins in a state of domesticity.

SWINE, BREEDING AND MANAGEMENT. 791

If kept from the attacks of flies, they will not wallow in the mud but in
the cleanest water they can find, and stagnant water they will not drink
at all, unless forced to do so, by dire necessity.

The sagacious breeder and feeder will understands this; they also
understand the danger of malignant diseases attacking their swine when
forced to wallow and drink impure water. Hence they strive by every
means in their power that swine are kept away from these causes of
disease and death, and thus such would be almost entirely exempt, except
that there are always men enough of the shiftless type in a neighborhood
whose stock take and spread Gontagion to their neighbors. We do not
know how we can illustrate more forcibly the two types of breeders than
by the cut given of a sow of an improved breed properly kept, and of a
sow of the ‘‘hazel splitting’
dry, firm pasture, with plenty of pure water, the other on a half marsh;
and apparently made to succumb from miasmatic influences.

>

& . .
variety, improperly kept. The one in a

Summary.

Hogs, and especially pigs in confinement often suffer for want of
water. No matter how sloppy the food they should always have pure
water within reach. If they can have a bathing place in Summer it will
add much to their health, and assist much in fattening. Swine, in con-
finement, should always have charcoal, bituminous coal, salt and wood
ashes within reach. They often suffer from acidity of the stomach and
the remedy being near the swine will always use it.

Oil cake mixed with the feed of swine when suckling pigs, a gill a day,
assists the milk secretion. It should not be given to pigs. As they
begin to eat they should have a trough where they can go and feed but
which the sow cannot get at.

Bran is not valuable for swine. Where highly concentrated food is
given it is well to have a little dry bran in a separate trough, so the hogs
can take it when they want it.

If ordinary diarrhcea attacks pigs give a porridge of sweet skimmed
milk and flour. For constipation give two or three drachms of soap
dissolved in an ordinary sized tumbler of water, and repeat if necessary
in eight hours, or give as an injection. It is also a good diuretic and for
acid stomach.

Provide a strong scratching post. Bore inch and a half holes at inter-
vals to accommodate hogs of different sizes, and drive in pins letting
them project an inch and a half.

Castrate pigs before they are weaned, say not later than two weeks
before weaning time.

CHAPTER III.

FEEDING AND SHELTER.

GOOD VS. BAD FOOD.
—- THE GRAINS,
MENT.

SUMMER FEEDING.
FEEDING SOUTH.
HOG BARNS. A CROSS BARN.
LIGHT VS. HEAVY HOGS.

OTHER SUMMER FOODS.——ROOTS.
MAST. FEEDING IN CONFINE-
A SIMPLE PEN. SUMMARY.

Good vs. Bad Food.

Vegetables and grain are the basis of success in the making of pork
whatever the breed may be. Hogs kept about large stables or distillery
yards, where they get only offal, or fed in butcher’s yards, on the refuse
offal of the slaughter house, are unfit for human food. They are lable
to become infested with trichina, and, therefore, no breeder and es-
pecially no feeder should buy animals from such localities. In fact there
is only one redeeming feature among the disgusting filth and nastiness in
which they are fed—they are generally provided with pure water, and
warm shelter.

Summer Feeding.

Pasturage is of the first importance. This should be ample. In pas-
turing swine, but few varieties of grass are required. Clover, both white
and red, will be the main reliance. In all that region where red and
white clover are not natural to the soil, and where alfalfa (lucerne) and
other members of the pulse family do well, these may be substituted.
Swine take kindly to blue grass, when it is young, and to orchard grass.
They do not refuse timothy, but timothy has a bulbous root just at the
surface of the earth. This swine eat, and thus destroy the grass. Rye

SWINE, FEEDING AND SHELTER. 793

and oats make good pasturage for hogs. Rye grass and foul meadow
grass are also well relished. In this respect the feeder should experiment
with grasses, to be cut and given in the pen, and then feed to such varie-
ties as do best, and are most eagerly eaten. Of weeds, purslain, (portu-
laca oleracea), lambs quarter, also called pigweed, (chenapodium album )
and the green amaranth, also called pigweed, (amarantus hybridus) are
the most common of our native and introduced weeds that are valuable
as green food for swine. There is also a native weed growing in Illinois
and along the alluvial banks of the Mississippi and northward ; the winged
pigweed, (cycloma platyphyllium ) that is much liked by swine. Yet the
list of plants eaten by them is not large, about eighty species comprising
the whole.

Other Summer Foods.

Besides clover, the grasses, and weeds, there are other plants that may
come in during the Summer, and be used with profit. Oats and peas may
be sown together, two bushels of oats-and one of peas, together, per
acre, as early in the Spring as the ground is in fair condition for working.
The swine may be turned into the field when the crop is ripe, being con-
fined to given space, by a hurdle fence, which is to be removed as they
eat clean. A better way, however, is to harvest and thresh, and feed
either soaked or dry. Later, Summer squashes and pumpkins will come
in, to be followed by artichokes in the Autumn. We do not advise any
of these foods except grass on the score of economy. Corn and grass
are the cheapest food in all the West, so far as mere cost of production
is concerned. But unless the health of swine is retained, there is no
profit. Hence the necessity of these additional foods.

Roots.

Rutabagas make an excellent Winter food for swine in connection
with corn; they are easily and cheaply raised, as we have already stated.
Parsnips are also generally liked, either raw or cooked. Beets are also
a good Winter feed boiled with meal. The tops are also occasionally rel-
ished. Cabbage is a cheap and wholesome food ; they are not, however,
cheaply kept over Winter. They may be used with profit up to the first
of January.

The Grains.

These, after all, must be the main dependence, both in raising and fat-
tening swine. The kind of grain fed will, of course, depend upon the

794 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

climate and region where raised. Where corn is a sure crop, it must be
relied on almost entirely. The assertions of theorists, that it is unfit for
feeding, except during the short fattening season, although the merest
twaddle, in the sense they intended it, will, from another point of view,
be correct. The fattening season of swine should be from the time they
are weaned until they are slaughtered. Swine for pork should never
lose in condition from the time they were born until turned off for the
butcher. The feeding of all the corn they will eat in connection with
grass and other food, to keep them healthy, and which will apply with
equal force, whatever the grain fed, will be found not only the most
economical throughout the West and Southwest, but in all that region of
country where corn is natural to the soil and climate, or where it may be
cheaply bought.

Feeding South.

In nearly all the country South, corn may be cheaply raised as a part
of the rotation. Here corn must be the main stay, supplemented by
such grasses and plants as are natural to the region. The artichoke will
de well much further south than is generally supposed, and some of the
tuberous varieties may undoubtedly be found well down to the tropics.
When it can be profitably cultivated, the Jerusalem artichoke should be
used. The name Jerusalem is a corruption of the Italian name Girasole,
meaning sunflower, the botanical name being Helianthus tuberosus, or the
tuberous rooted sunflower.

Chafas, a tuberous rooted grass, (Cyperus), has become widely nat-
uralized in the South, and is highly spoken of for feeding swine, since
like artichokes, the hogs are left to gather them for themselves, and un-
like the artichokes, they are most nutritious and fattening. They are
exceedingly easy to cultivate, but are sometimes said to be difficult to
extirpate South. This, however, is probably incorrect, since from their
very nature, a thorough Summer fallow will kill. North of thirty-nine
degrees they do not survive the Winter. In fact, if frozen anywhere,
they are killed.

Mast.

In all the great timbered region South, tree seeds, acorns, beechnuts,
chestnuts, the softer shelled hickorynuts, and hazelnuts, form a most val-
uable food for swine. They should be utilized to their fullest extent.
So papaws, persimmons, and the other wild fruits of the forests South,
may be made available in the making of pork. Where hogs can have

SWINE, FEEDING AND SHELTER. 795

plenty of range, they will do very well with a little feeding, are generally
entirely healthy, and upon being put up to fatten, a very little grain suf-
fices, if only attention has been paid to get the proper breed. For the
South, we believe the Berkshire, or crosses of the Berkshire on the best
native sows to be one of the most profitable breeds. The Poland-China
of American breeds will be found most valuable for the South.

Feeding in Confinement.

In all the great swine growing regions, where from twenty-five to five
hundred hogs are annually fattened and sold from single ‘arms, the
life of the animals must necessarily be passed out-of-doors. So far as
the breeding stock, and the first few months of the life of the pigs are
concerned this is always best, both from an economical and sanitary point
of view. There are, however, many small farmers, who annually fatten,
from what they require for family use, up to fifteen or twenty head a
year, who find it most convenient and economical to feed and fatten both
in Summer and Winter in pens. All this large class must depend, first,
on the skim milk, buttermilk and whey, and upon the slop of the kitchen
for feeding ; second, upon clover, cut and fed, weeds and other refuse
material about the farm, and lastly and principally on corn either ground
or raw. It is better for all this class that the pens when built be planned
so as to combine ease of handling with security and comfort of the
animals.

Hog Barns.

The hog house need not be an expensive building. For a few hogs it
may be in the form of a parallelogram, with a passage way in the middle
five feet wide, with pens opening into roomy yards outside. Each pen
should be provided with a swing door, hinged at the top, so the hogs in
passing out and in may raise and lower it themselves. This they soon
learn to do. The pens may be about eight feet by ten feet, which, if
kept clean, will accommodate three or four hogs each. Thus, a range of
pens on each side ten feet deep and a five feet passage way between will
require a building twenty-five feet wide. A square building of this size
will feed twenty-four hogs. If a less number is required to be fed the
building may he twenty-five feet one way, and, say sixteen feet the other
way, allowing for pens. If fifty hogs are to be kept it will require six
pens on a side and the building must be twenty-five by forty-eight feet.

51

796 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
A Cross Barn.

If a large number of hogs are to be kept it is better that there be a
central building twenty-five feet square, sixteen feet of which is to be
used as a room for the boiler and for storing and preparing the food.
Extensions from this on every side are to be built twenty-five feet wide,
and as long as necessary to accommodate any required number of hogs.
A tight box on four small iron wheels arranged so it will turn short
corners will carry the food to every pen, which should of course be pro-
vided with a good trough, into which the feed may be easily poured.
This with extensions, each forty feet long and twenty-five feet wide, will
give you a cross barn, good for from 150 to 160 full grown hogs; and
these extensions may be carried out to accommodate 500, if necessary,
but if more than 100 hogs are to be kept the centrai building should be
forty feet square, three stories high, the upper stories used as a granary
with corn cribs next the outside. Twenty feet square should be given up
for the storage and stove room below, and the breeding pens placed next
on account of the greater warmth. In a building of this description near
Chicago, we for years kept and fed, in connection with a large market
garden, from 400 to 500 annually, the principal food used being the daily
waste from large hotel kitchens, which we daily supplied with vegetables,
the garden furnishing economically the necessary green vegetable food.
We had no sickness or difficulty worth mentioning. The water supply

yas ample and pure; the pens were daily cleaned and washed in warm
weather ; the drainage was carefully attended to; salt and bituminous
coal was supplied, so the hogs could take either at will, and we always
had fat hogs to supply city butchers, and the pigs were turned off at
about eight or nine months old, weighing from 250 to 300 pounds each.
This was about fifteen years ago, and the breeds then kept were Chester
county sows, crossed with Yorkshire or Suffolk boars.

A Simple Pen.

When swine are only to be kept in pens during the period of final fat-
tening, and are allowed to run at large in the fields in the Summer, a pen
fourteen feet wide, and of sufficient length to accommodate the number
of hogs kept, will suffice. It should be floored tight, and one-half of the
width allowed for sleeping. These must be closed in and roofed, the
feeding pen being open to the weather, the whole being divided into com-
partments or spaces, eight feet one way, or wide enough for four hogs
to feed abreast. This also is a good form when not more than a dozen
hogs are to be kept.

SWINE, FEEDING AND SHELTER. 797

Still another plan is to select a yard, in a dry, well drained place,
allowing twenty feet square for each ten hogs: thus a lot forty feet
square would accomodate twenty hogs. Along the middle of the pen, a

BREEDER IN GOOD FLESH.

bedding place is built, sixteen feet wide, with a partition in the middle,
and divided the other way every twenty feet by partitions. The feeding
place should be floored, eight feet wide, and have a low trough two feet
wide, along the side for holding ear corn. Unless the season is very
wet and muddy, hogs do very well thus kept. If wet, they must be kept
out of the mud by means of hay and litter thrown into the yards from
time to time, and the sleeping places must be kept well bedded. Kept
in either of the ways we have designated, your hogs will go to the butcher
fat, and showing a profit on the right side of the ledger, and your breed-
ing sows will look like the illustration of a well-bred animal, which we
give in ordinarily good breeding flesh, on this page. If on the other
hand, you let your hogs shift for themselves, running wild over the
prairie, or running about in the woods, they will, as the illustration on
next page shows, come out pretty much like ‘*Arkansas tooth-picks.”’

798 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Summary.

In what we have said in relation to feeding in close pens, we are not to
be understood as advising the practice on the farm. There should
be plenty of pasture in Summer, and plenty of pure water always. With-
out this no one can succeed. " There must be protection from insects
and heat in Summer. The first may be perfectly secured by providing a
dark place to which the hogs can retire at will. In Winter there must
be warm, dry and otherwise comfortable shelter provided, and there must
also be plenty of good food, at all times. Of all animals the hog, at
least, must not be allowed to lose flesh from the time it is born until it is
killed. When fat, kill at once, unless the market happens so that it will
pay to hold for a short time for a turn. As a hog becomes fat, it eats

My

‘“ ARKANSAS TOOTH-PICKS.”’

less and less, and it also fattens more and more slowly. Nevertheless,
the same daily animal waste goes on. Many good feeders are so_partic-
ular that they weigh their hogs every two weeks, and note the gain.
Then they are able to determine just how much their stock is improving,
and also as to the proper time for turning them off. If not ready, or the
season and prices are not right, they increase the condition of the food
given, so that the small quantity taken shall make up in richness what. it
lacks in quantity. This class seldom sell stock over twelve months old,
and many of our best feeders sell their hogs at ten months old, which
will turn the seales at from three hundred to four hundred pounds each.
Such feeders never keep hogs two Summers and one Winter, in order to
get an average of two hundred pounds each.

SWINE, FEEDING AND SHELTER. 799
Light vs. Heavy Hogs.

Years ago, when lard and side pork were the principal hog products
looked for, the heavier the hog, the better the price. We once sold a
hog weighing 650 pounds for fifteen cents a pound. That was in war-
times, and it brought one cent per pound over the price paid for light and
well fattened hogs. The same animal to-day, would not bring within a
cent a pound, of what nice young nine and ten months, well fattened pigs
would, in any of our principal markets. To get the weight named, the
hog was fed two years and a half. Take three pigs against this one.
The difference in the first cost of the three sucklings as against the one,
would not exceed three dollars. The three pigs will be fed nine months,
and weigh 600 pounds,—(we have made pigs farrowed in March and
killed the next January, weigh dressed, up to 380 pounds, and have more
than once turned off such pigs at ten months old weighing alive over 300
pounds average) the other must be fed almost three years, and you must
be a good feeder if you make him weigh 600 pounds. In the first case,
you have fed nine months each, or twenty-seven months on the three pigs
for 600 pounds, and in the other case, you have fed thirty-six months for
the same weight. The one big hog has eaten more corn than the three
pigs, and yet the three pigs weighing the same as the one will bring about
six dollars more, giving you three dollars on the original purchase, as be-
tween the three and one, and a very considerable amount of corn on the
credit side of your account book. You don’t believe it? Examine the
tables we have given on feeding and turning off cattle young, as against
feeding until they were mature. We could show many instances fully as
convincing as this, in the case of hogs; but why pile up testimony after
the argument is conclusively established beyond controversy,

Peeled kaa hile

DISEASESOFR SWINE.

CAUSES, SYMPTOMS AND CURE.

th: | Vey ae eee
eae Y SEP Ef AO ae ee
a ‘e

*

—
»
re
7
<

CHAPTER I.

DISEASES OF SWINE.

EXPLANATION OF CUT. —— DIFFICULTY IN ADMINISTERING MEDICINE.
NURSING THE ESSENTIAL. ——MALIGNANT AND CONTAGIOUS DISEASES.
LIGNANT EPIZOOTIC CATARRH HOW TO KNOW IT. WHAT TO DO.
INTESTINAL ‘*‘ HOG CHOLERA.” HOW TO KNOW IT. CAUSES.
MENT. PREVENTION. CONTAGIOUS PNEUMO-ENTERITIS. ITS ORIGIN.
——THE ERYSIPELATOUS FORM. THE FORM MALIGNANT SORE THROAT,
WHAT TO DO. MALIGNANT ANTHRAX, SPLENIC FEVER.——TRUE CHARBON.
——CONTAGIOUS PNEUMO-ENTERITIS. INFLAMMATORY DISEASES. QUIN-
SEY, OR STRANGLES. RISING OF THE LIGHTS. PNEUMONIA. CATARRH
IN THE HEAD.——DISEASE OF THE SKIN. MEASLES. HOW TO KNOW IT.

THE LARD WORM. WHAT TO DO. TRICHINA SPIRALIS. HOW TO

CURE. LICE.——DIARRHEA.——\SUMMARY.

GOOD
MA-~

TREAT-

SKELETON OF THE HOG.

Explanation—A—Cervical vertebre. £B, B—Dorsal vertebra. C—Lumbar
vertebre. D—Sacrum. H, H—Coccygeal bones. F, F—Ribs. G—Costal
cartilages. H—Scapula. J—Humerus. K, K—Radius. 2Z—Ulna. M-—Car-
pus, or knee. 1. Scaphoid. 2. Semilunar. 3. Cuneiform. 4. Trapezium. 5.
Trapezoid. 6. Os magnum. 7. Unciform. 8. Pisiform. NW, N—Large meta-

804 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

carpal, or cannon. O—Small metacarpal. P, P—Sesamoid bones. Q, Q—
Phalanges. 1. Os suffraginis, or pastern bone. 2. Os coronal. 3. Os pedis.
R—Pelvis. (Fore-leg of pig. Phalanges 1, 2,3). 1. Ileum. 2. Pubis. 3.
Ischium. S—Femur. Z—Patella. U—Tibia. V—Fibula. W—Hock. 1.
Os calcis. 2. Astragalus. 3. Cuneiform magnum. 4. Cuneiformmedium. 5.
Cuneiform parvum. 6. Cuboid. 3,6. Cubo cuneiform. X—Large metatarsal
(Hind-leg of pig. Phalanges 1, 2, 3). Y—Small metatarsal. Z—Head. 1.
Inferior maxilla. 2. Superior maxilla. 3. Anterior maxilla. 4. Nasal bone.
5. Molar. 6. Frontal. 7. Parietal. 8. Occipital. 9. Lachrymal. 10. Squa-
mous-tempoid. 11. Petrous-tempoid.

Difficulty in Administering Medicine.

No class of farm animals are so difficult to treat in sickness as swine.
The horse, the cow, and the sheep, may have medicine administered to
them by an intelligent operator with comparatively little difficulty. Not
so swine. They resist every effort with their utmost strength, and med-
icine can only be forced down by main strength, the resistance itself,
being, in nine cases out of ten more injurious, than the good the medicine
may do. When it must be administered by the mouth, the best means
we have ever found, is to place the hog in a narrow pen in which he can
not turn round, put a slip noose around the upper jaw, turn the medicine
—in the case of a drench—down from a horn, or when it may be admis-
sible give it in the form of an injection. In the case of boluses they may
be laid on the back of the tongue, next the palate, and the animal thus
made to swallow.

Good Nursing the Essential.

For the reason that medicine is so difficult to administer, it is always
best, when the hog will eat or drink to disguise the dose in some food or
drink it likes. In fact our practice has always been, if medicine could
not be so administered, to let good nursing and care be the chief depend-
ence in bringing the animal safely through.

In the ease of those malignant forms of epidemic and contagious dis-
eases which, under the common name of hog cholera, have so frequently
scourged the West within the last few years, unless the affected animals
are treated during the first or symptomatie stage, the only course to pur-
sue is to isolate every diseased animal from the herd as soon as found,
and remove the well animals to a separate place where they are not in
danger, and above all where they cannot come in contact with other hogs ;
then with such medicine as they will eat in food or drink trust to nature
and good care to bring them safely through.

SWINE, THEIR DISEASES. 805

So far there has been but little success attending the treatment of these
diseases, probably from the fact that the incubative stage of the disease
was passed and the animals beyond the reach of remedial means before
the owners were aware that the animals were attacked. In the treatment
of the diseases of swine, we shall first describe fully the three principal
forms of those malignant diseases termed hog cholera, and for which
there are so many specifics advertised—some of them by men so ignorant
as to call all distempers hog cholera, and prescribe identical treatment
for diseases that require entirely different remedies.

Malignant and Contagious Diseases.

There-are three principal forms of malignant diseases, called hog
cholera. The first is malignant epizootic catarrh, which in 1875 and
1876 swept over Illinois, Missouri, and neighboring States, destroying
vast numbers of swine; next the disease noticed by Professor Kline, of
England, and described as contagious pneumo-enteritis ; the third, anthrax
and splenic fever and a form of intestinal fever closely allied to the last
if not identical, and which Dr. Law designates as intestinal fever or hog
cholera.

Malignant Epizootie Catarrh.

This disease, if it does not originate in filthy yards and putrid pens, is
amazingly developed there. The poison germs find a congenial home in
the mucous membrane of such hogs, and in those whose skins are so
dirty that the natural perspiratory acts cannot take place, so if perspira-
tion be checked during the prevalence of this epidemic, or the swine be
exposed to sudden changes or the chilly night air, it will surely predispose
them to attacks.

How to Know It.

There is a short, hoarse cough, difficulty of breathing, with panting of
the flanks. The head is held in a stretched and drooping position ; there
is fever, a stiff, tottering gait, sometimes running at the nose, often
efforts to vomit, generally constipation, but at times diarrhea. In this
form the disease is shown in the dead animal by inflammation of the
lining membrane of the nose and upper part of the throat, thence to the
windpipe and lungs, which are more or less solidified.

A second form of this disease has a short cough, not so pronounced as
in the first form, and there is less oppression in breathing; but there is
more decided paralysis in the hind quarters and the gait is more tottering.
There is at first constipation, followed by a profuse and fetid diarrhea.

806 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

The disease is spending itself in the stomach and bowels. The animal
arching its back and especially the loins from the intensity of the pain.
The brain is often affected so there is partial or total blindness and
aimless movements. So also the glands will be enlarged and sometimes
serofulous ulcers will show in different parts of the body. The dead ani-
mal shows the lining membrane of the intestines inflamed and degenerated.
The spleen enlarged, dark, and soft; the liver diseased, and often water
exudations in the chest and belly. The duration in either form is from
five to fifteen days.

What to Do.

If the disease has progressed so as to show the latter symptoms we
have described, kill, and bury the animal at once, and deeply. In any
event separate the animals showing the slightest symptoms from the rest
of the herd, and remove the well ones to comfortable and dry and well
ventilated quarters, and give pure water and good, easily digested food.
As soon as the first symptoms are discovered give an emetic as follows:

No. 1. 15 to 20 Grains powdered white hellebore,
34 Pint milk.

Mix for a full-grown hog, and let it drink; if it will not, turn it down
with a horn as previously described. This having vomited the hog, in a
couple of hours after give two or three grains of tartar emetic, if the
trouble is in the lungs ; if in the bowels, two or three grains of calomel ;
either medicine to be given in the half of a roasted potato or apple if the
animal will eat, or to be enveloped in tallow or lard and laid on the root
of the tongue and the animal made to swallow. Repeat the dose twice a
day until relief is obtained. According as the lungs or bowels are af-
fected apply to the sore place the following blistering ointment, heating
over a moderate fire, for half an hour and stirring to mix:

No. 2. 1 Oz. powdered cantharides,
4 Oz. olive oil.

Rub in well and repeat the application if no blister is drawn. If the
animal improves, give every day for a few days the following:

No. 3. 20 Grains sulphate of iron,
30 Grains carbonate of potash.

This, when the lungs have been the seat of disease ; if in the bowels,
omit the carbonate of potash. Professor Townsend thinks that in many
cases the liver is torpid, and thus blood poisoning takes place. When

SWINE, THEIR DISEASES. 807

the attack commences with copious and dark discharges from the bowels,
he recommends to give at once:

No. 4. 20 Grains podophyllin.
2 Drachms bicarbonate of soda.

Or, if constipation be present :

No. 5. 1 Ounce castor oil,
1 Drachm oil of turpentine.
Both to be given in a pint of milk or gruel.

Intestinal ‘‘Hog Cholera.”

In relation to this disease, undoubtedly analogous to the one last de-
scribed, Dr. James Law thinks it is a specific contagious fever of swine,
attended by congestion, exudation, blood extra yvasation, and ulceration of
the membrane of the stomach and bowels. That is, fetid diarrhea, gen-
eral heat and redness of the surface, and on the skin and mucous mem-
brane spots and patches of a scarlet, purple or black color. It is fatal in
from one to six days, or ends in a tedious, uncertain recovery.

How to Know It.

Incubation ranges from a week to a fortnight in cold weather, to three
days in warm. It is followed by shivering, dullness, prostration, hiding
under the litter, unwillingness to rise, hot, dry snout, sunken eyes, un-
steady gait behind, impaired or lost appetite, ardent thirst, increased
temperature (103 degrees to 105 degrees F.), and pulse. With the oc-
currence of heat and soreness of the skin, it is suffused with red patches
and black spots, the former disappearing on pressure, the latter not.
The tongue is thickly furred, the pulse small, weak and rapid, the breath-
ing accelerated and a hard, dry cough is frequent. Sickness and vomiting
may be present, the animal grunts or screams if the belly is handled, the
bowels may be costive throughout, but more commonly they become
relaxed about the third day and an exhausting foetid diarrhcea ensues.
Lymph and blood may pass with the dung. Before death the patient
loses control of the hind limbs, and is often sunk in complete stupor, with
muscular trembling, jerking, and involuntary motions of the bowels.

Causes.

It is mainly propagated by contagion, though faults in diet and man-
agement serve to develop it. The infection is virulent, and may, it

808 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

is supposed, be communicated by the wind, and is with difficulty de-
stroyed in hog-pens, fodder, bedding and other articles of contact.

What to Do.

Treatment should not be permissible, unless in a constantly disinfected
atmosphere. Feed barley or rye, or in case these raise the fever, corn
starch made with boiling water; give to drink fresh cool water, slightly
acidulated with sulphuric acid. For the early constipation give a mild
laxative (castor oil, rhubarb), and injections of warm water, to be fol-
lowed up with nitrate of potassa and bisulphate of soda, of each 20 grains
at a dose. If the patient survives the first few days and shows signs of
ulceration of the bowels, by bloody dung, or tenderness of the belly, give
oil of turpentine fifteen to twenty drops night and morning. Follow up
with tonics and careful, soft feeding.

Prevention.

Kill and bury the diseased ; thoroughly disinfect all they have come in
contact with ; watch the survivors for the first sign of illness, test all sus-
picious subjects by means of a clinical thermometer introduced in the
rectum, and separate from the herd if it shows 103 or more degrees Far-
anheit. And as soon as distinct signs of the disease are shown kill and
bury deep. Feed vegetable or animal charcoal, bisulphate of soda, car-
bolic acid or sulphate of iron to the healthy swine, and avoid all suspected
food or places, or even water which has run near a diseased herd. All
newly purchased pigs should be placed at a safe distance in quarantine,
under separate attendants, until their health has been surely established
as sound.

Contagious Pneumo-enteritis.

This disease known commonly also as ‘‘hog cholera,’’ ‘‘purple,”’ ‘‘blue
disease,’’etc., is a contagious inflammation of the lungs and bowels,accom-
panied with red and purple blotches of the skin, the last described being
one of relative forms of this disease.

Its Origin.

It is supposed to be caused by extremes of temperature and wet seasons,
feeding on low or swampy soils, impure water, filthy feeding pens.
Whether these causes originate the disease or not they incline the system
to infections from the subtle poison which Dr. Klein, an eminent English

SWINE, THEIR DISEASES. 809

veterinarian, has proved to be due to a minute vegetable organism,
(bacillus) found in the serous fluids, and tissues of animals infected.
M. Roche Lubin, a French veterinary authority says the disease will dis-
appear if proper sanitary means are used, protection from the sun and
rain, well ventilated quarters, and clean bedding, often renewed, with
pure water and wholesome food. We have been thus particular in quot-
ing, to intensify what we have repeatedly said, cleanliness and care.

How to Know It.

There are two principal symptomatic forms which are important to be
noticed, as follows:

The Erysipelatous Form.

The animal at first is dull, loses his appetite, lies down and moves
unwillingly. He hangs his head, and sometimes makes efforts to vomit.
The bowels at this time are generally constipated, the excrement being
hard and dark colored ; cough and difficult arination.

The next day or in a few hours, even, the characteristic symptom of
the disease shows itself. This consists in the appearance of dark red or
purple blotches, passing into a bluish-black color. Once seen, they
cannot be mistaken. Their most frequent seats are the ears, throat,
neck, breast and inside the fore legs. If he is a white hog the discolora-
tions are very visible. With these there is often a discharge from the
nose of a dark purple fluid. Soon his breathing becomes panting and
labored ; he is palsied in his hind quarters, and if he is driven up runs
reeling with his hind legs and his head dropped to the ground. At this
stage a fetid diarrhoea sometimes sets in. The fatal termination is reached
in one or three days.

The Form with Malignant Sore Throat.

The general symptoms at the commencement are the same; and the
appearance of the throat has that same deep red, passing into dark purple
hue, which we have just noticed in the erysipelatous variety. But the
obstructions to the functions of breathing and swallowing naturally pro- ~
duce a train of characteristic symptoms not seen in the former case.
There are attempts to vomit, difficulty in swallowing, and labored breath-
ing from the first, the sensation of choking being so distressing that the
animal will sit on its haunches, like a dog, gasping for breath. opening
its mouth wide, and protruding a livid and swollen tongue. Sometimes
the swelling about the larynx is so sudden and considerable that the ani-

810 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

mal is choked to death in less than an hour, and before hardly any other
symptom has had time to manifest itself (cedema of the larynx).

What to Do.

The cheapest remedy with animals distinctly attacked, is to kill at
once, and bury deeply out of sight, to prevent contagion. If the animals
are valuable, isolate them from all danger of spreading the contagion ;
give two to three ounces of castor oil, and as soon as it operates, give
twenty grains of nitrate of potash, and twenty grains nitrate of soda,—
mixed for a dose—two or three times 1 day. Give also powdered char-
coal in the drink, and if the bowels are swollen and tender give twenty
drops of turpentine in a little gruel, as may be needed. The prescription
of M. Lubin, and one of the most valuable known is:

No. 6. 10 Grains powdered camphor,
1 Drachm nitrate of potash,
5 Grains calomel.

Mix and give in a little gruel three times a day, omitting the calomel
after the third dose.

The local treatment should be attended to. Foment the swollen part
with hot water saturated with copperas (sulphate of iron). If there is
gangrene, saturate the surrounding tissues with turpentine and sweet oil,
and attend strictly to the general sanitary conditions of the hospital or
place where the animals, both sick and well are kept. Professor Wil-
liams advises the use of chlorate of potash as superior to all other medi-
cines. His prescription is:

No. 7. 2 Drachms chlorate of potash,
+2 Pint water.

Professor Turner, the well known Illinois scientist and extensive
farmer, advises the following as having been successful with him as a
preventive, and if taken in the early stages of the diarrhcea, as a cure:

No. 8. 2 Lbs. flowers of sulphur,
2 Lbs. sulphate of iron,
2 Lbs. madder,
44 Lb. black antimony,
1, Lb. nitrate of potash,
2 Oz. arsenic.
Mix with twelve gallons of slop, and give a pint to each hog ; this quan- .

tity being for 100 hogs.

Our best word of advice is, if the affected hogs cannot be made to take
the remedies in their food or drink, since it is a question of profit and

SWINE, THEIR DISEASES. 811

loss simply, then kill, bury at once, and disinfect promptly. For the
means of disinfecting, see chapters on contagious diseases in cattle. If
we had simply said kill and bury, our readers would not have been satis-
fied. Thus we have given much point to remedies ; yet it will again bear
repeating: In all contagious diseases of animals, of a malignant type, it
is cheapest and most humane to KILL AND BURY QUICKLY AND DEEPLY.
We have never found any remedy effective once it assumes a malignant
form. Unfortunately, there are too many careless or pennywise persons
who will not kill, and who constantly spread contagious diseases.

Charbon, Malignant Anthrax. In Swine, Splenic Fever.

It has been denied that this disease attacks swine. Since it is a blood
poison known to attack various animals, and which may be communicated
to man, there seems to be no good foundation for the assertion. In this
country there has not been sufficient systematic investigation to separate
the names of the true Anthrax from what is popularly known as hog
cholera. The distinction between Anthrax (Charbon) and contagious
pneumo-enteritis is stated explicitly by Dr. Klein as follows:

TRUE CHARBON.
Period of incubation, or latency,
from a few hours to three days.
Easily transmissible to other spe-
cies of animals.
Spleen always enlarged, and often

CONTAGIOUS PNEUMO-ENTERITIS.
Period of incubation from two to
five days and more.
Rarely and with difficulty transmit-
ted to other species.
Spleen rarely enlarged or otherwise

broken down. changed.
Blood after death dark and fluid. Blood after death of ordinary ap-
pearance.

Bacillus anthracis in the blood. No bacillus. anthracis in the blood,
but numberless bacilly in the

serum of the throax and abdomen.

Lungs and bowels frequently not

implicated. Cough may be present.

The discoloration local, and of a
true carbuncular appearance.

Lungs and bowels always both in-
flamed. Cough always present.

The red or purple color diffused
over the surface, and of an
erysipelatous appearance.

The most common form of anthrax in pigs is popularly called «‘ white

bristle.”’

There is a .carbuncular swelling, usually on the throat, pre-

senting the features of color already described. The bristles on the spot

turn white and brittle, whence the name just given. The swelling extends
52

S12 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

inward, involving the windpipe and gullet, causing difficulty of breathing
and swallowing, and at length death in convulsions through suffocation.
Occasionally the true apoplectic or splenic form of charbon appears, and
also the variety which attacks the tongue and mouth, both acute and
quickly fatal, the apoplectic form often killing almost instantly. The
flesh of all animals dying of any form of this disease, as previously
stated, is poisonous, and the blood and discharges capable not only of
spreading the disease among others of the same species, but also, if in-
oculated into the human system, of bringing on that mortal malady,
‘*malignant pustule.”’ The treatment, if treatment for so fearful and
fatal a disease may be allowed, should be essentially the same*as that
prescribed in contagious pneumo-enteritis. As a preventive the recipe of
Prof. Turner may be used. We advise to give medicine if only early
symptoms be observed, but if animals be distinctly attacked to A7// tmme-
diately, bury out of sight, and DISINFECT THOROUGHLY.

Inflammatory Diseases.

Swine are from their nature, and the usual manner in which they are
kept, quite subject to coughs, colds, quinsy, and inflammatory diseases,
especially of the lungs.

Quinsy, or Strangles.

This is a disease quite common and fatal. It is an imflammation of the
glands of the throat, (tonsils) and often kills quickly through suffocation.
If in feeding them there be found difficulty in swallowing, or protrusion
of the tongue, and slavering from the mouth, and if there be a swelling
under the neck and lower jaw, lose no time, cast the pig so he may be
held firmly, and with a lancet or sharp knife, scarifying the skin of the
throat deep enough to draw blood freely. Foment the parts with cloths
wet with hot water and partially wrung out, repeatedly applied to induce
bleeding, and reduce the inflammation, while an assistant prepares the
following injection :

No. 9 4 Oz, sulphate of magnesia,
2 Drachms oil of turpentine,
‘s Pint soap suds,
Mix,

With a feather fastened to a small rod, the hog’s mouth being held open,
swab the tonsils and inside of the throat as faras can be reached, with
equal parts of lard oil and turpentine, or if the hog will eat, give doses
of two tea-spoonfuls each in a pint of gruel.

SWINE, THEIR DISEASES. 813

Rising of the Lights.

This is the name applied to an ordinary cold. To cure this, keep the
animal warm, feed well, and rub mustard, moistened with vinegar, on
the throat and chest. If it does not yield, give an ounce of tar daily, by
putting a slip noose over the snout, opening the mouth, and placing the
tar well back on the tongue with a narrow wooden paddle.

Pneumonia.

The symptoms of inflammation of the lungs are, quick and laborious
breathing, loss of appetite, shivering of body and limbs, more or less
severe cough; and the animal will not eat. The remedy is to keep the
animal thoroughly warm and quiet. Rub the preparation of mustard and
vinegar on the chest, and give internally,

No. 10. 2 Drachms nitrate of potash,
2 Drachms bisulphate of soda

Mix in a pint of gruel if the animal will eat. If not turn down from a

horn.
Catarrh in the Head,

Commonly called snufiles. Give the animal a clean, dry, warm pen, and
feed and water well; soft food being preferable.

Disease of the Skin.

Swine are essentially liable to diseases of the skin, when kept in con-
finement, unless pains be taken to do for them what they cannot do for
themselves, except where they have their liberty.

Measles.

Measles in swine have rothing in common with the disease of the same
name in the human subject. The name is given to a parasitic affection, oc-
casioned by the hog taking the eggs of the tapeworm, either in grazing,
where they have been dropped with the excrement of the dog, or from
feeding on pastures manured with human excrement. These eggs hatch
and work their way into the tisgues and become encysted, and if the pork
of such animals is eaten, insufficiently cooked to destroy them, by man,
they transfer the tapeworm. In fact, it is not certain that ordinary cook-
ing does destroy all, therefore it is never safe to eat measly pork. The
appearance of the pork is owing to the presence of minute cysts, the size
of grains of barley, distributed through the muscular and other tissues.

814 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

How to Know It.

There may or may not be, but generally is, a discharge from the nose,
running of the eyes, weakness of the hind parts, and general ill health.
By examining the skin, small watery pimples will be found of a pink or
red color. The remedy is undoubtedly beyond ¢he reach of medicine,
though a so-called specific is small doses of sulphur and saltpetre, given
daily for weeks. The prevention is, to put no human excrement on graz-
ing fields, to keep dogs clear of tapeworm by an occasional vermifuge, to
bury all excrement of dogs found in the pastures, and to kill all stray and
worthless curs.

The Lard Worm.

There is another parasite of the hog, the lard worm (Stephanarus Den-
tatus), from one to one and three-quarters of an inch long, which is
occasionally found in all parts of the body ;of swine is frequent in the
liver, kidneys and fat around the ribs, and in various organs of the body,
including the heart. When present in large numbers, especially in the
kidneys, its eggs may sometimes be discovered in the urine, by means of
the microscope. Another worm, Hustrongylus Gigas, also inhabits the
kidneys ; both may produce weakness of the back, but it would not be
safe to treat for these parasites, unless this was surely determined by
the microscope.

What to Do.

Do nothing. Various remedies have been prescribed, such as small
doses of sulphur and salt, given daily for several weeks, or small doses
of salt and turpentine. Neither have certainly been known to do any
good. Minute doses of arsenic, one-eighth of a grain, given daily for
two or three weeks, so it may be taken up by the system, would be the
proper course indicated. The better way is to prevent their getting
measly, by keeping the diseased ones entirely ‘from the well ones, and the
young away from the old.

Trichina Spiralis.

This minute parasite is capable of infesting all domestic animals, includ-
ing man. The mature and fertile worm lives in the intestines of the
animals, and the immature worm in cysts in the muscle. The eating of
rats, and other vermin, and slaughter house offal is the prolific source
from whence they come. The prevention is obvious. They are rarely
found in western farm-raised, corn-fed hogs. There is no danger from
eating pork infected with trichina, if it be thoroughly cooked. There is

SWINE, THEIR DISEASES. 815

no means of discovering them in flesh, except by the microscope. Eat
none but corn-fed pork, and that cooked done. Rare cooked pork in any
form whatever, is an abomination, and pork fed in slaughter house yards
and distilleries should warrant their owners being sent to the penitentiary.

Mange. or Scab.

This is caused by the presence of a minute insect, sarcopfes suis, trans-
missible to man, and should not be allowed in any herd of swine.

What to Do.

As soon as discovered, rub the infested animals thoroughly with soft
soap, let it remain an hour, and wash off with warm water using a good
brush, let the animals dry, and apply the following ointment :

No 11. 1 Pint train oil,
2 Drachms oil of tar,
1 Drachm petroleum.

Mix with sufficient flower of sulphur to make a thick paste. This
should be well rubbed in, and remain on three days. Then wash thor-
oughly with strong soap suds, dry, and change to quarters perfectly clean,
burn all bedding, and cleanse the quarters thoroughly with carbolic acid
and water. The carbolic liquor of gas works is good, of which there
should always be a barrel on the farm. It is cheap. Thin down slaked
lime with it, and thoroughly paint all infected places.

Lice.

If lice are found on swine, it is a sign that something is wrong. We
have never seen them on well conditioned swine. When they occur from
any cause, sponge the animal freely with crude petroleum, or kerosene,
and give a little sulphate of iron, (copperas) one quarter drachm a day, in
the feed. Let the food also be ample and nourishing. Another efficient
and safe remedy for killing lice is Scotch snuff, rubbed up with lard, and
applied where the lice are found.

Diarrhea.

Diarrheal affections often attack young pigs during their sucking sea-
son, generally in the first week of their life —and often causes their
death. Usually the cause is due to diseased milk of the sow, either
from bad food, or other causes. If so, change the food. In any ease,
the remedial means must be used with the sow. Place charcoal and salt
where sow and pigs may get it, and prepare the following powder :

816 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

No. 12. 2 Pounds fenugreek, powdered,
2 Pounds anise seed, powdered,
1 Pound gentian, powdered,
2 Ounces carbonate of soda,
2 Pounds chalk, powdered.

Give a table-spoonful of this in the food, every time the sow is fed.

Summary.

From what we have said the reader will easily perceive that we have
not much faith in remedial means in contagious diseases of swine. The
same holds good with any animal when once the disease is pronounced,
and of a malignant type—unless the animal be so valuable that it will
pay to call a veterinary surgeon. Even then in the’ malignant forms of
the diseases described, and which are known under the popular misnomer
of **Hog Cholera,”’ killing and burying is the cheapest and altogether
the most humane. The danger of spreading: the difficulty of isolation ;
and the next to impossibility of treating a hog too sick to eat, but never
too sick to be contrary, or resist to the full extent of their power, and
the ordinarily small cost of swine per head should be well considered in
the treatment of swine. Use proper discretion in treating them, but
do not hesitate a moment in killing, when the disease is malignant, and
in ordinary cases remember that if the hog will not take his physic
kindly in his gruel, better let nature and good nursing perfect the cure
than to violently force medicine down. Please remember the value of
good nursing in human patients. To reinforce this we may state the
fact that in France, long continued experiments in hospitals, with many
patients, treated under the various systems of medicine, a greater pro-
portion recovered with no medicine and good care and nursing, than did
under MEDICATION WITH ORDINARY HOSPITAL CARE AND NURSING. This
may not have been complimentary to the hospital management, yet in no
country in the world are they better or more conscientiously managed.

The necessity of good nursing in the case of swine is no less imperative
than in that of human beings, and its good results are as manifest.

Aa se
Ea @ ate | ac

Mi SlOnY, BREEDS, CHARACTERISTICS
AND MANAGEMENT.

; ,
® i es
y : Y ri ae
ys
J a /
an! :
: hy
’ /
v ; » Gea a
= o"
- vv
- ; . 1 wae
- m i -

, r Ty -o | ey
, ; hist & 7
/ | | ; wrt. ik <“ Gy + a ‘
{ Ps -

j ij e !

uy | et a! CAS aut Fo oe aa % fe
hs Bor CLUGA , one

er LAP is in

PO 1, T he ¥2

CHAPTER I.

HISTORY AND WILD TYPES.

CREVE COEUR COCK AND HEN.

Origin of Domestic Fowls.

The first domestication of the farm yard fowl is lost in the obscurity of
the past. We have not even tradition to guide us. There is a legend

$20

ILLU
JUSTRA‘
tATE 5
D STOCK I
OCT!
OR

ps ft i
», i il”

LL (

A My

jj
Y
{) 4) Mi,
VN
yi
7 nm nil
ee
ell

MUU

4 i

IWALCAN 4 RKEY
C
AY I WILD TUE

i

POULTRY, HISTORY, ETC. 521

that Gomer, the son of Japhet, took his name from the cock, and hence
it has been inferred that he was the first to domesticate the species. As
well might some future historian attribute the domestication of various

J \ NMA
Hull i Mp

‘aSaaD NAWANA vO ‘NIGANa

wild and domestic animals of our time to the savage Indian, whose fancy
leads him to accept the name of various wild beasts and birds as his own.

822 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

The fact is, the domestication of wild fowls is exceedingly easy, as has
been proved within the last three hundred years by the domestication of
the wild turkey of America, (meleagris) of which there are but two spe-
cies known, M. Occellata, a native of Mexico and Honduras, and M.
Gallopavo, from which our common domestic varieties have descended.
Later the American wild goose, (anser canadensis), a distinct species from
the gray legged goose of the North of Europe, and the supposed ancestor
of the common white or gray goose, and the Embden or Bremen goose.

Besides Europe and America, Asia and Africa have furnished us with
four sub-varieties of geese, three of which are called China geese, the
fourth being the African or Hong Kong variety.

Africa has also furnished us with the Guinea fowl,( Vumidia meleagris )
called Pintado by the Spanish. It is a native of Northern Africa, where
it is still found wild in large numbers, in some parts. The Pea fowl,
(Pavo cristatus) has also been known from the remotest antiquity and is
often used by ancient writers as an emblem of pride and arrogance, and
it may be added, what is also true of the arrogant and strutting turkey,
it is as cowardly as it is arrogant and cruel.

The pheasant may here be noticed as a breed long half domesticated,
and yet never brought perfectly under the domestication of man. The
probable reason for this is that like the Peacock, they have always been
considered more ornamental than useful. There are four or five distinct
and beautiful species, that as ornamental breeds in parks should be more
extensively bred than they are.

The Swan is another breed long known in history and yet which cannot
be considered of special value, except as ornaments in artificial lakes in
the parks and grounds of the wealthy. Their dying song is often quoted
from classic literature ; so far no one has yet been charmed with its song
in modern times, which may prove one of two conclusions, either the
ancients were satisfied with a very low order of vocality, or else the mod-
ern taste for musical sounds has become too refined to appreciate the
notes of the swan either in health or sickness.

The duck seems to have boon one of the most easily domesticated of
fowls, and if the varieties are not excessively multiplied, it is because they
are not considered a delicacy, and comparatively little used as food. ’
Nevertheless, we think them underestimated. Some varieties are very
beautiful in plumage ; they are handsome in the water, and their flesh is
by no means to be despised. Among the most valuable varieties are the
Aylesbury ducks, a prominent English breed, an illustration of which

we give.

POULTRY, HISTORY, ETC. 823

Of the progenitors of barn-yard fowls (Gallus), there are several wild
species. Among these may be mentioned the Sonnerat fowl, discovered
by the naturalist of that name in the Ghautes, which separates Malabar
from Coramandel, a thoroughly wild species never yet tamed. Sonnerat
was probably mistaken in supposing they were the primitive type of our

“SHONG ANOMSALAV

domestic tribe. Damphier had previously found wild cocks in the islands
of the Indian Archipelago, that are now known to nearly approximate
ours. The Bankiva species in Java, and the Kulm or gigantic cock of

824 , ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Sumatra and Southern Asia—the jungle fowl of the continent of India,
may also lay claim to being the progenitors of our domestie fowls, as
well as the species named after the egotistic Sonnerat. In India our
farm fowls are believed to have sprung from the jungle cock and wild
species of Malay and Chittagoney.

GALLUS SONNERATIL,

Our Bantams are undoubtedly sprung from the Bankiva jungle fowl.
Our large Asiatic from the great Malay and Chittagong races through
long generations of breeding and selection in China. Whatever the races
from whence they sprung, the wild types are now very scarce and diffi-
cult to find, while domestic fowls, in their almost infinite varieties, are
found not only in every farm-yard and village lot, but are bred exten-
sively and successfully in our largest. cities.

But wild fowls, of the genus Gallus, are also natives of the Brazillian
forests of America. Oliver de Serres writes of them as follows :

“In traveling over the gloomy and inextricable forests of Guiana, when
the dawn of day began to appear, amidst the immense forests of lofty
trees which fail under the stroke of time only, I often heard a crowing

POULTRY, HISTORY, ETC. R25

similar to that of our cocks, but only weaker. The considerable distance
which separated me from every inhabited place, could not allow one to
think this crowing produced by domesticated birds; and the natives of
those parts, who were in company with me, assured me it was the noise
of wild cocks. Every one of the colony of Cayenne, who has gone very
far up the country, gives the same account of these wild fowl. I have
seen one myself. They have the same forms, the fleshy comb on the
head, the gait of our fowls, only that they are smaller, being hardly
larger than the common pigeon ; their plumage is brown or rufous.

\

HEAD OF SINGLE WATTLED BRAHMA FOWL, HEAD OF BREDA, OR GUELDRE.

Before this the wild fowls of America had been mentioned. The
Spaniard, Acosta, provincial of the Jesuits of Peru, has positively said
that fowls existed there before the arrival of his countrymen, and that
they were called in the language of the country, fa/pa, and their eggs
ponto. Weare not aware that this species has ever been brought into a
state of domesticity, or that the wild species has ever been taken and
reared. The wilds of the great South American forests are yet as a
sealed book, in many respects, to the naturalist. Under the regime of
the present practical and scholarly Emperor, this, in Brazil, is being
- changed, and gradually this immense territory will be made to yield not
only increased stores to our ornithological knowledge, but also in other
departments of practical art and science.

Our domestic poultry may be divided into four groups, each of which
will be separately considered.

826 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

1. Our Common Barn-yard fowls.

2. Asiatic fowls.

8. Games, including Game Bantams

4. Pet Bantams.

In the flrst group we shall notice English, American and continental
families. In the second group all Asiatic breeds. In the third group all
the more important Games, and in the fourth group all the better known
small varieties of Bantams, except Games, both smooth and feathered
legged.

On the preceding page we give illustrations of two curious varieties
in domestic fowls, one in a sub-family of Brahmas, the other in a family
of fowls of Dutch origin,

CHAPTER II.

VARIETIES OF BARN-YARD FOWLS.

I. DORKING FOWLS. —IL. SILVER GREY DORKINGS,——IL, BLACK DORKINGS. —— IV. FAWN-

COLORED DORKINGS. —— V. BOLTON GREYS. —— VI. DOMINIQUE FOWLS.——VII. PLYM-
OUTH ROCKS ——VIIL. THE OSTRICH FOWLS. —— 1X. HAMBURG TFOWLS, —— X. BLACK
HAMBURGS, ——XI, LEGHORNS.——XII. WHITE LEGHORNS, —— XIII. SPANISH FOWLS.——
XIV. FRENCH FOWLS. —-XV. THE HOUDANS.——XVI. LA FLECHE FOWLS.——XVII. THE
CREVE COKURS.—KXVIIL. LARGE ASIATIC BREEDS. ——XIX. THE CHITTAGONGS.~—XxX.
BUFF COCHINS; —— XXL, PARTRIDGE COCHINS. —— XXII. WHITE COCHINS. —— XXIII.
BRAHMA FOWLS.—KXXLV. LIGHT BRAHMAS, —— XXV. FRIZZLED FOWLS.——XXVI. SILK-
IKS. — XXVII. BREDA, OR GUELDRE FOWLS. —— XXVIII. GAME FOWLS, 1. BROWN-
BREASTED REDS. ——2. KARL DERBY GAME. —— 3. DUCK-WINGED GAME. —— 4. WHITE
GEORGIAN GAME. 5. GAMH BANTAMS.—— 6. OTHER BANTAMS,——7. SEABRIGHT BAN-

TAMS, -—8. JAPANESK BANTAMS.

I. Dorking Fowls.

Of distinct English breeds the Dorkings have become the most cele-
brated. Of these the White Dorking of Surrey is the typical fowl. It
is, as compared with the so-called dung-hill fowls, large, often weighing,
the mature cocks fully ten pounds, the hens eight to nine pounds, and at
a year old from six to eight pounds. They are of good size, plump,
compact, with strong heads, full wattled, and with single serrated comb,
short necks, short white legs, with five toes, and full plump breast, the
plumage pure white and without spot. They are tolerably hardy, good
layers and most excellent mothers. The illustration on following page
is & representative of this breed.

5d

828 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Ii. Silver Gray Dorking.

This variety is considered to be asport of the White Dorking perpetu-
ated by careful breeding and selection. With stock from families that.
have been carefully bred by careful selection they may be kept to the
standard. But they vary much in color, the dark varieties often producing
silver gray chicks.

WHITE DORKING COCK.

The Gray Dorkings are rapid growers, and if well supplied with food
are in condition for the table at any age, often before they fairly get
their feathers. The distinguishing colors are: breast, tail and larger tail
feathers perfectly black; the head, neck, hackle, back, saddle, and wing

POULTRY, DIFFERENT VARIETIES. 829

bow a clear, pure, silvery white, and across the wings a well defined black
bar, in striking contrast with the white outside web of the quill feathers
and the white hackle of the neck and saddle. The neck of the hen is

GRAY ENGLISH DORKINGS.

silvery white, the breast salmon-red, changing to gray near the thighs ;
the wings silvery or slate gray, and without any tinge of red whatever.
The tail should be dark gray, the inside nearly black.

ItI. Black Dorkings.

This sub-family are jet black in color, the neck feathers of some of
the cocks tinged with gold, and of the hens tinged silvery. The comb
may be either rose or single but usually double, short and sometimes
cupped; wattles quite small and very red near the head. The tail
feathers shorter and broader than those of the white variety; the legs
black, short, and with the two under toes quite distinct and separate,
sometimes showing a rudimentary toe. They are hardy, the hens are
good layers, good setters and careful nurses, and the eggs are of a
large size.

IV. Fawn-colored Dorkings.

These are handsome birds of high carriage, said to have been produce:!
by a cross between the White Dorking and fawn-colored Turkish fow!.

830 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCBKOR.

Their tails are shorter than any other variety of Dorkings and the legs
black. The cocks will weigh from eight to nine pounds and the hens
from six to seven. They have remarkably fine flesh and lay large eggs.
In relation to the Dorkings as a class, we have found them not well
adapted to stand wet, cold weather. Yet with proper care they are the
best of the distinct English breeds.

V. Bolton Gray.

This breed, sometimes called Creole, used to be in good repute in
England, and were bred with such nicety that individuals could scarcely
be distinguished apart. They are great layers, but poor setters, and
when carefully bred are one of the best breeds for the farm yard. They
are a medium sized, plump, short-legged fowl; neck and body pure
white thickly spotted with black, black bars at the extremity of the tail.

whale ‘VV

\ j \
WIAA

DOMINIQUE FOWL,

The hens are constant layers, but the eggs, although of good quality, are
rather small, weighing about one and a half ounces each. They are
comparatively rare in the United States.
VI. Dominique Fowls.
The Dominique, a distinctly American breed, and for the ordinary
farmer, where hardiness, fecundity, good laying propensity, and excel-

POULTRY, DIFFERENT VARIETIES. 831

lence of flesh is concerned, is one of the very best in existence. They
breed constant in color, markings, constitution and vigor, and are always
well able to take care of themselves.

The true color of the Dominique is a light ground undulated and
penciled in the softest manner with slaty blue—almost black—forming
bands all over the body. The hens and cocks are shaded alike except
that the plumage of the cock is more distinct, often with golden hackles,
and bronzed wings. The comb of the cock may be either single or double,
but we prefer the single comb, as most indicative of the true type. The
iris of the eye is a bright orange, and the bill and legs a bright yellow or
buff color. They are square built, broad breasted, rather short legged
fowls, with little offal, and with high flavored and profitable flesh ; elegant
in plumage, and a hardy, healthy, profitable and prolific race of birds.

VLYMOUTH KOCKS.

VII. Plymouth Rocks.

This is a modern American breed originated by Dr. Y. C. Bennett, and
first shown at Boston in 1840. Said to have been produced by a cross of
a Cochin-China cock, with a hen, herself a cross between the fawn-colore |

‘

832 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Dorking, the large Malay, and the Wild Indian fowl. Fanciers becoming
interested in this breed, it was very considerably disseminated, but failed
to give satisfaction on account of the want of uniformity in the chickens
either in marking or form. Much bitter controversy has ensued,
which shows that there were several different origins, in which the Java,
Cochin, Gray Chattagongs, Dominique, Gray Dorking, and even the com-
mon dunghill fowl figured. Of late years fowls have been produced
under the name of Improved Plymouth Rocks, the modern style show-
ing excellent and uniform breeding. A fowl that grows rapidly, fledges
early, making flesh fast, and which in the hands of expert fanciers, com-
bines many of the most excellent qualities to be desired, either as layers
ov as table birds.

VIII. The Ostrich Fowls.

This excellent breed originated in
Bucks county, Pa., and were called
Bucks county fowls. The cocks of
this variety will average nine pounds.
They are good layers, sometimes pro-
ducing forty or fifty eggs before be-
coming broody. The eggs are large
and of good flavor; the flesh white,
firm, and of excellent quality. The
color of the cock is a dark blue-
black; the ends of the feathers tipped

BUCKS COUNTY, (PA.) FOWLS. with white; wings a yellow or gold-
en tinge; hackle dark, glossy blue. A double rose comb surmounts
the head with large wattles beneath. The carriage is bold and alert.
The hen is similarly colored, but more sober in shade, with a plump,
thick hody, a high serrate single comb, wattles large, and legs short and

of a dark color.
IX. Hamburg Fowls.

The Hamburg fowls all have these characteristics: They have bright
double combs, firmly fixed, and ending in a long point turned up behind.
They are of medium size, of sprightly carriage; tails large and held
upright with long plume feathers; of robust constitutions, great layers,
seldom broody ; in fact, almost never, when kept in confinement. The
eggs are small but of excellent flavor.

X. Black Hamburgs.

This is probably the best variety of the family for farmers, and in fact
one of the very best of the black fowls. Possessing the two-fold value

POULTRY, DIFFERENT VARIETIES. 833

of being alert, noble looking, handsome fowls , color deep black with a
metalic luster ; hardy, ~obust, and the hens constant layers.

“SONNANVH WOVId

Penciled Hamburgs.
These are of two varieties, the Silver and Golden. In the Silvered
sub-family, the ground color is silver-white, sometimes with a slight yel-
low tinge, but every feather margined with the most glossy black. The

834 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

cocks of either variety exhibit the pencilings, as do the hens, but are
white or brown in the Silvered or Golden breeds respectively.

There are few, if any, more striking fowls than these in the hands of
expert and careful breeders, with their symmetrical, gay and upright
carriage, their well-defined deaf ears, elegant combs and wattles, their
ample, well-feathered tails, and fine-boned, taper, blue legs.

GOLDEN PENCILED HAMBURGS,

The hens of both varieties must have the body clearly and definitely
penciled, and the hackles of both cocks and hens must be entirely free
from dark marks. The engraving which we give fully illustrates the
characteristics of the several yaricties. As fancier fowls they are superb ;
as farm fowls delicate.

XI. Leghorns.

This admirable breed of European fowls has become widely dissem-
inated in the United States, being valued for their many good qualities,
among which are beauty and constant laying propensities. They are
bred by fanciers of all colors from white to black.

XII. Whitc Leghorns.

White Leghorns are, we think, the most valuable to the farmer as they

POULTRY, DIFFERENT VARIETIES. 835

are the handsomest. The description of this variety will suffice for all,
excepting color.

The Whites are in size about that of the Spanish, and like the Spanish
the combs of the best hens lop over on one side. ‘The plumage is white
with hackle feathers slightly golden tinged, the rest of the feathers pure
white. They are comparatively a hardy breed, standing extremes of

*“SOHNQNANVH AATIONGd YAATIS

cold and sudden changes fairly, except that their immense single combs
are liable to freeze in Winter. The hens are persistent layers, and
especially good Winter layers, when they are kept comfortably housed,
and seldom incline to set. The legs and skin are yellow. The cocks
have large single perfectly erect serrate combs, the divisions being in

836 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

fact spiked. The wattles are full and large, with white or cream colored
ear lobes, extending sometimes up on the face. The chicks are hardy,
good foragers, feather early, and at the age of six to eight weeks are
miniature fowls, showing much of the stature and grace of the mature
fowl. '

"“SNHOnRDaATT S2ALIaM

DT

qh

The cut will show what would be considered prize fowls in any show
ring.
XIII. Spanish Fowls.
The Spanish fowls in their several varieties have long been known and
justly esteemed in the United States for their great laying and non-setting
propensities. The whole race, however, are rather tender as far as cold

POULTRY., DIFFERENT VARIETIES. 837

wet weather is concerned. But for the amateur who will give good care
and attention, they will amply repay their cost in the production of
plenty of large, meaty eggs. In
the South they are an admirable
breed. In any locality they must
be allowed plenty of liberty since
they soon suffer from close con-
finement. There are many vari-
eties described besides the pure
white and the pure black, as the
red-faced black, or Minorca, the
Ancona, Gray, or mottled breed,
and the Blue or Andalusian. The
cut which we give on the next
page, of the Black Spanish and
description of same, will suffice
for all.

The cock should carry himself
erect and stately, the breast pro-
jecting and the tail erect, and with
sickle feathers fully developed.
The plumage should be jet black,
and without the least approach
to white or any other colored
spots, but with glossy reflec-
tions in the sunlight. The fowl
plump and compact ; the legs blue or dark lead color; the comb large in
both sexes, bright vermilion in color, deeply serrate or rather notched
like a saw; that of the cock entirely upright and without twist whatever,
and extending well back of the head. The comb of the hen should fall
completely over on one side; the face must be quite white and without

STANDARD WHITE LEGHORNS.

red specks, wide and deep and extending high over the eye, arched in
shape, approaching the bottom of the comb, extending sideways to the
ear lobes, meeting under the throat, and in texture entirely fine and
smooth. The ears must be large and pendulous, and as white as the face.

XIV. French Fowls.

There are three principal breeds of French fowls that have within the
last ten years acquired an excellent reputation wherever known. They
are the Houdan, Creve-Coeur—hoth of which are quite well disseminated
and the La Fleche. The first two breeds take their names from vil-
lages of these names, and the latter from the arrondissement of La

838 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Fleche, in France, where they are most commonly raised. Besides these
there are several other varieties of useful and ornamental breeds known
in France as, first, the de Breda, de Breese, Court Paltas, and du Mans,
and among the ornamental varieties the Chamois, Hollandais, Hermines
and Padoue. The Bredas have already been described.

BLACK SPANISH FOWLS.

XV. The Houdans.

These fowls are held in France in fully as high estanuuacn as are the
Dorkings in England. They are hardy, easily raised, fatten kindly, lay
good sized eggs, and are of a most excellent quality of flesh. They are
a five-toed race, and are reported to have originated between a cross of

POULTRY, DIFFERENT VARIETIES. 839

the Dorking and the Silver Padoue. They should be of a white and
black color, evenly distributed, making them distinctly speckled. Red
feathers are not admissible, but an occasional stained feather is some-
times seen in the best fowls. They are very French-like, sprightly,
vivacious, loving to wander, but bearing confinement well. The comb is
double leafed, and they have whiskers and beard growing well up on their
face, which, with the crest or top-knot, gives them «a curious and yet
striking appearance. The crest of the hen especially being thick and
full. In shape they resemble the Dorking, but are less in size. In every
respect they are brilliant and striking in appearance.

HOUDAN HEN,

XVI. La Fleche Fowls.

These handsome fowls are very tall but compact; in size equaling the
Dorking ; yet black, firmly knit, with strong, long limbs ; the body rather
angular, the plumage firm and dense. The head is handsome, with
spikes of feathers behind the comb, looking like a double horn. They
have small protuberances between the nostrils, which latter are full and
expanded. They have large, opaque ear lobes, cravat like, very long

840 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

pendant wattles, a moderately curved beak, neck hackles long and fine,
reflecting violet and green-black colors, as do the breast, wings and upper
tail feathers. The legs are long, slate-blue in young fowls, and a lead-
gray when old. The hen is colored like the cock. The cocks arrive at their
full growth at eighteen months old; the hen at twelve. The flesh is
considered the finest and most valuable of any French breed.

LA FLECHE FOWLS,

XVII. The Creve Coeurs.

This is the most striking of the French breeds, their black crested
heads being curiously relieved with deep crimson, forked or antlered-like
comb. Their aspect is bold and stately, the plumage black, shaded with
green, thick and shining. The comb must be conspicuous and full,
wattles long and deep, breast large, full and deep, the back straight not
drooping. The legs should be strong, firm, leaden blue, in color, and
short, with strong claws. The hen should have a soft, thick, round
crest, and very little comb and wattles. The color must be entirely black,
no other color being admissible in pure bred fowls. Old birds, however,
will sometimes show an occasional white feather in the crest.

POULTRY, DIFFERENT VARIETIES. 84]
XVIII. Large Asiatic Breeds.

Of the numerous breeds and sub-divisions of these gigantic fowls, the
Cochin-China and the Brahnias stand confessedly at the head. The
Shanghes, and the Chittagongs have, of late, fallen into disrepute, and

“STMOA YNAOOD AATWO

confessedly so, from the superiority of the Cochins and the Brahmas.
{n the Shanghie family there are various colors. Gray, buff, cinnamon,
partridge-colored and black. Twenty-five years ago they were regarded
with especial favor, from the fact that they were of the then largest size
known. It must be confessed that when bred pure they are quiet, good

o

842 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

sitters and nurses, little inclined to ramble, and among the best foster
mothers to other chickens that can be found.

BUFK CUCHIN COCK,

XIX. The Chittagong.

This is a ciant among fowls, the cock often standing twenty-six inches
in height, and notwithstanding their long legs and necks, they are majestic
looking. There are two principal breeds, the gray being the larger breed.
In the dark red variety the breast and thighs are black. The hens yellow
or brown; legs in both sexes being yellow, heavily covered with black

POULTRY, DIFFERENT VARIETIES, 843

feathers, and the carriage in all the varieties graceful, majestic, prompt
and easy.

XX. Buff Cochins.

There are several varieties, in color buff, lemon, and cinnamon, the re-
sult of peculiar crosses and breeding. The buff is the true type of the
colored sorts, and for utility we think the best. The cock should be up-
right and strong in his carriage; breast broad, not full, but forming a
nearly straight line between the crop and thighs; back short and wide :
tail only slightly raised; legs strong and with great thighs and saddles.

BUFF COCHIN HEN.

The head is small, for so long a bird; the beak yellow, stout, short,
curved, and strong at the base; comb single, not large, and with rather
small wattles, florid. thin and fine; the ear lobes well developed, long,
thin, fine, and entirely without white. The eye of the cock should be of
an ochre-yellow color, and in the hen a darker hue. The hackle of the
cock should be full, spreading over the thighs, and of a light bay color,

o4

$44 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

and free from markings of any kind. The hackle of the hen is a clean,
distinct buff. A slight penciling is admirable, a dark colored one not.
The saddle of both cock and hen should be free from markings. A black
tail in the cock is admirable, and if the principal feathers are bronzed, so
much the better. The breast of both cock and hen should be clear buff,

PARTRIDGE COCHINS,

becoming lighter toward the tip, with a wavy appearance in the sun, and
both primary and secondary quill feathers should be buff, without other
color. The legs should be heavily feathered, covering the outside toe,
and partly the one behind. Vulture hocks, as shown in the Black Breda

POULTRY, DIFFERENT VARIETIES. 845

variety is not admissible, as they not only show mixed blood, but are
unsightly.
XXI. Partridge Cochins.

These are admirable fowls. Among the heaviest of the Asiatic breeds,
attract attention wherever shown, from their round, full, plump forms,
elegant feathering and majestic carriage.

The head of the Partridge Cochin is a rich orange red. The hackle
and saddle feathers the same, but each distinctly marked down the middle
with a black stripe. The back, shoulder-coverts and wing are self colored,
red and darker than the hackle; the lower wing-coverts black, with
greenish or blue reflections forming a ‘‘bar’’ across the wing; the pri-
mary wing feathers black, edged brown or bay on the lower edges ;
secondaries bay on the outer edges and black on the inner, each feather
black on the end, forming a black edge on upperside of the butts of the
wings; the breast, thighs, tail and leg feathers black and without other
color; the leg dusky yellow. The hen should have her hackle golden
yellow, each feather striped black along the center, the rest of the
plumage light brown, penciled with dark brown, the pencilings over the
body should be dense, and the purer the brown the better. On the
breast the pencilings should be crescent shaped. Legs dusky yellow,
penciled brown as in the body.

XXII. White Cochins.

White Cochins should be white, pure white all over. This purity in
color is essential, since a yellow or other tinge detracts from the beauty
of the bird. The cock should have a medium sized, straight, smooth,
freely serrate comb, large, red, deaf ears, large wattles, red eye, strong,
yellow beak and legs, and with plenty of feathers on the feet. This
feathering should be characteristic of all Cochins, avoiding as far as
possible any tendency to vulture hocks. Breed also to large stock, of
good carriage, and you will have in the progeny as pretty a sight for
fowls as could well appear, either in the farm yard or on the grass.

The hen should be large; the head, beak, eye, deaf ears and wattles
colored as in the cock. Avoid especially a grayish eye. It is supposed
to show a tendency to blindness and a generally weak constitution. The
body must be broad, the tail small, almost covered with the soft feathers
about it, and with well feathered rumps and plenty of fluff.

846 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

XXIII. Brahma Fowls.

These majestic fowls, said to have been originally brought from the
banks of the Brahma-pootra river, which waters the fertile territory of

WHITE COCHIN FOWLS.

Assam, are divided into two classes, the light and dark, each having their
special admirers, and either good enough for any farm yard. As a rule
however, the dark are more highly esteemed, and the fowls sell for
higher prices than the light.

The head of the dark Brahma cock should have a pea comb, that is,
three combs running parallel to each other, and with the length of the
head, the middle one the highest ; the beak strong and curved, ear lobes
red, and falling below the wattles, which should be full, and like the ear
lobes, deep red; the neck short, well curved, with the hackle full, silver
white, striped with black, and flowing over the back, and sides of the
breast ; the back strong, very short, wide, flat, the feathers almost white,
the saddle feathers long and white, striped with black; the tail small,
soft, upright, the feathers on the rise from the saddle to the tail, and the

POULTRY, DIFFERENT VARIETIES. 847

side feathers of the tail a pure lustrous black; the breast full, broad,
rather prominent, the feathers pure black tipped with white, and the
feathers at the head white; the saddle feathers and thigh fluffs ample ;
the wings small, with a good black bar across them; the wings well
tucked under the saddle feathers and thigh fluffs ; the fluff on the hinder

il

“SVANVU LODIT INV MiAva

part of the thighs black or dark gray, the feathers on the lower part of
the thighs soft and nearly black; legs short, yellow and profusely coy-
ered with feathers on the outside.

The marking of the hen is almost identical with that of the cock,
except that it is more uniform all over except the head and tail, each

848 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

feather closely penciled, with dark steel gray on a dingy white ground,
and extending nearly up to the throat, on the breast. In carriage, the
hen is not so upright as the cock, and the legs are shorter.

XXIV. Light Brahmas.

Pure bred fowls are mostly white in color, on the outside, but if the
feathers are parted, the under plumage is bluish-gray. This distinetion
is strongly marked as between the Light Brahmas and White Cochins,
which latter are white to the roots. The head is of the same general
shape as in the dark variety, and with pea combs ; the ear lobes and wat-
tles are pure red; the neck hackles are distinctly marked with a black
stripe down to the center of each feather, on a white ground; the quill
feathers of the wings are black, but when folded the wings should show
only white; the tail should be black, tolerably upright, but opening out
like a fan, and the within tail coverts reflecting a peculiar green hue in
the sunlight: the legs are yellow and well covered with white feathers,
sometimes slightly mottled with black. The hen is colored like the cock,
except that the plume may be somewhat darker, and the general appear-
ance more sober in color, ‘The tail should be black and smaller than that

of the cock.

XXV. Frizzled Fowls.

One of the most curious of the Oriental breeds, and occasionally seen
in the yards of amateurs and fanciers, are the frizzled fowls originally
brought from Java. Linneus named them Gallus pennis revolutis, or
fowls with feathers rolled back. The color should be white, though they
are also bred black and brown. They are certainly curious and interest-
ing as showing freaks in breeding. So far as value, in comparison with

other breeds is concerned, it is ni.
XXXVI. Silkies.

Far more ornamental in appearance, and really of some value, are
what are known as Silkies. The best specimens are pure white, and
have this peculiarity, the webs of the feathers lack cohesion and are fila-
mentous, hence giving the silky appearance to the plumage.

They are sometimes called negro fowls, from the fact that the skin is
of a dark violet color, almost black, and the comb and wattles often dark
purple, low and flat and covered with small warts. The bones are also
covered with a dark membrane, which altogether makes this breed the
most singular and interesting of the gallinaceous tribe,

POULTRY, DIFFERENT VARIETIES. 849
XXVII. Breda or Guelder Fowls.

The Breda or Guelder fowl is peculiar in some repects, and shows
that there is an infusion of Asiatic blood, although they are Polish in
shape and closely related to this breed. They are of various colors, but

MTT RIT i
ps i] Hi) ii AT MM

; Minh } iI
z ' |

PAIR OF SILKY FOWLS.

the only true families that are bred in the United States are the Cuckoo
or Dominique marked, called Guelders, and those pure black, denom-
inated Breda, though we believe the true Breda is applied to all the
Guelders, not Cuckoo marked. They have a crest, only just perceptible,
and of the same color as the body.

Whatever the color, they are lightly feathered on the legs, which are
slaty-blue, and the thighs are vulture hocked. They have no comb, but
a depression where the comb should be; the nostrils are cavernous, and
particularly conspicuous. The cut given will show their general appear-
ance, and the likeness of a Breda head given on a previous page will
show the chief peculiarity of the head. In size they are medium chicks,
ear lobes and wattles red and peculiar in shape, being extremely ,pendu-
lous in the cock. The plumage is close and compact like that of game
fowls, with large and flowing tails. The eggs are large, smooth and of
good flavor, and the chickens are hardy and feather quickly.

850 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

XXVIII. Game Fowls.

The several varieties of game fowls are the most elegant and noble of
the gallinaceous tribe. The cocks are watchful, courageous, always ready
to attack an enemy whatever it may be, and fighting to the death. And
of most elegant carriage and coloring. The hens are good mothers, lay

“BREDA COCK AND HEN,

the finest meated eggs of any breed, are hardy, and excellent foragers.
There is hardly a breed of ‘¢dung-hill’’ fowls, but what owe their good
qualities to the infusion of this prepotent blood. This general descrip-
tion will suffice for all the varieties, which are innumerable, and belong

POULTRY, DIFFERENT VARIETIES 851

to every country, England, Iveland, Spain, Cuba, Mexico, Malay and
China being the most celebrated for their strains of blood. In all these
varieties of games the cocks are noted for the brilliancy of their markings
and the hens for their soberness of color.

‘aWNVS Gay GALSVaUd-NMOUT

The Brown-breasted Reds.

This variety is considered as one of the best of the games, an illustra-
tion of a group of which we give. In this breed the breast of the cock

852 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

should be red-brown, shoulder sometimes orange-red. The comb and
face must be dark purple, the beak dark ; wing butts dark red or brown,
with dark talons; hackle with dark stripes; thighs like the breast; tail
a dark greenish black ; the wing crossed with a glossy, green-hued bar.
The plumage of the hen should be very dark brown penciled with light
brown ; neck hackle dark, golden, copper-red, thickly striped with dark
feathers ; comb and face much darker than that of the cock. When the
tail feathers are spurred and show a slight curve, it is considered indica-
tive of strong blood.

EARL DERBY GAME,

Earl Derby Game.

This magnificent strain which has been bred in great purity in England
for over a century, are Daw-eyed, that is the eye is gray like that of the
Jackdaw. They have a round, well knit body, on long, strong legs, with
white feet and claws; the head is long, the bill lance-shaped and elegant ;
the face bright red, with small comb and wattles red; back intense
brown-red ; lesser wing coverts maroon colored; greater wing coverts
‘marked at the extremity with steel-blue forming a bar across the wings 5
primary wing feathers bay ; tail irridescent black ; hackle well feathered,
touching the shoulders ; wings large and well quilled ; back short: breast
round and black; tail long and sickled, being well tufted at the root—

POULTRY, DIFFERENT VARIETIES. 853

thick, short and stiff. The hen is thus succinctly and perfectly deseribed
by Beeton in his English work on poultry: ‘‘Head fine and tapering ;
face, wattles and comb bright red; extremities of upper mandible and
the greater portion of the lower one white, but dusky at its base and
around its nostrils; chestnut-brown around the eyes, continued beneath
the throat; shaft of neck hackles light buff; web pale brown edged
with black; breast shaded with roan and fawn color; belly and vent
of an ash tint; primary wing feathers and tail black, the latter carried
vertically and widely expanded; legs, feet and nails perfectly white.’’
The carriage of both cock and hen of this breed is upright and dignified.

The pugnacious disposition of the cock equals that of any other game
bird; and its endurance cannot be surpassed. Years ago they were
numbered among the best breed of birds for the cock-pit; and for the
tuble they are not surpassed by the sweet and nutritious flesh of the
Dorking fowl.

DUCK-WING GAME FOWLS.

Duck-winged Game Fowls.

There are several varieties, including the Duck-winged game bantams.
To our mind the best are the silver-gray, a pure-blooded, hardy and
high couraged bird. The cock must be silver-gray in color; the head,
comb, face, wattles and bill of the true game type; the first four of them
bright red, the bill light colored ; eyes red, skin white, and the legs
white: the hackle is striped black underneath, but clean above; the
breast a clean, nearly silver-gray; the back a bright silver-gray ; the

854 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

lower part of the wings creamy white, crossed above with a bar steel-blue
in color.

In the hen, the plumage should be a silvery bluish-gray, frosted with
white ; neck hackle silvery-white, striped with black, and the breast a

Write GEORGIAN GAMES.

pale fawn color, more subdued than in the cock. The other character-
istics, as to face eyes and feet, etc.. should be identical with that of the
male bird,

POULTRY, DIFFERENT VARIETIES. 855

White Georgia Game.

This variety, originally bred in Europe, but brought into Georgia many
years ago, and since carefully bred in various parts of the South, are
game in the pit, and most excellent farm fowls, being hardy, courageous,
and the flesh most excellent in quality. For beauty of plumage, elegant
shape and lofty carriage, they have few if any superiors.

In the color they should be pure white all over, with no shade whatever
on neck, breast, hock or tail. The legs may be white or yellow. We
prefer the yellow, since it is an indication of a stronger constitution.
The beak should harmonize with the legs, and the comb, ear lobes and
wattles must be of the deepest vermilion color. Such a breed on the
lawn makes one of the prettiest sights we have ever seen, and in quality
of the flesh they have no superiors.

Game Bantams.

These are small varieties of the more common large breeds. Alert,
courageous little fellows, some of them not larger than good sized
pigeons, but fully capable of driving any ordinary barn-yard fowl, how-
ever large it may be. . The more prominent of these are the Black
Breasted red game bantams. As pets they are most attractive and may
be kept with any of the large breeds without danger of intermixing as to
the hen bantams.

Other Bantams.

The most highly prized of the fancy bantams are the golden and silver
spangled Sebright bantams. ‘There are also bantams of the white and
“black races of smooth-legged fowls, as there also are of the Asiaties.

Sebright Bantams.

« &e
There are two varieties of these, the golden

penciled and the silver penciled, identical in shape
and markings except the color. Both varieties
are remarkably beautiful: pert, lively, vigorous,

wees

CO

mF

and when small and well -bred, among the nicest
pets of the farm-yard. The plumage of the Silver
bantam is of a silver-white color with a jet black
margin. The Golden variety is identical except
that the ground color of the plumage is golden.
The legs are smooth, the heads are clean, the comb
double and pointed at the back, and the tail straight
and without the long sickle feathers. Whether SEBIIGHT BANTAM.
they be golden or silver spangled, the value of the

birds consists in the delicacy and pencilings of the markings. The cocks

v7)

856 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

should not weigh over twenty ounces at most: the hen not more than
sixteen. Hens have been shown weighing not more than twelve ounces.
A peculiarity of this variety is, that occasionally an old ora barren

BARREN, FULL FEATHERED.

female will assume the plumage of the cock. When we remember that -
the males of this breed are what are called hen-tailed, the remarkable re-
version, as shown in the cut, of a hen, will be interesting to the scientist
and curious to all. ‘

Japanese Bantams.

Among the most curious of the bantam tribe are the Japanese bantams.
In this rare breed, the body must be as pure white as possible, the tail
black, the sickles very long, upright, little curved, but carried over the
back as shown in the cut. The shafts of the sickle feathers white ; the
comb large, upright, not too strongly serrated; wattles long and red ;
legs very short and yellow. The body of the wings should be white,
with black flight feathers. The hen should be fan tailed, and the comb
crinkled. They are quiet, easily domesticated. The hens are good lay-
ers and good nurses. The chickens are tender, and for this reason should
not be hatched before the weather is warm. In fact as small size in ban-

POULTRY, DIFFERENT VARIETIES. 857

tams is an essential point, the best chickens are fall-hatched and kept
through the Winter with only feed sufficient to continue them growing
fairly and to keep them in good health.

JAPANESE BANTAM COCK. JAPANESE BANTAM PULLET.

CHAPTER III.

BREEDING.

THE PLUMAGE.——IDEAL SHAPE.—-BREEDING TO TYPE.——DISPARITY IN SEXES.
MATING. BREEDING GRADES.

In the breeding of poultry it is absolutely necessary that the breeder
have a good and clear idea of the points of fowls. For this reason we
give a series of illustrations showing the entire fowl, and also others
accurately figured and explained, so no reader can err. It is absolutely
necessary to a correct understanding of any business or profession that
a correct knowledge of the technicalities connected therewith be had.
The poultry breeder must not only understand how to feed and rear
chickens but he must have a nice discrimination as to plumage, the chief
characteristics of the several breeds of fowls, and their peculiarities of
constitutional vigor, style, carriage, ete., but he must also understand
something of the anatomy of the fowl, their points, and also those relating
to outward parts, and the technical terms used in describing the several
parts. In addition to what follows we have prepared a pretty complete
glossary which will be found at the end of the chapters, so that any person
may easily inform himself as to the several terms used by the fanciers
and breeders. The technical terms used by poultry fanciers, in deserib-
ing the points of a fowl, are not always understood by the uninitiated.

POULTRY, BREEDING. 859

For the benefit of such we give an illustration, with lettered references,
which will supply the necessary information on the subject

POINTS OF POULTRY.

Explanation—4A—Neck hackle. B—Saddle hackle. C—Tail. D—Breast.
H—Upper Wing coverts. #—Lower Wine coverts. G—Primary quills. H—
Thighs. J—Legs. A—Comb. Z—Wattles. M—Kar lobe.

POINTS OF THE HEAD OF COCK.

Explanation.—1—The comb, which surmounts the skull. 2—The wattles,

which hang underneath and on each side of the beak. 3—The ear wattles,
Bs)

$60 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

which hang under the cheek. 4—The tufts of little feathers, which cover and
protect the auditory organ, 5—The cheeks, which commence at the beginning
near the nostrils, cover all the face and re-unite behind the head by a continua-
tion of the flesh of the same nature, but covered with feathers. 6—The nostrils,
which are at the beginning of the beak. 7—The beak, of which the two parts,
the upper and lower mandible, are horny.

The head of the cock, as of the hen, is composed of two principal
parts: Ist, the skull is a firm union of bones, which include the upper
part, or mandible, of the beak; 2nd, the lower part or mandible of the
beak, being the lower jaw-bone, formed by a single piece. In the skull
are the sockets or cavities which contain the eye ; the nostrils are in front
of the eye; the auditory organ, or ear, is behind the eye. The head, ex-
cepting the beak, is entirely covered by a fleshy covering, round which
may be seen several appendages or caruncles, which are the crest, the two
sar-lobes, and the two ear-wattles. This covering forms the cheeks, the
color, the size ; the form of each of these parts is varied according to the
variety, and often serves to characterize each. <A tuft of short feathers
called ‘‘the tuft’’ covers the auditory organ.

ANALYSIS OF WING PLUMAGE (See following Page)

The comb is straight or drooping; it is single when it is composed
of only one piece, double when there are two alike united or near together,
it is triple when it is formed of two alike and one in the middle; it is
frizzled when full of granulations more or less deep,and erect excrescences,
it is a crown when it is circular, hollow, and indented ; it is goblet shaped

POULTRY, BREEDING. S61

when hollow, vascular, and not indented. There are other forms but
they are composed of parts or unions of those particularized.

The Plumage.

With the hen there may be three kinds of feathers distinguished: 1.
The large feathers on the wings for flying, and on the rump to form the
tail; 2. the middle-sized feathers which cover the large feathers, and are

Nt 7D

POINTS OF THE FOWL.

also found on the wing and rump; 3. the neck, the back, the sides, the
throat, the shoulders, and a part of the wings. They are always in layers
compactly covering those beneath them like tiles. We shall designate
them by the name of the places they occupy, and refer to the engravings
to render them easy to recognize :

Explanation—A—The upper feathers of the head are very small in those fowls not
tufted. They surround the skull.

862 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

B—The underneath feathers of the head are almost like bristles. They cover the cheeks
in the space which separates on the wattles.

C—The upper feathers of those at the back of the neck are short, and lengthening lower
down, forming what is called the hackle. They become longer between the shoulders
when they cover the beginning of those on the back and the commencement of the wings.

D—The feathers of the back, forming a layer about 10. These feathers are of the same
nature as those of the neck, but alittle larger, and form the saddle.

F—The feathers of the breast cover the entire length of the two breast muscles, extend-
ing beyond the breast-bone at each side and uniting at its end. The whole forms what is
termed the breast. ‘Lhese feathers, with the feathers of the loins, overlap those of
the sides.

CU atc

SHOWING POINTS.

G—The feathers on the sides cover the loins, taking in the back as far as the ramp,
which they go beyond and cover the lower part of the feathers of the tail. They also cover
the commencement ot the feathers of the flanks, thighs and abdomen.

H—The feathers of the flanks are light and fluffy. They cover the upper part of the
thigh feathers and slip under those of the breast.

I—The feathers of the abdomen cover and envelope all this part from the end of the
breast to the rump. These feathers are generally fluffy, of a silky nature and spread out
in a tuft.

J—The outside feathers of the thigh cover those of the abdomen and leg,

POULTRY, BREEDING. 863

L—The outside and inside feathers of the leg stop at the heel, or in some varieties they
proceed lower and form what are called ruffles or vultured hocks.

M—tThe feathers of the feet or sole are long, short, or entirely absent, in the different
varieties. These feathers are along the shank in either one or several rows. They are
always on the outside part.

N—The feathers ot the toes appear on the outsides.

O—The middle tail feathers envelope the rump and cover the bases of the large feathers
of the tail.

P—The larger tail feathers are in a regular line of seven on each side of the rump, and
form the tail.

Q—The outside feathers of the shoulders cover a part of the other feathers of the wing.
They form the shoulder.

R—The inside feathers of the shoulders are small, thin, and slender.

S—The larger feathers of the pinion form, where the wing is opened,a large, arched sur-
face, and are of different sizes. ‘hese feathers grow out of the under side of the pinion.

T—The small outside feathers of the pinion are of different sizes. They come on all the
outside surfaces from the shoulder to the pinion. They begin quite small on the outside
edge, and finish a medium size on the inside edge.

U—The inside feathers of the pinion are close, middle-sized, and small, covering the
bases of the large feathers of the pinion.

V—TVhe large flight feathers, or feathers of the hand, are large and strong, and are of
most use to the bird in locomotion. They begin at the under edge of that which is called
the top of the wing.

X—Yhe outside flight-feathers cover the large ones; they are stiff and well flattened on
the others.

7—The inside flight-feathers are, some small and others medium-sized ; cover the bases
of the flight-feathers.

Z—An appendix called the pommel of the wing, which represents the fingered part. It
is at the joint of the pinion and has some middle-sized feathers of the same description as
the large pinion feathers, and have some small ones to cever them. These feathers assist
in the flight,

When the whole wing is folded, almost all the feathers are hidden by
the larger feathers of the pinion and middle external feathers. Classifi-
cation of the feathers of the cock are the same as those of the hen, but
the forms of some of them are different.

Ideal Shape.

The cut on next page will serve to show the contour of the fowl, the
Dorking being the one selected on account of its compact body ; and the
nearer the fowl comes to the ideal the more profitable it will be. Neverthe-
less it must be remembered that each breed has its peculiar characteristics
and that some one point must often be sacrificed in favor of another.

Breeding to Type.

In the breeding of poultry, as well as farm animals, there should be
no violent crosses made. In fact, none but the thoroughly scientific
breeder, who has given his life study to the task, should undertake

S64 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

crossing with a view to forming a new breed. It will not pay. The
general breeder should get the best representatives of the breed he pro-

BREEDING TO PYPEK,

poses to use and confine himself to it. No more than one breed should
he allowed on the farm. Lf so it will end in intermixing and confusion.
No more should be attempted than by careful breeding and selection to
perpetuate the strain in its purity, and if possible to improve it. A
careful study of the foregoing will render this possible, and thus any
farmer may breed a given strain equal to the best.

The cock should be large, broad breasted, strong winged, muscular,
easy on his lees, and of strong points in his plumage ; the hen from good
laying stock or a good mother as the case may be.

Disparity in Sexes.

As to the number of hens to the cock it will vary with the breeds. With
Games, Dorkings, Houdans and Creve Cours they may be eight or ten
to one; Spanish, Cochins and Brahmas, ten or twelve to one ; Hamburgs
twelve or fourteen to one, Tf the flock is large enough so two or more
cocks ave kept all but one had better be confined, giving them in succes-
sion to the flock, and it is better in large flocks to have a reserve to use
when necessary. By this plan much fighting over and unnecessary worry
of the hens will be saved. Tf too many males are allowed to run there
will be a loss in eges, and if too few they will be deficient in fertility,
this being one of the greatest drawbacks to this system, So, as between
the two, always buy eggs for setting from breeders who give their flocks

POULTRY, BREEDING. 865

a good range, and are careful that the hens have neither too few nor too

many males.
Mating.

Always mate a short, compact, deep-bodied male, with long-backed
hens, but not the reverse, and as a rule, for the best results the hen
should be over one year old when she sets. From that to four years she
will do the best. Do not be afraid of breeding in-and-in. Unless carried
too far it will result in better success than out crosses. So in breeding
to color let all self colors be as solid as possible, and in parti-colored
breeds study their characteristics, and breed as near to a feather as
possible. Avoid vulture hocks in all poultry, and especially so in the
Asiatic breeds. In breeding Brahmas and colored Cochins have plenty
of color in the males, as the tendency is to get lighter. Yet in this dis-
crimination must be used. If the saddle is very heavily striped, or the
neck hackle very dark, the chicks will be apt to run to spots. Yet as a
rule heavily-penciled males must be used to get heavily-penciled cock
chickens. So very dark hackled cocks and hens with the hackles lightly
penciled will produce chickens with delicately penciled hackles.

Breeding Grades.

If you cannot get fowls pure get a well bred cock and keep with a few
of your select hens. Breed him again to his chicks, so long as he lasts ;
thus by the exercise of judgment you may have very superior poultry in
a short time. A better way, however, is to get a setting of pure eggs
and commence right at once. They cost comparatively little, are easily
sent by express, and will soon repay their cost.

CHAPTER IV.

MANAGEMENT OF FOWLS.

GOING INTO BUSINESS. ——- VILLAGE YARDS. THE POULTRY HOUSE. PROPER
FOOD FOR FOWLS. BEST BREEDS FOR MARKET. EGG PRODUCERS,——
HOW 10 FATTEN. ———- HOW TO KILL AND DRESS FOWLS. ——— PACKING FOR
MARKET.

Going Into Business.

Before going into the business of raising poultry be sure and have com-
fortable quarters for the fowls. These need not be expensive structures,
poles and hay will make a warm, comfortable roosting and nesting place,
until something better can be provided. Be sure that plenty of dry dust
for bathing is supplied at all times. It is the great remedy against lice,
to which fowls are especially liable. This with plenty of sun, plenty of
pure water, and liberal feeding, will insure success both in eggs and
chickens. Do not over crowd the house. See that everything is kept
scrupulously neat and clean. If you build a permanent house, know that
there is to be plenty of ventilation; all birds require a large amount of
fresh air. Plenty of heat, pienty of food and water, and plenty of fresh
air are what give plenty of fresh eggs in Winter, when they are scarce
and high. In the Summer let the fowls range over the farm as much as
they will, they will thus be paying for their keep in destroying insects,
and keeping themselves healthy; we are writing for farmers, and not
fanciers. In villages the case will be different; there, fowls must be
kept shut up a great part of the time.

POULTRY, MANAGEMENT. 867

Here, some tact must be used. If the fowls must be kept up during
the day, let them out for a run, an hour before sundown, in the street
or alley; they will come back all right at feeding time. What you lack
in range, you must make up in care and attention to the wants of the
fowls, and in the economy of the hen house, and the little range of grass
which they may have. Green food of some kind must be given. Cabbage,
lettuce or onion tops, chopped, are all good. Animal food must also be
provided ; any rough meat will do if chopped. One of the mistakes often
made is feeding too much at a time. Give them their food so they may
take it at will, if it can be kept clean, or throw down food to them liber-
ally, so long as they eat eagerly, and, make them eat pretty clean.

The Poultry House.

The poultry house should face the South on one of its broad sides, and
the more glass you have in this, the better. One portion should be half
dark for the nests, and, for setting hens, this should be large enough so
a dust bath may be supplied also. The roosting place may be in one end,
and should not be more than two feet from the floor, especially if the
breed be heavy. The perches should be all on a level, and pretty large.
A two by four scantling nicely rounded and set on edge, is not too large
for the heavy birds. Keep everything about the house scrupulously
clean. Whitewash at least once a month with lime and if lice make their
appearance, fumigate the house, and sprinkle Scotch snuff among the
feathers of the fowls. Follow this up until the lice are exterminated.

Proper Food for Fowls.

Never give fowls sloppy food. When mixed feed is given, it should
be made as stiff as possible. Never feed in a trough, it cannot be kept
clean. Have the dough so stiff that, as it falls from the hand it will
break, and so, feed on clean ground. Indian meal and small potatoes
cooked together and fed pretty hot in Winter, with a little chopped onion
intermixed, makes a good food. Have broken bones, lime rubbish and
gravel always where fowls can get it, and in Winter a sheep’s pluck hung
where the hens can just reach it, by jumping up to pick it piecemeal, will
keep the fowls in good laying trim. Chandler’s cake is good, if other
meat cannot be had. This may be broken fine and mixed with one of
their daily feeds. Be careful, however, that you do not overfeed with
meat. If so, it will show in loss of feathers and general ill health.

Best Breeds for Market.

We do not believe there are any better market fowls, all things con-
sidered, than the Brahmas and Cochins. The Dorkings are undoubtedly
the most superior table fowls; they are also tender and harder to rear.

868 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

As a cross for early plump table breeds, a Dorking cock crossed on
Brahma or Cochin hens will give fast growing, plump chickens of early
maturity. In this, however, fancy has much to do.

The Asiatics are not great layers, but by using judgment, fully as
many eggs can be got from either Brahmas or Cochins in Winter as from
any other breed, and Winter eggs are what bring money. Give them
warm and roomy quarters, with plenty of range for exercise, with liberal
feeding, including green vegetables, and they will bring you money
in eggs. ‘

Egg Producers.

The Poland, the Leghorn and the Houdan are inveterate layers, and
their eggs are good. The Hamburgs are good layers, but like the black
Spanish, tender, and more fit for the amateur than the practical man.
For eggs, there is little doubt that the Polands should carry the palm.
For young chickens for market, Brahmas and Cochins, and for home
table use, the Dorkings are best. Why, then, asks the reader, have you
described so many fowls? The answer is, so that the table being well
filled, you may take your choice of breeds.

How to Fatten.

When ready to fatten, poultry should be always confined in a small
space ; the smaller the better. Two weeks should make them fat. If
kept after they are fat, or when they cease to increase, they again imme-
diately lose flesh. The best food in the West is corn-meal, boiled into a
very thick mush, and then made as thick as possible, while scalding hot,
by mixing in all the meal that can be worked. The fowls may be kept
in well-ventilated coops, feeding them three times a day with the feed
warm, and allowing them plenty of water and gravel all the time, except
for the last week, when the gravel may be omitted. The coops must of
course be kept clean, and should be small enough so the fowls cannot
turn around; should be littered with clean straw, and never allowed to
get foul. If, instead of water, their drink is skimmed milk, they will
become extra fat.

How to Kill and Dress Fowls.

Never kill your fowls until they have fasted twenty-four hours. No
man ever made any money by selling his fowls with their crops stuffed to
make them weigh. The petty fraud is too apparent. To kill and dress,
tie their legs together, hang the fowl up, open the beak and pass a sharp
pointed, narrow bladed knife into the mouth and up into the roof, divid-
ing the membrane. Death will be instant. Immediately cut the throat
by dividing the arteries of the neck and the bird will bleed thoroughly.

POULTRY, MANAGEMENT. 869

We never scald; the nicest way is to pick the fowl dry and while yet
warm. A little care will prevent tearing the flesh, and the bird will
bring enough extra in the market to make it pay. Most persons, how-
ever, will prefer to scald, and for home consumption, or the village
market this will do.

Have the water just scalding hot—not boiling—190 degrees is just
right. Immerse the fowl, holding it by the legs, taking it out and in,
until the feathers slip easily. Persons become very expert at this, the
feathers coming away by brushing them with the hand, apparently. At
all events, they must be picked clean. Hang turkeys and chickens by
the feet, and ducks and geese by the head, to cool. It should be unnec-
essary to say that under no circumstances whatever, should ducks and
geese be scalded; they must invariably be picked dry. Take off the
heads of chickens as soon as picked, tie the skin neatly over the stump,
draw out the insides carefully, and hang up to cool. Never sell fowls
undrawn. ‘They will bring enough more drawn and nicely packed, with
the heart, gizzard and liver placed inside each fowl, to pay for the
trouble. Let them get thoroughly cool—as cold as possible—but never,
under any circumstances, frozen. There is always money in properly
prepared poultry ; the money is lost in half fitting them for market, the
fowls often being forwarded in a most disgusting state. There is money
in the production of eggs; there is money in raising poultry for the
market. The money is lost in improper packing and in a foolish attempt
occasionally made to make the buyer pay for a crop full of musty corn,
at the price of first-class meat. It is that class of men, however, who
are too smart ever to make money at anything.

Packing for Market.

The poultry, having been killed as directed, carefully picked, the
heads cut off, and the skin drawn over the stump and neatly tied—or if
preferred, leave the head on, the fowl will not bring less for it—and the
birds chilled down to as near the freezing point as possible, provide clean
boxes and place a layer of clean hay or straw quite free from dust, in the
bottom. Pick up a fowl, bend the head under and to one side of the
breast bone, and lay it down flat on its breast, back up, the legs extend-
ing straight out behind. The first fowl to be laid in the left hand corner.
So placed, lay a row across the box to the right, and pack close row by
row, until only one row is left, then reverse the heads, laying them next
the other end of the box, the feet under the previous row of heads. If
there is a space left between the two last rows, put in what birds will fit
sideways. If not, pack in clean long straw, and also pack in straw at the
sides and between the birds, so they cannot move. Pack straw enough

870 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

over one layer of fowls, so that the others cannot touch, and so proceed
until the box is full. Fill the box full. There must never be any shak-
ing, or else the birds will become bruised, and loss will ensue. Many
packers of extra poultry place paper over and under each layer before
filling in the straw. There is no doubt but that it pays. Nail the box
tight ; mark the initials of the packer, the number of fowls and variety,
and mark plainly the full name of the person or firm to whom it is con-
signed, with street and number on the box. Thus the receiver will know
at a glance what the box contains, and does not have to unpack to find
out. These directions, if carefully carried out, might save a person
many times the cost of this book, every year.

FOUNTAIN FOR POULTRY.

Turkeys, Other Fowls, Breeds and Management.

CHAPTER V.

THE HOME OF THE TURKEY.

VARIETIES OF THE DOMESTIC TURKEY. 1. THE COMMON TURKEY.
LISH TURKEY. —— Ill. THE HONDURAS TURKEY.
KEY. V. GUINEA FOWL

ll. ENG-
IV. BRONZED-BLACK TUR-

Vl. THE PEACOCK.

Although it is only about three hundred years since the turkey—from
any well authenticated accounts—was brought under domestication, we
already see them broken up into several distinct breeds, although there
are but two wild varieties, the brown turkey of North America, and the
Honduras turkey of Central America; a cut of the latter being shown
on following page, and of the former the introduction to poultry in
general, illustrate these varieties.

There is, however, one fact peculiar to the turkey as with pheasants.
It still retains and persistently holds many of its wild traits. It is shy,
intractable, does not care for home, and like the pea fowl and guinea
fowl, is much inclined to wander. When full grown, and indeed after
becoming full fledged, they are the hardiest of domestic fowls ; in fact,
as hardy as any of our Winter species of wild breeds; yet when young,
they are the most delicate, tender and easily chilled. For this reason
they should never be hatched until the weather, both nights and days, is
warm; and for the reason that the hen turkey is so careless of her

S72 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

young, and so poor a provider, we have always raised them under care-
ful hens, giving a large hen seven eggs and aiming to have two broods
come off at once, giving both broods to one nurse

The eggs require from thirty to thir-
ty-two days to hatch, and for the
first four weeks the young chicks
should be carefully watched. They
will neither stand the hot sun, heavy
rains, nor much dew, and they must
be kept warm. Hard boiled eggs
rubbed up with oatmeal or cornmeal
is a good food for the first two weeks.
After which, light wheat and cracked
corn may form the staple. About
the time they acquire the red head,
which is at about six weeks of age,
which next to the third day is the
most critical period of their life, they
should have nutritious food, and, if a
little bruised hemp seed is added, so
much the better. In feeding give but
a little at a time and often, and that
out of the reach of the hen or other
fowls. Young onion tops, chopped very fine and well mixed with the
food is excellent. Curds of sour milk are eagerly eaten, but should not

WILD TURKEY.

be given as a constant food. Pure cold water must always be at hand
asa drink, but occasionally, say once a day, skim milk may be given.
Where cornmeal is the basis of the food, it should always be cooked into
a hard inush before being fed.

Varieties of the Domestic Turkey.

These are the bronze, the English (so-called) turkey, the white, the
buff, and the crested turkey. The latter is extremely rare, having been
supposed to have originated in Kurope, in the early part of the last cen-
tury, then entirely lost, and again said to have been recovered, curiously
enough, from Africa.

Temminck, in a work relating to pigeons and fowls, printed in Amster-
dam in 18138, mentions them as follows: The crested turkey is only a
variety or sport of nature in this species, differing only in the possession
of a feathered crest, which is sometimes white, sometimes black. These
crested turkeys are very rare. Mademoiselle Backer, in her magnificent
menagerie near the Hague, had a breed of crested turkeys of a beautiful
Isabelle yellow, inclining to chestnut ; all had full crests of pure white.

POULTRY, TURKEYS. 873

Lieutenant Byam deseribed crested wild turkeys as having been seen
by him in Mexico, but it is supposed he must have mistaken curassows
for wild turkeys, since no others have been able to find them, and the
curassow is thoroughly domesticated there. The white and buff turkeys
are simply varieties in color from the common forms, which have in some
instances been perpetuated by careful breeding and selection. So also
there are copper-colored, fawn-colored, party-colored, and also gray
turkeys. These can hardly be considered worthy of breeding except in

an amateur way for amusement.

a EN

~~

COMMON TURKEYS.

I. The Common Turkey.

These are pure white and black mixed, with the peculiar wattle and
head of the wild turkey. They are of medium size, less given to wan-
dering than some of the breeds, and will weigh dressed, if fat, at seven
or eight months old, from ten to twelve pounds, and at full maturity
sixteen pounds.

Il. English Turkey.

This is simply a modification of our common turkey, which by careful
breeding has been made uniform and of an increased size. Of these the
Norfolk turkey is black, with a few white spots on the wings. The breed
most valued in Cambridgeshire is a brenze-gray, and longer legged than

the Norfolk variety.

874. ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

III. The Honduras Turkey.

The Honduras or Ocellated turkey is one of the most elegant of the
tribe, and is found all over Central America. It breeds freely with our
domestic variety and the progeny is quite fertile. The ground color of
the plumage is a beautiful bronzed-green, banded with gold-bronze and
shiny black, and lower down the back with deep blue and red. Upon

OCELATED TURKEY HEN

the tail these bands are so well defined and sharp, that they become
ocellated or eyed, and hence the name. Unfortunately their southern
origin makes them too tender for the North, but in the South there
should be little difficulty in breeding them. The Mexican turkey differs

ye
POULTRY, TURKEYS 875

but little from the foregoing. There is more white in the tail feathers
and tail coverts, and like the Honduras turkey, it breeds freely with our
wild or domestic turkey.

“SAAMUOAL AZNOIU

IV. Bronzed-black Turkey.

This is the largest as it is the best of the domestic turkeys, and was
undoubtedly produced by a cross of the wild male upon our common
turkey, impressed and fixed by careful breeding and selection, until they
will weigh with the best specimens of the wild breed, sometimes attaining
a weight of over forty pounds each. The general average, however, is
about thirty pounds for mature, well fattened birds, while hens will go

56

876 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

from twenty to twenty-five pounds each. It is the largest as it is the
most magnificent in plumage of the domesticated varieties, and as hardy
as it is beautiful.

In the cock the face, ear-lobes, wattles and jaws are deep rich red, the
wattles warted and sometimes edged white, the bill curved, strong, of a
light horn color at the tip and dark at the. base. The neck, breast and
back black, shaded with bronze, which in the sunlight glistens golden,
each feather ending in a narrow glossy black band extending clear across.
The under part of the body is similarly marked, but more subdued. The
wing-bow is black, showing a brilliant greenish or brown lustre, the
flight-feathers black, barred across with white or gray, even and regular ;
the wing-coverts rich bronze, the end of each feather terminating in a
wide black band, giving the wings when folded a broad bronze band
across each ; tail black, each feather irregularly penciled with a narrow
brown band, and ending in a grayish-bronze band. Fluff abundant and
soft ; legs long, strong, dark or nearly black. The hen is similarly col-
ored, but more subdued.

GUINEA FOWL.

V. Guinea Fowl.

The Guinea fowl is quite widely disseminated, being found in its
domesticated or rather half-domesticated state all over Europe and
America; yet can hardly be called common. The reason is they are
shy and rather inclined to pair as in the case of other wild birds. In
domestication one male may be allowed to about six females. They are
grouped by some naturalists into a considerable number of varieties, but
since the so-called species are all quite fertile together, the distinc-
tion is probably merely fanciful. They are found wild in the Cape Verd
Islands and in Jamaica, having undoubtedly been carried thence.

The hen will lay about sixty or seventy eggs in a year, though they
sometimes reach one hundred. The Pearl guinea’ fowl is the variety

POULTRY, THE PEACOCK. 877

most usually met with in domestication, the spots being small and white
on a purplish-gray ground. Rarely these colors are found reversed. So
blue and dun colored birds with but few and even no spots are sometimes
seen. There is also a pure white variety, exceedingly rare. The sexes
are difficult to distinguish, the colors being so nearly alike. The cock
has more wattle, is often more mincing in his gait, as though walking on
his toes, and more pugnacious. In fact, their quarrelsome nature and
habit of straying has perhaps as much as anything else, prevented their
becoming more common.

PEACOCK,

VI The Peacock.

This magnificent bird, as useless as it is beautiful for its tail
feathers, and a rarity in the barn-yard, is as hardy as a turkey at
maturity, and the young are not difficult to rear. The hen is very secret
in stealing her nest in some out-of-the-way place where the male bird
may not find it, since, if so, he is pretty sure to destroy the eggs. They
do not commence laying until pretty late in the season, and keep their
brood out of view until cold weather drives them home for food. The
male is much given to wandering, often roaming for miles about the
country, his strong pinions and immense tail enabling him to fly long
distances.

Water Fowl.

CHAPTER YI,

DUCKS,
I, ROUEN DUCKS,-=Il, AYLESBURY DUCKS, Il, CALL DUCKS, m=" IV. CAYUGA
WLACK DUCKS V. GRAY DUCKS -=—= VI, BLACK KAST INDIA DUCKS, ——

SUMMARY

Ducks and geese are becoming more and more fancied from year to
you on the farm, as they should properly be, ‘Phe reason why they
have not been more extensively raised than they have, is from the erro-
heous Opinion that a pond or lake is essential to them. They should
have a pool of water to wash ins this produced, it is all that is necessary
so far as water is concerned ; in fact, without water they are more domes-
ticated and less inclined to vamble, All the principal farm breeds of
ducks are probably descended from the nas boschas, or wild Mallard.
Like the wild goose, it is not difficult to domesticate wild ducks, All
that is necessary is to get the eges and rear them under a hen, the eges
hatching in twenty-eight days. There is no farm bird that is a more
inveterate insect hunter or more agile than a young duck, one specimen
tuking fully double per day what chickens will, Hence their value to
the farmer, and especially the gardener, is very considerable in addition
to their 6bee and flesh producing qualities. ‘They should be raised more
extensively than they are, and on every farm,

I. Rouon Ducks.

Whatever may have been the origin of the nume, Rouen, from a town
in France, celebrated for its ducks, or roan, from its color, this variety
is simply a wild Mallard, improved and enlarged by selection and care in

POULTRY, WATER FOWL, 79)
breeding. The markings as found in the wild variety will very perfectly
describe the tame. Good specimens will dress six pounds each, and over ;
occasionally specimens will weigh nearly eleven pounds, alive. Their

{

iW mM i Hh Wy

SNOAd NFAY

|
|

| 11

] ii] | |
ie ll yi |

” { i Mt
7 pun Tmt |
AANLDITIN nee" nv

flesh is abundant and of the very best flavor. They scarcely wander at
all. In fact, they are so lazy and disinclined to exercise, that if abund-

880 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

antly fed they soon become so fat that their abdomens trail on the
ground. From their inactivity they are the most easily stolen of any
variety. The eggs are laid in great numbers, of a blue-green color, with
thick shells, and should average in weight about three and a half ounces.

AYLESBURY AND ROUEN DUCKS COMPARED.

It. Aylesbury Ducks.
The Aylesbury duck is without doubt the most valuable of the English
breeds, and fully as well appreciated in this country as in England. They
hardly reach so great weight as the last mentioned variety, eighteen

POULTRY, WATER FOWL. 881

pounds the pair being about the outside figure. They are prolific layers,
the eggs of a pure white color, thinner in the shell than those of the
Rouen. The ducks are excellent mothers because less unwieldy than
the Rouens.

In buying ducks for breeding purposes, and especially the Aylesbury,
avoid those that are down behind, from undue stretching of the abdom-
inal muscles; such birds are always sterile, both as to the ducks and
drakes.

GRAY CALL DUCKS.

III. Call Ducks.

There are two varieties of small
ducks that have the same relation to
the large variety, as Bantams have to
Barn-yard fowls. One is the Gray
Call, the other the White Call duck.
The first is an.exact counterpart of
the Rouen in every respect, even to
the legs, feet and bill; the other be-
ing in color like the Aylesbury, but
differing in the bill, which is a clear
yellow, while the Aylesbury is flesh-
colored. As fanciful things on a piece
of water, they are very pretty, as to
either variety. The colored variety ips oa tea

is much used as decoy ducks for the wild species, being remarkable for
their loud, shrill and continuous quacking note. Hence their name.

882 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

IV. Cayuga Black Ducks.

These are the finest of the American breeds, as they are the largest,
most valuable and handsomest of the duck tribe. The plumage is a rich
metallic black, with lustrous reflections on the head, neck and wings.
The bill is blue-black, with a jet black splash in the middle of it.

CAYUGA BLACK DUCKS

, fo

mY?
ill

WA UUIM

They have long, straight necks, long, straight head and beak, and in
size they are fully equal to the Rouen, often weighing ten pounds each.
The flesh is gamy in flavor, and to our taste fully equal to any of the
wild species, except the Canvas-back, Widgeon and Teal. They are pro-
lific in eggs, are quiet, mature at an early age, and excepting possibly the.
Rouen, are the most valuable of all domesticated ducks.

POULTRY, WATER FOWL. 883

V. Fancy Ducks.

Among the most ornamental of the duck tribes are the Mandarin and
the Carolina ducks, both unsurpassed for brilliance of plumage and
variety of coloring. The Mandarins are a Chinese variety, and the Car-
olinas the wild wood duck of the United States, domesticated and
improved by careful breeding.

The Muscovy duck is a large breed, and thought to be valuable on this
account by some. They are only mentioned here on this account, since
their strong flavor of musk should keep them from the tables of all who
appreciate fine flavor.

BLACK EAST INDIA DUCK.

VI. Black Hast India Duck.

The Black East India duck which has appeared from time to time un-
der various foreign names, as Labrador, Buenos Ayrean, and later as
Black Brazilians, have little if anything to recommend them in comparison
with better and larger breeds. They are undoubtedly a sport of the
Mallard, and certainly are among the most beautiful of the small breeds,
and are so hardy, and give so little trouble that it accounts probably for
their many admirers.

Summary.

Ducks are valuable both for their feathers and flesh, for their aptitude
in foraging for themselves, and especially for the great insect eating pro-
pensities of the young, they should be raised on every farm. Wild ducks

884 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

are so numerous in the West that this is probably a reason why they are
not more extensively bred there. But wild ducks are in the market for
only a comparatively short time in the Spring and Fall, and at all other

oe i
VW ir

4 | TN
ii Al

CAYUGA DUCKS.

PANN

Wash

\
Nn
il

cool seasons ducks may be sold, and are not to be despised on the tables
of the farmers.

When flesh is the principal object, and handsome ornamental qualities
desired, the Rouen and especially the Black Cayuga will give satisfaction.
If white feathers are desired the Aylesbury will be the best variety. As

POULTRY, WATER FOWL. 885

to the rearing it is extremely simple, they are little liable to disease, and
well able to take care of themselves ; they must, however, have plenty of
water to drink, and a pool to wash and swim in. These being furnished,
if hatched under hens, they will give little trouble and fully repay the
labor bestowed on them. Their period of incubation is thirty days.

AYLESBUKY DKAKK,

Water Fowl

CHAPTER VII.

GEESE.
I, EMBDEN OR BREMEN GEESE, —— II, TOULOUSE GEESE.— III. HONG KONG GEESE. ——
IV. WHITE CHINESE GEESE. ——V. THE AFRICAN GEESE. —— VI. CANADA WILD GEESE,

---MANAGEMENT OF GEESE.

Geese, like the guinea fowl are noisy creatures, and these two birds are
nine times out of ten better ‘*watch dogs’? than the average cur. The
former on the ground, and the latter perched high ina tree, see the
smallest object and hear the slightest sound, and giving the alarm the
noble watch dog wakes up, barks and gets the credit. There are only a
few varieties which we shall notice, but these constitute about all that are
valuable of those fowls that ‘tsaved Rome.”’

I. Embden, or Bremen Geese.

These, the most valuable to our mind of the whole tribe, taken for
large size, pure white feathers, and aptitude to fatten, are worthy a place
on any farm. They are spotless white in color throughout both male and
female, full, and erect in carriage, the legs deep orange in color, and the
bill dark flesh color, the eyes bright blue. The eggs are white, large, and
with rough thick shells. This breed attains enormous weights, often go-
ing over thirty pounds, when mature, and the goose over thirty-five
pounds. For breeding purposes twenty pounds will be a full weight for

the ganders.

POULTRY, WATER FOWL. 887

II. Toulouse Geese.
Next in order of practical merit, to our mind, is the Toulouse; these
are called after the city of that name in France. They are most compact
in body, not so tall as the Bremen, but will often outweigh them. In

in

We

“aSadaD NAGEANA

color they are light gray as to their bodies and breasts, the neck dark
gray, getting gradually darker until it approaches the back, the wings are
of the color of the neck, shaded off lighter as it approaches the belly and
at length becoming white ; the legs and feet are a deep reddish orange,

588 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

the bill the same, toned somewhat with brown. Both the Embden
and Toulouse may be easily raised under hens, by regularly sprinkling the

HMMM i vtier
i Ai(h

vA
=f}
Tm

TOULOUSE GEESE,

eggs with blood-warm water, to keep the shells from becoming hard and
thus imprisoning the young. This, with even a tub of water set in the
ground, and good feeding, will insure success in geese raising.

III. Hong Kong Geese.

The China Hong Kong, or Knobbed goose, so named from the protu-
berances at the base of the bill, really possesses some of the characteristics
of the swan as it does of geese. It is also in size, between a medium
sized goose and swan, is highly ornamental in the water, hardy, the most
prolific of any in eggs, and the quality of the flesh is superior. It has a
harsh, discordant ery, and if allowed full liberty will steal away at night,
if water for swimming in be near, or it can find it. This nocturnal habit,
however, can be prevented by shutting up at night in a place safe from.

POULTRY, WATER FOWL. . 889

foxes or owls, which should be practiced with all geese and ducks. Hong
Kong geese vary much in color ; they all have the same characteristic pro-
tuberances at the bill, and also a distinct stripe down the back of the
neck. They should have a dewlap, or feathered wattle under the throat,
the bills and legs should be of an orange color, and the protuberances at

“HSHa9 DNOM DNOH

;

: i
Mil

the base of the upper bill, dark, in fact almost black, the most usual color
is grayish brown on the back and upper parts, changing to white or
whitish gray under the abdomen, the neck and breast yellowish gray, with
a distinguishing stripe of dark brown running down the entire back of the
neck, from the head to the body.

890 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

IV. White Chinese Geese.

The White Chinese geese are of immense size, pure spotless white
throughout ; the legs bright orange colored, bill the same color and with
a large orange colored knob at its base. It is more swan-like than the

\

WHITE CHINA GEESE.

Hong Kong, of which it is perhaps a variety, and either in or out of the
water is a most pleasing object. When swimming, its long, slender neck
is gracefully arched, and whether for ornament or use, it is certainly a val-
uable breed. It is certainly as prolific as its colored relation, laying a large

number of rather small eggs in a season, breeding three or four times,

POULTRY, WATER FOWL. 891

the period of incubation being five weeks. The goslings are easily raised,
and are of fine eating quality. A peculiarity of the breed is the disparity
in the relative size of the sexes, the males being often one-third heavier
than the females.

V. The African Goose.

This immense goose, among the largest of the tribe, is of fine carriage
and bulk, carrying its neck upright, and head high, when walking. The
head and top of the neck are brown, deep on the upper side and some-
what lighter on the under side; the bill is armed with small indentations

AFRICAN GOOSE.

along the sides, and at the base, on top rises a round, fleshy tubercle, of
a bright vermilion color, and under the throat is a hard, firm, fleshy
membrane. These birds have also been called Siberian geese, but the
name African is undoubtedly the proper one.

VI. Canada Wild Geese.
This excellent goose may be easily hatched from wild eggs, and which
upon being domesticated, take kindly to the farm. It is too well known

892 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

to need description ; when farm-bred it retains much of the game nature
of the flesh of the wild bird. Their sagacity is superior to that of any
other goose. It has a wide range of flight in its wild state, being found
ut proper seasons from the Arctic circle to the Torrid zone, and in Europe
as well as in America; specimens having been shot in England. It is
certainly one of the most beautiful of water fowls. It breeds kindly
with any of the common varieties, and is reputed in France to have inter-
bred with swans.
Management.

There is but little care necessary in breeding geese. They require a
dry place for passing the night; are subject to but few diseases, and
these only when young. For diarrhea, give a drop or two of laudanum
in a little water, to be repeated if the first dose does not cure. For gid-
diness, bleed them in the prominent vein which separates the claw. In-
sects sometimes annoy them by getting into the nostrils and ears. It
may be known by their hanging wings, and the shaking of their heads.
Feed them corn at the bottom of a vessel of water. For fattening, there
is nothing better than corn-meal, steamed potatoes and skimmed milk,
alternated with ground buckwheat, oat-meal or barley-meal. During the
fattening process they should be kept closely confined. When fattening,
the French pluck the feathers from the belly. They should be fed three
times a day, and supplied with plenty of pure water, and when fat, which
should be in two or three weeks from the commencement of feeding, they
should be sold immediately, since they at once begin to lose flesh again.

Glossary of Terms Used by Fanciers and Breeders.

Beard.—A bunch of feathers under the throat of some breeds, as Hou-
dans or Polish.

Breed.—Any variety of fowl presenting distinct characteristics.

Brood.—F amily of young chickens.

Broody.—Desiring to set.

Carriage.—The attitude or bearing of a bird.

Carunculated.—Covered with fleshy protuberances, as on the neck of
a turkey-cock.

Chick.—A newly-hatched fowl, until a few weeks old.

Chicken.—Applied to indefinite ages until twelve months old.

Clutch.—Given to the batch of eggs under a setting hen, also to brood
of chickens hatched therefrom.

Cockerel.—A young cock.

Comb.—The red protuberance on top of the fowl’s head.

Condition.—The state of the fowl as regards health, beauty of plumage
—the latter especially.

Crest.—A tuft of feathers on the head ; the top-knot.

Crop.—The receptacle for food before digestion.

Cushion.—The mass of feathers over the tail and end of the hen’s
back, covering the tail ; chiefly developed in Cochins.

Deaf-ears.—Folds of skin hanging from the true ears, varying in color,
being blue, white, cream-colored, or red.

Dubbing. —Cutting off the comb, wattles, &c., leaving tiie head smooth.

Ear-lobes.—Same as deaf-ears.

Face.—The bare skin around the eye.

Flights. —The primary. wing feathers, used in flying, but unseen when
at rest.

Fluffs.—Soft, downy feathers about the thighs.

Furnished.—Assumed full character. When a cockerel obtains his
tail, comb, Ke.

Gills.—A term applied to the wattles, sometimes more indefinitely to
the whole region of the throat.

Hackles.—The peculiar narrow feathers on the fowl’s neck.

Hen-feathered, or Henny.—Resembling a hen, in the absence of sickles.

Hock.—The elbow-joint of the leg.

/eel.—A word sometimes used to denote the breast-bone.

Leg.—The scaly part, or shank.

Leg-feathers.—The feathers on the outside of the shank.

Mossy.—Confused in marking.

Sod ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR,

Pea-comb.—A triple comb,

Penciling.—Small stripes over a feather.

Poult.—A young turkey.

Primaries.—The tlight-feathers of the wings, hidden when the wing is
closed. :

Pullet.—A young hen.

Rooster.—The common term for the male bird. .

Saddle.—The posterior of the back, reaching to the tail ina cock,
answering to the cushion in a hen.

Secondaries.—The wing quill-feathers, which show when the bird is
at rest.

Self-color.—A uniform tint over the feathers.

Shaft.—tThe stem of a feather.

Shank.—The scaly part of the leg.

Sickles.—The top curved feathers of a cock’s tail.

Spangling.—The marking produced by each feather having one large
spot of some color different to the ground,

Spur.—The sharp weapon on the heel of a cock.

Stag.—Another term for a young cock.

Strain.—A race of fowls, having acquired an individual character of
its own, by being bred for years by one breeder or his successors,

Symmetry.—Perfection of proportion.

Tail-coverts—The soft, glossy, curved feathers at the sides of the
bottom of the tail.

Tuil-feathers.—Applied to the straight, stiff feathers of the tail only.

Thighs.—The joint above the shanks.

Top-knot.—Same as crest.

Trio.—A cock and two hens. ;

Under-color.—The color of the plumage as seen when the surface
is lifted.

Vudture-hock.—Stiff projecting feathers at the hock-joint.

Wattles.—The red depending structures at each side of the base of
the beak.

Web.—Expressing a flat and thin structure. The web of a feather is
the flat or plume portion ; the web of the foot, the flat skin between the
toes; of the wing, the triangular skin, seen when the member is
extended.

Wing-bar.—Any line of dark color across the middle of the wing.

Wing-bow.—The upper or shoulder part of the wing.

Wing-butts—The corners or ends of the wing. Game fanciers denote
the upper ends as shoulder-butts ; the lower as lower-butts.

Wing-coverts.—The broad feathers covering the roots of the see-
ondary quills.

Ac Pls ee

DISEASES OF POULTRY,

AND THEIR REMEDIES.

‘ ri AAT

; ~ ‘ a i oe
Son ViVy 1 1 9) OA ee
1 : pe

,

iis Pah 110) a lll

. 4) Vk
, fo
Py .
'
4.4 @rible 76. (len
ool Ve re if
‘ iu
owe Topher ave
* 1 Gt)
6 _ yal uy

CHAPTER I.

DISEASES AND REMEDIES.

ANATOMY OF THE HEN.——APOPLEXY.——ITS CAUSE.——ROUP.——TO CURE.——EGG BOUND.
——INFLAMMATION OF THE EGG PASSAGE,——CHOLERA.——GAPES.——CAUSE.——HOW
TO CURE.——CROP BOUND.——DIPHTHERIA, OR CROUP.——LICE,

Diseases of Fowls..

There are but few diseases to which fowls are subject. Some of these,
as apoplexy, are so sudden and fatal that there is scarcely time for reme-
dies. Others, as so called chicken cholera, are malignant and infectious,
and thus require watching. Others again, inflammatory in their nature,
are difficult to understand and hence difficult to treat. The general run
of diseases, however, to which the fowls of the farmer and suburban
fancier are liable to in his flock are, as a rule, simple in their nature and
of easy treatment. We shall, therefore, divide diseases into but two di-
visions —dangerous and simple ailments. In the first class will be
considered those more fatal, and in the second class mere ailments, as leg
weakness, bumble foot, catarrh, diarrhea, pip, lice, and other parasites.
ror a better understanding of the subjects, we introduce figures showing
the skeleton of a fowl, their true positions and proper names. It will
make a good study in connection with those on plumage, etc.

898 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.
Anatomy of the Hen.

Explanation. —A—The head, length 2 3-4 inches. B—The neck, length 5 1-2
inches. C—The back or spine. D—The hips or hip bones, (the back and hips
comprise from the shoulder to the tail,)
length 5 910 inches. H—Rump or
coceygis, length 1 1-2 inches. #—Shoul-
der-blade or shoulder. G—Collar bone
or merry thought. H—Chest or thorax,
composed of the sides and breast bone
(bone of the throat), it contains the heart,
liver, ete. £—The breast bone, length
a little over 3 1-2 inches. J—The wing
bones, as willbe seen, are composed of the
humerus or shoulder-bone of the wing,
length 3 1-7 inches; also the radius and
the cuditus, the forearm or pinion, length
23-4 inches; the tip of the wing, or
that which takes the place of the hand
and fingers, length 2 1-3 inches. A—
The leg, composed of d — (Fig. 2.) the
thigh bone, 3 1-7 inches; e—the shin bone, length 4 1-3
inches ; f—the bone of the foot, the tarsus, length 3 1-7
inches ; g—the claws, that of the middle, length 2 1-3 in-
ches; the two to the right and left, length 1 6-10 inches;
that of the back, length 8-10 inches; h—the patella or
knee ; <—the os calcis or heel.

ANATOMY OF THE HEN. (Fig. 1).

The engraving (Fig.1.) represents the skeleton of
an ordinary hen of an average size, and in the pro-
portions to be generally met with. The only impor-
tant muscles are those which compose the flesh, from
which are formed the breast, the thigh, the leg and

the wings. All the others are slender and only furnish
a little for table use.

People often confound the thigh, the leg, the foot and toes of the hen,
and so it is with nearly all animals. One expects to see her walk on the
foot, though she walks like them on the toes. It is evident that the
tarsus of the hen is the foot she would use on the ground if she walked
like man ; the end opposite the toes is the heel. Some fowls have five or
six toes but they do not all rest on the ground always.

(Fig. 2.)

Apoplexy—Its Cause.

Over-feeding and over-stimulating of fowls—seldom occurring on the
farm—and generally known by finding the subject dead, often in the

POULTRY, ITS DISEASES. 899

nest. Prevention is the proper means to use. Give plenty of exercise
and good wholesome food, but not that of an over-stimulating nature.
The cure is by opening «a blood vessel and bleeding freely, selecting the
largest of the veins on the underside of the wing. Hold the vein be-
tween the opening and the body, and release it when blood enough is
taken. Keep the bird quiet and on light diet until recovered.

Roup.

The symptoms are at first, those of severe catarrh. The discharge
loses its thin, watery, transparent character, gets opaque, with a peculiar
and offensive smell. The inner corner of the eye contains froth, the
lids swell, stick together and at last close. The nostrils close from the
same accumulation: the sides of the face swell and the bird dies. It is
a disease of the lining membrane of the nasal cavities.’

To Cure.

Provide warm, dry, well-ventilated quarters, stimulating and nutritious
food. Give internally a tea or a table-spoonful of castor oil, according
to the size of the fowl, syringe the nostrils with chloride of soda, two
parts water to one part of chloride. Inject by inserting the syringe in
the slit at the roof of the mouth. Three or four hours after the oil give
the following:

No. 1. 34 Ounce balsam copaiba,
+4 Ounce liquorice powder,
3g Drachm piperine.

Divide into thirty doses, enclose each in a little gelatine, and give a
dose twice a day. Isolate the sick fowls from all others, and ill promptly
if they do not yield to treatment.

Egg Bound.

In this disability the eggs cannot pass down the passage. Strip a tail
feather to within an inch of the end; saturate it thoroughly in lard oil or
sweet oil, and pass it carefully up the passage to the egg, lubricating the
whole. If relief is not given, repeat the process.

Inflammation of the Egg Passage.

Symptoms.—There will be general feverishness, dullness, and the
feathers, especially those over the back, will be raised and ruffled. Give
the following :

No. 2. 1 Grain calomel,
1-12 Grain tartar emetic.

Mix; envelop in gelatine and place well back on the root of the tongue
until swallowed. If relief do not ensue in two days, give another dose.

900 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Cholera.

Symptoms.

There is sudden and great thirst with diarrhoea ; the evac-
uations are greenish, but soon change to a whitish character; cramp en-
sues and the bird totters, falls, and often dies suddenly. Administer
every three hours, until relief is obtained, the following :

No. 3. 5 Grains rhubarb,
2 Grains cayenne pepper,
10 drops laudanum.

Give this at a dose for large fowls, and half this quantity to aliowene
two months old. Between each dose keep up the strength by giving a
tea-spoonful of brandy and water, half and half. This is also good for
common diarrhea, omitting the brandy.

Gapes.

Parasitic worms (sclerostoma syngamus) in the windpipe, occurring in
chickens up to two or three months of age.

How to Cure.

Separate the chickens affected; strip a small quill feather to within
half an inch of the end. Dip in spirits of turpentine ; pass it down the
small opening of the windpipe, at the base of the tongue ; turn it once or
twice around and draw it out. If it does not relieve operate again next
day. Give a warm, dry place, plenty of good food, and for drink, milk
well sprinkled with black pepper. It is supposed that the gape worm is
produced by a small parasite insect resembling a tick found on the heads
of young chickens. Examine the heads with a pocket lens and if found
use the following, lightly rubbed on.

No. 4. 1 Ounce mercurial ointment,
1 Ounce lard oil,
144 Ounce flowers of sulphur,
4 Ounce crude petroleum.

Mix, and apply just warm enough to be melted. It is said that a case
of gapes has never been found in which the young chickens were not first
infected with the tick parasite.

Black Rot.

Swelling of the legs.and.feet, the comb biack, resembling mortification.
Give a tea-spoonful of castor oil, and then daily, until relieved, half a

POULTRY, ITS DISEASES. 901

tea-spoonful of flowers of sulphur. This is also good in sealy leg, and
eruptions of various kinds, using also, after washing clean, the following :

No. 5. 4 Ounces lard oil,
. 1 Ounce turmeric powder.
Anoint the affected parts.

Catarrh—Symptoms like the first in Roup. Cleanliness is the best
prevention. To cure, feed black pepper in mashed potatoes. If this
fails, take : *

No. 6. 3 Parts pulverized charcoal,
3 Parts new yeast,
- 2 Parts flowers of sulphur,
1 Part flour.

Mix into pills the size of a hazelnut and give one, three times a day ;
bathe the nostrils and eyes frequently with tepid milk and water, and
keep the fowls otherwise clean.

Crop Bound.

The food sometimes -becomes bound and impacted in the crop. The
remedy is to make an incision into the crop sufficiently large so the con-
tents may be carefully extracted with a blunt instrument. Close with a
stitch, and feed with soft food for two or three days, in which a little
gentian and cayenne pepper is mixed.

Diphtheria, or Croup.

It may be known by the cough, raising of the head to breathe, and the
offensive smell.

What to do—Strip a feather to within half an inch of the end; wet it
and dip in powdered borax, and swab the throat well. Nitrate of silver
would be more effective. Give to drink, chloride of potassium one-fourth
of an ounce dissolved in a half gallon of water.

Preventive—Cleanliness, good ventilation and care. The rule will ap-
ply to roup, catarrh, gapes, pip, and other acute and chronic diseases.

Pip—this is a result of other diseases rather than a disease of itself.
Remove the crust at the tip of the tongue and wash with chloride of soda,
examine the nostrils for any stoppage, and give a tea-spoonful of castor
oil if the fowl be very sick.

Rheumatism—Cause—Exposure to damp and cold winds, and bad
roosting places; remove the fowls to comfortable quarters, and feed
warm, rather soft, stimulating food.

Laying soft eggs—Give plenty of lime rubbish, burned and broken
oyster shells, or bone meal.

902 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Lice.

There should be no excuse for infestment by these parasites. They
will sometimes make their appearance on new fowls, and setting hens
will sometimes contract them. They are of two kinds: the common hen
louse, and minute ‘hen spider,’ so-called. The latter very minute and
infesting every part of the house, and often the horse stables, if the hens
are allowed to run there. To rid the house, take out every movable art-
icle and wash thoroughly with carbolic acid and water, or with the ammo-
niacal water of gas factories, which is cheap. Wash also every portion of
the house with the same. Or, fumigate by closing every crevice, and
burning in an iron pot containing a burning hot stone, half the size of a
man’s head, a pound of roll brimstone, keeping the house closed two or
three hours. Then wash every part of the house with lime-wash in which
a pound of potash has been dissolved to each quart of water used in thin-
ning the wash. Wash also the furniture, nests, perches and all else with
the potash solution, one pound to a quart of water. Put back the furni-
ture, place fresh hay in the boxes, plenty of dust baths near, and the lice
will leave the fowls and die. In case the stable becomes infested, or
other places that may not be fumigated, wash with the potash solution,
or the lime-wash, containing one part in twenty of carbolic acid.

BACK OF THE BARN.

APPENDIX.

} ;
;
! se fale
Ri? fts8 Deve ee
re es ahs fells “wane
se:

RACING, OR TURF HORSES.

EARLY HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH BLOOD HORSE. —— HOW HE WAS IMPROVED. —— THE
AMERICAN BLOOD HORSE.—— CELEBRATED AMERICAN HORSES. —— HISTORY OF THEIR
PERFORMANCES.

The care taken in the breeding and training of horses for the chase
and for racing in Great Britain, extends back, according to the best au-
thority, to long before this people were converted to Christianity; in
fact, to long before the Christian Era.

Just when and how horses were introduced into Great Britain is not
certain, but it seems clear that they were well known there long before
the Roman conquest, and that they bred horses not only for domestic pur-
poses but also for war and for racing, seems true, from words in the
ancient British language, as rhediad, a race; rheda, to run—from the
Gaulish language rheda, a chariot, showing that these words applied to
the racing of horses. Hence the inference that horses came by way of
Gaul, and that chariot races were anciently one of the pastimes of the
people.

The Romans found different vehicles in use in Britain, including the
war chariot. Youatt infers that from the cumbrous structure of the car,
the hardness of the roads, and the furious manner in which the driving
was done, that the ancient British horses must have been not only active,
but powerful in a wonderful degree; and he says that Cesar thought
them so valuable that many of them were carried to Rome, where they
were much esteemed.

After the evacuation of England by the Romans and its occupation by
the Saxons, increased attention was paid to the breeding of English
horses, and after the reign of Alfred running horses were brought there

906 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

from Germany, yet these should not be understood as meaning racing
horses as the term is now used. They are supposed to have been light,
speedy horses, adapted to the chase or for the roads, as opposed to the
heavy war horse, capable of carrying a man at arms with his armor.

It does not appear that until the time of Charles I. horses were kept
exclusively for racing. Yet even before Athelstan’s time English horses
had come to be prized on the continent, and in Athelstan’s reign many
Spanish horses were imported, showing clearly that so long ago as this
the English were fully alive to the importance of the continued improye-
ment of their horse stock.

William the Conqueror is recorded to have used great pains in improy-
ing the horse stock of the country, after the conquest of Great Britain
by the Normans, through the introduction of fine horses from Normandy,
Flanders and Spain, and wccording to Beal it would seem that as early as
631 people of rank distinguished themselves by often appearing on horse-
back, and from which it would be natural to infer that thus early horses
were kept for pleasure riding, since saddle horses are knownto have been
used during the Roman occupation of Britain, and cavalry horses long
before the Christian Era.

The first Arab horse would seem to have been imported in the reign of
Henry I., an Arab horse having, with his accoutrements, been presented
by Alexander I. of Scotland, to the church of St. Andrew.

In the twelfth century a race course was established in London, at
what was since called Smithfield, and which was also a horse market.

King John paid great attention to the importation of horses ; one hun-
dred chosen Flemish stallions having been imported at a single time.
Later it is recorded of Edward II. that he purchased thirty war horses
and twelve heavy draft horses.

Edward IJI., upon the occasion of buying fifty Spanish horses, made
application to France and Spain for safe conduct for them, and so impor-
tant was the horse stock of England considered that the exportation of
stallions was forbidden, and this prohibition was continued up to and
during the reign of Henry VII.

In the reign of Henry VIII. it was decreed that no stallion should be
allowed to run at large on any waste or common where animals pastured,
if under the height of fifteen hands, and that all foals, fillies or mares
likely to breed undersized or inferior animals, should be killed and bu-
ried.

All the nobility, gentry and higher orders of the clergy, were compell-
ed by an act to keep a number of horses proportioned to their rank, and
even a country parson, whose wife was entitled to wear a French hood or
velvet bonnet (no person below a certain rank being allowed to wear such

APPENDIX. 907

a hood) was obliged to keep an entire trotting stallion, under a penalty
of twenty pounds sterling. So, also, it was made compulsory that every
deer park and rural parish should maintain a certain number of full-sized
mares and stallions. It is also interesting, as being the first mention
made in English history, that Henry VIII. and Charles Brandon, Duke
or Suffolk, rode a race in the presence of Queen Catharine, and that in
his reign the first annual races on a regular race course were instituted.

H. W. Herbert, in his work, The Horse of America, thus sums up
the whole matter in relation to the value of Oriental blood in England, in
the time of Oliver Cromwell :

It is now pretty generally admitted that, whether Barb, Turk, Syrian,
or Arab of the desert proper, all orieutal blood has had its share and
influence in reinvigorating the blood of the English thoroughbred, and
giving to it those peculiar qualities which cause it, with justice, at this
day, to be esteemed the best, completest, and most perfect animal in the
world.

In what degree these animals have ministered to our now dominant
strain, is by no means to be ascertained ; but it is to be noted that most
of the early imported foreign stallions were not Eastern Arabs.

During the protectorate, Oliver Cromwell, who, though he was com-
pelled by the necessity of conciliating the absurd prejudices of the
Puritans, to forbid racing, was yet an ardent lover of the horse, and an
earnest promoter and patron of all that belongs to horsemanship, pur-
chased of Mr. Place, afterwards his stud-master, the celebrated ‘«* White
Turk’’—still recorded as the most beautiful south-eastern horse ever
brought into England, and the oldest to which our present strain refers.
To him succeeds Villiers, Duke of Buckingham, his Helmsley Turk, and
to him Fairfax’s—the same great statesman and brave soldier, who
fought against Newcastle at Marston—Morocco Barb.

And to these three horses it is that the English race-horse of the old
time chiefly owes its purity of blood, if we except the royal mares,
specially imported by Charles II., to which it is—mythically, rather than
justly —held that all English blood should trace.

Of all succeeding importations, those, which are principally known and
referred to, as having notoriously amended our horse—by proof of stock
begotten of superior qualities, and victorious on the turf through long
generations — but few are true Arabs.

We have, it is true, the Darley Arabian, the Leeds Arabian, Honey-
wood’s White, the Oglethorpe, the Newcome Bay Mountain, the Damascus,
Cullen’s Brown, the Chestnut, the Lonsdale Bay, Combe’s Gray and Bell’s
Gray Arabians; but what is generally called the Godolphin Arabian, as
it seems now to be the prevailing opinion—his origin not being actually

58

908 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

ascertained—was a Barb, not an Arab from Arabia proper. Against.
these, again, we find Place’s White Turk, D’Arceys Turk, the Yellow
Turk, Lister’s, or the Straddling Turk, the Byerly Turk, the Selaby
Turk, the Acaster Turk; Curwen’s Bay Barb, Compton’s Barb, the
Thoulouse Barb, Layton’s Barb Mare, great-great-grandam of Miss.
Layton; the Royal Mares, which were Barbs from Tangier, and many
other Barb horses, not from the Eastern desert, heading the pedigrees of
our best horses.

In this connection, I would observe that the very reasons for which the
Marquis of Newcastle condemned the Markham Arabian —viz., that when
regularly trained he could do nothing against race-horses—on account of
which condemnation he has received a sneer or a slur from every writer
who has discussed the subject, are those which, at this very moment,
prevent prudent breeders from having recourse to oriental blood of any
kind.

They cannot run or last against the English horse. They have not the
size, the bone, the muscle, the shape, if we except the beautiful head,
fine neck, thin withers, long, deep and sloping shoulders, which are the
inevitable characteristics of the race. Therefore, all men who breed with
an eye to profit,—and howsoever it might have been in the olden times
of the Turf, there are few now who have not an eye to it, either as.
hoping to win on the turf, or to produce salable stock—prefer to put
their mares to known English winning horses, proved getters of winners,
of unquestioned bottom and stoutness, rather than to try stallions of the
desert blood, concerning which nothing is known beyond the attested
pedigree, and the visible shapes.

Farther our authority gives a list of all foreign, and the most celebrated
native stallions which were used for covering in England in 1730, or just
150 years ago. They are as follows:

FOREIGN STALLIONS IN 1730.

The Aleock Arabian, the Bloody Buttocks Arabian, the Bloody Shoul-
dered Arabian, the Belgrade Turk, the Bethel Arabian, Lord Burlington’s
3arb, Croft’s Egyptian horse, the Cypress Arabian, the Godolphin Ara-
bian, Hall’s Arabian, Johnson’s Turk, Litton’s Arabian, Matthew's
Persian, Nottingham’s Arabian, Newton’s Arabian, Pigott’s Turk, the
Duke of Devonshire’s Arabian, Greyhound, a Barb, Hampton Court
erey Barb, Strickland’s Arabian, Wynn’s Arabian, Dodsworth, a Barb.
NATIVE STALLIONS IN 1750.

Aleppo, Almanzer, Astridge Ball, Bald Galloway, Bartlet’s Childers,
Basto, Bay Bolton, Blacklegs, Bolton Starling, Bolton Sweepstakes,
Cartouch, Chaunter, Childers, Cinnamon, Coneyskins, Councillor, Crab,
Doctor, Dunkirk, Easby Snake, Fox, Foxcub, Greeme’s Champion, Grey

APPENDIX. _ 909

Childers, Grey Crofts, Hampton Court Childers, Harlequin, Hartley’s
Blind Horse, Hip, Hobgobling, Hutton’s Blacklegs, Hutton’s Hunter,
Jewtrump, Jigg, Lamprey, Leedes, Marricle Oysterfoot, Partner, Royal,
Shufiler, Skipjack, Smale’s Childers, Soreheels, Squirrel, Tifter, True-
blue, Woodcock, Wyndham. ;

The importation of racing horses was, without doubt, first made to
America in Virginia and Maryland. Already had race-courses been
established there previous to 1758, and during the exodus from England,
of the Royalists, to the South, it is undoubtedly true that they brought
with them descendants of such horses as were covering with success in
England. Certain it seems that quite early in the eighteenth century
there were a considerable number of thoroughbred horses from the most
celebrated English sires. That the perfect record has not come down to
us is probably due to the fact that, during the Revolutionary war the
records were either lost or destroyed between the shock of contending
armies.

Spark was owned by Governor Ogle, of Maryland, previous to Brad-
dock’s defeat, having been presented to him by Lord Baltimore, who
himself received him as a gift from the then Prince of Wales, father to
George III. Spark was a most celebrated horse, and probably one of
the first of high distinction brought to America.

Other celebrated horses early imported are said to have been, Wilkes’
old Hautboy mare, afterward known as Miss Colville. Governor Ogle
also imported Queen Mab, and about 1750 Col. Tasker brought to Mary-
land the celebrated mare Selima, the progenetrix of much of the mightiest
blood of the country. In 1752 he won a sweepstake of 500 pistoles,
beating Col. Byrd’s renowned Tryall, Col. Taylor’s Jenny Cameron, and
a mare owned by Col. Cameron.

Nearly about the same time, there were imported into Virginia, Routh’s
Crab, by old Crab, dam by Counsellor, daughter of Coneyskins, sup-
posed to be in or about 1745. In 1747, Monkey, by the Lonsdale Bay
Arabian, dam by Curwen’s Bay Barb, daughter of the Byerly Turk and
a Royal mare. He was twenty-two years old when imported, but left
good stock. In 1748, Roger of the Vale, afterwards known as Jolly
Roger, by Roundhead, out of a partner mare, Woodcock, Croft’s Bay
Barb, Dicky Pierson, out of a Barb mare. Roundhead was by Flying
Childers, out of Roxana, dam of Lath and Cade, by the Bald Galloway,
out of a daughter to the Acaster Turk. Woodcock was by Merlin, out
of a daughter of Brimmer. Dickey Pierson by the Dodsworth Barb out
of the Burton Barb mare.

In about 1764, was imported Fearnought, gct by Regulus out of Sil-
vertail by Whitenose, grand-dam by Rattle, great grand-dam by the

910 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Darley Arabian, great great grand-dam Old Child mare, by Sir Thomas
Gresley’s Arabian, great great great grand-dam, Vixen, by Helmsley
Turk, out of Dodsworth’s dam, a natural Barb. Regulus was by the
Godolphin Barb, dam Grey Robinson by the Bald Galloway, grand-dam
by Snake out of Old Wilkes’ Hautboy mare. Rattle was by Sir H.
Harpur’s Barb out of a Royal mare. Whitenose was by the Hall Ara-
bian out of dam to Jige. Thus Fearnought is come of the very highest
and purest blood in England, and has left his mark largely on the blood-
horse of Virginia. It is said that, before his time, there was little be-
yond quarter racing in Virginia, that his progeny were of uncommon
figure, and first introduced the size and bottom of the English race-horse
into America. This must be taken, however, cum grano salis, as it is
evident from what has been stated in regard to Selima, that four-mile
racers were the fashion in Maryland at least fifteen years before that
date, and it is only to be understood in the case of second-rate racers,
that quarter running was in vogue at this period.

These capital horses were shortly followed by Morton’s Traveller, who
was probably got by Partner, a grandson of the Byerly Turk, and grand-
sire of King Herod, dam by the Bloody Buttocks Arabian ; grand-dam
by Grey-hound, a Barb: g. grand dam by Makeless; g. g. g. dam by
Brimmer; g. g. g. g. dam by the White Turk; g. g. g. g. g. dam by

be)

Dodsworth, a Barb; ¢. g. g. g. g. g. dam Laydon Barb mare.

Makeless was by the Oglethorpe Arab out of Trumpet’s dam. She
was a pure Barb by Dodsworth out of the Layton Barb mare. Brimmer
was by the Yeliow Turk out of a royal mare.

These were probably the best early horses that were imported into
America; and to these, with the mares Selima, Queen Mab, Jenny Cam-
eron, Kitty Fisher, Miss Colville, and a few others of about the same
period, may be traced all, or almost all the families of running horses
now existing in the United States, in a greater or less degree, and with
nearly as much certainty as the English champions of the olden day may
be followed up to imported Arab and Barb on both sides.

This being most interesting history, we quote from The Horse of Amer-
ica, to show how much the United States is indebted to the South for the
foundation of its mighty racers of the present day, and owing undoubt-
edly to the great interest the old planters of the South and their de-
scendants have taken in field sports. The record is as follows :

In Virginia, Col. John Tayloe, Messrs. Hoomes, Selden and Johnson ;
in Maryland, Governors Ogle, Ridgely, Wright, Lloyd and Sprigg, who,
as it has been remarked, seemed by their practice to acknowledge that
the keeping up of a racing stud was a portion of their gubernatorial
duty ; and in South Carolina, Messrs. Hampton, Washington, McPher-

APPENDIX. 911

son, Alston and Singleton, were as early, and have continued to be as
constant and undeviating patrons of the American turf, as have the
Queensburys, Rutlands, Wyndhams, Bentincks, Fitzwilliams, and other
equally renowned turf names, been supporters of this noble sport on the
old English greensward.

From so early a date as that of the ante-revolutionary cracks and
champions, such as Celer, Traveller, Yorick, Tryall, Ariel, Partner, Mare
Antony, Regulus, Flag of Truce, Goode’s Brimmer, Butler’s Virginia
Nell, Bel Air, Calypso, Gray Diomed, Cincinnatus, Virago, Shark, Black
Maria, by Shark, Leviathan, Gallatin, Fairy, Cup-bearer, Collector,
Amanda, Ball’s Florizel, Post Boy, Oscar, Hickory, Maid of the Oaks,
Bond’s First Consul, Sir Archy, Potomac, Pacolet, Duroc, Hampton,
Tuckahoe, and others, the names of which alone would fill a volume, we
can easily bring down in these States—and the others colonized from
them, both with men and horses, such as Kentucky, Tennessee, and more
recently Alabama—one uninterrupted and stainless succession of noble
racers, to the day when the descendants of Sir Archy, that veritable Go-
dolphin Arabian of the Turf of America, began to show upon the course
—and when the renown of American Eclipse began to call the attention
of the whole world, and of the mother country most of all, whence was
derived that transcendent stock, which in all other countries has degene-
rated, but in this has continued to rival the honors of its remotest ances-
try by the performance of American race horses.

As being of value, we give also the history and pedigrees of some of
the most celebrated horses of the days succeeding the revolutionary war.
They are:

First Mrpitey—Imported into Virginia in 1783, by Gimerack, dam
Arminda by Snap, out of Miss Cleveland by Regulus; g¢. gr. dam Midge,

by a son of Bay Bolton; g.g. er. dam by Bartlett’s Childers; @ o

ao
z Ss: S-

gr. dam by Honeywood’s Arabian; g. g¢. g. g. gr. dam the dam of the
7

two True Blues. Gimerack was by Cripple, out of Miss Elliott, by
Grisewood’s Partner, gr. dam Celia by Partner, g. gr. dam by Bloody

e

Buttocks, g. g. gr. dam by Greyhound, g. g. g. gr. dam Brocklesby
Betty.

Cripple was by the Godolphin Arabian, out of Blossom by Crab, gr.
dam by Childers out of Miss Belvoir, by Grantham. ;

Medley was one of the best sires ever imported into America. He got
Atalanta, Bel Air, Boxer, Calypso, Gray Diomed, Gray Medley, Lamp-
lighter, the Opossum Filly, Pandora, Quicksilver, Virginia, and others—
racers ina high form, and themselves the getters of racers.

Second SHarkK—Foaled in 1771, and imported into” Virginia by

912 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Marske, out of the Snap mare, gr. dam Wag’s dam, by Marlborough,
out of a natural Barb mare.

Marske, sire of Eclipse, was by Squirt, dam by Foxcub, gr. dam by
Coneyskins, g. gr. dam by Hutton’s Gray Barb.

Squirt was by Bartlett’s Childers, dam by Snake, gr. dam Hautboy.
Marlborough was by the Godolphin Arabian, dam large Hartley mare.

Shark’s most distinguished progeny are: Americus, Annette, Black
Maria, dam of Lady Lightfoot, Opossum, Shark, Virago, and many
others.

Tuirp Dromep—Foaled in 1777. Imported into Virginia 1798. He
wes by Florizel, dam by Spectator, gr. dam by Blank, g. gr. dam by
Childers, g. g. gr. dam Miss Belvoir, by Grantham.

Florizel was = Herod, dam by Cygnet, gr. dam Cartouch, g. gr. dam
Ebony by Childers, g. g. gr. dam old Ebony Basto mare.

Herod was by Tartar, out of Cypron, by Blaze, out of Selima, &c. &e.

Diomed is probably the greatest sire of the greatest winner-getters ever
brought into this country. Had he got none but Sir Archy, out of im-
ported Castianira—who brought him to America in her belly—that re-
nown alone would have been more than enough; for scarce a recent
horse in England, unless it be Pot8o’s, has so distinguished himself as a
progenitor.

He begot Bolivar, Diana, Dinwiddie, Duroc, Florizel, Gallatin, Grac-
chus, Hamlintonian, Hampton, Hornet, King Herod, Lady Chesterfield,
Madison, Marske, Nettle-top, Peace-maker, Potomac, Primrose, Sir Ar-
chy, Top-gallant, Truxton, Virginius, Wonder, and many others. Most
of the horses named above were the greatest runners of their day, and
the getters of the greatest racers and sires to the present time. Boston,
probably the very best horse that ever ran on American soil, was by Ti-
moleon, grandson of Sir Archy, the best son of Diomed ; while Fashion,
the very best mare that ever ran on this side the water, by her dam, Bon-
nets of Blue, daughter of Reality, was great-granddaughter of that same
noble stallion ; and by her grandsire Sir Charles, sire of Bonnets and son
of Sir Archy, was also his great-granddaughter, a second time, in .the
maternal line.

Fourty Gapprret—Foaled 1790, imported into Virginia, was got by
Dorimant, dam Snap mare, gr. dam by Shepherd’s Crab, g. gr. dam,
Miss Meredith by Cade, g. g. gr. dam Little Hartley mare.

Dorimant was by Otho, dam Babraham mare, gr. dam Chiddy by
Hampton Court Arabian, out of the Duke of Somerset’s Bald Charlotte.

Otho was by Moses, dam Miss Vernon by Cade, gr. dam by Partner,
g. gr. dam Bay Bloody Buttocks, ¢. g. gr. dam by Greyhound, g. g. g.
‘

> . . ous Oo" 3D i}

xr. dam by Makeless, g. g. g. g. gr. dam by Brimmer oo. °

=) So tS 2) Sues

er.

APPENDIX. 913

White Turk, g. g. g. g. g. g. gr. dam by Dodsworth, g.

er. dam Layton’s violet Barb mare.

t=)

dam by Place’s

Moses was by the Chedworth Foxhunter, dam by the Portland Arabian,
gr. dam, the dam of the Duke of Bridgewater's Star, she by Richard’s
Arabian.

Gabriel was brought into Virginia, and became, like the preceding
‘horses, very famous for splendor of his get and their great performances.

He got Oscar, Post Boy, and others. The former of whom, dam by
imp. Medley, bred by General Tayloe, is his most celebrated son. He
was a good runner, and his blood tells in many of our best modern stal-
lions and mares, especially in the Southern States.

Fiera Beprorp—Foaled in 1792, imported into Virginia. He was
got by Dungannon, dam Fairy, by Highflyer, gr. dam Fairy Queen by
Young Cade, g. gr. dam Routh s Black Eyes by Crab, g. g. gr. dam the
Warlock Galloway, g. g. g. gr. dam by the Byerly Turk.

Dungannon was by Eclipse ont of Aspasla, by Herod, gr. dam Doris

by Blank, g. gr. dam Helen by Spectator, g. g. gr. dam Daphne by the

Godolphin Arabian, g. g. g. gr. dam by Fox, g. g. g. g. gr. dam by
Childers, g. g. g. g. g. gr. dam by Makeless, g. g. g. g. g. g. gr. dam,

Sister to Honeycomb Punch, by the Taffolet Barb.

The year of Bedford’s importation is not exactly known. He was a
great stallion, and there is hardly a family of horses in the Southern
States which do not in some degree, more or less, partake of his. blood.
He was a singularly formed horse—a rich bay—with a peculiar elevation
on his rump, amounting in appearance to an unsightliness, if not to an
absolute deformity. This mark, known as the Bedford Hump, he has
transmitted to his posterity, and, whatever may have been the original
opinion as to its beauty, it has been worn by so many celebrated winners,
that it has come of late to be regarded as a foreshadowing of excellence,
rather than a deformity. It has been worn by Eclipse, Black Maria, her
brother, Shark, Boston, Argyle, and many other horses of great note.

Bedford got; Molus, Cup-Bearer, Fairy, Lady Bedford, Lottery,
Naney Air, Shylock and others not inferior in repute.

On the first settlement in Tennessee, previous to its admission as a
State into the Union, the early settlers began taking with them excellent
stock from Virginia and Maryland, and the blood of Janus, Jolly Roger,
Morton’s Traveller, Pacolet and other worthies of the olden times, still
percolates in rich luxuriance through the veins of their noble steeds. It
has been always a gallant and a sporting State; and I feel proud and
happy—the rather that the history of the vlood stock of Tennessee and
of the neighboring State of Kentucky is nearly identical—to be allowed
the opportunity of presenting to my readers a most valuable memoir of

914 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

the blood of its best equine families, considerately and kindly compiled
for me from his own memoranda of old times, and from personal recol-
lection of events, even before General Jackson and his contemporaries
were on the turf, by a veteran turfman and a hereditary breeder, Mr.
William Williams—to whom I take this occasion of tendering my most
grateful and respectful thanks.

of Race Horses at the North.

Prior to the Revolution there was a course for racing, near New York,
about the centre of the county, called Newmarket, and one at Jamaica
called Beaver Pond. As early as the year 1800 courses were established
at Albany, Poughkeepsie and Harlem, New York. On these tracks
purses of from one to four miles were contended for. In 1804 an organ-
ization was formed extending for five years. "The Newmarket course was
remodeled, and regular races were held in May and October of each year,
at which purses were contended for at four, three and two mile heats.

Among the celebrated horses of that time, some of which have left
their impress to this day, were Tippoo Sultan, Hambletonian, Miller’s
Damsel and Empress. Among these, as worthy of especial mention,
were Hambletonian, as the progenitor of mighty trotting stock, Miller’s
Damsel as the dam of American Eclipse, and Ariel, whose granddam was
this gray mare Empress. American Eclipse was the king of the Amer-
ican turf of his day, and Ariel may certainly be said to have been the
queen, since out of fifty-seven races she was forty-two times the winner,
seventeen of them having been four mile heats. They both of them may
be said to rank with the best race horses of any age or country.

The pedigree of Eclipse may be summed up in the language of Frank
Forrester, as follows: American Eclipse, bred by Gen. Coles of L. I.,
foaled 1814; was got by Duroc, his dam the famed race mare Miller’s
Damsel, by imported Messenger, out of the imported PotSos mare ; her
dam by Gimerack. Duroc, bred by Wade Mosely, Esq., of Powhatan
county, Virginia, foaled 1809: was got by imported Diomed, out of Mr.
Mosely’s ‘‘extraordinary race mare Amanda,’’ by Col. Tayloe’s famed
gray Diomed, son of imported Medley. Thus far Eclipse’s pedigree is
unquestioned ; for the balance see American Turf Register, p. 50, vol.
4. Of Sir Charles Bunbury’s Diomed, imported into Virginia 1799, hay-
ing filled the measure of his glory,’’ nothing more need be said. Mes-
senger, foaled 1788, imported about 1800 into Pennsylvania, was also a
race horse of repute at Newmarket: he won some good races, and lost
but few. He was a gray, of great substance; was got by Mambrino, a
very superior stallion, his dam by Turf, son of Matchem, Regulus—Star-
ling—Snap’s dam. See English Stud Book, and American Eclipse’s ped-
igree in full, American Turf Register, p. 51, vol. 4.

APPENDIA. OS

Of Ariel we find the following: Ariel’s pedigree is worthy of her
performances. Her own brothers—Lance, a year older than herself, a
distinguished runner that beat the famous Trouble, a great match—
O’ Kelly, that beat Flying Dutchman, Mary Randolph, and others, with
such eclat as to bring $5,000—and St. Leger in the great sweepstake in
Baltimore, where he was so unaccountably beaten, but has since beat
Terror—her own sister Angeline, and half-brother Splendid, by Duroc,
that was beaten at three years old, in a produce match, by Col. Johnson,s
Medley—are all well known to fame. Her grandam Empress, has also
been regarded one of the most renowned race nags and brood mares of
the North. October, 1804, at four years old, she very unexpectedly
beat the famous First Consul, for the Jockey Club purse, four-mile
heats, at Harlem, N. Y. The first race he lost.

Besides combining the three valued crosses of Herod, Matchem, and
Eclipse, it will be observed Ariel’s pedigree is ‘‘richly imbued with the
best English blood ;” to which she traces almost directly from Childers,
Partner, Crab, Snap, Cade, Spark, Othello, Gimerack, Mambrino, Med-
ley, Pot8os, Messenger, Baronet, Diomed, &c.; besides deriving her de-
cent from the best early importations. No other stock probably par-
takes so much of the Messenger blood—no less than four crosses; with
two, not very remote, from English Eclipse, two from Gimerack, two
from imported Pacolet, and three from imported Spark. Her color sus-
tains her valuable origin—running so much into the Arabian blood.

Black Maria was another of the wonderful performers of the early
part of the century, having been bred by Charles Henry Hall, Harlem,
N. Y., and foaled June 15, 1826. She was sired by American Eclipse,
dam Lady Lightfoot by Sir Archy, gr. dam Black Maria, by imported
Shark; g. gr. dam the dam of Ving’t un, by Clackfast, a half-brother
to Medley, by Gimerack ; g. g. g. dam Burwell’s Maria, by Regulus.

Of her dam, Lady Lightfoot, Frank Forrester says she was the most
distinguished racer of her day, having won between twenty and thirty
races, the majority at four-mile heats, and never having been beaten but
once, except in her old age—her eleventh year—and then by Eclipse, on
the Union Course. She was bred by the late Col. John Taloe of Va. and
was foaled at Mr. Ogle’s seat, Bel-air, Md., in June, 1812.

Among the wonderful racers of forty years ago, Boston and Fashion
will always be remembered as the two mighty examples of staunch
prowess and well-deserved fame.

Boston was foaled in 1833, bred by John Wickham, Esq., Richmond,
Va. His sire was the celebrated Timoleon, out of an own sister of
Tuckahoe, by Ball’s Florizel ; her dam by imported Alderman, out of a
mare by imported Clackfast ; her gr. dam by Symmes’ Wildair, &c.

916 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

He was a chestnut with white hind feet and a strip in his face, 15 1-2
hands high, rather short limbed, somewhat flat sided, but of immense
substance, and his back a prodigy of strength. From 1836 to 1841 he
ran thirty-eight times and won thirty-five races, twenty-six of which
were four mile heats and seven three mile heats. His winnings were
$49,500, and his earnings as a breeding stallion in 1841, $4,200, making
a total of $538,700.

Fashion was bred by William Gibbons, Esq., of Madison, N. Y., and
was foaled April 26, 1837. Of this mare it is recorded that it would be
difficult to sit down over the Stud Book and compile a richer pedigree
than hers, and the same remark will apply to Boston. Each is descended
from the most eminently distinguished racing families on the side of both
sire and dam, that have figured on the Turf for a hundred years.
Fashion was got by Mr. Livingston’s Imp. Trustee, out of the celebrated
Bonnets 0’ Blue by Sir Charles, and she out of Reality—*‘the very best
> Reality was got by Sir
Archy, and her pedigree extends back through the imported horses Med-
ley, Sentinel, Janus, Monkey, Silver-Eye and Spanker, to an imported
Spanish mare. Trustee, the sire of Fashion, was a distinguished race-
horse in England, and sold at 3 yrs. old for 2,000 guineas to the Duke
of Cleveland, after running 3d in the race for the Derby of 101 sub-
scribers. He was subsequently imported by Messrs. Ogden, Corbin and
Stockton. Trustee was foaled in 1829, and was got by Catton out of
Emma, by Whisker, and combines the blood of Hermes, Pipator, and
Sir Peter, on his dam’s side, with that of Penelope, by Trumpator, and
Prunella, by Highflyer, on the side of his sire. Trustee is not a chance
horse; in addition to other winners of his family, in 1835, his own
brother, Mundig, won the Derby of 128 subscribers.

In her three year old form she won three of the races she ran and lost
one, being beaten by Tyler after winning the second heat. In her four
year old form she ran and won three races, one at two miles, one at three
miles and one at four miles.

Later, the palm of victory rested upon horses bred west of the Alle-
ghanies and south of the Ohio river. Among the celebrated ones were
Lexington, got in 1851 by Boston out of Alice Carneal. Lecompte, by
Glencoe, out of Reel. Pryor, by Glencoe, out of Gypsy, own sister to
Medoc, by American Eclipse.

Still later, and within the last ten years, the laurels of southern bred
racers on various tracks in America and England, are too well known to

race-horse,”’ says Col. Johnson, ‘‘I ever saw.’

need recapitulation.
As showing English and American views on the speed of race horses
of twenty years ago, really the palmy days of the turf, and which con-

APPENDIX. 917

tinued up to the late war, Stonehenge, from an English point of view,
Suys:

By an examination of the racing time-tables as recorded of late years,
it will be seen that from 13 1-2 to 14 seconds per furlong is the highest
rate of speed attained in any of our races, above a mile, and with 8 st.
7 lbs. carried by three-year-old horses. In 1846, Surplice and Cymba
won the Derby and Oaks, each running the distance in 2m. 48s., or ex-
actly 14 seconds per furlong. ‘This rate has never since that time been
reached ; the Flying Dutchman having however, nearly attained it, but
failing by two seconds—making his rate 14 seconds and one sixth per
furlong. But the most extraordinary three-year-old performance is that
of Sir Tatton Sykes over the St. Leger Course, 1 mile, 6 furlongs, and
132 yards in length, which he ran in 3 minutes and 16 seconds, or at a
rate of as nearly as possible 13 1-2 seconds per furlong. With an addi-
tional year and the same weight, this speed has been slightly exceeded
by West Australian, even over a longer course, as at Ascot in 1854,
when he defeated Kingston by a head only ; running two miles and four
furlongs in 4m, and 27s., or as nearly as possible at the rate of 13 1-2
seconds and one-third per furlong. This performance is the best in
modern days, considering the weight, the age, and the distance; and it
will compare very favorably with the often-quoted exploit of Childers
over the Beacon Course in 1721, when, being six years old, he beat Al-
manzor and Brown Betty, carrying 9 st. 2 Ibs., and doing the distance in
6m. 40s., or at the rate of 14 seconds and one-third per furlong. Thus,
allowing him his year for the extra mile in the course, and for the 2lbs,
which he carried above the Kingston’s weight, he was outdone by the
latter horse at Ascot by one second per furlong, and likewise by West
Australian at the usual allowance for his age. Again; comparing these
performances on the English Turf with the recently lauded exploits of
the American horses, it will be found that there is no cause for the fear
lest our antagonists in the ‘*go-ahead’’ department should deprive us of
our laurels. On the 2d of April, 1855, a time-match was run at New
Orleans between Lecomte and Lexington, both four years old, in which
the latter, who won, did the four miles, carrying 7 st. 5lbs., in 7m. 19
3-4s., or as nearly as may be, 13 3-4 seconds per furlong. This is con-
sidered by the Americans the best time on record, and is undoubtedly a
creditable performance ; though when the light weight is taken into ac-
count, not so near our best English time as would at first sight appear.
On the 14th of April, Brown Dick and Arrow ran three miles over the
same course in 5m. 28s., or at the rate of 13 seconds and two-thirds per
furlong ; the former a three-year-old, carrying 6 st. 2 Ibs., and the latter
five years old, 6 st. 12 Ibs. Thus it will appear that Kingston, of the

918 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

same age as Arrow, and carrying 9 st. instead of 7 st. 12 lbs., ran 2 1-2
miles at a better rate than Arrow did his 3 miles, by one-third of a sec-_
ond per furlong. And it has been shown that in the year last past, two
horses exceeded the greatest performance of the olden times by a second
per furlong, and beat the best American time of modern days by one-
third of a second per mile. The assertion, therefore, that our present
horses are degenerated in their power of staying a distance under weight,
is wholly without foundation ; since I have shown that, even taking the
time of the Childers’ performance as the true rate, of which there is
some doubt, yet it has recently been beaten very considerably by West
Australian and Kingston. Many loose assertions have heen made as to
the rate of the horse, for one mile in the last century, but there is not
the slightest reliance to be placed upon them. That any race-horse ever
ran a mile within the minute, is an absurd fiction: and it is out of the
question to suppose that if Childers could not beat our modern horses
over the Beacon Course, he could beat them a shorter distance. Stout-
ness was undoubtedly the forte of the early race-horses; they were of
small size, very wiry and low, and could unquestionably stay a distance,
and could race month after month, and year after year, in a way seldom
imitated in these days ; but that they could in their small compact forms
run as fast in a short spin as our modern three-year-olds, is quite a fal-
lacy ; and no racing man of any experience would admit it for a moment.

The size and shape of the modern thoroughbred horse are superior to
those of olden days, if we may judge by the portraits of them handed
down to us by Stubbs, who was by far the most faithful animal painter
of the eighteenth century. In elegance of shape we beat the horses of
that day very considerably, more especially in the beauty of the head
and the formation of the shoulders, which have been much attended to by
breeders. In size, also, there has been an immense stride made, the
average height of the race-horse having been increased by at least a hand
in the last century. This enlargement is. I believe, chiefly due to the
Godolphin Arabian, who was the sire of Babraham, the only horse of
his time which reached 16 hands, and sire and grandsire of several which
were more than 15 hands, much above the average height of horses at
that time—as for instance, Fearnought, Genius, Gower, Stallion, Infant,
Denmark, Bolton, Cade, Club, Lofty, and Amphion. Indeed it will be
found, by an examination of the horses of that time, that out of 130
winners in the middle of the eighteenth century, there were only 18 of
the height of 15 hands and upwards, of which 11 were by Godolphin or
his sons, three descended from the Darly Arabian, two from the Byerly
Turk, and two from other sources. It may therefore be assumed, with
some degree of probability, that the increase in size is in great measure

APPENDIX. 919

due to the Godolphin, in addition to the extra care and attention which
the horse has received during the same time. Nevertheless, all the care
and forcing in the world will not increase the size of some breeds; and
unless there was this capability of being forced, no amount of attention
would have brought the horse to the present average, which may be
placed at about 15 hands 3 inches.

In relation to the comparisons of speed between English and American
race horses, the Spirit of the Times, New Yord, sums up the matter,
and gives a list of the most renowned racers of England and America,
which we append :

It will appear, on a critical examination of the subject, that there is
not much difference in the powers of the best race-horses for more than
a century; a period during which they have been brought, upon both
sides of the Atlantic, to the present high state of perfection. Within the
last two years have been exhibited faster running in England, by West
Australian and Kingston, and in this country, by Lexington and Lecomte,
than was ever before known. The two last have run four miles, and
four-mile heats, faster, in either case, than has been performed in Eng-
land. **Stonehenge,’’ who has been well endorsed in England, has shown
‘¢the absurd fiction’? of ‘*a mile within a minute;’’ and that there is
‘not the slightest reliance to be placed upon the many loose assertions”’
—such as the reported accounts of Childers: and that he and Eclipse
were a distance better than any other horses that have appeared, or that
they ‘* could beat any other a half-mile in four miles!’ On the same
authority, it appears that, in the fastest Derby, St. Leger, and Ascut cup
races, as won by Surplice, the Flying Dutchman, Sir Tatton Sykes, Don
John, and West Australian, the distance varying from one mile and a
half to two miles and a half, that the fastest rate, with English weights,
-has been a little over one minute and forty seconds per mile. We have
no authentic report that the mile has been run in England under one
minute and forty-two seconds, the time of Henry Perritt at New Orleans.
Nominally of the same age, three years old, and with the same weight,
86 lbs., Inheritor, at Liverpool, ran two miles in 3.25; which is at the
rate per mile of 1-42 1-2. ‘*Stonehenge,”’
siders the best race ever run in England, states that West Australian,
four years old, carrying the St. Leger weight, 8 st. 6 Ibs.—118 pounds—
‘defeated Kingston by a head only,”’ the latter five years old, carrying
9 st.—126 pounds—running two and a half miles in 4.27, ‘*or as nearly

_as possible, 15 1-2 seconds per furlong.’’ ‘This performance, the best
of modern days, considering the weight, the age, and the distance, will
compare very favorably with the often quoted exploit of Childers, in
1721, at Newmarket, when six years old, carrying 9 st. 2 lbs. —128 lbs.—

referring to what he con-

920 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

he did the distance, three and a half miles, in 6.40, or at the rate of 14
seconds and one-third per furlong.’”’ ‘‘ Thus allowing Childers his year
for the extra mile in the course, and for the two pounds which he carried
above Kingston’s weight, he, Childers, was outdone by Kingston at
Ascot, by one second per furlong, and likewise by West Australian,
at the usual allowance for his age.’’ ‘* Kingston, of the same age as
Arrow, and carrying 9 st. instead of 6 st. 2 lbs.—100 pounds—ran two
and a half miles at a better rate than Arrow, in his race with Brown
Dick, did his three miles, by one-third of a second per furlong,’’ But
Arrow’s was a race of three-mile heats, the second heat in 5.43 1-2.
Lexington, nominally four years old, carrying 103 pounds, ran four miles,
also at New Orleans, in 7.19 3-4. or, as nearly as may be, 13 3-4 seconds
per furlong, at the rate, for four miles, of less than 1.50 per mile.

The often quoted exploit of Eclipse, of England, was that he ran four
miles, carrying 168 pounds, in eight minutes.

With these data before them, it is left for others to draw their own
deductions of the relative merits of West Australian, Childers, Eclipse,
and Lexington, at the distances they ran, varying from two and a half

-}

miles to four.

Some among us believe that Lexington and Lecomte were about as fast
and as good race-horses as have ever appeared in England. Undoubtedly
they could ‘*stay a distance’’ about as well as any horse that has run
anywhere, having run two heats, of four miles, in 7.26, and 7.38, and
the third mile of the second heat in 1.47.

It would be difficult to institute a fair comparison between the race-
horses of England and America, the systems of racing being so different
in the two countries. With the exception of the light weights, adopted
by us for convenience, the modes and rules of our turf are nearly the
same as they were in England the last century. In England, since that
period, the mode of racing has been essentially changed ; heavy weights,
even for two and three-year-olds, at short distances, rarely beyond two
and a half miles; no longer races of heats; the great events being for
‘baby horses,’’ two and three-year-olds, instead of Horses, as formerly.
They rarely, nowadays, reach maturity in England. Priam, Touchstone,
Harkaway, and Rataplan, are to be regarded as exceptions to a rule.
Childers and ‘Eclipse were not introduced upon the turf until five years
old, an age at which the most distinguished horses rarely run in these days.

The elastic turf and the straighter shape of the English race-courses,
better adapt them to speed than our circular ‘‘race-tracks,’’ that are
wholly denuded of turf. Therefore a fair comparison of English and
American race-horses cannot be made by time as the test; one, too, that
is not held in as high esteem in England as with us. Time, there, is fre-
quently disregarded.

APPENDIX. 921

Rather a long catalogue is here presented of the best race-horses of
England and of this country, which might be extended. Those now or
lately upon our turf are omitted, as some doubts might be entertained of
their comparative merits. Of those furnished, who will agree as to the
pre-eminence of any two of them; at least, to place any six above
the rest?

MOST RENOWNED ENGLISH AND AMERICAN HORSES.

1715*, Childers; 1718*, Partner; 1748*, Matchem; 1749*, Regulus
and Mirza, by the Godolphin Arabian ; 1749*, Spectator; 1750*, Snap ;
1758*, Herod; 1764*, Eclipse, by Marske; 1771*, Shark, by Marske ;
1773*, Pot8os, by Eclipse ; *, Saltram, by Eclipse; 1777* ¢, Dio-
med; 1782t, Trumpator; 17847, Sir Peter: 1790t, Waxy; 1792,
Hambletonian ; 1796+, Sorcerer ; 1798}, Eleanor ; 1798f, Orville ; 18077,
Whalebone; 1816, Sultan; 1822, Camel; 1827+, Priam, by Emilius ¢ ;
1831}, Plenipotentiary, by Emiliust ; 1831+, Touchstone ; Tt, Queen

of Trumps; ——f, Bay Middleton; ——f, Flyipg Dutchman ; $
Harkaway ; ——f, Don John: +, Sir Tatton Sykes ; +, West

Australian ; , Kingston; 1801*, Florizel; 1812, Potomac; 1813*,
Sir Arehy; 1812, Lady Lightfoot, by Sir Archy ; 1812, Vanity, by Sir
Archy; 1813, Reality, by Sir Archy; 1813*, Timoleon, by Sir Archy ;
1814, Virginian, by Sir Archy ; 1815, Sir Charles, by Sir Archy; 1820,
Bertrand, by Sir Archy; 1801, Maid of the Oaks, by Imported Spread
Eagle; 1801, Floretta, by Imported Spread Eagle; 1801, Posthoy, by
Imported Gabriel; 1801, Oscar, by Imported Gabriel; 1801, Hickory ;
1808, Duroc; , Sir Solomon; 1814, American Eclipse ; 1820, Flirt-

illa ; , Monsieur Tonson; , Sally Walker ; , Ariel, by
Ameriean Eclipse ; edoc, by American Eclipse ; ——, Fanny, by

, Lady Clifden; ——, Doubloon, by Imported
Margrave ; and Brown Dick, by Imported Margrave; 1833,
Boston; 1837, Fashion; 1839,, Peytona ; , Trifle, by Sir Charles ;
, Andrew, by Sir Charles ; , Wagner, by Sir Charles; ——,
Grey Eagle.

Another view of the comparative merits of race-horses that were not
contemporaries is presented by time on the same course, and with the
same weight, or the relative weight for age.

It has been shown lately, that on the Charleston Cour se, at three and
four-mile-heats, in the races won by Nina, Highlander, Jefferson Davis,
and Frank Allen, nearly the same time has been made ; 3 besides the com-
parison between that of Bertrand and Floride.

American Eclipse ;

*Boston’s ancestors. +Derby and St. Leger winners.

922 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR

On the Union Course, New York, the fastest four-mile heats were as
follows:

Fashion, 5 years, 111 lbs., and Boston, 9 years, 126 lbs., 7.32 1-2
7/15),

Tally-ho, 4 years, 104 lbs., and Bostona, 5 years, 111 lbs., 7.33—7.43.

Fashion, aged, 123 lbs., and Peytona, 5 years, 117 Ibs., 7.39 7.45.

Eclipse, 9 years, 126 lbs., and Henry, 4 years, 108 lbs., 7.37 1-2
(4 )

Red-Eye, 8 years, 126 lbs., and One-Eyed Joe, 6 years, 117 Ibs., 7.52
——// 214).

Lady Clifden, 4 years, 101 lbs., and Picton, 5 years, 90 Ibs., Picton
winning first heat, 7.44—7.43 1-2—7.56 1-2.

Principles of Breeding.

In relation to the principles and practice of breeding for the turf
and for general purposes, Stonehenge on British Rural Sports, than
whom none could be more competent to advise, and although written
from an English stand-point is applicable to any country or conditions.

.

The author, in an essay holds the following:

THE PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF BREEDING FOR THE TURF AND FOR
GENERAL PURPOSES.

Before proceeding to enlarge upon the practical management of the
breeding stud, it will be well to ascertain what are the known laws of
generation in the higher animals.

The union of the sexes is, in all the higher animals, necessary for
reproduction ; the male and female each taking their respective share.

The office of the male is to secrete the semen in the testes, and emit it
into the uterus of the female, where it comes in contact with the ovum
of the female—which remains sterile without it.

The female forms the ovum in the ovary, and at regular times, varying
in different animals, this descends into the uterus for the purpose of
fructification, on receiving the stimulus and addition of the sperm-cell of
the semen.

The semen consists of two portions—the spermatozoa, which have an
automatic power of moving from place to place, by which quality it is
believed that the semen is carried to the ovum; and the sperm-cells,
which are intended to co-operate with the germ-cell of the ovum in form-
ing the embryo.

The ovum consists of the germ-cell, intended to form part of the
embryo,—and the yolk, which nourishes both, until the vessels of the
mother take upon themselves the task; or, in oviparous animals, till
hatching takes place, and external food is to be obtained. The ovum is

APPENDIX. 923

carried down by the contractile power of the fallopian tubes from the
ovary to the uterus, and hence it does not require automatic particles
like the semen.

The embryo, or young animal, is the result of the contact of the
semen with the ovum, immediately after which the sperm-cell of the
former is absorbed into the germ-cell of the latter. Upon this a ten-
dency to increase or ‘*grow”’ is established, and supported at first, by
the nutriment contained in the yolk of the ovum, until the embryo has
attached itself to the walls of the uterus, from which it afterwards ab-
sorbs its nourishment by the intervention of the placenta.

As the male and female each furnish their quota to the formation of
the embryo, it is reasonable to expect that each shall be represented in
it, which is found to be the case in nature; but as the food of the embryo
entirely depends upon the mother, it may be expected that the health of
the offspring and its constitutional powers will be more in accordance
with her state than with that of the father; yet since the sire furnishes
one-half of the original germ, it is not surprising that in externals and
general character there is retained a fac-simile, to a certain extent of him.

The ovum of mammalia differs from that of birds chiefly in the greater
size of the yolk of the latter, because in them this body is intended to
support the growth of the embryo from the time of the full formation
of the egg until the period of hatching. On the other hand, in mam-
mialia the placenta conveys nourishment from the internal surface of the
uterus to the embryo during the whole time which elapses between the
entrance of the ovum into the uterus and its birth. This period embraces
nearly the whole of the interval between conception and birth, and is
called utero-gestation.

In all the mammalia there is a periodical ‘* heat,’’ marked by certain
discharges in the female, and sometimes by other remarkable symptoms
in the male. In the former it is accompanied in all healthy subjects by
the descent of an ovum or ova into the uterus; and in both there is a
strong desire for sexual intercourse, which never takes place at other
times in them.

The semen retains its fructifying power for some days, if it be con-
tained within the walls of the uterus or vagina, but soon ceases to be
fruitful if kept in any other vessel. Hence, although the latter part of
the time of heat is the best for the union of the sexes, because then
the ovum is ready for the contact with the semen, yet if the semen
reaches the uterus first, it will still cause a fruitful impregnation, because
it remains there uninjured until the descent of the ovum.

The influence of the male upon the embryo is partly dependent upon
the fact that he furnishes a portion of its substance in the shape of the

59

924 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

sperm-cell, but also in great measure upon the effect exerted upon the
nervous system of the mother by him. Hence the preponderance of
one or other of the parents will, in great measure, depend upon the
greater or less strength of nervous system in each. No general law is
known by which this can be measured, nor is anything known of the
laws which regulate the temperament, bodily or mental power, color or
conformation of the resulting offspring.

Acquired qualities are transmitted, whether they belong to the sire or
dam, and also both bodily and mental. As bad qualities are quite as
easily transmitted as good ones, if not more so, it is necessary to take
care that in selecting a male to improve the stock he be free from bad
points, as well as furnished with good ones. It is known by experience
that the good or bad points of the progenitors of the sire or dam are
almost as likely to appear again in the offspring, as those of the imme-
diate parents in whom they are dormant. Hence, in breeding the rule is,
that like produces like, or the likeness of some ancestor.

The purer or less mixed the breed, the more likely it is to be trans-
mitted unaltered to the offspring. Hence, whichever parent is of the
purest blood will be generally more represented in the offspring; but as
the male is usually more carefully selected, and of purer blood than the
female, it generally follows that he exerts more influence than she does ;
the reverse being the case when she is of more unmixed blood than
the sire.

Breeding ‘‘in-and-in’’ is injurious to mankind, and has always been
forbidden by the Divine law, as wellas by most human lawgivers. On
the other hand, it prevails extensively in a state of nature with all grega-
rious animals, among whom the strongest male retains his daughters and
granddaughters until deprived of his harem by younger and stronger
rivals. Hence, in those of our domestic animals which are naturally gre-
garious, it is reasonable to conclude that breeding ‘‘in-and-in’’ is not
prejudicial, because it is in conformity with their natural instincts, if not
carried farther by art, than nature teaches by her example. Now, in
nature we find about two consecutive crosses of the same blood is the
usual extent to which it is carried, as the life of the animal is the limit ;
and it is a remarkable fact that in practice a conclusion has been arrived
at, which exactly coincides with these natural laws. ‘‘Once in and once

>

out,’ is the rule for breeding given by Mr. Smith in his work on the
breeding for the turf; but twice in will be found to be more in accord-
ance with the practice of our most successful breeders.

The influence of the first impregnation seems to extend to the subse-
quent ones; this has been proved by several experiments, and is espe-

cially marked in the equine genus. In the series of examples preserved

APPENDIX. 925

in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, the markings of the male
quagga, when united with the ordinary mare, are continued clearly for
three generations beyond the one in which the quagga was the actual sire ;
and they are so clear as to leave the question settled without a doubt.

When some of the elements, of which an individual sire is composed
are in accordance with oilers making up those of the dam, they coalesce
in such a kindred way as to make what is called ‘‘a hit.’ On the other
hand, when they are too incongruous, an animal is the result wholly
unfitted for the task he is intended to perform.

IN-AND-IN BREEDING.

By acareful examination of the pedigrees of our most remarkable
horses, it will be seen that in all cases there is some in-breeding ; and in
the greater part of the most successful a very considerable infusion of it.
It is difficult to say what is not to be considered such, or when to make it
commence, for in all cases there is more or less relationship between the
sire and dam of every thoroughbred horse ; at least, I cannot find a single
exception—and again, for instance, examining the pedigree of Harkaway,
which is the result of one of the most direct crosses in the Stud-book, we
find that his sire and dam are both descended from Eclipse and Herod
through three or four strains on each side, as will be seen by referring
to page 921. The same will apply to Alarm, who also is the result of as
direct a cross as is often seen; and, in fact, whatever pedigree is ana-
lyzed, the result will be that the bulk of it in the fifth or sixth remove is
made up of Eclipse, Herod, and Matchem, or Regulus blood. It is not
that a horse goes back to one of these stallions in one line only, but
through six or seven, and sometimes through nearly all his progenitors.
Hence, it may be fairly assumed that all the horses of the present day
are related, either closely or distantly ; but when we speak of in-and-in

breeding, we mean a nearer relationship than this, such as a first cousin,
or, at the most, one in the second or third degree. But I believe it will
be found that even this amount of relationship is desirable, if not carried
too far, and that a vast number of our best modern horses have been
bred in this way.

OUT-CROSSING.

By crossing the blood, we understand the selection of a sire composed
of wholly different blood from that of the dam, or as different as can
be obtained of such quality as is suitable to the particular purpose in
view. Thus, in breeding race-horses it is found that continuing in the
same strain beyond two stages deteriorates the constitutional health,
diminishes the bone, and lowers the height; hence, it is important to
avoid this evil, and another strain must be selected which shall lead to

926 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

the same results as were previously in existence, without the above dete-
rioration ; and this is called out-crossing, or more commonly, crossing.
The great difficulty is to obtain this object without destroying that harmony
of proportions, and due subordination of one part to another which is
necessary for the race,horse, and without which he seldom attains high
speed. Almost every individual breed has peculiar characteristics, and
so long as the sire and dam are both in possession of them they will
continue to reappear in the produce ; but if a dam possessing them is put
to a horse of different character, the result is often that the produce is
not a medium between the two, but is in its anterior parts like its dam,
and in its posterior resembling its sire, or vice versa, than which no more
unfortunate result can occur. Thus, we will suppose that a very strong
muscular horse is put to a very light racing mare ; instead of the produce
being moderately stout all over, he will often be very stout and strong
behind, and very light and weak before, and as a consequence his hind-
quarters will tire his fore limbs, by giving them more to do than they
have the power of accomplishing. This is well seen in Crucifix, who was
a very wiry and fast, but light mare, with a fore-quarter hardly capable
of doing the work of her own hind-quarter. Now, she has several times
been put to Touchstone —a horse remarkable for getting bad-shouldered
stock, but with strong muscular propellers—and, with the solitary
exception of Surplice, these have been a series of failures. Surplice
was also defective in the same way, but still he managed to get along in
an awkward style, but somehow or other at a great pace. Cowl, on the
other hand, was a better galloper, because there was a greater harmony
of parts; but he was somewhat deficient in the stout qualities which
Touchstone was intended to supply ; yet he will prove, I fancy, a better
stallion than Surplice, because he is more truly made, and by consequence
more likely to perpetuate his own likeness.

COMPARISON OF IN-BRED AND CROSSED STALLIONS.

The following list of thirty of the most immediately successful stallions
of late years shows the proportion of in-bred to crossed horses of this
class to be equal. I have omitted such as only became celebrated through
their daughters as brood-mares, for instance, Defence, etc.

IN-BRED STALLIONS.

1. Priam. 2. Bay Middleton. 8. Melbourne. 4. Cotherstone. 5.
Pyrrhus I. 6. The Baron. 7. Orlando. 8. Ithuriel. 9. Cowl. 10.
The Saddler. 11. Sweetmeat. 12. Chatham. 13. Flying Dutchman.
14. Sir Tatton Sykes. 15. Chanticleer.

a

APPENDIX. 927

CROSSED STALLIONS.

1. Partisan. 2. Emilius. 3. Touchstone. 4. Birdeatcher. 5. Sir
Hercules. 6. Voltaire. 7. Plenipotentiary. 8. Pantaloon. 9. Lan-
ercost. 10. Venison. 11. Alarm. 12. Ion. 13. Harkaway. 14.
Velocipede. 15. Hetman Platoff.

SELECTION OF BROOD MARE.

an choosing the brood mare, four things must be considered—first,
her blood; secondly, her frame; thirdly, her state of health; and
fourthly. her temper.

Her blood or breeding will mainly depend upon the views of the
breeder—that is to say, what particular class of colts he wishes to obtain,
and according to his decision he will look out for mares of the particular
kind he desires to reproduce, on the principle that ‘‘like begets like,’’
but subject to the various considerations partly alluded to in the last
chapter, and partly in this and subsequent ones.

In frame, the mare should be so formed as to be capable of carrying
and well nourishing her offspring; that is, she should be what is called
“roomy.’’ There is a formation of the hips which is particularly untit
for breeding purposes, and yet which is sometimes carefully selected, be-

>

cause it is considered elegant; this is the level and straight hip, in which
the tail is set on very high, and the end of the haunch-bone is nearly on
a level with the projection of the hip-bone. The opposite form is repre-
sented in the skeleton given with the article ‘‘Horse,”’ which is that of a
thoroughbred mare, well formed for this breeding purpose, but in other
respects rather too slight. By examining her pelvis, it will be seen that.
the haunch-bone forms a considerable angle with the sacrum, and that,
as 2 consequence, there is plenty of room, not ouly for carrying the foal,
but for allowing it to pass into the world. Both of these points are
important, the former evidently so, and the latter no less so on consider-
ation, because if the foal is injured in the birth, either of necessity, or
from ignorance or carelessness, it will often fail to recover its powers,
and will remain permanently injured. The pelvis, then, should he wide
and deep—that is to say, it should be large and roomy : and there should
also be a little more than the average length from the hip to the shoul-
der, so as to give plenty of bed for the foal; as well as a good depth of
back-ribs, which are necessary in order to support this increased length.
This gives the whole framework of the trunk of a larger proportion than
is always desirable in the race-horse, which may be easily overtopped ;
and hence many good runners have failed as brood mares, whilst a great
number of bad runners have been dams of good race-horses. Beyond
this roomy frame, necessary as the egg shell of the foal, the mare only

925 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

requires such a shape and make as is well adapted for the particular pur-
pose she is intended for; or if not possessing it herself, she should
belong to a family having it. If one can be obtained with these requisites
in her own person, so much the more likely will she be to produce race-
horses; but if not all, then it is better that she should add as many as
possible to the needful framework, without which her office can hardly
be well carried out. But with this suitable frame, if she belongs to a
family which, as a rule, possesses all the attributes of a race-horse, she
may be relied on with some degree of certainty, even though she herself
should fail in some of them. Thus, there are many fine roomy mares
which have been useless as race-horses from being deficient in the power
of some one quarter, either behind or before, or perhaps a little too
slack in the loin for their length. Such animals, if of good running fam-
ilies, should not be despised ; and many such have stood their owners in
good stead. On the other hand, some good-looking animals have never
thrown good stock, because they were only exceptional cases, and their
families were of bad running blood on all or most sides. No mare could
look much more unlike producing strong stock than Pocahontas, but be-
ing of a family which numbers Selim, Bacchante, Tramp, Web, Orville,
Eleanor, and Marmion among its eight members in the third remove, it
can scarcely occasion suprprise that she should respond to the call of the
Baron by producing a Stockwell and a Rataplan.

In health, the brood mare should be as near perfection as the artificial
state of this animal will allow; at all events, it is the most important
point of all, and in every case the mare should be very carefully exam-
ined, with a view to discover what deviations from a natural state have
been entailed upon her by her own labors, and what she has inherited
from her ancestors. Independently of the consequence of accidents, all
deviations from a state of health in the mare may be considered as more
or less transmitted to her, because in a thoroughly sound constitution, no
ordinary treatment such as training consists of will produce disease, and
it is only hereditary predispositions which, under this process, entails its
appearance. Still there are positive, comparative, and superlative de-
grees of objectionable diseases incidental to the brood mare, which should
be accepted or refused accordingly. All accidental defect, such as bro-
ken knees, dislocated hips, or even ‘breaks down,’’ may be passed over ;
the latter, however, only when the stock from which the mare is de-
scended are famous for standing their work without this frailty of sinew
and ligament. Spavins, ring-bones, large splints, side-bones, and, in
fact, all bony enlargements, are constitutional defects, and will be almost
sure to be perpetuated, more or less, according to the degree in which

APPENDIX. 929

they exist in the particular case. Curby hocks are also hereditary, and
should be avoided ; though many a one much bent at the junction of the
os calcis with the astragalus is not at all liable to curbs. It is the defect-
ive condition of the ligaments there, not the angular junction, which
leads to curbs ; and the breeder should carefully investigate the individ-
ual case before accepting or rejecting a mare with suspicious hocks. Bad
feet, whether from contraction or from too flat and thin a sole, should
also be avoided ; but when they have obviously arisen from bad shoeing,
the defect may be passed over.

Such are the chief varieties of unsoundness in the legs which require
cireumspection ; the good points which, on the other hand, are to be look-
ed for, are those considered desirable in all horses that are subjected to
the shocks of the gallop. Calf knees are generally bad in the race horse,
and are very apt to be transmitted, whilst the opposite form is also per-
petuated, but is not nearly so disadvantageous. Such are the general
considerations bearing upon soundness of limb.

That of the wind is no less important. Broken-winded mares seldom
breed, and they are therefore out of the question, if for no other reason ;
but no one would risk the recurrence of this disease, even if he could
get such a mare stinted. Roaring is a much-vexed question, which is by
no means theoretically settled among our chief veterinary authorities, nor
practically by our breeders. Every year, however, it becomes more
frequent and important, and the risk of reproduction is too great for any
person wilfully to run by breeding from a roarer. As far as I can learn,
it appears to be much more hereditary on the side of the mare than on
that of the horse; and not even the offer of a Virago should tempt me
to use her as a brood mare. There are so many different conditions which
produce what is called ‘‘roaring,’’ that it is difficult to form any opinion
which shall apply to all cases. In some instances, where it has arisen
from neglected strangles, or from a simple inflammation of the larynx,
the result of cold, it will probably never reappear ; but when the genuine
ideopathic roaring has made its appearance, apparently depending upon a
disease of the nerves of the larynx, it is ten to one that the produce will
suffer in the same way.

Blindness, again, may or may not be hereditary; but in all cases it
should be viewed with suspicion as great as that due to roaring. Simple
cataract without inflammation undoubtedly runs in families; and when a
horse or mare has both eyes suffering from this disease, without any other
derangement of the eye, I should eschew them carefully. When _ blind-
ness is the result of violent inflammation brought on by bad management
or by influenza, or any other similar cause, the eye itself is more or less

930 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

disorganized ; and though this itself is objectionable, as showing a weak-
ness of the organ, it is not so bad as the regular cataract.

Such are the chief absolute defects, or deviations from health in the
mare ; to which may be added a general delicacy of constitution, which
can only be guessed from the amount of flesh which she carries while
suckling or on poor ‘‘keep,’’ or from her appearance on examination by
an experienced hand, using his eyes as well. The firm, full muscle, the
bright and lively eye, the healthy-looking coat at all seasons, rough
though it may be in winter, proclaim the hardiness of constitution which
is wanted, but whith often coexists with infirm legs and feet. Indeed,
sometimes the very best-topped animals have the worst legs and feet,
chiefly owing to the extra weight they and their ancestors also have had
to carry. Crib-biting is sometimes a habit acquired from idleness, as
also is wind-sucking ; but if not caused by indigestion, it often leads to
it, and is very commonly caught by the offspring. It is true that it may
be prevented by a strap; but it is not a desirable accomplishment in the
mare, though of less importance than those to which I have already allu-
ded, if not accompanied by absolute loss of health, as indicated by ema-
ciation, or the state of the skin.

Lastly, the temper is of the utmost importance, by which must be un-
derstood not that gentleness at grass which may lead the breeder’s fam-
ily to pet the mare, but such a temper as will serve for the purposes of
her rider, and will answer to the stimulus of the voice, whip or spur. A
craven or a rogue is not to be thought of as the ‘*mother of a family ;”’
and if a mare belongs to a breed which is remarkable for refusing to an-
swer the call of the rider, she should be consigned to any task rather
than the stud-farm. Neither should a mare be used for this purpose
which had been too irritable to train, unless she happened to be an excep-
tional case; but if of an irritable family, she would be worse even than
a roarer, or a blind one. These are defects which are apparent in the
colt or filly, but the irritability which interferes with training often leads
to the expenditure of large sums on the faith of private trials, which are
lost from the failure in public, owing to this defect of nervous system.

CHOICE OF STALLION.

Like the brood mare, the stallion requires several essentials —com-
meneing also like her, first, with his blood; secondly, his individual
shape ; thirdly, his health; and, fourthly, his temper. But there is this
difficulty in selecting the stallion, that he must not only be suitable per se,
but he must also be adapted to the particular mare which he is to ** serve.’”
Thus, it will be manifest that the task is more difficult than the fixing
upon a brood mare, because (leaving out of considerations all other

APPENDIX. 931

points but blood) in the one case, a mare only has to be chosen which is
of good blood for racing purposes, while in the other there must be the
same attention paid to this particular, and also to the stallion’s suitability
to the mare, or to **hit’’ with her blood. Hence, all the various theories
connected with generation must be investigated, in order to do justice to
the subject ; and the breeder must make up his mind whether in-and-in-
breeding, as a rule, is desirable or otherwise; and if so, whether it is
adapted to the particular case he is considering. Most men make up
their minds one way or the other on this subject, and act accordingly, in
which decision much depends upon the prevailing fashion. The rock
upon which most men split is a bigoted favoritism for some particular
horse ; thus, one man puts all his mares to Orlando; another, to Surplice
or the Flying Dutchman; although they may every one be different in
blood and form to the others. Now, this cannot possibly be right if
there is any principle whatever in breeding; and however good a horse
may be, he cannot be suited to all mares. Some, again, will say that
any horse will do, and that all is a lottery ; but I think I shall be able to
show that there is some science required to enable the breeder to draw
many prizes. That the system generally followed of late is a bad one, I
am satisfied, and with constant crossing and re-crossing it is almost a
lottery ; but upon proper principles, and with careful management, I am
tempted to believe that there would be fewer blanks than at present. I
have already given my own theoretical views upon the case, illustrated
by numerous examples on both sides of the question. It will now
be my object to apply these views practically by selecting particular
instances.

In choosing the particular blood which will suit any given mare, my
impression always would be, that it is desirable to fix upon the best strain
in her pedigree, if not already twice bred in-and-in, and then to put to
her the best stallion available of that blood. In some cases, of course,
it will happen that the second best strain will answer better, because
there happens to be a better horse of that blood to be had than of the
superior strain, which would otherwise be preferred. If, on the other
hand, the mare has already been in-bred to the extent of two degrees,
then a cross will be advisable; but Iam much inclined to believe, from
the success of certain well-known cases, that even then a cross into
blood already existing in the mare, but not recently in-bred nor used
more than once, will sometimes answer. Upon these principles I should,
therefore, look for success. It is surprising to me that this very common
occurrence of in-breeding among our best modern horses has so generally
escaped observation, and the only way in which I can explain it is by
supposing, that having frequently been through the grandam on either

932 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

side it has been lost sight of, because the knowledge of the sire’s and
grandsire’s blood is generally the extent to which the inquiry goes. Thus,
we find the most recent writer on the subject, who assumes the name of
‘*Craven,’’ asserting, at page 121 of ‘*The Horse’’—‘*There is no
proximity of relationship in the genealogy of the Flying Dutchman,
Touchstone, Melbourne, Epirus, Alarm, Bay Middleton, Hero, Orlando,
Trish Birdeatcher, Cossack, Harkaway, Tearaway, Lothario, or others of
celebrity.”’ Now, of these the Flying Dutchman is the produce of
second cousins ; Bay Middleton, his sire, being also in-bred to William-
son’s Ditto and Walton, own brothers; and Orlando, containing in his
pedigree Selim twice over, and Castrel, his brother, in addition. Mel-
bourne also is the produce of third cousins, both his sire and dam _ being
descended from Highflyer. But if to these four, which he has specially
named, be added the numerous ‘‘ others of celeprity’’ to which I have
drawn attention, besides a host of lesser stars too numerous to mention,
it will be admitted that he assumes for granted the exact opposite of
what is really the case.

The choice of particular stallions, as dependent upon their formation,
is not less difficult than that of the mare, and it must be guided by nearly
the same principles, except that there is no occasion for any framework
especially calculated for nourishing and containing the feetus, as in her
ease. As far as possible, the horse should be the counterpart of what is
desired in the produce, though sometimes it may be necessary to select
an animal of a breed slightly exaggerating the peculiarity which is sought
for, especially when that is not connected with the preponderance of fore
or hind-quarters. Thus, if the mare is very leggy, a more than usually
short-legged horse may be selected, or if her neck is too short or too
long, an animal with this organ particularly long, or the reverse as the
case may be, should be sought out. But in all cases it is dangerous to
attempt too sudden alteration with regard to size, as the effort will gen-
erally end in a colt without a due proportion of parts, and therefore more
or less awkward and unwieldly.

In constitution and general health, the same remarks exactly apply to
the horse as the mare. All hereditary diseases are to be avoided as far
as possible, though few horses are to be met with entirely free from all
kinds of unsoundness, some the effects of severe training, and others
resulting from actual disease, occurring from other causes. With regard
to fatness, there is an extraordinary desire for horses absolutely loaded
with fat, just as there formerly was for overfed oxen at Christmas. It
is quite true that the presence of a moderate quantity of fat is a sign of
a good constitution, but, like all other good qualities, it may be carried
to excess, so as to produce disease ; and just as there often is hypertro-

APPENDIA. 933

phy, or excess of nourishment of the heart, or any bony parts, so is
there often a like superabundance of fat causing obstruction to the due
performance of the animal functions, and often ending in premature
death. This is in great measure owing to want of exercise, but also to
over-stimulating food ; and the breeder who wishes his horse to last, and
also to get good stock, should take especial care that he has enough of
the one and not too much of the other.

In temper, also, there is no more to be added to what I have said
relating to the mare, except that there are more bad-tempered stallions to
be met with than mares, independently of their running, and this is
caused by the constant state of unnatural excitement in which they are
kept. This kind of vice is, however, not of so much importance, as it
does not affect the running of the stock, and solely interferes with their
stable management.

BEST AGE TO BREED FROM.

It is commonly supposed that one or other of the parents should be of
mature age, and that if both are very young, or very old, the produce
will be decrepit or weakly. A great many of our best horses have been
out of old mares, or by old horses—as, for instance, Priam out of
Cressida, at twenty; Crucifix, out of Octaviana, at twenty-two; and
Lottery and Brutandorf, out of Mandane, at twenty and twenty-one ;
Voltaire got Voltigeur at twenty-one; Bay Middleton was the sire of
Andover at eighteen, and Touchstone got Newminster at seventeen. On
the other hand, many young stallions and mares have succeeded well, and
in numberless instances the first foal, of a mare has been the best she ever
produced. In the olden times, Mark Antony and Conductor were the
first foals of their dams; and more recently, Shuttle Pope, Filho da
Puta, Sultan, Pericles, Oiseau, Doctor Syntax, Manfred and Pantaloon,
have all been first-born. Still these are exceptions, and the great bulk
of superior horses are produced later in the series. The youngest dam
which I ever heard of was Monstrosity, foaled in 1838, who produced
Ugly Buck at three years old, having been put to Venison when only
two years of age. Her dam, also, was only one year older when she was
foaled ; and Venison himself was quite a young stallion, being only seven
years old when he got Ugly Buck; so that, altogether, the last mentioned
horse was a remarkable instance of successful breeding from young
parents. As in most cases of the kind, however, his early promises were
not carried out, and he showed far better as a two-year-old, and early in
the following year, than in his maturity. Such is often the case, and, I
believe, is a very general rule in breeding all animals, whether horses,
dogs, or cattle. The general practice in breeding is to use young stal-

934 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

lions with old mares, and to put young mares to old stallions ; and such»
appears to be the best plan, judging from theory as well as practice.

BEST TIME FOR BREEDING.

For all racing purposes, an early foal is important, because the age
takes date from the Ist of January. The mare, therefore, should be
put to the horse in February, so as to foal as soon after January Ist as
possible. As, however, many mares foal a little before the end of the
eleventh month, it is not safe to send her to the horse before the middle
of the second month in the year. For further particulars, see ‘*‘ Thoughts
on Breeding,’ and the ‘* Stud-Farm,”’ in which the general management
of the mare and foal is fully detailed.

It will be interesting that the reader have a pretty complete record of
the best time at various distances in racing. Such a record has been care-
fully compiled for Turf, Field and Farm up to the close of the sea-
son of 1879; and which we append:

Fastest and Best Time, and Most Creditable Performances on Record, at
all Distances, to end of Year 1879.

HALF A MILE.

Olitipa, by imp. Leamington, Saratoga, July 25, 1874, 0:47 3-4.
Pomeroy, by Planet, Louisville, Ky., May 28, 1877, 0:49 1-4.
Harold, by imp. Leamington, Saratoga, July 28, 1878, 0:49 1-4.
Idalia, by imp. Glenelg, Jerome Park, June 8, 1876, 0:49 1-2.

Leona, by War Dance, Lexington, Ky., May 12, 1874, 0:49 1-2.
Blue Lodge, by Fellowcraft, Lexington, Ky., May 10, 1879, 0:49 1-2.
Duke of Magenta, by Lexington, Saratoga, July 24, 1877, 0:49 1-2.
Idalia, by imp. Glenelg, Long Branch, July 4, 1876, 0:49 3-4.
Sensation, by imp. Leamington, Saratoga, July 22, 1879, 0:49 33-4.
Kimball, by imp. Buckden, Louisville, Ky., May 21, 1879, 0:49 3-4.
Observanda, by Tom Bowling, Louisville, Ky., May 21, 1879, 0:49 3-4.
Grenada, by King Alfonso, Long Branch, July 5, 1879, 0:49 3-4.

FIVE-EIGHTHS OF A MILE.

Bonnie Wood, by imp. Bonnie Scotland, Saratoga, July 20, 1878,
1:02 3-4.
Grenada, by King Alfonso, Saratoga, Aug. 10, 1879, 1:03 1-2.
Harold, by imp. Leamington, Long Branch, July 4, 1878, 1:03 1-2.
Rachel, by imp. Bonnie Scotland, Long Branch, July 6, 1878, 1:03 1-2.
Palmetto, by Narragansett, Saratoga, Aug. 10, 1876, 1:03) 1-2.
Rhadamanthus, by imp. Leamington, Saratoga, July 25, 1876, 1:03 1-2.
Egypt (aged), by Planet, Saratoga, July 19, 1879, 1:04.

APPENDIX. 935

Aristides, by imp. Leamington, Jerome Park, Oct. 7, 1874, 1:04 1-2
Volturno, by imp. Billet, Saratoga, Aug. 21, 1878, 1:04 3-4.

THREE-QUARTERS OF A MILE.

First Chance, by Baywood, Philadelphia, Pa., Oct. 17, 1876, 1:15.

Lady Middleton, by imp. Hurrah, Saratoga, Aug. 1, 1879, 1:17,
1:15 1-4. First was dead heat with Checkmate.

Bill Bruce, by Enquirer, Lexington, Ky., May 12, 1876, 1:15 1-2

Connor, by Norfolk, Carson, Nev., Oct. 19, 1879, 1:15 1-2

Rhadamanthus, by imp. Leamington, Saratoga, Aug. 19, 1877, 1:15 1-2.

Florence B., by Tom Bowling, Louisville, Ky., Sept. 20, 1879,
1315 3-4:

Madge, by imp. Australian, Saratoga, Aug. 21, 1874, 1:15 3-4.

Alarm, by imp. Eclipse, Saratoga, July 15, 1872, 1:16.

Belle of the Meade, by imp. Bonnie Scotland, Nashville, Tenn., Oct.
9, 1876, 1:16.

Enquiress, by Enquirer, Detroit, July 5, 1879. 1:16.

Egypt (aged), by Planet, Louisville, Ky., May 26, 1877. 1:17.

Milan, by Melbourne, Jr., Louisville, Ky., May 26, 1877, 1:16.

Girofle, by imp. Leamington, Prospect Park, Sept. 13, 1879, 1:16 1-4.

Spendthrift, by Australian, Nashville, Oct. 8, 1878, 1.16 1-2.

Checkmate, by imp. Glen Athol, Saratoga, Aug. 15, 1879, 1:16 1-4.

Kimball, by imp. Buckden, St. Louis, June 13, 1879, 1:16 1-2.

Mistake, by Waverly, Louisville, Ky., Sept. 23, 1879, 1:16 1-2.

Madge, by imp. Australian, Saratoga, N. Y., Aug. 15, 1876, 1:16 1-2.

Glendalia, by imp. Glenelg, Louisville, Ky., Sept. 24, 1879, 1:16 1-2

Pigne, by imp. Leamington, Saratoga, Aug. 27, 1877, 1:16 3-4.

Tom Bowling, by Lexington, Long Branch, 1872, 1:16 3-4.

Bowling Green, by Tom Bowling, Louisville, Sept. 24, 1879, 1:16 3-4.

Duke of Magenta, by Denington, Saratoga, Aug. 16, 1877, 1:16 3-4.

Spartan, by Lexington, Saratoga, Aug. 16, 1877, 1:16 3-4.

Sly Dance, by War Dance, Louisville, Sept. 22, 1879, 1:16 3-4.

Bye and Bye, by imp. Bonnie Scotland, Louisville, Sept. 22, 1879,
eGo =4-

McWhirter, by Enquirer, Louisville, Ky., May 15, 1879, 1:17.

Wallenstein, by Waverly, Lexington, Ky., May 15, 1879, 1:17.

Countess, by Kentucky, Saratoga, 1873, 1:17 1-2.

Beatrice, by Kentucky, Long Branch, 1:17 1-2.
‘Luke Blackburn, by imp. Bonnie Scotland, Prospect Park, Sept. 6
1879, 1:17 1-2

Oden, by Vauxhall, Saratoga, Aug. 7, 1879, 1:17 3-4.

Idalia, by imp. Glenelg, Saratoga, Aug. 5, 1878, 1:18.

936 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Spartan, by Lexington, Saratoga, Aug. 22, 1877, 1:19.
ONE MILE.

Ten Broeck, by imp. Phaeton, Louisville, Ky., May 24, 1877, 1:39 3-4.

Leander (Searcher), by Enquirer, Lexington, Ky., May 13, 1875,
1:41 3-4.

Redman, by War Dance, Lexington, Ky., May 138, 1876, 1:42 1-4.

Danger, by Alarm, Baltimore, May 23, 1878, 1:42 1-2.

Mahlstick, by Lever, Lexington, Ky., Sept. 20, 1877, 1:42 1-2. Chas.
Gorham, by Blarneystone, Lexington, Ky., Sep. 20, 1877, 1:42 1-2.
Dead heat.

Grey Planet, by Planet, Saratoga, Aug. 13, 1874, 1:42 1-2.

Dan K., by imp. Bonnie Scotland, Louisville, Ky., May 29, 1877,
1 :42 1-2.

Goodnight, by Enquirer, Louisville, Ky., Sep. 23, 1879, 1 :42 1-2

Katie Pease, by Planet, Buffalo, N- Y., Sep. 8, 1874, 1:42 3-4.

Alarm, by imp. Eclipse, Saratoga, July 17, 1872, 1:42 3-4.

Glenmore, by imp. Glen Athol, Detroit, July 4, 1879, 1:42 3-4.

Virginus, by Virgil, Saratoga, Aug. 4, 1877, 1:42 3-4,

Cammie T., by imp. Glenelg, Louisville, Sept. 20, 1879, 1:48.

Mistake, by Waverly, Louisville, Sept. 26, 1879, 1:43 1-2.

Edinburg, by Longfellow, Lexington, May 11, 1878, 1:43 1-2.

Belle of the Meade, by imp. Bonnie Scotland, Louisville, Sept. 25,
1876, 1:44 1-2.

Belle of the Meade, by imp. Bonnie Scotland, Louisville, Sept. 27,
1876, 1:44 1-4.

Spendthrift, by imp. Australian, Nashville, Oct. 12, 1878, 1:44 1-4.

Clara D., by imp. Glenelg, Sacramento, Sept: 27, 1877, 1:44 1-2.

Astral, by Asteroid, Lexington, Ky., Sept. 12, 1873, 1:44 3-4.

Parole, by imp. Leamington, Saratoga, Aug. 10, 1875, 1:44 3-4.

Aristides, by imp. Leamington, Baltimore, Oct. 22, 1874, 1:44 3-4.

Susquehanna, by imp. Leamington, Saratoga, Aug. 8, 1876, 1:45.

Charley Howard, by Lexington, Saratoga, Aug. 17, 1876, 1:45.

Firework, by Lexington, Baltimore, Oct., 1874, 1:45.

Hamburg, by Lexington, Cincinnati, 1869, 1:45.

Battle Axe, hy Monday, Saratoga, 1873, 1:45 1-2.

Spendthrift, (aged) by imp. Bonnie Scotland, Jerome Park, June 6,
L876, 1:46) 1222

Tom Bowling, by Lexington, Long Branch, Aug. 8, 1872, 1:47.

MILE HEATS.

Kadi, by Lexington, Hartford, Conn, Sept. 2, 1875, fastest second

APPENDIX. 937

heat, and fastest two heats ever run, 1:42 1-2, 1:41 1-4.

L’ Argentine, by War Dance, Louisville, Ky., Sept. 27, 1879. Beati-
tude won first heat, 1:42 1-4, 1:42 1-2, 1:45 1-2.

Mark D., by Monday, Sacramento, Sept. 19, 1878, 1:43, 1:42 3-4.

Himyar, by Alarm, St. Louis, June 4, 1878, 1:42 1-2, 1:43 1-2.

Camargo, by Jack Malone, Louisville, Ky., May 20, 1875, 1:42 3-4,
1:43 1-4.

Una, by War Dance, Prospect Park, June 25, 1879, 1:42 1-4, 1:45.

Tom Bowling, by Lexington, ran mile heats at Lexington, Ky., May,
1873, in 1:43 1-2, 1:43 1-2.

Thornhill, by Woodburn, ran first two heats in 1:43, 1:43; Thad Ste-
vens (aged), by Langford, won the third, fourth and fifth in 1:43 1-2,
1:46 1-2, 1:45.

Clara D., by imp. Glenelg, San Francisco, Sept. 13, 1878, 1:43,
1:43 1-2.

Brademante, by War Dance, Saratoga, Aug. 9, 1877, 1:43 1-2, 1:43 1-2.

Bramble, by imp, Bonnie Scotland, Nashville, Oct. 7, 1878, 1:43, 1:44.

Lena Dunbar, by Leinster, Sacramento, Sept. 17, 1878, 1:44 1-4,
1:42 3-4.

Springbok, by imp. Australian, Utica, N. Y., June 25, 1874, 1:45,
1:42 3+4.

ONE MILE AND ONE-EIGHTH.

Bob Woolley, by imp. Leamington. Lexington. Ky., Sept. 6, 1875, 1:54.

Janet Murray, by Panic, Brighton Beach, July 13, 1879, 1:54 3-4.

Blue Eyes, by Enquirer, Louisville, Ky., May 28, 1879, 1:55 1-4.

Warfield, by War Dance, Louisville, Ky., Oct. 1, 1878, 1:56.

Jack Hardy, by imp. Phaeton, St. Louis, June 4, 1878, 1:56.

Fadladeen, (aged) by War Dance, Saratoga, Aug. 19, 1874, 1:56.

Picolo, Concord, Saratoga, Aug. 15, 1874, 1:56.

Himyar, by Alarm, Louisville, Sept. 20, 1879, 1:56.

Jils Johnson, by Longfellow, Lexington, Sept. 11, 1879, 1:56 1-2. :

Fannie Ludlow, by imp. Eclipse, Saratoga, Aug. 10, 1879, 1:56 1-2.

Round Dance, by War Dance, Louisville, Sept. 27, 1879, 1:56 1-2

Konrad, by Rebel Morgan, New Orleans, April 26, 1878, 1:56 1-2.

Ben Hill, by imp. Bonnie Scotland, Louisville, Sept. 25, 1879, dead
heat, 1°56 3 4.

Mollie McGinley, by imp. Glen Athol, Brighton Beach, Sept. 10,
USCOe Wed.

Una, by War Dance, Prospect Park, Sept. 11, 1879, 1:57.

Susquehanna, by imp. Leamington, Saratoga, July 24, 1877, 1:57 1-4.

Experience Oaks, by Lexington, Saratoga, Aug. 20, 1872, 1:57 1-4.

938 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Bramble, by imp. Bonnie Scotland, Saratoga, Aug. 17, 1878, 1:58.

Bramble, ‘** ‘* BG GG 60 oe Wy Moire, Ways}.

Kennesaw, by imp. Glengarry, Louisville, May 28, 1878, 1:58 1-2.

Essillah, by Lever, Nashville, Apr. 29, 1879, 1:58 1-2.

Gabriel, by Alarm, Brighton Beach, Sept. 27 1879, 1s 5y3),

Edinburg, by Longfellow, Louisville, Sept. 25, 1878, 1:59.

Diamond, by imp. Leamington, Ogdensburg, N. Y., Sept. 10, 1878,
iL 5y9)e

Lancewood, by imp. Leamington, Saratoga, Aug. 13, 1879, 1:59.

Belle, by Dickens, Saratoga, July 23, 1878, 1:59.

Rhadamanthus, by imp. Leamington, Saratoga, Aug. 15, 1876,
1:59 3-4.

Spendthrift (aged), by imp. Bonnie Scotland, Jerome Park, June 10,
1876, 2:00

Phyllis, by imp. Pheton, Louisville, Sept. 27, 1876, 2:01.

Spendthrift, (aged), by imp. Bonnie Scotland, Jerome Park, June as
1875, 2:03 1-4

ONE MILE AND A QUARTER.

Charley Gorham, by Blarneystone, Lexington, May 18, 1877, 2:8 1-2.

Falsetto, by Enquirer, Lexington, May 10, 1879, 2:08 3-4.

Grimstead, by Gilroy, Saratoga, July 24, 1875. 2:08 3-4.

Frogtown, by imp. Bonnie Scotland. Lexington. Ky., May 1872,
2:09 1-2

Monitor, by imp. Glenelg, Prospect Park, Sept. 9. 1879, 2:10.

Parole, by imp. Leamington. Saratoga, July 20, 1878. 2 “10 1-2.

Mate. by imp. Australian, Jerome Park, Oct. 3, 1874. 2:11 3-4.

Preakness, by Lexington Jerome Park, June 13. 1874. 2:12.

ONE MILE AND THREE-EIGHTHS.

Spendthrift, by imp. Australian, Jerome Park. June 10, ra 2:25 3-4.

Gov. Hampton, by Planet, Prospect Park. June 21. 1879, 2:26 1-2

Bramble. by imp. Bonnie Scotland. Long Branch, July 10, 1879. 2 27.
ONE AND A HALF MILES.

Tom Bowling.* by Lexington, May 12, 1874. 2:34 3-4.

Parole, by imp. Leamington, Saratoga. Aug. 14, 1877, 2:36 3-4.

Lord Murphy. by Pat Maloy. Louisville. May 20, 1879. 2:37.

Day Star, by Star Davis. Louisville. May 21. 1878. 2:37 1-2.

Aristides, by imp. Leamington Louisville. Ky.. May 7. 1875. 2:37 3-4.

Glenelg. by Citadel Long Branch. Aug. 2. 1870. 2:37 3-4.

Shylock. by Lexington, Jerome Park. Oct. 31, 1874. 2:38.

Baden Baden, by imp. Australian, Louisville, May 22, 1877, 2:38.

APPENDIX. 939

Vagrant, by Virgil, Louisville, May 14, 1877, 2:38 1-4.

Peru, by imp. Glengarry, Lexington, Ky., Sept. 11, 1879, 2:38 3-4,

Belle of Nelson, by Hunter’s Lexington, Louisville, May 23, 1878, 2:39.

Imp. Saxon,by Beadsman, Belmont stakes, Jerome Park, June 13, 1874,
2:39 1-2. '

Tom Ochiltree, by Lexington, Jerome Park, Oct. 14, 1877, 2:43.

Zoo Zoo, by imp. Australian, Saratoga, Aug. 21, 1877, 2:43 1-4.

Duke of Magenta, by Lexington, Jerome Park, June 8, 1878, 2:43 1-2.

*Tom Bowling was permitted to extend the run to two miles. He ran
the first mile in 1:41 3-4; mile and a half in 2:34 3-4; one and three-
quarters miles in 3:00 3-4; and two miles in 3:27 3-4. The last two
unofficial.

ONE MILE AND FIVE-EIGHTHS.

Ten Broek, by imp, Phaeton, Lexington, Ky., Sept. 9, 1875, 2:49 1.4.

Monitor, by imp. Glenelg, Prospect Park, Sept. 13, 1879, 2:50 1-2.

Springbok, by imp. Australian, Jerome Park, June 20, 1874, 2:53.

Brademante, by War Dance, Lexington, May 17, 1877, 2:53 3-4.

Harry Bassett, by Lexington, Belmonte stakes, Jerome Park, June 10,
1871. 2:56.

Mintzer, by imp. Glenelg, Saratoga. July 23, 1879, 2:58.

Katie Pease, by Plant, Ladies’ stake, Jerome Park, June 11, 1873,
2:58 1-4.

ONE AND THREE-QUARTER MILES.

One Dime, by Wanderer, Lexington. Sept. 12, 1879, 3:05 1-4.

Irish, King, by Longfellow, Sept. 25, 1879, 3 ;05 1-4.

Courier, by Star Davis, Louisville, May 23, 1877, 3:05 1-4.

Reform, by imp. Leamington, Saratoga, Aug. 20, 1874, 3:05 3-4.

Mate, by imp. Australian, Long Branch, July 15, 1875, 3:06 1-4.

D’Artagnan, by Lightning, Saratoga, July 24, 1875.3 :06 1-2.

Gen. Phillips, by imp. Glenelg, Saratoga, Aug. 5, 1879, 3:06 1-2.

Emma C., by Planet. Louisville, Ky., Sept. 23. 1875, 3:06 3-4.

Frogtown, by imp. Bonnie Scotland, Lexington, Ky., May 26, 1872,
a0.

Danicheff, by Glenelg. Saratoga, Aug. 9, 1879, 3:07.

Gov. Hampton. by Planet, Prospect Park, Sept. 9, 1879, 3:07 1-2.

Kenny, by Curles, Prospect Park, June 25, 1879, 3:07 1-2.

Leveler. by Lever, Lexington, Sept. 9, 1878, 3:07 1-2.

Neecy Hale, by Lexington. Lexington. Ky.. Sept. 14, 1876, 3:07 3-4.

Catesby. by imp. Eclipse. Saratoga, Aug. 15, 1874. 3:07 3-4.

Parole, by imp. Leamington, Saratoga, Aug. 11. 1877, 3:08.

Kennesaw, by imp. Glengarry, St. Louis, June 5, 1878, 3:08.

60

940 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Duke of Magenta, by Lexington, Saratoga, July 20, 1878, 3:08.

Joe Daniels, by imp. Australian, Travers’ Stake, Saratoga, July 13,
1872, 3:08 1-4.

Preakness, by Lexington, Baltimore, Oct. 21, 1864, 3:08 1-2.

Viceroy, by Gilroy, Saratoga, Aug. 9,.1877, 3:08 1-2.

Volturno. by imp. Billet, Brighton Beach, Sept. 16, 1879, 3:08 1-2.

Atilla. by imp. Australian, Travers’s Stake, Saratoga, July 25, 1874,
3:09 1-2, 3:08 3-4. The first was a dead heat with Acrobat.

Mintzer. by imp. Glenelg, Saratoga, July 28, 1879, 3:09 1-4.

Falsetto, by Enquirer, Saratoga, July 19, 1879, 3:09 1-4.

Zoo Zoo, by imp. Australian, Saratoga, Aug. 2, 1877, 3.10.

TWO MILES.

Ten Broeck, by imp. Pheeton, against time, Louisville, May 29, 1877,
3:27 1-2.

MeWhirter. by Enquirer, Louisville, May 28, 1877, 3:30 1-2.

Courier, by Star Davis, Louisville. May 28, 1877, 3:31 3-4.

Katie Pease.* by Planet. Buffalo, Sept. 9, 1874, 3:32 1-2.

True Blue, by Lexington. Saratoga, July 30, 1873, 3:32 1-2.

Jack Frost. by Jack Malone. Cleveland. O.. July 31. 1874, 3:33 1-2.

Glenmore. by imp. Glen Athol. Detroit, July 5, 1879, 3:33 1-2.

Lizzie Lucas. by imp. Australian. Saratoga, Aug. 21. 1874. 3:33 3-4.

Creedmoor by Asteroid. Louisville, Ky., Sept. 20, 1876, 3:34.

Geo. Graham, by Rogers; first heat ; Louisville, Ky., Sept. 25, 1875,
3:34.

Lord Murphy. by Pat Malloy, Louisville, Sept. 22, 1879. 3:34.

King Alfonso, by imp. Phzeton. Louisville. Ky.. Sept. 20, 1875, 3:34 1-2.

Hegira. by imp. Ambassador. New Orleans, La.. Nov. 23. 1850, 3 :34 1-2.

Littleton, by imp. Leamington, Lexington, Ky., May 23, 1871, 3:34 1-2.

Monitor, by imp. Glenelg, Baltimore, Oct. 21. 1879, 3:34 3-4.

Wilful. by imp. Australian. Prospect Park, June 24, 1879, 3:34 3-4.

Charlie Howard, by Lexington, Saratoga, Aug. 10, 1876, 3:35,

Vandalite, by Vandal, Breckinridge Stake, Baltimore, Oct. 23, 1874,
orooe

Himyar, by Alarm, Louisville, Sept. 25, 1879, 3:35.

Falsetto, by Enquirer, Saratoga, Aug. 14, 1879, 3:35 1-4.

Volturno, by imp. Billet, Baltimore, Oct. 25, 1879, 3:35 1-4.

Vandalite, by Vandal, Dixie Stake, Baltimore, Oct. 20, 1874, 3:35 1-2.

Harry Basset, by Lexington, Saratoga, Aug. 16, 1871, 3:35 1-4.

Vigil, by Virgil, Baltimore, Oct. 28, 1876, 3:37 1-4.

“Katie Pease came in first, but was disqualified, and race given to
Lizzie Lucas.

wo

APPENDIX. 941

TWO MILE HEATS.

*Brademante, by War Dance, Jackson, Miss., Nov. 17, 1877 (?)
3:32 1-4, 3:29.?

Willie D., by Revolver, Prospect Park, Sept. 11, 1879, 3:34 1-2, 3:35.

Lottery, by Monday, Sacramento, Cal, Sept. 21, 1878, 3:36, 3:35 1-2

Arizona, by Lexington, Louisville, Ky., May 18, 1875, 3:37 1-4,
Soo l—xe

Aureola, by War Dance, Lexington, Sept. 18, 1872, 3:37 3-4, 3:35 1-2.

London, by Lightning, Nashville, Oct. 5, 1872, 3:36 3-4, 3:37 1-4.

Bushwhacker, by imp. Bonnie Scotland, Baltimore, Oct. 22, 1878,
3100, & 500 1-2. os oO ls.

Princeton won second heat by head. Bushwhacker second ; best aver-
age three heats.

Belle of Nelson, by Hunter’s Lexington, Cincinnati, June 1, 1878,
Sy aaj lec! Syne enh

Mollie Jones, by Roxbury, Galesburg, Ill., July 4, 1874; Rocket won
-first heat, 3:36, 3:40, 3:37 1-4.

Eolus, by imp. Leamington, Baltimore, May 28, 1874; the fastest
third heat, 3:40, 3:39 1-4, 3:36 3-4.

Lancaster, by Lexington, Lexington, Ky., Sept. 12, 1867, 3:35 1-4,
3:38 1-4.

Jack Sheppard, by Jack Malone, Nashville, Oct. 12, 1876, 3:35 3-4,
3:42 1-2.

Irish King, by Longfellow, Baltimore, Oct. 21, 1879, 3:37 3-4, 3:37 3-4.

Harkaway, by Enquirer, St. Louis, June 7, 1878, 3:39, 3:35 1-4.

*Brademante’s time very doubtful.

TWO MILES AND ONE-EIGHTH.

Aristides, by imp. Leamington, Lexington, Ky., May 10, 1876, 3:45 1-2,

Mate, by imp. Australian, Saratoga, July 31, 1875, 3:46 3-4.

Monmouth, by War Dance, Louisville, May 19, 1875, 3:48 1-4.

Big Fellow, by War Dance, May 15, 1874, 3:50,

Dave Moore, by Longfellow, Lexington, May 16, 1879, 3:50 1-2.

Ferida, by imp. Glenelg, Prospect Park, Sept. 5, 1879, 3:54.

Springbok, by imp. Australian, Saratoga, Aug. 3, 1874, 3:56.

Sultana, by Lexington, Jerome Park, Oct. 7, 1876, 3:56 3-4.

TWO MILES AND A QUARTER.

Preakness, by Lexington; Springbok, by imp. Australian, dead heat,
3:56 1-4.

Harry Bassett, by Lexington, Saratoga, July 16, 1872, 3:59.

Wanderer, by Lexington, Saratoga, Aug. 13, 1874, 4:00 1-2.

Kentucky, by Lexington, Saratoga, Aug., 1865, 4:01 1-2.

Fortuna, by Enquirer, Louisville, May 23, 1879, 4:01 1-2.

942 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Bramble, by imp. Bonnie Scotland, Baltimore, May 24, 1879, 4:02.
Mollie McCarty, by Monday or Eclipse, Chicago, June 25, 1879, 4:02.
Muggins, by Jack Malone, Saratoga, Aug., 1867, 4 05).

TWO AND A HALF MILES.

Aristides, by imp. Leamington, Lexington, Ky., May 13, 1876, 4:27 1-2.

Katie Pease, by Planet, Buffalo, Sept. 10, 1874, 4:28 1-2.

Ballankeel, by Asteroid, Baltimore, Oct. 22, 1874, 4:31 3-4.

Helmbold, by imp. Australian, Long Branch, July 30, 4:32 1-2.

Tom Ochiltree, by Lexington, Jerome Park, June 18, 1877, 4:36 1-2.

Edinburgh, by Longfellow, Cincinnati, June 7, 1879, 4:36 1-2.

TWO MILES AND FIVE-EIGHTHS.
Ten Broeck, by imp. Phaeton, Lexington, Ky., 1876, 4:58 1-2.
TWO MILES AND THREE-QUARTERS.

Hubbard, by Planet, Saratoga, 1873, 4:58 3-4.

Kentucky, by Lexington, Jerome Park, Oct. 3, 1866, 5:04.

Tom Ochiltree, by Lexington, Jerome Park, June 17, 1876, 5:09 1-4.

THREE MILES.

Ten Broeck, by imp. Phton, Louisville, Ky., Sept. 23, 1876, 5:26 1-2.

Monarchist, by Lexington, at Jerome Park, 1872; first mile, 1:45;
5:34 1-2.

Tom Ochiltree, by Lexington, Long Branch, July 6, 1876, 5:35 3-4.

THREE MILE HEATS.

Brown Dick, by imp. Margrave, New Orleans, April 10, 1865; the
best second heat on record, and second best three mile heat race,
5-30 3-4- 5:28.

Mollie Jackson, by Vandal, Louisville, Ky., May 25, 1861; Sherrod
won the second heat. The last two miles of the first heat were run in
3:35; the last two of the second heat in 3:36 3-4: the ninth mile in
1:48 1-4. This is the best three heats and the best third heat on record,
5:3) 1-2 05:34 3-40> 5:28) 3-4.

Norfolk, by Lexington, Sacramento, Cal., Sept. 23, 1875; best aver-
age two heats, 5:27 1-2; 5:29 1-2.

Vandal, by imp. Glencoe, Lexington, May 26, 1855, 5:36 1-2; 5:33.

Whisper by Planet, St. Louis, June, 8, 1878, 5:39; 5:35 1-2.

FOUR MILES.

Ten Broeck, by imp. Phton, vs. Felloweraft’s time, Louisville, Ky.,
Sept. 7, 1876, 7:14 3-4. [

Fellowcraft, by imp. Australian, Saratoga, Aug. 20, 1874, 7:19 1-2.

APPENDIX. 943

Lexington, by Boston, vs. time, New Orleans, La., April 2, 1855,
W317 3-43

Lexington, by Boston, beating Lecomte, New Orleans, April 14, 1855,
7:23 3-4.

Janet, by Lightning, Louisville, Sept. 27, 1879, 7:29.

Wildidle, by imp. Australian, San Francisco, Oct. 28, 1875, 7:25 1-2.

Idlewild, by Lexington, over Centreville Course, L. I., June 25, 1863,
7:26 1-4.

Thad. Stevens, by Langford, best second heat, California, Oct. 18,
lesdiitsss, WSO):

Kentucky, by Lexington, Saratoga, 1866, 7:31 1-2.

Silent Friend, by imp. Australian, New Orleans, April 21, 1873, 7:30 1-2.

Kentucky, by Lexington, vs. time at Jerome Park, 1867; first two
miles, 3:36; first three 5:29; 7:31 3-4.

Abd-el-Kader, by Australian, Saratoga, 1869, 7:31 3-4.

Abd-el-Koree, by imp. Australian, Jerome Park, Fall 1871; best time
for a three-year-old, 7:33.

Monarchist, by Lexington, Jerome Park, 1872; first two miles, 3:39
3-4; first three, 5:36; 7:33 1-2.

Tom Ochiltree, by Lexington, Jerome Park. Oct. 12, 1876, 7:36.

FOUR MILE HEATS.

Lecompte, by Boston, at New Orleans, April 8, 1854, beating Lexing-
ton and Reube, 7:26, 7:38 1-4.

Rupee, by Voucher, April 10, 1858, 7:39, 7:35.

Miss Foot, by imp. Consol, at New Orleans, March 26, 1842, 8:02,
U230%

Fashion, by imp. Trustee, over Union Course, L. I., May 10, 1842,
beating Boston match, 7:32 1-2, 7:45.

Morgan Scout, by John Morgan, at Lexington, Ky., 1870, best race
ever run in Kentucky, 7:32 1-2, 7:45 1-2.

George Martin, by Garrison Zinganzee, beating Hannah Harris and
Reel, March 29, 1843. Reel broke down in first heat, 7:33, 7:43.

Bushwhacker, by imp. Bonnie Scotland, Baltimore, Oct. 26, 1878.
Princeton won second heat, 7:31, 7:36 1-4, 8:29.

Glenmore, by imp. Glen Athol, Baltimore, two and three heats, best
third heat, 7:29 1-2, 7:30 1-4 7:31.

Tally-ho, by, Boston, at Union Course, L. I., Oct. 8, 1849: Free Trade
won the first heat, Boston the third, and Tally-ho sécond and fourth,
U S08) 1s (7 8) ee Yee, cil) 1,

HURDLE RACES.

Joe Rodes, by Virgil, mile heats, over four hurdles, St. Louis, June 4,
1878, 1:50 3-4. 1:50 1-4.

944 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Judith, by imp. Glenelg, mile heats, over four hurdles, Prospect Park,
Sept. 11, 1879, 1:52, 1:52.

Lobelia, by imp. Bonnie Scotland, mile heats, over four hurdles, Fash-
ion Course, L. I., Sept. 11, 1869, 1:51 3-4, 1:53 1-4.

Waller, by imp. Hurrah, one and a quarter miles, over five hurdles,
Saratoga, Aug. 14, 1878, 2:21 1-2.

Disturbance, by Chillicothe, one and a quarter miles, over 5 hurdles,
Saratoga Aug. 22, 1878, 2:21 3-4.

Problem. by Pimlico, one and a half miles over 6 hurdles, Long
Branch, July 5, 1879, 2:50.

Derby, by Eugene, one and a half miles, over six hurdles, Long Branch,
July 2, 1878, 2:52.

Judith, by imp. Glenelg, one and three-quarter miles, over seven nur-
dles, Long Branch, Aug. 28, 1879, 3:36 1-2.

Tom Leathers, by Camps Whale, two miles, over eight hurdles, New
Orleans, April 16, 1875, 3:47 1-2.

Redman, by War Dance, two miles, over eight hurdles, Louisville, Ky.,
May 19, 1876, 3:48 1-2.

Captain Hutchinson, by Voucher, two miles, over eight hurdles, Co-
lumbus, O., July 8, 1875, 3:50.

Jonesboro, by Lexington, two miles, over eight hurdles, welter weights ;
New Orleans, April 11, 1868, 3:51 1-2.

Milesian, by imp. Mickey Free. two miles, over eight hurdles, welter
weights ; Long Branch, Aug. 3, 1872, 3:52 1-2.

Cariboo, by Lexington, two and a quarter miles, over nme hurdles,
Long Branch, 1875, 4:33.

STEEPLE CHASES.

°

Dead Head, by Julius, about two and three-quarter miles, thirty-six
leaps, Saratoga, Aug. 26, 1878, 5:33 1-2

Trouble, by Ulverston, about two and three-quarter miles, thirty-six
leaps, Saratoga, Aug. 19, 1876, 5:34 3-4.

Duffey, by Hunter’s Lexington, about two and three-quarter miles,
thirty-six leaps, Saratoga, Aug. 5, 1873, 5:48 3-4.

APPENDIX. 945

TRAINING TO TROTTING.

The idea of the average horse owner is that training means pampering
the horse. Nothing could be further from the mark. It truly means
the very best and most intelligent care, feeding and exercise for the work
to to be performed, and this exercise must be in proportion to the
distance.

The artificial care given the horse in confinement renders blankets
necessary for all fast working horses. Doubly so for turf horses, whose
pace is of the most exhausting kind. To get rid of superfluous flesh
sweating and exercise is necessary. The superfluous flesh and undue
moisture of the body having been properly reduced, then the pace of the
horse should correspond to that expected in the final trial. That is for
mile heats a faster pace will be required than for longer heats, but the
horse must be carefully worked up to the point, the improvement being
carefully and intelligently watched, that as the day of trial approaches
he may have a real trial of speed for the distance to be trotted. There
is, however, no rule that can be laid down as to the amount of work to
be done before this trial takes place. It will depend upon his condition
while at work and the manner in which he accomplishes his brushes, as
spurts of speed are called for short distances. These are among the
most important parts of training, since they tend not only to extend
the stride of the horse and improvement in speed, but the manner of
coming out of them will indicate the condition of the animal.

High-strung, eager, generous horses must be handled in a very differ-
ent manner from sterner tempered ones. In any case, the horse must
come to place implicit confidence in his driver. The first must be re-
strained; the second urged. The first named seldom have the power to
accomplish all they would. The second must be made to know that it is
speed and distance that is required, and that they must go the pace if it
is in them.

Feeding is essentially important. Some horses crave much hay. Such
must be restrained; some gluttons will eat their bedding. If so, they

_must be uuzzled when not feeding, and always so at night. If a horse
is so light a feeder that he will not eat twelve quarts of oats a day, he
may have a little Indian corn, but this only in exceptional cases. Sound,
heavy oats, thoroughly cleaned and sifted, should constitute the feed of
the trotting horse, or any horse of fast work. The light feeder must be
carefully watched in his work. Some horses will eat fourteen to sixteen
quarts of oats a day. Such should have corresponding exercise ; for in
no event must fat be allowed to accumulate. We should prefer to limit
any horse, however large and powerful, to fourteen quarts of oats per

946 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

day, or rather to that number of pounds. As a rule twelve quarts or
pounds should suffice for the average horse.

Hiram Woodruff, than whom there is no better authority, in his work
on ‘*The Trotting Horse of America,’’ in relation to the preparation
which precedes the first trial, says :

During the preparation which precedes the first trial, it will be neces-
sary to give the horse one or two sweats. Whether it ought to be one or
two must be indicated by the condition and nature of the animal, the races
in which he is engaged, and resolved by the judgment of the trainer. The
amount of clothes in which he shall be sweated must be determined by
the same considerations. Some may require a blanket and hood, and a
wrapper round the neck to start the perspiration out of them; while
there are others that will sweat freely with but little clothes, and scrape
well when more have been thrown on at the end of the jog. One thing
may certainly be said, that a sweat obtained without the use of heavy
clothing is more satisfactory and better than one with it, provided the
latter method does not include a good deal more work to get the sweat.
Only a moderate quantity of clothing and little work while the horse is going
are the best for a sweat, if a good scrape can thus be obtained. When the
horse comes from the drive, and is taken out of the wagon, he will soon
be ready to scrape. That done, he must be blanketed up again, and
walked about out of the draft. A favorable day for the sweat ought to:
be taken advantage of, as a matter of course. Another light scrape may
probably be had after some little time spent in walking in the blankets ;
but, if the perspiration does not continue so as to give this second scrape,
it is not to be forced by more work in the clothes. To be of use in itself,
and as a satisfactory indication that the condition of the horse is advanced
it must come of itself. During the time this scraping process is in
course of operation, the trainer having the conduct of it should not be in
a hurry. The same things that are said to cure a man’s cold—patience
and a little water-gruel—will often do wonders in procuring a good
sweat. Commonly, however, it is easy enough to get the sweat and
scrape, but more difficult to cool the horse out properly. In order to do
this well, he is to be clothed again, and led very gently about for a
considerable period, so that he may become cool gradually, and the per~
spiration may dry away by degrees. This walking is to be out of all
draft as much as possible ; and it will not do to hurry it over, and go to
the stable, until the horse has cooled off well and gradually. When the.
proper state has been reached, the horse is to be taken into the stable and
his body is to be well dressed. This done, he is to be re-clothed, and
again led into the air.

A few sups of gruel, made of Indian meal or fine shorts, from half a

APPENDIX. 947

j.ut to a pint of the meal stirred into a bucket of water may now be
given to the horse, or water with the chill taken off it may be used as a
substitute for the gruel. When taken into the stable again, which will
be after a little more walking about in the air, the legs are to be put in
tubs of warm water, the body clothing being kept on. The legs are then
to be well washed with the water and castile soap, and when dried off to
be bandaged. These bandages should be of light flannel, and it is imma-
terial whether it is red or white. They are not to be put on tight. The
legs of a horse ought never to be bandaged tight, for such a course im-
pedes the circulation into the feet, where there is a great necessity for it ;
but losing sight of this, the bandages are sometimes pulled so that it
looks as if they were intended to serve as a tourniquet, and stop the cir-
culation of the blood altogether. Neither can it serve any useful purpose,
that I can see, to bind the suspensory ligament up to the bone of the leg.
Nature intended that in the horse it should stand out from it, as we see in
the fine flat legs of the best runners and trotters. Whatever support is
required may be obtained with only a moderate degree of tightness ; and I
have sometimes thought that an elastic stocking, such as our best surgeons
use in cases of bad strain to the nerves and muscles of the human foot
and ankle, would be a very useful article in a training-stable.

DRIVING.

The average farmer’s boy supposes he can drive a trotting horse. Has
he not seen the pictures of drivers sitting back, apparently holding to the
reins with a grasp, as though the stronger the horse was pulled the faster
he could go? Such driving never got speed out of a horse. The best
drivers simply allow the horse to pull on the bit with sufficient force to
steady himself, and this pulling force must be graduated according to
circumstances. It is true many fast horses are hard pullers, and gener-
ally so from defects in training. The bit and reins are intended simply
as the medium of communication between the horse and the driver, and
the more intelligently the horse is trained to their use, the more will be
got out of him. The horse should be taught to take a firm hold of the
bit, not for the purpose of pulling upon, but that the driver may give the
horse needed support and steadiness, and that intelligent action may be
established between the driver and the horse.

The object of keeping the horse well in command during fast work, on
the road as well as on the track, is that he may instantly respond to the
wish of the driver through the medium of the reins. Thus he may be
pressed from day to day in his speed, until he at last comes to the full
measure of his powers.

Although trotting speed does not come to the horse until some years

948 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

after he is fully developed in growth, the history of trotting shows that
this increase of speed continues to develop until the horse is from ten to
twelve years old. Hence there should be no hurry to develop the animal
while young. He should be driven from the time he is three years old,
sufficient to cause him to lengthen his stride as much as possible. He
should be taught to listen quickly, never to frighten or shy at any ob-
ject, and this by familiarizing him with whatever may be near. In his
brushes, either on the road or the track, however sharp they may be,
they should never be extended until the animal shows signs of distress.
When he is being regularly trained for some public trial of speed, it will
be time enough to find out if he can go the desired pace.

DRIVING ON THE ROAD.

Road driving, like driving or riding a race, is a fine art. In road
driving the object is not only to get good speed out of the animal driven,
but he must also be made to go in fine style. With a horse of naturally
fine action, this, if the driver understands his business, is not difficult. If
not a horse of naturally fine style and action, he may be spoiled. For
road work the horse should have been better flexed than when he is to
be used for trotting a race. He must be able to turn out quickly and
handsomely in passing or meeting other teams. When being driven
slowly, he must carry himself handsomely. Thus something must be
sacrificed to this end.

Every horse should have a perfect fitting bit. It should be of the
proper size and length for the mouth, and this can only be decided by
trial. Keep trying different bits until you find one in which the horse
works comfortably. Above all, in handling a young horse do not injure
the mouth with a cruel or rough bit. Above all, never be so cruel as to
jerk his mouth with the reins. The bit is the medium of communication
between the driver and the horse. If there is any speed in the horse, it
is to be gotten out of him by means of the bit, and hence the more sens-
itive you can keep the mouth, the more likely you are to succeed. If
you render the mouth numb or callous through pulling, twitching, saw-
ing or other smart tricks of drivers, you do so to the permanent injury of
the horse. Therefore first acquire a nice touch yourself, and there will
be no difficulty in imparting it to the horse.

Never lose your temper with the horse. If a horse does so that is no
reason why you-should. Never strike a horse with the whip for any
fault, and then jerk him back with the reins. If necessary to punish
him, first assure yourself that you have him sufficiently well in hand so
he cannot ‘* jump out of the harness.’? Have a definite object in view,
for every use of rein or whip. Above all avoid a steady, rigid pull on
the horse. Some horses will not trot without being pulled hard. It is

APPENDIX. 949

usually from defect in training. The perfect horse is trained to pull just
sufficient to steady himself in harness. How Hiram Woodruff drove, he
tells in his ‘* Trotting-Horse of America.’ No one, during his life, or
since his death, was better authority in such matters. Hence, we cannot
do better than to give it to our readers in his exact words.

In order that a fast horse should be under circumstances to do his best,
he should be as much at his ease in his harness and general rig as possible.
If he is not, he is placed at almost as much disadvantage as if sore or
stiff, or suffering from some bodily ailment. You may see horses brought
out of the stable to trot with a very tight check to keep their heads up,
and a tight martingale to keep them down. Such a horse is in irons ; and
when to this is added a dead drag at the reins, and no movement of the
bit from end to end, I cannot see how he could do his best. People talk
about a steady, bracing pull; but, in my opinion, that is not the right
way to drive x trotter. There is a great difference between letting go of
your horse’s head, and keeping up one dull, deadening pull all the time.
The race-horse riders practice what is called a bracing pull; and, a great
many times, I have seen their horses tire under it without ever running
their best. The steady pull checked them. The pull should be sufficient
to feel the mouth, and give some support and assistance, so as to give
the horse confidence to get up his stride. More than that is mischievous.
To keep the mouth alive, the bit must be shifted a little occasionally. A
mere half-turn of the waist, or less than half a turn, by which the thumb
is elevated and the little finger lowered, is sufficient to shift the bit, keep
the mouth sensitive, and rouse the horse.

The reins are to be held steadily with both hands while this play with
the wrist is made; and it is, of course, only done with one wrist at a time.
The hands should be well down; and the driver ought not to sit all of a
heap, with his head forward. Neither should he lean back, with his bod-
ily weight on the reins, which, in that case, are made a sort of stay for
him. He should be upright; and what pulling he must do should
be done by the muscular force of the arms. The head and the arms are
what a good driver uses ; but some hold their arms straight out, and pull
by means of putting the dead weight of their bodies on the reins. If,
instead of lying back, and putting their bodily weight on the reins, with
which latter they take a turn round their hands, drivers would depend
upon their muscular strengih, they could let up on the pull, graduate it,
and so ease the horse from time to time instantaneously. The driver who
depends upon the arms has command of the horse: he who substitutes
bodily weight with the reins strapped round his hands, has not half com-
mand of the horse, or of himself either; and, if the horse is a puller,
he will soon take command of the driver. The reason of it is, that there

950 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

is no intermission of the exertion, no let up, either for man or horse.
Besides, in that way of driving, it is impossible to give those movements
to the bit which seem to refresh and stimulate the horse so much.
When a horse has been taught the significance of this movement of the
bit, the shift by the turn of the wrist, he will never fail to-answer it, even
though he should seem to be at the top of his speed. The moment he
feels this little move of the bit in his sensitive mouth, he will collect him-
self, and make another spurt; and the value of this way of driving is,
that the horse is not likely to break when thus called upon, while a high-
strung, generous horse, if called upon for a final effort with a whip, is as
likely to break the moment it falls on him as not. I have won many a
very close heat by practising this movement, and therefore I have no hes-
itation in recommending it. It is not difficult to acquire, and the horse
soon comes to know what it means.

Let us come now to the way of taking hold of the reins. A wrap
around the hand, such as running-horse riders take, is clumsy and bad.
T do not know whether many people take hold of the reins as I do, or
not. Perhaps not. Sim. Hoagland is the only one who takes hold pre-
cisely as I do, so far as I have observed. When we have been jogging
horses together at early morning, we have often talked over these mat-
ters; and, whether our way was the best way or not, we could never see
any other that suited us half so well.

I will try to explain how I hold the reins: I could show it in two sec-
onds. Take, first, the right-hand rein. This, coming from the bit,
passes between the little finger and the third finger, over the little finger,
then under the other three fingers, and up over the thumb. The left-
hand rein is held in the left hand exactly in the same way ; but the bight
of the slack of the rein is also held between the thumb and forefinger
of the left hand. This gives some substance in that hand; but, if it is
found inconvenient to have it there by those who have small hands, it may
be dropped altogether. A firm grasp on each rein, with the backs of the
hands up, and without any wrap, is thus obtained. It is a great point in
driving to be able to shift the reach—that is. the length of the hold you
take—without for an instant letting go of the horse’s head. With this
way of holding the reins, it is easily done. If I want to shorten the
hold on the left hand rein (the near one), I take hold of that rein just
behind the left hand with the thumb and forefinger of the right hand, aud
steady it. This is very easily done; and it does not interfere at all with
the command of the off rein with the right hand. The near rein being
thus steadied behind the left hand, I slide that hand forward on the rein,
which is kept over the little finger, under the other three fingers, and over
the thumb all the time, and then shut the grasp again on the new reach.

APPENDIX. 951

A shift with the right hand is made just in the same way, by taking hoid
and steadying the rein behind that hand with the thumb and forefinger of
the left hand.

«* T have often observed, that, with other methods of holding the reins,
there was great difficulty in shifting the reach. The driver tries to do it ;
but, for an instant, he has let go of the horse’s head on one side alto-
gether, and broken his stride. When this is found to be the case, the
dead pull all the time is adopted; and this spoils the freedom and elas-
ticity of the horse’s stride, and chokes off his wind. I do not intend
this to be taken as instruction for professional drivers. Every driver has
a way of his own; and some of them have very good ways, for, as I
have taken occasion to state before, they drive well. But what I have
set down above may be of service to gentlemen who drive their own
horses, and to those young men who, having as yet no settled method of
their own, may think it well’ enough to try that which I have found to
answer. Another word about bits. I am opposed to the use of severe
bits, and complicated things of that sort. Some of the inventors of such
things say Iam prejudiced; but I don’t think I am. If a man has a
horse that cannot be driven with a bar-bit or a snaffle, he may as well sell
him, except it is a very exceptional case. Where are these kinds of
severe complicated bits most in use? Why, in England; five hundred or
a thousand of them are used there to one that is used here: and where
do the horses trot the best? These bits are mostly invented by men who
have had no practical experience whatever as to what sort of driving a
fast trotter requires to keep his gait square and bold, and induce him to
do his best when it is called for. When a horse has a good mouth—and
a bad one is almost always the fault of bad breaking and driving—the
easier the bit you use, the better he will act for you, and the more speed
he will show you.’’

Trotting Horses.

It has often been said of Northern and Eastern men, that they do not
take kindly to the saddle. In a sense this is true, especially in the
North. In England the passion for riding in the saddle grew up at a
time when there were, so to speak, no roads. In the earlier settlement
of America, throughout the then vast timber region, the same state of
things existed; but a people who settle a new country have something
else to think of than riding to hounds or other pleasure riding. So the
country became settled; the level or gently undulating nature of the
country rendered good roads passable at light cost, and the absence of
preserves of game, a landed aristocracy, and the improvement in vehicles
for pleasure and use, tended to force public taste in the direction of driv-

952 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

ing. Hence the early appreciation of the trotting horse, and the won-
derful development in speed in this direction.

In the South, racing stock held its own, and does even to this day ; and
nobly have they contested the palm of victory, and successfully, on many
hard fought fields of racing blood in England and our own country. At
the North, however, the trotting horse now reigns supreme. It is the
intention here to present something of the wonderful increase in speed
and endurance of the trotting horse of America, with information of the
most celebrated horses that early gave fashion to this style of going, and
a full list of animals and performances, that the reader may see at a
glance the growth of this passion for trotting horses.

EARLY TROTTERS.

Until 1823 we have but little authentic information that regular trot-
ting courses were established, and not until 1830 were fast trotting
courses estublished. According to Porter’s Spirit of the Times, the tirst
public trotting in America for a stake was a match against time for $1,000.

In 1824, A. M. Giles trotted his horse 28 miles in one hour and _ fifty-
seven seconds. The same year Topgallant and Betsey Baker were
matched to trot three miles in harness for $1,000 a side. The race was
won by Topgallant by 40 yards, in 8 minutes, 42 seconds. Topgallant
also trotted 12 miles on the road in 39 minutes. The **Albany pony”’
did a mile in 2 minutes, 40 seconds. The Treadwell mare did one mile
in 2:34: und Boston Blue trotted 18 miles within the hour. Boston
Blue is reported to have been the first horse that trotted a mile in three
minutes ; it having been done in 1818. So that it will be seen that the
Treadwell mare in 1824 had reduced the time to 2:34. Yet for many
years after a 2:40 horse was considered extraordinary, as also was any
horse capable of going on the road in 3 minutes.

In 1827, on the Hunting Park Association of Philadelphia, Screwdriver
won two heats at two miles, beating Betsey Baker in 8:02 and 8:10, the
three best time on record. Dutchman afterwards accomplished the same
distance in 7:52 1-2, and Lady Suffolk in 7:40 1-2.

In 1840, on the Long Island course, Jerry beat Whalebone in a three
mile trotting race, in 8:23 the first heat, and 8:15 the second. The best
time for 2 mile heats that year was 5:22, 5:21; for 3 miles, 8:26, 8:27,
8:41, 8:56. On long distances Sweetbrier accomplished six miles in
18 :52.

In 1834 Edwin Forrest, as yet an unentered horse, trotted his mile in
2:31 1-2, beating Sally Miller. The course was 1 mile and 10 yards in
length.

In 1835 Dutchman made four miles, under the saddle, in 11:19 and
10:51, and Dolly, by Messenger, out of a thoroughbred mare, five miles

APPENDIX. 953

to wagon, carrying two men, weighing 310 pounds, in 16:45; and imme-
diately was started again to do 10 miles more, which she accomplished in
34:07. The same year the horse Daniel D. Thompkins, under the sad-
dle, trotted three mile heats in 7:59 and 8:10.

In 1842 Ripton beat Lady Suffolk, at 3 miles in harness, in 5:07 and
SRIE

In 1843 Lady Suffolk made mile heats in 2:28 1-2, 2:28, 2:28, 2:29
and 2:32, which was not again equaled until 1854, when this record was
covered by Tacony.

In 1844 Cayuga Chief made the first half mile in a race in 1:15, the
fastest yet made in public; and Fanny Jenks accomplished 100 miles, in
harness, in 9 hours 38 minutes 34 seconds. The slowest mile was done
in 6:25 and the fastest in 4:47. At the end of the race this mare was
driven an extra mile in 4:25.

In 1849 Lady Suffolk trotted 19 times and won 12, beating Grey Eagle
and Mac twice, Pelham five times, Lady Sutton twice, Trustee four times ;
also beat Black Hawk, Gray Trouble, Plumbay and other horses. This
year a Canadian mare, Fly, is said to have been driven from Cornwall to
Montreal, ninety miles, in 8 hours and 15 minutes. Fanny Jenks made’
100 miles in 9 hours 38 minutes and 34 seconds. Fanny Murray trotted
one hundred miles in 9 hours 41 minutes 23 seconds.

In' 1852 Tacony won 12 races, beating all the best horses of the day,
making a single mile in 2:26; two miles in 5:02, and was beaten only
twice. As a3 year Ethan Allen trotted this year in 3:20. Flora Tem-
ple this year won her first purse, on the regular turf, in 2:41.

In 1853 the entire sporting interest was centered in Flora Temple and
Tacony.. Flora this year beat all the best horses of the day, winning
seventeen times. Her best time at mile heats was 2:27, 2:28, and at 2
mile heats 5:01 1-2, 4:59. This year Tacony trotted a mile in 2:25 1-2.

In 1856 the contest lay principally between Flora Tempte and Lancet.
Flora made 11 races, winning nine, beating Lancet four times in harness,
and Tacony three times in harness, Tacony going under the saddle. This
year Flora Temple lowered the one mile record to 2:24 1-2.

That the trotting horse of America owes his great powers to the infu-
sion of thorough blood, we have before staated. To Imported Messen-
ger is this due in the greatest degree. Messenger’s sire was Mambrino,
his second sire Engineer, and his third sire Samson. Thence to Blaze,
Flying Childers and the Darley Arabian. Samson is reported to have
been coarse and homely, and Engineer rough and coarse, but both of these
horses were of extraordinary substance.

Another great trotting sire of America was imported Bellfounder.
There has been much controversy over his breeding, first and last, but

954. ILLUSTRATEE STOCK DOCTON.

that he was a staunch trotter, and a getter of admirable horses, there is
no doubt, giving splendid action to his get. Still, it must be admitted
that, admirable as was Bellfounder himself, his get was not equal to the
descendants of Messenger in all that constitutes speed, endurance and
action.

Durae also became a valuable factor in our trotting blood. His strain
of blood appears in the Medley’s, Durac Messenger’s, Mambrino Chief’s
and Gold Dust’s.

One of the sub-families of Messenger’s blood, Hambletonian, who
united the blood of Messenger and Bellfounder, has raised the trotting
horse of America to the highest pomt of perfection. He was not
a handsome horse from a thoroughbred standpoint, if indeed he was
thoroughbred, which has been doubted. It has been given as follows:

Hambletonian was by Abdallah ; he by Mambrina, a son of Messenger.
The dam of Abdallah, the mare Amazonia. The dam of Hambletonian
by imported Bellfounder; second dam by Hambletonian; third dam,
Silvertail, said to have been by imported Messenger.

In all that constitutes stoutness and ability to perform, in freedom
from tendency to disability, his stock has been wonderful. Noted for
immense and strong joints, length and strength of bone, magnificent
muscular development, prominent, square, massive build, mighty hips
and excellent barrel, all knit together to form a most admirable frame,
united to a nervous constitution, that reproduced itself in his descendants,
in a most wonderful degree.

In relation to the descendants of the progenitors of the strain of trot-
ting blood, Mr. H. T. Helm, of Chicago, a breeder of good horses, and
a close students in horse history, in his work, ‘* American Roadsters and
Trotting Horses,’’ says of the the trotting horse of to-day: ‘*'The com-
bined Abdallah-Bellfounder is a horse of the teens: ‘** Goldsmith Maid,
2:14; Dexter, 2:17 1-4; Gloster, 2:17; Bodine, 2:19 1-4; St. Julien,
2:22 1-2; Gazelle, 2:21; Fullerton,.2:18; Mountain Boy, 2: 20 3-4;
Jay Gould, 2: 21 1-2; Nettie, 2:18; Startle, Joe Elliot would
in his opinion, have probably stood as a bright star in the firmament.”
We can add to this our own opinion as a breeder of descendants of Mes-
senger and Bellfounder many years ago, that we never had a disappoint-
ing colt. They were mighty driving horses, of great bone, muscle and
sinew, of great lung power, and of course of great endurance. Of some
of the truly great descendants of this blood, the authority previously
quoted says:

GOLDSMITH MAID,

The Queen of the Trotting Turf, was foaled in 1857, and is now
nineteen years old. She was bred by John D. Decker, of Sussex county,

APPENDIX. 955

N. J. Her dam was one of those yellow-bay mares so common in the
produce of old Abdallah. She was undersized, fretful, and of a nervous
temperament, and up to the age of six years had performed no work of
any kind, except to run occasional races about and on the farm, for the
amusement of the boys. In 1863 she was sold by Mr. Decker for $260 ;
the purchaser selling her again, on the same day, to Mr. Tompkins, for
$360; and she was soon afterward bought by Mr. Alden Goldsmith, for
$600. The eye of the practical horseman discovered that she was worth
the handling. He discovered her ability, and soon brought the world to
a knowledge of her value. Under his careful and patient management,
and the skillful drivers employed by him, she soon displayed such speed
and extraordinary qualities of game and endurance, that he was able to
sell her, at about the age of eleven years, for the sum of $20,000. The
purchasers were B. Jackman and Mr. Budd Doble, and, under the guid-
ance of the latter, she has steadily advanced in a career of fame that is
without a parallel in the history of the trotting turf. She was subse-
quently sold, by the two gentlemen last named, to H. N. Smith, for the
sum of $37,000, and yet remains his property. She has been matched
against all the great trotters of her period; and, while she has occasion-
ally lost a race, she has ultimately vanquished all competitors, and stead-
ily lowered the record for trotting performances, and at the age of
eighteen, marked the marvelous, and thus far unapproachable, record of
a mile in 2:14.

Twice during the year 1576 she trotted in a raee’ in 2:15, and although

in her first race against the renowned Smuggler she was beaten, she by
-no means surrendered her queenly scepter, for again, at Buffalo, she as-
serted her supremacy in the three fastest successive heats on record.
Proudly does she command the sympathy and applause of all beholders
when she hurls at her powerful competitor the defiant challenge, ‘* You
may become King, but Iam yet Queen.”’

It were useless to mention the names and performances of others ;
there is no name that can be compared with that of the little bay mare ;
the fame and the radiance of all others pale before the brilliancy of a
renown that followed her to the age of twenty years, and has been wit-
nessed on every great course throughout the expanse of a continent. I
subjoin a description of the Trotting Queen, from the pen of one of our
most accurate and capable writers :

Goldsmith Maid is a bay mare 15 1-4 hands, no white. She appears,
at first glance, to be rather delicately made, but this conception is drawn
from the form, rather than the quality of her make-up. Her head and
neck are very clean and blood-like ; her shoulder sloping and well placed ;
middle piece tolerably deep at the girth, but so light in the waist as to
give her a tucked-up appearance, and one would say a lack of constitu-

61

956 } ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR

tion, but for the abundant evidence to the contrary; loin and coupling
good; quarters of the greyhound order—broad and sinewy; her limbs
are clean, fine-boned and wiry; feet rather small, but of good quality.
She is high mettled, and takes an abundance of work without flinching.
In her highest trotting form, drawn to an edge, she is almost deer-like in
appearance, and when scoring for a start and alive to the emergencies of
the race, with her great flashing eye and dilated nostrils, she is a perfect.
picture of animation and living beauty. Her gait is long, bold and
sweeping, and she is, in the hands of a driver acquainted with her pecu-
liarities, a perfect piece of machinery. She seldom makes an out-and-
out break, but frequently makes a skip, and has been accused of losing
nothing in either case. Aside from the distinction of having trotted the
fastest mile on record, she also enjoys the honor of making the fastest
three consecutive heats ever won in a race, which renders any comments
upon her staying qualities unnecessary.

She continued on the turf until past twenty years old, and after com-
pleting that age she closed her public career with the year 1877 by
trotting during that year forty-one heats in 2:30 or better, and making a
time record of 2:14 1-2. Her record stands at the close of her career at
2:14, with 332 heats in 2:3V or better. Her record and her career are
the marvel of the age.

DEXTER.

Dexter has been so often described, that the public are familiar with
his appearance. A dark bay or brown gelding, with a white stripe the
full length and width of his face, and four white legs; 15 hands, 1 inch
high ; his head as finely cut in its outline as that of Australian or Bonnie
Scotland; an eye that does not stand out with the prominence of the
Abdallah eye in Hambletonian, but ‘one that sparkles with a glance of
fire that speaks of that which is back of the orb; his mane and tail are
medium in fulness, and in form and blood-like appearance he is hardly
surpassed by that of any thoroughbred of full age in the country. His
record of 2:17 1-4 is familiar to all.

JAY GOULD.

Jay Gould is a bright bay horse, of fine mould and finish, 15 hands 2
inches in height ; rather light-appearing in form, but of great and power-
fully formed quarters, and a tolerably fair set of limbs. His head is a
finely formed one, and he has a face that indicates the high degree of in-
telligence that in so great a measure marks this branch of the family.
He has trotted twenty heats in 2:30 or better, and reached a record of
2:21 1-2, and in addition is credited with one son, King Philip, a young
horse only five years old, that has trotted nine heats in 2:30 or better,
and reached a record of 2:21.

GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC AND OTHER TERMS, WITH THEIR
DEFINITION.

Abdomen—The portion of the body containing the stomach and intes-
tines ; the belly.

Alnormal—That which is not natural or regular.

Abortion—The casting of the young in an unnatural manner, and _be-
fore the proper time.

Abrade, Abrasion—To rub off, to wear away by contact, as rubbing
off the surface of the skin, producing galls.

Abrupt—Quick, sudden ; an abrupt turn or twist in the intestine may
produce strangulation of the parts.

Abscess—A swelling and its cavity containing pus or matter. A cavity
containing pus.

Abscission—The cutting away or removal of a part.

Absorb—Swallowing up, drinking in.

Absorbent—In anatomy, those vessels which imbibe or suck up, as the
lacteals or lymphatics. In medicine, any substance, as chalk, mag-
nesia, etc., used to absorb acidity in the stomach.

/

Absorption—The taking up by the vessels of the body of any substance
either natural or unnatural, as the serum of dropsical swellings.

Accelerate—Growing quicker or faster, as an accelerated pulse.

Acid—Sour. The last fermentation before the putrid.

Acidulate—To make slightly sour, as with lemon, vinegar, or the
mineral acids.

Accretion—Increase, or growing as an exostosis or unnatural growth

of bone.

Aceni—Stony growths of the liver, resembling berries. j

Acrid—Sharp, pungent, biting, irritating, as the strong acids.

Acute—Severe, sharp. In diseases, those which soon come to an end
in contradistinction to chronic.

ldhesion—A joining together, as the union of parts in healing.

Adhesive—That which adheres, as certain plasters.

Ye)

58 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Adipose—Fatty matter ; belonging to fat.

Aerate—Mixing with air, as the blood in the lungs, by which it ab-
sorbs oxygen.

Affection—Disease, or disease of some particular part.

Affinity—The attraction which causes particles of bodies to adhere
and form compounds. That which causes substances to cohere.

Albumen—Substances, animal and vegetable, resembling the white of
an ege.

Aliment—Solid or liquid substance taken as food.

Alimentary Canal—The bowels.

Alkali—Any substance which will neutralize an acid, as magnesia,
soda, potash, etc.

Alterative—A medicine changing the functions and condition of the
organs of the body.

Analysis—Yo separate into parts, resolving into the original elements.

Anatomy—The art of dissecting, or separating the different parts of
the body. The science of the structure of the body, as learned by
dissection.

Anchylosis—The stiffening or rendering rigid a joint.

Ansthetic—Agents which deprive of sensation and suffering, as chlo-
riform, ether, etc.

Anodyne—A medicine to allay or diminish pain.

Anomalous—Deviating from the general character or rule.

Antacid—Opposed to or an antidote to acids.

Antagonism—Opposed in action ; one contradicting another.

Anterior—Before ; in front of another part.

Anthelmintic—Medicine to kill or expel worms.

Antidote—That which counteracts hurtful or noxious substances. <A
remedy to counteract the effects of poison.
Antiperiodic—Medicine to arrest or retard the return of a paroxysm in

periodic disease.
Antiseptic—Agents for preventing, arresting or retarding putrefaction.
Anus—The fundament, or lower portion of the bowel at the tail.
Aperient—Laxative Medicine ; that which gently operates on the bowels.
Approximate—Coming near to. An approximate cure is by inocula-
ting for another disease.
Aqueous—Watery ; having the property of water, as watery matter,
aqueous pus.
Aromatic—Strong smelling stimulants, given to dispel wind and re-
lieve pain.

Artery—Blood vessels which carry the red blood from the heart.
Articulate—Joining, working together or upon one another, as the
bones.

APPENDIX. 959

Asphyxia—Death from strangulation of the lungs, from want of air.

Asthenopia—W eakness of the sight or vision.

Assimilate—To make like another; assimilation of food in the nutri-
tion of the body.

Astralgalus—The largest bone of the hock-joint, lying below the
os calcis.

Astringent—That which causes contraction of the bowels or vital
structures. Astringents are medicines which suppress discharges,
as from the bowels, blood, mucus.

Attenuate—To draw out, to make thin, reduce in size.

Atrophy—Wasting of a part, as the muscles.

Augment—To increase.

Auricle—The external part of the ear; also parts of the heart, one
on each side resembling ears.

Balk—To refuse to pull, or to refuse to go forward at command.

Base—The lower part, as the base of the brain; the foundation.

Beneath—Under a certain part.

Biliary—Belonging to or pertaining to bile. Biliary duct, a canal
containing bile.

Boot—Buffer, a leather band, worn to prevent one foot cutting the
other in, traveling.

Bougie—An instrument for opening the urethra, or urinary, or other
passages.

Bounded—Parts lying about another: surrounded by.

Breeding-in-and-in—Breeding to close relations, in the same sub-
family, as the produce of the same sire but of different dams, or of
the same sire and dam.

Calcareous—Containing lime, lime like.

Calculus—Any hard, solid concretion found in any.part of. the body,
as stone in the bladder, gall stones, ete.

Calefacient—Anything producing warmth.

Callous—Induration ; a hard deposit ; excess of bony matter.

Cancer—A hard, unequal, ulcerating tumor, which usually proves
fatal. :

Canker—Eroding ulcers of the mouth; virulent, corroding ulcers.
Any sore which eats or corrodes.

Cannon-bone—The shank, or bone below the knee or hock. The met-
acarpal or metatarsal bone of the horse.

Capillary—Hair-like : applied to the minute ramifications of the blood
vessels.

Capsicum—Cayenmne pepper. The small, long red pepper.

Capsular Ligaments—Ligaments surrounding the joints.

Capsule—A membranous bag or sac.

960 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Carbon—W oody matter. Charcoal is impure carbon; the diamond is
pure carbon. Carbonic acid is expelled from the lungs in the act of
breathing. ~ Carbonic oxyde in the blood or lungs is fatal to life.

Caries—Uleeration of the substance of the bones.

Carminitives—W arming, stimulant, aromatic medicines, used in colic
and wind.

Cartilage—Gristle ; the substance covering the ends of bones, moving
and working upon each other.

Castrate—To geld, emasculate, deprive of the testicles.

Catarrh—A cold attended with running of the nose.

Cathartic—Purgative medicine, used for freely opening the bowels.

Catheter—An instrument used for drawing the water from the bladder
and for other purposes.

Caustic—Any burning agent, as potash, nitrate of silver. To cauter-
ize is to burn, generally applied to the use of the hot iron in diseases.

Cavity—aA depression, as the cavity of a wound.

Cellular tissue—The membrane or tissue which invests every fiber of
the body, composed of minute cells communicating with each other, and
which serve as reservoirs of fat.

Cephalic—Pertaining to the head.

Cerebrai—Pertaining to the brain.

Cervical—The neck ; belonging to the neck.

Characteristic—A symptom of character. Characterize, to distinguish.

Chemical—Relating to chemistry.

Chirurgical—Belonging to surgical art.

Cholagogue—Medicines to increase the secretion of the bile.

Chronic—A_ lingering, long-standing disease, succeeding the acute
stage. A seated, permanent disease. :

Chyle—The milky liquid, as taken from the food during digestion, and
prepared from the chyme, and ready to be absorbed by the lacteal
vessels before being poured forth into the blood.

Chyme—The food modified and prepared by the action of the stomach.

Cicatrice—The scar left after the healing of a wound or ulcer.

Limited.

Cleft—A mark; division; furrow.

Clyster—Liquid medicine injected into the lower intestine.

Coagulate—To clot, as the blood when drawn.

Otrcumscribed.

Cohesion—Connected : adhering together ; sticking together.
Coition—The act of copulation ; union of the sexes.
Conception—Fecundation by action of the male.

A healthy, serviceable state of the system. A firm state
of the muscular tissue.

Condition

APPENDIX. 961

Colic—A griping disease of the intestines.

Collapse—A falling together. A closing of the vessels.

Colon—The largest of the intestines, or more properly, the largest divis-
ion of the intestinal canal.

Congenital—Born with another; of the same birth. Belonging to the
individual from birth.

Congestion—An accumulation of clogged blood in the vessels, or in the
parts, as the lungs, brain, ete.

Constrict—Drawing or binding together, as constriction of the muscles
of a part.

Contagious—A. disease that may be communicated by contact, or the
matter communicated, or proceeding from the breath or emanations
of the body.

Contorted—Twisted, twisting, writhing, as the body in pain, or from the
result of disease.

Contusion—A bruise ; a wound made by a blow or bruise.

Convex—Having a rounded surface. The opposite of concave.

Copious—Plentiful, abundant, as a copious discharge.

Coronet—The upper part of the hoof, just where it joins the skin.

Cranium—The skull. Cranial: pertaining to the skull.

Crest—The back or upper part of the neck of the horse.

Crupper—The buttocks of a horse.

Crural—Pertaining to the legs, as the crural arteries and the crural
veins.

Crust—The hoof, so-called. The outside lamin of the hoof.

Cul-De-Sac—A passage closed at one end.

Cutaneous—Of the skin, as a cutaneous affection.

Cyst—A small bladder or sac, applied to those containing parasites,
which become encysted, or inclosed in an envelope.

Debility—The condition of weakness or feebleness.

Decoction—A fluid formed by boiling in water.

Decompose—The act of decaying. To separate into component parts.

Degenerate—To become worse or inferior.

Deleterious—That which is injurious, poisonous or destructive.

Delirium—Insanity; loss of the senses, or a wandering of them in
disease.

Demuleent—That which sheathes and protects irritated surfaces.

Dermal—Belonging to the skin.

Dessicate—To dry. To make dry. Drying by heat.

Detergent—Medicines having the power of cleansing the vessels or the
skin.

Develop—To increase. A disease develops its intensity. To show
increasing muscular form. Bringing to perfection.

962 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Diabetes—An excessive flow of urine containing sacharine matter.

Diagnosis—The distinguishing of one disease from another.

Diaphoretic—Medicines which cause perspiration or sweating.

Diaphram—The midriff. The membrane, or brain muscle, which divides
the thorax or chest from the abdomen or belly.

Diarrhea—A continued and profuse discharge from the bowels.

Diffuse—To extend or drive out. That which may flow or spread, as a
diffusible stimulant.

Digestion—The separation and dissolving of the food in the stomach.
Digestive ointment has the power of resolving tumors.

Dilate—To open wide, as dilation of the eye.

Dislocation—Putting out of joint.

Dilatation—The expanding of a body, as of the heart, arteries, the blad-
der, etc., from over-fullness.

Dilute—To make thin, as a medicine with water, with oil, ete.

Diminution-—To make less, to decrease, as of pain.

Distort—Deformed, crooked, out of the natural shape.

Distend—To stretch out, or swell.

Diuretic—Medicines to increase the flow of urine.

Dorsal—Pertaining to the back. The dorsal column ; the back-bone.

Drastic—Powerfully acting medicines or poisons.

Duct—A tube for conveying a fluid or the secretions of the glands.

Duodenum—-The first portion of the small intestine, and through which
the bile is poured.

Dysphazia—Ditiiculty of swallowing.

Dyspnea—Difticulty of breathing.

Echolic—Parturients— Agents causing the contraction of the womb.

Effusion—A flowing out, as of the blood, water or lymph, into the tissues.

Ejection—Casting out, as ejecting improper matters from the stomach.

Elastic—The property of springing or stretching.

Embryo—The impregnated ovum in the womb after growth has com-
menced.

Emetic—Medicines given to produce vomiting.

Emollients—A gents which have the power of softening or relaxing.

Enamel—The hard outer covering of the teeth.

Enema—Medicines given by injection into the bowels.

Enteric—Belonging to the bowels.

Enteritis—Inflammation of the bowels.

Epidemic—Disease that affects a large number, as though carried in the
air.

Epiglottis—The covering of the glottis. A tongue-shaped projection, ta
prevent food or liquids from entering the wind-pipe.

Eruption—Pimples, blisters, rash, etc., breaking out on the skin.

APPENDIX. 963

Hsophagus—The gullet, or tube of the throat which conveys food to
the stomach.

Evacuate—To empty or pass out, as, to evacuate the bowels.

Ewe-necked—In the horse, having a neck like a shorn sheep.

Buranthema—Eruption of the skin with fever.

Excoriate—To tear or strip off the skin; to wear away or abrade; to
break the skin in any manner, as in galling or with acrid substances.

Excrement—Retfuse matter. The dung.

Excrescence—Unnatural or superfluous growth.

Excreting—Throwing out from the body.

Excrition—Separating the fluids of the body by means of the glands.

Exhale—Breathing out, evaporating.

Eaxostosis—Unnatural growth or projection of the bone.

Extensor-tendon—The tendons which stretch out the limbs.

Eutravasate—To let flow from the proper vessels, as in bleeding.

Extremities—The limbs, so-called.

Exude—To discharge through the pores.

Facial—Pertaining to the face.

Feces—The excrement.

Furcy—A disease of the lymphatics of the skin of the horse. Also a
disease allied to glanders.

Febrifuge—Medicines to lower the temperature of the body and counter-
act fever.

Feculent—Foul or impure matter, formed by the breaking down of the
tissues, excrementitious matter.

Femur—The thigh bone proper.

Fermentation—Incipient decomposition of vegetable substances from
souring.

Fibrin—An organic substance found in the blood and composing a
large part of the tissues of the body. Fibrous membrane—a mem-
brane composed of fibers.

Fibula—The small or splinter bone of the hind leg. The outer and les-
ser bone of the leg; much smaller than the tibia.

Fissure—An opening, a crack.

Fistula—A deep, narrow ulcer, having a pipe leading toit. Fistulous.
Like a pipe.

Flatulent—The generation of gas or wind in the stomach and intestines,
as in flatulent colic.

Flex—To bend, as the head, neck or limb; as a muscle flexing the arm.

Flexor—A muscle whose office it is to bend a part;in opposition to
extensor.

Florid—Red or scarlet like, from excess of blood in a part.

964 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCROR.

Fomentation—The application of warmth and moisture, as with a liquid
or poultice.

Forceps—Long pointed pincers or nippers.

Fracture—The breaking of a bone.

Friction—Exciting circulation by rubbing.

Fumigate—The application of smoke or vapor.

Function—The office or duty of any part of the body.

Fundament—The anus or extremity of the bowel. The end of the gut.

Fungus—An unnatural growth resembling mushrooms.

Gangrene—The mortification or death of any part of the body, or of any
of its tissues.

Gas—An emanation, or invisible fluid, generated in the body.

Gastric—Pertaining to the stomach.

Gelatine—Animal jelly.

Gemelliparous—Producing two at a birth.

Generate—To beget offspring. Generative; employed in begetting or
producing young; breeding.

Genital—Relating to reproduction of young, or to generation.

Gland—A structure for secreting certain fluids of the body, and con-
taining a tube.

Glottis—The narrow opening at the top of the windpipe.

Granulate—Matter resembling grains, in the healing of wounds, and
new flesh.

Gravid—The state of being with young.

Gullet—The cesophagus or food pipe leading to the stomach.

Haggard—W orn down; thin; ghastly; deathlike.

Hemal—Relating to the blood.

Hematin—The coloring matter of the blood.

Haunch—That part of the body which lies between the last ribs and the
thigh. In the horse, the bony region of the hips.

Haw—The process of the eye-socket, which is thrown over the eye to
clear it of foreign substances.

Hectic—A constitutional and remitting fever exhibited in consumption ;
produced also by ulcers, sores, ete.

Hemorrhage—A discharge of blood from the vessels containing it.

Hepatic—Belonging to the liver.

Hepatized—Converted into a liver-like substance.

Hereditary—Inbred from the parents, as disease, color, vices and other
peculiarities.

Hue—Color.

Humerus—The upper arm-bone; upper bone of the fore-leg.

Hysterics—A nervous disability, confined to females, sometimes attack-
ing males.

APPENDIX. 965

Iilewm—The lower part of the small intestine.

Incision—Cutting into, a clean cut, cutting as in any operation per-
formed.

Induration—A hardening, as a hard tumor.

Incisors—The front teeth of the jaws.

Injection—Communicating disease by miasma or emanations from a dis-
eased body.

Ingested—Food taken in.

Inject—To throw in artificially, as from a syringe.

Inoculation—Producing the same disease by virus or matter from a sore,
communicated from one animal to another.

Instinct—Sense, as applied to animals.

Interfering—The cutting of one foot or leg with the other.

Interstice—The minute spaces between the particles of a body.

Intestines—The bowels. The alimentary canal leading from the stomach
to the anus.

Invert—To turn about or upside down.

Invigorators—Strengthening medigines, or agents.

Jejunum—A part of the small intestines.

Jet—The peculiar flow of blood from the arteries, or spurting motion.

Jugular—The large vein of the neck.

Lacerate—To tear. A lacerated wound, is a torn wound.

Lachrymal—Pertaining to the tears. The lachrymal duct is the duct
leading from the eye to the membrane of the nose.

Lamella—A small plate of anything; pertaining to the anatomy of the
hoof.

Languor—W eakness, faintness, debility.

Laryngitis—Inflammation of the larynx.

Larynx—The swell at the upper part of the wind-pipe, and extending
into the throat.

Lateral—At, or to the one side.

Laxative—A mild, loosening purgative.

Lens—A portion of the eye.

Lesion—Disease of a structure ; any hurt or injury.

Ligament—The bands of the joints. That which binds together. The
fibrous structure of the bones.

Lobe—A division of an organ, as of the brain, lungs or liver.

Local—Confined to a certain part.

Lubricate—To moisten, as the lubrication of the joints and moving parts
by their appropriate fluids.

Lymph—A transparent and nearly colorless fluid. The fluid contained
in and poured out by the lymphatics.

Lymphatic—The vessels of animal bodies which contain the lymph.

966 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Macerate—Steeped almost to solution. Thorough soaking of a part in
water previous to dissection.

Malady—Disease or ailment.

Malar—Pertaining to the cheek bone.

Malander—An ulcerous condition on the inside of the legs.

Malformation—Badly or unnaturally shaped or formed.

Malignant—Severe; long; dangerous disease.

Mediastiwwm—The partition formed by the meeting of the pleura, divid-
ing the chest into two lateral parts.

Medullary—The marrow; pith; a soft substance.

Membrane—A thin animal tissue. Thin covering of the brain, bones and
other organs.

Mental—Relating to the mind. The reasoning faculty.

Mesentary—The membrane which attaches the intestines to the spine.

Metastasis—The transference or removal of disease from one part to
another, or such change as is succeeded by a solution.

Morbid—A state of disease; an unnatural state, as morbid humors; a
failing, sinking state.

Mortification—The death of a part from gangrene.

Mucilage—A jelly-like fluid; one of the proximate elements of vege-
tables, abundant in slippery elm; the agent which lubricates the
joints.

Mucus—The substance secreted by the mucous membranes, and effused
upon the surfaces of the membranes, as the running of the nose in a
cold.

Muscles—The lean or flesh; the organs producing the active movements
of the body.

Narcotic—Drugs which allay pain and produce sleep.

Nauseants—Medicines that sicken the stomach.

Nephrites—Inflammation of the kidneys.

Nerves—The fibrous system, which convey sensations to and through
the body.

Nervous—Having weak nerves.

Neutralize—Destroying the force or effect of anything.

Nitrate of Silver—Lunar caustic.

Nutritive—That which builds up; strong, healthy food.

Nutrition—The process by which the food taken is assimilated ; to repair
waste and promote growth.

Obesity—Exceeding fatness.

Oblique—Slanting.

Ocular—Relating to the eyes.

Omentum—The caul. <A fold of the peritoneal membrane, covering the
intestines in front, and attached to the stomach.

APPENDIX. 967

Optic—Relating to the sight, as the optic nerve ; relating to the laws of
vision.

Orgax—The natutal instrument by which a process or function is car-
ried on.

Organic—Composed of organs. Organism. The living body.

Origin—The beginning or first existence of a thing.

Os—The technical name for bone. ‘

Os Calcis—The tip of the back.

Osseous—Bone like.

Os Oheocele—Scrotal hernia. Any tumor of the hernia.

Ossification—Changing to bone. Bony formation.

Oxydation—The change formed by the action of air on any substance.
The changing of the black or venous blood into red or arterial blood
in the lungs.

Pabulum—That which is proper for food.

Pachydermata—A thick-skinned animal, as a horse, ox, man, ete.

Palate—The roof of the mouth.

Panacea—A supposed universal cure. A medicine applicable to many
cases.

Pancreas—The narrow, flat gland extending across the abdomen, some-
times called callet or sweet-bread.

Paroxysm—In disease, a recurrence coming on after an intermission.
Chills and fever are paroxysmal.

Parturition—The act of bringing forth young.

Patella—The knee pan.

Pathology—Pertaining to the nature and constitution of disease.

Pectoral—Pertaining to the breast, as the pectoral muscles. In medi-
cine, that which is adapted to relieve affections of the breast and
lungs.

Pectin—The gelatinizing principle of certain fruits and vegetables.

Pepsin—A substance secreted in the stomach of animals. The active
principle in rennet.

Peptic—Promoting digestion; relating to digestion.

Pericardium—The serous membrane of the heart.

Perichrondrium—The membrane covering the cartilages.

Pericranium—The membrame lining the bones of the skull.

Pvriosteum-—The fibrous membrane investing a bone.

Peritoneum—The serous membrane lining the cavity of the abdomen.

Permcate—That which may freely invest or pass through without rup-
ture or sensible displacement. Water permeates sand; light perme-
ates glass.

Pharynx—The opening or tube at the back part of the mouth which
leads to the stomach.

968 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Phlebotomy—The operation or act of bleeding.

Placenta—The membrane covering the young in the womb.

Plethora—A full habit of body; full of blood.

Pleura—The serous membrane lining the interior of the chest, covering
the lungs, reflecting and lubricating them into its secretions.

Plexus—Any union of vessels, nerves or fibers in the form of net work.

Predispose—As likely to occur; inclining to, as being predisposed to
disease.

Process—Prominence; a projecting part; any protuberance, eminence
or projecting bone.

Profuse—Abundant, plentiful; as a profuse discharge.

Prognosis—The art of judging by the symptoms the probable course of
a disease.

Prolapsus Uteri—Falling of the womb.

Prolapsus Recti—Falling of the rectum.

Pulmonary—Having reference to the lungs.

Pulsate—A beating or throbbing.

Pulse—The action or beat of the arteries.

Pumices—The letting down or falling of the coffin bone on the sole.

Puncture—Any orifice made with a pointed instrument.

Pupil—The ball or apple of the eye through which the rays of light pass
to the chrystaline humors.

Purgative—Any medicine having the power of operating strongly on the
bowels.

Pus—The matter flowing from a tumor when lanced, or from sores.
Healthy pus is yellowish white in color and secreted in the process of
healing.

Putrefaction—The act of decomposition; corruption; rotten.

Pylorus—The lower and right orifice of the stomach through which the
food passes to the intestines.

Quiescent—At rest. Showing no pain. Making no sound.

Quack—A_ pretender in medicine. A charlatan.

Qualmish—Sickness at the stomach; nausea.

Quittor—An ulcerous formation inside the foot of the nature of a fistula.

Rabies—Madness; affected with hydrophobia.

Rachitis—Inflammation of the spine; rickets. This is a corruption of
rachitis.

Ramify—Branched ; running in various directions.

Rancid—A rank, strong smell. Incipient putrefaction.

Raphe—A seam or suture.

Receptacle—That which receives or contains another.

Rectum—tThe last intestine. The anal gut.

Refrigerant—Medicines or lotions to diminish heat.

APPENDIX. 969

Regurgitate—The act of throwing or pouring back, as wind.

Relax—To abate; beeome more mild, or less rigorous.

Remittent—Ceasing for a time, as a fever or a pain.

Reproduction—Producing again ; breeding.

Respiration—The act of breathing.

Retention—Stopping, holding, as retention of the urine.

Retina—The part of the eye in which the image is produced in the act
of seeing, or vision.

Rickets—A diseased state of the bones. ie oe

Repulsion—In physics, that power by which particles or bodies are made
to recede from each other.

Reunion—The union of parts separated by a wound or accident.

Sacral—Belonging to the os sacrum.

Saline—That which is salt, or containing salt in solution.

Saliva—The secretion of the salivary glands, which moistens the food
in chewing ; also keeps the mouth and tongue moist. Salivation. The
act of producing an increased flow of saliva.

Sanguinification—The process of producing blood from chyle.

Sanitary—Relating to the preservation of health.

Saphena—Major and minor—veins of the hind leg.

Scaphoid—Shaped liked a boat, as the navicular bone.

Sclerotic—The thick, hard, white outer coat of the eye.

Sciatica—A rheumatic affection of the hip.

Sear—To burn with a hot iron; actual cautery.

Secretion—The separation of various substances from the blood.

Sedative—Agents to depress nervous power, or lower circulation.

Sensoriwum—The seat of sensation. An organ which receives an impres-
sion. Sensitive, having feeling. Sensitive lamelle, the lamellae of
the coffin bone.

Septic--Promoting putrefaction. The poison of dead bodies, in contra-
distinction to that of living ones called virus.

Serum—The yellowish watery portion of the blood remaining after
coagulation.

Shank—The bone of the leg from the knee to the ankle.

Sialogogue—Medicine to promote the flow of saliva.

Sinus—An orifice or canal containing poison matter.

Slink—The act of aborting; producing young before the natural time.

Slough—(pronounced sluff.) To fall away, separate from in disease, as in
or in mortified parts.

Sockct—The depression or process in which an organ works on another,

Soporific—Medicine to induce sleep.

Spasmodic—Spasms, as cramping, fits, etc. Colic pains recurring at in-
tervals.

970 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Spinal—Relating to the back-bone or spine.

Splint—An excrescence in the shank-bone. Splint-bone, one of the
bones of the leg.

Spontaneous—A growth occurring without apparent cause.

Sporadic—Separated, scattered ; occurring here and there, as sporadic
causes of disease.

Sternum- ~The breast-bone.

Stimulants—Agents to temporarily excite the nervous or circulatory
system.

Stomachics—A gents to promote digestion.

Strangulated—Chocked ; stoppage of the circulation in any part. ;

Strangury—Stopping of a passage.

Stricture—Stoppage or obstruction of a passage of the body, by morbid
or spasmodic action.

Stupor—A dull, sleepy, stupid sensation. Loss of sensation.

Styptic—An astringent having the property of restraining or stopping
bleeding.

Sudorific—That which will cause perspiration or sweating.

Suppuration—The process of forming pus or matter ; the result of inflam-
mation.

Suture—A stitch or fastening on joining together.

Symmetry—W ell proportioned, handsomely and stoutly formed.

Synovia—A fluid resembling the white of an egg, secreted at the joints
and articulations, for the purpose of lubricating them. Joint-oil, so
called.

Tegument—A covering. The skin. Integument, a membrane or skin,
which invests a particular part.

Tendon—The dense, fibrous structure in which a muscle ends, and by
which it is joined to a bone.

Tent—A pledget or plug introduced into a wound.

Tenuity—The property of being thin, as rarified air.

Tergal—Belonging to the back. Tergum, the back.
Testicle—The seed. The gland containing the seminal fluid.
Therapeutic—That part of medicine which relates to the discovery and
application of remedies for diseases. The use of diet and medicines.
Thorax—The chest, or that part of the body between the neck and
abdomen.

Tibia—The large bone of the hind leg.

Tonic—Agents which gradually and permanently improve the system.

Tonsil—An oblong gland situated on each side of the fauces, terminated
by the larynx and pharynx, at the rear of the mouth and having
excretory ducts opening into the mouth.

APPENDIX. 971

Torsion—Twisting. The act of turning or twisting, as in drawing a
tooth with the turnkey.

Trachea—The windpipe.

Tractile—That which may be drawn out.

Tread—Tramping upon, as the tread of one hoof upon the other. The
part of the hoof resting on the ground.

Tuber—A rounded projection of a bone.

Tubercle—A small tumor, as tubercles in the lungs.

Tumor—A swelling or enlargement, generally applied to those which
are permanent.

Ulcer—A running sore.

Ulna—The larger of the two bones of the arm.

Ulterior—Beyond a time or division. - A last result.

Uniciform—Curved or crooked, as a clam or the finger nail.

Ureter—The tube or canal conveying the urine from the kidneys to the
bladder.

Urinary—Pertaining to the urine.

Uterus—The womb.

Vascular—Pertaining to the vessels of animal and vegetable bodies, as
the vascular functions. The arteries, veins, lacteals, and the like,
compose the vascular system. Animal flesh is vascular. Highly
organized.

Venesection—Letting blood by opening a vein.

Venous—Pertaining to the veins, or contained in the vein.

Ventral—Pertaining to the abdomen or belly.

Vermifuge—Medicines or agents to kill or expel worms.

Vertebra—A division or separate bone of the spinal column.

Vertex—The top of the head.

Vesicle —A small blister. Any membranous cavity.

Vili—Fine, small fibres. Villous, abounding with minute fibres, as the
inner mucous membrane of the stomach and intestines, called the vil-
lous coat, from its abounding with villi or minute hairs.

Virulent—A dangerous disease; poisonous.

Virus—Contagious or infectious matter.

Viscera—The organs contained in any cavity of the body, particularly
of the head, thorax and abdomen.

Viscid—Any gluey, sticky or tenacious substance not easily separable.

Vision—The act of seeing.

Vital—Having or containing life. Necessary to life.

Vivify—To bring to a vital state.

Vulnerary—Plants, lotions, ointments, drugs or other substances useful
in the healing of wounds.

7ale—To move slowly on the feet, as in walking.
62

%

72 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

Wane—To decrease, as in a fever.

Warbles—Small, hard tumors on the back of a horse, from irritation of
the saddle. The tumor occasioned by the depositing of the eggs of
the gad fly in the backs of horses and cattle.

Warts—Spongy excrescences on various parts of the body.

Whining—To utter the call of the horse. To neigh.

Withers—The high process of the vertebra between the back and neck.

Xerodes—Any tumor attended with dryness.

AXeromyrum—A dry ointment.

Xerotes—A dry habit of body, a dry disposition.

Xiphoid—Sword-like. A small cartilage at the bottom of the breast-
bone.

Xyster—A surgeon’s instrument for scraping bones.

Yeasty—Frothy, foamy, spumy ; as yeasty pus or matter.

Young—tThe offspring of animals.

Zarnich—A name applied to the native sulphurett of arsenic, sandarach,,.
or realgar, and orpiment.

Zein—The gluten of maize.

Zig-zag—Having very short turns.

Zoology—That part of natural history which treats of the structure,
habits, classification and habitations of animals.

Zoonomy—The science which treats of the phenomena of animal life,
their causes and relations.

Zygomatic—Pertaining to the bone of the head, called also os yagale or
cheek-bone, or to the bony arch under which the temporal muscle
passes.

. ILLUSTRATIONS

PAGE.
Horse, skeleton Of..........ccccceceeeseeee sense shsuucuaenabatueweiSUucptaencncoes bacversscescacswusa eecetmpegsearane 23
-2 longitudinal section Of.........+--sssseeeeeeee eeeeees 26
Horse’s head, vertical section Of ...........:.cceeeeeeceeeees 27
Horse, bones of the foot........ wescnssassescnee seeeee «3 28
Ke ee se SS PRECHONAUAVICW? ‘Oliiccessccecsakccaseencuuentsavsvansccesdesacdvast <deuree-rersces 28
* foot and lower leg, vertical SeCtion Of........2.....:sccsceececeerceesceeseeees Wiscadeee aiete= ate 29
We P@KUCLNAL PAVUS Oks enencccese-nacd oes snccance«ccnnssapescsnuadeaudddedadaccessces eu cwers ahexree 30
Good farm or every-day horsv............ 40
Light hunting horse a BER
Heavy BSS easseras enOCRECBUSECCDCLOT Orb AG COEUL DEG DCO ors hc aoc cee screech uucsascendo-- ccaeeebe 43
Ernglish roadster ......00. -ce-scccesecccerseccceseceennccecsnececeosncasssecssscessesrccecsssereesssecsssenesssenes 44
“coach horse ...... : 45
*» race horse, Eclipse.... 51
Norman Percheron stallion... SBT
os ee mare a 59
67
75
76
Freon
ESOLUG IESG oe cates onan ec aannancsesaneoasccssaustesrnasesssis<00cs tateeeeeer ete rhs bus bv er sasseoee otee ces COSC 85
RIGEes ead with Dearina rele +..5--015% see. e-waste, or
3 without Scipah Nkne.ssascacaeeeescers os
Team of the cruel and improvident master
02 oe kind and careful master...........
Barn of the provident master............ dessicsnarsessveeasthaesilessdcttenccuctaces Bisevites’ ies rtevetsenrcos 12)
PCM TA EMIT LRAD an eeeeecce'ars tos scesathe Ussensencscummncstetpensrsntratentes evenczscenestoseaectobaasassacats
He as NOM iessretec ce tac sete
The barn of the cruel master ....
Model halter on model colt....... tes ae
CReamarore tne skan Cl MN ASLELc, .c.-aneceonees Secoaeneeeasgrcceaeeasses Rea datatean Neca titatac te tcean st son tre wan tene as 128
ee fe CUVICMIM ASOT oso. actnesaconscesenrostnesenteabepassercccescceredscccsshtsessiczssessccssccescees ‘aes 128
SNES em ANS CO OTN OA UC) eaesnmene reset natareasneeanernaaasraracazarsdcsanrerertenarresencecdnesn’=>--=> 128
e #2 Le Teh Oe ieee ete es eae asta eee eeteeiseieneniseaeesicetcceaceswanear-eseress on sees-achaoa 128
High-bred roadster.......... oc ---. 132
INET OC OAUBLEL, cre: sens ercesscaenrasencnersaneecatiantetees-acntentsencan'ssoseseat Mp ones cts dere-tec-aie vaca 133
Good family horse .......--...++ pence ane preeauantianaeats dieashanasccreneveasusee-atiaanesseTousstecenne-sarenacnans 134
Proportions of the horse.
Cleveland Bay ......-. pence
Goldsmith Maid. ..........

MOvement 1m trotting: <...<..2.scsscen scccccarecacene cecnsnenccacacccccrsccecssoranncssncce: cooceassesscasannaens 142

974 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

PAGE

Fine 'trotter in light harness ..............ccccccssesevccesecocsernssorsracenssscessesss- eats pnarestesanewerseeee 144
Good form for saddle horse 145
Horse of good action..............+...- o tock a
Model formstor speed NAT UNUIN Oiere.cceces-seceaccoscerecac sosastcnisearsiaesscessnavecsestresecataccenteetas
leteyenesen @# [DN TEU MAES spacsdoencea coocacpsenseay Gosccosocasccecccosso-eecocresoserces ooscerpeseo cones
Movement in walking.......2....:.-.ccc:eceeeeeeee
Side and front view of heads, good

ce ee BCMA tsvveescososs -2-evetecnccncoceetnectnn tne coesceat-rasdees test tecat sae eaae
Side view of fore-quarters, showing good shoulder aes a6

CS ae “é bad) conformations ete sense eee nee 166
Front view, showing breast and limbs, QO0d.............:0:.:ssseceseceeceeecccesevsnssneeenseseeeeseeses 167

% of fore-quarters, showing bad conformations... ae Acc ls)

Good bind Wankersnc ettereseses 3s-canet eran de-eateesnscn pe earex ects Weeneasenwsesecectemasessaeses Ba, we
ide wiewOflind-g MALLETS sesce-2-- «<-6-<csavereccncsseteresatenteseacswerseeereesae eerenecr wee 174
Back view of hind-quarters.......... Srper reaches cose MD

st st DAG: ss: : c: occsscdsapesceesrsersaree ssbangecsvehcaneciae «++ 176
External manifestations of disease............-.s.cs:cceceeetsereeeeeeeer seers score wee 184
First stage of confirmed grease exudation............::+ecseeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees ~e LOE
Second *“ CS 1. OS IPR A WEEE secctsiontnoncont os ~e LO
Horse affected with surfeit.................20+ceeseee =A s --» 199
One of the causes of hide-bound in HOrses...........c-.s:seeeceeeeeesseeeeeeneeceececesenecesereeeaeaeeess 205
Poll-evil during: first sfage..........-----ccccceerreecosssnseegervosscnssersneceoees

s SE UBCCOUGURLAD Cscc.ecseesce sesperces taruerensaesneeesee ores 298
Slight enlargement, which may end in fistulous WitherS.................s.ccecseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeee 220
Stiles: withers,-wOrst Stape.......c..c-ase.--cccewsseneousannucsssreseeaycenseces==sencets=creenneeetenecented
A fit subject for founder or bronchitis.. ae
A horse dressed for bronchitis....... arcu Seastuales cases esbtecveecpaneaceneecct scenes aca es she sr Renee eeaetae
AVcoushiof incurable MLONCHILIS. .:.5.<cnjccpsencesnsenerscccns=crecae=naeteanunener santas =acteeseeedatetee 4. 252
Case of congestion
Position assumed by horse with an attack of pneUMONIA................cccceeeeseeeereetteeteeeeeees 253
SETLOTSE Sea nytt SCONG eer eeconcess+rece--sucercaremserseteacasivecnereuscenssswaeaeeensssncacessteceet esteem

a ies “lymphatic gland swollen
se < “the throat blistered
Setonunithej throat Of ja MOLSe... .0<.<.-c-- -cseeasencsacecucencseateceuenenrsareteqnetetes caseaeeecer eaaeenaae
A horse quidding.....................0.5
PUIG AG UOM COMM MING rscercrs- seccccer-ascercacer
Bit bearing upon jaw.............-.ese.seeeeee
Confirmed influenza................6+..
Opening the abscess of strangles................++.0+.
The first stage of spasmodic colic...
The second stageof ‘
The third stage of ‘“
The first stage of flatulent
Horse dyinpotstlatulent) COlMC.. ccccwes-<ccacoa-n-eceeceaessareenesnencawarscenane
PAGS an IS eC MONT OIG AN Sreceescrncscaraeronsacnaccatsqcosesysesnencsstananeepeateacecseetet
“eggs, larvee and fly....
INOS6 BETAINE ‘NP WAT ya. -<c2s-cesseseetcvcceoresescacssvesssvavsewsecssessvoieastis fecccasssrastsery=tanceeeatanm
Application ofan amimonical blister...............0......ccsseosseesecesaneeseesssunuses cceson ss -s-escueuasnen
Horse suffering trom acute gastritis.................:.cceeee ee
Unnatural attitude indicative of abdominal injUry..............seecccceesseeeeseeeeeeeceeeeeseeeaeenees
Position assumed by horse suffering from abdominal injury..............-.s:eseeceeeeeteseeeeeees 286
Test for hemorrhage of the lUnGS..............2....--0-+:.:02s0+esscessesenene aa
Colt picking hair from its leg, giving proof Of WOIMS..............::::ssscceeseeenseeeeeeeeerenenees 289
Symptoms attending disease of urinary OFgans...............:eeecsecseeeeeteeseeeeeeeeeeeneeecueecenaees 295
est for inflammation of the kidneys............-+0..-ceeeeuen cena pence nensacuae ausnatte- aster ene eee 296

ILLUSTRATIONS. 975

LOMse Sifter est LOND LOOM vane rcemmvenccntesncreeseessccesuttaneses cece scveveleresicrccecceseeriente toe
Position assumed by horse having albuminous urine........................0.0245

Horse suffering with tooth-ache...............c.:ccsseeeeeeee

Burning for lampas...............0.-.sseee+

Effects of cruel use of bit........... ns

J:ASO TV Seale a dna Resse SCE on BOCAB DS SUS SAE SES ICS aC EES ESS Sori ODUCIC HOSA CaO CSE Err 312
Countensnce ona horse nvithurd MICs ier-csssetesee stot ebe eee ret cteser sas cessecceesesee cern ccetennc er ncoes 328
Destructive impulse of hydrophobia...... 329
Horse during the mad stage Of staggers..............s:sscscccoececeneeeeseees 332
Expression characteristic Of Megrims................ceccesseeeesseeeneeeees

A horse dying with abscess within. the brain :

ASHOrsemad tromlantlammatomOn the’ PVA <-\sstsstectscceesssescccecccescsresvececcceeseectaccececcoce 342;
Mestitor Cetanusee crc ee rere ete: es YG
UNS Ors telanus Ort TACUULEG MND. y.ccrrssndesccccseescnedccecueettassece=cccrcree ceteease est .-. 348
Mode of feeding horse with chronic tetanus...................---ccseeccssseeecsecerseeees ssee B49
Showing how far a horse with tetanus is capable of motion............0....::ccccccccccceeseeees 349
ETOTSeMaVIN SYS UEIN ON fneancnesscttescancscorsencurs ceteesecesatr etme asks ecrteesestecccce nr sonct sttcemes 302
Mode of blinding a horse and applying lotion to the eye... ..-. 308
IPRUIEDATOM Of, DHE TCV Cr <c-c.cccceccocnticcccssacsectccctseestet net cette en cacin avecten a tsatencec dente 360
Obstnuctioniof: theilachrymial Gland. .<:sccc-reccesecctasestes sees tence ks socsee cee rocceserneseeenerecuns 361
Hyevertectedi py: mitbay, SELON Als. scesers seccessceececoreresecatarsimteeesrenoties 362
Foot, incapable of being raised from ground by reason of spavin................ 367
Natural position of foot when raised from the ground during an easy trot.. cco B1NF
Glosingreracksim notin. -cettee tet irs cosneeccviceiet sea eee ct eee RENE WAN Oe 3s
Acute fever in the feet... Erde sos RESROgCLOSECARRONtSaN 2S aS OSE HOCHOS URS UES aCHUSSHA SESE SESA 385
MR e MO ws CHOKE! weccce-s-vecrecereeeas .. 404
IMannenion isin Siseton Need leisse.t---ccreseececese-sctenecteoneceeee ee etietes cece .--. 406
ASHOUSE SHC NS ION GTAStiC POIROM se. o.sescce-s case snassesetteeteeeeccascsceccee +» 410
EP ATOICATIREG DY) CUED YCHAID... .css2sccesctaay area eteacaescs seine soo eteteenerasteansas ee toe keocecee ee 420
How to hear the sound made in a Lorse’s Windpipe.............2...cccssseesseeseecoasessecesscaueecne 424
Mritennalhemorrharercccsscs cecetisccesessstcacctcsseacccussecece w.. 425
Horse suffering from partial paralysis of the hind legs. ................cccccccseeeceeceecceccnssneees 426
ReehhwOn OMA are OL NVCWEALS::..--7.caccssesccocsresoesosneroremertereeres costco teek cece --+» 449
Sechontopheadt ote Oxcn scantescess-sssccccssseuessats sche sse<cceracanecestencterecetcee erence eee « 449
WEV.OUU OXegesccactassvesere scatter soc acai eyenccaceteneesenae sense chest oT es 419
Mevonwotllteecctccune--coscserses 450
IN ORME CV ONUCOWrcrsccansceccccecacc-cecs secscccssstaccvestesaeceee renee cca at te ect teehee 453
TERYOTN AHO: (O26 acococcobacooacood aso cgcApADOSTOSoS SadOTEIC CHOSE Accocrichcoenak oclekOUBOO SEBEL ARE ABACCERERAAA Seine 455
Hereford bull............ w 458
EFENCLOTUICO WAAC CHM icsnesccs testes scevenscetsseeeteecss cl eemtene eee ee ee ... 461
SUSSCRM COW ore cceete actress ceccasiessecccccee atte toe ccestaee ee nas

Durham bull and cow, old style...
Shorthorn cow, in outline...
se DU Peeensseceecees
as CO ect EET PU ee se el oe ea A eee tr Fe ee
Mearlin2) SHOLEAOLN) DUI)! sssscwsstevers>-cocecenesencrencseestesntesseteceeteeeeec sees ss css seen es
Shorthorn cow, ‘Diana’’.........
aS bull, ““Hiawatha”’’...........
a cow ‘‘Rosamond”’.........
Points of Shorthorn bull.......
Jersey bull, ‘‘Comet”’......... Sa
JAS ETIOOfite) CYSCY Res. .2stecece-e-seeote eee eneecee
Model cow, perfection, points illustrated
Jersey bull us of ee i
SICLSOYs COW rececccous se tenbe ce ccancabinscescenensce cone oocm ert oviesc voter es si bee cate de te at SO ey

976 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

PAGE.

QV BOY pM Clare npicccessecuiecssceneatesere<cuare cs oxsecclv essere ates sseanan sees Ge) Sattanes eT esnas eva are eeernaneenty 502
Modern Ayrshire cow 505
TEL steinicowinesssresestatterccncactenss<casededateces: coves 222sceehessavee uaenncp ees ia) pea anbnetene ct tare Mennern 523
Holstein heifer es! a eves 525
Ol Stei yO coenarwe ence sececn sect ck csedee cascwsus corsets on coadea cece vecbusdeecnatcnn es piee- ty trees cat eee <aaanere tae 530
st ** of the Chenery milking stock........... ceadeba suameaunabevasuasspvensas etonstert seeten= eam 535
PolledWAm PS 1COWcssccsusenseansetusenestsssaececenesneetrer= 22h go
PAWTG XAG BECED cao: cans codate pac sic srseessosessereseeaescscnvensccuateoncsabacde cue ette Cate eee ses woe 54D

Monined Texans, or Cherokee: catitle:.....:..ctiscs---scorece sseadescr oseacntemer messes teeneeneen®
Working by main force Senstoe oat
PGR TIGS Of OAC WANG LAK eewesstanas.-scceetesreeearesecmenetnensaenea --. O74
REE OUEZOOG MNS OID pyretivorecs<c.s-rcanccseecerstssareeaeereete hace Pee Dy)
‘To prevent a cow from kicking. Senbaseccucinoscaccone ace vas OU
Sie SS SISUCKINSSnasasnenccnaardtei<ncla0nnaa.cnneeCee@mnmebees faite ve O17
Harness to prevent sucking....... oA5 sare) O08

ATOMPME VEN NOOKIN De ceccenes-secacsssosoesec>dpsenarsmesaene Asien 578
A primitive tackle, but good trainer..... weds ee eenee 579
@ldistyletanmyyardc..cre.<cscce.<<essesinsnas a 5 ceseeeeee OBA
Warbier Lori«iess? mode Of protection......-.-s1-2--<sscnncerescoseceeasenteeese-seecesersese ss sereeeeeene 585
Ge Thrifty’s mode of protection
‘Primitive protection...................0.0c00 och ep ies
Malin oormOfs airy DANI rcccss....-pcanssenanctaescensisunestcnseueeedtn tes: cesane ates iaicttsstectette =a
lanioreatables in basement. -...c-+.seeuscxsesdansaeascssnense @teaeartaenise siasais wis.n gee duasicegop cian ererecee

Cattle-feeding basement
Basement of dairy barn
WAG ASLOTAL SCONE cnevscrsrecrcesce ss: o<acencvsuatnexadeareeececseeccsseat vst ovestalrcaisen nee = reseet =e eee
Earl Spencer’s prize ox sie
MOI NG Oly At a WULLOC Kye ccceens +s. --<e-.sesnessacnedaneemsrestvslenvanccnsiues encestusnueacsaerstentiartt a ene eee
Milk mirror of Jerseys
Great milk mirror on Flolstein cow.............5.
Ground plan of model creamery
Application of steam to the nostrils........
INGS6) Dam TOrISLOADQUD fx carcestc-se ck vos <> neeaseclesnnnctneen sen aleblectienecenenaensies
Malignant catarrh, second or sloughing stage
MIKELELONMOLMH AON OXs wwcecieeccerrseravecnoc}a<aetenmanecees
Points of sheep.............
Leicester ewe and lamb....
PCICESTGDETAMcececetesscctccessecnrserct-= Ore
Sheared iC ops wold eras oo... .0ce.eccesecocsessccecsel ousnasecccsaccnsertcewes aencesare coe ee eterna ae
s Bavenbgay eds WGe tickets UGE Becenpadcooot ncaseence uccacconccpodpocepacpcoraccrersocodeceic Ragnesiss qe oeescier <ae teeta 720
Sheared Cotswold ewe ee
Mearling Cotswold. ...ssccc.cocceesouesaseeceiieaseecccnursecs cteessedesacpoassenenen satayeseheener eee teeceat eee
PC OLRWOMG! CWERs2 ssc. .nsctetosstesstvacecccsac sites cusesressabace saceunctecnesteeteaeanrnpedas ee tana nea
New Oxfordshire ewe............ ac ate
Black-facedvbiehland sheep! .... <<. ...s-s2+<e.;.coscese-acseen easter cee eeu een (els
Highland sheep
Dorset ram
‘Southdown ram re oad
HARM pPShine MO OWN seccecsescersescsscesscreteencasveraceen ae oS were 128
Shearling Oxford Down......... cpare APpececneance 2030000 wees 729
‘Group of American Merinos.. Secerconanaccasoagi wave 100
Merino ram odhckutssocnonnanacs -hatae
“ewe Sod edn dsaigeceapansanseags Sewer esueseas taste narcset cena 733
DivislonvohrwoOGlrccscsecsncsseeewsateesce ates Bpoenareprccche onader Soguaansceesacecseaec Cn nena 734
Convenient feeding trough for SHEEP. ...cc--co.scceesns-cecconuevascsasthesesenasrespscesersrseceeteeasteeaee 740

ILLUSTRATIONS. OG

PaGE.
PAN TOW EdCOUSHifontOMidselignsecressseescseeee te teses eee sot oas cee avcees os sass aac cesuseesccoscesassouelivaveee 741
Wintered with good shelter and feed 741
Skeleton of Leicester sheep 747
SKUMlor amp OEM SHEED aecesesateresconer secesteatenenscemaseseccnaracstepectuesscccrsccacisceats 749
RYCARIOM SNEED AVELLICAl RECON: sescavereccsresctarssesdetecessveeceteesstasncccssccccss sce: 749
A bad ease of scab 756
MOTOROHIN Gt POAT He soccccts voces tees Sonncccs ooeacott rece oeeee ance snes 768
OJIN. ROX Wpceansedtacadcdscasedoo atin igdcacEonccOseoERCE cera macerote 769
Berkshire boar. te vanwes 771
IRISRE RH DOAD ens ccevconcccccscrsctssuatecsersccccrscccssecrsernetee eee 77:
Short-faced Lancashire hogs...........:000.00s0eeceeeees 776
WPoland-China! DOL. +... -:..-cccccnscsavese 778
MOMIESLE: WHIfEWMOPSrrecccecceveresncersccneu<-cnencecvsessee PRP sae oc psvecdeccted faeces, soeacesct cess 780
Improved Cheshire... oseone, Gectesoo-cenbcrcet Cecceccceeue 782
Backwoods hog...........
Berkshire sow, breeder... -
Hazel splitter, sow...............00...

Breeder in good flesh, sow.
Arkansas tooth picks....
Skeleton of the hog...........
Creve Cceur cock and hen..
Mexican wild Turkey............
Embden or Bremen geese......
Aylesbury ducks
MoMA ESONUENA Uilvecnercaccascenswecaescaessteseaesenasscccscasesrescestetatementescrcesecesatciteess se atesseeteccsccs
Head of single-wattled Brakma fowl. ¢ A oe
Mme STE AT OGN GuUelOnev=.uwcetslccauscceetceescarsscunicascracastemeante couch ce ciccevecerecacesetaet eevee: S
AVR tee Oniin PICOCK-caccanescccusseacstacasdareavessiac=-scceseesccccamananeass lecstactsetensesestreececccceres ox
Gray English Dorkings.. ss aus 5
DP) OMI MO Winer sect sac eeceannineats cncveercccarstouecesenacecsesemeemcce nese Aor cet oectice Penteisic eaeen,
Roly THOT MP POC Kent O Wis yacecasestencoscsanccce sostteers onsoeseracecerensestamescenceesiceesloesasare neseteseescecess
Bucks County (Pa.) fowls ae Fah ee a
Pea letts Kom ER ATRL TO Wi Sanenacse deuesacsassnmenscees access <seua<sencdcessseatnontnaes+ecccecestee act oeessveneecsures: se
Ae Olden penciledieH AMPULEaewescese:<ssncnstessnane-ccdengsonteerseesmteracwentes snasterecerssscsecciesets ects ;
Silver penciled Hamburgs.....
WihiGe Me SOMNSe.ta.cccc.cecsececcsssessoeores ome dentens dene ciavientnementedeadececccsecor scarce
LANG HE CLM WV Le ae P HOLD fie, ease aco seca cevaceverso=sos-nesnceseemteeseemetesteteececcnsaes ince
Black Spanish fowls.........
TOUCH HM ersrce.cectec- creases slosvesces osu
iba HleCh@ OW! Sizc..c0s1-..cenecs--sesecseaesas
‘Creve Coeur fowls...
BriisOochiny COCK».:.--ce-ss-s-rere=-
By fs LTS baerocesennmseoeachoo
Partridge Cochins......
White Cochin fowis........
Dark and Light Brahmas.
Pair of Silky fowls.............
Breda cock and hen.............
Brown Breasted Red Game.
Earl Derby Game..............++
Duck Winged Game fowls.....
‘White Georgian Games.......
Seabright Bantams............. Fr
Barren Full-feathered hen...............cccecssseee Sseenntoee Rettenastnsrecuasscssesesstscnedceecretereatt st) SOG

978 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

SIG PHNERG ESATITAT COC Kparcecasercececrasrcessere sss <asennesatcne=strencendeespeetsensenassarenessseestentaecentts
oe Se pullet . dee ;
OINIS TO LM POM MN yaecdcniecetersstsene cccnewisr<ccccacsssceneecscnueneacee
Olnits Ole Hed a mGhn COG Kernewesnarscccccecrcesecesentesesessccarsstsescerers
Analysis of wing plumage.
Points of the fowl.......... ...
lllustration showing points.
Breeding to type..........:s000---
Fountain for poultry.............
Wald) turkey:.<.2-c:--.cccscesesss-
CCOUNMOMUUT Ke Vaeremderencceretcansxscscceces
Ocelated turkey
Bronze turkey........... ae i
Guinea TOW] icccecesernsscvscesessest ices oceseooes-sse ccacncesushseoneduuertsceseceasasccens creeteesasteede recta anem

Aylesbury and Rouen ducks compared.....scce.c:-cseceeeeeaes oe steeeeeeeeeeeees
Gray Call ducks........ Sulseseeemncecaavavnesassaseenceaace CEO" cgaccHeOLaRERSSiaoaceE CRONE ARCO:

Cayuga Black s@ucks:tecrseevsescsecccescessavcestasceresteseeeeeee teweee +++.882, 884
Black East India ducks............. ee Ecoobtpooeoasoctone Sporeasessenctcen sacs 883

Aylesbury ducks...................+.. see Capen uavecausereres Sie twanstecuencen see onem 885.
Embden geese....... Acpécheae asee) OCG
Toulouse geese... pacsnavccoccecesccuscoaacesecrccnsnestoethtuecahsencRersesdenensesssessexpamenceoa .. 888

Hong Kong geese...

WihitelWhinga “peese: .22.0ess<csse..+e..a0) esoseaceesseeeueesoecsooesdbpensake mises onoers tne een ae 890
MATT CAT OSC ce vei. ccs tas csvesectiesoceseaagedecusstovcdoetedel seecete nec deeaseeeseS Seneca pone Thee ee 891
FAATOINY OL they MEM tse see ye sca. cc nee eee ete «+2 898
Bonerot lem and! foot Of LOW|:....<..csete<s- cases erceezseeeenen eateeee ctr see see 898
Bache OL Sbhe sDAMN sccese shots: sac ssc ce ccscdoes aetna ee t ere see 902

Chart for telling age of horses (49 illustrations serserice os
Chart for telling ; age of cattle (13 illustrations)....... eeesvenenes tisesrare satenesescerers iaeaseanes severe 448

INDEX

Abusing a faithful servant...

Abuse of the hoofs............. #

Abortion in mares........... cobeccecsceecncre 80

Abdominal cavity, wounds penetrating 404

Abortion, causes Of...........:.c.cssessseee+ 81
- preventatives of... 81
a to prevent... OL

Absorbents, Geiannnseion of. ogee: coNG wee OE
“ “

of and recipes 325

Abscess within the brain...............841, 343
Acute inflammation of feet............... 386
Acute irritation of the skin.............. . 419
ae “ce “c “ “ recipe 419
Action, styles of..
Age of horse.... Sone
Age of the mule.........-.sseesseeeeeereeees
Age for breeding horses........0.-:2-6. 72
Age to train a colt.......... 0 8D
Alteratives ...........-.. .-. 428
PAU GHIGILIPEG DOLTSES scocaenoon sens sone seae ees 115

America, introduction of the ore... 19
American semi-wild horse................. 39

American ys. English foals... Se Ye
American wild horse........... .-.00. « -+++ 56
id thoroughbred horse.........- 5 (al
SATEEN pi ecrnerneccccecsccecs=roteweesess én
Antiquity of the horse
Antiquity of cattle ............ See
PATISES TEC stanecrcenccescascsosonallsaecncsacre= 429
PANLISC DUIS rercecdenteccccenecestnsnecscsseetaner 430
Anus, soreness of --- 283
Ancient Greek horse............s::ssceesseees 168
PAmbinfalliblerule:.:-.-2-<cecesccsestaases-i--s 230
Anodynes ............... .-» 434
Apparatus, to keep.. 443, 444

Apoplexy ............-

PAGE.
PATADIAMBHOISE:cccctcndeass ccaedssxecccccssce snes 47
ss oe striking poin «-. 48
ue ae COlOTMOfaecceseenepere eee 49
of sc first importation...... 50
Arteries, enlargement Of.......... aeeeeente . 320
PASLTUT CMDS ejonccecosersessacavens= at - 330
Barbarities practised.................0+....... 122
Bad usage vs. good usage............ 123, 124
Balking and backing................0...:..5 149
BAAN Oeeweceeeesoscesan-nsenescees 159
Bad heads, explanation of... 164
Back teeth of horse.......... tee) 102
DS CKS TUNRO WAU OD" ccscscsneracencarcersece tessa n= 102
BatDanyMHOLRe: ...2<0 <<< onvers-<cseeseescncsn eee 53
Bellows

“

se LES |
- 119

& when necessary........ sé
BLING NERS yecrenteerescsocccect sce c<csjoccsseecese
Blind horse, movement Of.................
Blood horses....... Sradenccnnrecés
Bleeding from the nose.......

Blind teeth................-.-
SM MUBCAS CCL acecasswscsenee-coreSuseecons 3e
Bladder, sand like deposits in

“inflammation of............ =

“ es se recipes...... 302

CO THRE) Bescoenencen dococporsenose 303
IBIGOGM SPA VaNbeteatsensesecese csp scnerecncenssees 344
PREC ELAS <: socascactegnonbeposenoetne-poeoaoend 415, 416
Black pigment, tumors...................+5 418
OPS SPAM Mertescensssts essen secnectescaawete 344, 345

oe MOCI POSiecee-nnsceeeen essere saat 365
ROH! SPS Ve enencasece=sa er saceeeceneans 367, 369

sé THEO 81e esse Aneaace ce eocco EEO 368, 369
Bones of the feet... 28
TEORC HS |S) popnachosteeoanenncses-ecabens htt 107

LOLS. RECO ES oy conSoseesagcoooonccetoocoacoccce « 279

980 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

. PAGE
Bishoped teeth..................scssessessessees 150
J STL fe eonecennencecerctoassenteogs SasnoAadsossron 159

Bitting, harness...

Body of the horse in front.................+ 198
3s OUR AMG anegeteaeenesacssseneese = aaccren-=ae 149
Breeding up, HOW to.............+s0seeees 132
STOIGE UWA NG eeeeceneccaencerateeceaesesscceceoe 158
Sed KTN POW cessccsanasnsaracesseres«cecense 158
Broken) Wits. .:..ce.cc--scscces epoca UG}

ns CS WHE \)70 bennoseo aaceeenone 158
Broken knees......+...-s-s000 scqonecas ts}

Bronchitisitvc.+-c-cscescess Beeiatccciaxeestsccnes 249

oe (OIE RBS cron caggrencecnecoasepescnes 249
os how to know it.. ---. 200
93 what to do........ 50, 252
“ recipes .......- +0ee200, 251
IBTOKOMS WING se creteccscterasccsersssassceccomnoes 265
Breeding, importance of.. 70
ee draft horses..... sees Mlel
ce in-and-in ........ AG
Breeding of mules.............. Beet weit
Brain, abscess within.......... ..o41, 343
PORCH WING -secrec- oc ctvccsesctssa---ca-+eacer 424
Brook water........ cen 11183
Brush, the................ ae soo) Lily
BS UUSHOS! oreccenalesaselesce=coasneess enone)
Brushing or speedy cut................. 397, 398
IBTOKEMUSMCOSs<<cc.0-c.nocecetocescasactons 399, 398
Broken hock
Buying a trotting horse.................. 139
Buying cheap horses............-...-1:+0+++ 153

Buying for blood

Care necessary in training................5 93
Carriage of the body in riding..

Carrying the reins in plowing............ 103
Carriage floor eee UNF
Ware of ithe feeb: = cencrensecrnensssnccesron-ns 118
Care of the frog...............2.0--..s--0-nnes 119
Careful man’s theory, the aeoen Pe
Causes of abortion.......................02+6 81
Captain McGowan. ....2c.ccs.cccs.--n0n--s 141

Ciataract.ccccceccccscacddevacecsurermameancnsrncccs 159

PAGE.
Catarac tire cserrestesecss-tee stra saeseenneseeeeeeed 357
ss MOCL POS: cenecn-aacesessecscnecesreaGareee 307
Caries of the lower jaw.............+5 376, 378
SO Eee as “ recipes ........« 377
@an Ker etcssersrenaaesene ees seanenenestteeseere
s* -Tecipes ree
Cartileges ossified...............::+00s:000e0e08 394
Capped elbDOW.........2...0000csnssenecues
Cancer, epithelial
@afthartics).. <<< ..cscsss<csesoss\ecvosexs
@ANMINALLVE: -weceeaennaeseeneresaeneceiseeaeeeeee
GAUSS a rseccsecsseeere cers
Castration, time for....
ee how performed..............+ 415
@hinesewhOrseseencc.ee -eeeree seers cceemmesal
Characteristics of Canadian horse...... 54
Changing the leading foot.......... 101
@hoppedifeedeite-cescccesseesners . 115
Cheap structures available....... - 129
@hest: founder! sciv-vc.ce--ce-2--cesere 249, 248
a £6 S *°TCCLDESpsosecesseccnereeceateas 249
Chronic cough............. iets eee 262
Us ROLE CLPENsesenseetesen te tsereeeeees 263
Chronic gastritis............. ---283, 284
oe SSS STECIPESs <csceecreeseeeees 283, 284
@hOKin gicencceeserssee erase --402, 404
Cistins) Galea livtis.cs.ce.-+s-cre-cenceaseeeseeneens 300
Cleveland bay horse.... 45
Clydesdale horse....... As
Cleaning the stable................. -- 108
Cleaning the horse................++ wea
Cleaning horses...............++.++- .... 118
Cleveland! Bay.-.:<.:<-<<.0c-c-csssedaveecs 188, 139
ee ‘* jmprovementin............ 139
@olts*iteeth so. -<c-c.scne se ereese ees 31, 32

‘« milk teeth

“at weaning time...
$6" “first leSSONS .ne-cesescosenccentsteeseseee
SC" Jhraltertng tal wild iccere.senensoleseeeeee
“ training a
60 Wate! LOTTA ...er-.cee-secneneeeesteeee
“ training to work.....:........ R88
“how to handle a
e¢ earning toibaCkeessss.te..-aceuseeeeeee
Colt, handling a vicious......... ac Gcareraee
Colts, saddling and harnessiny...........
Colts, Winter feed of................. ates
Color inWhOrsessccccsc<coueaete=sacerweresteeee

INDEX. 981
PAGE.
Colds, what to do..................000--+ 259, 258 Dentition or teething.
cDURILCCIIDGS anes we cenwene cnapeens os Cneonsacaeaa 259} Oe what to do
Colic, spasmodic........ 273, 274 Deceptions practised in teeth of horse 35
$ os TECIPES.......... 277 Descendants of the Darley Arabian.... 52
co flatmlent.<..c.s-<s------cs-+ces -- 216 Descent of Norman Percheron horse 58
s or TECI DES secnasceeneacaacss 276, 277 DY Dees nenes cue neaet feece ssepacsnascssaveasss%eap 74
Colon, inflammation and rupture of.279, 281 I DYES REI? ees Coos BeCOC LCS BEER CSAP ESE EE Ere 143
Connestoga HOrse..........-.+-ceseeesereeeeess 66 | Definition of unsoundness or vice....... 159
Control of stallion necessary... -- 105 ID Se lfeRHOMSCsccccenent sean ausetsecesesas+=-~'- 47
Comfortable shelter economical......... 106 Difficulty of breathing... 265
Construction of stables..............+:..+++ 106 Diaphram, spasm of.... .. 285
NOTTS feeccmene se temtecranrastesecscsacccamssccenateas LOS a MEGCI PES) ccseeretes se cacessceese ne 285
159 Di ae etereesetcena ct vecces=sdncasccnedcecas sects 290
. 142 ty recipes. 292
119. ~|_~—s« Diabetes or profuse staling......... .......- 297
| ee uD SO GATISES cccusaenep 2d
165 | Us 06 * howto know 297
Gow Hocked: HOLrse:....<...0s-c008sve0ssqcoe = 73 | sf ae “what to do... 297
Consumption............-.....--.++..- . 24 | = “i pole TC CEDEStetecns cs 297
ES how to know it.. «0. 200 DD IMINERSEOR VISION: «<0 255 s4-- 2-05 -cedaseessoen 358
se what to do.......... --256, 255 Diaphramatic rupture................... 402
Ms how to prevent.............. 256 Dislocations................. -. 406
& WEG IO Bh no- crtenmostScacenonc saan 255 PIR ONMM OWA eceemescisconccacrasaa-ncsresentestene-ve 406
Constitutional lymphangitis............... 324 Diseases of the ear....... uf 409
MO OTNNSeecennsaree cnoneasscesscuesacrs 382, 384 Division of the tendons..................... 417
Se EreCIDeS.. ECOCaCONA ES BASE 383 Dis pPR OVE CH rasscencv-rs-2e-cssssnseecectes<<- 432
Contraction of the hoof... wee. OSL Diureties.......... rose 432)
“ TECIPES..-.-- seeeeeees ---- 403 | Disinfectants.............-sseseceeeeeee- ---, 433
Contused Wounds............,...0cccesssenees 404 Dissection .. 437
SC OUMCED UEMMLAN GS ceecensscc-seceaossacnoee 431 Dish hoofs 152
OTHE IN Cun Grersercantese=csetoenceonese 128 Diseases of the skin and sub-cutane-
Crib-biters, wear of teeth in.. ve 85 OUSSIIESTIER ce. ccenscereccccsetecce. oc. 187, 222
Crib biting... eeeeeee s+ 19 Distemapergese- v2. score eo seas: easacreesincs 236
Crib biting.............. Ae cidasteccafeesecce 159 6 how to KNOW it cecccccceececeese 237
RG PHICET COIN toes anc coneccasaneda vtec seas cos cesce 190 “ what to do........... 237
is a to know.. 7 OL “ TeCIPES. .....-+-.- , 238
. Wi fr LOK Orenccwtecs-covenee-e- 191 Doses, graduating.......... 449
AO TID ICN Dae enenerstsaennscaeencds sncaucoresse 308 Dongola horse..............+- 5S
Cramps......-..+++ - 390 Dratt horse of Vermont.. 64
“recipes... 300 Driving horses............... eset
Cracked hoofs......... » 382 ae ceMCOLOTS Olsccs.-e--tiecc--ceeee 155
$6 TOCIPOS so. eee eeeeeeeseese esses 382 Dropsy of the lungs.............s.s.-.-+00+- 418
MOU PCCD ceicea sce cceccss coc cctesanscsscessceecssass 114 Drescription ot the ancient Greek
Curry comb... vee 117 NOUS Crameenectercccsscarsvesccssinecssse01 OSs 170
MONTY; COM Dicesenc 202sccerss<cacsecendeeecseussc 119 Dropsy of the heart............ MRS Ovi
Cunning servants...........-......sese-eee000 130 “ “ recipes... _ 249
MOTITD eoesecesaetecosiave ves 149 “ es Draine soe . 242
Curbs... eee 158 “ “ “ recipes... Be OAR
CUDD in ececescseecceccsse 345 6 vc CHEBt ore ee ee 243
“recipes for. 346 “ “ NEST ECCI DEHseeere eee 243
sé os skin of the chest........ 245
Decay of the teeth, causes of.............. 307 ra tt sins ce. 246
U- C1 “how to know it... 307 “ i ‘ recipes.......... 247
WGI CENLR eecncereecerccscacsecnnteescecern dese 432
MEO OnIZEDS rece oen ee esea acces oes escoeeerestee se 433 Early importation of thoroughbreds.. 61
ge PEGUD ES sec vecsucswararsceceteeeee 433 (Watt GISCASES Of; onc se0<ow~-sseccsesecsethet 408, 409

982 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

PAGE.
TOTS Sec eecoconocconcanboonotincocecoocobesdckosto0 136
Economy of shelter..............::ccse0ee00 106
Educating the Colt................csccceeeeeiee 88
Egyptian horse “50 55
ISTE) 35 paces cecascocnoseecencee ceSaCSeanQODIESOF 143
ILD OWap Cap Ped ssenstevencreceese-ee<e-sce 399, 400
Emetics ecpanaonenoe 4 3F-]
Enlarged glands..............0....0es000+ 259, 260
Enlargement of the spleen............ 294, 295
= Se eoheant, 319
ss SE -ATLOIGS peessevecsssaes 320
Enlargement of the hock..............369, 370
English roadster...............-++++++ 44
ef thoroughbred horse 50
Epiglottis, spasmodic actions of.......-. 268
Epithelial cancer 418
Ethan Allen.......... 134
European horse.......-..2.::+++.+ 38
Exostosis of the lower jaw,.......-.....-+ 420
« recipes... 420
EXPE CUOPANUS i sseeetcoscsseerssscrecvecewevscses 434
Explanation of good heads...........161, 164
«c Go Tite) | CaaS. 161, 164
Explanation of body and limbs of
Orse ee 164, 165, 166, 167
External manifestations of disease, ex-
MlanationvOfeeccens-ccesssess+> ens en
Hye, worms Of...............+-
“ fungoid tumors Of............++
Farm training track.... cceecssevesess, LOL
JOR WNT, (2060) ee Aeaskeecesecooncceebeceeseo s+» 109
Farmer Unthrift’s barn....................+ 126
ss ee NOWG ry eeesaenescceneen 126
Fad Va ONSESi ene. cscatesesaseesncccarspaaase 134
Fatty degeneration of the heart...319, 320
Wals@iquarter.c...s.-c-cec-coarss 389
Falling off of hair 419
Farm horses, proper stature............. 41
Fastest time trotting, from one to one
hundred miles................0esere0 141, 143
Fast walking horses...........-...ssccssees 155
Farcy and glanders............02s.csscerseeee 158
Farey
SOR CAUSES: seeseensecateseey sehen sansnosreccaxee 231
cc how to know it.....................00. 232
“© what to do
ROM SPEC DGS sacnce swtreeendenaetee=encecscanesnte 234
Weeding (Colts ye weaeesdederetee-tsstessvacteea== 82
Feed bins.........
Feeding
SO 5 foo Eee ih pococet ceccactenosoceadc 112
Feed of slow work horses..............++++ 112
eee fasta (Ss J Segecoansponaaee 112
Meeding- jorains..ce--certsceseeratcaseaens swears 117

Meet Cane 0 fern-eseetteeenntee tere enenscnenate 118

PAGE.
DE GT psereransctr ccabsecnonceerarenocnaeecaccin 317, 318
Finely bred roadster.....00....50.csu.scscnes 132
Fistula of the parotid duct........... 313, 315
Fistula
BSS) PL CAUSES": .casecescnecesneetenscensesteoetes 219
“how to know it................ 220, 221
CO Wilt) GORDO! ceenseesececeanshreceeenee 221
66 “POCIPCSicccsccteessosecsonassesatmeinmene 221
Hlora)Mermiplesecccccescuestensevettssear sheers 141
Flexibility ef =
Hlexing, the NOrse:..-.2+-.-ccs---asecreneenere 91
“a “
Flatulent colic
oe
Foals, American ys. English.............. 87
Boul Sheathvecc-cs- .ccccnteseeseeceenteteaate 303
Food, kinds and quantities of............ 114
Pounders. s2sccscsecccccsecceessestersecenen 385, 287
ce recipes... wee oO
Foot lameness... b enero OD
OUNGeRe-ressenncrsscsaraces .-- 158
Form and symmetry........2...--.0..-c0eee+ 160
Fore-quarters, showing bad conform-
ABLONS ew cecesacestesieeee scree esc cateeeataar 170
Fresh food, important................:... 115
WrOps CALC (Offs. .ss-.-n-nese0eresnuasesteren reece 119
Fungoid tumors of eye.. +309, 360
roe, injUMes tOss--s.sr-sagttoeneeeats
ros Diteleccoseas---c-ssecrseeareoeeeenenet
CoeTCCIDeRses eecetanto
aA CHUNES rece sco sare wacestedscenenens cen eeeeeanen 407
Wirench) hOrsesrc-c--c--ceeescomeseeeseaeae manent 38
Fridi horses . 48
Fungus collar tumor...........---....-.:+++ 208
st ae 66 CAUSES... 2...0acs<e se) OOS
ud oe “ how to know, 220, 221
ce se what to do...--.--. 209
Functional diseases of the liver.......... 288
Gallopin Oi ececcudessesseeesenccesteenteeeeeaees 101
Gastritis, chronic........... ...283, 284
s ee recipes......... 283, 284
Getting correct information............... 131
General utility horse.............. -« 135
CO Yeyaly J EADLAS eecocensucheadacentiso ancceto » 143
Gestation, treatment of during........... 79
Ghirlaeers: sareceaee<oteteraeseenees woop Ld
Glass eye.............- --. 150
Glanders, causes............... 223, 224
a how to know........224, 225, 226
“ what to do......227, 228, 229, 230
Gold idtstivessc.-ccccsrecnsreneacarsese tiers iG ymeae
Good shelter, value of....... ees 125
Good farmer’s surroundings.......----++. 125
Good care described............cccee00e veers 127

Goldsmith Maid, her performances... 141

INDEX. 983

PAGE
GOV. SPrague......ccccessseccescereeeseseeeens 143
Good head, explanation Of.......--.. 161, 164
Gorged stomach..........-..:e1se006 “OTOL 286

nO sf recipes ... 286
Greduating COSeS........-.::+-eseeeees 442
(Gry Hall Ascogsoenuscorecocenesen nae Cenorh sreqsecenon 300
GMANALYn-csscscnascces .-- 100
Grooming ............ co OBL
Gruel, how to make... fee LIL
Grain should be Clead.....cecceseeerceees 117
Gires ie astennincscss:ceseteccacesgecacecestecces 143
Grease and mange. . 158
Grease: CAUSES s1-c-cee<-caeseecenusaeseseecesne 190

We how to know it.............. 191, 192

se what to do......... 190

so recipes for.... sees 192
Guttacarina............... sec. BASH

a OCLDES csencsnsesexsascceceacesnes 362

Haw or hOoks...........ceesesereeeeesee2e+B009 BOS

ss TSO OVE1S) ancoeanaaoeeeeonredooe 398

Hair, falling off of the............. mee 419
Oe ss Ree TECIDCS waceternasef 210
Hardening of the skin....................06 420
se Sess SSSTECIPES|ncazsverc- 420
Hamstring, rupture of............. wee 424
Handling colts........... Sooo {SF
Haltering a wild colt..........-......--..6+6 88
Harness, DIGbin@2-.<-2s-<-.0-0+--n-acnr=-n5 80, 90
Harness, training’ t0.............2..ssseecee 91
Handling a vicious colt 92°

Harnessing and saddling colts............ 94

PRICES 1 MOUSOssanesansencenssackoce:sccasnanens 99
Hand gallop..... bee LOL
Harness room.......-+.-- eee ON)
Hay, quantity to feed...... peeeelilo
“and straw, value Of..............-++.0 116
Higa vensae-cesctreccacsccnecoranenate-esccwacn 265, 266
SC REELCCLDCGsscncceecerr Sacco 266

Heart, enlargement of...

. 319

“« fatty degeneration of..........319, 320
(Her idsecnccseeter--nes< ectacre cueraceeesccece 401, 402
sot the mesentery.....:......0.. 401. 402
o ventral 402
we OMEM NMED sceecenenesesncavacvesecaeense 400
Hemorrhage, internal................000++00 425
ICA AOMORI s.2.ncscnece sonedonccenvacensees 161
“side view of, good..... sesoo UrAil
“ — front view of, good.................- 161
‘side view Of, bad...........---s-.0+0- 161
«front view of, bad.......... eeoortaces 161
Hide BOUNG tse. .see. casecene con veers 204
< “causes 204
of “ how to know it................. 205
cs ‘what to do .. 206
sf CS TREC DES ecanecncconeerconer sooo aosse 206

High bred roadsters.............seseseeeee ene
High bred hunting horse.
PALL Py DL OWN Gren -enccccceaeroe)icovencnuscn
sé es recipes...
Hip Sweeny..............-+ w- 366
Horse, cleaning the.. spe alle
66 ‘cloths:.-.-----.- oq taker
Horses, cleaning Of............... SoacER eer 118

(Blorsem palsies edtadecstnenesttcassecscsenes-o LO

Horse, light harness... .- 148
Horse, fast walking..............0ssseee+ 155
Horse, what he should be...............--- 157
sc shoulder ................- ve LDS
$f upper arm.... we. LOT
EE the knee... eco yi
U3 Tove: SUT ee ea scoseecceocere cooanencno 157

ce the cannon bone.........-.-....-2+++
se the pastern joints. :
es IO Gl Secneesteestenesseas scene sanecanaraaee
Horse, the Hackney......--s+...cesareses---=-
Horse, Turkoman

es Calmuck ........

ce Tartary ......

ce Turkestan

as SHIROV le-ewescecereesesencerseeatassse

“

“ce

Oh eee

s INOTMANG Yiecereesconcsewonssccnese=sere 38

ve Norman Percheron..............+++ 38

se Spanish Barb. oa)

ae semi-wild, of America............ 39

“the good farm horse............++ . 39

“the English roadster..

cs the heavy draft.......

“the Cleveland Bay... 020

wD the Suffolk Punch..................

<e the Vermont draft..............-.+-

ie the Arabian...........

«¢ _ the Dgelfe.........

ss the Secaloni...... ae =O

CO tas) WYN ba asncsosacancpoconeac aceon

< UiIAVES ISIS) Cee eats acca seceencencc cuececceon

ac the Fridi.. =

ae HEWN G] Oleeserccenecsespascanckssncnenees
Horses of slow work, feed

0 cCofaste « «6 feed...
Hours of feeding...
Hoofs, abuse of......
XO WAtON YEO) Upic..-c.cssscaseccsencescceses
Horses for great speed..........-c0c22eee
Horse, view from behind... A

se hind quarters, bad..............+..

sé what not to buy..................00

perfect, not plenty..
Hock, enlargement Of................2+ 369, 370

984 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

PAGE.
aot ANUIQUiby Ole stesssstcessssassseeeees 17
brought to America.. 19
st WHERE OUMC Reesesceesseec-trccenee es 19
“preserved in his purity........... 19
gs framework of 21
ce summary of parts.................. 25
ee general explanatory terms....., 27
oA head, explanation of............... 27
‘“‘ foot and lower leg, explana-
PONV AUELMIG wendwectccrestisesssec-ascceee 29
ne external parts, explanation of 30
ee ARCO tera tase ctarcnsesentacrescccos seen 3
ob incisors furnish indication ... 31
ce ACK TCEUAT Of: scccceunsesessestcusecrse 32
a BYICIBONS fearcevencesessereectss= se agua BY}
B9 ‘« how composed 32
32 teeth, wear oOf............,- 32

OMG IN ar Keveemocccsscceccseeset OO

“ “

es number of teetli................--.+» 33

se WOMEUCEU Deasenttecaueesercssecesace- te 33

“ when teeth are perfect or ma-
ULE Ceeeeetneetnnannescecattsneeraessacserdecsens 34

oe deceptions practiced in teeth... 35

LD teeth, vocabulary of 36
se Chinese te cece <seteereees-s sco YF
Ke NGI ccsenrecensseasececocsesccccccnes 37
on PAPANG se seccenesccoene tenance re eee 37
te Biskneesses 37
oe Persian... 54
** age for breeding horses.......... 72
se principles of transmission...... 73
“es relative size of SeX€S............... 73
a selection, value of... 73
0 in-and-in breeding........... 74
uf cross breeding’................. 74
ze DON VISH Peaster seasec cote etc cucer ects 74
Se Marshland Shales 74
ce Goldiduistieecscceceesencss cessor 77

Horse, body and limbs, explanation
Of he Ee OL 164, 167
3 TPONGWVIEW? Ofseceenensesx-csrececae ss 168
= front of........... ---- 168
of Ancient Greeks.................. 168

. fore-quarters, showing bad con-
formations......... Aenenie cemareterecedsert 170

ce hind quarters, showing bad
CONLONMEM ONS sccccvarscccsesss-cotesces ey 170
KG illustrations of fore quarters... 171

ac ae

Horses, draft, breeding.................-.... 77
HOw TO waisercOliniccrcsecaeceeneteese seas eases 81
How to handle a colt.. 90
Horse, flexing...... Sree
oe POWMANGLS Tie vecresreccceearst eraser cckre 92

PAGE.

Horse, vicious, to subdue............... 95, 96:

us WOrKiNG.......-+.....4. soso, 2

‘breaking to work. 88

U3 training to trot... 98.

Horse; the) quarters: <--...2sess-e--<=5 oeeeeres 157

43 sev hams, §. . aieweessoeste ee 157

ee “hocks. 17

. SO UDA CK As «-s<0scecavecascn eee eens 157

+ SOP WIUHCES freeccssesteresmiesereeeeiee 157

% ‘““ shoulder-blade..: Bell iV

- €8) GROUP sscesszsoeccsccaseee teeta 157

of SO) Darrelescncoc<esreees toe sea teentaes 157

oe $6: GheStisccoorstoenctesesee a eee 157

fe 8 MOCK wich .ce ne ccesssencneseeeneeeen 157

es ‘* physical structure of......... 157

HOofss) CraCk ene sssececssseesrese : 381, 382

Ht ee recipes ... ceseeee OSE

es TOU ccsonessateess ees stn sae=see eee 382

Ss contraction of........ Cree cease 208 386.
un tress iereccrec en asccee acres ac
Elm tin 2 HOLSSiees-c~cne<eser enone te eeceeeeet

Hunting horse, high bred.................. 147

Hydrophobia........ SHEA SECO SceRMasacSet 327, 331

TeelandPhorsesterscrsssscneassess-seseeeeee ene 38

Importance of breeding...

Importance of large jacks..................
Importance of fresh food .... tA

Information, correct.................-c-.0s0 131
Improvement in Cleveland Bays......... 139
Mnterterin G sccccs-a-reeseseceseaeeeoee -- 152
Inflammation of the lungs, eauces...... 252
gs how to knowit............. 253
es what to do........ prpecceocen 254
Tufluenza, how to know it................. - 267

fe what to do act
ee MOCIPES reennerecesesccseee sheen 268
Inflammation of the colon...... 279, 280, 281
fr sc ~“stomach........282) 283.
ct sty SES PELItOne Une eeees 287
Intestation of intestines........ pscostens o. 297
Lee paraeies infesting............ 289:
03 recipes... 290
Incisors of the horse...............::0:00000 23
Indian horse 37
Indian pony... =a US
WtaliamHOrs@8.tesences-ceenese-2-=2e-:-eenmeeeeee 38
Jacks, importance of large..............+ 8d
UAUNCICC seesacccssesarcss Stccaseveuees 293, 294
2 recipes... secrase 204
OA Le XID SGN. censenesescenerarene cro, tH
POND! SHAG ecccsscceccesrenteceseseses . 143

INDEX. 985

PAGE.
Judging NOTSES.........ceceeereeseeerereseees 178
Jugular vein, inflamed............ weese O20

a es s recipes..........322, 323
eiclis CHUM MOUS Ghecnsceces <ose-aeuesereaschas ee 48
Kailhan horse.. . 48
Keene Jim..... 3 « 143
Kemble Jackson... seeeee 143
PRG Os eteeeestoeste ch ecconece-anqetacscerad 149, 159
ares, 8, On @Besccccocdoce 28 296

St Hesiod . 296
Kinds and quantities of food.............. 114
Knee joint, inflammation of.. ............ 376

“© broken .. 398
Know what you breed for...............+++ 13L
Know what you buy for..........-......+05+ 143
Koochlani Horse:......0...2........cccsse-eroee 48
Laying out lands..............ssseeereeeees 102
Lake water ........ .. 113
Lady Maceik...... .- 141
Larva in the skin.. --» 212
Laryngitis, causes.. .. 260

ef TEU O18 bacecacockoo nee roseceococes 261
1 DADE BYE acgooonacreboccoeeroceectecenriebgss cococen 309
Lachrymal gland, paeaneneps of...360, 861
Lacerated wounds............. seeeeee 405
Large Jacks, importance of.. . 85
Leading foot, changing the............... 101
Leucorrhea, catarrh of the womb...... 305
Light harness, training to..... ...........- 101

oe “ trotting..... --- 101
Linseed meal................. xo 1
Maght harness) MOLSCSieens.r-c-casass-ncesne 143
Liver, functional diseases of............ 288

congestion Of.......-....06 «. 288

fe) inflammation: Of: ..-2s.c2..---.--c.-.. 289
Lime or white urine..................0.-202+ 300
MBO G keypaNerese--s ee =nces cece 347. 350
Lower jaw, Caries Of............... 376, 378

Ke ee eC DES sre soo CLI
Lower jaw, CXOstosis............cc0.seeeee+ 420
Loose boxes in stables...........2..s0.000 107
Long fellow..........--.00++ ... 143
Tila. Bere arene et erat sade ss canavaccetteccccsiesces 142
Lungs, dropsy ate CbnbCPACCENCSEE 418
Dy MnP HAM PLS or. ceceeccacswarerenctecqansexs-on 324
Mare, number of teeth...................... 33
Mare, treatment during gestation...... 79

te when in season..........--:--...:5..5 79
Mares, care of after being served........ 79
Mare, to know when in foal.......... .... 80

eS time or toalinp ee... 80

Marshland shales
Mares, treatment
Man Pers: -..0.-<-.-56<=

Mashes, how to make.................csee0+ 115
Manure fork

Se uECLDES:.n0

Mallenders ......... nencosqow Zk
ss PAHO Ss sssosteoccosserchacencoceocg 2a
Malignant epidemic....................::.006+ 264
Mad staggers........... .d31, 334
a MECLW@Sesee saree careeanee es 333, 334
Measurements of famous horses......... 136.
IW WEARS) consenoccos eancenodecaca.eogoopoNa9050 159
Metacarpal bones, inflammation...374, 375
ss US TB ORES Schoncacoosesectco 375
Measures and weights.............-....:0066 436
Medicines and doses..........-....00e+++ 439, 441
IMeRKGuOUSeseccetsmeneeneenccterserriecasssecaes 47
Mexican mustang... 68
Mismatched colors....... .. 155
Movement in trotting...............:1..0+ 99
Moistening grain fed.............00:2:2-ce000
Mouth, inflammation..
WKS) EXE ccaococaaanenasignocnd sesooancosucEcRe
$y MECUDEN enecerscceereteescetersensnsce 356
MorganeHorse:--c1--eccrers
** “points of..
Model racing horse........ 2
IW OGG yedinncccessescesstacessesesmracrerssesocss
Movement in walking..................+++
Mule, to determine the age... 2
Me SESV AUG ives. sti ccssecncacessvccncsecenacees
ss ONG AUMICM b seecscesersanscrcscesscreesene

Se breedings:
ue Spanish... ae
Miy OSL teeweencetec arse ccosr esse can cserstscasceess

Narraganiseltr PACeY:ssc:c:-:<.cc20s.sserecones 63
Native country of the hors
as Percheron horse...
Niasalll oleGhoccscesc-s<22eceee ces re
ss CAUSES! oacecserceecrecsseacsns sss 239

ee how to know............:.06+ 239

as what to do 239,

sé MOC OS lececerces cenestcscec cere 239, 240
Nasal oliypustes ces sets sect exsvessecsttassess= 240
Naturally weak eyes...

INS ViCUIATIGISCSSCl st sacccerceresese ences 7
a“ “

ISBN EGE! loaoecopanconcoaccoceansoanos oc SOceeee
IN GINS DICK Mrrcanatcsc-ocdssseareccccesoseersece
Naval rupture. 00
IN ATCO LCS eawivaceteeteeseracrcneanentnaseccsroors 434
INGUNOTOMYe-cccceseeesasvccesncdeencessenvcaaace
IN@]GIRHORSe! se senerce sss sesees

Necessity of clean grain

986 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

PAGE,
Necessity of blanketing..................-+- 119
INOFMAN HOLEEC:.<..2...0s.cccssesesesnserncassere 38
Norman Percheron............. 57, 58,59, 60
Norman Percheron, descent of........... 58
sf oe points of..... 60
Pique italics. eecerescccecrpeccaboopssaeexscee 51
QW phthalmia, ooo... ccessccecesevecsseserneneeees 159
a spnilant? Laatereee ans ca deree Tennis 359
ae «recipes for....-.. ‘. 339
Organs of generation, inflammation of 304
OSSIfication\.....-----+-s- SOseca estececgynucenun 158
Ossified cartileges...............ccscecseesonss 394
Cut psShed yee cre sntcedssentaesdasers sewesa ee 109
OVer-TeaC hin heceececnasteccecnkisencsccac+ss0u5 152
RACING Oalilemeccnnannseecnssneoe=n tesanens[=esea 100
JERROLD Gene ccnos ope cnoamnosonnagaoon eos 100
Parasites infesting the intestines........ 289
Parasites infesting the intestines, re-
OWS OTE scraeceay noc oocasaeigcese aaa 290
Parotid gland, inflammation of.....312, 313
“duct, fistula of
Boo Nia DALUIAleettecceesceeaces=s 0 e=2 2
te recipes
Persian horse.......ssssseseessscseseseeees 5
Performances of Goldsmith Maid....... 141
Peritoneum, inflammation of.............. 287
[IPEniOShEOLOMMY;-<2-2-0-<<enves- cases a0)-o-snnens 416
Periosteotomy ..... nse COC COIR OCEHOL EEE ee? 414
Picker, the............. 118
Plow, training for................ 102
Plowing right hand furrows. eneren hOB
SSC UANOMIANOS eatccrantascscsscnsasc 101
ts carrying the reins............... 103
Pleurisy, how to know......... soeea
ee what to do....... 257
te TECIPES..........004. . 258
Points of Arabian horse..............++. 48, 49
“© Norman Percheron...........-. 60
“the Morgan horse..........-..-. 63
Ty ONE econ enoetaancosnoomosconoron 66, 67, 68, 69
ss Shetland 67
‘6 Mexican 68
G3 LISTER a caecdcariceconcocesoneengnerecesgen 68
Poisoning 5
v ANTEVN A Pe caceeecesccccssorssoes 410, 411
a from) StINg'S............0..-2-.<- 412
es Me recipes. 412
Poisoned skin.... 413
Poll evil, causes neers PANG
se how to know...........:0+ 216, 217
a WHAL TO GOssscseseescesecws 217, 218

Ss recipes
Pond water.............
Preparing food

PAGE.
Principles of transmission in horse..... 72
Projecting® teeth... ..c..cccnssssesosesacsnesses
Proper stature of farm horse... ee
Pulling slowly and steadily..... a
Pulling at halter or bridle.................
Pumiced foot............ sane sheites saetheneeeee 158
Purity, value of in horse..
Pneumonia, causes..........
ve how to know.. a
ce What COO: -.--.c.cces-ncseuee
Purulent Ophthulmia................--....+.
sf s recipes... :
(POMiGe LO Otis:.--c2.<ccccaces conte sncerecersseae
Punctured wounds of the sole, inside 395
Punctured WOUNGS........+..0..:c-ssccnsneese 405

Quantity of hay to feed.................... 115
Quarter cracks......... .. Bray
Quarter false.. .. 389

QUITLON eesaraces 158, 389

SES PYECIPCS 00 o-s ccoreseescece cece eeeeee 391
Racer, to train rs-c--sscrececeeeess sence seen 104
RACE TIGIN Peccecceceresaveeserssnstcacsauaneteteed 104
IRACKSzeseceresone emg

Racing horse.............----0
Racer, what he should be..

. 147
areyisiplaniersesst<<cccecsensnsseaeteneeseeeee 97
Rabi tall eoee-ececccssseesestceces kteesceseeeeee . 214

ee Tecipess «. 214
PRelaantSieeccsereceeesencecsevesceeetccccastetees 435
HRGAIIN DPeomeessnenceecussean ey oxewe LOD
Relative size of S@XES............:.02..2.0000 73
FURCUMaAbiSMillr..c.sccecs/escoeres 350, 352

ee TECIPES........ 00.008 ..d01, 352
Riding, carriage of the body.............. 98
PRICING; TACETSsocqeoeyacssscenecesete=staneeraeeee 104
River water... conse LG

Ringbone....

Ringbone.... sAanwedenatapesssuneethae 158
Ring worm.........-.. +» 203
ee PEE COURTTS( oS Branececcncomeccncopnccisicr sc 203

ec how to Kn0w It......ces.-22000 203

es “what to do....... » 204
ee “recipes... seeceess 204
Ringbone .............. ..370, 371
SS TCCI DCS cesetancnearereeaecesss eee 371
Rotem OU Greccnsnccceccarsceress=ct meneame 375, 376
CD recipes..... Be BYE
Roaring’ -.......:..0-« 421, 423
«c recipes... . 423
Roots, feeding... Prep tb
Roadsters, highly ‘bred. <ciietass ccna 132
sf finely Pred ss<s-ccceeeee-eeeeeeeeee 132

ROPUC, Therecceceretucceeese shereceneeneeeeeeis 150

“ “

** stomach.

PRIN LNTGMedecatsteccassuccacdsecceersaneteanex
Rupture of hamstring............-......++-

Rupture of
Running ...

Rubbing cloths

bladder

Saddle galls.’ eececrbcdccete cere or ccoancrontecan

“

Saddle horse, good form for...

recipes a wen ecncecccncces

Saddle horses of all gaits.......
Saddle horse, color for... oehees
Saddle horses, styles of glans sogbecscrens 155
Dad leWWOTse sescnsese ceecase-2---scrcsceersoa=- 135
Saddle and harness horses, training to 91
Saddling and harnessing colts............ 94
Saddle, training to the...............6. 97
“trotting under.... 98
Sallenders..............-....+. ... 215
se ECU EN Wreneatsceeaceneancnstnesense ccs 215
ST TEE bscocemsecnoeschonencsoreccencosenescec 115
SSETEG! GIR sh coor ooeneencohecoce ee aoc oneSecraC G00 152

Sand crack.. : ...388, 389
se sc recipes for. eQoate 389
SSOP occ doccaskOak© SECC ULE CECE OSCE EOC REECE 119
MCRALCHES CAUSES # 2s... secs sercseeq--sece 187, 188
« how to know. 188
LY what to do............ 188, 189, 190

Se MECINESS eecceecscesereeireees

Scoop shovels .........
Scurvy of the teeth...

Seald mout

“ “

Seedy toe..

{Peoncqnoaosecee

PAGE,
Skin, acute irritation........................ 419
“ es sé MECIPCS:sceyeeneaseene 419
Skin, hardening................. oie)
© as recipes... 420
Skeleton of horse, explanation.........23, 24
EEG OM ceedsaetttasscsacbsantectrsscccacscesesass acon Elo)
Slavering 310
Sleepy staggers, or apoplexy........ 338, 341
Sleepy stagggers, or apoplexy, re-
(OT NYS cocoon sasaocecoeuces: CaS CCCECOCALEOS 340, 341
Slinking foals, to know when............ 80
SIRE PO Clie ececaccerecesascosesscsee «--- 142

SINALLSTO PES ceccc-ssessnussceecse<eaiee

Soundness, warrantee Of...............--+++ 159
Souristomach=..--c..2c-s0ssee-0sscescssees 272, 273
on recipes..
Soreness of the anus ....

SOLERSNINS searreracassaseuces <
ae RRLECI DES El Olsacccdacecsscedrecscace
One neyelidS=-s-..ns5<5---sc1e-cecccssnasece--o--
a “¢ recipes for.... os
ST PDEEES noroonsosgesacnepanea Booacencancdosco6osbs
Splintdbrooms-<-;-<:.-2.+<css<seccescswese--0
Spliniigieessteaees cence ccteeseacesd
Spasmodic action of glottis
“s s Se TECIDES wesc 268
SPASMOMICHCOliC!:.-.sss<ss-crc-0s-caccess<con ce 274
r KE) TECIPES:: -....seseece s+ ssoe- 275
Spasm of the diaphram............. .......+ 285
se ss Se TECIPES........ w. 285
Spavin, Dog........-....c00- cpecosenece
s blood

Sedatives...
Selection of horse, value........ ........... 73
Shying 159
She dding the teeth...................esses00 307
Sharp and pocome teeth.. OL
UO MOMMCASC Le cencstcccssccacvasseaeveseecs=2e0 324
Shoulder, eweany. Pacaseeess cro 365, 366
iy SO TREC A= !Shocnocn pescncosceeces 366
Shetland) Ponies ses tio... s.--..c.2sc-<sereeeees) OF
Sitifastickes.sacsecee: .--.207, 208
SiGe DONCRS cos acces sssevcitsesaescesceacs 394, 395
Siam horse........... Racaevacectsccecsresnuseacs 37
pereaved ls) SCE ac cocnocHeEseeos rareeeeeeeneececton Wafs}

Spanish mule........ a
Spavin, bone..............
SS recipes.. ..368, 369
Staggers, mad................scsseseeeeeeddl, 334
ss blind 334, 338
BEPC CUICH BLOM eseccecersacsesesacececeetaceste 372
ROMAN OM teeeetamccae Lees ascascenncsnatatscsanstd 271

Stomach, inflammation of... 26
Stomach, rupture of........ Cosddcctnoxcco: . 285

es POULCUpreccrsnnnens cepuaccoooaeéccg 286

f° TECIPESccteacsedeccors
Strangulation of the intestines..
Stump sucking
Stringhalt -....................ccseses- xc
SCALE OOSrcsccceassacusaccstcceesvecwersemessen

988 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

PAGE.
ps indie Areas) ds boccocrecoooncanooencnaLococnecenn0an 119
Story of thrift and unthrift, easccasds 124, 128
Sheelgorayaeccsravsrsncceccsccapeaterstsscscncsass 141
Stumbling .. .. 149
Stable care...... oI,
Stable; water/in-......:-cc.ccssrce<-+ssssersass' 110

Staling, profuse, or diabetes, causes... 297
s se how to know,.......+... 297

an or what to do...

ss ff TECHDES@sceeee='2
Strains and sprains aS
Stimuilaniisieerccetosperesseoeteeeccersaskeaccerecs
Stone in the bladder................s0eseee i
Stricture of the urethra..
Starveling colts..............s0scsesecee C5000 82
Stabling COlts..............ses00e cooocRRERCREeSDS 82
Steady and slow pulling...................+ 103
Stable, construction..... roocoes Kd?!
Stable Ottis srcs-c-c.0056 "109, 107

UW WAH cee ne ws dacanev even cncvescscscssasaves 107

Shall Sswidtivrcces- cceencesenec ccaesesoccescdees 107

cs temperature... 108

Stable, cleaning the...

s surroundings . cos, <e 109
AS sift leeceteecescacneocheccnoogeencenn53cc0 110
Surgical and other instruments.....439, 438
Suppression Of UTiNe.............-...eeeeeeee 301
Suffolk Punch, horse... 46
Surfeit, causes............. 198
CSS HO Wy CO KNOWesesscceceeceoas-sscseeu 198
sOTEITAWH MiG OVC Oveceateccenseccsssacsess cr 199
ss recipes......... 199, 200
Summer blankets... 119
Summing up....... on eee dye!
Swelledvanklest.<t:<tisccorecns.s-cscseseszacers 195
oo SEER CUS ON anesasecacccscececcra sees 195
Cs “how to know it........... 195

08 COW AUILOIMOL..>.ccsscacsed-oe

Swelled legs, causes..
se * how to intone
st 6 what to do..

fe GS REO 8 Stree a socosooocnaccoocsON 197
Sweettmashteccsssseccesstnc-nscsccrescsecarseee 115
SWellGd GhrOatecnecwvevscweretceccesewecenseees 260

Be “recipes wees 20
Sweeny, Dip::.......--...e. sees BOO
Swellings from pressure.......... «. 421
Symptoms, importance of...... .........+. 437

Tartar horse.........

Teeth of horse
3 “

sf SCUIVY:....-
Teeth, projecting... 2
Teaching a colt to back........c..ssscseeee 90

PAGE.
Tetanus...... oncoenaees eecearnanasceresasesateeLiataDU
es recipes.......- span snnecanacenecdustetess 348
Temperature of stables.................02.5 108
Tendons, division
Tetter........ coeaaee
“¢ recipe for..
Meethain Myccc crux cenedoseeeee seer eeer ee
ne what to do
Teeth, shedding.......
BU ibYTE tre coa. aaossaacenecuLaaooT cob
Thickening of the back sinews..........
‘Phrrashy | CAUSCS c= ssestesenneeseree eens
ss how to know....
ae what to do.....
ce TeCipes fOL:...<.c.02<c0senndeeneenee
Mh rrishiecscesveseccesssesons cesses oe san eeceeteces 312
O- recipes .... . 312
Thumps........ congo 316, 317
OG recipes 317 -
Thorough pin......... Coens ceeee rere teers wee 346
es TECIPES;.2t<.-coeeessereseaaes . 346

Thoroughbred horsein America.......... 61

6s “* early importation 61

Time to cleaiscsi:.<0s.<csstesc-+-ses asec 118
Toe crack ....... PSO a eG) »-..392, 383
fe recipes..... Sncesachascocs 392
PONICS. cseccdecdocten sha ccstssaivecceeeeeee 435
Tongue, inflammation....... sasseceeae sees 311
To subdue a vicious horse.............. 95, 96
TOOL PO OW ws. .-kocececcses ose decstoeeer meen 107

Mojmake Pruel. «<2 <<<cs<cs2-c0-sesesseeeeteeee 116
Poimakevhay teas .ceccscsceseacchersaaeeeeeee 116
Tools of stable.............. sxacsmaneesRemeeeee 119
Top gallant.. ncnecer Pomircscodey 148!
To detect vices Shae deme sop 1:8)
Tracheotomy.-..............-..-- seeee 416
Tumors, black pigment...... .............5 471
Treatment Of Mares::.22...ccc..2-cdees eee
Treatment of mules.............. coroners 83
Training colts to work 89
Mracheotomiyerccceccc-ceo sso eeeee . 414
Training to saddle and harness - 91
ss to harness:.<.-c...c-0suscccseaseenes 91
eG (PLOPER Cares netscsccneesseee eee 93
Training to the saddle.... 97
Training a horse t0 trot........csssececeeee 98
Trotting under the saddle................. 98
se movement in....... soe
oe in harness...... 99
Training to trot in harness. - 99
“- _todlight harnesg:cc.cccss:screeeee 101
Training for the plow............0.sssse- 102
oy to the wagen.... . 103
. RET ACCLscr-cna aeeeees - 104
aS track on the farm... 104

5S. a stallion........ SS POCOSr 20 sseeeee LO4

INDEX. 989

PAGE.
Trotting in light harness................... 101

ee at various speeds........ .-. 102
Trotting horse, to buy...... concecocssocecne 139
GLITHISGhice ao: igpcceccobsecogdbocnoscenrod cdocgnaecne 411
Trotting, one to one hundred miles,

fastest time.............

Trotter in light harness.
Turning the toe out.................. ese...

ss CO) Ti bancoctocteaungaecnicucnoodnb le Way)
Turkestan horse 54
Turkoman horse... 54
PRunkishwhOnserarcacerecccsrestsccerensessnccace 54
Ulceration of the foot...............606 379, 381

ne ce “¢ recipes ........379, 381
Unsoundness, what constitutes.......... 159
Urine, lime or white.................e.-02+ 300

COR PMSTU PRESSLOM) Oftccecsse-e-reesesecexss 301

ce rs recipes for...301, 302
Wrethras stricture Of: 2.-.2.<cccccsseccsvesees 304
Using the means we have..............008 129
Value of purity in horse...................- 71
SValiieloty Sel cc hioneeesssesstanseeseeaetnrcer ne 73
Value of mules........ “cS OS RL OCHOSESE AEA OIOF 83
Value of hay and straw. 706
Value of good shelter....... «-. 125
Vagina, inflammation Of.................:+ 305
Veterinary SUrZeTy.......0e..-.eceeeee es 418
Vermifuges.. . 435
Wentilution of stables: 108
Vestibule to’stable........0.0..<c0ccee--ss00 108
SV/GLINITe ce ces neasscstoncaentcest tenes 211, 212
Vermont draft horse...............ecesseeeee 46
Vision, dimness of.... 2 ODS
WiiCes and iGereChsincccsssccsc-c--ceoe-ceseusec=> 149
Vicious horse, to subdue...............- 95, 96
Vocabulary of horses’ teeth............... 36
Walking horse née ES!
NV AON CLAIMING TOs. .s.ccecceaceoccecceeeeees 193
WistheriiMustaD ler srstectssssssnecre-crscneresce- 110
Water in tanks.............+ coonascoconcnacene 110

PAGE
WIDOT oPeenensaversteseehcecsceee-eceseents 111, 113
Water before feeding................... 113, 114
Watering when one eedecan=t aeeeeeeeeee 114
Washing the team.. coo, Lil)

Washing horses... 153
Warrantee for aesnitaa iste and vice... 159
WiAnDSteverreetsstescacscescccscscccescssceveccoscess (200)

SST CHUISCS cosas cacncslocecevedvees cvussaveccess 210
“what to do.. =>. 210
WiealkeMltn Osi ccc: cee essece-canecesesesensaee 153
Weaving in the stable.....................05. 159
Weed etiecckc ee. coos. cts son BE
Weak: @V@S.----0.00.....0--.-- w. 354
Weights and measures... ... 436
Wielliiwy Atenuets ateatencesessccccssvsccsesoueniee 113
Wear of teeth in ecrib-biters............... 35
WihisitrtOmeed nay.cessvcscasscererasecexs rest MLD
What constitutes unsoundness.. a0 L659
What a horse should be............. > Lo”
What constitutes unsoundness 158
What to buy for.... we. 143
When to feed........ coo Hints}
IWiheel DanrO Wire. c.scnccccsacessesccercsseses.< 120
White or lime urine: :...-.0..c.. cesses soc 00s 300
White spot..--............. - 156i
Wild horses of America.. me stat)
Width) of ‘stalls:.....2...:..: LOT
Wilnicln TIES. ..iccnccerscecstcacecousstaceceocs 110
Winterfeedfor Colts: :.c.:.-:..0scecoesee0e 112
Vata EEE UNS) conaonasenogecosdscersacen -- 423
Wolf teeth in horse’s mouth......... 33
Womb, inflammation of............... ... 304
oo eatarrh of......... .-. 305
WiOlRSMLeSi i teatete- ss secateeenns <0 nee see secceees 152
Worms in the eye..... .-. 358
Wronndsjofatheysolenc cc sscs---cse-cecssene 395
$8 ce Se Contused...-..+-.s-+.- 404

‘s Sd dae «recipes ... 405

SO sf *’ Jacerated ............ 405

sé re “ punctured......405, 406

WWVATSVaibAil sessctsevecacracccene rbchoocannd spobceee 151

CATTLE.

PAGE.
ADOrtion in COWS......se.-..cersceecreeoes 683, 684
ce ‘¢ how to prevent........+ 684
ee GOS imagery ea\s) ot eeeceerepeereea 684
PANO ULI ALS eavcteneecestesancstensicsssssrconee 537
SR) te Heh Gbl @snenaseatereneescceuerannse=t 518
SS MUELEr Os OO kReeanserceteretas sreseccresact 518
Absorbents, their use... Pav Aiy
OG recipes for...... «+» 708
Advantages of full feeding «= O19
Afterbirth, retention Of...........:.scceeees 680
Alderney: cattile....-.. 52.21. sseses.c0eseee 492-503
Alderneys, Origin Of...........p0.sccsrerees 493
Cs old style, colors Of........ ....+. 493
ss Youatt and Parkinson........ 493
PAIMETICA Di caencurerocnac onsen 494, 495
we characteristic colors of......... 495

ce as milkers... Soetonnee
GS DOMMESTO Le aeeatethaccrnecsasee 495, 498

iG scale of points, cows and
Liver trish ssecendaqandos GeneoS 496, 498
ue bulls, judging of ............... 498
ce judging by points......... 600, 503
s QS Airy COWS....-.00.00+ screneeee 503

PAN Tallifaiveccetecasenenscccecctceseecees aes ce ... 602
American climate vs. English..
American Holsteins..............+

American short-horns.. 468, 469

Anesthetic, recipe fOr....-.......2 sseeeeere 668
Analyzing the carcass........s....sssseeese 625
PAIGICN MCA LLGseoae cde ccesonscss-seanecscecesscas 447
Ancient vs modern barns..............D97, 598

AMBP1E Cattle... oc... ceeeceeseceeccseecesnoee 527
Animals, pulse of... 672
Animal waste................ .-. 618
Anthrax, preventives Of........-+-+.02+++ 693
Anti-SpASMOGICS............s.02secessereceonere 703
Arranging basements..........-s.seseeseee - 596
Artificial protection...............-.seseeceeee 584
Astringents............00- ceo Hill)
Ayrshire cattle.. ace 3 “504-515
Ayrshires iniproved, ‘Hngland. 504, 505

Ayrshires in the East 508
s in the West............0+8 .-- 509
sf points, description of. 509
G) TISEfUIMESS) Of-<oesne+csesecennccnnne 509
es escutchons Of,........0208 seseeeees 510
“from English and American

standpoints............... 512, 515
“ the body.... 20
Ae the skin..... 50
of TOLAGING COs. soe <sccnnessses-na+sene 513
sf J 2.216 brccocsroscopsadoacmnccnerriceeIeCCO 514

Ayres, the top points.................. 514
the teats........... we 514

oh the COlORs...cssssccssacsseeusetsuses Oo
ee the carriage...... Sear nee eee 515
Ke Of COnrick:....cs-sscees eiissnesbucsele 504
Ue Of RGV1leeneces clon sseseseceer seen 504

te of Cunningham....
C3 of the last century....

Ee That Ob Araes canons itrce

63 ASIMIUKELS css. cenncosncecesnas neste

sé English, yields of milk......... 507
8 ss yields of butter ...... 507
Ke ue “c cheese...... 507
ae se in America............ 508

23 first imported to the U.S.... 508
Fe American, yields of butter... 509

IBADYNDCClicccsesess< sea cnccescrtesteseeere tates 615
Barn Or taliivccssascscssscenaccesteneces padeeees 588
* COMMON-SENSE.......26000008 Eposnencas: 588
“ octagonal....... --- 588

Se SC Ua @scensscseqneaaeeer ... 589
‘“ stables in basement...... 590

* cattle fe-ding basement. ssaceee O90
CONG Lia Zana asqagagecapaascedlcuoosuocoaddense ce 591

s¢ square CTOSS......-.« Petes cere senete 591, 594
Basements for cattle...............00008 594, 595
oe arrangements,’ Of. J...cesscsseneds 596

Beef, short-horns for......
Birth, how to manage..
Birth, straining after...

Black quarter...........
Blain, recipes! for.---2:,:....--.ssses0ssones
Bleeding... <-.c-c2--cnsecan-censennvne ccasetesenen
& LONStODsesrsecensesssnemena :
IBJiSterin it <..vcccsstp-2ss cezevesclceseaeeneeeateem
ee recipes for.....
Blisters, application of...
Bloody murrain........ Seesenosnn rasscnasconcc 692
ao ‘its malignant character 693
BWeyPTASSeecssecnreseeescaeasrcenvens cea eeene 603
Body, of the: Devon -...ar..sss9scs) eeertes - 456
Breed: NOW. tO. ce-e-.<crc-neecesnreenee veseersesOOe
Breeds, choice of............
Breeding, general utility...
u: TaN Bh srcoccasaces
“ grades..
<e es how to.. c
ae Mp} ayherd sevecrerncecestneenetees - 557
ss grades from Texans...... fioosee 545
w and feeding cattle......... 551, 570
se PTAC CS tasececee see aedeneeienseseseeeee 495

Breitenburg cattle. .......-..........000 ase 627

INDEX. 991

PAGE.
Butcher’s profit in short horns........... 481
Buttermilk for calves............ : «+. 657

. 656

Butter, how to sell. 3
«package... Bote «+ 656
st penipembere ‘to keep. ponoans-ponensnses 656
SO TECEIPtS, CHICAL Os ccr.ccssesncsonccsesas 642
“© and cheese, Milwaukee.............- 642
SE OULOOUCHON Ole sstenscscentacfernen sees 643
* coloring........ ++. 650

SeMESSI LIU Somencancssnanncnn lst .-. 650
“ washing vs. working. + 651
SSD ACK AP CH icncsscassencaerscnasenes Socreceds 651
oe «cto prepare-...... DasreptcaeceS 651
Bulls, scale of points...... crossncontos concer 500
Buying to feed..........:..0...cecsssecnceaceees 623
“breeding cattle. 623
‘¢ milch cows.. --. 628
SE LOTSIUI Keseccsscnnenceareaas Aomnsocnseont 628
(Calieyirainin PyGHE..-te.ccccscsversaccnscssesone 572
REMMI CELIN Wenrecesecsesatnassenesstassoesasce= 572
“ unnatural positions Of............... 679

ie ¥e We “ how to
OO AEA accenccacenatmncnccoupncackeaothao 679
Calves (castratlOnvOt..-.-cc-ssenreesresssecee 569
«early feeding of. sorccacke 568
GO PUGS Olleecsadaetranescarrascesreeseel OOO
Calving, drinks for cows after............ 709
Se paralysis aftcr..........-.csecees 682
te “recipes for, 682, 683

Carcass of ox, explanation of.
WATEOL MUI Keseeerrssscasseasasacecceee
Castration of calves...

Catarrh, recipes fOTr............000.csecseseee
Cat’s tail grass...

Cattle, natural history ote Sepcuesre conesrecve
‘domestication Of............+ Reccees 447
CUS VATICION.-ncceance- =e .-- 447
sc teeth of..... ... 448
“breeds of... «+» 449
US TEXCGIS! 01 Eececoossoarococecas perentcnnccad 449
SPREE QUISCASCS/ Ofee-eaneeencaceseconssas 667, 696
se heavy; WeiChts....2.......secccsresces 610
« short-horns, weight.......... 611, 613
“¢ interests in Texas... Ay . 546
“¢ prime parts in... «=. 626
“¢ how to buy.... «--- 627
SemmLO IHC CO LN Die eecsanedeenarseares te encre 623
“special signs of disease in......... 675
“ten years’ produce in......... mrenene 557
“ training and working........ 571, 582
se “vs. breaking......
Characteristics of Devon cow...
Gs Co DEVONS:--22<) ea o
Gu “* Spanish cattle......... 542

Cheap stables...... ocaococteea cposcos pootporcne psfé)

PAGE.
Cheese Making.......ccccecesssececeeeees 652, 656
See DEOUUCHON Olcane- sec sseressneectesesas 643

Cheshire cheese, to make... pepceno Walaa)
Chiddar SOUDN pieecsuecsacs ees .-. 653
a Ch LO TRAC 26s. 0 ~~ --. 654

MS G. BIZ@S|Ofs<-<<1e--e>< ... 654
Choice of breeds........ Seesaeseaccteserracccces 552
WI Wstensipmtessn -castecctsscevsceetertsotsaec-ess 1007,
RSTOTIISOls: csc sddescuraeaddedeserssucen ce 700
“recipes for... -. 700, 701
SeMBUITOMIAIIN Fons eccecseessaceroceteasses 701

sc laxative...... --» 700

‘ emollient.. ee LOL

CCU CIMLe Ul Csesscrrresesredseccostsereaenccese 701

£6) “ANOGYNE.....++-20+ 010s scnoccenseaccogoss 701

“© for worms...... Peaieddedeaccsrascassss. 702
KCMANLUUG DCN leonesvocencessseres-cecsneacrs 702

‘* nourishing.. --. 102
Clovers of value... . 602
“¢ undesirable......... ..- 602
Clover rations for cattle.................0+ 565
@OlOrINg) DUGEN. --- 6 --occcceeecsncoacesen seen 650
Color of short-horns............cseeeeeseeeees 488
CSL NEU GIISSOX clic sserdancatineecene esas 465
Colors of Alderneys . 495

. 588

Common barn.....
Common sense reading Peep cerer Acree ... 559
es ee in disease, value of..... 665
Comparing ValUeS............ccsccessseeseeeees 565
Comparison of milk products............ 534
Contagious diseases.............eeeees 685, 696
Contour of body of short horns....483, 474
Corn rations for Cattle..............2csceeeeee 565
Cough drinks, recipes for --- 708
Coughs, remedy for....... ... 710
Cows, Devon......... wn» 402
WOwAELeretOrderese-sc.deecesfaccsccsceaconsess 459
Cows, gestation Off ......0s...0.cccceserscncese 560
Cow, to prevent kicking.............sse0e 576
- ‘ sucking.............-2-.... 578
ce - hooking... . 578
“to manage a kicking... . 581
Cows, viciousness in.......... 576
Rees SUICKIM O caaian densetataeoencdecatasacasmace 576
@reameniys OX) Ole. so--cncusc--rsocs-cansacreone 645
Dairying, importance Of............2..02.006 641
ss conditions necessary for...... 644.
pany, DG Mesee aes crc. ccsc-cscsescsecesesseem, 641, 658
draining for.... ... 645
se sub-earih vcutilation..... --. 646
‘¢ importance of cleanliness......... 647
SEee ONVITEL OU OLss on anaccenesosanars eee 647
PELE MIPCLAGULC! Olssasrsascascesemssssars 648
SCR SOLE HOMNS Ol ersscseeecsececese 477, 478
SeeeCOW.) Une AI GenneVec.ss-c<escaeaes 503

992 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

PAGE.
Dclinyibartiveressscdiessencenctasrsxesstreescerer=e OL
66 MILKErS tO DUY....62..cseere-scereneee 528
Danish \cattleteersccasiecsterscecsonsssacosuecuurs 522
Description of Ayrshire points.........- 509
I GVONICALG Crs saceeccsccecostscnceconcesonssvons 451
ROMMERCONVS racerecadscestsaexenascvesess . 452
‘cow, characteristics of...........+ 452
66 WOLKING OX....ecceesssereeeseeneveers 454

Devons, characteristics of and impor-
tant points...... Rasracsecacsesnena 456

cc TiMipPSssscecereceses

“ body of...
ce skin of...

U2 AIL Olscrenunctcencvetects «cess seicnsen
POINES Of.........ecereereeenennee
Diarrhea, recipes for.

Digestion.............--+-

Diseases of cattle...
(ons general..-.....c...25.2----0 é
TECOLNIZING. ..eeeerereereeeeeeeeee soe }
‘ pbreathing in....
“© temperature in...

CCST POSULC IN eeseane

“foot and mouth

U3 se temperature in 694

ft “6 how to know.. 694

ECP OMe kee treweseetnacsssssssecccerense 703
IDISKECHIONSscleccssatocececctteresssscscecsetanees 697

Distinguishing marks of Sussex cows 465
Diuretic drink.....
Doses, forms of

Dr. Geo. May, on Dutch cattle........... 526
Drink for cows after calving............... 709
Durham bull and cow, old style......... 466

Dutch cattle, (see Holsteins)............06+ 517
ce CoM tLe MIStOTY/Olvs.....c.cecnss 519

ce ‘© what history says........... 519

ee SOVPTACIS NAS |UOsscasevesssussacacsses 524

ee “C7 races Of-... 526
Dutch Fresian COW. .......:...00.....ccs.scoee 526
Dysentery, recipes f0r..s........2....00000+ 710
Earl Spencer’s prize OX.......00..0scsseeeee 624
Early feeding of calves.............:esceeeees 568
“¢ maturity, profits in.......-.....2...+ 614
Economy of large barns............eeeeee 593
English feeding, COSt Of.........ssseeeees 617
Epidemic diseases........ ..686, 696
Eruptive CODE Ma cwunccapisasstacnescsssseress 711
ISCHIGHE ON Us senenedeceesttensncenserse=easseneces 628
Escutcheons of best COWS.......-....0.006+ 631
and milk glands 623 -

s&s marks, value of............. 623

B not always correct......... 634

eS LOM POM USremrecesencseoateecsacs 598

a in Ayrshires

Exercising common sense in cee 559

PAGE.
Experiments in feeding.........ssess-- 562
Export butter and cheese..
Kye, cooling wash for........ :
SSNS Ti ISCASCsmawexeesronctesssweceeeseaneeresemOl
Facts about Dutch cattle........ peceornocnse 2-1!
HArM DAL ss scccesesaserssesconess

Farmer Thrifty’s Cattle
se Slack’s shelter...........
Fastenings doosctc
Fat bullocks, outline of.......... ceosrocsed . 625
Feeding qualities, Holland cows........ . 531
RCS VSStOCK Cattle:s.cscneeeeeeseeete: severe 606
*¢ milch cows... .. 607
SCs) for prOfits-scnrcaseere -- 508
“cost in. England....... sercenassskus 616
60 SINE SUMMET se cncecseaesevecetn see tees

‘¢ “experiments in.....

se standard...... pobaeond

‘* rations for steers... of

CC SSUOCK, LO) DU Yeoncasessesenestosenseat

EOS CHES DY COLUtersmerc emcees =< eeneeesee

© at milking time.....
IRN Ov ssscemcsenssoencens sons
Flooding after caine BanoasoyebSoNoNS a
ee ee “© recipes for........ 680
Fomentations. their operations.......... 67
sé recipes for. c
COMM OUss.ceemeelessseeen rene

‘ ANOGYNCrsneccosnecseesacnenee

cs relaxing...

Food vs. product...... goto

Framed sheds.......... .- 585
Frankish cow...... ae « 526
Friesian cattle................s000: sso DOL:

cs “* characteristics... a. BIL
Full feeding, advantages Of............... 619
BUMP AGS ce cavcrevcnaacceceneneens «. 709
ce EOVMAKCorceccacccccssssncnes scene 709
Sati Oneececsecccewecdescaace ecapetosaupeneny 667

Galloway cattille.............cssssecsesesernne 040

Gelding calves, care in....... sotecasee scepaee 570
General utility in breeding. 553
Gestation Of COWS...........0066 sanensteeenee 560
“ table relative t0.............s..00. 661

OG diseases of............. 676, 684

ie accidents of... ..676, 684

GY JO) ND Oe Spends codaecoctnoceosbacosance 675

Gh oN AD (eeseeneearencocco cooccoccsens (erie)

U3 what to do during............... 677
Good care, valle Of. ...<..:cccccosccescseacnee 621
€¢ returns, DOW CO) Pets v.ccce.sscscsansus 621
“feeding profitable... es GPL

Grades, breeding of....
Graduation of doses.. 2
GASSCSILOLISLOCK csecsentsavcssaccarelscccconss
Grease butter..........
Guenon’s theory........
Hair and condition....
‘* of the Devons.... =
IFTAD PY MEANY ..0cccsec aac castzasccasexencessasser
Heat of iron....... sevanad scat ccssattooneeceecese . 679
Heavy weights of cattle..........00:.000008 610
fe ‘« of short-horn cattle 611, 613
Herding, cattle, expense Of................. 547
PTONEUILYsevecscncazecosssacan<cecas «+» 636
Herefords.......... Soncoccenens CY!

Hereford bull.............. ne we. 458
ee fifty years ag0................0000 459
sé (BO one ogsccdo cabo nRDORAEELOFLECPES 459
Herefords in America.... «+» 460
bs SULCUS esecennscccascarcaccccases 460
eleretonOlOxe. ..<...5e¢senceees Mates cusevecececess 462
ae cow and calf. 461
ce of to-day... 462
History, Of HOIStein:<.-<.<<<c..ssescercascsoss 516
se SHOTDINOMNS?=sesccsescess cone 467, 481
ELOIBbein\ Cattle’. s:s.0ces-ssecccessscescsaes 515, 526
ss history of........ oreceecneenccosiere 516
ce cow, escutcheon on.... -. 632
Holsteins, improvement in.......... 576
fs for the present century.. 517
a in America..... 517
LL first imported.... eee OL
ss colors of........ cnmececo Och Eeoneons - 517
“6 Herd DOOks..e-csastecessascesesesess 519
ss regular markets established.. 522
ce Wr Geo. May OM. .c.<ss2<seece00 526

Ce Mr. Klippart’s testimony..... 526
ue importation of W. C. Chen-

oe as milkers..
ce weights oa

sf milk rode of. honcecttercnoncnc0 533

a herd records 534, 535

ee CO Weedsntenarasecersaereccceos encnoaspe 623

O MerGirecords:..sse<.-ceser Seeesaase 5 GBR}
Home dairies........ Ds PeCPOCCORE ECO OCOCE . 647
Horns not certain indications of age... 639
TOV eMcencesessecsecsncccanssssssccmstcaceacacoresve 710
SC CRUTC UNCC Yi Ole sccevsscocseasccncenssarter 710
DEVO wAbOIDTGEd evesdteer-ccotenasscen=coeereonaze 553
How to buy and how to sell.........621, 641

How to shelter... aaa +383, 600

Improvements in (Holsteins. ceposecooucnoto 517
NGI CAMOULOL Ale sartedesdecaeneesenanssasees 517
Infectious diseases.... .. 685, 696
GEST One seersecccesse cs tesecacanacaestescecnatser 702

“* rule for making.. c
Injections....... ononepansepsadeccnosoacn (oeocKKO - 667

PAGE,
Inversion of womb.......... cosnenaseeuenenee 681
Jersey bull, perfection............se.eee e+e 499
sc scale of of points.........-.+6 500
Jersey or Alderney cattle............ 492, 503
“« eattle (see Alderney)
Jerseys, milk mirrors of........ SCRA 630
Judging age by teeth........ sees 639
Judging Alderney bulls..............0.00.+ 498
Judging Alderneys by points...... 500, 503
Kerry cow.. picccaudderemnacassseccesdere seco COO
Kerry’s, a rare breed becenrec --. 536
uC description of... acee DBYS
ce hardiness of......... s+ 536
Kicking cow, to manage 581
Kind and careful treatment........... 607, 608
Klippart, on Holstein cattle............... 527

Last century, Ayrshires of..

Tabor; ANG uid... ccnce.ceness aS

AN ONMIG LAD OLeretcs-cosesccc este stecdscscecsscc
Large presentation.............ccscsssessseees
Limbs of the Devons.....

Live weight, estimating...
MOU PEN OLMGtancenees sone ccesnocsesceessecespsccescrere

Make beeh youn G':... cess sess scsesvorecesvs 614
Making dairy butter............c0.....cscs000 648
Malignant anthrax... ... 688
es CobANT Weveesecacan ease sas --. 695
<a ae symptoms Of............ 695
OC gs TECIPES; fOL=<-.2--.2.c--- 696
Measurements, estimating by............ 623
Medicines and instrumeuts.......... 696, 711
as BORO OBcrccecessroocesecencay code 697
U2 OSGi eeccncaasseevessssnecece coe (ERY
Or when to administer....... 665
Os how to give....... 666
Medical recipes for cattle.. 699, 711
MITC GN ONMStecesaes ese -ve-scaasesccresseceenes . 450
Milking qualities of Alderneys.... - 495
Milk mirror in points............... é
Milking qualities of Holsteins...
Milk products of Holsteins..... :
oe se GCOMPALeGsccceneccssenvencene
i se of Kerry cows.............
Milking, training to se
Milking time, feeding at.........0....0000
oe
IDK a COM feLeocoraseoceaceBascchoccenecen, GaCeCcO

Milk and beef cow, description of 627, 628

“ce
“

oe

994 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

PAGE.

2s care of...... eadancenehasttcetes mes eceuree . 646
US Be ASEOBALCADBOASOGNSINOD OD wee 649

Nina cow, perfection................0 oe... 498

Be dairy, description of......... 627, 628

cs creamery, ground plan of........ 645
Murrain, preventives Of............0.ss00e+ 693
ss recipes fOr..........000-+---.-.. 693, 694
Mucilages, use Of..............0:...ssesesesee 704
Natural history of Cattle.................++ 447
ee temperature of stock............. 583

se WELbE EAI METO OU seesnnseatanassanekanaee 618
Neck of short horns.............0:00+- -. 483

Nutritive qualities of Holsteins........... 532
Necessity of shelter 600
New industries, rushing into............. 610
Nor thyDeGVvOnicONwsccecsscssscaccener->-sesese 453
North Holland cattle.............cc00sesseee» 528
Octagonal baxrns................sceecescseseeres 589
Old style farm yard..................-.sess00 584
Opodeldoe, to make... Bec Au!
Orchard grass.... . 604
Oleomargarine..............000++ .--. 641
Outline of short horn cow.............-..+ 465
COMET Oe senesconssreweteressssucscteseeess 578
PACKIN PAD ULON-ssnsnsecercetonenses+osSnssvenees 657
Paralysis, after Calving................0008 682
Pasture, feed and water............... 601, 608
PASCUA Giveccccocesccene once seroee OOL
Pasturing, time for.. ---- 605
Patton.. : -. 469
Pedigree ma conch 558
O cow Florissa.................... 598
Perfection in cow.. : 492
Pleuro pucamouia, § virus ae 936
ae ee period of incuba-
LOU cccssesatesenecwete 686
CS ss “* of infection 688
ce ee disinfection of...... 688
a os contagious.......686, 690
as * history of............. 686
« 6 malieriant qualities 686
b ce contagiousness of 686
J uC definition of......... 686
Points Of COWS................0+6 --4054, 455
Poultices, their uSe..............----..0sc0s0ss 706
<4 stimulating................. .. 706
ee to promote suppuration....... 707
Prolledkeaitl eccnscsssasecatseecense|ancse ements 539

Points of short-horis..................000.. 481

oe 42 ae deconihene Senenoa: LAs}
Prolonged labor.................0. see OFS
Presentation large........ -. 678
Prime parts in cattle............. . 626

Pre-reyolutionary short-horns............ 469

PAGE.

Profits from breeding Texan grades... 545
§6 on ‘Texan cattle........... Soeecomacy |r
03 of early maturity.. w-. 673
se Of, good feeding. -c..-cescco-cecseees 627
Pulse in disease: c-.ccc.e.cssesdessere cern: 672
“of animals... seve 672
Purity, valtieiols.....cs<cc-c-seeetesncdenenteene 495

Quality, form as an index to............. 55d
QUarterales...csccsscesecescecceesevoetecss eee OSE

Races| of Dutch! cattle::s.c-se-sssseseeereeees 526
Rations for milch cows..............e:2+++« 563
Raising cream, various methods........ . 648
se KG Dutch method............ 648
<e do HolJstein method......... 648
G6 ae Devonshire *
“ce “

Gussander ‘
Raising calves, experiments in....

& VOUN CICA ccc sesdacees erseecasees
Relative value of different foods.........

Respiration... 60 Ropcedotias
Retention of atterbir th... Setoor:

oe “e eC ieee fOTccnc
Rement for, Cheese. --.-.c.0:--0-<ccereresecuces 655.
Ripe cattle for profit................ce0:--e- 627
RRonpHISHeG i: .anesctcsssesc sarees snccvoedseneeeee 584
ROW GS. scmncecccccuseccuseacsvemanes «+» 670
Rule for measuring cattle...............00+ 623
Salting, Butter... sv.s-cecvesevoscenes erveneeseeel 630

Salt for butter
“* jmpurities in
Seale of points, shorf-horn bulls...489, 490

Cos eye CG ce cows...490, 492

OS cows and heifers....496, 498
BeOS ue Jersey: Dullsvccscccencsssee 500
Selection in breeding...... ... seseeee DOS
a of bulls for Texas............... 548

ue S°/calves| tor Wexassss.censeseaee 549
Setons) .: 022... s-ccseseccs atssencssceosene eaeeeeete 670
a recipes for.. Boo Livi)
Shelter, how to.... 583, 600
oe where to planes eacenenee 599
Shallow; pansss.c<c.<.<ocess -cuccsesacseones see 647

Short-horns, cows, scale of points, 490. 492
Short-horns, the back

UG 60 LIN wecteoneerseee

ac id
ee “
“ ““
“ “
“oe “ce
ss perfection in cneco0e: . 488, 492
“ DL Sseceserccosene ... 489, 499
Y scale of points............ 489, 490

PAGE,
Short horn propev......... . 467
ee history of.... --467, 481
ge in America................ 469, 478
se importation 1815............... 469
as Ge ES iieseecesses 469, 470
ss ot 1820 and 1821... 470
oe 0 1822 to 1830....... 470
ce Ohio importation 1834....... 472
se s¢ 1824 to 1828,
1833 to 1840 472
ee sé ‘¢ 1840 to 1850, 473
sf ee s¢ 1850 to 1851, 474
of sé oT eepperconson 477
v in) the Wesb....<...; ...:....02-- 477
se TOT RD GC teereesaneneceoraceces 478, 481
oe cc dairy.. -- 477, 478
“e points of........... ..-. 481
a butcher’s profit in............ 481
s the head................02. 481, 482
se GDH EMNEG Kieaeasecaeascccheesesseeecrs 483
ze body, contour of........ 483, 484
¢ proper shape for fattening, 484
ce GHEICLOP Svecceces cvanctversnaussen 485
Short horn breeds............ 465, 492
Signs of disease in cattle... w+» 675
Skim milk, value of.......... -... 658
PSKinay CHEESCsetascccn-ceceaeccecrsorceccereeecess 641

Skeleton of ox, explanation of............ 698
ot se and horse compared....

Skin diseases, wash for..............seeee00 704
‘© and condition........ sees OTe:
CMO UNEP CV OlS:saccssceeleseseersce sence: a7

Sinckeshelten-cesss-canctecce-cscvssoaceseusctescos 595

South Holland eattle... 28

SPANISH CAlhlCussesccessecasswsceeacewscatsce=nse= 42

PIA VAN Sac racaecoccenascetasesansscascssssnscnece 667

Splenic fever.. . 685

Square barn..
Stimulating Fneiney
Biarhino the Herd srcsess--.cqcecesacess-ceses-
Stables in basement...............sesseeeeees E
Stock cattle, feeding...
pRMELCCCIIN Deeeannedciescatscenqcscas==ssesnsc ss
“© well and ill kept
SeaMin Gees tesaenssn-coees
Ot application.....
“ nose bag for.
Straining: after Dirth...................-s0s-es
MUM OlK CALULES. cccee--swcrccan-eeuscncess
Summer feeding.
«c shelter..

Sussex cattle, distinguishing marks of 465
“ee

“ce

Table on’ gestation.......:.:2..:.-s.s..secsoos 561
Taints from impurities in milk........... 651
SREEHOMCATELE See hsciectsitsceesaee eee

Teeth, judging age by.................4
Temperature of dairy.........
De cheese vat
Memas' cattle mesescosenecesctensmcceceeeess
oe SeEDLETES GSU sccsaresecccas-coseece
ee “ acclimating improved bulls
Wi Bacdedicoupcedoocctencbnconcers 546
“s “* selection of calves for 549
D> TESTE Ragoadtodscenoscocnantbococdeeae enn 691
se “ how to know it... . 691
ve «recipes for....... . 692
ag *¢ what todo..... 692
Texans, feeding in stable................... 543
ce improved blood..................0.
Ten years produce in cattle-
ARH e py GUM Om Cal teaccncencessecccetencecesciens= ts
Mhestouehe value, Of-cctscc-----caeecessceese-< 626
Thermometrical tests for heat.. 674
WMimObhiyneescersceracceessve 603
Time for pasturing..... 606
MOD SUE AMIGISEASE. -ccss---conentaesnesecsesssce 672
Training and working cattle......... 571, 582
ee Wee DTGAKiNp*..ccssssescessena-c=s-¢ 571
ae the calf........ 572
as to milk... 574
US O3.23) Dosceeecuisesechocctionneaccnaneds 578
SN SEO C Ke VOUT Ltt recccesasearerepuass 580
ee cattle, summing up. s+ O80
AMAT) EES) ococemotnenoodsotacoosndaceeasasacerp 603

True history of Holland cattle
AP WASDsAVEIOS Olmesccsdeatencrsssacceses
Twisted suture

WaddersveinsSiofs.. -.c.0.c<<ccesuasens ous 637, 638
Ulceration of the mouth...
es recipes for.....
Unnatural presentation......
ce positions of calf.
LOIS heconesococecoctenseecsnac06bo eEpRCReLDanoneCceF MAT
Usefulness of Ayrshires...............20000 510
AVAL CL Oly POU ere cosscercacuetarcancseceorncess
Values, comparison Of...... .......csesees
Valuable clovers...........
Walue of good Care.................c...cenere
SUM KGITITT OMS scnsccccacenscecrsserces 629
AWN OLS Wann vectevevacusse:acesesscscessescescrenses 667
Veins of twist and udder, infallible
IAG KGiecceac acon tence scqnoiseneeresoseeetereee 638
Veterinary surgery, importance of.. ... 662
Os pretenders........ .....cecesce-ee 662
WATS SHOWsCANTICC cee. .scsecsicaversenereress 687
WrashtfonveruptiOni..-.-c./d-cosssecessesecnees 709

996

ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

PAGE.
WYASNOS:sccecczecnccsseseecscnentcoeeerenscec tose Wind-brealcetsc: Sn -cedercrescecraccesemscotees . 584
Waste products, utilizing. Wounds, sewing..... . 670
WV ALOTIN O's srenarstesnceccesesteetestere--crsceecers “tincture for.. . 710
Weights of Holsteins....................... W. Friesland cattle............. -.. 528
se Texas cattle.. Yields of milk, Dutch eattle............... 529
Weight, to estimate......... 60 ES Ary rshinesss:ascep ceeeeeene 529
Weighing cattle.......... Son te “ « ~ 'Toudern cows.....- . 529
Well and ill KEP USOC Kerercerconees ss ocesseee G ce at Breitenburg COWS.. 531
What history says—Holland cattle...... 520 ce “© « WFfolland cows..... ... 531
Wihathitowplantsns..ssssescssersesses- cvcecces cece “ (6 <6 Holsteins <.c<cse
Where to plant shelter......--..1eseeeeeeee NOUN Gy Cal fssenescssascessesstcesere eeeeetee 568
Where good beef lies...................000008 se stock to train...
Womb, inversion of...............-.+. 303 €4) "DOL scocses severe sostsseseceesseor eee OLS
ee sé to prevent.........% 681
SHEEP.
PAGE PAGE.
Age for breeding sheep........ asostncenccor 736 Grubs in the head...............seesssesersseee 753
American merinos.............+. 2 Ss “oo ‘to prevent. oc
* “origin of... 6 extraction: ---....-....-e+<
PAD ODIORY;-.cc-snseacevasncccansreess cba Hampshire Downs......... ;
Ban DanyARUCe p mecterceeneenenccancaoetcereracass Ely GTO pPHODiaeeccsstenercsneeeesnenesetmereeeeees
Biflex canal, inflammation of............ 759 Hydatids on the brain
Black-faced Highland sheep.... Inflammation of the eyes....
Border Weicester:.....ccocesence--c-e-eeceussas a COON Way ibe recncorecnostcc
Castrating lambs..............0...-.csesseeees 743 a symptoms........ ............ 754
Fe rams.. Intestinal worms........... s+. 760
Cheviot sheep..... Lambing room...... . 742
COliCl. seseccreseccenne Lambs, castration... --- 743
Wotswoldishee tic. s.ccr-cs-0ssts-scoossesseesee Leicester SHECP::-..-0....ccscrasacsesenvsuennes 724
sf SAVALUCH Olle. .ccssascscescscere 720 Lincoln sheep............. ppconacocdsstsencsnos . 724
cs Rem SOU GMieescwerseneecescease tees 722 Liver fluke............ . 760
4b RANT Saeemeenereecoannsvecsessnceste 722 Lockjaw, treatment... + 754
@ouplinp sheep wcececscssnccsnsrencesesecvessse 736 Long wooled sheep.............. Be Litre
Diseases Of Sheep..........s..ssceereeseere 745, 761 ce oO CO STlOCKIN OY a eeeraeeesee . 724
Seen EAC eANOMDTANMsoecs.scescsecucs 750 TUG" SWOTIIS, .cccosstansaeeucneescesentassteeee 759
« ““ urinary organs.... reyes ss pay SGRCADMENTcosceronsntetenseeeee 759
“ ‘generative organs............ 757 Maco oby, Sheep -e.sn..ce0s-ne-sesec cease eee 759
Division OLmeWiOOles--scsert-seeccareercer wees 734 3 SSTECIDESscuscscocnscaneseeeeeet 759
ae a COP ILUStRAtION-vescecsec ==: 734 Management of lambs................s0+++ 742
Dockin oe lam bacesecressesasssaacssseccareesses= 742 Merinos, American
Dorset sheep.... ee fleeces ........
DOSi DR SHEEP ss <.casessscuscensssasccesvsasaceons <=) athesheadss,.
File pSyweee see ecaetomanetersstss; ssccacseasesce ‘to thes podye...<cce-.
Fall pasturing of sheep... Be oe characteristics.............0.0

‘* “feeding of sheep...
Fine wooled sheep....... :
HOO UIT Olzccecenrecseseeneccenneccarencccrssecesse=

66 $6 LTCATMENE .-. 2... lee scsecenosssecessnes
Fouls in the feet........ Opoodcnom
Generative organs, diseases...
(GLAVEl ss scscescner-senesses erapesibeasnnsac erence

ee forjprotities.--seceees
Middle wooled sheep....

New Leicester sheep...............+ eacecseese 719
‘* Oxfordshire sheep...........++ eceseee S24
Nursery for lambs........... “

| Oxford Downs........

PAGE.
WPalluyjecccesccslanssecnectuavcanstesscer-enecenteceess 754
PEPROCIION danceearscmecvesatcecaxcrecwerecnesece 754
Parasites On SHCCP,.....se0.-eseceeesereeeeeeee 755
(PASHMRIM PSCC Pee s.cc.cn02-coscenecoessresecece 738
IPUDJAUD SHEEP! .2--.c.+.-<cnncecacne-ecesa-accese 717
HRADIE Sees cccveektcsesscecccceee 755
Rams at coupling time... 737
oo) AS HUCASCTSsaceccecncses>= -- 737
SS ENANASCMEN Uescasecrsccacwcranceccans=-= 737
WS GEE PATIO apeseceososeaceercotoghéccoceor 743
Rocky Mountain sheep.... 716

Roots for sheep
SIE Ocoee Geceetoacosce
“symptoms

Sheep distemper recipes for.............. 752
Sheep husbandry ............s.se000415 744
He varieties

sc importance Of....-...........c0c0+0.- 715
Se points of, explained............... 716
Shropshire Downs............ssssceeeeneeeees 728
Sheep breeding..............+2..000.. . 735, 745
‘« management Of.................. 735, 745
ss [DEER cacao waaesococom “coscocenbrosnogane

“ trouph......
Sheep, diseases of
Skeleton of sheep, description of......... 748

Special Winter feeding of sheep......... 741
SPs iD TAM IN sceacsdarcwcou-cncseesacenerss sen 738
Travel sore.......... «.-. 758
The rot in sheep .. 760, 761
Urinary organs, diseases Of..............-. 757
Warleties Of, SHEED. <..... 2..ccc+cescrsceracesce 715
Vegetable poisoning..............:.:see00+ 752

ue sf recipes for......... 752
iWitterin paSHee pens censssccesatesescerecccar-s- 00)
IWieaMIN SESE Ds...:.ccrccncacacsen-=accqssu=te 743

White-faced Highland sheep............... 726
Winter management of sheep... one

Worms, intestinal... 760
Co whey Sereecne wees 109
ss Tiver-fluke ....0...2..cscccecsncoascese 760
LG GNGELOLssesotvccceccchecsnecsncreraccers 761

SWINE AND POULTRY

RO LOM GUTGreancesces ests
‘* recipes for... oA
Sheep, the head...............0sscseeeee+
us BORTTtIT Krneeete-edaactcasaconesseesease
- “ fore-leg ....
6 “ hind-leg
& ‘* jmportant points of.......... 748
ss U2 EARNS Shecccnonaccacuinsceneee 748, 749
& “© skull of, explained............ 749
ae “* importance of head of, 749, 750
cc BOIS he sccceee oe cencoctnoHuOneCCOOD 750
sé “ teeth indicating age.......... 751
se ‘swelled head in.............0+8 751
oe ve ee ug recipes for 751
<f ‘¢ distemper .......- saustenegerceres 752
Age of swine, to tell............s...eeeseeeee 767
American breed 7
ds DIEG/ SWINE: .cccccccsseccscse 777, 783
Antiquity of the hog..................:0000+ 765
Anthrax, malignant... wes

Arkansas tooth-pick...

Berkshinessssssotiecs-te- secon:
< characteristics Of..........- 770, 771
Breeds of American Swine........... 777, 783
<s recapitulation Of...... ...seeeeeee 782

Breeding and management of swine,
784, 791

‘s age Of SWINE....-..ceereeeeereeees 786
Care Of SOWS.......-:.cseeeecercnescneenecererees 787

Catarrh in head.

Cae NOMssecccesscescos-ccvees

Contagious pneumo - enteritis with
malignant sore throat........-.- 809, 810°

Contagious diseases, summary Of........ 816
Contagious pneumo - enteritis with
malignant sore throat, recipes for,

809, 810
@aleshilliswitlescess-:secececoves ec ececc-ces=s 773
Catarrh, malignant, epizootic............ 105

sé ae “* recipes for806, 807
@HIMESeRNOpacsseses<cecrsssese=acssrcenetuanseces 768
COINS O Beret ee cose ons csteseanesecruscescus es 768

G . 769
Chinese swine and Crosses........ceeseseeee sere
Characteristics of Berkshires............ 770
a Neapoliian hogs...... 715

ss Essex SWine..........-- 773

ie Poland-China 79

Ui fixing and holding... 785
(C@hestensiwhites:-ccccessc--ce-seseececeseae 779, 780
GC COMO WEStieecccctapantccansccncnaoe 780

998 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

PAGE

Cheshires:.: 0. cress. acascorssnratsceeeresssore sane 791
ss WIN PLOVEG cetan-sneceveancscseseress 782
Clean care NeCeSSary..........-0++eeees -Osoo8 791
Contagious and malignant diseases..... 805
io pneumonia enteritis...808, 811

2 ‘s origin of....808, 809

v “* erysipelatous form 809
Cross—barn for SWiNE..........0000scereeee 706
Cumberland swine..............-.-csesseeeees 774
Diarrheasccs.cs----+27 . 815

CaCI OH ODS oxscsceeense . 816
Difficulty in administering... see 804
Diseases of swine..............-. 803, 816

r GHG; RAM tencneeenrecsans. seccreasee 813

Ming lishiPreeds!..cescsescscesstesse snes <cee ac 779
FHSSEXo06 WING ere aeeecanemactaneenertcacsencececes 772
SOLIDE teaccrers 772
Farrowing Of SWinC...........0....022eeeee 787

Feeding and shelter.. -792, 802

We ANUS UIIN GP eceseeeeeccicss cc -seeeee 793
Ye grain......... soos (ee!
0 BOWMUN Sescenestecttnna saskeetceacssacas 794
& in confinement.................+0 795
Gestation of SWiNE..<.........0..c0-cscsscese 787
Goodiys [00d se itcdeacseceesteescncs oseeeeeeeee 792
Good nursing important.. . 804

Grainjfeeding........5.. <2. mene CO
Hog, origin of.... 766
pemmUTL OL ULUY {Olen ossarenosen-tasa os see te cece 765
“introduction into America.......... 766
ce ss soe OFIGA:. -oceseeeentO0)
OG Se “Nova Scotia.... 766
se oe se ON. Foundland, 766
sb cc “* Canada........... 766
vo se C2 Ninth Reerces, 189
‘« explanation of skeleton of......... 803
Cc CN SMM CAV Vicsnvosatescseescnseeessac = 799
HETOS PULAU DNCECnasenscancnsutacenssesessee 784, 797
Hog cholera, intestinal............... 807, 808
OG ee ss CaUSES............. 808
Cs se ee prevention....... 809
VLOG DALNGrecsnetienchacepracleenaacaesnssaery MOOSE
Illustration of skeleton... 803
Importance of swine......... scan, (eY/
Improved breeds of swine.................. 768
os IBCEKSHING merevanereesc<i--seneceeres 770
SUtOURSieccectecesescwcwss cose 774, 775
ie Middlesexeeecr-cesters-seeae 774, 775
OD (@heShire-ssceeeseneseccessssccsescens 782
Importance Of SWine............+-ss.sseeeeee
Be ** selection.........
of “© good uursing...
Intestinal hog-cholera.............
aE ss L CAUSES eeecersse care
ee fe es prevention........
Tdi hope cccssecs--arcces-socceuerneeeeerenees

PADE.
Inflammatory diseases................. 812, 816
SOLSCYOTCOS!ccescversssccusearsstavceseecemeeare 781
Jefferson County hogs.. -- 783
Large Lancashire, white...............--.++ 777
Lancashire hogs............... 775, 779
Ss middle-breed........-....0+ cosnoe Nes
Lard worm

MMi) WOR S i. ceesransessaesseanesececses@eaeeete 783
Maiignantand contagious diseases..805, 812
se epizootic catarrh................. 805

Os U2 syinptoms............. 806

Gs we recipes for........806, 807

So) PCAUGHTAXsesecsccoess oo GL,
Mito Caaseceacencensassns . 814
Management of swine 789
Markings of Berkshires 771
NEY HEVP (00015 acsnengcs incodenmrertucnnosbencnecnc 794
Medicine, difficulty in administering... 804
MGHSI OS ices seetacncecncenstcnesareseneceatateseneen 813
Middle-bred Yorkshires.... 774
ee Lancashire... . 776
Morgan county hogs..... a TRS
Neapolitany hom sicsssecesoseersssarececeaseeee 771
ne ‘© imported to U. States 775

os DOP orasessaptcvecesceacerastaneeete 768
Origin of Essex SWine................00ss0 773
oS Poland-China...............000.0+ 779

co Chester White 779

gs Se POXIS NY Of-encesamevee 808, 909
$ ee erysipelatous form... 809
“se oe

vs. authrax, distine

tion between......... 811
Pneumonia.
QUIDBYsnccscsecreecostenecerecreenteesteeanecat eae
Recapitulation of breeds............... 782, 783
Ro otsiforiswinere...-cescesssstese scree eee 793
Rising of thrilights.- s.2-22.c.cc-cerereenesens 813
Scabiitte.-.-ecscesssc-ce Pepe! ls

“recipes for..

Selection, importance Of................00086 125
Short-faced Lancashire.............20+ 775, 77
Shelter and feeding................:0008+ 792, 802
Siamese hog, and Berkshire.............-. 770
Skeletonof hogs cccc-cecsesecsecessersstanses 803
Small Yorkshires........ corcotcan! Mist
Splenic fever in swine.. . 811
Sbranlolesrrecccsnscerne . 812
s recipe for... , 812

INDEX. 999

PAGE.
Sttolissieecenttdcccsccecerccverseseee peeeeeye nesters 774

HUMOLID IN Of-acecseresasceuce coagsnonesese 774

‘Prince A\berts.

StU POUNGS ia. soc -censencccnsserseccereasetss
SUMMED TECUIN Ls. cnc ansedecerareeecesceeestee
Summary of necessary care...

sé care of swine.......... os
es contagious diseases......... 816
Swine, history, breeds and character-
HOVISHI CS o.oo <n ose ccneesccceseecneeasce 765, 816
«age of, to tell. rcocennn, GLYf
‘- breeding in America............... 767

COMMING OW darcecncccstenteresrtiteeeressonstesarnet OO
“in Ohie...
‘sin Illinois. ae
‘« improved breeds of..

. 768

Se OTECCIN STAC C Ole... cnseces=-<careseoe 786

Ree MANAGE Ment Of. <...2..0002.0-----c ans 789

‘« cleanliness necessary.. ae
NEEETO MEME: DOP ccecenetteeec cececeroceresa +.
PRTICMIN A SPIUAl Seevcasscetsecceessecoceseesen ses S14
Vigan oy nescenen see
Yorkshire swine

IROWALAN SNe

PATA CHI COSC ras oneutv cases ccnsecares-teasarececs
American wild turkey
Analysis of wing plumage. 4
Amatomiyiof (he NEN: ..-<c.sse'escs2cs<cc seca
PANO OP) Oy necteweseachevesaeucecceasesercaw sr
Asiatic breeds....... 00
Aylesbury ducks.....
Bantams, origin of.

“
toe ICANT OH Gievecsenstensvescehossaseces
Barn-yard fowls, varieties of.. eevee 857
Best breeds for market..........0...0sc.c00s+ 865
SACKS OVID See ececetnctce-nuserecesenecenetces 829
«¢ Hamburgs....... 832
“© East India duck.. 883
SOMENE O lewacicnacccascrcecoee 900
SUC CCIDC LOLs ccrscasssevansssccavevece 901
Bolton Gray.............. cocosocncneadsqonaNb ts 830
Brahma fowls. 845, 848
Brida C2 nceroncocnecnecantacegnoeacncanccee . 849
Brown-breasted red game.............000. 851
Breeding of poultry..............s0e00++ 858, 865
Breeders, Glossary of terms used 843, 894
BMEUOUDY) Crane swenerecadcarsacccnesstecss . 864
UG ASHES Fe Shagsne deococescoocsucccenoaccct5 865
Bronze gray Turkey............+.++. secceeese OF4
Soepiachk;. /5* 36

Buff Cochins............
Call ducks............... ae
Canada wild goose............ coenencnoToeseeG 891

Care in packing fowls.............ssssescecse
Cayuga black ducks...............scecceeeeeee
Chittagong....... Soceeeee : o6
Cholera.crcc.....--+-.
Common turkey..
Creve Coeurs........

Wrestedihukeyersscctecctarsscresseesscttessece<,
Crop bound.......
CO} RODS Lecoascccnenecboc Boece oSee ere H -oocoocecoconce £
WarkSBrahM Ars... sc<escvececesetecassascetsssses
Derby game...... SHecoctecoocascoonioa
Divisions of domestic poultry.. 3
IDISWATILVPIMESE KESsetecadcnssscec sci sscceseces« S64
Diseases Of fOWI]S.......s0.cceccececeeeese 897, 902
YI HGNeLIneees vec ccescesageetscccat vs csteereesel 901
Domestic fowls, origin of.............. 819, 826
ac poultry, how divided........... 826
Dorkingyfowls:<.<-csescscseccdsssvec=ses 828, 830
se White: ..2..:...
ef silver gray..
6 PEAVY acrensceces
ee fawn-colored
Dominique fowls..................0-.02+ 330, 831
Domestic turkey, varieties of...... 872, 873
DT ESSIMOMOWIS: =. covedarss-aset-sescetuatesaeset 868
Duck-wing game...... ...
Ducks, Rouen........

oe Aylesbury...
<e gray call...

“s Cayuga black.
o SUMMARY, Of... 22... s...-2-0
Earl Derby game.......
Egg-producing fow be
EIS PMD OUD Gieeceures: -scstticerecceer--csscees-eres
Embden, or Bremen geese..
MM PISMUUTKCYsere-asccestescesnccslesecceeeees
Fawn-colored Dorking..........-s0..seeee++ $29
Fancier’s glossary of terms......... 893, 894
Fancy ducks............... soccromepaoeccnctonte 883
Fowls, management of.. --. 866, 870
oe WEE THOT Haoccasasconceccernenneccottes 867
ss PROPER MOOTORs-seterscne arse sceea 867
“ egg producers....

TONAHESSfecessosces-eeeene
packing for market..

Geese, sub-varieties. Of.........0.....csec0es 822

1000 ILLUSTRATED STOCK DOCTOR.

PAGE
GeOFPIA LAME. ei cccesscsossvseseescsee os crest 855
Giee8E)... cchcsceeeces .. 886, 892
ss Embden.. ssopsdaes TOGO
os IBLE M Glivearccnneccnauinerrass. «ccayscne 886
ss TOMI OUSEzwecetes eaekirnaesasr cesrsarn ISO h
ee HT OHO ON Gor arenesersstseraancaracsre 888
sf White Chinese.......0522.c02s25 easees 890
ss PAVE CHM ete apreereverstecsr/ecneseraatas 891
se Canada Wild...............ssa:cssseene 891
es management Of..........s+ss0eeeseee 892
Golden-penciled Hamburg...
Going into business.............
Glossary of terms used by Sales,
893, 894
(Grshy se DOTKIN DS cceccrccvestsennenecs«=secereasaee 828
Grrsiys Cal UCR nce.s:coneanccwsenae-+o--nenere= 881
Guinea fowl, where native................ 822
Groel Glare tow seen ssa-csncaeraaswerse-c/tcansones 849
Guinea fowls esa -checctccessuesess sce 876, 87
fs “number of eggs laid....... 876
G Co) WAU baconcoachaagnos Asa nco-000%0 876
sf SO MENY LULLGna eee petat ossms on seetce ses 877
oe SSeS HO ULE cempenscn ccacerecseeesenen 877
Ran nO O nv Sasevaceonccuerescon-s<-senseeseen 832
Hen, anatomy of....... Sectorodcocapaeacssasoss 898
FAONCUTAS GULKCY<<...<..ecccoeeecesnsccscnene 874
Hong-Kong geese... . 888
Houdans..... . 838
WGCAISHAPC!.a.nacrccnc2seesscsesse 863
Inflammation of egg passage............. 899
ns “ “© recipe for 899
Japanese Bantams............ccsecescrceeeses 856
Killing fowls...........-..ccc0« CeCEO SOLES 868
NGHHGCHE TOWIS nccpcrnccectesnsssccsencevessessas 839
Large Asiatic breeds...............0.0+ 841, 848
Laying soft eggs
NRCC OGUSteesseretansacessctwonesssconspensescncce 834

Leg bone of hen

Ocelated turkey.......20..-.scesessesccessesares 874
Origin of domestic fowls............... 819, 826
QOStrICH OWI... vevescccsecsecsernonvsoseas sore 832
Packing for market.............. Sssescesansee 869

Partridge Cochin.
POACOCK. .tec-nee. ccesccearcnecnessvensesscessoons

!

PAGE.

Penciled Hamburgs............ vececsecseesess 833
Piipienceesseesanesateccste sects osas SOM
Plymouth Rock fowls............000 . » 831
Points of poultry, expalantion of........ 801
Ge the head . ‘ ---859, 860

Ke fowls Ke .--860, 863
Poultry, history, and TORE 819, 902
Wap pee: ees Soa snscoor 819, 826

ee WIG! Gy PCS: ¢. scenes ctw esessee 822, 826

ey the plumage................0. 861, 862

cr Giseases Of..........-.sess-s0es 897, 902
Rheumatism.............. eivecrecevaeee Sodesesemn OU

Sexes, disparity in...

Silky fowls................ ac
Silver-gray Dorking........ Sage eae eeeae -- 828
“penciled Hamburgs....... Gpscosboss et
SoOnneral tO wls:--c--.senecesesseceaemeloaee eeoee 824
South American fowls... wea 82D
Spanish fowls................ 836, 837
Spotted Guinea fowl..............0.c.cesesse . 877
Standard white Leghorns...............+.+ 837
Summary of ducks............. .-.883, 885
Sub-varieties of geese.... 00.2.1, ses .». 822
Toulouse geese! ..2..... sees .e-cee eset 887
DUP @y Sos sencsecsuee-cesecsicne ree eesteee 87!, 876
Ol domestic varieties of........ 872, 873
sé time of hatching eggs............ 872
ss COMMON: 22-2 2-- costes sussteee amsesic: 873
se crested... ... 872
Ce De VRINTS NESS eer sonaaccacenns ... 873
60) bronzeserayyccctceneee . 873
03 Honduras...... .. S74
03 Ocelates..... Soy et
Cc Mexican.. ... 875
ee DION ZC. co. --scs voc ceeessnseceeastseeeene 75
Ke se DIAGCKS:. << scscssacxaress eet teen

Varieties of domestic turkeys........872, 873

fe barn-yard fowls..... +827, Sd7
Water fowl—-ducks.............. ...875, 878
Ue “¢ —geese... -.886, 892
White Dorking. ct: <c.0ccceces.ceseccnetsseeeeen 827
Str ebe@OMntenccccescrocces=ss eect eeenaee « 884
Si Coching.ce-c«
$e") (Geonmia @amMes.....cc.vesedeces were
“guinea fowl
Si) MGUCKS evecesecewee
sé. @hina geese......2-.22:
Wild species of domestic fowl.. -. 824
AS <7 FOOSE Saveuvcnenasst eneeenserehae ene eeeee 891
Wing plumage, analysis “of. wanenreay 860, 862

INDEX. 1001

APPPENDIX TO INDEX.

PAGE.
Abdallah, Bellfounder blood, record... 954
Acquired qualities transmitted........... 924
PAUP ainiya Es OW Vaewecex-cnscs-canesrecnencascacesse« 952
American trotting horse, development. 951
Ancient British horse....................... 905
PANELS DOCS TCR ay seacesceseaccenrcsarnases=1-<--0 915
Arab horse, first imported into Eng-
TFG sseecoccecnenenaecedocconcose-cecSeneenae 906
Artificial care in trotting... . we 945
Bandaging the limbs................ ooo O47

Bellfounder and trotting stock..
Bedford, pedignee.......-.....

Bedford’s get........ --- 913
Betsy a kei searsness-eaananentanesenesstaccne'= 952
Bit, the medium of communication.... 948
Bits and reins, what they are for........
Black Maria, pedigree...
Boston, pedigree........ ra
BOSOM WI LUG-ccdeeceesces sean satcatestinereeteen=
SUB TUS HIND? TOrssPeCUcccacaassccercieacesse
Cayuga Chief, early races.... ms
Care in preparing the food................ 946
@htoice oft blood 2.c-e-tessessece snc aacneets-= 931
Choice of stallion... ease . 931
Comparison of peed Hnglish ai
American horses.........2....2.0. 000 919, 920
Conformation of brood mare.............. 927
@ripple, pedioreere=-.-.--2c:..c.ccce0ssnseeee ONE
Defects to be avoided..... 929, 930
Dicky Pierson, pedigree........-.....::..008 909
Diomed, pedigree.......... se Ey:
[DIO MmeUIS EP etrctersesesadastscxessscsszcceres ccs 912
Dorimant,; pedipree..................sc.e00s+ 912
Driving on the road. .-- 948
SPY hiy.itd Opeeeeneatntennsasscvececesaaetecccmeranecave 947
“© evils of hard pulling............. 947
Dutchman, early races........ ay

Duroc and trotting blood....
Early maturity of horses of to-day..... 920
Early racing horses in Tennessee........ 913
Early racing stock in Kentucky

Early training useful................ a

Helipse, pedigree.............sccsesccessseeene

Edwin Forest, early races.............206++ 952
English native stallions in 1730.....908, 909
English vs. American views on speed.. 916
English vs. American race-courses...... 920
Ethan Allen, 1852, record in 1856...... 953

Establishing intelligent action............ 949
Extraordinary performances of horses. 917

Fanny Jenks, early races.......-.....+00++ 953
Fanny Murray, 100 mile trot....... seaeats 953
Fashion, pedigree 20

Fearnaught, *‘‘

Feeding in training.......ccc-ceeees see . 945
HHIGRCIN Gaeescccastas-<ccesccesscen-0>
First public trot in America.
Fly, Canadian mare...

Flora Temple, in 1853.. «-- 953
Florizel, pedigree.................::-eesseesess 912
Foreign stallions in England in 1730... 908
Gabriel pedigrees. .c.s-e.-c<acevenescoareeoes 912

Gabriels) a Gtaese-esscecs-cess<ce:-2 noo Ele
Generous horses vs. laggards.. -. 945
Giving the horse a mouth.................. 948
Goldsmith Maid, memoir of............... 954
ss st in 1863
iS fe in 1876
Good roads favor driving................ 948

Great Britain horses introduced into... 905
Hautboy mare..

Herod, pedigree............
Helmsley Turk..............
Hitting with the blood......................
Hiram Woodruff on driving......... 946, 949
Holding the reins...............
HOTseyClOUnING:. ...<.ccacrecctcccersstreeccan ce
Holaing the reins........ Gnoesssaceteunusaness 950
Horses introduced into Great Britain 905
Horses tirst kept for racing....
Horse in King Alfred’s time ah
rf “ Athelstan’s time......... 906
Horse in William the Conqueror’s time 906
Hunting Park Association of Phila-
GLO 6) a saccecncacebasecacceasvesacebe Boones :
Importation of Edward IIL..

os “ Henry VIL...

Ee “ Henry VIII
In-bred vs. out-crossed stallions
Influence of male on embryo.............. 924
In-GnG=iny DLCEUINP' . ..cassetecccercaceccsnseene 925
Influence of first contact... --- 924
hay, GOUlde secesscecsee = csess . 956
Keeping one’s temper... .- 948
King John’s importation.................. 906

Lady Suffolk, early races.................... 953
Lexington, pedigree
Lecompte Oo BREE retort tn
Wong Ws) any COUTSC:......c.c.sesteecsscenoss
Makeless, pedigree of...
eee pedigree...............

Miss Colville. caoseneaescoviteasstced oonnernreeriy eal)

1002

PAGE.
Morton’s Traveler, pedigree of......... 910
IMOKOCCOMBALD ieccncscscessctnerees-ssccrerearce 907
Modern race horse.............ccesessseeeeee 918
IM OSES: PERIGEE. case cyacceueacceaxe+ankere nase 913
Monkey, a . 909

Noted horses of the last century, 8 South 911
Old time trotters.. Beasts ccess . 952
Oriental blood in “Bayes time of

(Cromiwellisrcsrscnsseactastsj2aansscseatnacen 907
Oriental blood and English horses...... 907
Oriental horses no longer profitable... 908
Otho, pedigree...............00s:ssseeese-eeee+ DIZ
QUE CrOSSIN Dipeecccnsss>noscccceerederctle coes 925, 926
Ovum of Mammalia.............-0--.ceerseeee 923
PEKiOGICWheA terccsvenscaseevoreemecces oseeceecuns 923
PIyOr, PCdiQTees........2.csscnnnacescsecnnness 916
Principles of breeding...............00 922, 925
Preparation preceding first trial...945, 946
CAYUCEGSTY WEF Ons cnecedonconoanconicosossesneencndces 909
Quantity of food to be given.. 946
GRAIN MOTSES. sc. smonccmenes-csee=sssesen=siacls 905
Racing, origin of the word................ 905

Rave horses first imported to America 909
Race course first established in Eng-
BING lecnaaeaaecas canacaceemenesaes soseseceaceees 906
Race horses at the North.............. 914, 916
Race course established at Albany,
Poughkeepsie, Harlem, New York. 914

Ripton, early races... ..icccssscesssoeceoees 900
Riding in the saddle.............. 951
Rigid pulling a mistake 948
Road driving a fine art..............ssceeee 948
Roadster driving vs. trotting on the
COULPSE ccseigclecsendcscestheccescaccccceces 949, 950
Routh’'s Crab, pedigree of............. oases Be)
Roundhead, a WO corecenacecassene bt)

Saddle riding in England......
Severe bits objectionable..................
Seat Of the river’ .....:c...0.-..ccccce caccoe

ILLUSTRATEE STOCK DOCTOYW.

Selection of brood mare...............e..++« 927
Gling iececucvigecsecesntesctane wsneensse DUG
Shifting the reach.... -- 950, 951
Shifting the bit.... Soae sheet eee 950
Shark, pedigree.................c..s« . 911
Small size of old time racers... . 918
Smart tricks of drivers........... . 947
RS) obi d ee eccacernderecteabacccsece - 909
Squirt, pedigree... 36: .-. 912
Steatying the Horse.......-...cssseeseceeee 948
Stoutness the forte of early racers...... 918
MWC ACID Pitenanessescanenanaeerer +» 946

-- 950

Taking hold of the reins...

Tally Roger, pedigree... . 909
Thorough blood ealenbie in tn . 953
Thoroughbred horses, South......... 910, 914
The embry 0!<- <<: 02..<0e-esceessecaneseeuntoee 923
The! Gilesihorse: .sc.d2cs<-ccsscsenseoseeuacee 952
Time of celebrated horses.... 919, 921
MO p Pallant iiecw.scs-nesseecesseaceaeccecsssasteaee 952

Treadwell mare
Training to trotting...

Training, intelligent care » necessary. 945

ce condition, importance of.... 945
Training the 3-year-old.......... .......... 948
Trials of speed: :.-..-...-.-.ceesse 948

Mrvalliicceecdscses 909

Trotting horses

954
Trotting stallions in England, time of

Henry V1II., by whom kept......... 907
NurfWROrseSic--sascen-<t---cecvsvancsaes-seeeenees 905
Unsoundness to be noted..............2..+5 928
Ultimate trotting speed....

Value/of g00d bits... <.sc.ccee-ncaseoesenne 948
Wiadttenin 9: cc.scccensscccsascndeceecesteeeeeeee eee’
White Turk = Fo
Whalebone, early races.............ss00e+ 952
Woodcock, pedigree.........-++ ceantenstnes 909

heath,
-

be) :
vi) aod
2 aT

wi eve iF
i